# translation of generic_serverguide_po_serverguide-fr.po to
# French translation for ubuntu-docs
# Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ubuntu-docs package.
#
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2006.
# Bruno Patri <bruno.patri@gmail.com>, 2008.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: generic_serverguide_po_serverguide-fr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-29 08:26+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-15 13:27+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Emmanuel Sunyer <emmanuel.sunyer@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2010-04-17 14:53+0000\n"
"X-Generator: Launchpad (build Unknown)\n"

#: serverguide/C/serverguide-C.omf:6(creator) serverguide/C/serverguide-C.omf:7(maintainer)
msgid "ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com (Ubuntu Documentation Project)"
msgstr "ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com (projet de documentation d'Ubuntu)"

#: serverguide/C/serverguide-C.omf:8(title) serverguide/C/serverguide-C.omf:11(description) serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:14(title) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:13(title)
msgid "Ubuntu Server Guide"
msgstr "Guide du serveur Ubuntu"

#: serverguide/C/serverguide-C.omf:9(date)
msgid "2007-09-30"
msgstr "30/09/2007"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:13(title)
msgid "Windows Networking"
msgstr "Réseaux Windows"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:15(para)
msgid ""
"Computer networks are often comprised of diverse systems, and while "
"operating a network made up entirely of Ubuntu desktop and server computers "
"would certainly be fun, some network environments must consist of both "
"Ubuntu and <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark><trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> systems working together in "
"harmony. This section of the <phrase>Ubuntu</phrase> Server Guide introduces "
"principles and tools used in configuring your Ubuntu Server for sharing "
"network resources with Windows computers."
msgstr ""
"Les réseaux informatiques sont souvent composés de systèmes divers et même "
"si opérer un réseau constitué exclusivement de stations de travail et de "
"serveurs Ubuntu serait assurément plaisant, certains environnements réseau "
"sont constitués à la fois de systèmes Ubuntu et de systèmes <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark><trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> travaillant ensemble en harmonie. "
"Cette section du guide du serveur <phrase>Ubuntu</phrase> présente les "
"principes et les outils utilisés pour configurer votre serveur Ubuntu afin "
"de partager des ressources réseau avec des ordinateurs Windows."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:25(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:402(title) serverguide/C/security.xml:354(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:22(title) serverguide/C/package-management.xml:20(title) serverguide/C/introduction.xml:13(title)
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Introduction"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:27(para)
msgid ""
"Successfully networking your Ubuntu system with Windows clients involves "
"providing and integrating with services common to Windows environments. Such "
"services assist the sharing of data and information about the computers and "
"users involved in the network, and may be classified under three major "
"categories of functionality:"
msgstr ""
"Pour réussir la mise en réseau de votre système Ubuntu avec des clients "
"Windows, vous devez  fournir et intégrer les services fréquemment utilisés "
"dans les environnements Windows. Ces services permettent le partage des "
"données et des informations sur les ordinateurs et les utilisateurs présents "
"sur le réseau. Ils peuvent être classés selon trois catégories principales "
"suivant leur rôle :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:35(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">File and Printer Sharing Services</emphasis>. Using "
"the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol to facilitate the sharing of files, "
"folders, volumes, and the sharing of printers throughout the network."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Services de partage de fichiers et d'imprimantes</ "
"emphasis>. L'utilisation du protocole Server Message Block (SMB)  facilite "
"le partage de fichiers, de dossiers, de volumes, et le partage des "
"imprimantes sur le réseau."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:41(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Directory Services</emphasis>. Sharing vital "
"information about the computers and users of the network with such "
"technologies as the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) and "
"Microsoft <trademark class=\"registered\">Active Directory</trademark>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Services d'annuaire</emphasis>. Partage des "
"informations vitales sur les ordinateurs et les utilisateurs du réseau avec "
"des technologies telles que LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) et "
"l'<trademark class=\"registered\">Active Directory</trademark> de Microsoft "
"(services d'annuaire)."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:48(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Authentication and Access</emphasis>. Establishing "
"the identity of a computer or user of the network and determining the "
"information the computer or user is authorized to access using such "
"principles and technologies as file permissions, group policies, and the "
"Kerberos authentication service."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Authentification et Accès</ emphasis>. Établir "
"l'identité d'un ordinateur ou un utilisateur du réseau et déterminer les "
"informations auxquelles l'ordinateur ou l'utilisateur est autorisé à accéder "
"à l'aide de ces principes et des technologies comme les permissions de "
"fichiers, des politiques de groupe et le service d'authentification Kerberos."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:56(para)
msgid ""
"Fortunately, your Ubuntu system may provide all such facilities to Windows "
"clients and share network resources among them. One of the principal pieces "
"of software your Ubuntu system includes for Windows networking is the Samba "
"suite of SMB server applications and tools."
msgstr ""
"Heureusement, votre système Ubuntu peut fournir toutes ces fonctionnalités "
"des clients Windows et partager les ressources du réseau avec eux. L'un des "
"principaux logiciels inclus dans votre système Ubuntu permettant la mise en "
"réseau avec Windows est la suite Samba composée des applications et outils "
"pour serveur SMB."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:62(para)
msgid ""
"This section of the <phrase>Ubuntu</phrase> Server Guide will introduce some "
"of the common Samba use cases, and how to install and configure the "
"necessary packages. Additional detailed documentation and information on "
"Samba can be found on the <ulink url=\"http://www.samba.org\">Samba "
"website</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Cette partie du guide serveur <phrase>Ubuntu</phrase> vous présentera "
"quelques cas d'utilisation de Samba et comment installer et configurer les "
"paquets nécessaires. Vous trouverez de plus amples informations et une "
"documentation complète sur Samba sur le site de <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.samba.org\">Samba</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:70(title)
msgid "Samba File Server"
msgstr "Serveur de fichiers Samba"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:72(para)
msgid ""
"One of the most common ways to network Ubuntu and Windows computers is to "
"configure Samba as a File Server. This section covers setting up a "
"<application>Samba</application> server to share files with Windows clients."
msgstr ""
"Une desméthodes les plus courantes pour mettre Ubuntu et Windows en réseau "
"est de configurer Samba en serveur de fichiers. Cette section décrit "
"l'installation d'un serveur <application>Samba</application> afin de "
"partager des fichiers avec des clients Windows."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:77(para)
msgid ""
"The server will be configured to share files with any client on the network "
"without prompting for a password. If your environment requires stricter "
"Access Controls see <xref linkend=\"samba-fileprint-security\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Le serveur sera configuré pour partager des fichiers avec n'importe quel "
"client sur le réseau sans demander de mot de passe. Si votre environnement "
"nécessite des contrôles d'accès plus stricts, consultez <xref "
"linkend=\"samba-fileprint-security\"/>"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:83(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:287(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1302(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:41(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:675(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:816(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:940(title) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:33(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:62(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2014(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:28(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:86(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:405(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:52(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:233(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:937(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:52(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1581(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2092(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2483(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:42(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:428(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:40(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:496(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:674(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:823(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1315(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:108(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:287(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:423(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:13(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:957(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:347(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:462(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:23(title) serverguide/C/databases.xml:40(title) serverguide/C/databases.xml:164(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:37(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:141(title) serverguide/C/backups.xml:593(title)
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Installation"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:85(para)
msgid ""
"The first step is to install the <application>samba</application> package. "
"From a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"La première étape consiste à installer le paquet "
"<application>samba</application>. Dans un terminal saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:90(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:299(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install samba"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install samba"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:93(para)
msgid ""
"That's all there is to it; you are now ready to configure Samba to share "
"files."
msgstr ""
"C'est tout ce que vous avez à faire. Vous êtes maintenant prêt à configurer "
"Samba pour partager des fichiers."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:99(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:304(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:61(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:726(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:827(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:967(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1067(title) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:138(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2088(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:39(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:423(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:74(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:258(title) serverguide/C/package-management.xml:387(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:959(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2131(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2504(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:187(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:454(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:505(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:684(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:908(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1344(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:128(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:314(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:453(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:360(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:488(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:39(title) serverguide/C/databases.xml:84(title) serverguide/C/databases.xml:183(title) serverguide/C/clustering.xml:47(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:57(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:153(title) serverguide/C/backups.xml:616(title)
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:101(para)
msgid ""
"The main Samba configuration file is located in "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>. The default configuration file has "
"a significant amount of comments in order to document various configuration "
"directives."
msgstr ""
"Le fichier de configuration principal de Samba est "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>. Le fichier de configuration par "
"défaut est amplement commenté afin d'expliquer les nombreuses directives de "
"configuration."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:106(para)
msgid ""
"Not all the available options are included in the default configuration "
"file. See the <filename>smb.conf</filename><application>man</application> "
"page or the <ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
"Collection/\">Samba HOWTO Collection</ulink> for more details."
msgstr ""
"Le fichier de configuration ne contient pas toutes les options disponibles. "
"Consultez la page <application>man</application> de "
"<filename>smb.conf</filename> ou <ulink "
"url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/\"> Samba HOWTO "
"Collection (en)</ ulink> pour plus de détails."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:116(para)
msgid ""
"First, edit the following key/value pairs in the "
"<emphasis>[global]</emphasis> section of "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Tout d'abord, modifiez les couples clé/valeur suivantes dans la section "
"<emphasis>[global]</emphasis> de <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:121(programlisting) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:311(programlisting) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:776(programlisting) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:990(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"   workgroup = EXAMPLE\n"
"   ...\n"
"   security = user\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"   workgroup = EXAMPLE\n"
"   ...\n"
"   security = user\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:127(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>security</emphasis> parameter is farther down in the [global] "
"section, and is commented by default. Also, change "
"<emphasis>EXAMPLE</emphasis> to better match your environment."
msgstr ""
"Le paramètre <emphasis>security</ emphasis> situé plus bas dans la section "
"[global] est commenté par défaut. Modifiez également <emphasis>EXEMPLE</ "
"emphasis> afin de l'adapter à votre environnement."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:135(para)
msgid ""
"Create a new section at the bottom of the file, or uncomment one of the "
"examples, for the directory to be shared:"
msgstr ""
"Créez une nouvelle section à la fin du fichier (ou décommentez un des "
"exemples) pour le dossier à partager :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:139(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"[share]\n"
"    comment = Ubuntu File Server Share\n"
"    path = /srv/samba/share\n"
"    browsable = yes\n"
"    guest ok = yes\n"
"    read only = no\n"
"    create mask = 0755\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"[share]\n"
"    comment = Dossier partagé sur le serveur Ubuntu\n"
"    path = /srv/samba/share\n"
"    browsable = yes\n"
"    guest ok = yes\n"
"    read only = no\n"
"    create mask = 0755\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:151(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>comment:</emphasis> a short description of the share. Adjust to "
"fit your needs."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>comment :</emphasis> une brève description du partage. Adaptez-le "
"à vos besoins."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:156(para)
msgid "<emphasis>path:</emphasis> the path to the directory to share."
msgstr "<emphasis>path :</emphasis> l'emplacement du dossier à partager."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:159(para)
msgid ""
"This example uses <filename>/srv/samba/sharename</filename> because, "
"according to the <emphasis>Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS)</emphasis>, "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.pathname.com/fhs/pub/fhs-"
"2.3.html#SRVDATAFORSERVICESPROVIDEDBYSYSTEM\">/srv</ulink> is where site-"
"specific data should be served. Technically Samba shares can be placed "
"anywhere on the filesystem as long as the permissions are correct, but "
"adhering to standards is recommended."
msgstr ""
"Cet exemple utilise <filename>/srv/samba/nom_partage</ filename> car selon "
"la norme de la hiérarchie des systèmes de fichiers (<emphasis>Filesystem "
"Hierarchy Standard (FHS)</emphasis>), <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.pathname.com/fhs/pub/fhs-"
"2.3.html#SRVDATAFORSERVICESPROVIDEDBYSYSTEM\">/srv</ulink> est l'emplacement "
"où doivent se trouver les données à servir sur le réseau. Techniquement, les "
"partages Samba peuvent être placés n'importe où sur le système de fichiers "
"tant que les permissions sont correctes, mais le respect des standards est "
"recommandé."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:168(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>browsable:</emphasis> enables Windows clients to browse the shared "
"directory using <application>Windows Explorer</application>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>browsable :</emphasis> autorise les clients Windows à parcourir le "
"répertoire partagé en utilisant l'<application>explorateur de fichiers de "
"Windows</application>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:174(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>guest ok:</emphasis> allows clients to connect to the share "
"without supplying a password."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>guest ok :</emphasis> permet aux clients de se connecter au "
"répertoire partagé sans fournir de mot de passe."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:179(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>read only:</emphasis> determines if the share is read only or if "
"write privileges are granted. Write privileges are allowed only when the "
"value is <emphasis>no</emphasis>, as is seen in this example. If the value "
"is <emphasis>yes</emphasis>, then access to the share is read only."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>read only :</emphasis> détermine si le partage est en lecture "
"seule ou si les privilèges en écriture sont accordés. Les droits d'écriture "
"sont accordés seulement si la valeur est <emphasis>no</emphasis>. Comme on "
"le voit dans cet exemple, si la valeur est <emphasis>yes</emphasis>, alors "
"l'accès au partage est en lecture seule."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:184(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>create mask:</emphasis> determines the permissions new files will "
"have when created."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>create mask :</emphasis> détermine les permissions des fichiers "
"nouvellement créés."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:193(para)
msgid ""
"Now that <application>Samba</application> is configured, the directory needs "
"to be created and the permissions changed. From a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Maintenant que <application>Samba</application> est configuré, le répertoire "
"doit être créé et les permissions modifiées. Depuis un terminal, tapez :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:199(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir -p /srv/samba/share"
msgstr "sudo mkdir -p /srv/samba/share"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:200(command)
msgid "sudo chown nobody.nogroup /srv/samba/share/"
msgstr "sudo chown nobody.nogroup /srv/samba/share/"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:204(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>-p</emphasis> switch tells mkdir to create the entire "
"directory tree if it doesn't exist. Change the share name to fit your "
"environment."
msgstr ""
"L'option<emphasis>-p</emphasis> indique à mkdir de créer l'arborescence "
"complète si elle n'est pas déjà existante. Adaptez le nom du partage en "
"fonction de votre environnement."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:213(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, restart the <application>samba</application> services to enable the "
"new configuration:"
msgstr ""
"Pour finir, redémarrez les services <application>samba</application> pour "
"activer la nouvelle configuration :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:218(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:331(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:468(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:567(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:937(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1047(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1162(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1860(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/samba restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/samba restart"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:225(para)
msgid ""
"Once again, the above configuration gives all access to any client on the "
"local network. For a more secure configuration see <xref linkend=\"samba-"
"fileprint-security\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Notez bien que la configuration ci-dessus donne un accès complet à n'importe "
"quel client sur le réseau local. Pour une configuration plus sécurisée, "
"consultez <xref linkend=\"samba-fileprint-security\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:231(para)
msgid ""
"From a Windows client you should now be able to browse to the Ubuntu file "
"server and see the shared directory. To check that everything is working try "
"creating a directory from Windows."
msgstr ""
"Vous devriez maintenant être en mesure de parcourir le serveur de fichiers "
"Ubuntu et de voir le répertoire partagé depuis un client Windows. Pour "
"vérifier que tout fonctionne, essayez de créer un répertoire depuis Windows."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:236(para)
msgid ""
"To create additional shares simply create new <emphasis>[dir]</emphasis> "
"sections in <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, and restart "
"<emphasis>Samba</emphasis>. Just make sure that the directory you want to "
"share actually exists and the permissions are correct."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer d'autres partages, ajoutez de nouvelles sections "
"<emphasis>[dir]</emphasis> dans <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> et "
"redémarrez <emphasis>Samba</emphasis>. Assurez-vous seulement que le "
"répertoire que vous souhaitez partager existe et qu'il possède les "
"permissions idoines."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:243(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:341(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:696(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1066(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1273(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:366(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1168(title) serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:304(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:491(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:569(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:824(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1531(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1975(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2579(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3087(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:892(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:1173(title) serverguide/C/databases.xml:122(title) serverguide/C/databases.xml:273(title) serverguide/C/backups.xml:855(title)
msgid "Resources"
msgstr "Ressources"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:247(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:345(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:700(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1070(para)
msgid ""
"For in depth Samba configurations see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/\">Samba HOWTO "
"Collection</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Pour des configurations plus élaborées de Samba, consultez les <ulink "
"url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/\">guides "
"pratiques Samba (en)</ulink>"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:253(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:351(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:706(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1076(para)
msgid ""
"The guide is also available in <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/tg/detail/-/0131882228\">printed "
"format</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Ce guide est également disponible en <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/tg/detail/-/0131882228\">format "
"papier</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:259(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:357(para)
msgid ""
"O'Reilly's <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596007690/\">Using Samba</ulink> is "
"another good reference."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596007690/\">Using "
"Samba</ulink> d'O'Reilly est une autre bonne source d'informations."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:265(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:368(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:731(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1100(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1286(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Samba\">Ubuntu Wiki Samba "
"</ulink> page."
msgstr ""
"Page du <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Samba\">Wiki Ubuntu "
"consacrée à Samba</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:274(title)
msgid "Samba Print Server"
msgstr "Serveur d'impression Samba"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:276(para)
msgid ""
"Another common use of Samba is to configure it to share printers installed, "
"either locally or over the network, on an Ubuntu server. Similar to <xref "
"linkend=\"samba-fileserver\"/> this section will configure Samba to allow "
"any client on the local network to use the installed printers without "
"prompting for a username and password."
msgstr ""
"Une autre utilisation classique de Samba est de le configurer pour partager "
"les imprimantes installées sur un serveur Ubuntu, que ce soit localement ou "
"sur le réseau. De même que <xref linkend=\"samba-fileserver\"/>, cette "
"section permet de configurer Samba pour permettre à n'importe quel client "
"sur le réseau d'utiliser les imprimantes sans demande de mot de passe."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:282(para)
msgid ""
"For a more secure configuration see <xref linkend=\"samba-fileprint-"
"security\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Pour une configuration plus sécurisée, voir <xref linkend=\"samba-fileprint-"
"security\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:289(para)
msgid ""
"Before installing and configuring Samba it is best to already have a working "
"<application>CUPS</application> installation. See <xref linkend=\"cups\"/> "
"for details."
msgstr ""
"Avant d'installer et de configurer Samba, il est préférable de disposer "
"d'une installation fonctionnelle de <application>CUPS</application>. Voir "
"<xref linkend=\"cups\"/> pour plus de détails."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:294(para)
msgid ""
"To install the <application>samba</application> package, from a terminal "
"enter:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer le paquet <application>samba</application>, entrez la "
"commande suivante depuis un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:305(para)
msgid ""
"After installing samba edit <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>. Change "
"the <emphasis>workgroup</emphasis> attribute to what is appropriate for your "
"network, and change <emphasis>security</emphasis> to <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">share</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"Après avoir installé Samba, modifiez le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> et changez l'attribut "
"<emphasis>workgroup</emphasis> pour l'adapter à votre réseau. Mettez "
"également l'attribut <emphasis>security</emphasis> à <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">share</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:317(para)
msgid ""
"In the <emphasis>[printers]</emphasis> section change the <emphasis>guest "
"ok</emphasis> option to <emphasis role=\"italic\">yes</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"Dans la section <emphasis>[printers]</emphasis>, mettez l'option "
"<emphasis>guest ok</emphasis> à <emphasis role=\"italic\">yes</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:321(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"   browsable = yes\n"
"   guest ok = yes\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"   browsable = yes\n"
"   guest ok = yes\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:326(para)
msgid "After editing <filename>smb.conf</filename> restart Samba:"
msgstr "Redémarrez Samba avoir modifié <filename>smb.conf</filename>"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:334(para)
msgid ""
"The default Samba configuration will automatically share any printers "
"installed. Simply install the printer locally on your Windows clients."
msgstr ""
"La configuration par défaut de Samba partagera automatiquement toute "
"imprimante installée. Installez simplement l'imprimante localement sur vos "
"clients Windows."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:363(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.cups.org/\">CUPS Website</ulink> for "
"more information on configuring CUPS."
msgstr ""
"Voir également le <ulink url=\"http://www.cups.org/\">site Web de "
"CUPS</ulink> pour plus d'informations sur la manière de configurer CUPS."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:377(title)
msgid "Securing a Samba File and Print Server"
msgstr "Sécuriser un serveur de fichiers et d'impression Samba"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:380(title)
msgid "Samba Security Modes"
msgstr "Profils de sécurité de Samba"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:382(para)
msgid ""
"There are two security levels available to the Common Internet Filesystem "
"(CIFS) network protocol <emphasis>user-level</emphasis> and <emphasis>share-"
"level</emphasis>. Samba's <emphasis>security mode</emphasis> implementation "
"allows more flexibility, providing four ways of implementing user-level "
"security and one way to implement share-level:"
msgstr ""
"Les deux niveaux de sécurité disponibles pour le protocole réseau CIFS "
"(Common Internet Filesystem) sont <emphasis>user-level</emphasis> et "
"<emphasis>share-level</emphasis>. La mise en œuvre des <emphasis>options de "
"sécurité</emphasis> de Samba permet plus de flexibilité en fournissant "
"quatre possibilité de sécurité au niveau de l'utilisateur plus une au niveau "
"du partage :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:391(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>security = user:</emphasis> requires clients to supply a username "
"and password to connect to shares. Samba user accounts are separate from "
"system accounts, but the <application>libpam-smbpass</application> package "
"will sync system users and passwords with the Samba user database."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>security = user:</emphasis> impose aux clients de fournir un nom "
"d'utilisateur et un mot de passe pour se connecter aux partages. Les comptes "
"utilisateurs Samba sont différents des comptes système, mais le paquet "
"<application>libpam-smbpass</application> permet de synchroniser les "
"utilisateurs et mots de passe du système avec la base de données des "
"utilisateurs Samba."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:398(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>security = domain:</emphasis> this mode allows the Samba server to "
"appear to Windows clients as a Primary Domain Controller (PDC), Backup "
"Domain Controller (BDC), or a Domain Member Server (DMS). See <xref "
"linkend=\"samba-dc\"/> for further information."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>security = domain:</emphasis> permet au serveur Samba d'apparaître "
"aux clients Windows comme un contrôleur principal de domaine (PDC : Primary "
"Domain Controller), un contrôleur de demaines de sauvegarde (BDC : Backup "
"Domain Controller) ou un serveur membre du domaine (DMS : Domain Member "
"Server). Consultez <xref linkend=\"samba-dc\"/> pour plus d'informations."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:405(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>security = ADS:</emphasis> allows the Samba server to join an "
"Active Directory domain as a native member. See <xref linkend=\"samba-ad-"
"integration\"/> for details."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>security = ADS:</emphasis> permet au serveur Samba de joindre un "
"domaine Active Directory. Consultez <xref linkend=\"samba-ad-integration\"/> "
"pour plus de détails."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:411(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>security = server:</emphasis> this mode is left over from before "
"Samba could become a member server, and due to some security issues should "
"not be used. See the <ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-"
"HOWTO-Collection/ServerType.html#id349531\">Server Security</ulink> section "
"of the Samba guide for more details."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>security = server:</emphasis> est une option qui date de l'époque "
"où Samba ne pouvait pas devenir un serveur membre et ne devait pas être "
"utilisé en raison de plusieurs problèmes de sécurité. Consultez la section "
"<ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
"Collection/ServerType.html#id349531\">sécurité du serveur (en)</ulink> du "
"guide Samba pour plus de détails."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:419(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>security = share:</emphasis> allows clients to connect to shares "
"without supplying a username and password."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>security= share :</emphasis> permet aux clients de se connecter "
"aux partages sans fournir de nom d'utilisateur ni de mot de passe."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:426(para)
msgid ""
"The security mode you choose will depend on your environment and what you "
"need the Samba server to accomplish."
msgstr ""
"Le choix du mode de sécurité dépendra de votre environnement et de ce que "
"vous attendez de votre serveur Samba."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:432(title)
msgid "Security = User"
msgstr "Security = User"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:434(para)
msgid ""
"This section will reconfigure the Samba file and print server, from <xref "
"linkend=\"samba-fileserver\"/> and <xref linkend=\"samba-printserver\"/>, to "
"require authentication."
msgstr ""
"Cette section permet de reconfigurer le serveur de fichiers et d'impression "
"Samba défini dans <xref linkend=\"samba-fileserver\"/> et dans <xref "
"linkend=\"samba-printserver\"/> de façon à imposer une identification."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:439(para)
msgid ""
"First, install the <application>libpam-smbpass</application> package which "
"will sync the system users to the Samba user database:"
msgstr ""
"Tout d'abord, installez le paquet <application>libpam-smbpass</application> "
"qui synchronisera les utilisateurs système avec la base de données des "
"utilisateurs Samba :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:445(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install libpam-smbpass"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install libpam-smbpass"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:449(para)
msgid ""
"If you chose the <emphasis>Samba Server</emphasis> task during installation "
"<application>libpam-smbpass</application> is already installed."
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez sélectionné la tâche <emphasis>Samba Server</emphasis> lors de "
"l'installation, <application>libpam-smbpass</application> est déjà installé."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:455(para)
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, and in the "
"<emphasis>[share]</emphasis> section change:"
msgstr ""
"Modifiez la section <emphasis>[share]</emphasis> du fichier "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:459(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"    guest ok = no\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"    guest ok = no\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:463(para)
msgid "Finally, restart Samba for the new settings to take effect:"
msgstr ""
"Pour terminer, redémarrez Samba afin que les nouveaux paramètres soient pris "
"en compte :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:471(para)
msgid ""
"Now when connecting to the shared directories or printers you should be "
"prompted for a username and password."
msgstr ""
"Vous devrez désormais fournir un nom d'utilisateur et un mot de passe quand "
"vous vous connecterez à un dossier ou une imprimante partagée."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:476(para)
msgid ""
"If you choose to map a network drive to the share you can check the "
"<quote>Reconnect at Logon</quote> check box, which will require you to only "
"enter the username and password once, at least until the password changes."
msgstr ""
"Si vous connectez un lecteur réseau au dossier partagé, vous pouvez cocher "
"la case <quote>Reconnecter au démarrage</quote>. Vous n'aurez alors à saisir "
"le nom d'utilisateur et le mot de passe qu'une seule fois, du moins jusqu'au "
"changement de mot de passe."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:484(title)
msgid "Share Security"
msgstr "Sécurité des Partages"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:486(para)
msgid ""
"There are several options available to increase the security for each "
"individual shared directory. Using the <emphasis>[share]</emphasis> example, "
"this section will cover some common options."
msgstr ""
"Plusieurs options sont disponibles pour accroître la sécurité de chaque "
"dossier partagé. En utilisant l'exemple <emphasis>[share]</emphasis>, cette "
"section couvre les options les plus fréquentes."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:492(title)
msgid "Groups"
msgstr "Groupes"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:494(para)
msgid ""
"Groups define a collection of computers or users which have a common level "
"of access to particular network resources and offer a level of granularity "
"in controlling access to such resources. For example, if a group <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> is defined and contains the users <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">freda</emphasis>, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">danika</emphasis>, and <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">rob</emphasis> and a second group <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">support</emphasis> is defined and consists of users "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">danika</emphasis>, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">jeremy</emphasis>, and <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">vincent</emphasis> then certain network resources configured "
"to allow access by the <emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> group will "
"subsequently enable access by freda, danika, and rob, but not jeremy or "
"vincent. Since the user <emphasis role=\"italic\">danika</emphasis> belongs "
"to both the <emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> and <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">support</emphasis> groups, she will be able to access "
"resources configured for access by both groups, whereas all other users will "
"have only access to resources explicitly allowing the group they are part of."
msgstr ""
"Les Groupes définissent un ensemble d'ordinateurs ou d'utilisateurs qui ont "
"un niveau d'accès commun à des ressources réseau particulières, et offrent "
"une certaine granularité dans le contrôle d'accès à de telles ressources. "
"Par exemple, si un groupe <emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> est défini "
"et contient les utilisateurs <emphasis role=\"italic\">freda</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">danika</emphasis>, et <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">rob</emphasis>, et un second groupe <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">support</emphasis> est défini et contient les utilisateurs "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">danika</emphasis>, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">jeremy</emphasis> et <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">vincent</emphasis>, alors les ressources réseau configurées "
"pour autoriser l'accès au groupe <emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> "
"seront accessibles à freda, danika et rob, mais pas à jeremy ou à vincent. "
"Comme l'utilisateur <emphasis role=\"italic\">danika</emphasis> appartient "
"aux deux groupes <emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> et <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">support</emphasis>, elle aura accès aux ressources "
"configurées comme accessibles par les deux groupes, tandis que tous les "
"autres utilisateurs n'auront accès qu'aux ressources autorisant "
"explicitement le groupe dont ils font partie."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:508(para)
msgid ""
"By default Samba looks for the local system groups defined in "
"<filename>/etc/group</filename> to determine which users belong to which "
"groups. For more information on adding and removing users from groups see "
"<xref linkend=\"adding-deleting-users\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, Samba inspecte les groupes système locaux définis dans "
"<filename>/etc/group</filename> pour déterminer quels utilisateurs "
"appartiennent à quels groupes. Pour de plus amples informations sur l'ajout "
"et la suppression des utilisateurs dans les groupes, consultez <xref "
"linkend=\"adding-deleting-users\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:514(para)
msgid ""
"When defining groups in the Samba configuration file, "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, the recognized syntax is to "
"preface the group name with an \"@\" symbol. For example, if you wished to "
"define a group named <emphasis role=\"italic\">sysadmin</emphasis> in a "
"certain section of the <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, you would "
"do so by entering the group name as <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">@sysadmin</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Pour définir un groupe dans le fichier de configuration de Samba, "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, vous devez le préfacer avec le "
"symbole « @ ». Par exemple, si vous souhaitez définir un groupe nommé "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">sysadmin</emphasis> dans une section spécifique de "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, vous devrez saisir <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">@sysadmin</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:523(title)
msgid "File Permissions"
msgstr "Droits d'accès aux fichiers"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:525(para)
msgid ""
"File Permissions define the explicit rights a computer or user has to a "
"particular directory, file, or set of files. Such permissions may be defined "
"by editing the <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> file and specifying "
"the explicit permissions of a defined file share."
msgstr ""
"Les permissions sur les fichiers définissent précisément les droits d'un "
"ordinateur ou d'un utilisateur sur un dossier particulier, un fichier ou un "
"groupe de fichiers. De telles permissions peuvent être définies en modifiant "
"le fichier <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> et en précisant les "
"permissions sur un dossier partagé."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:531(para)
msgid ""
"For example, if you have defined a Samba share called "
"<emphasis>share</emphasis> and wish to give <emphasis role=\"italic\">read-"
"only</emphasis> permissions to the group of users known as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis>, but wanted to allow writing to the share by "
"the group called <emphasis role=\"italic\">sysadmin</emphasis> and the user "
"named <emphasis role=\"italic\">vincent</emphasis>, then you could edit the "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> file, and add the following entries "
"under the <emphasis>[share]</emphasis> entry:"
msgstr ""
"Par exemple, si vous avez défini un partage Samba appelé "
"<emphasis>share</emphasis> et que vous souhaitez donner des droits en "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">lecture seule</emphasis> à un groupe appelé "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis>, ainsi que des droits en écriture au "
"groupe <emphasis role=\"italic\">sysadmin</emphasis> et à l'utilisateur "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">vincent</emphasis>, vous devez modifier le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> et ajouter les lignes suivantes "
"dans la section <emphasis>[share]</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:540(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"    read list = @qa\n"
"    write list = @sysadmin, vincent\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"    read list = @qa\n"
"    write list = @sysadmin, vincent\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:545(para)
msgid ""
"Another possible Samba permission is to declare "
"<emphasis>administrative</emphasis> permissions to a particular shared "
"resource. Users having administrative permissions may read, write, or modify "
"any information contained in the resource the user has been given explicit "
"administrative permissions to."
msgstr ""
"Un autre type de permissions dans Samba consiste à donner des permissions "
"<emphasis>administratives</emphasis> sur une ressource partagée spécifique. "
"Les utilisateurs ayant des permissions administratives sur une ressource "
"peuvent lire, écrire ou modifier toutes les informations contenues dans "
"celle-ci."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:551(para)
msgid ""
"For example, if you wanted to give the user <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">melissa</emphasis> administrative permissions to the "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">share</emphasis> example, you would edit the "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> file, and add the following line "
"under the <emphasis>[share]</emphasis> entry:"
msgstr ""
"Par exemple, si vous voulez donner à l'utilisateur <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">melissa</emphasis> des permissions administratives sur le "
"partage <emphasis role=\"italic\">share</emphasis>, vous devez modifier le "
"fichier <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> et ajouter les lignes "
"suivantes à la section <emphasis>[share]</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:558(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"    admin users = melissa\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"    admin users = melissa\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:562(para)
msgid ""
"After editing <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, restart Samba for "
"the changes to take effect:"
msgstr ""
"Après avoir modifié<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, redémarrez "
"Samba pour que les nouveaux paramètres soient pris en compte :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:571(para)
msgid ""
"For the <emphasis>read list</emphasis> and <emphasis>write list</emphasis> "
"to work the Samba security mode must <emphasis>not</emphasis> be set to "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">security = share</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Pour que <emphasis>read list</emphasis> et <emphasis>write list</emphasis> "
"fonctionnent, le mode de sécurité de Samba <emphasis>ne doit pas</emphasis>  "
"être réglé sur <emphasis role=\"italic\">security = share</emphasis>"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:577(para)
msgid ""
"Now that Samba has been configured to limit which groups have access to the "
"shared directory, the filesystem permissions need to be updated."
msgstr ""
"Maintenant que Samba a été configuré pour définir quels groupes ont accès au "
"répertoire partagé, les permissions du système de fichier doivent être mises "
"à jour."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:582(para)
msgid ""
"Traditional Linux file permissions do not map well to Windows NT Access "
"Control Lists (ACLs). Fortunately POSIX ACLs are available on Ubuntu servers "
"providing more fine grained control. For example, to enable ACLs on "
"<filename>/srv</filename> an EXT3 filesystem, edit "
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename> adding the <emphasis>acl</emphasis> option:"
msgstr ""
"Les permissions de fichiers traditionnelles de Linux ne correspondent pas "
"exactement aux listes de contrôle d'accès (ACL) de Windows NT. Heureusement, "
"les ACL POSIX sont disponibles sur les serveurs Ubuntu, permettant un "
"contrôle plus fin des droits. Par exemple, pour activer les ACL sur un "
"système de fichiers EXT3 <filename>/srv</filename>, il faut éditer le "
"fichier <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> et ajouter l'option "
"<emphasis>acl</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:589(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"UUID=66bcdd2e-8861-4fb0-b7e4-e61c569fe17d /srv  ext3    noatime,relatime,acl "
"0       1\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"UUID=66bcdd2e-8861-4fb0-b7e4-e61c569fe17d /srv  ext3    noatime,relatime,acl "
"0       1\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:593(para)
msgid "Then remount the partition:"
msgstr "Puis remontez la partition :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:598(command)
msgid "sudo mount -v -o remount /srv"
msgstr "sudo mount -v -o remount /srv"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:602(para)
msgid ""
"The above example assumes <filename>/srv</filename> on a separate partition. "
"If <filename>/srv</filename>, or wherever you have configured your share "
"path, is part of the <filename>/</filename> partition a reboot may be "
"required."
msgstr ""
"L'exemple ci-dessus suppose que <filename>/srv</filename> est monté sur une "
"partition dédiée. Si <filename>/srv</filename>, ou tout autre endroit où "
"vous auriez configuré votre répertoire partagé, appartient à la partition "
"<filename>/</filename>, un redémarrage de la machine pourrait être "
"nécessaire."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:609(para)
msgid ""
"To match the Samba configuration above the <emphasis>sysadmin</emphasis> "
"group will be given read, write, and execute permissions to "
"<filename>/srv/samba/share</filename>, the <emphasis>qa</emphasis> group "
"will be given read and execute permissions, and the files will be owned by "
"the username <emphasis>melissa</emphasis>. Enter the following in a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"Conformément à la configuration Samba ci-dessus, le groupe "
"<emphasis>sysadmin</emphasis> aura les droits en lecture, écriture et "
"exécution sur <filename>/srv/samba/share</filename>, le groupe "
"<emphasis>qa</emphasis> aura les droits en lecture et exécution, et les "
"fichiers auront pour propriétaire l'utilisateur "
"<emphasis>melissa</emphasis>. Saisissez dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:617(command)
msgid "sudo chown -R melissa /srv/samba/share/"
msgstr "sudo chown -R melissa /srv/samba/share/"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:618(command)
msgid "sudo chgrp -R sysadmin /srv/samba/share/"
msgstr "sudo chgrp -R sysadmin /srv/samba/share/"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:619(command)
msgid "sudo setfacl -R -m g:qa:rx /srv/samba/share/"
msgstr "sudo setfacl -R -m g:qa:rx /srv/samba/share/"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:623(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>setfacl</application> command above gives "
"<emphasis>execute</emphasis> permissions to all files in the "
"<filename>/srv/samba/share</filename> directory, which you may or may not "
"want."
msgstr ""
"La commande <application>setfacl</application> ci-dessus donne les droits "
"<emphasis>execute</emphasis> à tous les fichiers du répertoire "
"<filename>/srv/samba/share</filename>, que vous pouvez désirer ou non."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:629(para)
msgid ""
"Now from a Windows client you should notice the new file permissions are "
"implemented. See the <application>acl</application> and "
"<application>setfacl</application> man pages for more information on POSIX "
"ACLs."
msgstr ""
"Maintenant, à partir d'un client Windows, vous devriez remarquer la mise en "
"œuvre des nouvelles  permissions sur les fichiers. Consultez  les pages de "
"manuel <application>acl</application> et <application>setfacl</application> "
"pour plus d'informations sur la gestion des ACLs POSIX."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:637(title)
msgid "Samba AppArmor Profile"
msgstr "Profil AppArmor pour Samba"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:639(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu comes with the <application>AppArmor</application> security module, "
"which provides mandatory access controls. The default AppArmor profile for "
"Samba will need to be adapted to your configuration. For more details on "
"using AppArmor see <xref linkend=\"apparmor\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu est fourni avec le module de sécurité "
"<application>AppArmor</application>, qui prévoit des contrôles d'accès "
"obligatoires. Le profil par défaut d'AppArmor pour Samba doit être adapté à "
"votre configuration. Pour plus de détails sur AppArmor voir <xref "
"linkend=\"apparmor\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:645(para)
msgid ""
"There are default AppArmor profiles for <filename>/usr/sbin/smbd</filename> "
"and <filename>/usr/sbin/nmbd</filename>, the Samba daemon binaries, as part "
"of the <application>apparmor-profiles</application> packages. To install the "
"package, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"Il existe des profils par défaut pour les démons Samba "
"<filename>/usr/sbin/smbd</filename> et <filename>/usr/sbin/nmbd</filename>. "
"Ces profils font partie du paquet <application>apparmor-"
"profiles</application>. Pour installer ce paquet, saisissez ceci dans un "
"terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:652(command) serverguide/C/security.xml:925(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install apparmor-profiles"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install apparmor-profiles"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:656(para)
msgid "This package contains profiles for several other binaries."
msgstr "Ce paquet contient des profils pour plusieurs autres exécutables."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:661(para)
msgid ""
"By default the profiles for <application>smbd</application> and "
"<application>nmbd</application> are in <emphasis>complain</emphasis> mode "
"allowing Samba to work without modifying the profile, and only logging "
"errors. To place the <application>smbd</application> profile into "
"<emphasis>enforce</emphasis> mode, and have Samba work as expected, the "
"profile will need to be modified to reflect any directories that are shared."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut les profils pour <application>smbd</application> et "
"<application>nmbd</application> sont dans le mode "
"<emphasis>complain</emphasis> pour permettre à Samba de travailler sans "
"modifier le profil et de journaliser les erreurs seulement. Pour placer le "
"profil <application>smbd</application> dans le mode "
"<emphasis>enforce</emphasis> et ainsi faire fonctionner Samba comme prévu, "
"le profil doit être modifié de façon à tenir compte de tous les répertoires "
"partagés."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:668(para)
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.smbd</filename> adding information "
"for <emphasis>[share]</emphasis> from the file server example:"
msgstr ""
"Modifiez <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.smbd</filename> en ajoutant les "
"informations dans <emphasis>[share]</emphasis> à partir de l'exemple du "
"serveur de fichiers :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:673(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"  /srv/samba/share/ r,\n"
"  /srv/samba/share/** rwkix,\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"  /srv/samba/share/ r,\n"
"  /srv/samba/share/** rwkix,\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:678(para)
msgid ""
"Now place the profile into <emphasis>enforce</emphasis> and reload it:"
msgstr ""
"Maintenant, placez le profil dans <emphasis>enforce</emphasis> et rechargez-"
"le :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:683(command)
msgid "sudo aa-enforce /usr/sbin/smbd"
msgstr "sudo aa-enforce /usr/sbin/smbd"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:684(command)
msgid "cat /etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.smbd | sudo apparmor_parser -r"
msgstr "cat /etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.smbd | sudo apparmor_parser -r"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:687(para)
msgid ""
"You should now be able to read, write, and execute files in the shared "
"directory as normal, and the <application>smbd</application> binary will "
"have access to only the configured files and directories. Be sure to add "
"entries for each directory you configure Samba to share. Also, any errors "
"will be logged to <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Vous devriez pouvoir lire, écrire et exécuter les fichiers dans le dossier "
"partagé et l'exécutable <application>smbd</application> n'aura accès qu'aux "
"fichiers et dossiers configurés. Assurez vous d'avoir ajouté une entrée pour "
"chaque dossier que vous voulez partager avec Samba. Quoiqu'il en soit, "
"toutes les erreurs seront écrites dans le fichier journal "
"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:712(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1082(para)
msgid ""
"O'Reilly's <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596007690/\">Using Samba</ulink> is "
"also a good reference."
msgstr ""
"Le manuel O'Reilly <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596007690/\">Using Samba</ulink> "
"(en anglais) est aussi une bonne référence."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:718(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/securing-"
"samba.html\">Chapter 18</ulink> of the Samba HOWTO Collection is devoted to "
"security."
msgstr ""
"Le <ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
"Collection/securing-samba.html\">chapitre 18</ulink> (en anglais) de la "
"collection HOWTO de  Samba est dédié à la sécurité."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:724(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on Samba and ACLs see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
"Collection/AccessControls.html#id397568\">Samba ACLs page </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'informations sur Samba et sur les ACLs, consultez la page <ulink "
"url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
"Collection/AccessControls.html#id397568\">Samba ACLs</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:740(title)
msgid "Samba as a Domain Controller"
msgstr "Samba comme contrôleur de domaine"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:742(para)
msgid ""
"Although it cannot act as an Active Directory Primary Domain Controller "
"(PDC), a Samba server can be configured to appear as a Windows NT4-style "
"domain controller. A major advantage of this configuration is the ability to "
"centralize user and machine credentials. Samba can also use multiple "
"backends to store the user information."
msgstr ""
"Bien qu'il ne puisse pas agir comme un contrôleur de domaine principal "
"Active Directory (PDC), un serveur Samba peut être configuré pour apparaître "
"comme contrôleur de domaine de type Windows NT4. Un des avantages majeurs de "
"cette configuration est la centralisation authentifiants pour les machines "
"et les utilisateurs. Samba peut également stocker les informations "
"utilisateurs de différentes manières."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:749(title)
msgid "Primary Domain Controller"
msgstr "Contrôleur principal de domaine"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:751(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers configuring Samba as a Primary Domain Controller (PDC) "
"using the default smbpasswd backend."
msgstr ""
"Cette section aborde la configuration de Samba en contrôleur de domaine "
"principal (PDC) en utilisant le gestionnaire de mot de passe par défaut "
"smbpasswd."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:758(para)
msgid ""
"First, install Samba, and <application>libpam-smbpass</application> to sync "
"the user accounts, by entering the following in a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Installez d'abord Samba et <application>libpam-smbpass</application> pour "
"synchroniser les comptes utilisateurs, en saisissant ce qui suit dans un "
"terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:764(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:980(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install samba libpam-smbpass"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install samba libpam-smbpass"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:770(para)
msgid ""
"Next, configure Samba by editing <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>. "
"The <emphasis>security</emphasis> mode should be set to <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">user</emphasis>, and the <emphasis>workgroup</emphasis> "
"should relate to your organization:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, configurez Samba en modifiant "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>. Le mode de "
"<emphasis>security</emphasis> doit être réglé sur <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">user</emphasis>, et le <emphasis>workgroup</emphasis> doit "
"correspondre à votre organisation :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:785(para)
msgid ""
"In the commented <quote>Domains</quote> section add or uncomment the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
"Dans la section commentée <quote>Domains</quote>, ajoutez ou dé-commentez ce "
"qui suit :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:789(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"   domain logons = yes\n"
"   logon path = \\\\%N\\%U\\profile\n"
"   logon drive = H:\n"
"   logon home = \\\\%N\\%U\n"
"   logon script = logon.cmd\n"
"   add machine script = sudo /usr/sbin/useradd -N -g machines -c Machine -d "
"/var/lib/samba -s /bin/false %u\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"   domain logons = yes\n"
"   logon path = \\\\%N\\%U\\profile\n"
"   logon drive = H:\n"
"   logon home = \\\\%N\\%U\n"
"   logon script = logon.cmd\n"
"   add machine script = sudo /usr/sbin/useradd -N -g machines -c Machine -d "
"/var/lib/samba -s /bin/false %u\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:800(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>domain logons:</emphasis> provides the netlogon service causing "
"Samba to act as a domain controller."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>domain logons :</emphasis> permet à Samba d'agir comme un "
"contrôleur de domaine"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:805(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>logon path:</emphasis> places the user's Windows profile into "
"their home directory. It is also possible to configure a "
"<emphasis>[profiles]</emphasis> share placing all profiles under a single "
"directory."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>logon path :</emphasis> place le profil des utilisateurs Windows "
"dans leur répertoire personnel. Il est également possible de configurer un "
"partage <emphasis>[profiles]</emphasis> pour placer tous les profils dans un "
"seul et même répertoire."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:811(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>logon drive:</emphasis> specifies the home directory local path."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>logon drive :</emphasis> spécifie l'emplacement du répertoire "
"personnel local."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:816(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>logon home:</emphasis> specifies the home directory location."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>logon home :</emphasis> spécifie l'emplacement du répertoire "
"personnel."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:821(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>logon script:</emphasis> determines the script to be run locally "
"once a user has logged in. The script needs to be placed in the "
"<emphasis>[netlogon]</emphasis> share."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>logon script :</emphasis> indique le script à exécuter localement "
"une fois l'utilisateur connecté. Le script doit être placé dans le partage "
"<emphasis>[netlogon]</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:827(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>add machine script:</emphasis> a script that will automatically "
"create the <emphasis>Machine Trust Account</emphasis> needed for a "
"workstation to join the domain."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>add machine script :</emphasis> un script qui créera "
"automatiquement un <emphasis>compte de machine approuvé</emphasis>, requis "
"pour qu'une station de travail puisse joindre le domaine."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:831(para)
msgid ""
"In this example the <emphasis>machines</emphasis> group will need to be "
"created using the <application>addgroup</application> utility see <xref "
"linkend=\"adding-deleting-users\"/> for details."
msgstr ""
"Dans cet exemple le groupe <emphasis>machines</emphasis> devra être créé en "
"utilisant la commande <application>addgroup</application>, consultez <xref "
"linkend=\"adding-deleting-users\"/> pour plus de détails."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:839(para)
msgid ""
"If you wish to not use <emphasis>Roaming Profiles</emphasis> leave the "
"<emphasis>logon home</emphasis> and <emphasis>logon path</emphasis> options "
"commented."
msgstr ""
"Si vous ne voulez pas utiliser les <emphasis>profils itinérants</emphasis> "
"laissez commentées les options <emphasis>logon home</emphasis> et "
"<emphasis>logon path</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:848(para)
msgid ""
"Uncomment the <emphasis>[homes]</emphasis> share to allow the <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">logon home</emphasis> to be mapped:"
msgstr ""
"Décommentez le partage <emphasis>[homes]</emphasis> pour permettre au "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">logon home</emphasis> d'être monté en lecteur "
"réseau :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:853(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"[homes]\n"
"   comment = Home Directories\n"
"   browseable = no\n"
"   read only = no\n"
"   create mask = 0700\n"
"   directory mask = 0700\n"
"   valid users = %S\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"[homes]\n"
"   comment = Home Directories\n"
"   browseable = no\n"
"   read only = no\n"
"   create mask = 0700\n"
"   directory mask = 0700\n"
"   valid users = %S\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:866(para)
msgid ""
"When configured as a domain controller a <emphasis>[netlogon]</emphasis> "
"share needs to be configured. To enable the share, uncomment:"
msgstr ""
"Dans le cas d'une configuration en contrôleur de domaine, un partage "
"<emphasis>[netlogon]</emphasis> doit être configuré. Pour activer le "
"partage, décommenter :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:871(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"[netlogon]\n"
"   comment = Network Logon Service\n"
"   path = /srv/samba/netlogon\n"
"   guest ok = yes\n"
"   read only = yes\n"
"   share modes = no\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"[netlogon]\n"
"   comment = Network Logon Service\n"
"   path = /srv/samba/netlogon\n"
"   guest ok = yes\n"
"   read only = yes\n"
"   share modes = no\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:881(para)
msgid ""
"The original <emphasis>netlogon</emphasis> share path is "
"<filename>/home/samba/netlogon</filename>, but according to the Filesystem "
"Hierarchy Standard (FHS), <ulink url=\"http://www.pathname.com/fhs/pub/fhs-"
"2.3.html#SRVDATAFORSERVICESPROVIDEDBYSYSTEM\">/srv</ulink> is the correct "
"location for site-specific data provided by the system."
msgstr ""
"Le chemin par défaut du partage <emphasis>netlogon</emphasis> est "
"<filename>/home/samba/netlogon</filename>. Cependant, d'après le standard "
"FHS (Filesystem Hierarchy Standard), <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.pathname.com/fhs/pub/fhs-"
"2.3.html#SRVDATAFORSERVICESPROVIDEDBYSYSTEM\">/srv</ulink> est l'emplacement "
"correct pour des données spécifiques à un site fournies par le système."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:892(para)
msgid ""
"Now create the <filename role=\"directory\">netlogon</filename> directory, "
"and an empty (for now) <filename>logon.cmd</filename> script file:"
msgstr ""
"Créez maintenant le dossier <filename role=\"directory\">netlogon</filename> "
"et le fichier de script <filename>logon.cmd</filename> vide (pour "
"l'instant) :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:898(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir -p /srv/samba/netlogon"
msgstr "sudo mkdir -p /srv/samba/netlogon"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:899(command)
msgid "sudo touch /srv/samba/netlogon/logon.cmd"
msgstr "sudo touch /srv/samba/netlogon/logon.cmd"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:902(para)
msgid ""
"You can enter any normal Windows logon script commands in "
"<filename>logon.cmd</filename> to customize the client's environment."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez utiliser les commandes  de script de connexion normales Windows "
"dans <filename>logon.cmd</filename> pour personnaliser l'environnement du "
"client."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:910(para)
msgid ""
"With <emphasis>root</emphasis> being disabled by default, in order to join a "
"workstation to the domain, a system group needs to be mapped to the Windows "
"<emphasis>Domain Admins</emphasis> group. Using the "
"<application>net</application> utility, from a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Comme <emphasis>root</emphasis> est désactivé par défaut, il est nécessaire "
"de faire correspondre un groupe système au groupe Windows <emphasis>Domain "
"Admins</emphasis> pour pouvoir joindre une machine au domaine. Saisissez la "
"commande suivante  dans un terminal (utilisation de "
"<application>net</application>) :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:917(command)
msgid ""
"sudo net groupmap add ntgroup=\"Domain Admins\" unixgroup=sysadmin rid=512 "
"type=d"
msgstr ""
"sudo net groupmap add ntgroup=\"Domain Admins\" unixgroup=sysadmin rid=512 "
"type=d"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:921(para)
msgid ""
"Change <emphasis role=\"italic\">sysadmin</emphasis> to whichever group you "
"prefer. Also, the user used to join the domain needs to be a member of the "
"<emphasis>sysadmin</emphasis> group, as well as a member of the system "
"<emphasis>admin</emphasis> group. The <emphasis>admin</emphasis> group "
"allows <application>sudo</application> use."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis role=\"italic\">sysadmin</emphasis> par le groupe que "
"vous préférez. De même, l'utilisateur qui joindra les machines au domaine "
"doit être membre du groupe <emphasis>sysadmin</emphasis> mais aussi du "
"groupe <emphasis>admin</emphasis>. Le groupe <emphasis>admin</emphasis> "
"permet l'utilisation de <application>sudo</application>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:932(para)
msgid "Finally, restart Samba to enable the new domain controller:"
msgstr ""
"Enfin, redémarrez Samba pour activer le nouveau contrôleur de domaine :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:943(para)
msgid ""
"You should now be able to join Windows clients to the Domain in the same "
"manner as joining them to an NT4 domain running on a Windows server."
msgstr ""
"Vous devriez maintenant être capable de connecter les clients Windows au "
"domaine de la même manière que vous les connectez à un domaine NT4 "
"fonctionnant sur un Serveur Windows."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:953(title)
msgid "Backup Domain Controller"
msgstr "Contrôleur secondaire de domaine"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:955(para)
msgid ""
"With a Primary Domain Controller (PDC) on the network it is best to have a "
"Backup Domain Controller (BDC) as well. This will allow clients to "
"authenticate in case the PDC becomes unavailable."
msgstr ""
"Avec un contrôleur principal de domaine (PDC) opérationnel, il est "
"préférable d'avoir également un contrôleur de domaine secondaire (BDC). Cela "
"permettra aux clients de pouvoir toujours s'authentifier en cas "
"d'indisponibilité du contrôleur principal de domaine."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:960(para)
msgid ""
"When configuring Samba as a BDC you need a way to sync account information "
"with the PDC. There are multiple ways of accomplishing this "
"<application>scp</application>, <application>rsync</application>, or by "
"using <application>LDAP</application> as the <emphasis>passdb "
"backend</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque vous paramétrez Samba en tant que BDC, vous avez besoin de "
"synchroniser les informations de comptes avec le PDC. Ceci peut être fait "
"avec divers outils tels que <application>scp</application>, "
"<application>rsync</application> ou en utilisant "
"<application>LDAP</application> en tant que <emphasis>passdb "
"backend</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:966(para)
msgid ""
"Using LDAP is the most robust way to sync account information, because both "
"domain controllers can use the same information in real time. However, "
"setting up a LDAP server may be overly complicated for a small number of "
"user and computer accounts. See <xref linkend=\"samba-ldap\"/> for details."
msgstr ""
"L'utilisation de LDAP est la façon la plus efficace de synchroniser des "
"informations relatives aux comptes, car les deux contrôleurs de domaine "
"peuvent utiliser les mêmes informations en temps réel. Cependant, configurer "
"un serveur LDAP peut s'avérer trop complexe pour un petit nombre "
"d'utilisateurs et de comptes d'ordinateurs. Voir <xref linkend=\"samba-"
"ldap\"/> pour plus de détails."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:975(para)
msgid ""
"First, install <application>samba</application> and <application>libpam-"
"smbpass</application>. From a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Pour commencer, installez <application>samba</application> et "
"<application>libpam-smbpass</application>. Saisissez dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:986(para)
msgid ""
"Now, edit <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> and uncomment the "
"following in the <emphasis>[global]</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"Modifiez maintenant <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> et décommentez "
"ce qui suit dans la section <emphasis>[global]</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:999(para)
msgid "In the commented <emphasis>Domains</emphasis> uncomment or add:"
msgstr ""
"Dans la section commentée <emphasis>Domains</emphasis> décommentez ou "
"ajoutez :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1003(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"   domain logons = yes\n"
"   domain master = no\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"   domain logons = yes\n"
"   domain master = no\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1011(para)
msgid ""
"Make sure a user has rights to read the files in "
"<filename>/var/lib/samba</filename>. For example, to allow users in the "
"<emphasis>admin</emphasis> group to <application>scp</application> the "
"files, enter:"
msgstr ""
"Assurez-vous qu'un utilisateur a le droit de lire les fichiers dans "
"<filename>/var/lib/samba</filename>. Ainsi, pour permettre à un utilisateur "
"du groupe <emphasis>admin</emphasis> d'effectuer un "
"<application>scp</application> sur les fichiers, saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1017(command)
msgid "sudo chgrp -R admin /var/lib/samba"
msgstr "sudo chgrp -R admin /var/lib/samba"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1023(para)
msgid ""
"Next, sync the user accounts, using <application>scp</application> to copy "
"the <filename>/var/lib/samba</filename> directory from the PDC:"
msgstr ""
"Il faut ensuite synchroniser les comptes utilisateurs en se servant de "
"<application>scp</application> pour copier le répertoire "
"<filename>/var/lib/samba</filename> depuis le PDC :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1029(command)
msgid "sudo scp -r username@pdc:/var/lib/samba /var/lib"
msgstr "sudo scp -r identifiant@pdc:/var/lib/samba /var/lib"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1033(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>username</emphasis> with a valid username and "
"<emphasis>pdc</emphasis> with the hostname or IP Address of your actual PDC."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis>username</emphasis> par un identifiant correct et "
"<emphasis>pdc</emphasis> par le nom d'hôte ou par l'adresse IP du PDC."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1042(para)
msgid "Finally, restart <application>samba</application>:"
msgstr "Pour finir, redémarrez <application>samba</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1053(para)
msgid ""
"You can test that your Backup Domain controller is working by stopping the "
"Samba daemon on the PDC, then trying to login to a Windows client joined to "
"the domain."
msgstr ""
"You pouvez tester le bon fonctionnement de votre BDC en arrêtant le démon "
"Samba du PDC puis en essayant de vous identifier sur le domaine à partir "
"d'un client Windows préalablement joint au domaine."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1058(para)
msgid ""
"Another thing to keep in mind is if you have configured the <emphasis>logon "
"home</emphasis> option as a directory on the PDC, and the PDC becomes "
"unavailable, access to the user's <emphasis>Home</emphasis> drive will also "
"be unavailable. For this reason it is best to configure the <emphasis>logon "
"home</emphasis> to reside on a separate file server from the PDC and BDC."
msgstr ""
"Une autre chose à conserver à l'esprit est que si vous avez configuré "
"l'option <emphasis>logon home</emphasis> comme répertoire sur le PDC, et que "
"le PDC devient indisponible, l'accès pour l'utilisateur au lecteur "
"<emphasis>Home</emphasis> sera également impossible. Pour cette raison, il "
"est préférable de configurer le <emphasis>logon home</emphasis> afin qu'il "
"réside sur un serveur de fichiers séparé du PDC et du BDC."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1088(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/samba-"
"pdc.html\">Chapter 4</ulink> of the Samba HOWTO Collection explains setting "
"up a Primary Domain Controller."
msgstr ""
"Le <ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/samba-"
"pdc.html\">chapitre 4</ulink> de la collection des guides Samba décrit la "
"mise en place d'un contrôleur de domaine primaire (PDC)."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1094(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://us3.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
"Collection/samba-bdc.html\">Chapter 5</ulink> of the Samba HOWTO Collection "
"explains setting up a Backup Domain Controller."
msgstr ""
"Le <ulink url=\"http://us3.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
"Collection/samba-bdc.html\">chapitre 5</ulink> de la collection des guide "
"Samba décrit la mise en place d'un contrôleur de domaine secondaire (BDC)."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1109(title)
msgid "Samba Active Directory Integration"
msgstr "Intégration de Samba à l'Active Directory."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1112(title)
msgid "Accessing a Samba Share"
msgstr "Accéder à un partage Samba"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1114(para)
msgid ""
"Another, use for Samba is to integrate into an existing Windows network. "
"Once part of an Active Directory domain, Samba can provide file and print "
"services to AD users."
msgstr ""
"On peut aussi intégrer Samba dans un réseau Windows existant, puis, une fois "
"qu'il fait partie du domaine Active Directory, l'utiliser pour fournir des "
"services de fichiers et d'impressions aux utilisateurs AD."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1119(para)
msgid ""
"The simplest way to join an AD domain is to use <application>Likewise-"
"open</application>. For detailed instructions see <xref linkend=\"likewise-"
"open\"/>."
msgstr ""
"L'utilisation de <application>Likewise-open</application> est la méthode la "
"plus simple pour rejoindre un domaine AD. Se référer à <xref "
"linkend=\"likewise-open\"/> pour obtenir de plus amples informations."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1124(para)
msgid ""
"Once part of the domain, enter the following command in the terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois que vous faites partie du domaine, saisissez la commande suivante "
"dans le terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1129(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install samba smbfs smbclient"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install samba smbfs smbclient"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1132(para)
msgid ""
"Since the <application>likewise-open</application> and "
"<application>samba</application> packages use separate "
"<filename>secrets.tdb</filename> files, a symlink will need to be created in "
"<filename role=\"directory\">/var/lib/samba</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Comme les paquets <application>likewise-open</application> et "
"<application>samba</application> utilisent des fichiers "
"<filename>secrets.tdb</filename> distincts, un lien symbolique doit être "
"créé dans <filename role=\"directory\">/var/lib/samba</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1138(command)
msgid "sudo mv /var/lib/samba/secrets.tdb /var/lib/samba/secrets.tdb.orig"
msgstr "sudo mv /var/lib/samba/secrets.tdb /var/lib/samba/secrets.tdb.orig"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1139(command)
msgid "sudo ln -s /etc/samba/secrets.tdb /var/lib/samba"
msgstr "sudo ln -s /etc/samba/secrets.tdb /var/lib/samba"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1142(para)
msgid "Next, edit <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> changing:"
msgstr ""
"Modifiez ensuite <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> en changeant :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1146(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"   workgroup = EXAMPLE\n"
"   ...\n"
"   security = ads\n"
"   realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"   ...\n"
"   idmap backend = lwopen\n"
"   idmap uid = 50-9999999999\n"
"   idmap gid = 50-9999999999\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"   workgroup = EXEMPLE\n"
"   ...\n"
"   security = ads\n"
"   realm = EXEMPLE.COM\n"
"   ...\n"
"   idmap backend = lwopen\n"
"   idmap uid = 50-9999999999\n"
"   idmap gid = 50-9999999999\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1157(para)
msgid ""
"Restart <application>samba</application> for the new settings to take effect:"
msgstr ""
"Redémarrez <application>samba</application> pour appliquer les nouveaux "
"paramètres :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1165(para)
msgid ""
"You should now be able to access any <application>Samba</application> shares "
"from a Windows client. However, be sure to give the appropriate AD users or "
"groups access to the share directory. See <xref linkend=\"samba-fileprint-"
"security\"/> for more details."
msgstr ""
"Vous devriez accéder maintenant à n'importe quel partage "
"<application>Samba</application> depuis un client Windows. Assurez-vous tout "
"de même que les utilisateurs ou groupes AD ont les autorisations nécessaires "
"sur le partage. Se référer à <xref linkend=\"samba-fileprint-security\"/> "
"pour de plus amples informations."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1173(title)
msgid "Accessing a Windows Share"
msgstr "Accéder  à un partage Windows"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1175(para)
msgid ""
"Now that the Samba server is part of the Active Directory domain you can "
"access any Windows server shares:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez accéder à n'importe quel partage Windows maintenant que le "
"serveur Samba fait partie du domaine Active Directory :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1182(para)
msgid ""
"To mount a Windows file share enter the following in a terminal prompt:"
msgstr "Pour monter un partage Windows, tapez la ligne de commande :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1186(command)
msgid "mount.cifs //fs01.example.com/share mount_point"
msgstr "mount.cifs //fs01.exemple.com/partage point_de_montage"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1189(para)
msgid ""
"It is also possible to access shares on computers not part of an AD domain, "
"but a username and password will need to be provided."
msgstr ""
"Il est possible d'accéder aux partages d'ordinateurs ne faisant pas partie "
"d'un domaine AD en fournissant un nom d'utilisateur et un mot de passe."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1197(para)
msgid ""
"To mount the share during boot place an entry in "
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, for example:"
msgstr ""
"Pour monter le partage au démarrage, insérez dans "
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>  une entrée du type :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1201(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"//192.168.0.5/share /mnt/windows cifs auto,username=steve,password=secret,rw "
"0        0\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"//192.168.0.5/share /mnt/windows cifs "
"auto,username=martin,password=secret,rw 0        0\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1208(para)
msgid ""
"Another way to copy files from a Windows server is to use the "
"<application>smbclient</application> utility. To list the files in a Windows "
"share:"
msgstr ""
"Se servir de l'utilitaire <application>smbclient</application> est une autre "
"méthode pour copier des fichiers depuis un serveur Windows. Pour lister les "
"fichiers d'un partage Windows :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1214(command)
msgid "smbclient //fs01.example.com/share -k -c \"ls\""
msgstr "smbclient //fs01.exemple.com/partage -k -c \"ls\""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1220(para)
msgid "To copy a file from the share, enter:"
msgstr "Pour copier un fichier d'un partage, saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1225(command)
msgid "smbclient //fs01.example.com/share -k -c \"get file.txt\""
msgstr "smbclient //fs01.exemple.com/partage -k -c \"get fichier.txt\""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1228(para)
msgid ""
"This will copy the <filename>file.txt</filename> into the current directory."
msgstr ""
"<filename>fichier.txt</filename> sera copié depuis le partage dans le "
"répertoire actuel."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1235(para)
msgid "And to copy a file to the share:"
msgstr "Pour copier un fichier vers le partage :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1240(command)
msgid "smbclient //fs01.example.com/share -k -c \"put /etc/hosts hosts\""
msgstr "smbclient //fs01.exemple.com/partage -k -c \"put /etc/hosts hosts\""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1243(para)
msgid ""
"This will copy the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> to "
"<filename>//fs01.example.com/share/hosts</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Ceci copiera le fichier <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> vers "
"<filename>//fs01.exemple.com/share/hosts</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1250(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>-c</emphasis> option used above allows you to execute the "
"<application>smbclient</application> command all at once. This is useful for "
"scripting and minor file operations. To enter the <emphasis>smb: \\"
"&gt;</emphasis> prompt, a FTP like prompt where you can execute normal file "
"and directory commands, simply execute:"
msgstr ""
"L'option <emphasis>-c</emphasis> utilisée ci-dessus vous permet d'exécuter "
"la commande <application>smbclient</application> en une seule fois. Ceci est "
"utile pour des opérations mineures ainsi qu'à l'intérieur d'un script. Pour "
"accéder à l'invite de commandes <emphasis>smb: \\&gt;</emphasis> (analogue à "
"une invite de commande FTP) à partir duquel vous pouvez lancer des commandes "
"sur les fichiers et répertoires, servez-vous de :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1257(command)
msgid "smbclient //fs01.example.com/share -k"
msgstr "smbclient //fs01.exemple.com/partage -k"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1264(para)
msgid ""
"Replace all instances of <emphasis>fs01.example.com/share</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>//192.168.0.5/share</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>username=steve,password=secret</emphasis>, and "
"<emphasis>file.txt</emphasis> with your server's IP, hostname, share name, "
"file name, and an actual username and password with rights to the share."
msgstr ""
"Remplace toutes les instances <emphasis>fs01.exemple.com/partage</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>//192.168.0.5/partage</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>username=martin,password=secret</emphasis> et "
"<emphasis>fichier.txt</emphasis> par vos propres adresses IP, nom d'hôte, "
"nom de partage, nom de fichier ainsi que l'identifiant réel (et son mot de "
"passe) ayant les droits sur le partage."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1275(para)
msgid ""
"For more <application>smbclient</application> options see the man page: "
"<command>man smbclient</command>, also available <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man1/smbclient.1.html\">on"
"line</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'options sur <application>smbclient</application>, consultez la "
"page de manuel : <command>man smbclient</command>, également disponible "
"<ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man1/smbclient.1.html\">en"
" ligne</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1280(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>mount.cifs</application><ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man8/mount.cifs.8.html\">m"
"an page</ulink> is also useful for more detailed information."
msgstr ""
"La <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man8/mount.cifs.8.html\">p"
"age de manuel</ulink> de <application>mount.cifs</application> pourra "
"également vous apporter des informations plus détaillées."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1293(title)
msgid "Likewise Open"
msgstr "Likewise Open"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1295(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Likewise Open</application> simplifies the necessary "
"configuration needed to authenticate a Linux machine to an Active Directory "
"domain. Based on <application>winbind</application>, the "
"<application>likewise-open</application> package takes the pain out of "
"integrating Ubuntu authentication into an existing Windows network."
msgstr ""
"<application>Likewise Open</application> simplifie la configuration "
"nécessaire pour authentifier une machine Linux dans un domaine Active "
"Directory. Basé sur <application>winbind</application>, le paquet "
"<application>likewise-open</application> se charge d'intégrer "
"l'authentification Ubuntu dans un réseau Windows existant."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1304(para)
msgid ""
"There are two ways to use Likewise Open, <application>likewise-"
"open</application> the command line utility and <application>likewise-open-"
"gui</application>. This section focuses on the command line utility."
msgstr ""
"Il existe deux manières de se servir de Likwise Open, l’utilitaire en ligne "
"de commande <application>likewise-open</application> et "
"<application>likewise-open-gui</application> en mode graphique. Cette "
"section est dédiée à l’utilitaire en ligne de commande."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1309(para)
msgid ""
"To install the <application>likewise-open</application> package, open a "
"terminal prompt and enter:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer le paquet <application>likewise-open</application>, ouvrez un "
"terminal et saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1314(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install likewise-open"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install likewise-open"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1319(title)
msgid "Joining a Domain"
msgstr "Rejoindre un domaine"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1321(para)
msgid ""
"The main executable file of the <application>likewise-open</application> "
"package is <filename>/usr/bin/domainjoin-cli</filename>, which is used to "
"join your computer to the domain. Before you join a domain you will need to "
"make sure you have:"
msgstr ""
"Le principal fichier exécutable du paquet <application>likewise-"
"open</application> est <filename>/usr/bin/domainjoin-cli</filename>. On "
"l'utilise pour intégrer le domaine. Pour ce faire, il vous faudra :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1329(para)
msgid ""
"Access to an Active Directory user with appropriate rights to join the "
"domain."
msgstr ""
"accès à un utilisateur de l'Active Directory avec les droits appropriés pour "
"rejoindre le domaine ;"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1334(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Fully Qualified Domain Name</emphasis> (FQDN) of the domain "
"you want to join. If your AD domain does not match a valid domain such as "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis>, it is likely that it has "
"the form of <emphasis>domainname.local</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Le <emphasis>nom de domaine pleinement qualifié</emphasis> (FQDN - Fully "
"Qualified Domain Name) du domaine que vous voulez intégrer. Si votre nom de "
"domaine ne ressemble pas à <emphasis role=\"italic\">exemple.com</emphasis> "
"il y de fortes chances pour qu'il ressemble à "
"<emphasis>domainname.local</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1341(para)
msgid ""
"DNS for the domain setup properly. In a production AD environment this "
"should be the case. Proper Microsoft DNS is needed so that client "
"workstations can determine the Active Directory domain is available."
msgstr ""
"Un serveur DNS fonctionnant correctement. Dans un environnement AD en "
"production, ceci devrait déjà être le cas. Un DNS Microsoft est "
"indispensable pour que les clients puissent déterminer si le domaine Active "
"Directory est disponible."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1345(para)
msgid ""
"If you don't have a Windows DNS server on your network, see <xref "
"linkend=\"likewise-open-ms-dns\"/> for details."
msgstr ""
"Si vous n'avez pas de serveur DNS Windows sur votre réseau, consultez <xref "
"linkend=\"likewise-open-ms-dns\"/> pour plus de détails."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1352(para)
msgid "To join a domain, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr "Pour rejoindre un domaine, dans un terminal saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1357(command)
msgid "sudo domainjoin-cli join example.com Administrator"
msgstr "sudo domainjoin-cli join exemple.com Administrateur"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1361(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>example.com</emphasis> with your domain name, and "
"<emphasis>Administrator</emphasis> with the appropriate user name."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis>exemple.com</emphasis> par votre nom de domaine et "
"<emphasis>Administrator</emphasis> par le nom d'utilisateur approprié."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1367(para)
msgid ""
"You will then be prompted for the user's password. If all goes well a "
"<emphasis>SUCCESS</emphasis> message should be printed to the console."
msgstr ""
"Vous serez ensuite invité à saisir le mot de passe utilisateur. Si tout va "
"bien un message <emphasis>SUCCÈS</emphasis> doit s'afficher sur la console."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1373(para)
msgid ""
"After joining the domain, it is necessary to reboot before attempting to "
"authenticate against the domain."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir rejoint le domaine, il est nécessaire de redémarrer avant de "
"tenter de s'y authentifier."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1379(para)
msgid ""
"After successfully joining an Ubuntu machine to an Active Directory domain "
"you can authenticate using any valid AD user. To login you will need to "
"enter the user name as 'domain\\username'. For example to ssh to a server "
"joined to the domain enter:"
msgstr ""
"Après avoir réussi à joindre une machine Ubuntu à un domaine Active "
"Directory, vous pouvez vous authentifier avec n'importe quel utilisateur AD "
"valide. Pour vous connecter, vous devrez saisir le nom d'utilisateur comme "
"ceci : 'domaine\\nomutilisateur'. Par exemple, pour un serveur SSH joint au "
"domaine saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1386(command)
msgid "ssh 'example\\steve'@hostname"
msgstr "ssh 'exemple\\lea'@nomhote"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1390(para)
msgid ""
"If configuring a Desktop the user name will need to be prefixed with "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">domain\\</emphasis> in the graphical logon as well."
msgstr ""
"Si vous configurez un ordinateur de bureau le nom d'utilisateur devra "
"également être préfixé avec <emphasis role=\"italic\">domaine\\</emphasis> "
"dans l'écran de connexion graphique."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1396(para)
msgid ""
"To make likewise-open use a default domain, you can add the following "
"statement to <filename>/etc/samba/lwiauthd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez ajouter la déclaration suivante à "
"<filename>/etc/samba/lwiauthd.conf</filename> pour que likewise-open utilise "
"le domaine par défaut :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1400(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"winbind use default domain = yes\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"winbind use default domain = yes\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1404(para)
msgid "Then restart the <application>likewise-open</application> daemons:"
msgstr "Puis relancez les démons <application>likewise-open</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1409(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/likewise-open restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/likewise-open restart"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1413(para)
msgid ""
"Once configured for a <emphasis>default domain</emphasis> the <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">'domain\\'</emphasis> is no longer required, users can login "
"using only their username."
msgstr ""
"Une fois configuré pour un <emphasis>domaine par défaut</emphasis> le "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">'domaine\\'</emphasis> n'est plus nécessaire. les "
"utilisateurs peuvent se connecter avec leur identifiant seulement."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1419(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>domainjoin-cli</application> utility can also be used to "
"leave the domain. From a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"L'utilitaire <application>domainjoin-cli</application> peut aussi être "
"utilisé pour quitter le domaine. Dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1424(command)
msgid "sudo domainjoin-cli leave"
msgstr "sudo domainjoin-cli leave"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1429(title) serverguide/C/security.xml:1777(title)
msgid "Other Utilities"
msgstr "Autres utilitaires"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1431(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>likewise-open</application> package comes with a few other "
"utilities that may be useful for gathering information about the Active "
"Directory environment. These utilities are used to join the machine to the "
"domain, and are the same as those available in the <application>samba-"
"common</application> and <application>winbind</application> packages:"
msgstr ""
"Le paquet <application>likewise-open</application> est livré avec quelques "
"autres utilitaires qui peuvent être pratiques pour rassembler des "
"informations à propos de l'environnement Active Directory. Ces utilitaires "
"servent à ajouter la machine au domaine, et sont les mêmes que ceux "
"disponibles dans les paquets <application>samba-common</application> et "
"<application>winbind</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1440(para)
msgid ""
"<application>lwinet</application>: Returns information about the network and "
"the domain."
msgstr ""
"<application>lwinet</application> : renvoie des informations sur le réseau "
"et le domaine."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1445(para)
msgid ""
"<application>lwimsg</application>: Allows interaction with the "
"<application>likewise-winbindd</application> daemon."
msgstr ""
"<application>lwimsg</application> : permet d'interagir avec le démon "
"<application>likewise-winbindd</application>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1450(para)
msgid ""
"<application>lwiinfo</application>: Displays information about various parts "
"of the Domain."
msgstr ""
"<application>lwiinfo</application> : affiche des informations sur "
"différentes parties du domaine."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1456(para)
msgid "Please refer to each utility's man page specific for details."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez consulter la page de manuel spécifique à chaque utilitaire pour "
"plus de détails."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1462(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:351(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1598(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:338(title)
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Dépannage"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1466(para)
msgid ""
"If the client has trouble joining the domain, double check that the "
"Microsoft DNS is listed first in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. For "
"example:"
msgstr ""
"Si un client a du mal à intégrer le domaine, vérifiez d'abord que le DNS "
"Microsoft apparaît en premier dans <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. "
"Par exemple :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1471(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"nameserver 192.168.0.1\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"nameserver 192.168.0.1\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1476(para)
msgid ""
"For more information when joining a domain, use the <emphasis>--loglevel "
"verbose</emphasis> or <emphasis>--advanced</emphasis> option of the "
"<application>domainjoin-cli</application> utility:"
msgstr ""
"Pour de plus amples informations concernant l'intégration au domaine, "
"utilisez l'option <emphasis>--loglevel verbose</emphasis> ou <emphasis>--"
"advanced</emphasis> de l'utilitaire <application>domainjoin-"
"cli</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1482(command)
msgid "sudo domainjoin-cli --loglevel verbose join example.com Administrator"
msgstr ""
"sudo domainjoin-cli --loglevel verbose join exemple.com Administrateur"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1486(para)
msgid ""
"If an Active Directory user has trouble logging in, check the "
"<filename>/var/log/auth.log</filename> for details."
msgstr ""
"Si un utilisateur d'Active Directory a des difficultés pour s'identifier, "
"alors regardez <filename>/var/log/auth.log</filename> pour plus de détails."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1491(para)
msgid ""
"When joining an Ubuntu Desktop workstation to a domain, you may need to edit "
"<filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename> if your AD domain uses the <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">.local</emphasis> syntax. In order to join the domain the "
"<emphasis>\"mdns4\"</emphasis> entry should be removed from the "
"<emphasis>hosts</emphasis> option. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Lors de l'intégration d'un poste de travail Ubuntu à un domaine, vous devrez "
"peut-être modifier le fichier <filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename> si "
"votre domaine AD utilise la syntaxe <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">.local</emphasis>. Pour pouvoir intégrer le domaine, il est "
"nécessaire de retirer l'entrée <emphasis>\"mdns4\"</emphasis> de l'option "
"<emphasis>hosts</emphasis>. Par exemple :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1497(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"hosts: files mdns4_minimal [NOTFOUND=return] dns mdns4\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"hosts: files mdns4_minimal [NOTFOUND=return] dns mdns4\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1501(para)
msgid "Change the above to:"
msgstr "Transformez la ligne ci-dessus en :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1505(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"hosts: files dns [NOTFOUND=return]\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"hosts: files dns [NOTFOUND=return]\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1509(para)
msgid "Then restart networking by entering:"
msgstr "Puis redémarrez le réseau en saisissant :"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1514(command) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:559(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/networking restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/networking restart"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1517(para)
msgid "You should now be able to join the Active Directory domain."
msgstr "Vous devriez maintenant pouvoir accéder au domaine Active Directory"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1525(title)
msgid "Microsoft DNS"
msgstr "DNS Microsoft"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1527(para)
msgid ""
"The following are instructions for installing DNS on an Active Directory "
"domain controller running Windows Server 2003, but the instructions should "
"be similar for other versions:"
msgstr ""
"Les informations suivantes sont des instructions pour installer un serveur "
"DNS dans un contrôleur de domaine AD Windows Serveur 2003. Ces instructions "
"peuvent éventuellement être utilisées pour d'autres versions."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1536(para)
msgid ""
"Click "
"<menuchoice><guimenuitem>Start</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Administrative Tools"
"</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Manage Your Server</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. "
"This will open the <application>Server Role Mangement</application> utility."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur "
"<menuchoice><guimenuitem>Démarrer</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Outils "
"d'administration</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Gestion du "
"serveur</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Cela lancera l'utilitaire "
"<application>Gestion du serveur de rôle</application>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1544(para)
msgid "Click <guilabel>Add or remove a role</guilabel>"
msgstr "Cliquez sur <guilabel>Ajouter ou supprimer un rôle</guilabel>"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1545(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1547(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1550(para)
msgid "Click Next"
msgstr "Cliquez sur « Suivant »"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1546(para)
msgid "Select \"DNS Server\""
msgstr "Sélectionnez « Serveur DNS »"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1548(para)
msgid "Click Next again to proceed"
msgstr "Cliquez à nouveau sur Suivant pour continuer"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1549(para)
msgid "Select \"Create a forward lookup zone\" if it is not selected."
msgstr ""
"Cochez « Créer une zone de recherche directe » si ce n'est déjà fait."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1551(para)
msgid ""
"Make sure \"This server maintains the zone\" is selected and click Next."
msgstr ""
"Assurez-vous que « Ce serveur assure la maintenance de cette zone » est "
"sélectionné et cliquez sur « Suivant »."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1552(para)
msgid "Enter your domain name and click Next"
msgstr "Entrez votre nom de domaine et cliquez sur Suivant"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1553(para)
msgid "Click Next to \"Allow only secure dynamic updates\""
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur « Suivant » pour « N'autoriser que les mises à jours dynamiques "
"sécurisées »"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1555(para)
msgid ""
"Enter the IP for DNS servers to forward queries to, or Select \"No, it "
"should not forward queries\" and click Next."
msgstr ""
"Saisissez les adresses IP des serveurs DNS auxquels les requêtes seront "
"transmises ou cochez « Non, il ne doit pas rediriger les requêtes » puis "
"cliquez sur « Suivant »."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1559(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1560(para)
msgid "Click Finish"
msgstr "Cliquez sur Terminer"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1562(para)
msgid ""
"DNS is now installed and can be further configured using the "
"<application>Microsoft Management Console</application> DNS snap-in."
msgstr ""
"DNS est maintenant installé et peut être configuré de manière plus fine en "
"utilisant le complément DNS de la <application>Console de gestion "
"Microsoft</application>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1570(para)
msgid "Click Start"
msgstr "Cliquez sur « Démarrer »"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1571(para)
msgid "Control Panel"
msgstr "Panneau de configuration"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1572(para)
msgid "Network Connections"
msgstr "Connexions réseau"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1573(para)
msgid "Right Click \"Local Area Connection\""
msgstr "Faites un clic droit sur « Connexions au réseau local »"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1574(para)
msgid "Click Properties"
msgstr "Cliquez sur « Propriétés »"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1575(para)
msgid "Double click \"Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)\""
msgstr "Double-cliquez sur \"Protocole Internet (TCP/IP)\""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1576(para)
msgid "Enter the Server's IP Address as the \"Preferred DNS server\""
msgstr "Entrez l'adresse IP du serveur en tant que \"Serveur DNS préféré\""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1577(para)
msgid "Click Ok"
msgstr "Cliquez sur Ok"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1578(para)
msgid "Click Ok again to save the settings"
msgstr "Cliquez à nouveau sur Ok pour sauvergarder les réglages."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1567(para)
msgid ""
"Next, configure the Server to use itself for DNS queries: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, configurez le serveur pour qu'il traite lui-même les requêtes DNS : "
"<placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1585(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:624(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:772(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:922(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1017(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1239(title) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:303(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1840(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2165(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:539(title) serverguide/C/security.xml:877(title) serverguide/C/security.xml:1211(title) serverguide/C/security.xml:1626(title) serverguide/C/security.xml:1817(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:203(title) serverguide/C/package-management.xml:454(title) serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:330(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1006(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1107(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:391(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:527(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:459(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:643(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:795(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1217(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1646(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:259(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:388(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:496(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:284(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:436(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:619(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:572(title) serverguide/C/clustering.xml:234(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:107(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:221(title) serverguide/C/backups.xml:297(title)
msgid "References"
msgstr "Références"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1587(para)
msgid ""
"Please refer to the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.likewisesoftware.com/\">Likewise</ulink> home page for "
"further information."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez consulter la page d'accueil de <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.likewisesoftware.com/\">Likewise</ulink> (en anglais) pour "
"plus d'informations."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1591(para)
msgid ""
"For more <application>domainjoin-cli</application> options see the man page: "
"<command>man domainjoin-cli</command>."
msgstr ""
"Référez-vous à la page de manuel <command>man domainjoin-cli</command> pour "
"de plus amples informations."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1595(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/LikewiseOpen\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"LikewiseOpen</ulink> page."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez également consulter la page du <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/LikewiseOpen\">Wiki Ubuntu consacrée "
"à LikewiseOpen</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:13(title)
msgid "Web Servers"
msgstr "Serveurs Web"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"A Web server is a software responsible for accepting HTTP requests from "
"clients, which are known as Web browsers, and serving them HTTP responses "
"along with optional data contents, which usually are Web pages such as HTML "
"documents and linked objects (images, etc.)."
msgstr ""
"Un serveur Web est un logiciel chargé d'accepter les requêtes HTTP de "
"clients, appelés navigateurs Web, et de leur envoyer des réponses HTTP en "
"même temps que des contenus, qui sont habituellement des pages Web, c'est à "
"dire des documents HTML et des objets liés (images, etc.)."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:19(title)
msgid "HTTPD - Apache2 Web Server"
msgstr "HTTPD - serveur Web Apache2"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:20(para)
msgid ""
"Apache is the most commonly used Web Server on Linux systems. Web Servers "
"are used to serve Web Pages requested by client computers. Clients typically "
"request and view Web Pages using Web Browser applications such as "
"<application>Firefox</application>, <application>Opera</application>, or "
"<application>Mozilla</application>."
msgstr ""
"Apache est le serveur Web le plus couramment utilisé sur les systèmes Linux. "
"Les serveurs Web sont utilisés pour délivrer les pages Web demandées par les "
"ordinateurs clients. Les clients demandent et affichent les pages Web en "
"utilisant des logiciels de navigation sur le Web, tel que "
"<application>Firefox</application>, <application>Opera</application> ou "
"<application>Mozilla</application>."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:24(para)
msgid ""
"Users enter a Uniform Resource Locator (URL) to point to a Web server by "
"means of its Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) and a path to the required "
"resource. For example, to view the home page of the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com\">Ubuntu Web site</ulink> a user will enter only "
"the FQDN. To request specific information about <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/support/paid\">paid support</ulink>, a user will "
"enter the FQDN followed by a path."
msgstr ""
"Les utilisateurs saisissent un URL (Uniform Resource Locator) qui pointe "
"vers un serveur Web identifié par un nom de domaine pleinement qualifié "
"(FQDN), et chemin d'accès vers le document demandé. Par exemple, pour lire "
"la page d'accueil du <ulink url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com\">site Web "
"d'Ubuntu</ulink> l'utilisateur va simplement saisir le nom de domaine "
"(FQDN). Pour accéder à une information plus précise sur le <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/support/paid\">support payant</ulink>, "
"l'utilisateur va saisir le FQDN suivi du chemin d'accès au document."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:29(para)
msgid ""
"The most common protocol used to transfer Web pages is the Hyper Text "
"Transfer Protocol (HTTP). Protocols such as Hyper Text Transfer Protocol "
"over Secure Sockets Layer (HTTPS), and File Transfer Protocol (FTP), a "
"protocol for uploading and downloading files, are also supported."
msgstr ""
"La méthode la plus communément utilisée pour le transfert de pages Web est "
"le protocole de transfert hypertexte (dont l'acronyme anglais est HTTP). Le "
"protocole de transfert hypertexte sur sockets sécurisées (HTTPS) et le "
"protocole de transfert de fichiers (FTP), qui permet d'envoyer et de "
"télécharger des fichiers, sont également pris en charge."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:33(para)
msgid ""
"Apache Web Servers are often used in combination with the "
"<application>MySQL</application> database engine, the HyperText Preprocessor "
"(<application>PHP</application>) scripting language, and other popular "
"scripting languages such as <application>Python</application> and "
"<application>Perl</application>. This configuration is termed LAMP (Linux, "
"Apache, MySQL and Perl/Python/PHP) and forms a powerful and robust platform "
"for the development and deployment of Web-based applications."
msgstr ""
"Les serveurs Web Apache sont fréquemment utilisés en combinaison avec le "
"moteur de base de données <application>MySQL</application>, le langage de "
"script de pré-traitement hypertexte (<application>PHP</application>), et "
"d'autres langages de scripts prisés tels que "
"<application>Python</application> et <application>Perl</application>. Cette "
"configuration, connue sous le nom de LAMP (Linux, Apache, MySQL et "
"Perl/Python/PHP), constitue une puissante et robuste plate-forme de "
"développement et de déploiement d'applications Web."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:42(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>Apache2</application> web server is available in Ubuntu "
"Linux. To install Apache2:"
msgstr ""
"Le serveur web <application>Apache2</application> est disponible dans Ubuntu "
"Linux. Pour installer Apache2 :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:48(para)
msgid "At a terminal prompt enter the following command:"
msgstr "Saisissez la commande suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:53(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install apache2"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install apache2"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:63(para)
msgid ""
"Apache2 is configured by placing <emphasis>directives</emphasis> in plain "
"text configuration files. These <emphasis>directives</emphasis> are "
"separated between the following files and directories:"
msgstr ""
"Apache2 doit être configuré à l'aide de <emphasis>directives</emphasis> "
"décrites dans des fichiers texte de configuration. Ces "
"<emphasis>directives</emphasis> sont réparties entre les fichiers et "
"dossiers suivants :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:71(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>apache2.conf:</emphasis> the main Apache2 configuration file. "
"Contains settings that are <emphasis>global</emphasis> to Apache2."
msgstr ""
"Le fichier de configuration principal est <emphasis>apache2.conf</emphasis>. "
"Il contient les paramètres <emphasis>globaux</emphasis> d'Apache2."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:77(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>conf.d:</emphasis> contains configuration files which apply "
"<emphasis>globally</emphasis> to Apache2. Other packages that use Apache2 to "
"serve content may add files, or symlinks, to this directory."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>conf.d :</emphasis> contient les fichiers de configuration qui "
"s'applique <emphasis>de manière globale</emphasis> à Apache2. D'autres "
"paquets utilisant Apache2 pour afficher du contenu peuvent ajouter des "
"fichiers ou des liens symboliques dans ce dossier."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:83(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>envvars:</emphasis> file where Apache2 "
"<emphasis>environment</emphasis> variables are set."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>envvars :</emphasis> fichier où les variables "
"d'<emphasis>environnement</emphasis> d'Apache2 sont définies."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:88(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>httpd.conf:</emphasis> historically the main Apache2 configuration "
"file, named after the <application>httpd</application> daemon. The file can "
"be used for <emphasis>user specific</emphasis> configuration options that "
"globally effect Apache2."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>httpd.conf :</emphasis> historiquement le principal fichier de "
"configuration d'Apache2, nommé d'après le démon "
"<application>httpd</application>. Le fichier peut être utilisé pour les "
"options de configuration <emphasis>propres à l'utilisateur</emphasis> qui "
"affectent globalement Apache2."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:95(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>mods-available:</emphasis> this directory contains configuration "
"files to both load <emphasis>modules</emphasis> and configure them. Not all "
"modules will have specific configuration files, however."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>mods-available :</emphasis> ce répertoire contient les fichiers de "
"configuration qui permettent de charger les <emphasis>modules</emphasis> et "
"de les paramétrer. Certains modules peuvent ne pas avoir de fichier de "
"configuration."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:101(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>mods-enabled:</emphasis> holds <emphasis>symlinks</emphasis> to "
"the files in <filename>/etc/apache2/mods-available</filename>. When a module "
"configuration file is symlinked it will be enabled the next time "
"<application>apache2</application> is restarted."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>mods-enabled :</emphasis> contient <emphasis>les liens symboliques "
"(symlinks)</emphasis> vers les fichiers de <filename>/etc/apache2/mods-"
"available</filename>. Lorsqu'un lien symbolique vers un module de "
"configuration est créé, il sera activé au prochain redémarrage "
"d'<application>Apache2</application>."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:108(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ports.conf:</emphasis> houses the directives that determine which "
"TCP ports Apache2 is listening on."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>ports.conf :</emphasis> héberge les directives déterminant les "
"ports TCP sur lesquels Apache2 est en écoute."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:113(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>sites-available:</emphasis> this directory has configuration files "
"for Apache2 <emphasis>Virtual Hosts</emphasis>. Virtual Hosts allow Apache2 "
"to be configured for multiple sites that have separate configurations."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>sites-available :</emphasis> ce dossier contient des fichiers de "
"configuration pour les <emphasis>serveurs virtuels</emphasis> d'Apache2. Les "
"serveurs virtuels permettent de configurer Apache2 pour plusieurs sites "
"ayant différentes configurations."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:119(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>sites-enabled:</emphasis> like mods-enabled, <filename "
"role=\"directory\">sites-enabled</filename> contains symlinks to the "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available</filename> directory. Similarly when "
"a configuration file in sites-available is symlinked, the site configured by "
"it will be active once Apache2 is restarted."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>sites-enabled :</emphasis> comme mods-enabled, <filename "
"role=\"directory\">sites-enabled</filename> contient des liens symboliques "
"vers le dossier <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available</filename>. De la "
"même manière que lorsqu'un lien symbolique vers un fichier de configuration "
"de sites-available est créé, le site ainsi configuré sera activé au prochain "
"redémarrage d'Apache2."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:127(para)
msgid ""
"In addition, other configuration files may be added using the "
"<emphasis>Include</emphasis> directive, and wildcards can be used to include "
"many configuration files. Any directive may be placed in any of these "
"configuration files. Changes to the main configuration files are only "
"recognized by Apache2 when it is started or restarted."
msgstr ""
"Enfin, d'autres paramétrages peuvent être ajoutés en utilisant la directive "
"<emphasis>Include</emphasis> et des caractères jokers peuvent être utilisés "
"pour inclure de multiples fichiers de configuration. Ces directives peuvent "
"être placées dans n'importe lequel de ces fichiers de configuration. Les "
"changements effectués dans les fichiers de configuration principaux ne sont "
"pris en compte qu'au (re-)démarrage d'Apache2."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:136(para)
msgid ""
"The server also reads a file containing mime document types; the filename is "
"set by the <emphasis>TypesConfig</emphasis> directive, and is "
"<filename>/etc/mime.types</filename> by default."
msgstr ""
"Le serveur lit également un fichier contenant les types MIME des documents ; "
"le nom du fichier est défini par la directive "
"<emphasis>TypesConfig</emphasis>, par défaut il s'agit de "
"<filename>/etc/mime.types</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:141(title)
msgid "Basic Settings"
msgstr "Réglages de base"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:142(para)
msgid ""
"This section explains Apache2 server essential configuration parameters. "
"Refer to the <ulink url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/\">Apache2 "
"Documentation</ulink> for more details."
msgstr ""
"Cette section explique les paramètres de configuration essentiels du serveur "
"Apache2. Consultez la <ulink "
"url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/\">documentation Apache2</ulink> pour "
"plus de détails (en partie en français)."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:150(para)
msgid ""
"Apache2 ships with a virtual-host-friendly default configuration. That is, "
"it is configured with a single default virtual host (using the "
"<emphasis>VirtualHost</emphasis> directive) which can modified or used as-is "
"if you have a single site, or used as a template for additional virtual "
"hosts if you have multiple sites. If left alone, the default virtual host "
"will serve as your default site, or the site users will see if the URL they "
"enter does not match the <emphasis>ServerName</emphasis> directive of any of "
"your custom sites. To modify the default virtual host, edit the file "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/default</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Apache2 est livré avec une configuration d'hôte virtuel par défaut. En fait, "
"un seul hôte virtuel est paramétré (en utilisant la directive "
"<emphasis>VirtualHost</emphasis>). Il peut être utilisé tel quel si vous "
"n'avez qu'un seul site, modifié ou servir de modèle pour ajouter des hôtes "
"virtuels. Sans intervention de votre part, l'hôte virtuel par défaut sera "
"votre site par défaut ou celui que les visiteurs verront si l'URL qu'ils ont "
"saisi ne correspond pas à la directive <emphasis>ServerName</emphasis>. Pour "
"changer l'hôte virtuel par défaut, modifiez le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/default</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:163(para)
msgid ""
"The directives set for a virtual host only apply to that particular virtual "
"host. If a directive is set server-wide and not defined within the virtual "
"host settings, the default setting is used. For example, you can define a "
"Webmaster email address and not define individual email addresses for each "
"virtual host."
msgstr ""
"Le jeu de directives pour un hôte virtuel ne s'applique qu'à cet hôte "
"virtuel en particulier. Si une directive est définie globalement pour le "
"serveur et n'est pas définie dans les paramètres de l'hôte virtuel, les "
"paramètres par défaut s'appliquent. Par exemple, vous pouvez définir "
"l'adresse électronique du webmaster globalement, et ne pas définir "
"d'adresses individuelles pour chaque hôte virtuel."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:171(para)
msgid ""
"If you wish to configure a new virtual host or site, copy that file into the "
"same directory with a name you choose. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous souhaitez configurer un nouvel hôte virtuel ou site, copiez ce "
"fichier dans le même répertoire avec un nom de votre choix. Par exemple :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:177(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /etc/apache2/sites-available/default /etc/apache2/sites-"
"available/mynewsite"
msgstr ""
"sudo cp /etc/apache2/sites-available/default /etc/apache2/sites-"
"available/mon_nouveau_site"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:180(para)
msgid ""
"Edit the new file to configure the new site using some of the directives "
"described below."
msgstr ""
"Modifiez le nouveau fichier pour configurer le nouveau site en utilisant "
"certaines des commandes décrites ci-dessous."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:187(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>ServerAdmin</emphasis> directive specifies the email address "
"to be advertised for the server's administrator. The default value is "
"webmaster@localhost. This should be changed to an email address that is "
"delivered to you (if you are the server's administrator). If your website "
"has a problem, Apache2 will display an error message containing this email "
"address to report the problem to. Find this directive in your site's "
"configuration file in /etc/apache2/sites-available."
msgstr ""
"La directive <emphasis>ServerAdmin</emphasis> spécifie l'adresse "
"électronique qui figurera comme adresse de l'administrateur du serveur. La "
"valeur par défaut est webmaster@localhost. Cette valeur devrait être "
"remplacée par une adresse dont vous êtes destinataire (dans le cas où vous "
"êtes l'administrateur du serveur). Si votre site rencontre un problème, "
"Apache2 affichera un message d'erreur contenant cette adresse mail afin de "
"signaler le problème. Cette directive est à placer dans les fichiers de "
"configuration de vos sites situés dans /etc/apache2/sites-available."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:198(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Listen</emphasis> directive specifies the port, and optionally "
"the IP address, Apache2 should listen on. If the IP address is not "
"specified, Apache2 will listen on all IP addresses assigned to the machine "
"it runs on. The default value for the Listen directive is 80. Change this to "
"127.0.0.1:80 to cause Apache2 to listen only on your loopback interface so "
"that it will not be available to the Internet, to (for example) 81 to change "
"the port that it listens on, or leave it as is for normal operation. This "
"directive can be found and changed in its own file, "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/ports.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""
"La directive <emphasis>Listen</emphasis> précise le port, et de manière "
"optionnelle l'adresse IP, sur lesquels Apache2 écoute. Si l'adresse IP n'est "
"pas spécifiée, Apache écoutera sur toutes les adresses IP assignées à la "
"machine. La valeur par défaut de la directive Listen est 80. Modifiez la en "
"127.0.0.1:80 afin qu'Apache2 n'écoute que sur l'interface locale et ne soit "
"pas accessible depuis l'Internet, en 81 (par exemple) afin de modifier le "
"port sur lequel Apache2 écoute, ou laissez la valeur par défaut dans la "
"majorité des cas. Cette directive se situe dans le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/ports.conf</filename>"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:211(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>ServerName</emphasis> directive is optional and specifies what "
"FQDN your site should answer to. The default virtual host has no ServerName "
"directive specified, so it will respond to all requests that do not match a "
"ServerName directive in another virtual host. If you have just acquired the "
"domain name ubunturocks.com and wish to host it on your Ubuntu server, the "
"value of the ServerName directive in your virtual host configuration file "
"should be ubunturocks.com. Add this directive to the new virtual host file "
"you created earlier (<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
"available/mynewsite</filename>)."
msgstr ""
"La directive <emphasis>ServerName</emphasis> est optionnelle et spécifie à "
"quel FQDN devrait répondre votre site. L'hôte virtuel par défaut n'a pas de "
"directive ServerName spécifiée, il devra donc répondre à toutes les requêtes "
"qui ne correspondent pas à une directive ServerName d'un un autre hôte "
"virtuel. Si vous venez juste d'acquérir le nom de domaine ubunturocks.com et "
"souhaitez l'héberger sur votre serveur Ubuntu, la valeur de votre directive "
"ServerName dans le fichier de configuration de votre serveur virtuel doit "
"être ubunturocks.com. Ajoutez cette directive dans le nouveau fichier de "
"l'hôte virtuel créé plus tôt (<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-\tavailable/ "
"mon_nouveau_site</filename>)."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:223(para)
msgid ""
"You may also want your site to respond to www.ubunturocks.com, since many "
"users will assume the www prefix is appropriate. Use the "
"<emphasis>ServerAlias</emphasis> directive for this. You may also use "
"wildcards in the ServerAlias directive."
msgstr ""
"Comme beaucoup de visiteurs pensent que le préfixe www est utile, il est "
"souhaitable que vous configuriez votre hôte virtuel pour qu'il réponde à ce "
"nom. Utilisez la directive <emphasis>ServerAlias</emphasis>. Il est possible "
"d'utiliser des caractères jokers dans la directive ServerAlias."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:230(para)
msgid ""
"For example, the following configuration will cause your site to respond to "
"any domain request ending in <emphasis>.ubunturocks.com</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Par exemple, votre site répondra à n'importe quelle requête de domaine "
"finissant par <emphasis>.ubunturocks.com</emphasis> en utilisant la "
"configuration suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:236(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"ServerAlias *.ubunturocks.com\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"ServerAlias *.ubunturocks.com\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:242(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>DocumentRoot</emphasis> directive specifies where Apache2 "
"should look for the files that make up the site. The default value is "
"/var/www. No site is configured there, but if you uncomment the "
"<emphasis>RedirectMatch</emphasis> directive in "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename> requests will be redirected "
"to /var/www/apache2-default where the default Apache2 site awaits. Change "
"this value in your site's virtual host file, and remember to create that "
"directory if necessary!"
msgstr ""
"La directive <emphasis>DocumentRoot</emphasis> spécifie l'emplacement où "
"Apache2 doit chercher les fichiers  constituant le site. La valeur par "
"défaut est /var/www. Aucun site n'y est configuré mais, en décommentant la "
"directive <emphasis>RedirectMatch</emphasis> dans "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename>, les requêtes seront "
"redirigées vers /var/www/apache2-default où réside le site par défaut "
"d'Apache2. Modifiez cette valeur dans le fichier de votre serveur virtuel et "
"pensez à créer le dossier en question s'il n'existe pas !"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:254(para)
msgid ""
"The /etc/apache2/sites-available directory is <emphasis role=\"bold\"> "
"not</emphasis> parsed by Apache2. Symbolic links in /etc/apache2/sites-"
"enabled point to \"available\" sites."
msgstr ""
"Le répertoire /etc/apache2/sites-availabe n'est <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">pas</emphases> interprété par Apache2. Des liens symboliques "
"dans /etc/apache2/sites-enabled pointent vers les sites disponibles."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:260(para)
msgid ""
"Enable the new <emphasis>VirtualHost</emphasis> using the "
"<application>a2ensite</application> utility and restart Apache2:"
msgstr ""
"Activiter le nouveau <emphasis>VirtualHost</emphasis> grâce à l'utilitaire "
"<application>a2ensite</application> puis redémarrez Apache2 :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:266(command)
msgid "sudo a2ensite mynewsite"
msgstr "sudo a2ensite mon_nouveau_site"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:267(command) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:285(command) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:538(command) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:547(command) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:606(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:932(command) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:228(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/apache2 restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/apache2 restart"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:271(para)
msgid ""
"Be sure to replace <emphasis>mynewsite</emphasis> with a more descriptive "
"name for the VirtualHost. One method is to name the file after the "
"<emphasis>ServerName</emphasis> directive of the VirtualHost."
msgstr ""
"Il est préférable d'utiliser un nom plus explicite que "
"<emphasis>mon_nouveau_site</emphasis>. Par exemple nommez le fichier en "
"utilisant la valeur de la directive <emphasis>ServerName</emphasis> de "
"l'hôte virtuel."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:278(para)
msgid ""
"Similarly, use the <application>a2dissite</application> utility to disable "
"sites. This is can be useful when troubleshooting configuration problems "
"with multiple VirtualHosts:"
msgstr ""
"De manière analogue l'utilitaire <application>a2dissite</application> permet "
"de désactiver les sites. Cela peut être utile lors du dépannage de problèmes "
"de configuration avec plusieurs hôtes virtuels :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:284(command)
msgid "sudo a2dissite mynewsite"
msgstr "sudo a2dissite mon_nouveau_site"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:290(title)
msgid "Default Settings"
msgstr "Réglages par défaut"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:292(para)
msgid ""
"This section explains configuration of the Apache2 server default settings. "
"For example, if you add a virtual host, the settings you configure for the "
"virtual host take precedence for that virtual host. For a directive not "
"defined within the virtual host settings, the default value is used."
msgstr ""
"Cette section explique la configuration par défaut du serveur Apache2. Par "
"exemple, si vous ajoutez un hôte virtuel, les paramètres que vous définissez "
"pour celui-ci deviennent prioritaires. Pour une directive qui n'est pas "
"définie à l'intérieur de l'hôte virtuel, la valeur par défaut est utilisée."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:304(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>DirectoryIndex</emphasis> is the default page served by the "
"server when a user requests an index of a directory by specifying a forward "
"slash (/) at the end of the directory name."
msgstr ""
"La directive <emphasis>DirectoryIndex</emphasis> stipule la page par défaut "
"qui doit être servie lorsqu'un utilisateur demande l'index d'un répertoire "
"en spécifiant une barre oblique (/) à la fin du nom d'un répertoire."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:311(para)
msgid ""
"For example, when a user requests the page "
"http://www.example.com/this_directory/, he or she will get either the "
"DirectoryIndex page if it exists, a server-generated directory list if it "
"does not and the Indexes option is specified, or a Permission Denied page if "
"neither is true. The server will try to find one of the files listed in the "
"DirectoryIndex directive and will return the first one it finds. If it does "
"not find any of these files and if <emphasis>Options Indexes</emphasis> is "
"set for that directory, the server will generate and return a list, in HTML "
"format, of the subdirectories and files in the directory. The default value, "
"found in <filename>/etc/apache2/mods-available/dir.conf</filename> is "
"\"index.html index.cgi index.pl index.php index.xhtml index.htm\". Thus, if "
"Apache2 finds a file in a requested directory matching any of these names, "
"the first will be displayed."
msgstr ""
"Par exemple, lorsqu'un utilisateur demande la page "
"http://www.exemple.com/ce_repertoire/, il obtiendra soit la page "
"DirectoryIndex si elle existe, soit un listing du répertoire généré par le "
"serveur si Option Indexes est spécifiée, soit encore une page « Autorisation "
"refusée » si aucune de ces deux conditions n'est remplie. Le serveur "
"essaiera de trouver un fichier parmi ceux listés dans la directive "
"DirectoryIndex et renverra le premier d'entre eux. S'il ne trouve aucun des "
"fichiers stipulés et si <emphasis>Options Indexes</emphasis> est configurée "
"pour ce répertoire, le serveur en renverra alors la liste des sous-"
"répertoires et fichiers, au format HTML. La valeur par défaut, spécifiée "
"dans <filename>/etc/apache2/mods-available/dir.conf</filename>, est "
"« index.html index.cgi index.pl index.php index.xhtml index.htm ». Ainsi, si "
"Apache2 trouve un fichier portant l'un de ces noms, il l'affichera."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:332(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>ErrorDocument</emphasis> directive allows you to specify a "
"file for Apache2 to use for specific error events. For example, if a user "
"requests a resource that does not exist, a 404 error will occur, and per "
"Apache2's default configuration, the file "
"<filename>/usr/share/apache2/error/HTTP_NOT_FOUND.html.var </filename> will "
"be displayed. That file is not in the server's DocumentRoot, but there is an "
"Alias directive in <filename>/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename> that "
"redirects requests to the /error directory to "
"<filename>/usr/share/apache2/error/</filename>."
msgstr ""
"La directive <emphasis>ErrorDocument</emphasis> vous permet de spécifier un "
"fichier que doit utiliser Apache2 dans certains cas d'erreur. Par exemple, "
"si un utilisateur demande une ressource qui n'existe pas, une erreur 404 se "
"produit et, d'après la configuration par défaut d'Apache2, le fichier "
"<filename>/usr/share/apache2/error/HTTP_NOT_FOUND.html.var</filename> est "
"affiché. Ce fichier ne se trouve pas dans le DocumentRoot du serveur mais "
"une directive Alias se trouvant dans "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename> redirige les requêtes en "
"direction du répertoire /error vers "
"<filename>/usr/share/apache2/error/</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:344(para)
msgid ""
"To see a list of the default ErrorDocument directives, use this command:"
msgstr ""
"Pour voir une liste des directives ErrorDocument par défaut, utilisez cette "
"commande :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:350(command)
msgid "grep ErrorDocument /etc/apache2/apache2.conf"
msgstr "grep ErrorDocument /etc/apache2/apache2.conf"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:355(para)
msgid ""
"By default, the server writes the transfer log to the file "
"<filename>/var/log/apache2/access.log</filename>. You can change this on a "
"per-site basis in your virtual host configuration files with the "
"<emphasis>CustomLog</emphasis> directive, or omit it to accept the default, "
"specified in <filename> /etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename>. You may also "
"specify the file to which errors are logged, via the "
"<emphasis>ErrorLog</emphasis> directive, whose default is "
"<filename>/var/log/apache2/error.log</filename>. These are kept separate "
"from the transfer logs to aid in troubleshooting problems with your Apache2 "
"server. You may also specify the <emphasis>LogLevel</emphasis> (the default "
"value is \"warn\") and the <emphasis>LogFormat</emphasis> (see <filename> "
"/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename> for the default value)."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut le serveur écrit le journal des transferts dans le fichier "
"<filename>/var/log/apache2/access.log</filename>. Vous pouvez personnaliser "
"le fichier pour chaque site en utilisant la directive "
"<emphasis>CustomLog</emphasis> dans le paramétrage de l'hôte virtuel. Si "
"cette directive n'est pas présente, alors le fichier spécifié dans "
"<filename> /etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename> sera utilisé. Vous pouvez "
"aussi personnaliser les erreurs devant être journalisées grâce à la "
"directive <emphasis>ErrorLog</emphasis>. Par défaut cette directive pointe "
"vers <filename>/var/log/apache2/error.log</filename>. Ce fichier est "
"distinct du journal de transfert pour vous faciliter la tâche lors de la "
"résolution de problèmes. Vous pouvez aussi personnaliser le degré de "
"journalisation à l'aide de la directive <emphasis>LogLevel</emphasis> "
"(valeur par défaut : warn - avertissement) mais aussi "
"<emphasis>LogFormat</emphasis> (voir <filename> "
"/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename> pour connaître les valeurs par défaut)."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:370(para)
msgid ""
"Some options are specified on a per-directory basis rather than per-server. "
"<emphasis>Options</emphasis> is one of these directives. A Directory stanza "
"is enclosed in XML-like tags, like so:"
msgstr ""
"Certaines options sont définies par répertoire plutôt que par serveur. "
"<emphasis>Options</emphasis> est l'une de ces directives. Une déclaration "
"Directory est entourée d'étiquettes de type XML :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:376(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"&lt;Directory /var/www/mynewsite&gt;\n"
"...\n"
"&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"&lt;Directory /var/www/mon_nouveau_site&gt;\n"
"...\n"
"&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:382(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Options</emphasis> directive within a Directory stanza accepts "
"one or more of the following values (among others), separated by spaces:"
msgstr ""
"La directive <emphasis>Options</emphasis> à l'intérieur d'une déclaration "
"Directory peut avoir avoir une ou plusieurs valeurs séparées par des "
"espaces :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:394(para)
msgid ""
"Most files should not be executed as CGI scripts. This would be very "
"dangerous. CGI scripts should kept in a directory separate from and outside "
"your DocumentRoot, and only this directory should have the ExecCGI option "
"set. This is the default, and the default location for CGI scripts is "
"<filename>/usr/lib/cgi-bin</filename>."
msgstr ""
"La plupart des fichiers ne devraient pas être exécutés comme des scripts "
"CGI. Ce serait très dangereux. Les scripts CGI doivent être dans un "
"répertoire distinct et en dehors de votre dossier racine de serveur, et seul "
"ce répertoire aura l'option ExecCGI active. Le répertoire par défaut où se "
"trouve les scripts CGI est <filename>/usr/lib/cgi-bin</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:389(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ExecCGI</emphasis> - Allow execution of CGI scripts. "
"CGI scripts are not executed if this option is not chosen. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ExecCGI</emphasis> - Autorise l'exécution des "
"scripts CGI. Les scripts CGI ne sont pas exécutés si cette option n'est pas "
"choisie. <placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:405(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Includes</emphasis> - Allow server-side includes. "
"Server-side includes allow an HTML file to <emphasis> include</emphasis> "
"other files. This is not a common option. See <ulink "
"url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/howto/ssi.html\">the Apache2 SSI "
"HOWTO</ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Inclusions</emphasis> - Autorise les inclusions côté "
"serveur. Les inclusions côté serveur permettent à un fichier HTML "
"d'<emphasis> inclure</emphasis> d'autres fichiers. Ce n'est pas une option "
"commune. Voir <ulink "
"url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/howto/ssi.html\">le guide SSI "
"d'Apache2</ulink> (en anglais à l'heure actuelle) pour de plus amples "
"informations."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:414(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">IncludesNOEXEC</emphasis> - Allow server-side "
"includes, but disable the <emphasis>#exec</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>#include</emphasis> commands in CGI scripts."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">IncludesNOEXEC</emphasis> - Autorise les inclusions "
"côté serveur, mais désactive les commandes <emphasis>#exec</emphasis> et "
"<emphasis>#include</emphasis> dans les scripts CGI."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:426(para)
msgid ""
"For security reasons, this should usually not be set, and certainly should "
"not be set on your DocumentRoot directory. Enable this option carefully on a "
"per-directory basis only if you are certain you want users to see the entire "
"contents of the directory."
msgstr ""
"Pour des raisons de sécurité, ceci ne devrait habituellement pas être "
"activé, et cela ne devrait certainement pas être activé dans votre "
"répertoire racine de documents (DocumentRoot). Si vous êtes certain de "
"vouloir que les utilisateurs voient le contenu complet d'un répertoire, "
"activez cette option avec prudence dans une section pour ce répertoire."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:421(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Indexes</emphasis> - Display a formatted list of the "
"directory's contents, if no <emphasis>DirectoryIndex</emphasis> (such as "
"index.html) exists in the requested directory. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Indexes</emphasis> - affiche une liste des fichiers "
"et dossiers du répertoire s'il n'existe aucun "
"« <emphasis>DirectoryIndex</emphasis> » (tel que index.html) dans le "
"répertoire demandé. <placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:436(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Multiview</emphasis> - Support content-negotiated "
"multiviews; this option is disabled by default for security reasons. See the "
"<ulink "
"url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/mod_negotiation.html#multiviews\">"
"Apache2 documentation on this option</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Multiview</emphasis> - prise en charge des multivues "
"pour les contenus négociés ; par défaut, cette option est désactivée pour "
"des raisons de sécurité. Voyez la <ulink "
"url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/mod_negotiation.html#multiviews\">"
"documentation d'Apache2 sur cette option</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:444(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">SymLinksIfOwnerMatch</emphasis> - Only follow "
"symbolic links if the target file or directory has the same owner as the "
"link."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">SymLinksIfOwnerMatch</emphasis> - Ne suit les liens "
"symboliques que si le fichier ou répertoire cible a le même propriétaire que "
"le lien."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:456(title)
msgid "httpd Settings"
msgstr "Paramètres httpd"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:458(para)
msgid ""
"This section explains some basic <application>httpd</application> daemon "
"configuration settings."
msgstr ""
"Cette section explique certains paramétrages basiques du démon "
"<application>httpd</application>."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:462(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">LockFile</emphasis> - The LockFile directive sets "
"the path to the lockfile used when the server is compiled with either "
"USE_FCNTL_SERIALIZED_ACCEPT or USE_FLOCK_SERIALIZED_ACCEPT. It must be "
"stored on the local disk. It should be left to the default value unless the "
"logs directory is located on an NFS share. If this is the case, the default "
"value should be changed to a location on the local disk and to a directory "
"that is readable only by root."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">LockFile</emphasis> - La directive LockFile définit "
"le chemin vers le fichier lockfile utilisé lorsque le serveur est compilé "
"soit avec USE_FCNTL_SERIALIZED_ACCEPT, soit USE_FLOCK_SERIALIZED_ACCEPT. Ce "
"fichier doit être enregistré sur le disque local. On doit laisser la valeur "
"par défaut à moins que le répertoire des journaux se situe sur un partage "
"NFS. Dans ce cas, la valeur par défaut doit être modifiée pour un "
"emplacement, sur le disque local, lisible uniquement par le super-"
"utilisateur (root)."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:471(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">PidFile</emphasis> - The PidFile directive sets the "
"file in which the server records its process ID (pid). This file should only "
"be readable by root. In most cases, it should be left to the default value."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">PidFile</emphasis> - La directive PidFile définit le "
"fichier dans lequel le serveur enregistre son ID de processus (pid : process "
"ID). Ce fichier ne doit être accessible en lecture que par le super-"
"utilisateur (root). Dans la plupart des cas, la valeur par défaut peut être "
"conservée."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:477(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">User</emphasis> - The User directive sets the userid "
"used by the server to answer requests. This setting determines the server's "
"access. Any files inaccessible to this user will also be inaccessible to "
"your website's visitors. The default value for User is www-data."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">User</emphasis> - La directive User définit le "
"numéro d'utilisateur (userid) utilisé par le serveur pour répondre aux "
"requêtes. Ce paramétrage détermine les accès au serveur. Un fichier "
"inaccessible à cet utilisateur sera également inaccessible aux visiteur de "
"votre site Web. La valeur par défaut pour la directive User est www-data."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:484(para)
msgid ""
"Unless you know exactly what you are doing, do not set the User directive to "
"root. Using root as the User will create large security holes for your Web "
"server."
msgstr ""
"À moins que vous ne sachiez exactement ce que vous faites, ne définissez "
"jamais la directive User à root. Utiliser root (super-utilisateur) comme "
"valeur pour User créera des failles de sécurité béantes dans votre serveur "
"Web."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:490(para)
msgid ""
"The Group directive is similar to the User directive. Group sets the group "
"under which the server will answer requests. The default group is also www-"
"data."
msgstr ""
"La directive Group est similaire à la directive User. Elle définit le groupe "
"sous lequel le serveur Web répondra aux requêtes. Le groupe par défaut est "
"également www-data."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:496(title)
msgid "Apache2 Modules"
msgstr "Modules Apache2"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:498(para)
msgid ""
"Apache2 is a modular server. This implies that only the most basic "
"functionality is included in the core server. Extended features are "
"available through modules which can be loaded into Apache2. By default, a "
"base set of modules is included in the server at compile-time. If the server "
"is compiled to use dynamically loaded modules, then modules can be compiled "
"separately, and added at any time using the LoadModule directive. Otherwise, "
"Apache2 must be recompiled to add or remove modules."
msgstr ""
"Apache2 est un serveur modulaire. Cela signifie que seules les "
"fonctionnalités les plus basiques sont incluses dans le cœur-même du "
"serveur. Les fonctionnalités étendues sont disponibles grâce aux modules qui "
"peuvent être chargés dans Apache2. Par défaut, un ensemble de modules de "
"base est inclus dans le serveur au moment de la compilation. Si le serveur "
"est compilé pour utiliser les modules chargés dynamiquement, alors ces "
"derniers peuvent être compilés séparément et ajouté à tout moment en "
"utilisant la directive LoadModule. Sinon, Apache2 doit être recompilé pour "
"ajouter ou supprimer des modules."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:510(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu compiles Apache2 to allow the dynamic loading of modules. "
"Configuration directives may be conditionally included on the presence of a "
"particular module by enclosing them in an "
"<emphasis>&lt;IfModule&gt;</emphasis> block."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu compile Apache2 pour permettre le chargement dynamique de modules. "
"Les directives de configuration peuvent être incluses dans un module "
"particulier en les délimitant par un bloc "
"<emphasis>&lt;IfModule&gt;</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:517(para)
msgid ""
"You can install additional Apache2 modules and use them with your Web "
"server. For example, run the following command from a terminal prompt to "
"install the <emphasis>MySQL Authentication</emphasis> module:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez installer des modules additionnels d'Apache2 et les utiliser "
"avec votre serveur Web. Par exemple, exécutez la commande suivante dans un "
"terminal pour installer le module <emphasis>Authentification "
"MySQL</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:524(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install libapache2-mod-auth-mysql"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install libapache2-mod-auth-mysql"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:527(para)
msgid ""
"See the <filename>/etc/apache2/mods-available</filename> directory, for "
"additional modules."
msgstr ""
"Consultez le répertoire <filename>/etc/apache2/mods-available</filename> "
"pour voir les modules supplémentaires."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:531(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <application>a2enmod</application> utility to enable a module:"
msgstr ""
"L'utilitaire <application>a2enmod</application> permet d'activer un module :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:537(command)
msgid "sudo a2enmod auth_mysql"
msgstr "sudo a2enmod auth_mysql"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:541(para)
msgid "Similarly, <application>a2dismod</application> will disable a module:"
msgstr ""
"Inversement, <application>a2dismod</application> désactivera un module :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:546(command)
msgid "sudo a2dismod auth_mysql"
msgstr "sudo a2dismod auth_mysql"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:553(title)
msgid "HTTPS Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration HTTPS"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:555(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>mod_ssl</application> module adds an important feature to "
"the Apache2 server - the ability to encrypt communications. Thus, when your "
"browser is communicating using SSL, the https:// prefix is used at the "
"beginning of the Uniform Resource Locator (URL) in the browser navigation "
"bar."
msgstr ""
"Le module <application>mod_ssl</application> ajoute d'importantes "
"caractéristiques au serveur Apache2 - la capacité de chiffrer les "
"communications. De plus, lorsque votre navigateur Web communique en "
"utilisant SSL, le préfixe https:// est utilisé au début de l'adresse Web "
"(URL) dans la barre d'adresse du navigateur."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:564(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>mod_ssl</application> module is available in "
"<application>apache2-common</application> package. Execute the following "
"command from a terminal prompt to enable the "
"<application>mod_ssl</application> module:"
msgstr ""
"Le module <application>mod_ssl</application> est disponible dans le paquet "
"<application>apache2-common</application>. Saisissez la ligne de commande "
"suivante pour activer le module <application>mod_ssl</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:571(command)
msgid "sudo a2enmod ssl"
msgstr "sudo a2enmod ssl"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:574(para)
msgid ""
"There is a default HTTPS configuration file in <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
"available/default-ssl</filename>. In order for "
"<application>Apache2</application> to provide HTTPS, a "
"<emphasis>certificate</emphasis> and <emphasis>key</emphasis> file are also "
"needed. The default HTTPS configuration will use a certificate and key "
"generated by the <application>ssl-cert</application> package. They are good "
"for testing, but the auto-generated certificate and key should be replaced "
"by a certificate specific to the site or server. For information on "
"generating a key and obtaining a certificate see <xref "
"linkend=\"certificates-and-security\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Le fichier <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/default-ssl</filename> est "
"un fichier de configuration HTTPS par défaut. Pour qu'Apache puisse fournir "
"du HTTPS, il vous faut également un <emphasis>certificat</emphasis> ainsi "
"qu'une <emphasis>clé</emphasis>. La configuration HTTPS par défaut utilise "
"un certificat et une clé générés par le paquet <application>ssl-"
"cert</application>. Tous deux conviennent très bien pour effectuer des tests "
"mais ils devraient être remplacés par un certificat et une clé spécifiques "
"au site ou au serveur. Pour savoir comment générer une clé et obtenir un "
"certificat, consultez <xref linkend=\"certificates-and-security\"/>"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:584(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <application>Apache2</application> for HTTPS, enter the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
"Pour configurer <application>Apache2</application> pour HTTPS, saisissez les "
"informations suivantes :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:589(command)
msgid "sudo a2ensite default-ssl"
msgstr "sudo a2ensite default-ssl"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:593(para)
msgid ""
"The directories <filename>/etc/ssl/certs</filename> and "
"<filename>/etc/ssl/private</filename> are the default locations. If you "
"install the certificate and key in another directory make sure to change "
"<emphasis>SSLCertificateFile</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>SSLCertificateKeyFile</emphasis> appropriately."
msgstr ""
"Les répertoires par défaut sont <filename>/etc/ssl/certs</filename> et "
"<filename>/etc/ssl/private</filename>. Si vous installez le certificat et la "
"clé dans un autre répertoire, assurez-vous de modifier "
"<emphasis>SSLCertificateFile</emphasis> et "
"<emphasis>SSLCertificateKeyFile</emphasis> en conséquence."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:600(para)
msgid ""
"With Apache2 now configured for HTTPS, restart the service to enable the new "
"settings:"
msgstr ""
"Avec Apache2 maintenant configuré pour HTTPS, redémarrez le service pour "
"activer les nouveaux paramètres :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:611(para)
msgid ""
"Depending on how you obtained your certificate you may need to enter a "
"passphrase when <application>Apache2</application> starts."
msgstr ""
"Selon comment vous avez obtenu votre certificat, vous devrez entrer un mot "
"de passe lors du redémarrage d'<application>Apache2</application>."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:617(para)
msgid ""
"You can access the secure server pages by typing https://your_hostname/url/ "
"in your browser address bar."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez accéder aux pages du serveur sécurisé en tapant "
"https://votre_nomdhote/url/ dans la barre d'adresse de votre navigateur."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:628(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/\">Apache2 "
"Documentation</ulink> contains in depth information on Apache2 configuration "
"directives. Also, see the <application>apache2-doc</application> package for "
"the official Apache2 docs."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/\">La documentation "
"d'Apache2</ulink> contient des informations détaillées sur les directives de "
"configuration d'Apache2. Consultez aussi le paquet <application>apache2-"
"doc</application> pour la documentation officielle d'Apache2."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:635(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://www.modssl.org/docs/\">Mod SSL "
"Documentation</ulink> site for more SSL related information."
msgstr ""
"Consultez le site <ulink url=\"http://www.modssl.org/docs/\">Mod SSL "
"Documentation</ulink> (en anglais) pour plus d'informations concernant SSL."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:641(para)
msgid ""
"O'Reilly's <ulink url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596001919/\">Apache "
"Cookbook</ulink> is a good resource for accomplishing specific Apache2 "
"configurations."
msgstr ""
"O'Reilly's <ulink url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596001919/\">Apache "
"Cookbook</ulink> (en anglais) est une bonne ressource pour réaliser des "
"configurations spécifiques d'Apache2."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:647(para)
msgid ""
"For Ubuntu specific Apache2 questions, ask in the <emphasis>#ubuntu-"
"server</emphasis> IRC channel on <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net/\">freenode.net</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Pour les questions concernant Apache2 mais spécifiques à Ubuntu, consultez "
"le <emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> canal anglophone IRC sur <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net/\">freenode.net</ulink>, ou le canal généraliste "
"francophone <emphasis>#ubuntu-fr</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:653(para)
msgid ""
"Usually integrated with PHP and MySQL the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ApacheMySQLPHP\">Apache MySQL PHP "
"Ubuntu Wiki </ulink> page is a good resource."
msgstr ""
"Apache étant habituellement couplé avec PHP et MySQL, la page du <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ApacheMySQLPHP\">Wiki Ubuntu "
"consacrée à Apache MySQL PHP</ulink> est également une très bonne source "
"d'information."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:664(title)
msgid "PHP5 - Scripting Language"
msgstr "PHP5 - Langage de script"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:665(para)
msgid ""
"PHP is a general-purpose scripting language suited for Web development. The "
"PHP script can be embedded into HTML. This section explains how to install "
"and configure PHP5 in Ubuntu System with Apache2 and MySQL."
msgstr ""
"PHP est un langage de script généraliste adapté au développement Web. Le "
"script PHP peut être incorporé dans du HTML. Cette section explique comment "
"installer et configurer PHP5 sur un système Ubuntu avec Apache2 et MySQL."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:669(para)
msgid ""
"This section assumes you have installed and configured Apache2 Web Server "
"and MySQL Database Server. You can refer to Apache2 section and MySQL "
"sections in this document to install and configure Apache2 and MySQL "
"respectively."
msgstr ""
"Cette section suppose que vous avez installé et configuré le serveur Web "
"Apache2 et le serveur de base de données MySQL Pour ce faire, reportez-vous "
"le cas échéant aux sections consacrées respectivement à Apache2 et MySQL."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:676(para)
msgid "The PHP5 is available in Ubuntu Linux."
msgstr "PHP5 est disponible sur Ubuntu Linux."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:678(para)
msgid ""
"To install PHP5 you can enter the following command in the terminal prompt: "
"<screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5 libapache2-mod-php5</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer PHP5 vous pouvez saisir la commande suivante dans un "
"terminal : <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5 libapache2-mod-php5</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:687(para)
msgid ""
"You can run PHP5 scripts from command line. To run PHP5 scripts from command "
"line you should install <application>php5-cli</application> package. To "
"install <application>php5-cli</application> you can enter the following "
"command in the terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-cli</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez exécuter des scripts PHP5 depuis la ligne de commande. Pour cela "
"vous devez installer le paquet <application>php5-cli</application>. Pour "
"installer <application>php5-cli</application> vous pouvez taper ce qui suit "
"à l'invite de commande, dans un terminal : <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-cli</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:696(para)
msgid ""
"You can also execute PHP5 scripts without installing PHP5 Apache module. To "
"accomplish this, you should install <application>php5-cgi</application> "
"package. You can run the following command in a terminal prompt to install "
"<application>php5-cgi</application> package: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-cgi</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez également exécuter des scripts PHP5 sans installer le module "
"PHP5 d'Apache. Pour cela vous devez installer le paquet <application>php5-"
"cgi</application>. L'installation de <application>php5-cgi</application> "
"peut se faire en tapant ce qui suit à l'invite de commande d'un terminal : "
"<screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-cgi</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:706(para)
msgid ""
"To use <application>MySQL</application> with PHP5 you should install "
"<application>php5-mysql</application> package. To install <application>php5-"
"mysql</application> you can enter the following command in the terminal "
"prompt: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-mysql</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Pour utiliser <application>MySQL</application> avec PHP5 vous devez "
"installer le paquet <application>php5-mysql</application>. Pour installer "
"<application>php5-mysql</application>, vous pouvez saisir la commande "
"suivante dans un terminal : <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-mysql</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:714(para)
msgid ""
"Similarly, to use <application>PostgreSQL</application> with PHP5 you should "
"install <application>php5-pgsql</application> package. To install "
"<application>php5-pgsql</application> you can enter the following command in "
"the terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-pgsql</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"De la même manière, pour utiliser <application>PostgreSQL</application> avec "
"PHP5 vous devez installer le paquet <application>php5-pgsql</application>. "
"Pour installer <application>php5-pgsql</application>, vous pouvez saisir la "
"commande suivante dans un terminal : <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-pgsql</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:727(para)
msgid ""
"Once you install PHP5, you can run PHP5 scripts from your web browser. If "
"you have installed <application>php5-cli</application> package, you can run "
"PHP5 scripts from your command prompt."
msgstr ""
"Une fois PHP5 installé, vous pouvez exécuter des scripts PHP5 depuis votre "
"navigateur Web. Si vous avez installé <application>php5-cli</application>, "
"vous pouvez exécuter des scripts PHP5 depuis la ligne de commande."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:734(para)
msgid ""
"By default, the Apache 2 Web server is configured to run PHP5 scripts. In "
"other words, the PHP5 module is enabled in Apache2 Web server automatically "
"when you install the module. Please verify if the files "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/mods-enabled/php5.conf</filename> and "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/mods-enabled/php5.load</filename> exist. If they do "
"not exists, you can enable the module using <command>a2enmod</command> "
"command."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, le serveur Web Apache2 est configuré pour exécuter les scripts "
"PHP5. En d'autres termes, le module PHP5 est automatiquement activé dans le "
"serveur Web Apache2 quand vous installez le module. Veuillez vérifier si les "
"fichiers <filename>/etc/apache2/mods-enabled/php5.conf</filename> et "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/mods-enabled/php5.load</filename> existent bien. "
"S'ils n'existent pas, vous pouvez activer le module en utilisant la commande "
"<command>a2enmod</command>."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:745(para)
msgid ""
"Once you install PHP5 related packages and enabled PHP5 Apache 2 module, you "
"should restart Apache2 Web server to run PHP5 scripts. You can run the "
"following command at a terminal prompt to restart your web server: "
"<screen><command>sudo /etc/init.d/apache2 restart</command> </screen>"
msgstr ""
"Une fois que vous avez installé les paquets en rapport avec PHP5 et activé "
"le module PHP5 d'Apache2, vous devez redémarrer le serveur Web Apache2 pour "
"pouvoir exécuter des scripts PHP5. Vous pouvez exécuter la commande suivante "
"dans un terminal pour redémarrer votre serveur Web : <screen><command>sudo "
"/etc/init.d/apache2 restart</command> </screen>"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:753(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:320(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1569(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:343(title) serverguide/C/clustering.xml:184(title)
msgid "Testing"
msgstr "Tests"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:754(para)
msgid ""
"To verify your installation, you can run following PHP5 phpinfo script:"
msgstr ""
"Pour tester votre installation, vous pouvez exécuter le script phpinfo de "
"PHP5, suivant :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:757(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"&lt;?php\n"
"  phpinfo();\n"
"?&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"&lt;?php\n"
"  phpinfo();\n"
"?&gt;\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:762(para)
msgid ""
"You can save the content in a file <filename>phpinfo.php</filename> and "
"place it under <command>DocumentRoot</command> directory of Apache2 Web "
"server. When point your browser to "
"<filename>http://hostname/phpinfo.php</filename>, it would display values of "
"various PHP5 configuration parameters."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez enregistrer le contenu dans un fichier "
"<filename>phpinfo.php</filename> et le placer dans le répertoire "
"<command>DocumentRoot</command> du serveur Web Apache2. Quand vous pointerez "
"votre navigateur sur <filename>http://hostname/phpinfo.php</filename>, il "
"affichera les valeurs de divers paramètres de configuration de PHP5."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:776(para)
msgid ""
"For more in depth information see <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.php.net/docs.php\">php.net</ulink> documentation."
msgstr ""
"Pour des informations plus détaillées, consultez la documentation <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.php.net/docs.php\">php.net</ulink> (site multilingue)."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:781(para)
msgid ""
"There are a plethora of books on PHP. Two good books from O'Reilly are "
"<ulink url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596005603/\">Learning PHP "
"5</ulink> and the <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9781565926813/\">PHP Cook Book</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Il existe un multitude de livres traitant de PHP. Deux bons ouvrages "
"d'O'Reilly sont <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596005603/\">Learning PHP 5</ulink> et "
"<ulink url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9781565926813/\">PHP Cook "
"Book</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:788(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ApacheMySQLPHP\">Apache MySQL PHP "
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page for more information."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'information, consultez également la page du <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ApacheMySQLPHP\">Wiki Ubuntu "
"consacrée à Apache MySQL PHP</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:799(title)
msgid "Squid - Proxy Server"
msgstr "Squid - Serveur mandataire (proxy)"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:800(para)
msgid ""
"Squid is a full-featured web proxy cache server application which provides "
"proxy and cache services for Hyper Text Transport Protocol (HTTP), File "
"Transfer Protocol (FTP), and other popular network protocols. Squid can "
"implement caching and proxying of Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) requests and "
"caching of Domain Name Server (DNS) lookups, and perform transparent "
"caching. Squid also supports a wide variety of caching protocols, such as "
"Internet Cache Protocol, (ICP) the Hyper Text Caching Protocol, (HTCP) the "
"Cache Array Routing Protocol (CARP), and the Web Cache Coordination "
"Protocol. (WCCP)"
msgstr ""
"Squid est un serveur mandataire/cache Web très complet qui fournit des "
"services de cache et de relais pour le protocole HTTP (Hyper Text Transport "
"Protocol), le protocole FTP (File Transfer Protocol), et d'autres protocoles "
"réseau courants. Squid peut gérer le cache et le relais des requêtes SSL "
"(Secure Sockets Layer), agir en tant que cache pour les consultations DNS "
"(Domain Name Server), et agir en tant que cache transparent. Squid supporte "
"également une large variété de protocoles de cache, comme ICP (Internet "
"Cache Protocol), HTCP (Hyper Text Caching Protocol), CARP (Cache Array "
"Routing Protocol), et WCCP (Web Cache Coordination Protocol)."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:808(para)
msgid ""
"The Squid proxy cache server is an excellent solution to a variety of proxy "
"and caching server needs, and scales from the branch office to enterprise "
"level networks while providing extensive, granular access control mechanisms "
"and monitoring of critical parameters via the Simple Network Management "
"Protocol (SNMP). When selecting a computer system for use as a dedicated "
"Squid proxy, or caching servers, ensure your system is configured with a "
"large amount of physical memory, as Squid maintains an in-memory cache for "
"increased performance."
msgstr ""
"Le serveur mandataire Squid est une excellente solution pour divers besoins "
"de relais et de cache, son usage s'étend de la succursale aux réseaux "
"d'entreprise tout en fournissant des mécanismes de contrôle d'accès étendus "
"et modulaires et en surveillant les paramètres critiques via le protocole "
"SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol). Lorsque vous choisissez "
"d'utiliser un ordinateur en tant que serveur mandataire Squid dédié, ou "
"serveur de cache, assurez vous que le système est configuré avec une grande "
"quantité de mémoire physique, car Squid maintient un cache en mémoire pour "
"accroître les performances."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:817(para)
msgid ""
"At a terminal prompt, enter the following command to install the Squid "
"server:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer le serveur Squid, utilisez la commande suivante dans un "
"terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:822(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install squid"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install squid"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:828(para)
msgid ""
"Squid is configured by editing the directives contained within the "
"<filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename> configuration file. The following "
"examples illustrate some of the directives which may be modified to affect "
"the behavior of the Squid server. For more in-depth configuration of Squid, "
"see the References section."
msgstr ""
"Squid se configure en modifiant les directives contenues dans le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename>. Les exemples suivants illustrent "
"certaines modifications de directives qui peuvent affecter le comportement "
"du serveur Squid. Pour une configuration plus avancée de Squid, voyez la "
"section références."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:834(para)
msgid ""
"Prior to editing the configuration file, you should make a copy of the "
"original file and protect it from writing so you will have the original "
"settings as a reference, and to re-use as necessary."
msgstr ""
"Avant de modifier le fichier de configuration, vous devriez en faire une "
"copie protégée contre l'écriture, ainsi vous aurez les paramètres d'origine "
"comme référence, et réutilisables si nécessaire."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:837(para)
msgid ""
"Copy the <filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename> file and protect it from "
"writing with the following commands entered at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Copiez le fichier <filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename> et protégez-le "
"en écriture en exécutant la commande suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:842(command)
msgid "sudo cp /etc/squid/squid.conf /etc/squid/squid.conf.original"
msgstr "sudo cp /etc/squid/squid.conf /etc/squid/squid.conf.original"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:843(command)
msgid "sudo chmod a-w /etc/squid/squid.conf.original"
msgstr "sudo chmod a-w /etc/squid/squid.conf.original"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:849(para)
msgid ""
"To set your Squid server to listen on TCP port 8888 instead of the default "
"TCP port 3128, change the http_port directive as such:"
msgstr ""
"Pour que votre serveur Squid écoute sur le port TCP 8888 à la place du port "
"par défaut 3128, modifiez la directive http_port comme ceci :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:853(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"http_port 8888\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"http_port 8888\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:858(para)
msgid ""
"Change the visible_hostname directive in order to give the Squid server a "
"specific hostname. This hostname does not necessarily need to be the "
"computer's hostname. In this example it is set to <emphasis>weezie</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Pour donner un nom d'hôte spécifique à votre serveur Squid, changez la "
"directive visible_hostname. Ce nom d'hôte n'a pas forcément besoin d'être le "
"même que le nom d'hôte de la machine. Dans cet exemple il est défini comme "
"étant <emphasis>weezie</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:862(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"visible_hostname weezie\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"visible_hostname weezie\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:867(para)
msgid ""
"Using Squid's access control, you may configure use of Internet services "
"proxied by Squid to be available only users with certain Internet Protocol "
"(IP) addresses. For example, we will illustrate access by users of the "
"192.168.42.0/24 subnetwork only:"
msgstr ""
"En utilisant le contrôle d'accès de Squid, vous pouvez configurer l'accès "
"aux services Internet gérés par le proxy Squid de telle sorte qu'ils ne "
"soient disponibles que pour les utilisateurs ayant certaines adresses IP. À "
"titre d'exemple, nous allons détailler le cas d'un accès uniquement aux "
"utilisateurs du sous-réseau 192.168.42.0/24 :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:872(para) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:892(para)
msgid ""
"Add the following to the <emphasis role=\"bold\">bottom</emphasis> of the "
"ACL section of your <filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename> file:"
msgstr ""
"Ajoutez ce qui suit en <emphasis role=\"bold\">bas</emphasis> de la section "
"ACL de votre fichier <filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:875(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"acl fortytwo_network src 192.168.42.0/24\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"acl fortytwo_network src 192.168.42.0/24\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:878(para) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:899(para)
msgid ""
"Then, add the following to the <emphasis role=\"bold\">top</emphasis> of the "
"http_access section of your <filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename> file:"
msgstr ""
"Ajoutez ensuite ce qui suit, en <emphasis role=\"bold\">haut</emphasis> de "
"la section http_access de votre fichier "
"<filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:882(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"http_access allow fortytwo_network\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"http_access allow fortytwo_network\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:887(para)
msgid ""
"Using the excellent access control features of Squid, you may configure use "
"of Internet services proxied by Squid to be available only during normal "
"business hours. For example, we'll illustrate access by employees of a "
"business which is operating between 9:00AM and 5:00PM, Monday through "
"Friday, and which uses the 10.1.42.0/42 subnetwork:"
msgstr ""
"En utilisant les excellentes fonctionnalités de contrôle d'accès de Squid, "
"vous pouvez configurer l'usage des services Internet mandatés par Squid pour "
"n'être accessibles que pendant les heures de bureau. Par exemple, nous "
"restreindrons l'accès pour les employés d'un société qui travaillent du "
"lundi au vendredi, entre 9h00 et 17h00, et qui utilisent le sous réseau "
"10.1.42.0/42 :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:895(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"acl biz_network src 10.1.42.0/24\n"
"acl biz_hours time M T W T F 9:00-17:00\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"acl biz_network src 10.1.42.0/24\n"
"acl biz_hours time M T W T F 9:00-17:00\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:903(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"http_access allow biz_network biz_hours\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"http_access allow biz_network biz_hours\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:910(para)
msgid ""
"After making changes to the <filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename> file, "
"save the file and restart the <application>squid</application> server "
"application to effect the changes using the following command entered at a "
"terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Après avoir effectué les changements dans le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename>, enregistrez le fichier et "
"redémarrez le serveur <application>squid</application> afin que les "
"modifications soient prises en compte, en utilisant la commande suivante "
"dans une console :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:917(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/squid restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/squid restart"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:924(ulink)
msgid "Squid Website"
msgstr "Site web de Squid"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:926(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Squid\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"Squid</ulink> page."
msgstr ""
"La page du <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Squid\">Wiki "
"Ubuntu consacrée à Squid</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:933(title)
msgid "Ruby on Rails"
msgstr "Ruby on Rails"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:934(para)
msgid ""
"Ruby on Rails is an open source web framework for developing database backed "
"web applications. It is optimized for sustainable productivity of the "
"programmer since it lets the programmer to write code by favouring "
"convention over configuration."
msgstr ""
"Ruby on Rails est une infrastructure Web libre pour développer des "
"applications Web liées à des bases de données. Elle optimise durablement la "
"productivité du programmeur, car elle lui permet d'écrire le code en "
"favorisant la convention plutôt que la configuration."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:941(para)
msgid ""
"Before installing <application>Rails</application> you should install "
"<application>Apache</application> and <application>MySQL</application>. To "
"install the <application>Apache</application> package, please refer to <xref "
"linkend=\"httpd\"/>. For instructions on installing "
"<application>MySQL</application> refer to <xref linkend=\"mysql\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Avant d'installer <application>Rails</application>, vous devez installer "
"<application>Apache</application> et <application>MySQL</application>. Pour "
"installer <application>Apache</application>, veuillez consulter <xref "
"linkend=\"httpd\"/>. Pour les instructions d'installation "
"<application>MySQL</application>, consultez <xref linkend=\"mysql\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:949(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have <application>Apache</application> and "
"<application>MySQL</application> packages installed, you are ready to "
"install <application>Ruby on Rails</application> package."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que vous avez installé les paquets "
"<application>Apache</application> et <application>MySQL</application>, vous "
"êtes prêt pour installer le paquet de <application>Ruby on "
"Rails</application>."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:956(para)
msgid ""
"To install the <application>Ruby</application> base packages and "
"<application>Ruby on Rails</application>, you can enter the following "
"command in the terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer les paquets de base <application>Ruby</application> et "
"<application>Ruby on Rails</application>, vous pouvez saisir la commande "
"suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:962(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install rails"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install rails"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:968(para)
msgid ""
"Modify the <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/default</filename> "
"configuration file to setup your domains."
msgstr ""
"Modifiez le fichier de configuration <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
"available/default</filename> pour définir vos domaines."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:972(para)
msgid ""
"The first thing to change is the <emphasis>DocumentRoot</emphasis> directive:"
msgstr ""
"La première chose à changer est la directive "
"<emphasis>DocumentRoot</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:976(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"DocumentRoot /path/to/rails/application/public\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"DocumentRoot /path/to/rails/application/public\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:979(para)
msgid ""
"Next, change the &lt;Directory \"/path/to/rails/application/public\"&gt; "
"directive:"
msgstr ""
"Puis, modifiez la directive &lt;Directory "
"\"/path/to/rails/application/public\"&gt; :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:983(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"&lt;Directory \"/path/to/rails/application/public\"&gt;\n"
"        Options Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews ExecCGI\n"
"        AllowOverride All\n"
"        Order allow,deny\n"
"        allow from all\n"
"        AddHandler cgi-script .cgi\n"
"&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"&lt;Directory \"/path/to/rails/application/public\"&gt;\n"
"        Options Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews ExecCGI\n"
"        AllowOverride All\n"
"        Order allow,deny\n"
"        allow from all\n"
"        AddHandler cgi-script .cgi\n"
"&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:993(para)
msgid ""
"You should also enable the <application>mod_rewrite</application> module for "
"Apache. To enable <application>mod_rewrite</application> module, please "
"enter the following command in a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez également activer le module "
"<application>mod_rewrite</application> pour Apache. Pour ce faire, veuillez "
"saisir la commande suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:999(command)
msgid "sudo a2enmod rewrite"
msgstr "sudo a2enmod rewrite"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1002(para)
msgid ""
"Finally you will need to change the ownership of the "
"<filename>/path/to/rails/application/public</filename> and "
"<filename>/path/to/rails/application/tmp</filename> directories to the user "
"used to run the <application>Apache</application> process:"
msgstr ""
"Enfin, vous devrez donner la propriété des répertoires "
"<filename>/path/to/rails/application/public</filename> et "
"<filename>/path/to/rails/application/tmp</filename> à l'utilisateur "
"exécutant habituellement le processus <application>Apache</application>:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1008(command)
msgid "sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /path/to/rails/application/public"
msgstr "sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /path/to/rails/application/public"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1009(command)
msgid "sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /path/to/rails/application/tmp"
msgstr "sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /path/to/rails/application/tmp"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1012(para)
msgid ""
"That's it! Now you have your Server ready for your <application>Ruby on "
"Rails</application> applications."
msgstr ""
"C'est tout ! Maintenant votre serveur est prêt pour vos applications "
"<application>Ruby on Rails</application>."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1021(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://rubyonrails.org/\">Ruby on Rails</ulink> website "
"for more information."
msgstr ""
"Consultez le site <ulink url=\"http://rubyonrails.org/\">Ruby on "
"Rails</ulink> (en anglais) pour de plus amples informations."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1026(para)
msgid ""
"Also <ulink url=\"http://pragprog.com/titles/rails3/agile-web-development-"
"with-rails-third-edition\">Agile Development with Rails</ulink> is a great "
"resource."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://pragprog.com/titles/rails3/agile-web-development-with-"
"rails-third-edition\">Agile Development with Rails</ulink> (en anglais) est "
"aussi une mine d'informations."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1032(para)
msgid ""
"Another place for more information is the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/RubyOnRails\">Ruby on Rails Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> page."
msgstr ""
"Vous trouverez également des informations sur la page du <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/RubyOnRails\">Wiki Ubuntu consacrée "
"à Ruby on Rails</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1043(title)
msgid "Apache Tomcat"
msgstr "Apache Tomcat"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1044(para)
msgid ""
"Apache Tomcat is a web container that allows you to serve Java Servlets and "
"JSP (Java Server Pages) web applications."
msgstr ""
"Apache Tomcat est un conteneur vous permettant de fournir des Servlets Java "
"et des applications Web JSP (Java Server Pages)."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1046(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>Tomcat 6.0</application> packages in Ubuntu support two "
"different ways of running Tomcat. You can install them as a classic unique "
"system-wide instance, that will be started at boot time and will run as the "
"tomcat6 unpriviledged user. But you can also deploy private instances that "
"will run with your own user rights, and that you should start and stop by "
"yourself. This second way is particularly useful in a development server "
"context where multiple users need to test on their own private Tomcat "
"instances."
msgstr ""
"Les paquets <application>Tomcat 6.0</application> dans Ubuntu prennent en "
"charge deux façons différentes de exécuter Tomcat. Vous pouvez les installer "
"comme une instance unique classique à l'échelle du système, qui sera lancée "
"au démarrage et s'exécutera avec l'utilisateur tomcat6 sans privilèges "
"particuliers. Mais vous pouvez également déployer des instances privées qui "
"fonctionnent avec vos propres droits d'utilisateur, et que vous devriez "
"démarrer et arrêter vous-même. Cette deuxième solution est particulièrement "
"utile dans un contexte de serveur de développement où plusieurs utilisateurs "
"ont besoin d'effectuer des tests sur leur propre instance privée de Tomcat."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1056(title)
msgid "System-wide installation"
msgstr "Installation pour tout le système"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1057(para)
msgid ""
"To install the <application>Tomcat</application> server, you can enter the "
"following command in the terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer le serveur <application>Tomcat</application>, vous pouvez "
"entrer la commande suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1060(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install tomcat6"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install tomcat6"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1062(para)
msgid ""
"This will install a Tomcat server with just a default ROOT webapp that "
"displays a minimal \"It works\" page by default."
msgstr ""
"Cela installera un serveur Tomcat avec par défaut une application Web qui "
"affichera la page minimale \"it works\"."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1068(para)
msgid ""
"Tomcat configuration files can be found in "
"<filename>/etc/tomcat6</filename>. Only a few common configuration tweaks "
"will be described here, please see <ulink "
"url=\"http://tomcat.apache.org/tomcat-6.0-doc/index.html\">Tomcat 6.0 "
"documentation</ulink> for more."
msgstr ""
"Les fichiers de configuration Tomcat peuvent être trouvés dans "
"<filename>/etc/tomcat6</filename>.Seulement quelques configuration minimes "
"seront décrites ici. Veuillez consultez la <ulink "
"url=\"http://tomcat.apache.org/tomcat-6.0-doc/index.html\">documentation  de "
"Tomcat 6.0 </ulink> pour plus d'information."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1074(title)
msgid "Changing default ports"
msgstr "Modification des ports par défaut"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1075(para)
msgid ""
"By default Tomcat 6.0 runs a HTTP connector on port 8080 and an AJP "
"connector on port 8009. You might want to change those default ports to "
"avoid conflict with another server on the system. This is done by changing "
"the following lines in <filename>/etc/tomcat6/server.xml</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Par défaut Tomcat 6.0 lance un connecteur HTTP sur le port 8080 et  un "
"connecteur AJP sur le port 8009. Vous feriez mieux de changer ces ports par "
"défaut pour éviter les conflits avec les autres serveurs sur le système.\r\n"
"Pour ce faire, changez les lignes suivantes dans "
"<filename>/etc/tomcat6/server.xml</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1080(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"&lt;Connector port=\"8080\" protocol=\"HTTP/1.1\" \n"
"               connectionTimeout=\"20000\" \n"
"               redirectPort=\"8443\" /&gt;\n"
"...\n"
"&lt;Connector port=\"8009\" protocol=\"AJP/1.3\" redirectPort=\"8443\" "
"/&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"&lt;Connector port=\"8080\" protocol=\"HTTP/1.1\" \n"
"               connectionTimeout=\"20000\" \n"
"               redirectPort=\"8443\" /&gt;\n"
"...\n"
"&lt;Connector port=\"8009\" protocol=\"AJP/1.3\" redirectPort=\"8443\" "
"/&gt;\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1089(title)
msgid "Changing JVM used"
msgstr "Modification de la machine virtuelle Java utilisée"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1090(para)
msgid ""
"By default Tomcat will run preferably with OpenJDK-6, then try Sun's JVM, "
"then try some other JVMs. If you have various JVMs installed, you can set "
"which should be used by setting JAVA_HOME in "
"<filename>/etc/default/tomcat6</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, Tomcat essaie d'utiliser en priorité OpenJDK-6, puis JVM de Sun, "
"et enfin d'autres machines virtuelles Java. Si vous avez différentes "
"machines virtuelles Java installés, vous pouvez choisir celle qui sera "
"utilisée en modifiant la variable JAVA_HOME dans "
"<filename>/etc/default/tomcat6</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1094(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"JAVA_HOME=/usr/lib/jvm/java-6-sun\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"JAVA_HOME=/usr/lib/jvm/java-6-sun\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1099(title)
msgid "Declaring users and roles"
msgstr "Déclaration des utilisateurs et des rôles"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1100(para)
msgid ""
"Usernames, passwords and roles (groups) can be defined centrally in a "
"Servlet container. In Tomcat 6.0 this is done in the "
"<filename>/etc/tomcat6/tomcat-users.xml</filename> file:"
msgstr ""
"Les utilisateurs, mots de passe et rôles (groupes) peuvent être centralisés "
"dans un conteneur Servlet. Dans Tomcat 6.0, cela se fait dans le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/tomcat6/tomcat-users.xml</filename>:"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1103(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"&lt;role rolename=\"admin\"/&gt;\n"
"&lt;user username=\"tomcat\" password=\"s3cret\" roles=\"admin\"/&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"&lt;role rolename=\"admin\"/&gt;\n"
"&lt;user username=\"tomcat\" password=\"s3cret\" roles=\"admin\"/&gt;\n"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1111(title)
msgid "Using Tomcat standard webapps"
msgstr "Utilisations des applications Web standard de Tomcat"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1112(para)
msgid ""
"Tomcat is shipped with webapps that you can install for documentation, "
"administration or demo purposes."
msgstr ""
"Tomcat est fourni avec des applications Web que vous pouvez installer pour "
"la documentation, l'administration ou pour des démonstrations."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1115(title)
msgid "Tomcat documentation"
msgstr "Documentation Tomcat"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1116(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>tomcat6-docs</application> package contains Tomcat 6.0 "
"documentation, packaged as a webapp that you can access by default at "
"http://yourserver:8080/docs. You can install it by entering the following "
"command in the terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Le paquet <application>tomcat6-docs</application> contient la documentation "
"de Tomcat 6.0, compilé comme une application Web accessible par défaut sur "
"http://yourserver:8080/docs. Vous pouvez l'installer en utilisant la "
"commande suivante dans le terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1121(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install tomcat6-docs"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install tomcat6-docs"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1125(title)
msgid "Tomcat administration webapps"
msgstr "Les applications Web d'administration pour Tomcat"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1126(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>tomcat6-admin</application> package contains two webapps "
"that can be used to administer the Tomcat server using a web interface. You "
"can install them by entering the following command in the terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Le paquet <application>tomcat6-admin</application> contient deux "
"applications Web qui peuvent être utilisées pour administrer le serveur "
"Tomcat au travers d'une interface web. Vous pouvez les installer en "
"saisissant la commande suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1131(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install tomcat6-admin"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install tomcat6-admin"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1133(para)
msgid ""
"The first one is the <emphasis>manager</emphasis> webapp, which you can "
"access by default at http://yourserver:8080/manager/html. It is primarily "
"used to get server status and restart webapps."
msgstr ""
"La première application Web est <emphasis>manager</emphasis>. Vous pouvez y "
"accéder par défaut sur http://yourserver:8080/manager/html. Elle est "
"principalement utilisée pour obtenir les statuts du serveur et redémarrer "
"les applications Web."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1136(para)
msgid ""
"Access to the <emphasis>manager</emphasis> application is protected by "
"default: you need to define a user with the role \"manager\" in "
"<filename>/etc/tomcat6/tomcat-users.xml</filename> before you can access it."
msgstr ""
"L'accès à l'application <emphasis>manager</emphasis> est protégé par "
"défaut : vous devez définir un utilisateur avec le rôle « manager » dans "
"<filename>/etc/tomcat6/tomcat-users.xml</filename> avant de pouvoir y "
"accéder."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1140(para)
msgid ""
"The second one is the <emphasis>host-manager</emphasis> webapp, which you "
"can access by default at http://yourserver:8080/host-manager/html. It can be "
"used to create virtual hosts dynamically."
msgstr ""
"La seconde application Web <emphasis>host-manager</emphasis>. Vous pouvez y "
"accéder par défaut sur http://yourserver:8080/host-manager/html. Elle peut "
"être utilisé pour créer dynamiquement des hôtes virtuels."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1144(para)
msgid ""
"Access to the <emphasis>host-manager</emphasis> application is also "
"protected by default: you need to define a user with the role \"admin\" in "
"<filename>/etc/tomcat6/tomcat-users.xml</filename> before you can access it."
msgstr ""
"L'accès à l'application <emphasis>host-manager</emphasis> est également "
"protégé par défaut : vous devez définir un utilisateur avec le rôle "
"« admin » dans <filename>/etc/tomcat6/tomcat-users.xml</filename> avant de "
"pouvoir y accéder."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1149(para)
msgid ""
"For security reasons, the tomcat6 user cannot write to the "
"<filename>/etc/tomcat6</filename> directory by default. Some features in "
"these admin webapps (application deployment, virtual host creation) need "
"write access to that directory. If you want to use these features execute "
"the following, to give users in the tomcat6 group the necessary rights:"
msgstr ""
"Pour des raisons de sécurité, l'utilisateur de tomcat6 ne peut pas écrire "
"dans le répertoire par défaut <filename>/etc/tomcat6</filename>. Certaines "
"options dans ces applications Web d'administration (développement "
"d'application, création d'hôte virtuel) nécessitent l'accès à ce répertoire. "
"Si vous souhaitez utiliser ces options, exécutez ce qui suit pour donner aux "
"utilisateurs du groupe tomcat6 les droits nécessaires."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1156(command)
msgid "sudo chgrp -R tomcat6 /etc/tomcat6"
msgstr "sudo chgrp -R tomcat6 /etc/tomcat6"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1157(command)
msgid "sudo chmod -R g+w /etc/tomcat6"
msgstr "sudo chmod -R g+w /etc/tomcat6"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1162(title)
msgid "Tomcat examples webapps"
msgstr "Exemples d'applications Web Tomcat"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1163(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>tomcat6-examples</application> package contains two webapps "
"that can be used to test or demonstrate Servlets and JSP features, which you "
"can access them by default at http://yourserver:8080/examples. You can "
"install them by entering the following command in the terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Le paquet <application>tomcat6-examples</application> contient deux "
"applications Web qui peuvent être utilisées pour tester ou montrer les "
"options Servlets et JSP. Vous pouvez y accéder par défaut sur "
"http://yourserver:8080/examples. Vous pouvez les installer en saisissant la "
"commande suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1169(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install tomcat6-examples"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install tomcat6-examples"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1175(title)
msgid "Using private instances"
msgstr "Utilisation des instances privées"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1176(para)
msgid ""
"Tomcat is heavily used in development and testing scenarios where using a "
"single system-wide instance doesn't meet the requirements of multiple users "
"on a single system. The Tomcat 6.0 packages in Ubuntu come with tools to "
"help deploy your own user-oriented instances, allowing every user on a "
"system to run (without root rights) separate private instances while still "
"using the system-installed libraries."
msgstr ""
"Tomcat est surtout utilisé dans des scénarios de développement et de test où "
"l'utilisation d'une seule instance système n'obéit pas aux éxigences "
"d'utilisateurs multiples sur un seul système.Les paquets de Tomcat 6.0 "
"d'Unbutu sont fournis avec des outils pour aider à développer vos propres "
"instances utilisateur, permettant à tous les utilisateurs du système de "
"lancer (sans les droits superutilisateur) des instances privées séparées, "
"tout en utilisant les bibliothèques partagées du système."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1183(para)
msgid ""
"It is possible to run the system-wide instance and the private instances in "
"parallel, as long as they do not use the same TCP ports."
msgstr ""
"Il est possible de lancer les instances système et privée en parallèle, du "
"moment qu'elles n'utilisent pas les mêmes ports TCP."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1187(title)
msgid "Installing private instance support"
msgstr "Installation de la gestion des instances privées"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1188(para)
msgid ""
"You can install everything necessary to run private instances by entering "
"the following command in the terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez installer tout ce qui est nécessaire pour lancer une instance "
"privée en saisissant la commande suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1191(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install tomcat6-user"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install tomcat6-user"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1195(title)
msgid "Creating a private instance"
msgstr "Création d'une instance privée"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1196(para)
msgid ""
"You can create a private instance directory by entering the following "
"command in the terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez créer un répertoire d'instance privée en saisissant la commande "
"suivant dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1199(command)
msgid "tomcat6-instance-create my-instance"
msgstr "tomca6-instance-create my-instance"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1201(para)
msgid ""
"This will create a new <filename>my-instance</filename> directory with all "
"the necessary subdirectories and scripts. You can for example install your "
"common libraries in the <filename>lib/</filename> subdirectory and deploy "
"your webapps in the <filename>webapps/</filename> subdirectory. No webapps "
"are deployed by default."
msgstr ""
"Cela créera un nouveau dossier <filename>my-instance</filename> avec les "
"sous-dossiers et scripts nécessaires. Vous pouvez par exemple installer vos "
"bibliothèques communes dans le sous-dossier <filename>lib/</filename> et "
"déployer votre application dans le sous-dossier "
"<filename>webapps/</filename>. Par défaut, aucune application Web n'est "
"déployée."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1209(title)
msgid "Configuring your private instance"
msgstr "Configuration de votre instance privée"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1210(para)
msgid ""
"You will find the classic Tomcat configuration files for your private "
"instance in the <filename>conf/</filename> subdirectory. You should for "
"example certainly edit the <filename>conf/server.xml</filename> file to "
"change the default ports used by your private Tomcat instance to avoid "
"conflict with other instances that might be running."
msgstr ""
"Vous trouverez les fichiers de configuration de Tomcat pour votre instance "
"privée dans le sous-dossier <filename>conf/<filename>. Vous devrez "
"certainement par exemple modifier le fichier "
"<filename>conf/server.xml</filename> pour changer les ports par défaut "
"utilisés par votre instance privée Tomcat pour éviter les conflits avec "
"d'autres instances actives."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1218(title)
msgid "Starting/stopping your private instance"
msgstr "Démarrage/arrêt de votre instance privée"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1219(para)
msgid ""
"You can start your private instance by entering the following command in the "
"terminal prompt (supposing your instance is located in the <filename>my-"
"instance</filename> directory):"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez lancer votre instance privée en saisissant la commande suivante "
"dans un terminal (en supposant qu'elle se trouve dans le répertoire "
"<filename>my-instance</filename>) :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1223(command)
msgid "my-instance/bin/startup.sh"
msgstr "my-instance/bin/startup.sh"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1225(para)
msgid ""
"You should check the <filename>logs/</filename> subdirectory for any error. "
"If you have a <emphasis>java.net.BindException: Address already in "
"use&lt;null&gt;:8080</emphasis> error, it means that the port you're using "
"is already taken and that you should change it."
msgstr ""
"Vous devez vérifier si il y a des erreurs dans le sous-dossier "
"<filename>logs/</filename>. Si vous avez l'erreur "
"<emphasis>java.net.BindException: Address already in "
"use&lt;null&gt;:8080</emphasis>, cela veut dire que le port que vous "
"utilisez est déjà pris et que vous devez le changer."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1230(para)
msgid ""
"You can stop your instance by entering the following command in the terminal "
"prompt (supposing your instance is located in the <filename>my-"
"instance</filename> directory):"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez arrêter votre instance en saisissant la commande suivante dans "
"le terminal (en supposant qu'elle se trouve dans le répertoire <filename>my-"
"instance</filename>) :"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1234(command)
msgid "my-instance/bin/shutdown.sh"
msgstr "my-instance/bin/shutdown.sh"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1243(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://tomcat.apache.org/\">Apache Tomcat</ulink> "
"website for more information."
msgstr ""
"Consultez le site Web <ulink url=\"http://tomcat.apache.org/\">Apache "
"Tomcat</ulink> (en anglais) pour plus d'informations."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1248(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596003180/\">Tomcat: The "
"Definitive Guide</ulink> is a good resource for building web applications "
"with Tomcat."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596003180/\">Tomcat: The "
"Definitive Guide</ulink>  est une bonne ressource pour le développement "
"d'applications Web avec Tomcat."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1254(para)
msgid ""
"For additional books see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://wiki.apache.org/tomcat/Tomcat/Books\">Tomcat Books</ulink> list "
"page."
msgstr ""
"Pour les livres de référence consultez la page sur les <ulink "
"url=\"http://wiki.apache.org/tomcat/Tomcat/Books\">Tomcat Books</ulink> (en "
"anglais)."

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1259(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the<ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ApacheTomcat5\">Ubuntu Wiki Apache "
"Tomcat</ulink> page."
msgstr ""
"Vous trouverez également des informations sur la page du <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ApacheTomcat5\">Wiki Ubuntu "
"consacrée à Apache Tomcat</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:13(title)
msgid "VPN"
msgstr "VPN"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:15(para)
msgid ""
"A Virtual Private Network, or <emphasis>VPN</emphasis>, is an encrypted "
"network connection between two or more networks. There are several ways to "
"create a VPN using software as well as dedicated hardware appliances. This "
"chapter will cover installing and configuring "
"<application>OpenVPN</application> to create a VPN between two servers."
msgstr ""
"Un réseau privé virtuel (Virtual Private Network), ou "
"<emphasis>VPN</emphasis>, est une connexion réseau chiffrée entre deux ou "
"plusieurs réseaux. Il existe plusieurs moyens de créer un VPN à l'aide de "
"logiciels ou de matériel dédié. Ce chapitre couvre l'installation et la "
"configuration d'<application>OpenVPN</application> pour créer un VPN entre "
"deux serveurs."

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:23(title)
msgid "OpenVPN"
msgstr "OpenVPN"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:25(para)
msgid ""
"OpenVPN uses Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) to encrypt VPN traffic between "
"nodes. A simple way of setting up a VPN with OpenVPN is to connect the "
"clients through a bridge interface on the VPN server. This guide will assume "
"that one VPN node, the server in this case, has a bridge interface "
"configured. For more information on setting up a bridge see <xref "
"linkend=\"bridging\"/>."
msgstr ""
"OpenVPN utilise une infrastructure à clés publiques (Public Key "
"Infrastructure, PKI) pour chiffrer le trafic VPN entre les nœuds. Une "
"manière simple de mettre en place un VPN avec OpenVPN est de connecter les "
"clients au travers d'une interface de pont sur le serveur VPN. Ce guide "
"suppose qu'un nœud VPN, le serveur dans le cas présent, possède une "
"interface de pont configurée. Pour plus d'informations sur la manière de "
"créer un pont, voyez <xref linkend=\"bridging\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:35(para)
msgid "To install <application>openvpn</application> in a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer <application>openvpn</application>, exécutez la commande "
"suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:41(command) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:257(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install openvpn"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install openvpn"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:45(title)
msgid "Server Certificates"
msgstr "Certificats du serveur"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:47(para)
msgid ""
"Now that the <application>openvpn</application> package is installed, the "
"certificates for the VPN server need to be created."
msgstr ""
"Maintenant que le paquet <application>openvpn</application> est installé, "
"les certificats pour le serveur VPN doivent être créés."

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:52(para)
msgid ""
"First, copy the <filename>easy-rsa</filename> directory to "
"<filename>/etc/openvpn</filename>. This will ensure that any changes to the "
"scripts will not be lost when the package is updated. You will also need to "
"adjust permissions in the <filename>easy-rsa</filename> directory to allow "
"the current user permission to create files. From a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Copiez d'abord le répertoire <filename>easy-rsa</filename> dans "
"<filename>/etc/openvpn</filename>. Ceci permet de ne pas perdre les "
"changements apportés aux scripts lors de la mise à jour du paquet. Vous "
"devrez aussi régler les accès dans le répertoire <filename>easy-"
"rsa</filename> pour permettre à l'utilisateur actuel de créer des fichiers. "
"Depuis un terminal, saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:59(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir /etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/"
msgstr "sudo mkdir /etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:60(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp -r /usr/share/doc/openvpn/examples/easy-rsa/2.0/* /etc/openvpn/easy-"
"rsa/"
msgstr ""
"sudo cp -r /usr/share/doc/openvpn/examples/easy-rsa/2.0/* /etc/openvpn/easy-"
"rsa/"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:61(command)
msgid "sudo chown -R $USER /etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/"
msgstr "sudo chown -R $USER /etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:64(para)
msgid ""
"Next, edit <filename>/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/vars</filename> adjusting the "
"following to your environment:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, modifiez <filename>/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/vars</filename> en "
"ajustant les valeurs pour votre environnement :"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:68(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"export KEY_COUNTRY=\"US\"\n"
"export KEY_PROVINCE=\"NC\"\n"
"export KEY_CITY=\"Winston-Salem\"\n"
"export KEY_ORG=\"Example Company\"\n"
"export KEY_EMAIL=\"steve@example.com\"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"export KEY_COUNTRY=\"US\"\n"
"export KEY_PROVINCE=\"NC\"\n"
"export KEY_CITY=\"Winston-Salem\"\n"
"export KEY_ORG=\"Société Exemple\"\n"
"export KEY_EMAIL=\"stephane@exemple.com\"\n"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:76(para)
msgid "Enter the following to create the server certificates:"
msgstr ""
"Saisissez les commandes suivantes pour créer les certificats serveur :"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:81(command) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:102(command)
msgid "cd /etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/"
msgstr "cd /etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:82(command) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:103(command)
msgid "source vars"
msgstr "source vars"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:83(command)
msgid "./clean-all"
msgstr "./clean-all"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:84(command)
msgid "./build-dh"
msgstr "./build-dh"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:85(command)
msgid "./pkitool --initca"
msgstr "./pkitool --initca"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:86(command)
msgid "./pkitool --server server"
msgstr "./pkitool --server server"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:87(command)
msgid "cd keys"
msgstr "cd keys"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:88(command)
msgid "openvpn --genkey --secret ta.key"
msgstr "openvpn --genkey --secret ta.key"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:89(command)
msgid "sudo cp server.crt server.key ca.crt dh1024.pem ta.key /etc/openvpn/"
msgstr "sudo cp server.crt server.key ca.crt dh1024.pem ta.key /etc/openvpn/"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:94(title)
msgid "Client Certificates"
msgstr "Certificats du client"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:96(para)
msgid ""
"The VPN client will also need a certificate to authenticate itself to the "
"server. To create the certificate, enter the following in a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"Le client VPN aura également besoin d'un certificat pour s'authentifier "
"auprès du serveur. Pour créer ce certificat, saisissez les commandes "
"suivantes dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:104(command)
msgid "./pkitool hostname"
msgstr "./pkitool hostname"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:108(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>hostname</emphasis> with the actual hostname of the "
"machine connecting to the VPN."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis>hostname</emphasis> par le nom d'hôte de la machine se "
"connectant au VPN."

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:113(para)
msgid "Copy the following files to the client:"
msgstr "Copiez les fichiers suivants vers le client :"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:118(para)
msgid "/etc/openvpn/ca.crt"
msgstr "/etc/openvpn/ca.crt"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:119(para)
msgid "/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/keys/hostname.crt"
msgstr "/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/keys/hostname.crt"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:120(para)
msgid "/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/keys/hostname.key"
msgstr "/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/keys/hostname.key"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:121(para)
msgid "/etc/openvpn/ta.key"
msgstr "/etc/openvpn/ta.key"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:125(para)
msgid ""
"Remember to adjust the above file names for your client machine's "
"<emphasis>hostname</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Pensez à adapter les noms de fichiers ci-dessus au <emphasis>nom "
"d'hôte</emphasis> de votre machine cliente."

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:130(para)
msgid ""
"It is best to use a secure method to copy the certificate and key files. The "
"<application>scp</application> utility is a good choice, but copying the "
"files to removable media then to the client, also works well."
msgstr ""
"Il est recommandé d'utiliser une méthode sécurisée pour copier le certificat "
"et les fichiers de clés. L'utilitaire <application>scp</application> est un "
"bon choix, mais il est également possible de copier ces fichiers vers le "
"client en utilisant un support amovible."

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:141(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:107(title)
msgid "Server Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration du serveur"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:143(para)
msgid ""
"Now configure the <application>openvpn</application> server by creating "
"<filename>/etc/openvpn/server.conf</filename> from the example file. In a "
"terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Maintenant, configurez le serveur <application>openvpn</application> en "
"créant le fichier <filename>/etc/openvpn/server.conf</filename> à partir du "
"fichier d'exemple. Dans un terminal, tapez :"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:149(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/openvpn/examples/sample-config-files/server.conf.gz "
"/etc/openvpn/"
msgstr ""
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/openvpn/examples/sample-config-files/server.conf.gz "
"/etc/openvpn/"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:150(command)
msgid "sudo gzip -d /etc/openvpn/server.conf.gz"
msgstr "sudo gzip -d /etc/openvpn/server.conf.gz"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:153(para)
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/openvpn/server.conf</filename> changing the following "
"options to:"
msgstr ""
"Modifiez <filename>/etc/openvpn/server.conf</filename> avec les options "
"suivantes :"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:157(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"local 172.18.100.101\n"
"dev tap0\n"
"up \"/etc/openvpn/up.sh br0\"\n"
"down \"/etc/openvpn/down.sh br0\"\n"
";server 10.8.0.0 255.255.255.0\n"
"server-bridge 172.18.100.101 255.255.255.0 172.18.100.105 172.18.100.200\n"
"push \"route 172.18.100.1 255.255.255.0\"\n"
"push \"dhcp-option DNS 172.18.100.20\"\n"
"push \"dhcp-option DOMAIN example.com\"\n"
"tls-auth ta.key 0 # This file is secret\n"
"user nobody\n"
"group nogroup\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"local 172.18.100.101\n"
"dev tap0\n"
"up \"/etc/openvpn/up.sh br0\"\n"
"down \"/etc/openvpn/down.sh br0\"\n"
";server 10.8.0.0 255.255.255.0\n"
"server-bridge 172.18.100.101 255.255.255.0 172.18.100.105 172.18.100.200\n"
"push \"route 172.18.100.1 255.255.255.0\"\n"
"push \"dhcp-option DNS 172.18.100.20\"\n"
"push \"dhcp-option DOMAIN exemple.com\"\n"
"tls-auth ta.key 0 # Ce fichier est secret\n"
"user nobody\n"
"group nogroup\n"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:174(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>local</emphasis>: is the IP address of the bridge interface."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>local</emphasis> : est l'adresse IP de l'interface de pont."

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:179(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>server-bridge</emphasis>: needed when the configuration uses "
"bridging. The <emphasis>172.18.100.101 255.255.255.0</emphasis> portion is "
"the bridge interface and mask. The IP range <emphasis>172.18.100.105 "
"172.18.100.200</emphasis> is the range of IP addresses that will be assigned "
"to clients."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>server-bridge</emphasis> : nécessaire lorsque la configuration "
"utilise un pont. La partie <emphasis>172.18.100.101 255.255.255.0</emphasis> "
"représente l'interface de pont et le masque. La plage IP "
"<emphasis>172.18.100.105 172.18.100.200</emphasis> est celle qui sera "
"attribuée aux clients."

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:186(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>push</emphasis>: are directives to add networking options for "
"clients."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>push</emphasis> : sont des directives pour ajouter des options "
"réseaux pour les clients."

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:191(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>user and group</emphasis>: configure which user and group the "
"<application>openvpn</application> daemon executes as."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>user et group</emphasis> : configurent quel utilisateur et quel "
"groupe le démon <application>openvpn</application> utilise pour s'exécuter."

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:198(para)
msgid ""
"Replace all IP addresses and domain names above with those of your network."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez toutes les adresses IP et noms de domaines ci-dessus par ceux de "
"votre réseau."

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:203(para)
msgid ""
"Next, create a couple of helper scripts to add the <emphasis>tap</emphasis> "
"interface to the bridge. Create <filename>/etc/openvpn/up.sh</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, créez deux scripts pour ajouter l'interface "
"<emphasis>tap</emphasis> au pont. Créez le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/openvpn/up.sh</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:207(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"\n"
"BR=$1\n"
"DEV=$2\n"
"MTU=$3\n"
"/sbin/ifconfig $DEV mtu $MTU promisc up\n"
"/usr/sbin/brctl addif $BR $DEV\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"\n"
"BR=$1\n"
"DEV=$2\n"
"MTU=$3\n"
"/sbin/ifconfig $DEV mtu $MTU promisc up\n"
"/usr/sbin/brctl addif $BR $DEV\n"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:217(para)
msgid "And <filename>/etc/openvpn/down.sh</filename>:"
msgstr "Et <filename>/etc/openvpn/down.sh</filename>:"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:221(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"\n"
"BR=$1\n"
"DEV=$2\n"
"\n"
"/usr/sbin/brctl delif $BR $DEV\n"
"/sbin/ifconfig $DEV down\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"\n"
"BR=$1\n"
"DEV=$2\n"
"\n"
"/usr/sbin/brctl delif $BR $DEV\n"
"/sbin/ifconfig $DEV down\n"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:231(para)
msgid "Then make them executable:"
msgstr "Ensuite, rendez-les exécutables :"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:236(command)
msgid "sudo chmod 755 /etc/openvpn/down.sh"
msgstr "sudo chmod 755 /etc/openvpn/down.sh"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:237(command)
msgid "sudo chmod 755 /etc/openvpn/up.sh"
msgstr "sudo chmod 755 /etc/openvpn/up.sh"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:240(para)
msgid ""
"After configuring the server, restart <application>openvpn</application> by "
"entering:"
msgstr ""
"Après avoir configuré le serveur, redémarrez "
"<application>openvpn</application> en tapant :"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:245(command) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:293(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/openvpn restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/openvpn restart"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:250(title)
msgid "Client Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration du client"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:252(para)
msgid "First, install <application>openvpn</application> on the client:"
msgstr "Installez d'abord <application>openvpn</application> sur le client :"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:260(para)
msgid ""
"Then with the server configured and the client certificates copied to the "
"<filename>/etc/openvpn/</filename> directory, create a client configuration "
"file by copying the example. In a terminal on the client machine enter:"
msgstr ""
"Puis, une fois le serveur configuré et les certificats du client copiés dans "
"le répertoire <filename>/etc/openvpn/</filename>, créez un fichier de "
"configuration client en copiant l'exemple. Dans un terminal sur la machine "
"client, saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:266(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/openvpn/examples/sample-config-files/client.conf "
"/etc/openvpn"
msgstr ""
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/openvpn/examples/sample-config-files/client.conf "
"/etc/openvpn"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:269(para)
msgid ""
"Now edit <filename>/etc/openvpn/client.conf</filename> changing the "
"following options:"
msgstr ""
"Maintenant, éditez <filename>/etc/openvpn/client.conf</filename> en "
"modifiant les options suivantes :"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:273(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dev tap\n"
"remote vpn.example.com 1194\n"
"cert hostname.crt\n"
"key hostname.key\n"
"tls-auth ta.key 1\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"dev tap\n"
"remote vpn.exemple.com 1194\n"
"cert hostname.crt\n"
"key hostname.key\n"
"tls-auth ta.key 1\n"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:282(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>vpn.example.com</emphasis> with the hostname of your VPN "
"server, and <emphasis>hostname.*</emphasis> with the actual certificate and "
"key filenames."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis>vpn.exemple.com</emphasis> par le nom d'hôte de votre "
"serveur VPN, et <emphasis>hostname.*</emphasis> avec les noms de fichier des "
"certificats et fichiers de clés correspondants."

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:288(para)
msgid "Finally, restart <application>openvpn</application>:"
msgstr "Enfin, redémarrez <application>openvpn</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:296(para)
msgid "You should now be able to connect to the remote LAN through the VPN."
msgstr ""
"Vous devriez maintenant être en mesure de vous connecter au réseau LAN "
"distant via le VPN."

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:307(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://openvpn.net/\">OpenVPN</ulink> website for "
"additional information."
msgstr ""
"Consultez le site web <ulink url=\"http://openvpn.net/\">OpenVPN</ulink> "
"pour plus d'informations."

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:312(para)
msgid ""
"Also, Pakt's <ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/openvpn/book\">OpenVPN: "
"Building and Integrating Virtual Private Networks</ulink> is a good resource."
msgstr ""
"En outre, <ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/openvpn/book\">OpenVPN: "
"Building and Integrating Virtual Private Networks</ulink> (en anglais) est "
"une lecture conseillée."

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:318(para)
msgid ""
"Another source of further information is the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/OpenVPN\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"OpenVPN</ulink> page."
msgstr ""
"Des informations supplémentaires sont disponibles sur la page <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/OpenVPN\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"OpenVPN</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:13(title)
msgid "Virtualization"
msgstr "Virtualisation"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"Virtualization is being adopted in many different environments and "
"situations. If you are a developer, virtualization can provide you with a "
"contained environment where you can safely do almost any sort of development "
"safe from messing up your main working environment. If you are a systems "
"administrator, you can use virtualization to more easily separate your "
"services and move them around based on demand."
msgstr ""
"La virtualisation est adoptée dans plusieurs environnements et situations "
"différents. Si vous êtes développeur, la virtualisation peut vous procurer "
"un environnement confiné (dans une machine virtuelle) où vous pouvez "
"effectuer à peu près n'importe quel type de développement sans abandonner "
"votre environnement de travail principal. Si vous êtes administrateur "
"système, vous pouvez utiliser la virtualisation pour isoler plus facilement "
"vos services les uns des autres et les déplacer en fonction de la demande."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:20(para)
msgid ""
"The default virtualization technology supported in Ubuntu is "
"<application>KVM</application>, a technology that takes advantage of "
"virtualization extensions built into Intel and AMD hardware. For hardware "
"without virtualization extensions <application>Xen</application> and "
"<application>Qemu</application> are popular solutions."
msgstr ""
"La technologie de virtualisation prise en charge par défaut dans Ubuntu est "
"<application>KVM</application>, celle-ci tire parti des extensions de "
"virtualisation intégrées aux processeurs Intel et AMD. Pour les processeurs "
"ne fournissant pas de capacités de virtualisation "
"<application>Xen</application> et <application>Qemu</application> sont des "
"solutions de choix."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:27(title)
msgid "libvirt"
msgstr "libvirt"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:28(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>libvirt</application> library is used to interface with "
"different virtualization technologies. Before getting started with "
"<application>libvirt</application> it is best to make sure your hardware "
"supports the necessary virtualization extensions for "
"<application>KVM</application>. Enter the following from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"La bibliothèque <application>libvirt</application> est utilisée pour "
"s'interfacer avec différentes technologies de virtualisation. Avant de "
"commencer avec <application>libvirt</application>, il est judicieux de "
"s'assurer que votre matériel prend en charge les extensions de "
"virtualisation pour <application>KVM</application>. Saisissez la commande "
"suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:35(command)
msgid "kvm-ok"
msgstr "kvm-ok"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:37(para)
msgid ""
"A message will be printed informing you if your CPU "
"<emphasis>does</emphasis> or <emphasis>does not</emphasis> support hardware "
"virtualization."
msgstr ""
"Un message vous informera si votre processeur <emphasis>prend en "
"charge</emphasis> ou <emphasis>non</emphasis> la virtualisation matérielle."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:41(para)
msgid ""
"On most computer whose processor supports virtualization, it is necessary to "
"activate an option in the BIOS to enable it."
msgstr ""
"Sur la plupart des ordinateurs prenant en charge la virtualisation, il est "
"nécessaire d'activer une option dans le BIOS pour pouvoir l'utiliser."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:47(title)
msgid "Virtual Networking"
msgstr "Virtualisation du réseau"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:49(para)
msgid ""
"There are a few different ways to allow a virtual machine access to the "
"external network. The default virtual network configuration is "
"<emphasis>usermode</emphasis> networking, which uses the SLIRP protocol and "
"traffic is NATed through the host interface to the outside network."
msgstr ""
"Il existe différentes manières de permettre à une machine virtuelle "
"d'accéder à un réseau externe. La configuration par défaut du réseau virtuel "
"est le <emphasis>usermode</emphasis> (mode utilisateur), qui utilise le "
"protocole SLIRP et qui effectue un routage (NAT) de l'interface de l'hôte "
"vers le réseau externe."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:54(para)
msgid ""
"To enable external hosts to directly access services on virtual machines a "
"<emphasis>bridge</emphasis> needs to be configured. This allows the virtual "
"interfaces to connect to the outside network through the physical interface, "
"making them appear as normal hosts to the rest of the network. For "
"information on setting up a bridge see <xref linkend=\"bridging\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Pour permettre à des machines distantes d'accéder directement aux services "
"des machines virtuelles, un <emphasis>pont</emphasis> doit être configuré. "
"Il permet aux interfaces virtuelles d'être connectées au réseau extérieur en "
"passant par l'interface physique. Ce pont fait apparaître les machines "
"virtuelles comme un hôte normal du réseau. Pour la configuration des ponts, "
"consulter <xref linkend=\"bridging\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:63(para)
msgid "To install the necessary packages, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr "Pour installer les paquets nécessaires, saisissez dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:67(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install kvm libvirt-bin"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install kvm libvirt-bin"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:69(para)
msgid ""
"After installing <application>libvirt-bin</application>, the user used to "
"manage virtual machines will need to be added to the "
"<emphasis>libvirtd</emphasis> group. Doing so will grant the user access to "
"the advanced networking options."
msgstr ""
"Après l'installation de <application>libvirt-bin</application>, "
"l'utilisateur qui doit gérer les machines virtuelles devra être ajouté au "
"groupe <emphasis>libvirtd</emphasis>. Ceci lui donnera les droits d'accès "
"aux options avancés de configuration réseau."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:73(para)
msgid "In a terminal enter:"
msgstr "Dans un terminal saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:77(command)
msgid "sudo adduser $USER libvirtd"
msgstr "sudo adduser $USER libvirtd"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:80(para)
msgid ""
"If the user chosen is the current user, you will need to log out and back in "
"for the new group membership to take effect."
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez choisi l'utilisateur courant, vous devrez vous déconnecter, "
"puis vous reconnecter pour que l'appartenance au nouveau groupe soit prise "
"en compte."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:84(para)
msgid ""
"You are now ready to install a <emphasis>Guest</emphasis> operating system. "
"Installing a virtual machine follows the same process as installing the "
"operating system directly on the hardware. You either need a way to automate "
"the installation, or a keyboard and monitor will need to be attached to the "
"physical machine."
msgstr ""
"Vous êtes maintenant prêt à installer un système d'exploitation "
"<emphasis>Invité</emphasis>. L'installation d'une machine virtuelle suit le "
"même processus que l'installation d'un système d'exploitation directement "
"sur le matériel. Vous avez besoin d'un moyen pour automatiser l'installation "
" ou bien un clavier ainsi qu'un moniteur devront être rattachés à la machine "
"physique."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:89(para)
msgid ""
"In the case of virtual machines a Graphical User Interface (GUI) is "
"analogous to using a physical keyboard and mouse. Instead of installing a "
"GUI the <application>virt-viewer</application> application can be used to "
"connect to a virtual machine's console using <application>VNC</application>. "
"See <xref linkend=\"libvirt-virt-viewer\"/> for more information."
msgstr ""
"Dans le cas des machines virtuelles une interface graphique (GUI) est "
"analogue à l'utilisation d'un clavier physique et de la souris. Au lieu "
"d'installer une interface graphique, <application>virt-viewer</application> "
"peut être utilisé pour se connecter à la console d'une machine virtuelle "
"grâce à <application>VNC</application>. Consultez <xref linkend=\"libvirt-"
"virt-viewer\"/> pour plus d'informations."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:94(para)
msgid ""
"There are several ways to automate the Ubuntu installation process, for "
"example using preseeds, kickstart, etc. Refer to the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04 LTS/installation-guide/\">Ubuntu "
"Installation Guide</ulink> for details."
msgstr ""
"Il y a plusieurs façons d'automatiser le processus d'installation d'Ubuntu, "
"par exemple en utilisant preseeds, kickstart, etc. Veuillez vous référer au "
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04 LTS/installation-guide/\">Guide "
"d'installation Ubuntu</ulink> pour plus de détails."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:98(para)
msgid ""
"Yet another way to install an Ubuntu virtual machine is to use "
"<application>ubuntu-vm-builder</application>. <application>ubuntu-vm-"
"builder</application> allows you to setup advanced partitions, execute "
"custom post-install scripts, etc. For details see <xref linkend=\"jeos-and-"
"vmbuilder\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Une autre façon d'installer une machine virtuelle Ubuntu est d'utiliser "
"<application>ubuntu-vm-builder</application>. <application>ubuntu-vm-builder "
"</application> vous permet de mettre en place un partionnement "
"avancé,exécuter des scripts post-installation, etc. Pour plus de détails, "
"voir <xref linkend=\"jeos-and-vmbuilder\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:104(title)
msgid "virt-install"
msgstr "virt-install"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:105(para)
msgid ""
"<application>virt-install</application> is part of the <application>python-"
"virtinst</application> package. To install it, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"<application>virt-install</application> fait partie du paquet "
"<application>python-virtinst</application>. Pour l'installer, saisissez dans "
"un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:109(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install python-virtinst"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install python-virtinst"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:111(para)
msgid ""
"There are several options available when using <application>virt-"
"install</application>. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Il y a plusieurs options disponibles pour utiliser <application>virt-"
"install</application>. Par exemple :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:115(command)
msgid ""
"sudo virt-install -n web_devel -r 256 -f web_devel.img \\ -s 4 -c jeos.iso --"
"accelerate \\ --connect=qemu:///system --vnc \\ --noautoconsole -v"
msgstr ""
"sudo virt-install -n web_devel -r 256 -f web_devel.img \\ -s 4 -c jeos.iso --"
"accelerate \\ --connect=qemu:///system --vnc \\ --noautoconsole -v"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:122(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>-n web_devel:</emphasis> the name of the new virtual machine will "
"be <emphasis>web_devel</emphasis> in this example."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>-n Web_devel :</emphasis> le nom de la machine virtuelle sera "
"<emphasis>Web_devel</emphasis> dans cet exemple."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:127(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>-r 256:</emphasis> specifies the amount of memory the virtual "
"machine will use."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>-r 256 :</emphasis> spécifie la quantité de mémoire utilisée par "
"la machine virtuelle."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:132(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>-f web_devel.img:</emphasis> indicates the path to the virtual "
"disk which can be a file, partition, or logical volume. In this example a "
"file named <filename>web_devel.img</filename>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>-f web_devel.img :</emphasis> indique le chemin d'accès au disque "
"virtuel, qui peut être un fichier, une partition ou un volume logique. Dans "
"cet exemple, un fichier nommé <filename>web_devel.img</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:138(para)
msgid "<emphasis>-s 4:</emphasis> the size of the virtual disk."
msgstr "<emphasis>-s 4 :</emphasis> la taille du disque virtuel."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:143(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>-c jeos.iso:</emphasis> file to be used as a virtual CDROM. The "
"file can be either an ISO file or the path to the host's CDROM device."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>-c jeos.iso :</emphasis> le fichier à utiliser comme CDROM "
"virtuel. Ce fichier peut être une image ISO ou le chemin du périphérique "
"CDROM de l'hôte."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:149(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--accelerate:</emphasis> enables the kernel's acceleration "
"technologies."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>--accelerate :</emphasis> active les technologies d'accélération "
"du noyau."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:154(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--vnc:</emphasis> exports the guest's virtual console using VNC."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>--vnc :</emphasis> exporte la console de la machine virtuelle en "
"utilisant VNC."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:159(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--noautoconsole:</emphasis> will not automatically connect to the "
"virtual machine's console."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>--noautoconsole :</emphasis> ne se connectera pas automatiquement "
"à la console de la machine virtuelle."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:164(para)
msgid "<emphasis>-v:</emphasis> creates a fully virtualized guest."
msgstr "<emphasis>-v :</emphasis> crée un invité totalement virtualisé."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:169(para)
msgid ""
"After launching <application>virt-install</application> you can connect to "
"the virtual machine's console either locally using a GUI or with the "
"<application>virt-viewer</application> utility."
msgstr ""
"Une fois <application>virt-install</application> lancée, vous pouvez vous "
"connecter aux machines virtuelles soit localement avec une interface "
"graphique, soit avec l'utilitaire <application>virt-viewer</application>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:175(title)
msgid "virt-clone"
msgstr "virt-clone"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:176(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>virt-clone</application> application can be used to copy "
"one virtual machine to another. For example:"
msgstr ""
"L'application <application>virt-clone</application>peut être utilisée pour "
"copier une machine virtuelle vers une autre. Par exemple :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:180(command)
msgid ""
"sudo virt-clone -o web_devel -n database_devel -f "
"/path/to/database_devel.img --connect=qemu:///system"
msgstr ""
"sudo virt-clone -o web_devel -n database_devel -f "
"/path/to/database_devel.img --connect=qemu:///system"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:184(para)
msgid "<emphasis>-o:</emphasis> original virtual machine."
msgstr "<emphasis>-o :</emphasis> original virtual machine."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:189(para)
msgid "<emphasis>-n:</emphasis> name of the new virtual machine."
msgstr "<emphasis>-n :</emphasis> nom de la nouvelle machine virtuelle."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:194(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>-f:</emphasis> path to the file, logical volume, or partition to "
"be used by the new virtual machine."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>-f :</emphasis> chemin du fichier, volume logique ou partition "
"utilisé par la nouvelle machine virtuelle."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:199(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--connect:</emphasis> specifies which hypervisor to connect to."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>--connect :</emphasis> spécifie à quel hyperviseur se connecter."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:204(para)
msgid ""
"Also, use <emphasis>-d</emphasis> or <emphasis>--debug</emphasis> option to "
"help troubleshoot problems with <application>virt-clone</application>."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez également utiliser l'option <emphasis>-d</emphasis> ou "
"<emphasis>--debug</emphasis> pour vous aider à résoudre les problèmes avec "
"<application>virt-clone</application>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:209(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>web_devel</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>database_devel</emphasis> with appropriate virtual machine names."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis>Web_devel</emphasis> et "
"<emphasis>database_devel</emphasis> par les noms appropriés des machines "
"virtuelles."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:215(title)
msgid "Virtual Machine Management"
msgstr "Gestion des machines virtuelles"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:217(title)
msgid "virsh"
msgstr "virsh"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:218(para)
msgid ""
"There are several utilities available to manage virtual machines and "
"<application>libvirt</application>. The <application>virsh</application> "
"utility can be used from the command line. Some examples:"
msgstr ""
"Il existe plusieurs utilitaires disponibles pour gérer les machines "
"virtuelles et <application>libvirt</application>. L'application "
"<application>virsh</application> s'utilise en ligne de commande. Quelques "
"exemples :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:224(para)
msgid "To list running virtual machines:"
msgstr "Pour lister les machines virtuelles en cours d'exécution :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:228(command)
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system list"
msgstr "virsh -c qemu:///system list"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:232(para)
msgid "To start a virtual machine:"
msgstr "Pour démarrer une machine virtuelle :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:236(command)
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system start web_devel"
msgstr "virsh -c qemu:///system start web_devel"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:240(para)
msgid "Similarly, to start a virtual machine at boot:"
msgstr "De la même façon, pour lancer une machine virtuelle au démarrage :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:244(command)
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system autostart web_devel"
msgstr "virsh -c qemu:///system autostart web_devel"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:248(para)
msgid "Reboot a virtual machine with:"
msgstr "Redémarrez une machine virtuelle avec :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:252(command)
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system reboot web_devel"
msgstr "virsh -c qemu:///system reboot web_devel"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:256(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>state</emphasis> of virtual machines can be saved to a file in "
"order to be restored later. The following will save the virtual machine "
"state into a file named according to the date:"
msgstr ""
"L'<emphasis>état</emphasis> des machine virtuelles peut être enregistré dans "
"un fichier pour pouvoir être restauré plus tard. Ce qui suit enregistrera "
"l'état d'une machine virtuelle dans un fichier nommé d'après la date :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:261(command)
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system save web_devel web_devel-022708.state"
msgstr "virsh -c qemu:///system save web_devel web_devel-022708.state"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:263(para)
msgid "Once saved the virtual machine will no longer be running."
msgstr ""
"Une fois son état enregistré, une machine virtuelle ne sera plus en cours "
"d'exécution."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:268(para)
msgid "A saved virtual machine can be restored using:"
msgstr ""
"Une machine virtuelle dont l'état est enregistré peut être restaurée en "
"utilisant :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:272(command)
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system restore web_devel-022708.state"
msgstr "virsh -c qemu:///system restore web_devel-022708.state"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:276(para)
msgid "To shutdown a virtual machine do:"
msgstr "Pour arrêter une machine virtuelle :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:280(command)
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system shutdown web_devel"
msgstr "virsh -c qemu:///system shutdown web_devel"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:284(para)
msgid "A CDROM device can be mounted in a virtual machine by entering:"
msgstr "Un CDROM peut être monté dans une machine virtuelle en saisissant :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:288(command)
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system attach-disk web_devel /dev/cdrom /media/cdrom"
msgstr ""
"virsh -c qemu:///system attach-disk web_devel /dev/cdrom /media/cdrom"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:293(para)
msgid ""
"In the above examples replace <emphasis>web_devel</emphasis> with the "
"appropriate virtual machine name, and <filename>web_devel-"
"022708.state</filename> with a descriptive file name."
msgstr ""
"Dans les exemples ci-dessus, remplacez <emphasis>Web_devel</emphasis> par le "
"nom approprié pour la machine virtuelle, et <filename>Web_devel-"
"022708.state</filename> par un nom de fichier explicite."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:300(title)
msgid "Virtual Machine Manager"
msgstr "Gestionnaire de machine virtuelle"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:301(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>virt-manager</application> package contains a graphical "
"utility to manage local and remote virtual machines. To install virt-manager "
"enter:"
msgstr ""
"Le paquet <application>virt-manager</application> contient un outil en mode "
"graphique pour gérer les machines virtuelles locales et distantes. Pour "
"installer virt-manager saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:306(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install virt-manager"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install virt-manager"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:308(para)
msgid ""
"Since <application>virt-manager</application> requires a Graphical User "
"Interface (GUI) environment it is recommended to be installed on a "
"workstation or test machine instead of a production server. To connect to "
"the local <application>libvirt</application> service enter:"
msgstr ""
"Étant donné que <application>virt-manager</application> exige un "
"environnement contenant une interface graphique (GUI), il est recommandé de "
"l’installer sur un poste de travail ou une machine de test mais pas sur un "
"serveur de production. Pour vous connecter au service "
"local<application>libvirt</application> tapez :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:314(command)
msgid "virt-manager -c qemu:///system"
msgstr "virt-manager -c qemu:///system"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:316(para)
msgid ""
"You can connect to the <application>libvirt</application> service running on "
"another host by entering the following in a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez vous connecter au service <application>libvirt</application> "
"s'exécutant sur un autre hôte en saisissant ce qui suit dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:320(command)
msgid "virt-manager -c qemu+ssh://virtnode1.mydomain.com/system"
msgstr "virt-manager -c qemu+ssh://virtnode1.mydomain.com/system"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:323(para)
msgid ""
"The above example assumes that <application>SSH</application> connectivity "
"between the management system and virtnode1.mydomain.com has already been "
"configured, and uses SSH keys for authentication. SSH "
"<emphasis>keys</emphasis> are needed because "
"<application>libvirt</application> sends the password prompt to another "
"process. For details on configuring <application>SSH</application> see <xref "
"linkend=\"openssh-server\"/>"
msgstr ""
"L'exemple ci-dessus suppose que la connectivité "
"<application>SSH</application> entre le système de gestion et "
"virtnode1.mydomain.com a déjà été configurée, et utilise les clés SSH pour "
"l'authentification. <emphasis>Les clés</emphasis> SSH sont nécessaires car "
"<application>libvirt</application> envoie le mot de passe à un autre "
"processus. Pour plus de renseignements sur la configuration de "
"<application>SSH</application>, consultez <xref linkend=\"openssh-server\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:333(title)
msgid "Virtual Machine Viewer"
msgstr "Afficheur de machine virtuelle"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:334(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>virt-viewer</application> application allows you to connect "
"to a virtual machine's console. <application>virt-viewer</application> does "
"require a Graphical User Interface (GUI) to interface with the virtual "
"machine."
msgstr ""
"L'application <application>virt-viewer</application> vous permet de vous "
"connecter à une console de la machine virtuelle. <application>virt-"
"viewer</application> nécessite une interface graphique utilisateur (GUI) "
"pour interagir avec la machine virtuelle."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:338(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>virt-viewer</application> from a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer <application>virt-viewer</application>, depuis un terminal "
"saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:342(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install virt-viewer"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install virt-viewer"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:344(para)
msgid ""
"Once a virtual machine is installed and running you can connect to the "
"virtual machine's console by using:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois qu'une machine virtuelle est installée et est en exécution vous "
"pouvez vous connectez à la console de la machine virtuelle en utilisant :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:348(command)
msgid "virt-viewer -c qemu:///system web_devel"
msgstr "virt-viewer -c qemu:///system web_devel"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:350(para)
msgid ""
"Similar to <application>virt-manager</application>, <application>virt-"
"viewer</application> can connect to a remote host using "
"<emphasis>SSH</emphasis> with key authentication, as well:"
msgstr ""
"De même que <application>virt-manager</application>, <application>virt-"
"viewer</application> peut se connecter à un hôte distant en utilisant "
"<emphasis>SSH</emphasis> avec authentification par clé, comme ceci :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:355(command)
msgid "virt-viewer -c qemu+ssh://virtnode1.mydomain.com/system web_devel"
msgstr "virt-viewer -c qemu+ssh://virtnode1.mydomain.com/system web_devel"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:357(para)
msgid ""
"Be sure to replace <emphasis role=\"italic\">web_devel</emphasis> with the "
"appropriate virtual machine name."
msgstr ""
"Assurez-vous de remplacer <emphasis role=\"italic\">web_devel</emphasis> par "
"le nom de la machine virtuelle approprié."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:360(para)
msgid ""
"If configured to use a <emphasis>bridged</emphasis> network interface you "
"can also setup <application>SSH</application> access to the virtual machine. "
"See <xref linkend=\"openssh-server\"/> and <xref linkend=\"bridging\"/> for "
"more details."
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez choisi d'utiliser un <emphasis>pont</emphasis> réseau, vous "
"pouvez aussi configurer un accès <application>SSH</application> à la machine "
"virtuelle. Consultez <xref linkend=\"openssh-server\"/> et <xref "
"linkend=\"bridging\"/> pour plus de renseignements."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:369(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://kvm.qumranet.com/kvmwiki\">KVM</ulink> home page "
"for more details."
msgstr ""
"Voir la page d'accueil de <ulink "
"url=\"http://kvm.qumranet.com/kvmwiki\">KVM</ulink> pour plus de "
"renseignements."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:374(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <application>libvirt</application> see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://libvirt.org/\">libvirt home page</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'informations sur <application>libvirt</application>, consultez "
"la <ulink url=\"http://libvirt.org/\">page d'accueil de libvirt</ulink>"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:379(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://virt-manager.et.redhat.com/\">Virtual Machine "
"Manager</ulink> site has more information on <application>virt-"
"manager</application> development."
msgstr ""
"Le site <ulink url=\"http://virt-manager.et.redhat.com/\">Virtual Machine "
"Manager</ulink> contient plus d'informations sur le développement de "
"<application>virt-manager</application>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:385(para)
msgid ""
"Also, stop by the <emphasis>#ubuntu-virt</emphasis> IRC channel on <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net/\">freenode</ulink> to discuss virtualization "
"technology in Ubuntu."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez aussi passer par le canal IRC <emphasis>#ubuntu-virt</emphasis> "
"sur <ulink url=\"http://freenode.net/\">freenode</ulink> pour discuter (en "
"anglais) de la technologie de virtualisation sous Ubuntu."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:391(para)
msgid ""
"Another good resource is the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/KVM\">Ubuntu Wiki KVM</ulink> page."
msgstr ""
"Une autre source d'information est la page du <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/KVM\">Wiki Ubuntu consacrée à "
"KVM</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:399(title)
msgid "JeOS and vmbuilder"
msgstr "JeOS et vmbuilder"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:405(title)
msgid "What is JeOS"
msgstr "Qu'est-ce que JeOS ?"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:407(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu <emphasis>JeOS</emphasis> (pronounced \"Juice\") is an efficient "
"variant of the Ubuntu Server operating system, configured specifically for "
"virtual appliances. No longer available as a CD-ROM ISO for download, but "
"only as an option either:"
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu <emphasis>JeOS</emphasis> est une variante du système d'exploitation "
"Ubuntu serveur, paramétré spécifiquement pour des machines virtuelles. Il "
"n'est plus disponible au téléchargement en tant que fichier ISO mais "
"seulement en option :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:414(para)
msgid ""
"While installing from the Server Edition ISO (pressing "
"<emphasis>F4</emphasis> on the first screen will allow you to pick \"Minimal "
"installation\", which is the package selection equivalent to JeOS)."
msgstr ""
"soit à partir de la touche <emphasis>F4</emphasis> lors du démarrage sur un "
"CD d'installation d'une édition serveur et en choisissant « Installation "
"minimale » (ce qui est l'équivalent d' une sélection de paquets pour JeOS) ;"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:420(para)
msgid "Or to be built using Ubuntu's vmbuilder, which is described here."
msgstr ""
"soit en le créant avec le vmbuilder d'Ubuntu. L'opération est décrite ci-"
"dessous."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:426(para)
msgid ""
"JeOS is a specialized installation of Ubuntu Server Edition with a tuned "
"kernel that only contains the base elements needed to run within a "
"virtualized environment."
msgstr ""
"JeOS est une installation spécifique de l'édition serveur d'Ubuntu ayant un "
"noyau optimisé ne contenant que les éléments de base utiles pour s'exécuter "
"dans un environnement virtualisé."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:431(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu JeOS has been tuned to take advantage of key performance technologies "
"in the latest virtualization products from VMware. This combination of "
"reduced size and optimized performance ensures that Ubuntu JeOS Edition "
"delivers a highly efficient use of server resources in large virtual "
"deployments."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu JeOS a été optimisée pour tirer profit des technologies hautes "
"performances des dernières versions des produits VMware. En combinant des "
"performances optimisées et une taille réduite, Ubuntu JeOS permet d'utiliser "
"très efficacement les ressources serveur sur d'importants déploiements "
"virtuels."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:437(para)
msgid ""
"Without unnecessary drivers, and only the minimal required packages, ISVs "
"can configure their supporting OS exactly as they require. They have the "
"peace of mind that updates, whether for security or enhancement reasons, "
"will be limited to the bare minimum of what is required in their specific "
"environment. In turn, users deploying virtual appliances built on top of "
"JeOS will have to go through fewer updates and therefore less maintenance "
"than they would have had to with a standard full installation of a server."
msgstr ""
"Les éditeurs de logiciels indépendants peuvent définir précisément le "
"système d'exploitation qu'ils maintiennent, avec un minimum de paquets et "
"sans pilotes superflus. Ils ont l'assurance que leurs mises à jour, de "
"sécurité ou d'amélioration, seront limitées au strict minimum en fonction de "
"leur environnement spécifique. De leur côté, les utilisateurs déployant des "
"applications virtuelles sur JeOS auront besoin d'effectuer moins de mises à "
"jour et de maintenance qu'avec une installation standard complète d'un "
"serveur."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:446(title)
msgid "What is vmbuilder"
msgstr "Qu'est-ce que vmbuilder ?"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:448(para)
msgid ""
"With vmbuilder, there is no need to download a JeOS ISO anymore. vmbuilder "
"will fetch the various package and build a virtual machine tailored for your "
"needs in about a minute. vmbuilder is a script that automates the process of "
"creating a ready to use Linux based VM. The currently supported hypervisors "
"are KVM and Xen."
msgstr ""
"Avec vmbuilder, il est inutile de télécharger une image ISO JeOS. vmbuilder "
"ira chercher les différents paquets et construira en quelques instants une "
"machine virtuelle sur mesure correspondant à vos besoins. vmbuilder est un "
"script qui automatise la création de VM prêtes à l'emploi et basées sur "
"Linux. Les hyperviseurs actuellement pris en charge sont KVM et Xen."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:454(para)
msgid ""
"You can pass command line options to add extra packages, remove packages, "
"choose which version of Ubuntu, which mirror etc. On recent hardware with "
"plenty of RAM, tmpdir in <filename>/dev/shm</filename> or using a tmpfs, and "
"a local mirror, you can bootstrap a VM in less than a minute."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez utiliser des options en ligne de commande pour ajouter des "
"paquets supplémentaires, en supprimer, choisir la version d'Ubuntu, le "
"miroir etc. Sur du matériel récent avec beaucoup de RAM, avec les fichiers "
"temporaires dans <filename>/dev/shm</filename> ou en utilisant tmpfs, et un "
"miroir local, vous pouvez construire et lancer une machine virtuelle en "
"moins d'une minute."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:460(para)
msgid ""
"First introduced as a shell script in Ubuntu 8.04 LTS, <application>ubuntu-"
"vm-builder</application> started with little emphasis as a hack to help "
"developers test their new code in a virtual machine without having to "
"restart from scratch each time. As a few Ubuntu administrators started to "
"notice this script, a few of them went on improving it and adapting it for "
"so many use case that Soren Hansen (the author of the script and Ubuntu "
"virtualization specialist, not the golf player) decided to rewrite it from "
"scratch for Intrepid as a python script with a few new design goals:"
msgstr ""
"Introduit pour la première fois dans Ubuntu 8.04 LTS sous forme d'un script "
"shell, <application>ubuntu-vm-builder</application> était un modeste "
"bricolage destiné à aider les développeurs à tester leur code dans une "
"machine virtuelle sans devoir partir à chaque fois de zéro. Tandis que "
"quelques administrateurs Ubuntu commençaient à remarquer la présence de ce "
"script, certains d'entre eux ont commencé à l'améliorer et à l'adapter pour "
"tellement de cas d'utilisation que Soren Hansen (l'auteur du script et "
"spécialiste Ubuntu de la virtualisation, pas le jouer de golf) a décidé de "
"le récrire entièrement pour Intrepid mais cette fois sous la forme d'un "
"script Python et avec de nouveaux objectifs d'un point de sa conception :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:470(para)
msgid "Develop it so that it can be reused by other distributions."
msgstr "développement pour la réutilisation dans d'autres distributions :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:475(para)
msgid ""
"Use a plugin mechanisms for all virtualization interactions so that others "
"can easily add logic for other virtualization environments."
msgstr ""
"utilisation d'un mécanisme de greffons pour toutes les interactions de "
"virtualisation afin de pouvoir ajouter facilement des circuits logiques pour "
"d'autres environnements de virtualisation ;"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:480(para)
msgid ""
"Provide an easy to maintain web interface as an option to the command line "
"interface."
msgstr ""
"Procurer une interface Web facile à prendre en main comme alternative à la "
"ligne de commande."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:486(para)
msgid "But the general principles and commands remain the same."
msgstr "Mais les principes généraux et les commandes restent les mêmes."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:493(title)
msgid "Initial Setup"
msgstr "Configuration initiale"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:495(para)
msgid ""
"It is assumed that you have installed and configured "
"<application>libvirt</application> and <application>KVM</application> "
"locally on the machine you are using. For details on how to perform this, "
"please refer to:"
msgstr ""
"Nous supposons que vous avez installé et configuré "
"<application>libvirt</application> et <application>KVM</application> "
"localement, sur la machine que vous utilisez. Pour savoir comment faire "
"cela, veuillez consulter :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:507(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/KVM\">KVM</ulink> Wiki "
"page."
msgstr ""
"La page Wiki de <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/KVM\">KVM</ulink>"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:513(para)
msgid ""
"We also assume that you know how to use a text based text editor such as "
"nano or vi. If you have not used any of them before, you can get an overview "
"of the various text editors available by reading the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/PowerUsersTextEditors\">PowerUsersTex"
"tEditors</ulink> page. This tutorial has been done on KVM, but the general "
"principle should remain on other virtualization technologies."
msgstr ""
"Nous considérons aussi que vous savez utiliser un éditeur de texte dans un "
"terminal comme nano ou vi. Si vous n'en avez jamais utilisé, vous pouvez "
"consulter les éditeurs disponibles en lisant les pages du <ulink "
"url=\"http://doc.ubuntu-fr.org/nano\">Wiki francophone</ulink> (sur nano). "
"Ce tutoriel utilise KVM, mais le principe général devrait s'appliquer aux "
"autres technologies de virtualisation."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:521(title)
msgid "Install vmbuilder"
msgstr "Installez vmbuilder"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:523(para)
msgid ""
"The name of the package that we need to install is <application>python-vm-"
"builder</application>. In a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"Le nom du paquet que vous devrez installer est <application>python-vm-"
"builder</application>. Dans un terminal, saisissez:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:528(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install python-vm-builder"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install python-vm-builder"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:532(para)
msgid ""
"If you are running Hardy, you can still perform most of this using the older "
"version of the package named <application>ubuntu-vm-builder</application>, "
"there are only a few changes to the syntax of the tool."
msgstr ""
"Si vous utilisez Hardy, vous pouvez toujours réaliser en grande partie ceci "
"en utilisant l'ancienne version du paquet appelée <application>ubuntu-vm-"
"builder</ application> : il n'y a que quelques changements dans la syntaxe "
"de l'outil."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:541(title)
msgid "Defining Your Virtual Machine"
msgstr "Définissez Votre Machine Virtuelle"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:543(para)
msgid ""
"Defining a virtual machine with Ubuntu's vmbuilder is quite simple, but here "
"are a few thing to consider:"
msgstr ""
"Définir une machine virtuelle avec vmbuilder sous Ubuntu est assez simple "
"mais il faut bien prendre en compte plusieurs points :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:549(para)
msgid ""
"If you plan on shipping a virtual appliance, do not assume that the end-user "
"will know how to extend disk size to fit their need, so either plan for a "
"large virtual disk to allow for your appliance to grow, or explain fairly "
"well in your documentation how to allocate more space. It might actually be "
"a good idea to store data on some separate external storage."
msgstr ""
"Si vous envisagez de distribuer une solution logicielle virtuelle, ne prenez "
"pas pour acquis que l'utilisateur sache comment étendre la taille du disque "
"pour l'adapter à leurs besoins, et prévoyez donc soit un grand disque "
"virtuel pour permettre à votre solution de grossir, soit de bien expliquer "
"dans votre documentation comment allouer plus d'espace. Une bonne solution "
"pourrait être de stocker des données sur un espace de stockage externe."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:556(para)
msgid ""
"Given that RAM is much easier to allocate in a VM, RAM size should be set to "
"whatever you think is a safe minimum for your appliance."
msgstr ""
"Étant donné que la RAM est beaucoup plus facile à allouer dans une machine "
"virtuelle, sa taille devrait être définie en fonction de ce que vous "
"considérez être le minimum nécessaire pour votre système."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:562(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>vmbuilder</application> command has 2 main parameters: the "
"<emphasis>virtualization technology (hypervisor)</emphasis> and the targeted "
"<emphasis>distribution</emphasis>. Optional parameters are quite numerous "
"and can be found using the following command:"
msgstr ""
"la commande <application>vmbuilder</application>  propose deux paramètres "
"essentiels : la <emphasis>technologie de virtualisation "
"(hyperviseur)</emphasis> et la <emphasis>distribution</emphasis> cible . Il "
"existe de nombreux autres paramètres pouvant être affichés avec cette "
"commande :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:568(command)
msgid "vmbuilder --help"
msgstr "vmbuilder --help"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:572(title)
msgid "Base Parameters"
msgstr "Paramètres de base"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:574(para)
msgid ""
"As this example is based on <application>KVM</application> and Ubuntu 10.04 "
"LTS (Lucid Lynx), and we are likely to rebuild the same virtual machine "
"multiple time, we'll invoke vmbuilder with the following first parameters:"
msgstr ""
"Dans le mesure où cet exemple est basé sur <application>KVM</application> et "
"Ubuntu 10.04 LTS (Lucid Lynx) et que nous sommes susceptibles de "
"reconstruire la même machine virtuelle plusieurs fois, nous allons invoquer "
"vmbuilder pour commencer avec les paramètres suivants :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:580(command)
msgid ""
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o --"
"libvirt qemu:///system"
msgstr ""
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o --"
"libvirt qemu:///system"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:583(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>--suite</emphasis> defines the Ubuntu release, the <emphasis>--"
"flavour</emphasis> specifies that we want to use the virtual kernel (that's "
"the one used to build a JeOS image), the <emphasis>--arch</emphasis> tells "
"that we want to use a 32 bit machine, the <emphasis>-o</emphasis> tells "
"vmbuilder to overwrite the previous version of the VM and the <emphasis>--"
"libvirt</emphasis> tells to inform the local virtualization environment to "
"add the resulting VM to the list of available machines."
msgstr ""
"Le paramètre <emphasis>--suite</emphasis> définit la version d'Ubuntu, "
"<emphasis>--flavour</emphasis> spécifie l'utilisation d'un noyau virtuel "
"(celui utilisé pour la construction de l'image JeOS), <emphasis>--"
"arch</emphasis> précise qu'il s'agit d'une machine 32 bits, <emphasis>-"
"o</emphasis> indique à vmbuilder d'écraser la version précédente de la "
"machine virtuelle et <emphasis>--libvirt</emphasis> sert à informer "
"l'environnement de virtualisation qu'il doit ajouter la machine virtuelle "
"résultante à la liste de celles disponibles."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:591(para)
msgid "Notes:"
msgstr "Remarques :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:597(para)
msgid ""
"Because of the nature of operations performed by vmbuilder, it needs to have "
"root privilege, hence the use of sudo."
msgstr ""
"De par la nature des opérations effectuées par vmbuilder, il a besoin "
"d'avoir des privilèges administrateur (root), d'où l'utilisation de sudo."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:602(para)
msgid ""
"If your virtual machine needs to use more than 3Gb of ram, you should build "
"a 64 bit machine (--arch amd64)."
msgstr ""
"Si votre machine virtuelle a besoin d'utiliser plus de 3Go de RAM, vous "
"devrez construire une machine 64bit (--arch amd64)."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:607(para)
msgid ""
"Until Ubuntu 8.10, the virtual kernel was only built for 32 bit "
"architecture, so if you want to define an amd64 machine on Hardy, you should "
"use <emphasis>--flavour</emphasis> server instead."
msgstr ""
"Avant Ubuntu 8.10, le noyau virtuel n'était compilé que pour des "
"architectures 32 bits. Si vous voulez définir une machine amd64 sur Hardy, "
"vous devez choisir « server » pour le paramètre <emphasis>--"
"flavour</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:615(title)
msgid "JeOS Installation Parameters"
msgstr "Paramètres d'installation de JeOS"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:618(title)
msgid "JeOS Networking"
msgstr "Reseau JeOS"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:621(title)
msgid "Assigning a fixed IP address"
msgstr "Attribuer une adresse IP fixe"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:623(para)
msgid ""
"As a virtual appliance that may be deployed on various very different "
"networks, it is very difficult to know what the actual network will look "
"like. In order to simplify configuration, it is a good idea to take an "
"approach similar to what network hardware vendors usually do, namely "
"assigning an initial fixed IP address to the appliance in a private class "
"network that you will provide in your documentation. An address in the range "
"192.168.0.0/255 is usually a good choice."
msgstr ""
"Comme toute machine virtuelle qui peut être déployée des réseaux divers et "
"très différents, il est très difficile de savoir à quoi pourra ressembler le "
"réseau réel. Afin de simplifier la configuration, une bonne idée consiste à "
"avoir une approche similaire à celle habituellement utilisée par les "
"vendeurs de matériels réseau, à savoir assigner une adresse IP fixe initiale "
"à la machine dans une classe du réseau privé que vous fournirez dans votre "
"documentation. Une adresse dans la gamme 192.168.0.0/255 est habituellement "
"un bon choix."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:630(para)
msgid "To do this we'll use the following parameters:"
msgstr "Pour ce faire, nous utiliserons les paramètres suivants:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:636(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--ip ADDRESS</emphasis>: IP address in dotted form (defaults to "
"dhcp if not specified)"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>--ip ADRESS</emphasis> : adresse IP en notation pointée  (dhcp par "
"défaut si non spécifiée)"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:641(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--mask VALUE</emphasis>: IP mask in dotted form (default: "
"255.255.255.0)"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>--mask VALUE</emphasis> : masque de sous-réseau en notation "
"pointée (255.255.255.0 par défaut)"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:646(para)
msgid "<emphasis>--net VALUE</emphasis>: IP net address (default: X.X.X.0)"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>--net VALUE</emphasis> : adresse IP du réseau (par défaut : "
"X.X.X.0)"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:651(para)
msgid "<emphasis>--bcast VALUE</emphasis>: IP broadcast (default: X.X.X.255)"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>--bcast VALUE</emphasis>: adresse IP de diffusion (par défaut : "
"X.X.X.255)"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:656(para)
msgid "<emphasis>--gw ADDRESS</emphasis>: Gateway address (default: X.X.X.1)"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>--gw ADDRESS</emphasis> : adresse de passerelle (par défaut : "
"X.X.X.1)"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:661(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--dns ADDRESS</emphasis>: Name server address (default: X.X.X.1)"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>--dns ADDRESS</emphasis> : adresse du serveur DNS (par défaut : "
"X.X.X.1)"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:667(para)
msgid ""
"We assume for now that default values are good enough, so the resulting "
"invocation becomes:"
msgstr ""
"Nous supposons pour l'instant que les valeurs par défaut conviennent, "
"l'invocation qui en résulte est donc :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:672(command)
msgid ""
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o --"
"libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100"
msgstr ""
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o --"
"libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:677(title)
msgid "Modifying the libvirt Template to use Bridging"
msgstr "Modification du modèle libvirt pour utiliser un pont réseau"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:679(para)
msgid ""
"Because our appliance will be likely to need to be accessed by remote hosts, "
"we need to configure libvirt so that the appliance uses bridge networking. "
"To do this we use vmbuilder template mechanism to modify the default one."
msgstr ""
"Notre machine virtuelle a certainement besoin d'accéder  aux hôtes distants. "
"Nous devons donc configurer libvirt pour que cette machine utilise un pont "
"réseau. Pour ce faire, nous utilisons le mécanisme de modèles de vmbuilder "
"pour modifier celui par défaut."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:684(para)
msgid ""
"In our working directory we create the template hierarchy and copy the "
"default template:"
msgstr ""
"Dans notre dossier de travail, nous créons l'arborescence des modèles et y "
"copions le modèle par défaut."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:689(command)
msgid "mkdir -p VMBuilder/plugins/libvirt/templates"
msgstr "mkdir -p VMBuilder/plugins/libvirt/templates"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:690(command)
msgid "cp /etc/vmbuilder/libvirt/* VMBuilder/plugins/libvirt/templates/"
msgstr "cp /etc/vmbuilder/libvirt/* VMBuilder/plugins/libvirt/templates/"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:693(para)
msgid ""
"We can then edit "
"<filename>VMBuilder/plugins/libvirt/templates/libvirtxml.tmpl</filename> to "
"change:"
msgstr ""
"Nous pouvons ensuite modifier "
"<filename>VMBuilder/plugins/libvirt/templates/libvirtxml.tmpl</filename> "
"pour y changer:"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:697(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"          &lt;interface type='network'&gt;\n"
"            &lt;source network='default'/&gt;\n"
"          &lt;/interface&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"          &lt;interface type='network'&gt;\n"
"            &lt;source network='default'/&gt;\n"
"          &lt;/interface&gt;\n"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:703(para)
msgid "To:"
msgstr "En :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:707(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"          &lt;interface type='bridge'&gt;\n"
"            &lt;source bridge='br0'/&gt;\n"
"          &lt;/interface&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"          &lt;interface type='bridge'&gt;\n"
"            &lt;source bridge='br0'/&gt;\n"
"          &lt;/interface&gt;\n"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:717(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:459(title)
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "Partitionnement"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:719(para)
msgid ""
"Partitioning of the virtual appliance will have to take into consideration "
"what you are planning to do with is. Because most appliances want to have a "
"separate storage for data, having a separate <filename>/var</filename> would "
"make sense."
msgstr ""
"Le partitionnement d'une machine virtuelle doit prendre en compte l'usage "
"auquel elle est destinée. Comme la plupart des machines virtuelles ont "
"besoin d'un espace de stockage séparé pour les données, avoir une partition "
"pour <filename>/var</filename> peut être judicieux."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:724(para)
msgid ""
"In order to do this vmbuilder provides us with <emphasis>--part</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"Le paramètre <emphasis>--part</emphasis> de vmbuilder permet de faire cela :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:728(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"--part PATH\n"
"  Allows you to specify a partition table in a partition file, located at "
"PATH. Each line of the partition file should specify\n"
"  (root first):\n"
"      mountpoint size\n"
"  where  size  is  in megabytes. You can have up to 4 virtual disks, a new "
"disk starts on a\n"
"  line with ’---’.  ie :\n"
"      root 1000\n"
"      /opt 1000\n"
"      swap 256\n"
"      ---\n"
"      /var 2000\n"
"      /log 1500\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"--part PATH\n"
"  Vous permet de spécifier une table de partition dans un fichier de "
"partitionnement, situé à l'emplacement PATH. Chaque ligne du fichier de "
"partitionnement devrait spécifier\n"
"  (root en première position) :\n"
"      taille du point de montage\n"
"  où la taille est indiquée en mégaoctets. Vous pouvez avoir jusqu'à 4 "
"disques virtuels, chaque nouveau disque commençant par une\n"
"  ligne avec des ’---’.  Par exemple :\n"
"      root 1000\n"
"      /opt 1000\n"
"      swap 256\n"
"      ---\n"
"      /var 2000\n"
"      /log 1500\n"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:743(para)
msgid ""
"In our case we will define a text file name "
"<filename>vmbuilder.partition</filename> which will contain the following:"
msgstr ""
"dans notre cas, nous allons définir un fichier texte nommé "
"<filename>vmbuilder.partition</filename> et qui contiendra :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:747(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"root 8000\n"
"swap 4000\n"
"---\n"
"/var 20000\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"root 8000\n"
"swap 4000\n"
"---\n"
"/var 20000\n"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:755(para)
msgid ""
"Note that as we are using virtual disk images, the actual sizes that we put "
"here are maximum sizes for these volumes."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que nous utilisons des images de disques virtuels, les tailles "
"réelles que nous avons indiqué ici sont les tailles maximales pour ces "
"volumes."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:760(para)
msgid "Our command line now looks like:"
msgstr "Notre ligne de commande ressemble maintenant à :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:765(command)
msgid ""
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 \\ -o -"
"-libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition"
msgstr ""
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 \\ -o -"
"-libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:770(para)
msgid ""
"Using a \"\\\" in a command will allow long command strings to wrap to the "
"next line."
msgstr ""
"L'utilisation de « \\ » dans une commande permet de faire des retours à la "
"ligne dans les commandes très longues."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:777(title)
msgid "User and Password"
msgstr "Utilisateur et mot de passe"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:779(para)
msgid ""
"Again setting up a virtual appliance, you will need to provide a default "
"user and password that is generic so that you can include it in your "
"documentation. We will see later on in this tutorial how we will provide "
"some security by defining a script that will be run the first time a user "
"actually logs in the appliance, that will, among other things, ask him to "
"change his password. In this example I will use <emphasis>'user'</emphasis> "
"as my user name, and <emphasis>'default'</emphasis> as the password."
msgstr ""
"En mettant au point une machine virtuelle, vous devez fournir un nom "
"d'utilisateur et un mot de passe générique à inclure dans votre "
"documentation. Nous verrons plus loin dans ce tutoriel comment sécuriser ce "
"ci grâce à un script qui demandera à l'utilisateur lors de sa première "
"connexion, entre autres choses, de changer son mot de passe. Dans cet "
"exemple nous utiliserons <emphasis>user</emphasis> comme identifiant, et "
"<emphasis>default</emphasis> comme mot de passe."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:787(para)
msgid "To do this we use the following optional parameters:"
msgstr ""
"Pour réaliser cela nous devons utiliser les paramètres optionnels suivants :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:793(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--user USERNAME:</emphasis> Sets the name of the user to be added. "
"Default: ubuntu."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>--user USERNAME :</emphasis> définit le nom de l'utilisateur à "
"ajouter. Par défaut : ubuntu."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:798(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--name FULLNAME:</emphasis> Sets the full name of the user to be "
"added. Default: Ubuntu."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>--name FULLNAME :</emphasis> définit le nom complet de "
"l'utilisateur à ajouter. par défaut : Ubuntu."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:803(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--pass PASSWORD:</emphasis> Sets the password for the user. "
"Default: ubuntu."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>--pass PASSWORD :</emphasis> définit le mot de passe de "
"l'utilisateur. Par défaut : ubuntu."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:809(para)
msgid "Our resulting command line becomes:"
msgstr "La ligne de commande qui en résulte devient :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:814(command)
msgid ""
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 \\ -o -"
"-libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition \\ --"
"user user --name user --pass default"
msgstr ""
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 \\ -o -"
"-libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition \\ --"
"user user --name user --pass default"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:822(title)
msgid "Installing Required Packages"
msgstr "Installation des paquets requis"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:824(para)
msgid ""
"In this example we will be installing a package "
"<application>(Limesurvey)</application> that accesses a "
"<application>MySQL</application> database and has a web interface. We will "
"therefore require our OS to provide us with:"
msgstr ""
"Dans cet exemple nous installerons le paquet "
"<application>(Limesurvey)</application> qui doit accéder à une base de "
"données <application>(Limesurvey)</application> et propose une interface Web."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:831(para)
msgid "Apache"
msgstr "Apache"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:832(para)
msgid "PHP"
msgstr "PHP"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:833(para) serverguide/C/databases.xml:19(trademark) serverguide/C/databases.xml:31(title)
msgid "MySQL"
msgstr "MySQL"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:834(para) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:20(title)
msgid "OpenSSH Server"
msgstr "Serveur OpenSSH"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:835(para)
msgid "Limesurvey (as an example application that we have packaged)"
msgstr "Limesurvey (comme exemple d'application que nous avons empaquetée)"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:838(para)
msgid ""
"This is done using vmbuilder by specifying the --addpkg option multiple "
"times:"
msgstr ""
"Ceci peut être fait grâce à vmbuilder et en spécifiant l'option --addpkg à "
"plusieurs reprises :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:842(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"--addpkg PKG\n"
"  Install PKG into the guest (can be specfied multiple times)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"--addpkg PAQUET\n"
"  Installe PAQUET dans le système invité (peut-être spécifié plusieurs "
"fois)\n"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:847(para)
msgid ""
"However, due to the way vmbuilder operates, packages that have to ask "
"questions to the user during the post install phase are not supported and "
"should instead be installed while interactivity can occur. This is the case "
"of Limesurvey, which we will have to install later, once the user logs in."
msgstr ""
"Toutefois, du fait du mode de fonctionnement de vmbuilder, les paquets qui "
"nécessitent de poser des questions dans la phase de post-installation, ne "
"sont pas pris en charge et doivent être installés quand une interaction est "
"possible. C'est le cas de Limesurvey, qui devra donc être installé plus "
"tard, quand l'utilisateur sera connecté."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:853(para)
msgid ""
"Other packages that ask simple debconf question, such as <application>mysql-"
"server</application> asking to set a password, the package can be installed "
"immediately, but we will have to reconfigure it the first time the user logs "
"in."
msgstr "."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:859(para)
msgid ""
"If some packages that we need to install are not in main, we need to enable "
"the additional repositories using --comp and --ppa:"
msgstr ""
"Si certains paquets nécessaires ne sont pas dans le dépôt main, nous aurons "
"besoin d'activer les dépôts additionnels en utilisant --comp et --ppa :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:863(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"--components COMP1,COMP2,...,COMPN\n"
"           A comma separated list of distro components to include (e.g. "
"main,universe). This defaults\n"
"           to \"main\"\n"
"--ppa=PPA  Add ppa belonging to PPA to the vm's sources.list.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"--components COMP1,COMP2,...,COMPN\n"
"           Une liste séparée par des virgules de composants de la "
"distribution à inclure (main,universe \n"
"           par exemple). Utilisation de « main » par défaut\n"
"--ppa=PPA  Ajouter au fichier sources.list de la VM un dépôt personnel ppa "
"appartenant à PPA.\n"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:870(para)
msgid ""
"Limesurvey not being part of the archive at the moment, we'll specify it's "
"PPA (personal package archive) address so that it is added to the VM "
"<filename>/etc/apt/source.list</filename>, so we add the following options "
"to the command line:"
msgstr ""
"Limesurvey n'étant pas disponible pour le moment dans une archive, nous "
"allons spécifier son adresse de PPA(personal package archive, archive de "
"paquet personnel) pour qu'il soit ajouté au "
"<filename>/etc/apt/source.list</filename> de la VM, donc nous ajoutons les "
"options suivantes à la ligne de commande :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:876(command)
msgid ""
"--addpkg apache2 --addpkg apache2-mpm-prefork --addpkg apache2-utils --"
"addpkg apache2.2-common \\ --addpkg dbconfig-common --addpkg libapache2-mod-"
"php5 --addpkg mysql-client --addpkg php5-cli \\ --addpkg php5-gd --addpkg "
"php5-ldap --addpkg php5-mysql --addpkg wwwconfig-common \\ --addpkg mysql-"
"server --ppa nijaba"
msgstr ""
"--addpkg apache2 --addpkg apache2-mpm-prefork --addpkg apache2-utils --"
"addpkg apache2.2-common \\ --addpkg dbconfig-common --addpkg libapache2-mod-"
"php5 --addpkg mysql-client --addpkg php5-cli \\ --addpkg php5-gd --addpkg "
"php5-ldap --addpkg php5-mysql --addpkg wwwconfig-common \\ --addpkg mysql-"
"server --ppa nijaba"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:883(title)
msgid "OpenSSH"
msgstr "OpenSSH"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:885(para)
msgid ""
"Another convenient tool that we want to have on our appliance is OpenSSH, as "
"it will allow our admins to access the appliance remotely. However, pushing "
"in the wild an appliance with a pre-installed OpenSSH server is a big "
"security risk as all these server will share the same secret key, making it "
"very easy for hackers to target our appliance with all the tools they need "
"to crack it open in a breeze. As for the user password, we will instead rely "
"on a script that will install OpenSSH the first time a user logs in so that "
"the key generated will be different for each appliance. For this we'll use a "
"<emphasis>--firstboot</emphasis> script, as it does not need any user "
"interaction."
msgstr ""
"Un autre outil qu'il est souhaitable d'avoir sur notre machine est OpenSSH, "
"car il va permettre à nos administrateurs d'accéder à la machine à distance. "
"Toutefois, déployer en conditions réelles une machine où un serveur OpenSSH "
"est pré-installé est un grand risque pour la sécurité de l'ensemble car tous "
"ces serveurs partageront la même clé secrète, et il sera ainsi très facile "
"pour les pirates informatiques de cibler notre appareil en leur fournissant "
"tout ce dont ils ont besoin pour craquer la machine en un clin d'œil. Comme "
"pour le mot de passe de l'utilisateur, nous allons plutôt compter sur un "
"script qui va installer OpenSSH la première fois qu'un utilisateur ouvre une "
"session, de sorte que la clé générée sera différente pour chaque appareil. "
"Pour ce faire, nous allons utiliser un script <emphasis>--"
"firstboot</emphasis> de script, comme il n'a pas besoin d'une interaction de "
"la part de l'utilisateur."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:897(title)
msgid "Speed Considerations"
msgstr "Considérations sur la vitesse"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:900(title)
msgid "Package Caching"
msgstr "Mise en cache des paquets"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:902(para)
msgid ""
"When vmbuilder creates builds your system, it has to go fetch each one of "
"the packages that composes it over the network to one of the official "
"repositories, which, depending on your internet connection speed and the "
"load of the mirror, can have a big impact on the actual build time. In order "
"to reduce this, it is recommended to either have a local repository (which "
"can be created using <application>apt-mirror</application>) or using a "
"caching proxy such as <application>apt-proxy</application>. The later option "
"being much simpler to implement and requiring less disk space, it is the one "
"we will pick in this tutorial. To install it, simply type:"
msgstr ""
"Lorsque vmbuilder créer votre système, il doit aller chercher chacun des "
"paquets le constituant à travers le réseau sur les dépôts officiels et, en "
"fonction de la vitesse de votre connexion Internet et de la charge des "
"miroirs, cela peut prendre beaucoup de temps. Pour réduire la durée de cette "
"opération, nous vous recommandons d'avoir un dépôt local (qui peut être "
"généré grâce à <application>apt-mirror</application>) ou bien d'utiliser un "
"proxy cache tel que <application>apt-proxy</application>. Ce dernier étant "
"plus simple à mettre en œuvre et demandant moins d'espace disque, nous "
"allons l'utiliser dans le cadre de ce tutoriel. Pour l'installer, saisissez "
"simplement :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:912(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install apt-proxy"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install apt-proxy"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:915(para)
msgid ""
"Once this is complete, your (empty) proxy is ready for use on "
"http://mirroraddress:9999 and will find ubuntu repository under /ubuntu. For "
"vmbuilder to use it, we'll have to use the <emphasis>--mirror</emphasis> "
"option:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois cette opération terminée, votre proxy (vide) est prêt à l'emploi "
"sur http://adressedumiroir:9999 et le dépôt ubuntu se trouve dans le dossier "
"/ubuntu. Pour permettre à  vmbuilder de l'utiliser, il faudra utiliser "
"l'option <emphasis>--mirror</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:920(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"--mirror=URL  Use Ubuntu mirror at URL instead of the default, which\n"
"              is http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu for official\n"
"              arches and http://ports.ubuntu.com/ubuntu-ports\n"
"              otherwise\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"--mirror=URL  Utilise le miroir Ubuntu à l'URL indiquée au lieu du défaut, "
"qui\n"
"              est http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu pour les architectures\n"
"              officielles et http://ports.ubuntu.com/ubuntu-ports\n"
"              sinon\n"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:927(para)
msgid "So we add to the command line:"
msgstr "Donc nous ajoutons à la ligne de commande :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:932(command)
msgid "--mirror http://mirroraddress:9999/ubuntu"
msgstr "--mirror http://mirroraddress:9999/ubuntu"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:936(para)
msgid ""
"The mirror address specified here will also be used in the "
"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> of the newly created guest, so it "
"is useful to specify here an address that can be resolved by the guest or to "
"plan on reseting this address later on, such as in a <emphasis>--"
"firstboot</emphasis> script."
msgstr ""
"L'adresse du miroir indiquée sera également utilisée dans le "
"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> de l'invité nouvellement créé.  "
"Il est donc utile d'indiquer ici une adresse qui pourra être jointe par "
"l'invité.  Autrement, il faudra prévoir d'écraser cette adresse "
"ultérieurement lors, par exemple, de l'exécution d'un script <emphasis>--"
"firstboot</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:945(title)
msgid "Install a Local Mirror"
msgstr "Installer un miroir local"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:947(para)
msgid ""
"If we are in a larger environment, it may make sense to setup a local mirror "
"of the Ubuntu repositories. The package apt-mirror provides you with a "
"script that will handle the mirroring for you. You should plan on having "
"about 20 gigabyte of free space per supported release and architecture."
msgstr ""
"Si nous sommes en environnement plus grand, il pourrait être utile "
"d'installer un miroir local des dépôts d'Ubuntu. Le paquet apt-mirror vous "
"fournit un script ce qui va gérer la construction du miroir pour vous. Vous "
"devez prévoir 20 gigaoctets d'espace libre par version et architecture prise "
"en charge."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:953(para)
msgid ""
"By default, <application>apt-mirror</application> uses the configuration "
"file in <filename>/etc/apt/mirror.list</filename>. As it is set up, it will "
"replicate only the architecture of the local machine. If you would like to "
"support other architectures on your mirror, simply duplicate the lines "
"starting with “deb”, replacing the deb keyword by /deb-{arch} where arch can "
"be i386, amd64, etc... For example, on an amd64 machine, to have the i386 "
"archives as well, you will have:"
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, <application>apt-mirror</application> utilise le fichier de "
"configuration  dans <filename>/etc/apt/mirror.list</filename>.Tel qu'il est "
"configuré, il répliquera seulement l'architecture de la machine locale. Si "
"vous souhaitez prendre en charge d'autres architectures sur votre miroir, "
"dupliquez simplement les lignes commençant par « deb », en remplaçant le mot "
"clé « deb » par « /deb-{arch} » où « arch » peut être « i384 », « amd64 », "
"etc. Par exemple,sur une machine amd64, pour avoir également les archives "
"pour i386, vous aurez :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:960(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"deb  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid main restricted universe "
"multiverse \n"
"/deb-i386  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid main restricted universe "
"multiverse\n"
"\n"
"deb  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-updates main restricted universe "
"multiverse \n"
"/deb-i386  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-updates main restricted "
"universe multiverse \n"
"\n"
"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-backports main restricted "
"universe multiverse \n"
"/deb-i386  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-backports main restricted "
"universe multiverse \n"
"\n"
"deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security main restricted "
"universe multiverse \n"
"/deb-i386  http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security main restricted "
"universe multiverse \n"
"\n"
"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid main/debian-installer "
"restricted/debian-installer universe/debian-installer multiverse/debian-"
"installer \n"
"/deb-i386 http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid main/debian-installer "
"restricted/debian-installer universe/debian-installer multiverse/debian-"
"installer \n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"deb  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid main restricted universe "
"multiverse \n"
"/deb-i386  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid main restricted universe "
"multiverse\n"
"\n"
"deb  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-updates main restricted universe "
"multiverse \n"
"/deb-i386  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-updates main restricted "
"universe multiverse \n"
"\n"
"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-backports main restricted "
"universe multiverse \n"
"/deb-i386  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-backports main restricted "
"universe multiverse \n"
"\n"
"deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security main restricted "
"universe multiverse \n"
"/deb-i386  http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security main restricted "
"universe multiverse \n"
"\n"
"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid main/debian-installer "
"restricted/debian-installer universe/debian-installer multiverse/debian-"
"installer \n"
"/deb-i386 http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid main/debian-installer "
"restricted/debian-installer universe/debian-installer multiverse/debian-"
"installer \n"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:977(para)
msgid ""
"Notice that the source packages are not mirrored as they are seldom used "
"compared to the binaries and they do take a lot more space, but they can be "
"easily added to the list."
msgstr ""
"Notez que les paquets source ne sont pas dupliqués car il sont rarement "
"utilisés par rapport aux binaires et prennent de la place en plus, mais il "
"peuvent facilement être ajoutés à la liste."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:982(para)
msgid ""
"Once the mirror has finished replicating (and this can be quite long), you "
"need to configure Apache so that your mirror files (in "
"<filename>/var/spool/apt-mirror</filename> if you did not change the "
"default), are published by your Apache server. For more information on "
"Apache see <xref linkend=\"httpd\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que le miroir a fini de se répliquer (et cela peut être long), vous "
"devez configurer Apache de façon à ce que les fichiers miroirs (dans "
"<filename>/var/spool/apt-mirror</filename> si vous n'avez pas changé le "
"réglage par défaut) soient publiés par votre serveur Apache. Pour plus "
"d'informations sur Apache consultez <xref linkend=\"httpd\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:991(title)
msgid "Installing in a RAM Disk"
msgstr "Installation d'un disque virtuel en mémoire (RAM disk)"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:993(para)
msgid ""
"As you can easily imagine, writing to RAM is a <emphasis>LOT</emphasis> "
"faster than writing to disk. If you have some free memory, letting vmbuilder "
"perform its operation in a RAMdisk will help a lot and the option <emphasis>-"
"-tmpfs</emphasis> will help you do just that:"
msgstr ""
"Comme vous pouvez facilement l'imaginer, écrire dans la RAM est "
"<emphasis>BEAUCOUP</emphasis> plus rapide que d'écrire sur le disque. Si "
"vous avez de la mémoire libre, laisser vmbuilder faire ces opérations dans "
"le disque virtuel en mémoire facilitera beaucoup les choses. L'option "
"<emphasis>--tmpfs</emphasis> va vous permettre de faire cela :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:999(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"--tmpfs OPTS  Use a tmpfs as the working directory, specifying its\n"
"              size or \"-\" to use tmpfs default (suid,dev,size=1G).\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"--tmpfs OPTS  Utilise un tmpfs comme répertoire courant en spécifiant\n"
"              sa taille ou \"-\" pour le tmpfs par défaut "
"(suid,dev,size=1G).\n"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1004(para)
msgid ""
"So adding <command>--tmpfs -</command> sounds like a very good idea if you "
"have 1G of free ram."
msgstr ""
"De ce fait, ajouter <command>--tmpfs -</command> si vous avez 1 Go de RAM "
"disponible est a priori une très bonne idée."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1011(title)
msgid "Package the Application"
msgstr "Empaqueter l'application"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1013(para)
msgid "Two option are available to us:"
msgstr "Deux options s'offrent à nous :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1019(para)
msgid ""
"The recommended method to do so is to make a <emphasis>Debian</emphasis> "
"package. Since this is outside of the scope of this tutorial, we will not "
"perform this here and invite the reader to read the documentation on how to "
"do this in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/PackagingGuide\">Ubuntu "
"Packaging Guide</ulink>. In this case it is also a good idea to setup a "
"repository for your package so that updates can be conveniently pulled from "
"it. See the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian-"
"administration.org/articles/286\">Debian Administration</ulink> article for "
"a tutorial on this."
msgstr ""
"La méthode recommandée pour faire cela est de créer un paquet "
"<emphasis>Debian</emphasis>. Puisque que ce n'est pas l'objet de ce "
"tutoriel, nous n'allons pas réaliser cela ici et nous invitons le lecteur à "
"lire la documentation relative à cette mise en oeuvre dans le <ulink "
"url=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/PackagingGuide\">Ubuntu Packaging "
"Guide</ulink>. Dans ce cas il est une bonne idée d'initialiser un dépôt pour "
"votre paquet de sorte que les mises à jour puissent être facilement être "
"récupérées depuis celui-ci. Voyez l'article d'<ulink url=\"http://www.debian-"
"administration.org/articles/286\">Administration Debian</ulink> pour un "
"tutoriel sur ce sujet."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1028(para)
msgid ""
"Manually install the application under <filename>/opt</filename> as "
"recommended by the <ulink url=\"http://www.pathname.com/fhs/\">FHS "
"guidelines</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Installer l'application manuellement sous <filename>/opt</filename>, comme "
"indiqué par les <ulink url=\"http://www.pathname.com/fhs/\">recommandations "
"du FHS</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1035(para)
msgid ""
"In our case we'll use <application>Limesurvey</application> as example web "
"application for which we wish to provide a virtual appliance. As noted "
"before, we've made a version of the package available in a PPA (Personal "
"Package Archive)."
msgstr ""
"Dans notre cas nous allons utiliser <application>Limesurvey</application> "
"comme exemple d'application Web pour laquelle nous souhaitons fournir un "
"serveur applicatif virtuel. Comme indiqué auparavant, nous avons fait une "
"version du paquet disponible dans un PPA  (Personal Package Archive, archive "
"de paquet personnel)."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1042(title)
msgid "Finishing Install"
msgstr "Finalisation de l'Installation"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1045(title)
msgid "First Boot"
msgstr "Premier Démarrage"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1047(para)
msgid ""
"As we mentioned earlier, the first time the machine boots we'll need to "
"install <application>openssh-server</application> so that the key generated "
"for it is unique for each machine. To do this, we'll write a script called "
"<filename>boot.sh</filename> as follows:"
msgstr ""
"Comme mentionné précédemment, la première fois que la machine démarre nous "
"avons besoin d'installer <application>openssh-server</application> pour que "
"la clé générée pour celui-ci soit unique à chaque machine. Pour ce faire, "
"nous allons écrire un script nommé <filename>boot.sh</filename> comme suit :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1053(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# This script will run the first time the virtual machine boots\n"
"# It is ran as root.\n"
"\n"
"apt-get update\n"
"apt-get install -qqy --force-yes openssh-server\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# This script will run the first time the virtual machine boots\n"
"# It is ran as root.\n"
"\n"
"apt-get update\n"
"apt-get install -qqy --force-yes openssh-server\n"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1061(para)
msgid ""
"And we add the <command>--firstboot boot.sh</command> option to our command "
"line."
msgstr ""
"Et nous ajoutons l'option <command>--firstboot boot.sh</command> à notre "
"ligne de commande."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1067(title)
msgid "First Login"
msgstr "Première connexion"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1069(para)
msgid ""
"Mysql and Limesurvey needing some user interaction during their setup, we'll "
"set them up the first time a user logs in using a script named login.sh. "
"We'll also use this script to let the user specify:"
msgstr ""
"Mysql et Limesurvey ont besoin d'interaction avec l'utilisateur pendant leur "
"installation. Nous allons les régler la première fois qu'utilisateur se "
"connecte grâce à un script appelé « login.sh ». Nous allons aussi utiliser "
"ce script pour permettre à l'utilisateur de spécifier :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1075(para)
msgid "His own password"
msgstr "Son propre mot de passe"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1076(para)
msgid "Define the keyboard and other locale info he wants to use"
msgstr ""
"Définit le clavier et les autres informations régionales qu'il veut utiliser"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1079(para)
msgid "So we'll define <filename>login.sh</filename> as follows:"
msgstr "Nous allons définir <filename>login.sh</filename> comme ceci :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1083(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# This script is ran the first time a user logs in\n"
"\n"
"echo \"Your appliance is about to be finished to be set up.\"\n"
"echo \"In order to do it, we'll need to ask you a few questions,\"\n"
"echo \"starting by changing your user password.\"\n"
"\n"
"passwd\n"
"\n"
"#give the opportunity to change the keyboard\n"
"sudo dpkg-reconfigure console-setup\n"
"\n"
"#configure the mysql server root password\n"
"sudo dpkg-reconfigure mysql-server-5.0\n"
"\n"
"#install limesurvey\n"
"sudo apt-get install -qqy --force-yes limesurvey\n"
"\n"
"echo \"Your appliance is now configured.  To use it point your\"\n"
"echo \"browser to http://serverip/limesurvey/admin\"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# Ce script est exécuté la première fois qu'un utilisateur se connecte\n"
"\n"
"echo \"La configuration de votre appareil est sur le point d'être finie.\"\n"
"echo \"Pour la terminer, nous devons vous poser quelques questions,\"\n"
"echo \"en commençant par la modification de votre mot de passe "
"utilisateur.\"\n"
"\n"
"passwd\n"
"\n"
"# donner la possibilité de changer le clavier\n"
"sudo dpkg-reconfigure console-setup\n"
"\n"
"# configurer le mot de passe root du serveur mysql\n"
"sudo dpkg-reconfigure mysql-server-5.0\n"
"\n"
"# installer LimeSurvey\n"
"sudo apt-get install-qqy - force-yes limesurvey\n"
"\n"
"echo \"Votre appareil est maintenant configuré. Pour l'utiliser saisissez\"\n"
"echo \"http://ipduserveur/limesurvey/admin dans votre navigateur.\"\n"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1105(para)
msgid ""
"And we add the <command>--firstlogin login.sh</command> option to our "
"command line."
msgstr ""
"Et nous ajoutons l'option <command>--firstlogin login.sh</command> à notre "
"ligne de commande."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1112(title)
msgid "Useful Additions"
msgstr "Suppléments utiles"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1115(title)
msgid "Configuring Automatic Updates"
msgstr "Configuration des mises à jour automatiques"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1117(para)
msgid ""
"To have your system be configured to update itself on a regular basis, we "
"will just install <application>unattended-upgrades</application>, so we add "
"the following option to our command line:"
msgstr ""
"Afin de configurer votre système pour qu'il se mette à jour automatiquement "
"de manière régulière, il nous suffit d'installer <application>unattended-"
"upgrades</application>. Nous ajoutons donc l'option suivante à notre ligne "
"de commande :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1123(command)
msgid "--addpkg unattended-upgrades"
msgstr "--addpkg unattended-upgrades"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1126(para)
msgid ""
"As we have put our application package in a PPA, the process will update not "
"only the system, but also the application each time we update the version in "
"the PPA."
msgstr ""
"Comme nous avons mis notre paquet d'application dans un PPA, le processus ne "
"mettra pas seulement à jour le système, mais également l'application à "
"chaque fois que nous mettons à jour la version présente dans le PPA."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1133(title)
msgid "ACPI Event Handling"
msgstr "Gestion des évènements ACPI"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1135(para)
msgid ""
"For your virtual machine to be able to handle restart and shutdown events it "
"is being sent, it is a good idea to install the acpid package as well. To do "
"this we just add the following option:"
msgstr ""
"Pour que votre machine virtuelle soit en mesure de traiter les événements "
"redémarrage et arrêt qu'on lui envoie, il est utile d'installer le paquet "
"acpid. Pour ce faire, il suffit d'ajouter l'option suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1141(command)
msgid "--addpkg acpid"
msgstr "--addpkg acpid"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1147(title)
msgid "Final Command"
msgstr "Commande finale"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1149(para)
msgid "Here is the command with all the options discussed above:"
msgstr "Voici la commande avec toutes les options discutées ci-dessus :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1154(command)
msgid ""
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o \\ -"
"-libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition --user "
"user \\ --name user --pass default --addpkg apache2 --addpkg apache2-mpm-"
"prefork \\ --addpkg apache2-utils --addpkg apache2.2-common --addpkg "
"dbconfig-common \\ --addpkg libapache2-mod-php5 --addpkg mysql-client --"
"addpkg php5-cli \\ --addpkg php5-gd --addpkg php5-ldap --addpkg php5-mysql --"
"addpkg wwwconfig-common \\ --addpkg mysql-server --addpkg unattended-"
"upgrades --addpkg acpid --ppa nijaba \\ --mirror "
"http://mirroraddress:9999/ubuntu --tmpfs - --firstboot boot.sh \\ --"
"firstlogin login.sh es"
msgstr ""
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o \\ -"
"-libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition --user "
"user \\ --name user --pass default --addpkg apache2 --addpkg apache2-mpm-"
"prefork \\ --addpkg apache2-utils --addpkg apache2.2-common --addpkg "
"dbconfig-common \\ --addpkg libapache2-mod-php5 --addpkg mysql-client --"
"addpkg php5-cli \\ --addpkg php5-gd --addpkg php5-ldap --addpkg php5-mysql --"
"addpkg wwwconfig-common \\ --addpkg mysql-server --addpkg unattended-"
"upgrades --addpkg acpid --ppa nijaba \\ --mirror "
"http://mirroraddress:9999/ubuntu --tmpfs - --firstboot boot.sh \\ --"
"firstlogin login.sh es"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1169(para)
msgid ""
"If you are interested in learning more, have questions or suggestions, "
"please contact the Ubuntu Server Team at:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous voulez en apprendre davantage, si vous avez des questions ou des "
"suggestions, veuillez contacter l'équipe Ubuntu Server à cette adresse :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1174(para)
msgid "IRC: #ubuntu-server on freenode"
msgstr "IRC: #ubuntu-server sur freenode"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1179(para)
msgid ""
"Mailing list: <ulink url=\"https://lists.ubuntu.com/mailman/listinfo/ubuntu-"
"server\">ubuntu-server at lists.ubuntu.com</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Liste de diffusion : <ulink "
"url=\"https://lists.ubuntu.com/mailman/listinfo/ubuntu-server\">ubuntu-"
"server at lists.ubuntu.com</ulink>"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1184(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/JeOSVMBuilder\">JeOSVMBuilder Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> page."
msgstr ""
"Consultez également la page du <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/JeOSVMBuilder\">Wiki Ubuntu "
"consacrée à JeOSVMBuilder</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1192(title)
msgid "UEC"
msgstr "UEC"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1195(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2026(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:15(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:17(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:928(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:64(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:17(title) serverguide/C/backups.xml:541(title)
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Aperçu"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1197(para)
msgid ""
"This tutorial covers <application>UEC</application> installation from the "
"Ubuntu 10.04 LTS Server Edition CD, and assumes a basic network topology, "
"with a single system serving as the <emphasis>\"all-in-one "
"controller\"</emphasis>, and one or more nodes attached."
msgstr ""
"Ce tutoriel traite de l'installation d'<application>UEC</application> à "
"partir du CD-ROM d'Ubuntu 10.04 LTS Server Edition. Il se base sur une "
"topologie réseau très simple avec un système jouant le rôle de « contrôleur "
"tout-en-un » et plusieurs nœuds qui lui sont rattachés."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1202(para)
msgid ""
"From this Tutorial you will learn how to install, configure, register and "
"perform several operations on a basic <application>UEC</application> setup "
"that results in a cloud with a one controller <emphasis>\"front-"
"end\"</emphasis> and one or several node(s) for running Virtual Machine (VM) "
"instances. You will also use examples to help get you started using your own "
"private compute cloud."
msgstr ""
"Dans ce tutoriel, vous allez apprendre à mettre en place, configurer, "
"déclarer et gérer une installation <application>UEC</application> de base "
"formant un « nuage » (Cloud) constitué d'un contrôleur "
"<emphasis>« frontal »</emphasis> et d'un ou plusieurs nœud(s) permettant "
"l'exécution de machines virtuelles."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1210(title)
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr "Prérequis"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1212(para)
msgid ""
"To deploy a minimal cloud infrastructure, you’ll need at least "
"<emphasis>two</emphasis> dedicated systems:"
msgstr ""
"Pour déployer une infrastructure de nuage minimale, vous avez besoin au "
"minimum de <emphasis>deux</emphasis> systèmes dédiés :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1218(para)
msgid "A front end."
msgstr "un serveur frontal."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1223(para)
msgid "One or more node(s)."
msgstr "un ou plusieurs nœud(s)."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1229(para)
msgid ""
"The following are recommendations, rather than fixed requirements. However, "
"our experience in developing this documentation indicated the following "
"suggestions."
msgstr ""
"Vous trouverez ci-après des recommandations et non des caractéristiques "
"précises. Ceci étant, l'expérience que nous avons acquise durant la "
"rédaction de cette documentation nous conduit à vous faire certaines "
"suggestions."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1234(title)
msgid "Front End Requirements"
msgstr "Caractéristiques du frontal"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1236(para)
msgid "Use the following table for a system that will run one or more of:"
msgstr ""
"Utilisez le tableau ci-après pour un système qui exécutera un ou plusieurs :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1241(para)
msgid "Cloud Controller (CLC)"
msgstr "Contrôleur de nuage (CLC)"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1242(para)
msgid "Cluster Controller (CC)"
msgstr "Contrôleur de grappe (CC)"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1243(para)
msgid "Walrus (the S3-like storage service)"
msgstr "Walrus (service de stockage similaire à S3)"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1244(para)
msgid "Storage Controller (SC)"
msgstr "Contrôleur de stockage (SC)"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1248(title)
msgid "UEC Front End Requirements"
msgstr "Caractéristiques du frontal UEC"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1256(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1318(para)
msgid "Hardware"
msgstr "Matériel"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1257(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1319(para)
msgid "Minimum"
msgstr "Minimum"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1258(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1320(para)
msgid "Suggested"
msgstr "Conseillé"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1259(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1321(para)
msgid "Notes"
msgstr "Notes"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1264(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1326(para)
msgid "CPU"
msgstr "Processeur"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1265(para)
msgid "1 GHz"
msgstr "1 GHz"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1266(para)
msgid "2 x 2 GHz"
msgstr "2 x 2 GHz"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1267(para)
msgid ""
"For an <emphasis>all-in-one</emphasis> front end, it helps to have at least "
"a dual core processor."
msgstr ""
"Pour un frontal <emphasis>tout-en-un</emphasis>, il est utile d'avoir au "
"moins un processeur double-cœur."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1270(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1332(para)
msgid "Memory"
msgstr "Mémoire"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1271(para)
msgid "512 MB"
msgstr "512 Mo"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1272(para)
msgid "2 GB"
msgstr "2 Go"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1273(para)
msgid "The Java web front end benefits from lots of available memory."
msgstr ""
"Le frontal Web Java fonctionne mieux en présence de beaucoup de mémoire."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1276(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1338(para)
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disque"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1277(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1339(para)
msgid "5400 RPM IDE"
msgstr "IDE 5400 tr/min"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1278(para)
msgid "7200 RPM SATA"
msgstr "SATA 7200 tr/min"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1279(para)
msgid ""
"Slower disks will work, but will yield much longer instance startup times."
msgstr ""
"Cela fonctionnera également avec des disques plus lents mais les instances "
"mettront beaucoup plus de temps à démarrer."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1282(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1344(para)
msgid "Disk Space"
msgstr "Espace disque"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1283(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1345(para)
msgid "40 GB"
msgstr "40 Go"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1284(para)
msgid "200 GB"
msgstr "200 Go"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1285(para)
msgid ""
"40GB is only enough space for only a single image, cache, etc., Eucalyptus "
"does not like to run out of disk space."
msgstr ""
"40 Go sont à peine suffisants pour stocker une seule image, du cache, etc. "
"Eucalyptus n'apprécie pas de manquer d'espace disque."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1288(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1350(para) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:13(title)
msgid "Networking"
msgstr "Mise en réseau"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1289(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1351(para)
msgid "100 Mbps"
msgstr "100 Mbit/s"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1290(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1352(para)
msgid "1000 Mbps"
msgstr "1000 Mbit/s"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1291(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1353(para)
msgid ""
"Machine images are hundreds of MB, and need to be copied over the network to "
"nodes."
msgstr ""
"Les images des machines pèsent plusieurs centaines de Mo et doivent être "
"copiées sur les nœuds à travers le réseau."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1299(title)
msgid "Node Requirements"
msgstr "Caractéristiques des nœuds"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1301(para)
msgid "The other system(s) are <emphasis>nodes</emphasis>, which will run::"
msgstr ""
"Les autres systèmes sont les <emphasis>nœuds</emphasis> qui vont exécuter :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1306(para)
msgid "the Node Controller (NC)"
msgstr "le contrôleur de nœud (NC)"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1310(title)
msgid "UEC Node Requirements"
msgstr "Caractéristiques d'un nœud UEC"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1327(para)
msgid "VT Extensions"
msgstr "Extensions VT"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1328(para)
msgid "VT, 64-bit, Multicore"
msgstr "VT, 64-bit, multicœur"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1329(para)
msgid ""
"64-bit can run both i386, and amd64 instances; by default, Eucalyptus will "
"only run 1 VM per CPU core on a Node."
msgstr ""
"64-bit permet d'exécuter à la fois des instances i386 et amd64 ; par défaut, "
"Eucalyptus n'exécutera sur un nœud qu'une seule VM par cœur."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1333(para)
msgid "1 GB"
msgstr "1 Go"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1334(para)
msgid "4 GB"
msgstr "4 Go"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1335(para)
msgid "Additional memory means more, and larger guests."
msgstr "Plus de mémoire signifie davantage et de plus gros invités."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1340(para)
msgid "7200 RPM SATA or SCSI"
msgstr "SATA ou SCSI 7200 tr/min"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1341(para)
msgid ""
"Eucalyptus nodes are disk-intensive; I/O wait will likely be the performance "
"bottleneck."
msgstr ""
"Les nœuds Eucalyptus sollicitent beaucoup les disques et les temps de "
"latence au niveau des entrées/sorties sont un véritable goulet "
"d'étranglement pour les performances."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1346(para)
msgid "100 GB"
msgstr "100 Go"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1347(para)
msgid ""
"Images will be cached locally, Eucalyptus does not like to run out of disk "
"space."
msgstr ""
"Les images vont être mises en cache localement. Eucalyptus n'apprécie pas de "
"manquer d'espace disque."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1363(title)
msgid "Installing the Cloud/Cluster/Storage/Walrus Front End Server"
msgstr "Installation du serveur frontal nuage/grappe/stockage/Walrus"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1367(para)
msgid "Download the Ubuntu 10.04 LTS Server ISO file, and burn it to a CD."
msgstr ""
"Téléchargez l'image ISO d'Ubuntu 10.04 LTS Server Edition et gravez-la sur "
"un CD-ROM."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1372(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1418(para)
msgid ""
"When you boot, select <emphasis>“Install Ubuntu Enterprise Cloud”</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Au démarrage, sélectionnez <emphasis>« Installer Ubuntu Enterprise "
"Cloud »</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1377(para)
msgid ""
"When asked whether you want a <emphasis>“Cluster”</emphasis> or a "
"<emphasis>“Node”</emphasis> install, select <emphasis>“Cluster”</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Lorsqu'il vous est demandé de choisir entre une installation de type "
"<emphasis>« Grappe »</emphasis> ou <emphasis>« Nœud »</emphasis>, "
"sélectionnez <emphasis>« Grappe »</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1383(para)
msgid ""
"It will ask two other cloud-specific questions during the course of the "
"install:"
msgstr ""
"Deux autres questions spécifiques au nuage vous seront posées durant "
"l'installation :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1388(para)
msgid "Name of your cluster."
msgstr "Nom de votre grappe."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1391(para)
msgid "e.g. <emphasis>cluster1</emphasis>."
msgstr "par exemple, <emphasis>grappe1</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1394(para)
msgid ""
"A range of public IP addresses on the LAN that the cloud can allocate to "
"instances."
msgstr ""
"Plage d'adresses IP publiques sur le réseau local que le nuage peut utiliser "
"pour les attribuer aux instances."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1397(para)
msgid "e.g. <emphasis>192.168.1.200-192.168.1.249</emphasis>."
msgstr "par exemple, <emphasis>192.168.1.200-192.168.1.249</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1405(title)
msgid "Installing the Node Controller(s)"
msgstr "Installation des contrôleurs de nœud"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1407(para)
msgid ""
"The node controller install is even simpler. Just make sure that you are "
"connected to the network on which the cloud/cluster controller is already "
"running."
msgstr ""
"L'installation du contrôleur de nœud est encore plus simple. Vérifier juste "
"que vous êtes bien connecté au réseau sur lequel le contrôleur de nuage/de "
"grappe est déjà en cours d'exécution."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1413(para)
msgid "Boot from the same ISO on the node(s)."
msgstr "Démarrez sur la même image ISO sur chacun des nœuds."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1423(para)
msgid "Select <emphasis>“Install Ubuntu Enterprise Cloud”</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Sélectionnez <emphasis>« Installer Ubuntu Enterprise Cloud »</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1428(para)
msgid ""
"It should detect the Cluster and preselect <emphasis>“Node”</emphasis> "
"install for you."
msgstr ""
"Cela devrait normalement détecter la grappe et présélectionner "
"automatiquement pour vous le type d'installation "
"<emphasis>« Nœud »</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1433(para)
msgid "Confirm the partitioning scheme."
msgstr "Validez le schéma de partionnement."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1438(para)
msgid ""
"The rest of the installation should proceed uninterrupted; complete the "
"installation and reboot the node."
msgstr ""
"Le reste de l'installation devrait se faire sans interruption ; terminez "
"l'installation et redémarrez le nœud."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1446(title)
msgid "Register the Node(s)"
msgstr "Inscription des nœuds"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1448(para)
msgid ""
"Nodes are the physical systems within <application>UEC</application> that "
"actually run the virtual machine instances of the cloud."
msgstr ""
"Les nœuds sont les systèmes physiques à l'intérieur de "
"l'<application>UEC</application> qui exécutent à proprement parler les "
"machines virtuelles du nuage."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1452(para)
msgid ""
"Once one or more Ubuntu Server node(s) are installed and running the "
"<application>eucalyptus-nc</application> service, log onto the "
"<emphasis>Cloud Controller (CLC)</emphasis> and run:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois qu'un ou plusieurs nœuds Ubuntu Server sont installés et qu'ils "
"exécutent bien le service <application>eucalyptus-nc</application>, "
"connectez-vous au <emphasis>contrôleur de nuage (CLC)</emphasis> et lancez :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1458(command)
msgid "sudo euca_conf --no-rsync --discover-nodes"
msgstr "sudo euca_conf --no-rsync --discover-nodes"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1461(para)
msgid ""
"This will discover the systems on the network running the "
"<application>eucalyptus-nc</application> service, and the administrator can "
"confirm the registration of each node by its IP address."
msgstr ""
"Cela lancera la recherche des systèmes présents sur le réseau et exécutant "
"le service <application>eucalyptus-nc</application>. L'administrateur peut "
"alors confirmer l'inscription de chacun des nœuds à partir de leur adresse "
"IP."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1467(para)
msgid ""
"If you get prompted for passwords, or receive errors from scp, you may need "
"to revisit the key synchronization instructions at <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UEC/NodeInstallation\">UEC/NodeInstal"
"lation</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Si vous êtes invité à saisir des mots de passe ou si vous recevez des "
"erreurs de scp, c'est que vous avez peut-être besoin de revoir les consignes "
"de synchronisation disponibles ici : <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UEC/NodeInstallation\">UEC/NodeInstal"
"lation</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1475(title)
msgid "Obtain Credentials"
msgstr "Obtention des authentifiants"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1477(para)
msgid ""
"After installing and booting the <emphasis>Cloud Controller</emphasis>, "
"users of the cloud will need to retrieve their credentials. This can be done "
"either through a web browser, or at the command line."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir installé et démarré le <emphasis>contrôleur de nuage</emphasis>, "
"les utilisateurs du nuage doivent alors récupérer leurs authentifiants. Ceci "
"peut se faire grâce à un navigateur Web ou par la ligne de commande."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1483(title)
msgid "From a Web Browser"
msgstr "Depuis un navigateur Web"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1487(para)
msgid ""
"From your web browser (either remotely or on your Ubuntu server) access the "
"following URL:"
msgstr ""
"Accédez à l'URL suivante depuis votre navigateur Web (à distance ou sur "
"votre serveur Ubuntu) :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1490(programlisting) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1743(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"https://&lt;cloud-controller-ip-address&gt;:8443/\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"https://&lt;adresse-ip-du-contrôleur-de-nuage&gt;:8443/\n"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1495(para)
msgid ""
"You must use a secure connection, so make sure you use \"https\" not "
"\"http\" in your URL. You will get a security certificate warning. You will "
"have to add an exception to view the page. If you do not accept it you will "
"not be able to view the Eucalyptus configuration page."
msgstr ""
"Vous devez impérativement utiliser une connexion sécurisée. Assurez-vous "
"donc d'avoir saisi « https » et non « http » dans votre URL. Un "
"avertissement concernant la validité du certificat de sécurité va "
"s'afficher. Vous devez ajouter une exception de sécurité pour cette page. "
"Autrement, vous ne pourrez pas accéder à la page de configuration "
"d'Eucalyptus."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1503(para)
msgid ""
"Use username <emphasis>'admin'</emphasis> and password "
"<emphasis>'admin'</emphasis> for the first time login (you will be prompted "
"to change your password)."
msgstr ""
"Lors de la première connexion, utilisez <emphasis>« admin »</emphasis> comme "
"nom d'utilisateur et <emphasis>« admin »</emphasis> comme mot de passe (vous "
"serez invité à changer de mot de passe)."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1509(para)
msgid ""
"Then follow the on-screen instructions to update the admin password and "
"email address."
msgstr ""
"Suivez alors les instructions qui s'affichent pour mettre à jour le mot de "
"passe et l'adresse de courriel de l'administrateur."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1514(para)
msgid ""
"Once the first time configuration process is completed, click the "
"<emphasis>'credentials'</emphasis> tab located in the top-left portion of "
"the screen."
msgstr ""
"Une fois la procédure de première connexion terminée, cliquez sur l'onglet "
"<emphasis>« Authentifiants »</emphasis> situé en haut à gauche."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1520(para)
msgid ""
"Click the <emphasis>'Download Credentials'</emphasis> button to get your "
"certificates."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur le bouton <emphasis>« Télécharger les "
"authentifiants »</emphasis> pour obtenir vos certificats."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1525(para)
msgid "Save them to <filename>~/.euca</filename>."
msgstr "Enregistrez-les dans <filename>~/.euca</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1530(para)
msgid ""
"Unzip the downloaded zip file into a safe location "
"(<filename>~/.euca</filename>)."
msgstr ""
"Décompressez le fichier zip téléchargé dans un endroit sûr "
"(<filename>~/.euca</filename>)."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1534(command)
msgid "unzip -d ~/.euca mycreds.zip"
msgstr "unzip -d ~/.euca mycreds.zip"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1541(title)
msgid "From a Command Line"
msgstr "Depuis la ligne de commande"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1545(para)
msgid ""
"Alternatively, if you are on the command line of the <emphasis>Cloud "
"Controller</emphasis>, you can run:"
msgstr ""
"Autre façon de procéder, vous pouvez exécutez depuis la ligne de commande du "
"<emphasis>contrôleur de nuage</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1549(command)
msgid "mkdir -p ~/.euca"
msgstr "mkdir -p ~/.euca"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1550(command)
msgid "chmod 700 ~/.euca"
msgstr "chmod 700 ~/.euca"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1551(command)
msgid "cd ~/.euca"
msgstr "cd ~/.euca"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1552(command)
msgid "sudo euca_conf --get-credentials mycreds.zip"
msgstr "sudo euca_conf --get-credentials mycreds.zip"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1553(command)
msgid "unzip mycreds.zip"
msgstr "unzip mycreds.zip"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1554(command)
msgid "cd -"
msgstr "cd -"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1561(title)
msgid "Extracting and Using Your Credentials"
msgstr "Extraction et utilisation de vos authentifiants"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1563(para)
msgid ""
"Now you will need to setup EC2 API and AMI tools on your server using X.509 "
"certificates."
msgstr ""
"Maintenant, vous allez devoir configurer l'API EC2 et les outils AMI sur "
"votre serveur en utilisant des certificats X.509."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1569(para)
msgid ""
"Source the included <emphasis>\"eucarc\"</emphasis> file to set up your "
"Eucalyptus environment:"
msgstr ""
"Faites un « source » du fichier <emphasis>« eucarc »</emphasis> inclus dans "
"l'archive pour configurer votre environnement Eucalyptus :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1573(command) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1600(command)
msgid ". ~/.euca/eucarc"
msgstr ". ~/.euca/eucarc"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1577(para)
msgid ""
"You may additionally wish to add this command to your "
"<filename>~/.bashrc</filename> file so that your Eucalyptus environment is "
"set up automatically when you log in. Eucalyptus treats this set of "
"credentials as <emphasis>'administrator'</emphasis> credentials that allow "
"the holder global privileges across the cloud. As such, they should be "
"protected in the same way that other elevated-priority access is protected "
"(e.g. should not be made visible to the general user population)."
msgstr ""
"Vous souhaiterez peut-être d'ailleurs ajouter cette commande dans votre "
"fichier <filename>~/.bashrc</filename> de sorte que votre environnement "
"Eucalyptus soit automatiquement configuré à chaque fois que vous vous "
"connectez. Eucalyptus traite ce jeux d'authentifiants comme des "
"authentifiants <emphasis>« administrateur »</emphasis> et accorde à celui "
"qui les utilise des privilèges globaux sur tout le nuage. En conséquence, "
"ils devraient êtres protégés de la même manière que tout autre accès de "
"niveau élevé (par exemple en ne les rendant pas visibles pour tous les "
"utilisateurs)."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1584(command)
msgid ""
"echo \"[ -r ~/.euca/eucarc ] &amp;&amp; . ~/.euca/eucarc\" &gt;&gt; ~/.bashrc"
msgstr ""
"echo \"[ -r ~/.euca/eucarc ] &amp;&amp; . ~/.euca/eucarc\" &gt;&gt; ~/.bashrc"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1588(para)
msgid "Install the required cloud user tools:"
msgstr "Installez les outils nécessaires aux utilisateurs du nuage :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1592(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install euca2ools"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install euca2ools"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1596(para)
msgid ""
"To validate that everything is working correctly, get the local cluster "
"availability details:"
msgstr ""
"Pour vous assurer que tout fonctionne correctement, vérifiez que la grappe "
"locale est bien disponible :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1601(command)
msgid "euca-describe-availability-zones verbose"
msgstr "euca-describe-availability-zones verbose"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1602(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"AVAILABILITYZONE   myowncloud                 192.168.1.1\n"
"AVAILABILITYZONE   |- vm types                free / max   cpu   ram  disk\n"
"AVAILABILITYZONE   |- m1.small                0004 / 0004   1    128     2\n"
"AVAILABILITYZONE   |- c1.medium               0004 / 0004   1    256     5\n"
"AVAILABILITYZONE   |- m1.large                0002 / 0002   2    512    10\n"
"AVAILABILITYZONE   |- m1.xlarge               0002 / 0002   2   1024    20\n"
"AVAILABILITYZONE   |- c1.xlarge               0001 / 0001   4   2048    20"
msgstr ""
"AVAILABILITYZONE   monnuage                 192.168.1.1\n"
"AVAILABILITYZONE   |- vm types                free / max   cpu   ram  disk\n"
"AVAILABILITYZONE   |- m1.small                0004 / 0004   1    128     2\n"
"AVAILABILITYZONE   |- c1.medium               0004 / 0004   1    256     5\n"
"AVAILABILITYZONE   |- m1.large                0002 / 0002   2    512    10\n"
"AVAILABILITYZONE   |- m1.xlarge               0002 / 0002   2   1024    20\n"
"AVAILABILITYZONE   |- c1.xlarge               0001 / 0001   4   2048    20"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1612(para)
msgid "Your output from the above command will vary."
msgstr ""
"Dans votre cas, la commande ci-dessus retournera un résultat sensiblement "
"différent."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1622(title)
msgid "Running an Image"
msgstr "Exécution d'une image"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1624(para)
msgid "There are multiple ways to instantiate an image in UEC:"
msgstr "Il y a plusieurs façons d'instancier une image dans UEC :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1629(para)
msgid "Use the command line."
msgstr "utiliser la ligne de commande."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1630(para)
msgid ""
"Use one of the UEC compatible management tools such as "
"<emphasis>Landscape</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"utiliser l'un des outils de gestion compatibles avec UEC tel que "
"<emphasis>Landscape</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1632(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UEC/ElasticFox\">ElasticFox</ulink> "
"extension to Firefox."
msgstr ""
"utiliser l'extension Firefox <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UEC/ElasticFox\">ElasticFox</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1638(para)
msgid "Here we will describe the process from the command line:"
msgstr ""
"Ici, nous allons décrire le processus mettant en œuvre la ligne de commande :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1644(para)
msgid ""
"Before running an instance of your image, you should first create a "
"<emphasis>keypair</emphasis> (ssh key) that you can use to log into your "
"instance as root, once it boots. The key is stored, so you will only have to "
"do this once."
msgstr ""
"Avant d'exécuter une instance de votre image, vous devez d'abord créer une "
"paire de clés (clé ssh) que vous pouvez utiliser pour vous connecter à votre "
"instance en tant que root, une fois qu'elle aura démarré. La clé étant "
"stockée, vous n'aurez à faire cela qu'une seule fois."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1648(para)
msgid "Run the following command:"
msgstr "Exécutez la commande suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1651(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"if [ ! -e ~/.euca/mykey.priv ]; then\n"
"    touch ~/.euca/mykey.priv\n"
"    chmod 0600 ~/.euca/mykey.priv\n"
"    euca-add-keypair mykey &gt; ~/.euca/mykey.priv\n"
"fi\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"if [ ! -e ~/.euca/maclé.priv ]; then\n"
"    touch ~/.euca/maclé.priv\n"
"    chmod 0600 ~/.euca/maclé.priv\n"
"    euca-add-keypair maclé &gt; ~/.euca/maclé.priv\n"
"fi\n"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1659(para)
msgid ""
"You can call your key whatever you like (in this example, the key is called "
"<emphasis>'mykey'</emphasis>), but remember what it is called. If you "
"forget, you can always run <command>euca-describe-keypairs</command> to get "
"a list of created keys stored in the system."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez nommer votre clé comme vous le souhaitez (dans cette exemple, "
"nous l'avons appelée <emphasis>« maclé »</emphasis>), mais souvenez-vous "
"bien du nom que vous aurez choisi. Si vous l'oubliez, vous pouvez toujours "
"néanmoins exécuter la commande <command>euca-describe-keypairs</command> "
"pour obtenir un liste des clés ayant été générées et qui sont stockées sur "
"le système."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1666(para)
msgid "You must also allow access to port 22 in your instances:"
msgstr "Vous devez aussi permettre l'accès au port 22 sur vos instances :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1670(command)
msgid "euca-describe-groups"
msgstr "euca-describe-groups"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1671(command)
msgid "euca-authorize default -P tcp -p 22 -s 0.0.0.0/0"
msgstr "euca-authorize default -P tcp -p 22 -s 0.0.0.0/0"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1675(para)
msgid "Next, you can create instances of your registered image:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, vous pouvez créer des instances de votre image enregistrée :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1679(command)
msgid "euca-run-instances $EMI -k mykey -t c1.medium"
msgstr "euca-run-instances $EMI -k mykey -t c1.medium"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1682(para)
msgid ""
"If you receive an error regarding <emphasis>image_id</emphasis>, you may "
"find it by viewing Images page or click <emphasis>\"How to Run\"</emphasis> "
"on the <emphasis>Store</emphasis> page to see the sample command."
msgstr ""
"Si vous obtenez une erreur concernant l'<emphasis>image_id</emphasis>, vous "
"pouvez trouver ce dernier en consultant la page Images. Sinon, cliquez sur "
"<emphasis>« Comment faire pour exécuter »</emphasis> sur la page "
"<emphasis>Dépôt</emphasis> afin d'obtenir l'exemple de la commande à saisir."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1689(para)
msgid ""
"The first time you run an instance, the system will be setting up caches for "
"the image from which it will be created. This can often take some time the "
"first time an instance is run given that VM images are usually quite large."
msgstr ""
"La première fois que vous exécutez une instance, le système  mettra en place "
"le cache pour l'image à partir de laquelle il sera créé. Cela prend souvent "
"du temps dans la mesure où les images de machines virtuelles sont "
"habituellement grosses."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1693(para)
msgid "To monitor the state of your instance, run:"
msgstr "Pour surveiller l'état de votre instance, exécutez :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1697(command)
msgid "watch -n5 euca-describe-instances"
msgstr "watch -n5 euca-describe-instances"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1699(para)
msgid ""
"In the output, you should see information about the instance, including its "
"state. While first-time caching is being performed, the instance's state "
"will be <emphasis>'pending'</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Cette commande doit vous fournir des informations sur votre instance, "
"notamment son état. Pendant la première mise en cache, l'état de l'instance "
"sera <emphasis>« pending »</emphasis> (en attente)."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1705(para)
msgid ""
"When the instance is fully started, the above state will become "
"<emphasis>'running'</emphasis>. Look at the IP address assigned to your "
"instance in the output, then connect to it:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois que l'instance sera entièrement démarrée, son état passera à "
"<emphasis>« running »</emphasis> (en cours d'exécution). Repérez, au niveau "
"de la sortie de la commande, l'adresse IP attribuée à votre instance et "
"connectez-vous y :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1710(command)
msgid ""
"IPADDR=$(euca-describe-instances | grep $EMI | grep running | tail -n1 | awk "
"'{print $4}')"
msgstr ""
"IPADDR=$(euca-describe-instances | grep $EMI | grep running | tail -n1 | awk "
"'{print $4}')"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1711(command)
msgid "ssh -i ~/.euca/mykey.priv ubuntu@$IPADDR"
msgstr "ssh -i ~/.euca/maclé.priv ubuntu@$IPADDR"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1715(para)
msgid ""
"And when you are done with this instance, exit your SSH connection, then "
"terminate your instance:"
msgstr ""
"Quand vous avez terminé avec cette instance, fermez votre connexion SSH puis "
"éteignez l'instance :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1719(command)
msgid ""
"INSTANCEID=$(euca-describe-instances | grep $EMI | grep running | tail -n1 | "
"awk '{print $2}')"
msgstr ""
"INSTANCEID=$(euca-describe-instances | grep $EMI | grep running | tail -n1 | "
"awk '{print $2}')"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1720(command)
msgid "euca-terminate-instances $INSTANCEID"
msgstr "euca-terminate-instances $INSTANCEID"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1727(title)
msgid "Install an Image from the Store"
msgstr "Installer une image depuis le dépôt"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1729(para)
msgid ""
"The following is by far the simplest way to install an image. However, "
"advanced users may be interested in learning how to <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UEC/BundlingImages\">Bundle their "
"own image</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Ce qui est décrit ci-après correspond à la manière la plus simple "
"d'installer une image. Néanmoins, les utilisateurs avancés pourront être "
"intéressés d'apprendre comment <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UEC/BundlingImages\">empaqueter leur "
"propre image</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1734(para)
msgid ""
"The simplest way to add an image to <application>UEC</application> is to "
"install it from the Image Store on the UEC web interface."
msgstr ""
"Le plus simple pour ajouter une image à <application>UEC</application> est "
"de l'installer depuis le dépôt d'images grâce à l'interface Web d'UEC."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1740(para)
msgid ""
"Access the web interface at the following URL (Make sure you specify https):"
msgstr ""
"Accédez à l'interface Web en saisissant URL suivante (veillez à bien "
"spécifier https) :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1748(para)
msgid ""
"Enter your login and password (if requested, as you may still be logged in "
"from earlier)."
msgstr ""
"Saisissez votre nom d'utilisateur et votre mot de passe (si cela vous est "
"demandé ; il se peut que vous soyez toujours connecté d'une fois précédente)."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1753(para)
msgid "Click on the <emphasis>Store</emphasis> tab."
msgstr "Cliquez sur l'onglet <emphasis>Dépot</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1758(para)
msgid "Browse available images."
msgstr "Parcourez les images disponibles."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1763(para)
msgid "Click on <emphasis>install</emphasis> for the image you want."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur <emphasis>installer</emphasis> pour l'image de votre choix."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1769(para)
msgid ""
"Once the image has been downloaded and installed, you can click on "
"<emphasis>\"How to run?\"</emphasis> that will be displayed below the image "
"button to view the command to execute to instantiate (start) this image. The "
"image will also appear on the list given on the <emphasis>Image</emphasis> "
"tab."
msgstr ""
"Une fois l'image téléchargée et installée, vous pouvez cliquer sur "
"<emphasis>« Comment faire pour exécuter ? »</emphasis> qui apparaîtra sous "
"le bouton de l'image pour voir la commande à exécuter afin d'instancier "
"(démarrer) celle-ci. L'image apparaîtra également dans la liste se trouvant "
"dans l'onglet <emphasis>Image</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1777(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:619(title)
msgid "More Information"
msgstr "Informations supplémentaires"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1779(para)
msgid ""
"How to use the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UEC/StorageController\">Storage "
"Controller</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Comment utiliser le <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UEC/StorageController\">contrôleur "
"de stockage</ulink>"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1783(para)
msgid "Controlling eucalyptus services:"
msgstr "Contrôle des services d'Eucalyptus :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1788(para)
msgid ""
"sudo service eucalyptus [start|stop|restart] (on the CLC/CC/SC/Walrus side)"
msgstr ""
"sudo service eucalyptus [start|stop|restart] (du côté CLC/CC/SC/Walrus)"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1789(para)
msgid "sudo service eucalyptus-nc [start|stop|restart] (on the Node side)"
msgstr "sudo service eucalyptus-nc [start|stop|restart] (du côté nœud)"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1792(para)
msgid "Locations of some important files:"
msgstr "Emplacements de quelques fichiers importants :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1799(emphasis)
msgid "Log files:"
msgstr "Fichiers journaux :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1802(para)
msgid "/var/log/eucalyptus"
msgstr "/var/log/eucalyptus"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1807(emphasis)
msgid "Configuration files:"
msgstr "Fichiers de configuration :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1810(para)
msgid "/etc/eucalyptus"
msgstr "/etc/eucalyptus"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1815(emphasis)
msgid "Database:"
msgstr "Base de données :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1818(para)
msgid "/var/lib/eucalyptus/db"
msgstr "/var/lib/eucalyptus/db"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1823(emphasis)
msgid "Keys:"
msgstr "Clés :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1826(para)
msgid "/var/lib/eucalyptus"
msgstr "/var/lib/eucalyptus"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1827(para)
msgid "/var/lib/eucalyptus/.ssh"
msgstr "/var/lib/eucalyptus/.ssh"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1833(para)
msgid ""
"Don't forget to source your <filename>~/.euca/eucarc</filename> before "
"running the client tools."
msgstr ""
"N'oubliez pas de faire un « source » de votre fichier "
"<filename>~/.euca/eucarc</filename> avant de démarrer les outils clients."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1844(para)
msgid ""
"For information on loading instances see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Eucalyptus\">Eucalyptus Wiki</ulink> "
"page."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'informations sur le chargement des instances, consultez la page "
"du <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Eucalyptus\">Wiki Ubuntu "
"consacrée à Eucalyptus</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1849(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://open.eucalyptus.com/\">Eucalyptus Project Site (forums, "
"documentation, downloads)</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://open.eucalyptus.com/\">Site du projet Eucalyptus "
"(forums, documentation, téléchargements)</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1854(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://launchpad.net/eucalyptus/\">Eucalyptus on Launchpad "
"(bugs, code)</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"https://launchpad.net/eucalyptus/\">Eucalyptus sur Launchpad "
"(bugs, code source)</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1859(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url=\"http://open.eucalyptus.com/wiki/EucalyptusTroubleshooting_v1.5\">Eucaly"
"ptus Troubleshooting (1.5)</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"<ulink "
"url=\"http://open.eucalyptus.com/wiki/EucalyptusTroubleshooting_v1.5\">Dépann"
"age d'Eucalyptus (1.5)</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1864(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://support.rightscale.com/2._References/02-"
"Cloud_Infrastructures/Eucalyptus/03-"
"Administration_Guide/Register_with_RightScale\"> Register your cloud with "
"RightScale</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://support.rightscale.com/2._References/02-"
"Cloud_Infrastructures/Eucalyptus/03-"
"Administration_Guide/Register_with_RightScale\">Déclarer votre nuage avec "
"RightScale</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1870(para)
msgid ""
"You can also find help in the <emphasis>#ubuntu-virt</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>#eucalyptus</emphasis>, and <emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> "
"IRC channels on <ulink url=\"http://freenode.net\">Freenode</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez également trouver de l'aide dans les salles de discussions IRC "
"<emphasis>#ubuntu-virt</emphasis>, <emphasis>#eucalyptus</emphasis>, et "
"<emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> sur <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net\">Freenode</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1879(title)
msgid "Glossary"
msgstr "Lexique"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1881(para)
msgid ""
"The Ubuntu Enterprise Cloud documentation uses terminology that might be "
"unfamiliar to some readers. This page is intended to provide a glossary of "
"such terms and acronyms."
msgstr ""
"La documentation Ubuntu Enterprise Cloud emploie une terminologie qui peut "
"ne pas être familière à certains lecteurs. Cette page a pour but de fournir "
"un lexique des termes et acronymes utilisés."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1888(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Cloud</emphasis> - A federated set of physical machines that offer "
"computing resources through virtual machines, provisioned and recollected "
"dynamically."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Nuage (Cloud)</emphasis> - Ensemble fédéré de machines physiques "
"offrant des ressources informatiques par le biais de machines virtuelles "
"allouées et désallouées dynamiquement."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1894(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Cloud Controller (CLC)</emphasis> - Eucalyptus component that "
"provides the web UI (an https server on port 8443), and implements the "
"Amazon EC2 API. There should be only one Cloud Controller in an installation "
"of UEC. This service is provided by the Ubuntu <application>eucalyptus-"
"cloud</application> package."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Contrôleur de nuage (CLC)</emphasis> - Composant d'Eucalyptus "
"fournissant une interface Web (un serveur https sur le port 443) et "
"implémentant l'API EC2 d'Amazon. Il ne devrait y avoir qu'un seul contrôleur "
"de nuage par installation d'UEC. Ce service est fourni par le paquet Ubuntu "
"<application>eucalyptus-cloud</application>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1901(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Cluster</emphasis> - A collection of nodes, associated with a "
"Cluster Controller. There can be more than one Cluster in an installation of "
"UEC. Clusters are sometimes physically separate sets of nodes. (e.g. floor1, "
"floor2, floor2)."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Grappe(Cluster)</emphasis> - Ensemble de nœuds associé à un "
"contrôleur de grappe. Il peut y avoir plus d'une grappe par installation "
"d'UEC. Les grappes sont parfois des ensembles de nœuds physiquement séparés "
"(par exemple : premier étage, deuxième étage, troisième étage)."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1907(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Cluster Controller (CC)</emphasis> - Eucalyptus component that "
"manages collections of node resources. This service is provided by the "
"Ubuntu <application>eucalyptus-cc</application> package."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Contrôleur de grappe (CC)</emphasis> - composant d'Eucalyptus "
"gérant les ressources de l'ensemble des nœuds. Ce service est fourni par le "
"paquet Ubuntu <application>eucalyptus-cc</application>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1913(para)
msgid "<emphasis>EBS</emphasis> - Elastic Block Storage."
msgstr "<emphasis>EBS</emphasis> - Stockage par bloc élastique"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1918(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>EC2</emphasis> - Elastic Compute Cloud. Amazon's pay-by-the-hour, "
"pay-by-the-gigabyte public cloud computing offering."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>EC2</emphasis> - Elastic Compute Cloud (nuage informatique "
"élastique). Offre de nuage informatique public d'Amazon payable à l'heure ou "
"au gigaoctet."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1923(para)
msgid "<emphasis>EKI</emphasis> - Eucalyptus Kernel Image."
msgstr "<emphasis>EKI</emphasis> - Image de noyau Eucalyptus."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1928(para)
msgid "<emphasis>EMI</emphasis> - Eucalyptus Machine Image."
msgstr "<emphasis>EMI</emphasis> - Image de machine Eucalyptus."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1933(para)
msgid "<emphasis>ERI</emphasis> - Eucalyptus Ramdisk Image."
msgstr "<emphasis>ERI</emphasis> - Image de disque mémoire Eucalyptus."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1938(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Eucalyptus</emphasis> - Elastic Utility Computing Architecture for "
"Linking Your Programs To Useful Systems. An open source project originally "
"from the University of California at Santa Barbara, now supported by "
"Eucalyptus Systems, a Canonical Partner."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Eucalyptus</emphasis> - Elastic Utility Computing Architecture for "
"Linking Your Programs To Useful Systems (Outil d'Architecture Élastique pour "
"Relier Vos Programmes À des Systèmes Utiles). Logiciel libre né à "
"l'Université de Californie de Santa Barbara et désormais pris en charge par "
"Eucalyptus Systems, un des partenaires de Canonical."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1945(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Front-end</emphasis> - Physical machine hosting one (or more) of "
"the high level Eucalyptus components (cloud, walrus, storage controller, "
"cluster controller)."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Frontal</emphasis> - Machine physique hébergeant un ou plusieurs "
"composants de haut niveau (contrôleur de nuage, contrôleur de grappe, "
"contrôleur de stockage, Walrus)."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1951(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Node</emphasis> - A node is a physical machine that's capable of "
"running virtual machines, running a node controller. Within Ubuntu, this "
"generally means that the CPU has VT extensions, and can run the KVM "
"hypervisor."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Nœud</emphasis> - Un nœud est une machine physique capable de "
"faire fonctionner des machines virtuelles, d'exécuter un contrôleur de nœud. "
"Dans Ubuntu, cela signifie de manière générale que le processeur dispose "
"d'extensions VT et qu'il peut exécuter l'hyperviseur KVM."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1957(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Node Controller (NC)</emphasis> - Eucalyptus component that runs "
"on nodes which host the virtual machines that comprise the cloud. This "
"service is provided by the Ubuntu package <application>eucalyptus-"
"nc</application>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Contôleur de nœud (NC)</emphasis> - Composant d'Eucalyptus "
"s'exécutant sur les nœuds qui hébergent les machines virtuelles composant le "
"nuage. Ce service est fourni par le paquet Ubuntu <application>eucalyptus-"
"nc</application>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1963(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>S3</emphasis> - Simple Storage Service. Amazon's pay-by-the-"
"gigabyte persistent storage solution for EC2."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>S3</emphasis> - Simple Storage Service (Service de Stockage "
"Simple). Solution de stockage persistant d'Amazon pour EC2 payable au "
"gigaoctet."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1968(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Storage Controller (SC)</emphasis> - Eucalyptus component that "
"manages dynamic block storage services (EBS). Each 'cluster' in a Eucalyptus "
"installation can have its own Storage Controller. This component is provided "
"by the <application>eucalyptus-sc</application> package."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Contrôleur de stockage (SC)</emphasis> - Composant d'Eucalyptus "
"gérant les services stockage par bloc dynamique (EBS). Chaque « cluster » "
"d'une installation Eucalyptus peut avoir son propre contrôleur de stockage. "
"Ce composant est fourni par le paquet Ubuntu <application>eucalyptus-"
"sc</application>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1975(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>UEC</emphasis> - Ubuntu Enterprise Cloud. Ubuntu's cloud computing "
"solution, based on Eucalyptus."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>UEC</emphasis> - Ubuntu Enterprise Cloud (Nuage d'Entreprise "
"Ubuntu). Solution de nuage informatique Ubuntu, basée sur Eucalyptus."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1980(para)
msgid "<emphasis>VM</emphasis> - Virtual Machine."
msgstr "<emphasis>VM</emphasis> - Machine virtuelle."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1985(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>VT</emphasis> - Virtualization Technology. An optional feature of "
"some modern CPUs, allowing for accelerated virtual machine hosting."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>VT</emphasis> - Technologie de virtualisation. Caractéristique "
"optionnelle de certains processeurs leur permettant de faire fonctionner "
"efficacement des machines virtuelles."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1990(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Walrus</emphasis> - Eucalyptus component that implements the "
"Amazon S3 API, used for storing VM images and user storage using S3 bucket "
"put/get abstractions."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Walrus</emphasis> - Composant d'Eucalyptus implémentant l'API S3 "
"d'Amazon, utilisé pour stocker des images de machines virtuelles et pour le "
"stockage utilisateur en se servant des méthodes put/get d'un bucket S3."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2000(title)
msgid "OpenNebula"
msgstr "OpenNebula"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2002(para)
msgid ""
"<application>OpenNebula</application> allows virtual machines to be placed "
"and re-placed dynamically on a pool of physical resources. This allows a "
"virtual machine to be hosted from any location available."
msgstr ""
"<application>OpenNebula</application> permet aux machines virtuelles d'être "
"placées ou replacées dynamiquement sur un pool de ressources physiques. "
"Ainsi, une machine virtuelle peut être hébergée à n'importe quel emplacement "
"disponible."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2007(para)
msgid ""
"This section will detail configuring an OpenNebula cluster using three "
"machines: one <emphasis>Front-End</emphasis> host, and two <emphasis>Compute "
"Nodes</emphasis> used to run the virtual machines. The Compute Nodes will "
"also need a bridge configured to allow the virtual machines access to the "
"local network. For details see <xref linkend=\"bridging\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Cette section détaillera la configuration d'une grappe OpenNebula en "
"utilisant trois machines : un hôte <emphasis>frontal</emphasis> et deux "
"<emphasis>nœuds de calcul</emphasis> utilisés pour exécuter les machines "
"virtuelles. Les nœuds de calcul nécessiteront également un pont configuré "
"pour autoriser l'accès des machines virtuelles au réseau local. Pour des "
"détails, consultez <xref linkend=\"bridging\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2016(para)
msgid "First, from a terminal on the Front-End enter:"
msgstr "Tout d'abord, à partir d'un terminal sur le frontal, saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2021(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install opennebula"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install opennebula"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2024(para)
msgid "On each Compute Node install:"
msgstr "Sur chaque nœud de calcul, installez :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2029(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install opennebula-node"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install opennebula-node"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2032(para)
msgid ""
"In order to copy SSH keys, the <emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis> user will need "
"to have a password. On each machine execute:"
msgstr ""
"Afin de copier les clés SSH, l'utilisateur <emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis> "
"devra posséder un mot de passe. Sur chaque machine exécutez :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2037(command)
msgid "sudo passwd oneadmin"
msgstr "sudo passwd oneadmin"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2040(para)
msgid ""
"Next, copy the <emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis> user's SSH key to the Compute "
"Nodes, and to the Front-End's <filename>authorized_keys</filename> file:"
msgstr ""
"Copiez ensuite la clé SSH de l'utilisateur <emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis> sur "
"les nœuds de calcul, et dans le fichier <filename>authorized_keys</filename> "
"sur le frontal :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2045(command)
msgid ""
"sudo scp /var/lib/one/.ssh/id_rsa.pub "
"oneadmin@node01:/var/lib/one/.ssh/authorized_keys"
msgstr ""
"sudo scp /var/lib/one/.ssh/id_rsa.pub "
"oneadmin@node01:/var/lib/one/.ssh/authorized_keys"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2046(command)
msgid ""
"sudo scp /var/lib/one/.ssh/id_rsa.pub "
"oneadmin@node02:/var/lib/one/.ssh/authorized_keys"
msgstr ""
"sudo scp /var/lib/one/.ssh/id_rsa.pub "
"oneadmin@node02:/var/lib/one/.ssh/authorized_keys"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2047(command)
msgid ""
"sudo sh -c \"cat /var/lib/one/.ssh/id_rsa.pub &gt;&gt; "
"/var/lib/one/.ssh/authorized_keys\""
msgstr ""
"sudo sh -c \"cat /var/lib/one/.ssh/id_rsa.pub &gt;&gt; "
"/var/lib/one/.ssh/authorized_keys\""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2050(para)
msgid ""
"The SSH key for the Compute Nodes needs to be added to the "
"<filename>/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts</filename> file on the Front-End host. To "
"accomplish this <application>ssh</application> to each Compute Node as a "
"user other than <emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis>. Then exit from the SSH "
"session, and execute the following to copy the SSH key from "
"<filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> to "
"<filename>/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"La clé SSH des nœuds de calcul doit être ajoutée au fichier "
"<filename>/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts</filename> sur l'hôte frontal. Pour cela, "
"lancez <application>ssh</application> vers chaque nœud de calcul, en tant "
"qu'un utilisateur autre que <emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis>. Quitez alors la "
"session SSH, et exécutez ce qui suit afin de copier la clé SSH depuis "
"<filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> vers "
"<filename>/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2057(command)
msgid ""
"sudo sh -c \"ssh-keygen -f .ssh/known_hosts -F node01 1&gt;&gt; "
"/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts\""
msgstr ""
"sudo sh -c \"ssh-keygen -f .ssh/known_hosts -F node01 1&gt;&gt; "
"/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts\""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2058(command)
msgid ""
"sudo sh -c \"ssh-keygen -f .ssh/known_hosts -F node02 1&gt;&gt; "
"/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts\""
msgstr ""
"sudo sh -c \"ssh-keygen -f .ssh/known_hosts -F node02 1&gt;&gt; "
"/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts\""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2062(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>node01</emphasis> and <emphasis>node02</emphasis> with the "
"appropriate host names."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis>node01</emphasis> et <emphasis>node02</emphasis> par les "
"noms d'hôtes appropriés."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2067(para)
msgid ""
"This allows the <emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis> to use "
"<application>scp</application>, without a password or manual intervention, "
"to deploy an image to the Compute Nodes."
msgstr ""
"Ceci permet à <emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis> d'utiliser "
"<application>scp</application> sans mot de passe ou intervention manuelle, "
"pour déployer une image sur les nœuds de calcul."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2072(para)
msgid ""
"On the Front-End create a directory to store the VM images, giving the "
"<emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis> user access to the directory:"
msgstr ""
"Sur le frontal, créez un répertoire pour stocker les images des VM, en "
"donnant l'accès au répertoire à l'utilisateur <emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2077(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir /var/lib/one/images"
msgstr "sudo mkdir /var/lib/one/images"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2078(command)
msgid "sudo chown oneadmin /var/lib/one/images/"
msgstr "sudo chown oneadmin /var/lib/one/images/"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2081(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, copy a virtual machine disk file into "
"<filename>/var/lib/one/images</filename>. You can create an Ubuntu virtual "
"machine using <application>vmbuilder</application>, see <xref linkend=\"jeos-"
"and-vmbuilder\"/> for details."
msgstr ""
"Enfin, copiez un fichier de disque de machine virtuelle dans "
"<filename>/var/lib/one/images</filename>. Vous pouvez créer une machine "
"virtuelle Ubuntu en utilisant <application>vmbuilder</application>, "
"consultez <xref linkend=\"jeos-and-vmbuilder\"/> pour plus de détails."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2090(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>OpenNebula Cluster</emphasis> is now ready to be configured, "
"and virtual machines added to the cluster."
msgstr ""
"La <emphasis>grappe OpenNebula</emphasis> est maintenant prête à être "
"configurée, et les machines virtuelles à être ajoutées à la grappe."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2094(para)
msgid "From a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr "Dans un terminal, saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2099(command)
msgid "onehost create node01 im_kvm vmm_kvm tm_ssh"
msgstr "onehost create node01 im_kvm vmm_kvm tm_ssh"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2100(command)
msgid "onehost create node02 im_kvm vmm_kvm tm_ssh"
msgstr "onehost create node02 im_kvm vmm_kvm tm_ssh"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2103(para)
msgid ""
"Next, create a <emphasis>Virtual Network</emphasis> template file named "
"<filename>vnet01.template</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, créez un fichier modèle de <emphasis>réseau virtuel</emphasis> "
"nommé <filename>vnet01.template</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2107(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"NAME            = \"LAN\"\n"
"TYPE            = RANGED\n"
"BRIDGE          = br0\n"
"NETWORK_SIZE    = C\n"
"NETWORK_ADDRESS = 192.168.0.0\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"NAME            = \"LAN\"\n"
"TYPE            = RANGED\n"
"BRIDGE          = br0\n"
"NETWORK_SIZE    = C\n"
"NETWORK_ADDRESS = 192.168.0.0\n"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2116(para)
msgid ""
"Be sure to change <emphasis>192.168.0.0</emphasis> to your local network."
msgstr ""
"Assurez-vous de remplacer <emphasis>192.168.0.0</emphasis> par votre adresse "
"de réseau local."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2121(para)
msgid ""
"Using the <application>onevnet</application> utility, add the virtual "
"network to OpenNebula:"
msgstr ""
"Grâce à l'utilitaire <application>onevnet</application>, ajoutez le réseau "
"virtuel à OpenNebula :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2126(command)
msgid "onevnet create vnet01.template"
msgstr "onevnet create vnet01.template"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2129(para)
msgid ""
"Now create a <emphasis>VM Template</emphasis> file named "
"<filename>vm01.template</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Créez maintenant un fichier <emphasis>modèle de VM</emphasis> nommé "
"<filename>vm01.template</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2133(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"NAME   = vm01\n"
"CPU    = 0.5\n"
"MEMORY = 512\n"
"\n"
"OS      = [ BOOT   = hd ]\n"
"\n"
"DISK   = [\n"
"  source   = \"/var/lib/one/images/vm01.qcow2\",\n"
"  target   = \"hda\",\n"
"  readonly = \"no\" ]\n"
"\n"
"NIC    = [ NETWORK=\"LAN\" ]\n"
"\n"
"GRAPHICS = [type=\"vnc\",listen=\"127.0.0.1\",port=\"-1\"]\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"NAME   = vm01\n"
"CPU    = 0.5\n"
"MEMORY = 512\n"
"\n"
"OS      = [ BOOT   = hd ]\n"
"\n"
"DISK   = [\n"
"  source   = \"/var/lib/one/images/vm01.qcow2\",\n"
"  target   = \"hda\",\n"
"  readonly = \"no\" ]\n"
"\n"
"NIC    = [ NETWORK=\"LAN\" ]\n"
"\n"
"GRAPHICS = [type=\"vnc\",listen=\"127.0.0.1\",port=\"-1\"]\n"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2150(para)
msgid "Start the virtual machine using <application>onevm</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Démarrez la machine virtuelle en utilisant <application>onevm</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2155(command)
msgid "onevm submit vm01.template"
msgstr "onevm submit vm01.template"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2158(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <application>onevm list</application> option to view information "
"about virtual machines. Also, the <application>onevm show vm01</application> "
"option will display more details about a specific virtual machine."
msgstr ""
"Utilisez l'option <application>onevm list</application> pour visualiser des "
"informations sur les machines virtuelles. De plus, l'option "
"<application>onevm show vm01</application> affichera plus de détails sur une "
"machine virtuelle particulière."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2169(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.opennebula.org/doku.php?id=start\">OpenNebula website</ulink"
"> for more information."
msgstr ""
"Référez-vous au <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.opennebula.org/doku.php?id=start\">site Web "
"d'OpenNebula</ulink> pour plus d'informations."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2174(para)
msgid ""
"You can also find help in the <emphasis>#ubuntu-virt</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> IRC channels on <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net\">Freenode</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez également trouver de l'aide dans les salles de discussion IRC "
"<emphasis>#ubuntu-virt</emphasis> et <emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> sur "
"<ulink url=\"http://freenode.net\">Freenode</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2180(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/OpenNebula\">OpenNebula Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> page has more details."
msgstr ""
"La page du <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/OpenNebula\">Wiki "
"Ubuntu consacrée à OpenNebula</ulink> comporte elle aussi des informations "
"complémentaires."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:13(title)
msgid "Version Control System"
msgstr "Système de contrôle de version"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"Version control is the art of managing changes to information. It has long "
"been a critical tool for programmers, who typically spend their time making "
"small changes to software and then undoing those changes the next day. But "
"the usefulness of version control software extends far beyond the bounds of "
"the software development world. Anywhere you can find people using computers "
"to manage information that changes often, there is room for version control."
msgstr ""
"Le contrôle de version est l'art de gérer les modifications dans "
"l'information. Cela a longtemps été un outil crucial pour les développeurs, "
"qui passent leur temps à effectuer de petites modifications sur leurs "
"logiciels et à les retirer le lendemain. Mais l'utilité d'un logiciel de "
"contrôle de version s'étend largement au-delà du monde du développement de "
"logiciels. Partout où vous pourrez trouver des personnes qui utilisent "
"l'informatique pour gérer une information qui est régulièrement modifiée, le "
"contrôle de version trouvera sa place."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:17(title)
msgid "Bazaar"
msgstr "Bazaar"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:18(para)
msgid ""
"Bazaar is a new version control system sponsored by Canonical, the "
"commercial company behind Ubuntu. Unlike Subversion and CVS that only "
"support a central repository model, Bazaar also supports "
"<emphasis>distributed version control</emphasis>, giving people the ability "
"to collaborate more efficiently. In particular, Bazaar is designed to "
"maximize the level of community participation in open source projects."
msgstr ""
"Bazaar est un nouveau système de contrôle de version sponsorisé par "
"Canonical, l'entreprise commerciale à l'origine d'Ubuntu. À la différence de "
"Subversion et CVS qui ne gèrent qu'un modèle centralisé, Bazaar prend aussi "
"en charge <emphasis>un contrôle de version décentralisé</emphasis>, donnant "
"aux gens la capacité de collaborer plus efficacement. En particulier, Bazar "
"est conçu pour maximiser le niveau de participation de la communauté sur des "
"projets libres."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:29(para)
msgid ""
"At a terminal prompt, enter the following command to install "
"<application>bzr</application>: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install bzr</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Depuis un terminal saisissez la commande suivante pour installer "
"<application>bzr</application> : <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install bzr</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:40(para)
msgid ""
"To introduce yourself to <application>bzr</application>, use the "
"<emphasis>whoami</emphasis> command like this: <screen>\n"
"<command>$ bzr whoami 'Joe Doe &lt;joe.doe@gmail.com&gt;'</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Pour vous présenter à <application>bzr</application>, utilisez la commande "
"<emphasis>whoami</emphasis> comme suit : <screen>\n"
"<command>$ bzr whoami 'Jean Dupont &lt;jean.dupont@gmail.com&gt;'</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:49(title)
msgid "Learning Bazaar"
msgstr "Apprentissage de Bazaar"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:50(para)
msgid ""
"Bazaar comes with bundled documentation installed into "
"<application>/usr/share/doc/bzr/html</application> by default. The tutorial "
"is a good place to start. The <application>bzr</application> command also "
"comes with built-in help: <screen>\n"
"<command>$ bzr help</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Bazaar et fourni avec une documentation intégrée. Par défaut, elle se situe "
"dans <application>/usr/share/doc/bzr/html</application>. Il est judicieux de "
"commencer par le tutoriel. La commande <application>bzr</application> est "
"également fournie avec une aide intégrée :<screen>\n"
"<command>$ bzr help</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:60(para)
msgid ""
"To learn more about the <emphasis>foo</emphasis> command: <screen>\n"
"<command>$ bzr help foo</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Pour en savoir plus sur une commande <emphasis>truc</emphasis> : <screen>\n"
"<command>$ bzr help truc</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:68(title)
msgid "Launchpad Integration"
msgstr "Intégration avec Launchpad"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:69(para)
msgid ""
"While highly useful as a stand-alone system, Bazaar has good, optional "
"integration with <ulink url=\"https://launchpad.net/\">Launchpad</ulink>, "
"the collaborative development system used by Canonical and the broader open "
"source community to manage and extend Ubuntu itself. For information on how "
"Bazaar can be used with Launchpad to collaborate on open source projects, "
"see <ulink url=\"http://bazaar-vcs.org/LaunchpadIntegration/\"> "
"http://bazaar-vcs.org/LaunchpadIntegration</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Tout en étant très utile en tant que système autonome, Bazaar offre en "
"option une bonne intégration avec <ulink "
"url=\"https://launchpad.net/\">Launchpad</ulink>, le système de "
"développement collaboratif utilisé par Canonical et la vaste communauté du "
"libre pour gérer et améliorer Ubuntu elle-même. Pour savoir comment Bazaar "
"peut être utilisé pour collaborer sur des projets libres, consultez <ulink "
"url=\"http://bazaar-vcs.org/LaunchpadIntegration/\"> http://bazaar-"
"vcs.org/LaunchpadIntegration</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:81(title)
msgid "Subversion"
msgstr "Subversion"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:82(para)
msgid ""
"Subversion is an open source version control system. Using Subversion, you "
"can record the history of source files and documents. It manages files and "
"directories over time. A tree of files is placed into a central repository. "
"The repository is much like an ordinary file server, except that it "
"remembers every change ever made to files and directories."
msgstr ""
"Subversion est un système de contrôle de version libre. En utilisant "
"Subversion, vous pourrez enregistrer l'historique des fichiers sources et "
"des documents. Il gère les fichiers et les répertoires dans le temps. Une "
"arborescence des fichiers est placée dans un dépôt centralisé. Ce dépôt est "
"à peu près identique à un serveur de fichier ordinaire, sauf qu'il conserve "
"une trace de chaque changement effectué sur les fichiers et les répertoires."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:87(para)
msgid ""
"To access Subversion repository using the HTTP protocol, you must install "
"and configure a web server. Apache2 is proven to work with Subversion. "
"Please refer to the HTTP subsection in the Apache2 section to install and "
"configure Apache2. To access the Subversion repository using the HTTPS "
"protocol, you must install and configure a digital certificate in your "
"Apache 2 web server. Please refer to the HTTPS subsection in the Apache2 "
"section to install and configure the digital certificate."
msgstr ""
"Pour fournir l'accès à un dépôt Subversion en utilisant le protocole HTTP, "
"vous devez installer et configurer un serveur Web. Il s'avère qu'Apache2 "
"fonctionne avec Subversion. Reportez vous à la section HTTP de la rubrique "
"Apache2 pour installer et configurer Apache2. Pour fournir l'accès à un "
"dépôt Subversion en utilisant le protocole HTTPS, vous devez installer et "
"configurer un certificat numérique sur votre serveur Web Apache2. Reportez "
"vous à la section HTTPS de la rubrique Apache2 pour installer et configurer "
"un certificat numérique."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:96(para)
msgid ""
"To install Subversion, run the following command from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer Subversion, utilisez la commande suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:101(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install subversion libapache2-svn"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install subversion libapache2-svn"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:108(para)
msgid ""
"This step assumes you have installed above mentioned packages on your "
"system. This section explains how to create a Subversion repository and "
"access the project."
msgstr ""
"Ces étapes supposent que vous ayez installé sur votre système les paquets "
"mentionnés ci-dessus. Cette section explique comment créer un dépôt "
"Subversion et accéder au projet."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:111(title)
msgid "Create Subversion Repository"
msgstr "Créer un dépôt Subversion"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:112(para)
msgid ""
"The Subversion repository can be created using the following command from a "
"terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Le dépôt Subversion peut être créé en utilisant la commande suivante dans un "
"terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:116(command)
msgid "svnadmin create /path/to/repos/project"
msgstr "svnadmin create /path/to/repos/project"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:121(title)
msgid "Importing Files"
msgstr "Importation des fichiers"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:122(para)
msgid ""
"Once you create the repository you can <emphasis>import</emphasis> files "
"into the repository. To import a directory, enter the following from a "
"terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
"<command>svn import /path/to/import/directory "
"file:///path/to/repos/project</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Dès que vous avez créé le dépôt vous pouvez <emphasis>importer</emphasis> "
"des fichiers dans le dépôt. Pour importer un dossier, saisissez dans un "
"terminal : <screen>\n"
"<command>svn import /chemin/vers/dossier/concerné "
"file:///chemin/vers/depot/projet/</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:134(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:139(title)
msgid "Access Methods"
msgstr "Méthodes d'accès"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:135(para)
msgid ""
"Subversion repositories can be accessed (checked out) through many different "
"methods --on local disk, or through various network protocols. A repository "
"location, however, is always a URL. The table describes how different URL "
"schemes map to the available access methods."
msgstr ""
"Les dépôts Subversion sont accessibles (vérifiés) via de nombreuses méthodes "
"différentes (sur un disque local ou au travers de protocoles réseaux "
"divers). L'emplacement d'un dépôt est cependant toujours un URL. Le tableau "
"indique comment les différents types d'URL sont reliés aux méthodes d'accès "
"disponibles."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:146(para)
msgid "Schema"
msgstr "Schéma"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:147(para)
msgid "Access Method"
msgstr "Méthode d'accès"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:152(para)
msgid "file://"
msgstr "file://"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:153(para)
msgid "direct repository access (on local disk)"
msgstr "accès direct au dépôt (sur disque local)"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:156(para)
msgid "http://"
msgstr "http://"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:157(para)
msgid "Access via WebDAV protocol to Subversion-aware Apache2 web server"
msgstr ""
"Accès via le protocole WebDAV au serveur Web Apache2 fournissant Subversion"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:160(para)
msgid "https://"
msgstr "https://"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:161(para)
msgid "Same as http://, but with SSL encryption"
msgstr "Identique à http://, mais avec chiffrement SSL"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:164(para)
msgid "svn://"
msgstr "svn://"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:165(para)
msgid "Access via custom protocol to an svnserve server"
msgstr "Accès via un protocole personnalisé à un serveur svnserve"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:168(para)
msgid "svn+ssh://"
msgstr "svn+ssh://"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:169(para)
msgid "Same as svn://, but through an SSH tunnel"
msgstr "Identique à svn://, mais au travers d'un tunnel SSH"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:175(para)
msgid ""
"In this section, we will see how to configure Subversion for all these "
"access methods. Here, we cover the basics. For more advanced usage details, "
"refer to the <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/\">svn book</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Dans cette section, nous verrons comment configurer Subversion pour toutes "
"ces méthodes d'accès. Nous voyons ici les bases. Pour une utilisation plus "
"avancée, référez-vous au <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/\">svn "
"book</ulink> (NdT : livre non traduit en français pour l'heure)."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:182(title)
msgid "Direct repository access (file://)"
msgstr "Accès direct au dépôt (file://)"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:183(para)
msgid ""
"This is the simplest of all access methods. It does not require any "
"Subversion server process to be running. This access method is used to "
"access Subversion from the same machine. The syntax of the command, entered "
"at a terminal prompt, is as follows:"
msgstr ""
"C'est la plus simple des méthodes d'accès. Elle ne nécessite aucun serveur "
"Subversion pour être exécutée. Cette méthode d'accès est utilisée lors d'un "
"accès Subversion depuis la même machine. La syntaxe de la commande, saisie "
"dans un terminal, est la suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:190(command)
msgid "svn co file:///path/to/repos/project"
msgstr "svn co file:///chemin/vers/depot/nomduprojet"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:193(para)
msgid "or"
msgstr "ou"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:196(command)
msgid "svn co file://localhost/path/to/repos/project"
msgstr "svn co file://localhost/chemin/vers/depot/nomduprojet"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:200(para)
msgid ""
"If you do not specify the hostname, there are three forward slashes (///) -- "
"two for the protocol (file, in this case) plus the leading slash in the "
"path. If you specify the hostname, you must use two forward slashes (//)."
msgstr ""
"Si vous ne spécifiez pas le nom d'hôte, il y a trois barres obliques (///), "
"deux pour le protocole (file, dans ce cas) plus la première barre oblique de "
"l'arborescence des fichiers. Si vous spécifiez le nom d'hôte, vous devez "
"utiliser deux barres obliques (//)."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:202(para)
msgid ""
"The repository permissions depend on filesystem permissions. If the user has "
"read/write permission, he can checkout from and commit to the repository."
msgstr ""
"Les droits d'accès au dépôt dépendent de ceux du système de fichiers. Si "
"l'utilisateur a les droits d'accès en lecture et écriture, alors il peut "
"extraire et déposer des fichiers sur le serveur."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:205(title)
msgid "Access via WebDAV protocol (http://)"
msgstr "Accès par le protocole WebDAV (http://)"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:206(para)
msgid ""
"To access the Subversion repository via WebDAV protocol, you must configure "
"your Apache 2 web server. Add the following snippet between the "
"<emphasis>&lt;VirtualHost&gt;</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;</emphasis> elements in "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/default</filename>, or another "
"VirtualHost file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:212(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" &lt;Location /svn&gt;\n"
"  DAV svn\n"
"  SVNPath /home/svn\n"
"  AuthType Basic\n"
"  AuthName \"Your repository name\"\n"
"  AuthUserFile /etc/subversion/passwd\n"
"  Require valid-user\n"
" &lt;/Location&gt; \n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:223(para)
msgid ""
"The above configuration snippet assumes that Subversion repositories are "
"created under <filename>/home/svn/</filename> directory using "
"<command>svnadmin</command> command. They can be accessible using "
"<command>http://hostname/svn/repos_name</command> url."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:229(para)
msgid ""
"To import or commit files to your Subversion repository over HTTP, the "
"repository should be owned by the HTTP user. In Ubuntu systems, normally the "
"HTTP user is <command>www-data</command>. To change the ownership of the "
"repository files enter the following command from terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Pour importer ou renvoyer des fichiers vers votre dépôt SVN via HTTP, le "
"dépôt doit appartenir à l'utilisateur HTTP. Sur les systèmes Ubuntu, "
"normalement l'utilisateur HTTP est <command>www-data</command>. Pour changer "
"le propriétaire des fichiers du dépôt, saisissez ce qui suit dans un "
"terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:238(command)
msgid "sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /path/to/repos"
msgstr "sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /chemin/vers/dépôt"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:241(para)
msgid ""
"By changing the ownership of repository as <command>www-data</command> you "
"will not be able to import or commit files into the repository by running "
"<command>svn import file:///</command> command as any user other than "
"<command>www-data</command>."
msgstr ""
"Si vous modifiez le propriétaire du dépôt en <command>www-data</command> "
"vous ne pourrez plus importer ou renvoyer des fichiers dans le dépôt en "
"exécutant la commande <command>svn import file:///</command> en tant "
"qu'utilisateur différent de <command>www-data</command>."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:250(para)
msgid ""
"Next, you must create the <filename>/etc/subversion/passwd</filename> file "
"that will contain user authentication details. To create a file issue the "
"following command at a command prompt (which will create the file and add "
"the first user):"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, vous devez créer le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/subversion/passwd</filename> qui contiendra les détails "
"d'authentification des utilisateurs. Pour cela, saisissez la commande "
"suivante dans une invite de terminal (ce qui créera le fichier et ajoutera "
"le premier utilisateur) :"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:256(command)
msgid "sudo htpasswd -c /etc/subversion/passwd user_name"
msgstr "sudo htpasswd -c /etc/subversion/passwd nom_utilisateur"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:259(para)
msgid ""
"To add additional users omit the <emphasis>\"-c\"</emphasis> option as this "
"option replaces the old file. Instead use this form:"
msgstr ""
"Pour ajouter d'autres utilisateurs, omettez l'option <emphasis>« -"
"c »</emphasis> car celle-ci remplace l'ancien fichier. Utilisez à la place "
"cette formulation :"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:264(command)
msgid "sudo htpasswd /etc/subversion/password user_name"
msgstr "sudo htpasswd /etc/subversion/passwd nom_utilisateur"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:268(para)
msgid ""
"This command will prompt you to enter the password. Once you enter the "
"password, the user is added. Now, to access the repository you can run the "
"following command:"
msgstr ""
"Cette commande vous demande de saisir le mot de passe. Une fois le mot de "
"passe saisi, l'utilisateur est ajouté. Dès lors, pour accéder au dépôt, vous "
"pouvez utiliser la commande suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:269(command)
msgid "svn co http://servername/svn"
msgstr "svn co http://nomduserveur/svn"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:271(para)
msgid ""
"The password is transmitted as plain text. If you are worried about password "
"snooping, you are advised to use SSL encryption. For details, please refer "
"next section."
msgstr ""
"Le mot de passe est transmis en clair, comme texte simple. Si vous craignez "
"que des fouineurs récupèrent votre mot de passe, nous vous conseillons "
"d'utiliser un chiffrement par SSL. Pour plus d'information, veuillez "
"consulter la section suivante."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:277(title)
msgid "Access via WebDAV protocol with SSL encryption (https://)"
msgstr "Accès par le protocole WebDAV avec un chiffrement SSL (https://)"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:278(para)
msgid ""
"Accessing Subversion repository via WebDAV protocol with SSL encryption "
"(https://) is similar to http:// except that you must install and configure "
"the digital certificate in your Apache2 web server. To use SSL with "
"Subversion add the above Apache2 configuration to "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/default-ssl</filename>. For more "
"information on setting up Apache2 with SSL see <xref linkend=\"https-"
"configuration\"/>."
msgstr ""
"L’accès à un dépôt Subversion via le protocole WebDAV avec chiffrement SSL "
"(https://) est similaire à http:// excepté qu’il faut installer et "
"configurer le certificat numérique dans votre serveur web Apache2. Pour "
"utiliser SSL avec Subversion, ajoutez la configuration ci-dessus à "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/default-ssl</filename>. Pour plus "
"d’informations concernant la configuration d’Apache2 avec SSL, consultez "
"<xref linkend=\"https-configuration\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:287(para)
msgid ""
"You can install a digital certificate issued by a signing authority. "
"Alternatively, you can install your own self-signed certificate."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez installer un certificat numérique signé par une autoité de "
"certification. Sinon, vous pouvez installer votre propre certificat auto-"
"signé."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:292(para)
msgid ""
"This step assumes you have installed and configured a digital certificate in "
"your Apache 2 web server. Now, to access the Subversion repository, please "
"refer to the above section! The access methods are exactly the same, except "
"the protocol. You must use https:// to access the Subversion repository."
msgstr ""
"Cette étape suppose que vous avez installé et configuré un certificat "
"numérique sur votre serveur Web Apache2. Maintenant, pour accéder au dépôt "
"Subversion, veuillez vous référer à la section ci-dessus ! Les méthodes "
"d'accès sont exactement les mêmes, hormis le protocole. Vous devez utiliser "
"https:// pour accéder au dépôt Subversion."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:302(title)
msgid "Access via custom protocol (svn://)"
msgstr "Accès via un protocole personnalisé (svn://)"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:303(para)
msgid ""
"Once the Subversion repository is created, you can configure the access "
"control. You can edit the <filename> "
"/path/to/repos/project/conf/svnserve.conf</filename> file to configure the "
"access control. For example, to set up authentication, you can uncomment the "
"following lines in the configuration file:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois le dépôt Subversion créé, vous pouvez configurer le contrôle "
"d'accès. Vous pouvez modifier le fichier "
"<filename>/path/to/repos/project/conf/svnserve.conf</filename> pour cela. "
"Par exemple, pour activer l'authentification, vous pouvez décommenter les "
"lignes suivantes dans le fichier de configuration :"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:310(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# [general]\n"
"# password-db = passwd"
msgstr ""
"# [general]\n"
"# password-db = passwd"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:313(para)
msgid ""
"After uncommenting the above lines, you can maintain the user list in the "
"passwd file. So, edit the file <filename>passwd </filename> in the same "
"directory and add the new user. The syntax is as follows:"
msgstr ""
"Après avoir décommenté ces lignes, vous pouvez gérer la liste des "
"utilisateurs dans le fichier passwd. Modifiez donc le fichier "
"<filename>passwd</filename> dans le même répertoire et ajoutez le nouvel "
"utilisateur. La syntaxe se présente ainsi :"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:319(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "username = password"
msgstr "username = password"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:320(para)
msgid "For more details, please refer to the file."
msgstr "Pour plus de renseignements, référez-vous au fichier."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:324(para)
msgid ""
"Now, to access Subversion via the svn:// custom protocol, either from the "
"same machine or a different machine, you can run svnserver using svnserve "
"command. The syntax is as follows:"
msgstr ""
"Maintenant, pour accéder à Subversion via le protocole personnalisé svn://, "
"soit de la même machine, soit d'une autre, vous pouvez exécuter svnserver en "
"utilisant la commande svnserve. La syntaxe se présente ainsi :"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:329(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ svnserve -d --foreground -r /path/to/repos\n"
"# -d -- daemon mode\n"
"# --foreground -- run in foreground (useful for debugging)\n"
"# -r -- root of directory to serve\n"
"\n"
"For more usage details, please refer to:\n"
"$ svnserve --help"
msgstr ""
"$ svnserve -d --foreground -r /path/to/repos\n"
"# -d -- daemon mode\n"
"# --foreground -- run in foreground (useful for debugging)\n"
"# -r -- root of directory to serve\n"
"\n"
"For more usage details, please refer to:\n"
"$ svnserve --help"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:337(para)
msgid ""
"Once you run this command, Subversion starts listening on default port "
"(3690). To access the project repository, you must run the following command "
"from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois la commande exécutée, Subversion démarre en écoutant le port par "
"défaut (3690). Pour accéder au dépôt du projet, vous devez exécuter la "
"commande suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:340(command)
msgid "svn co svn://hostname/project project --username user_name"
msgstr "svn co svn://nom_hote/projet project --username nom_utilisateur"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:343(para)
msgid ""
"Based on server configuration, it prompts for password. Once you are "
"authenticated, it checks out the code from Subversion repository. To "
"synchronize the project repository with the local copy, you can run the "
"<command>update</command> sub-command. The syntax of the command, entered at "
"a terminal prompt, is as follows:"
msgstr ""
"Suivant la configuration du serveur, il vous demande un mot de passe. Une "
"fois que vous vous êtes authentifié, il vérifie le code sur le dépôt "
"Subversion. Pour synchroniser le dépôt du projet avec votre copie locale, "
"vous pouvez exécuter la sous-commande <command>update</command>. La syntaxe "
"de cette commande, saisie dans un terminal, est la suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:351(command)
msgid "cd project_dir ; svn update"
msgstr "cd répertoire_du_projet ; svn update"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:354(para)
msgid ""
"For more details about using each Subversion sub-command, you can refer to "
"the manual. For example, to learn more about the co (checkout) command, "
"please run the following command from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'informations sur l'utilisation de chaque sous-commande de "
"Subversion, vous pouvez vous référer au manuel. Par exemple, pour en savoir "
"plus sur la commande co (checkout), exécutez la commande suivante dans un "
"terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:358(command)
msgid "svn co help"
msgstr "svn co help"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:362(title)
msgid "Access via custom protocol with SSL encryption (svn+ssh://)"
msgstr ""
"Accès par un protocole personnalisé avec un chiffrement SSL (svn+ssh://)"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:363(para)
msgid ""
"The configuration and server process is same as in the svn:// method. For "
"details, please refer to the above section. This step assumes you have "
"followed the above step and started the Subversion server using "
"<application>svnserve</application> command."
msgstr ""
"La configuration et le processus du serveur est le même que pour la méthode "
"svn://. Pour plus de détails, veuillez vous référer au chapitre précédent. "
"Dans cette étape, nous supposons que vous avez suivi l'étape précédente et "
"que vous avez démarré le serveur Subversion en utilisant la commande "
"<application>svnserve</application>."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:369(para)
msgid ""
"It is also assumed that the ssh server is running on that machine and that "
"it is allowing incoming connections. To confirm, please try to login to that "
"machine using ssh. If you can login, everything is perfect. If you cannot "
"login, please address it before continuing further."
msgstr ""
"De même, nous supposons que le serveur ssh s'exécute sur cette machine et "
"que les connexions entrantes y sont autorisées. Pour vous en assurer, "
"essayez de vous connecter à la machine en utilisant ssh. Si vous pouvez vous "
"identifier, alors tout est parfait. Si vous ne pouvez pas vous identifier, "
"résolvez le problème avant de continuer."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:375(para)
msgid ""
"The svn+ssh:// protocol is used to access the Subversion repository using "
"SSL encryption. The data transfer is encrypted using this method. To access "
"the project repository (for example with a checkout), you must use the "
"following command syntax:"
msgstr ""
"Le protocole svn+ssh:// est utilisé pour accéder au dépôt Subversion en "
"utilisant un chiffrement SSL. Le transfert de données est chiffré en "
"utilisant cette méthode. Pour accéder au dépôt du projet (pour une "
"vérification par exemple), vous devez utiliser la syntaxe suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:382(command)
msgid "svn co svn+ssh://hostname/var/svn/repos/project"
msgstr "svn co svn+ssh://hostname/var/svn/repos/project"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:386(para)
msgid ""
"You must use the full path (/path/to/repos/project) to access the Subversion "
"repository using this access method."
msgstr ""
"Vous devez utiliser le chemin complet (/chemin/vers/dépôt/projet) pour "
"accéder au dépôt Subversion en utilisant cette méthode d'accès."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:389(para)
msgid ""
"Based on server configuration, it prompts for password. You must enter the "
"password you use to login via ssh. Once you are authenticated, it checks out "
"the code from the Subversion repository."
msgstr ""
"Suivant la configuration du serveur, il vous demande un mot de passe. Vous "
"devez saisir le mot de passe que vous utilisez pour vous identifier via ssh. "
"Une fois que vous vous êtes authentifié, il vérifie le code sur le dépôt "
"Subversion."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:399(title)
msgid "CVS Server"
msgstr "Serveur CVS"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:400(para)
msgid ""
"CVS is a version control system. You can use it to record the history of "
"source files."
msgstr ""
"CVS est un système de gestion de version. Vous pouvez l'utiliser pour "
"enregistrer l'historique des fichiers sources."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:406(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>CVS</application>, run the following command from a "
"terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install cvs</command>\n"
"</screen> After you install <application>cvs</application>, you should "
"install <application>xinetd</application> to start/stop the cvs server. At "
"the prompt, enter the following command to install "
"<application>xinetd</application>: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install xinetd</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer <application>CVS</application>, saisissez la commande "
"suivante à partir d'un terminal: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install cvs</command>\n"
"</screen> Après avoir installé <application>cvs</application>, vous devrez "
"installer <application>xinetd</application> pour démarrer/arrêter le serveur "
"cvs. Toujours dans le terminal, saisissez la commande suivante pour "
"installer <application>xinetd</application>: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install xinetd</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:439(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"service cvspserver\n"
"{\n"
"     port = 2401\n"
"     socket_type = stream\n"
"     protocol = tcp\n"
"     user = root\n"
"     wait = no\n"
"     type = UNLISTED\n"
"     server = /usr/bin/cvs\n"
"     server_args = -f --allow-root /var/lib/cvs pserver\n"
"     disable = no\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"service cvspserver\n"
"{\n"
"     port = 2401\n"
"     socket_type = stream\n"
"     protocol = tcp\n"
"     user = root\n"
"     wait = no\n"
"     type = UNLISTED\n"
"     server = /usr/bin/cvs\n"
"     server_args = -f --allow-root /var/lib/cvs pserver\n"
"     disable = no\n"
"}\n"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:455(para)
msgid ""
"Be sure to edit the repository if you have changed the default repository "
"(<application>/var/lib/cvs</application>) directory."
msgstr ""
"Prenez bien soin de modifier le dépôt si vous avez changé son répertoire par "
"défaut (<application>/var/lib/cvs</application>)."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:424(para)
msgid ""
"Once you install cvs, the repository will be automatically initialized. By "
"default, the repository resides under the "
"<application>/var/lib/cvs</application> directory. You can change this path "
"by running following command: <screen>\n"
"<command>cvs -d /your/new/cvs/repo init</command>\n"
"</screen> Once the initial repository is set up, you can configure "
"<application>xinetd</application> to start the CVS server. You can copy the "
"following lines to the <filename> /etc/xinetd.d/cvspserver</filename> file. "
"<placeholder-1/><placeholder-2/> Once you have configured "
"<application>xinetd</application> you can start the cvs server by running "
"following command: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo /etc/init.d/xinetd restart</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Une fois que vous avez installé cvs, le dépôt sera automatiquement "
"initialisé. Par défaut, le dépôt se trouve dans le répertoire "
"<application>/var/lib/cvs</application>. Vous pouvez modifier ce chemin en "
"exécutant la commande suivante: <screen>\n"
"<command>cvs -d /votre/nouveau/depot/cvs repo init </command>\n"
"</screen> Une fois que le dépôt initial est mis en place, vous pouvez "
"configurer <application>xinetd</application> pour qu'il démarre le serveur "
"CVS. Vous pouvez copier les lignes suivantes dans le fichier <filename> "
"/etc/xinetd.d/cvspserver</filename>. <placeholder-1/><placeholder-2/> Une "
"fois que vous avez configuré <application>xinetd</application>, vous pouvez "
"lancer le serveur cvs en exécutant la commande suivante: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo /etc/init.d/xinetd restart</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:468(para)
msgid ""
"You can confirm that the CVS server is running by issuing the following "
"command:"
msgstr ""
"Pour vous assurer que le serveur CVS est bien en cours d'exécution, "
"saisissez la commande suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:475(command)
msgid "sudo netstat -tap | grep cvs"
msgstr "sudo netstat -tap | grep cvs"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:479(para) serverguide/C/databases.xml:65(para)
msgid ""
"When you run this command, you should see the following line or something "
"similar:"
msgstr ""
"Quand vous exécutez cette commande, vous devriez voir apparaître la ligne "
"suivante ou quelque chose de similaire :"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:484(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"tcp        0      0 *:cvspserver            *:* LISTEN \n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"tcp        0      0 *:cvspserver            *:* LISTEN \n"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:488(para)
msgid ""
"From here you can continue to add users, add new projects, and manage the "
"CVS server."
msgstr ""
"À partir de là, vous pouvez continuer en ajoutant des utilisateurs, de "
"nouveaux projets ou en gérant le serveur CVS."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:493(para)
msgid ""
"CVS allows the user to add users independently of the underlying OS "
"installation. Probably the easiest way is to use the Linux Users for CVS, "
"although it has potential security issues. Please refer to the CVS manual "
"for details."
msgstr ""
"CVS permet à l'utilisateur d'ajouter des utilisateurs indépendamment du "
"système d'exploitation installé. La manière la plus simple est probablement "
"de se servir des utilisateurs de Linux pour CVS, bien que cela puisse poser "
"des problèmes de sécurité. Veuillez consulter le manuel de CVS pour plus "
"d'informations."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:503(title)
msgid "Add Projects"
msgstr "Ajouter des projets"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:515(para)
msgid ""
"You can use the CVSROOT environment variable to store the CVS root "
"directory. Once you export the CVSROOT environment variable, you can avoid "
"using -d option in the above cvs command."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez utiliser la variable d'environnement CVSROOT pour mémoriser le "
"répertoire racine CVS. Une fois la variable d'environnement CVSROOT "
"exportée, vous n'avez plus besoin d'utiliser l'option -d dans la commande "
"cvs ci-dessus."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:527(para)
msgid ""
"When you add a new project, the CVS user you use must have write access to "
"the CVS repository (<application>/var/lib/cvs</application>). By default, "
"the <application>src</application> group has write access to the CVS "
"repository. So, you can add the user to this group, and he can then add and "
"manage projects in the CVS repository."
msgstr ""
"Lors de l'ajout d'un nouveau projet, l'utilisateur CVS par lequel vous "
"passez doit posséder les droits d'écriture sur le dépôt CVS "
"(<application>/var/lib/cvs</application>). Par défaut, le groupe "
"<application>src</application> possède les droits d'écriture sur le dépôt "
"CVS. Vous avez donc la possibilité d'ajouter l'utilisateur à ce groupe et il "
"pourra alors ajouter et gérer les projets à l'intérieur du dépôt CVS."

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:504(para)
msgid ""
"This section explains how to add new project to the CVS repository. Create "
"the directory and add necessary document and source files to the directory. "
"Now, run the following command to add this project to CVS repository: "
"<screen>\n"
"<command>cd your/project</command>\n"
"<command>cvs -d :pserver:username@hostname.com:/var/lib/cvs import -m "
"\"Importing my project to CVS repository\" . new_project start</command>\n"
"</screen><placeholder-1/> The string <emphasis>new_project</emphasis> is a "
"vendor tag, and <emphasis>start</emphasis> is a release tag. They serve no "
"purpose in this context, but since CVS requires them, they must be present. "
"<placeholder-2/>"
msgstr ""
"Cette section explique comment ajouter un nouveau projet au dépôt CVS. Créez "
"un répertoire contenant les documents et fichiers sources nécessaires. "
"Exécutez ensuite la commande suivante pour ajouter ce projet au dépôt CVS : "
"<screen>\n"
"<command>cd votre/projet</command>\n"
"<command>cvs -d :pserver:nom_utilisateur@nom_hote.com:/var/lib/cvs import -m "
"\"Importation de mon projet dans le dépôt CVS\" . nouveau_projet "
"debut</command>\n"
"</screen><placeholder-1/> La chaîne <emphasis>nouveau_projet</emphasis>est "
"l'étiquette du revendeur, et <emphasis>début</emphasis>une étiquette de "
"version. Elles n'ont aucun rôle dans ce contexte, mais comme elles sont "
"requises par CVS, elles doivent être présentes. <placeholder-2/>"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:540(ulink)
msgid "Bazaar Home Page"
msgstr "Site Web de Bazaar"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:541(ulink)
msgid "Launchpad"
msgstr "Launchpad"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:542(ulink)
msgid "Subversion Home Page"
msgstr "Site Web de Subversion"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:543(ulink)
msgid "Subversion Book"
msgstr "Livre sur Subversion"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:545(ulink)
msgid "CVS Manual"
msgstr "Manuel de CVS"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:546(ulink)
msgid "Easy Bazaar Ubuntu Wiki page"
msgstr "Page du Wiki Ubuntu consacrée à Easy Bazaar"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:547(ulink)
msgid "Ubuntu Wiki Subversion page"
msgstr "Page du Wiki Ubuntu consacrée à Subversion"

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:3(title) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:3(title)
msgid "Credits and License"
msgstr "Remerciements et licence"

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:4(para) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:4(para)
msgid ""
"This document is maintained by the Ubuntu documentation team "
"(https://wiki.ubuntu.com/DocumentationTeam). For a list of contributors, see "
"the <ulink url=\"../../libs/C/contributors.xml\">contributors page</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Ce document est maintenu par l'équipe de documentation d'Ubuntu "
"(https://wiki.ubuntu.com/DocumentationTeam). Pour obtenir la liste des "
"contributeurs, consultez la <ulink "
"url=\"../../libs/C/contributors.xml\">page des contributeurs</ulink>. En cas "
"de problème avec la traduction française, vous pouvez contacter l'équipe de "
"traduction sur la liste de diffusion : ubuntu-fr-l10n@lists.ubuntu.com"

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:5(para) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:5(para)
msgid ""
"This document is made available under the Creative Commons ShareAlike 2.5 "
"License (CC-BY-SA)."
msgstr ""
"Ce document est diffusé sous la licence Creative Commons Paternité – Partage "
"des conditions initiales à l'identique v. 2.5 (CC-BY-SA)."

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:6(para) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:6(para)
msgid ""
"You are free to modify, extend, and improve the Ubuntu documentation source "
"code under the terms of this license. All derivative works must be released "
"under this license."
msgstr ""
"Vous êtes libre de modifier, de compléter ou d'améliorer le code source de "
"la documentation Ubuntu sous les termes de cette licence. Tous les travaux "
"dérivés doivent être soumis à cette même licence."

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:8(para) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:8(para)
msgid ""
"This documentation is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but "
"WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY "
"or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AS DESCRIBED IN THE DISCLAIMER."
msgstr ""
"Cette documentation est distribuée dans l'espoir qu'elle sera utile, mais "
"SANS AUCUNE GARANTIE de quelque nature que ce soit ; expresse ou implicite, "
"y compris, mais sans y être limité, les garanties D'APTITUDE À LA VENTE ou À "
"UN BUT PARTICULIER COMME EXPOSÉ DANS LA MISE EN GARDE. (N.B. : en cas de "
"litige, seule la version anglaise fait foi)."

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:11(para) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:11(para)
msgid ""
"A copy of the license is available here: <ulink url=\"/usr/share/ubuntu-"
"docs/libs/C/ccbysa.xml\">Creative Commons ShareAlike License</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Une copie de la licence est disponible en ligne : <ulink "
"url=\"/usr/share/ubuntu-docs/libs/C/ccbysa.xml\">Licence Creative Commons "
"partage à l'identique</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:14(year) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:14(year)
msgid "2008"
msgstr "2008"

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:15(ulink) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:15(ulink)
msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Project"
msgstr "Le projet de documentation d'Ubuntu"

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:15(holder) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:15(holder)
msgid "Canonical Ltd. and members of the <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Canonical Ltd. et les membres de <placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:18(publishername) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:18(publishername)
msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Project"
msgstr "Le projet de documentation d'Ubuntu"

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:17(para)
msgid ""
"Welcome to the <emphasis>Ubuntu Server Guide</emphasis>! It contains "
"information on how to install and configure various server applications on "
"your Ubuntu system to fit your needs. It is a step-by-step, task-oriented "
"guide for configuring and customizing your system."
msgstr ""
"Bienvenue dans <emphasis>le guide du serveur Ubuntu</emphasis> ! Vous "
"trouverez ici des informations concernant l'installation et la configuration "
"de plusieurs applications serveur sur votre système Ubuntu afin de "
"satisfaire vos besoins. Il s'agit d'un guide pratique, procédant étape par "
"étape, pour configurer et personnaliser votre système."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:13(title)
msgid "Security"
msgstr "Sécurité"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"Security should always be considered when installing, deploying, and using "
"any type of computer system. Although a fresh installation of Ubuntu is "
"relatively safe for immediate use on the Internet, it is important to have a "
"balanced understanding of your systems security posture based on how it will "
"be used after deployment."
msgstr ""
"La sécurité devrait toujours être prise en compte lors de l'installation, le "
"déploiement et l'utilisation de n'importe quel système informatique. Bien "
"qu'une nouvelle installation d'Ubuntu soit relativement sécurisée pour un "
"usage immédiat de l'Internet, il est important de bien appréhender la "
"politique de sécurité de votre système, qui doit être basée sur la façon "
"dont il sera utilisé après déploiement."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:17(para)
msgid ""
"This chapter provides an overview of security related topics as they pertain "
"to Ubuntu 10.04 LTS Server Edition, and outlines simple measures you may use "
"to protect your server and network from any number of potential security "
"threats."
msgstr ""
"Ce chapitre donne un aperçu des sujets liés à la sécurité ayant trait à "
"Ubuntu 10.04 LTS Server Edition et décrit comment protéger votre serveur et "
"votre réseau d'un certain nombre de menaces potentielles."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:21(title)
msgid "User Management"
msgstr "Gestion des utilisateurs"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:22(para)
msgid ""
"User management is a critical part of maintaining a secure system. "
"Ineffective user and privilege management often lead many systems into being "
"compromised. Therefore, it is important that you understand how you can "
"protect your server through simple and effective user account management "
"techniques."
msgstr ""
"La gestion des utilisateurs est une partie cruciale de la sécurisation du "
"système. Une gestion inefficace des utilisateurs et de leurs droits conduit "
"souvent de nombreux systèmes a être corrompus. Il est donc fondamental de "
"comprendre comment vous pouvez protéger votre serveur aux travers de "
"techniques simples de gestion des comptes utilisateurs."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:26(title)
msgid "Where is root?"
msgstr "Où est la racine ?"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:27(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu developers made a conscientious decision to disable the "
"administrative root account by default in all Ubuntu installations. This "
"does not mean that the root account has been deleted or that it may not be "
"accessed. It merely has been given a password which matches no possible "
"encrypted value, therefore may not log in directly by itself."
msgstr ""
"Les développeurs Ubuntu ont choisi en conscience de désactiver par défaut le "
"compte root pour toutes les versions d'Ubuntu. Ce qui ne signifie pas que le "
"compte root ait été supprimé, ou qu'il ne soit pas accessible. Il lui a "
"simplement été attribué un mot de passe qui ne correspond à aucune valeur "
"chiffrée possible, on ne peut donc se connecter directement avec ce compte."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:30(para)
msgid ""
"Instead, users are encouraged to make use of a tool by the name of "
"<application>sudo</application> to carry out system administrative duties. "
"<application>Sudo</application> allows an authorized user to temporarily "
"elevate their privileges using their own password instead of having to know "
"the password belonging to the root account. This simple yet effective "
"methodology provides accountability for all user actions, and gives the "
"administrator granular control over which actions a user can perform with "
"said privileges."
msgstr ""
"À la place, les utilisateurs sont invités à se servir d'un outil nommé "
"<application>sudo</application> pour effectuer les tâches d'administration "
"du système. <application>Sudo</application> permet à un utilisateur qui y "
"est autorisé, d'étendre temporairement ses privilèges en saisissant son "
"propre mot de passe plutôt que d'avoir à connaître celui du compte root. "
"Cette méthode simple mais efficace permet de responsabiliser l'utilisateur "
"pour toutes ses actions et permet à l'administrateur de contrôler finement "
"les actions qu'un utilisateur peut effectuer avec lesdits privilèges."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:35(para)
msgid ""
"If for some reason you wish to enable the root account, simply give it a "
"password:"
msgstr ""
"Si pour une raison quelconque vous voulez activer le compte root, donnez-lui "
"tout simplement un mot de passe :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:39(command)
msgid "sudo passwd"
msgstr "sudo passwd"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:41(para)
msgid ""
"Sudo will prompt you for your password, and then ask you to supply a new "
"password for root as shown below:"
msgstr ""
"Sudo vous demandera votre mot de passe, puis de fournir un nouveau mot de "
"passe pour root, tel que présenté ci-dessous :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:44(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "(enter your own password)"
msgstr "(saisissez votre propre mot de passe)"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:45(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "(enter a new password for root)"
msgstr "(saisissez un nouveau mot de passe pour root)"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:46(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "(repeat new password for root)"
msgstr "(répétez le nouveau mot de passe pour root)"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:44(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[sudo] password for username: <placeholder-1/>\n"
"Enter new UNIX password: <placeholder-2/>\n"
"Retype new UNIX password: <placeholder-3/>\n"
"passwd: password updated successfully"
msgstr ""
"[sudo] password for username: <placeholder-1/>\n"
"Saisissez le nouveau mot de passe UNIX : <placeholder-2/>\n"
"Retapez le nouveau mot de passe UNIX : <placeholder-3/>\n"
"passwd : le mot de passe a été mis à jour avec succès"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:51(para)
msgid "To disable the root account, use the following passwd syntax:"
msgstr "Pour désactiver le compte root, utilisez la syntaxe suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:55(command)
msgid "sudo passwd -l root"
msgstr "sudo passwd -l root"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:59(para)
msgid ""
"You should read more on <application>Sudo</application> by checking out it's "
"man page:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez en savoir davantage sur <application>Sudo</application> en "
"lisant sa page de manuel :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:63(command)
msgid "man sudo"
msgstr "man sudo"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:67(para)
msgid ""
"By default, the initial user created by the Ubuntu installer is a member of "
"the group \"admin\" which is added to the file "
"<filename>/etc/sudoers</filename> as an authorized sudo user. If you wish to "
"give any other account full root access through "
"<application>sudo</application>, simply add them to the admin group."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, le premier utilisateur créé lors de l'installation d'Ubuntu est "
"membre du groupe « admin ». Ce groupe est ajouté au fichier "
"<filename>/etc/sudoers</filename> afin que ses membres soit autorisés à "
"utiliser sudo. Si vous voulez donner un accès root complet à n'importe quel "
"autre utilisateur, ajoutez-le simplement au groupe admin."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:73(title)
msgid "Adding and Deleting Users"
msgstr "Ajout et suppression d'utilisateurs"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:74(para)
msgid ""
"The process for managing local users and groups is straight forward and "
"differs very little from most other GNU/Linux operating systems. Ubuntu and "
"other Debian based distributions, encourage the use of the \"adduser\" "
"package for account management."
msgstr ""
"La manière de gérer les utilisateurs et les groupes est claire et nette. "
"Elle varie très peu d'un système GNU/Linux à l'autre. Ubuntu et les autres "
"distributions basées sur Debian, incitent à utiliser la paquet « adduser » "
"pour gérer les comptes utilisateurs."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:79(para)
msgid ""
"To add a user account, use the following syntax, and follow the prompts to "
"give the account a password and identifiable characteristics such as a full "
"name, phone number, etc."
msgstr ""
"Pour ajouter un compte utilisateur, utilisez la syntaxe suivante et suivez "
"les indications pour attribuer à ce compte un mot de passe et certaines "
"caractéristiques d'identification, comme le nom complet, le numéro de "
"téléphone, etc."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:83(command)
msgid "sudo adduser username"
msgstr "sudo adduser nomutilisateur"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:87(para)
msgid ""
"To delete a user account and its primary group, use the following syntax:"
msgstr ""
"Pour supprimer un compte utilisateur et son groupe primaire, utilisez la "
"syntaxe suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:91(command)
msgid "sudo deluser username"
msgstr "sudo deluser nomutilisateur"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:93(para)
msgid ""
"Deleting an account does not remove their respective home folder. It is up "
"to you whether or not you wish to delete the folder manually or keep it "
"according to your desired retention policies."
msgstr ""
"La suppression d'un compte n'entraîne pas la suppression de son répertoire "
"personnel. C'est à vous de décider si vous voulez ou non, supprimer ce "
"dossier manuellement, en accord avec votre politique de conservation des "
"données."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:96(para)
msgid ""
"Remember, any user added later on with the same UID/GID as the previous "
"owner will now have access to this folder if you have not taken the "
"necessary precautions."
msgstr ""
"Notez bien que n'importe quel utilisateur ajouté par la suite avec le même "
"UID/GID que le précédent propriétaire aura alors accès à ce dossier, si vous "
"n'avez pas pris les précautions nécessaires."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:99(para)
msgid ""
"You may want to change these UID/GID values to something more appropriate, "
"such as the root account, and perhaps even relocate the folder to avoid "
"future conflicts:"
msgstr ""
"Vous voudrez sans doute modifier ces valeurs des UID/GID pour quelque chose "
"de plus approprié, telles que celles du compte root, et peut-être déplacer "
"le dossier pour éviter de futurs conflits :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:103(command)
msgid "sudo chown -R root:root /home/username/"
msgstr "sudo chown -R root:root /home/nomutilisateur/"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:104(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir /home/archived_users/"
msgstr "sudo mkdir /home/archives_utilisateurs/"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:105(command)
msgid "sudo mv /home/username /home/archived_users/"
msgstr "sudo mv /home/nomutilisateur /home/archives_utilisateurs/"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:109(para)
msgid ""
"To temporarily lock or unlock a user account, use the following syntax, "
"respectively:"
msgstr ""
"Pour verrouiller ou déverrouiller temporairement un compte utilisateur, "
"utilisez la syntaxe suivante, respectivement :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:113(command)
msgid "sudo passwd -l username"
msgstr "sudo passwd -l nomutilisateur"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:114(command)
msgid "sudo passwd -u username"
msgstr "sudo passwd -u nomutilisateur"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:118(para)
msgid ""
"To add or delete a personalized group, use the following syntax, "
"respectively:"
msgstr ""
"Pour ajouter ou supprimer un groupe personnalisé, utilisez la syntaxe "
"suivante, soit respectivement :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:122(command)
msgid "sudo addgroup groupname"
msgstr "sudo addgroup nomgroupe"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:123(command)
msgid "sudo delgroup groupname"
msgstr "sudo delgroup nomgroupe"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:127(para)
msgid "To add a user to a group, use the following syntax:"
msgstr ""
"Pour ajouter un utilisateur à un groupe, utilisez la syntaxe suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:131(command)
msgid "sudo adduser username groupname"
msgstr "sudo adduser nomutilisateur nomgroupe"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:138(title)
msgid "User Profile Security"
msgstr "Sécurité du profil utilisateur"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:139(para)
msgid ""
"When a new user is created, the adduser utility creates a brand new home "
"directory named <filename class=\"directory\">/home/username</filename>, "
"respectively. The default profile is modeled after the contents found in the "
"directory of <filename class=\"directory\">/etc/skel</filename>, which "
"includes all profile basics."
msgstr ""
"Lorsqu'un nouvel utilisateur est créé, l'application adduser crée un tout "
"nouveau répertoire personnel nommé <filename "
"class=\"directory\">/home/nomutilisateur</filename>. Le profil par défaut "
"est copié d'après les contenus se trouvant dans le dossier <filename "
"class=\"directory\">/etc/skel</filename>, qui inclut tous les éléments "
"essentiels d'un profil."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:142(para)
msgid ""
"If your server will be home to multiple users, you should pay close "
"attention to the user home directory permissions to ensure confidentiality. "
"By default, user home directories in Ubuntu are created with world "
"read/execute permissions. This means that all users can browse and access "
"the contents of other users home directories. This may not be suitable for "
"your environment."
msgstr ""
"Si votre serveur héberge de multiples utilisateurs, vous devrez être "
"particulièrement attentif aux droits d'accès des répertoires personnels pour "
"assurer la confidentialité des données. Par défaut, les répertoires "
"personnels sur Ubuntu sont créés avec des droits de lecture et d'exécution "
"pour tout le monde. Ce qui signifie que tous les utilisateurs peuvent "
"parcourir et lire les contenus des dossiers personnels des autres "
"utilisateurs. Cela ne convient peut-être pas à votre configuration."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:147(para)
msgid ""
"To verify your current users home directory permissions, use the following "
"syntax:"
msgstr ""
"Pour vérifier les droits d'accès des répertoires personnels des "
"utilisateurs, utilisez la syntaxe suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:151(command) serverguide/C/security.xml:183(command)
msgid "ls -ld /home/username"
msgstr "ls -ld /home/nomutilisateur"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:153(para)
msgid ""
"The following output shows that the directory <filename "
"class=\"directory\">/home/username</filename> has world readable permissions:"
msgstr ""
"La sortie suivante montre que le dossier <filename "
"class=\"directory\">/home/nomutilisateur</filename> est accessible en "
"lecture pour tout le monde :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:156(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "drwxr-xr-x  2 username username    4096 2007-10-02 20:03 username"
msgstr ""
"drwxr-xr-x 2 nomutilisateur nomutilisateur 4096 2007-10-02 20:03 "
"nomutilisateur"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:160(para)
msgid ""
"You can remove the world readable permissions using the following syntax:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez supprimer les droits en lecture pour tout le monde avec la "
"syntaxe suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:164(command)
msgid "sudo chmod 0750 /home/username"
msgstr "sudo chmod 0750 /home/nomutilisateur"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:167(para)
msgid ""
"Some people tend to use the recursive option (-R) indiscriminately which "
"modifies all child folders and files, but this is not necessary, and may "
"yield other undesirable results. The parent directory alone is sufficient "
"for preventing unauthorized access to anything below the parent."
msgstr ""
"Certaines personnes ont tendance à utiliser aveuglément l'option de "
"récursion (-R) qui modifie tous les sous-répertoires et fichiers. Ceci n'est "
"pas nécessaires et peut conduire à des résultats indésirables. Agir sur le "
"répertoire principal est suffisant pour empêcher les accès non autorisés à "
"tout ce qui peut se trouver dedans."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:171(para)
msgid ""
"A much more efficient approach to the matter would be to modify the "
"<application>adduser</application> global default permissions when creating "
"user home folders. Simply edit the file "
"<filename>/etc/adduser.conf</filename> and modify the "
"<varname>DIR_MODE</varname> variable to something appropriate, so that all "
"new home directories will receive the correct permissions."
msgstr ""
"Un approche bien plus efficace pour ce problème serait de modifier "
"globalement les droits d'accès établis par défaut par "
"<application>adduser</application> lors de la création des répertoires "
"personnels. Ouvrez simplement le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/adduser.conf</filename> et changez la valeur de la variable "
"<varname>DIR_MODE</varname> pour quelque chose d'approprié, ainsi les "
"nouveaux dossiers utilisateurs auront les bons droits d'accès lors de leur "
"création."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:174(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"DIR_MODE=0750\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"DIR_MODE=0750\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:179(para)
msgid ""
"After correcting the directory permissions using any of the previously "
"mentioned techniques, verify the results using the following syntax:"
msgstr ""
"Après avoir corrigé les droits d'accès avec l'une des méthodes mentionnée "
"précédemment, effectuez-en un contrôle avec la commande suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:185(para)
msgid ""
"The results below show that world readable permissions have been removed:"
msgstr ""
"Les résultats ci-dessous montrent que les droits de lecture pour tout le "
"monde ont été enlevés :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:188(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "drwxr-x---   2 username username    4096 2007-10-02 20:03 username"
msgstr ""
"drwxr-x--- 2 nomutilisateur nomutilisateur 4096 2007-10-02 20:03 "
"nomutilisateur"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:195(title)
msgid "Password Policy"
msgstr "Politique des mots de passe"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:196(para)
msgid ""
"A strong password policy is one of the most important aspects of your "
"security posture. Many successful security breaches involve simple brute "
"force and dictionary attacks against weak passwords. If you intend to offer "
"any form of remote access involving your local password system, make sure "
"you adequately address minimum password complexity requirements, maximum "
"password lifetimes, and frequent audits of your authentication systems."
msgstr ""
"Avoir une politique rigoureuse des mots de passe est l'un des aspect les "
"plus important de votre stratégie de sécurité. Des attaques de type force "
"brute ou par dictionnaire contre des mots de passe faibles sont à l'origine "
"de nombreuses intrusions. Si vous désirez ouvrir un accès distant (quel que "
"soit son type) à votre système en utilisant votre mot de passe local, vous "
"devez vous assurer que vous respectez des exigences minimales de complexité "
"des mots de passe, des durées de vie des mots de passe limitées, et que vous "
"effectuez des audits fréquents de vos systèmes d'authentification."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:200(title)
msgid "Minimum Password Length"
msgstr "Longueur minimale du mot de passe"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:201(para)
msgid ""
"By default, Ubuntu requires a minimum password length of 4 characters, as "
"well as some basic entropy checks. These values are controlled in the file "
"<filename>/etc/pam.d/common-password</filename>, which is outlined below."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, Ubuntu requiert un mot de passe d'au moins 4 caractères, ainsi "
"que certaines vérifications basiques d'entropie. Ces paramètres sont gérés "
"par le fichier <filename>/etc/pam.d/common-password</filename> qui est "
"décrit ci-dessous."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:204(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"password   required   pam_unix.so nullok obscure min=4 max=8 md5\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"password required pam_unix.so nullok obscure min=4 max=8 md5\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:207(para)
msgid ""
"If you would like to adjust the minimum length to 6 characters, change the "
"appropriate variable to min=6. The modification is outlined below."
msgstr ""
"Si vous voulez modifier la taille minimale du mot de passe à 6 caractères, "
"changez la variable appropriée à min=6. La modification est présentée ci-"
"dessous."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:210(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"password   required   pam_unix.so nullok obscure min=6 max=8 md5\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"password required pam_unix.so nullok obscure min=6 max=8 md5\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:214(para)
msgid ""
"The <varname>max=8</varname> variable does not represent the maximum length "
"of a password. It only means that complexity requirements will not be "
"checked on passwords over 8 characters. You may want to look at the "
"<application>libpam-cracklib</application> package for additional password "
"entropy assistance."
msgstr ""
"La variable <varname>max=8</varname> ne représente pas la taille maximale "
"d'un mot de passe. Elle signifie seulement que les tests de complexité ne "
"seront pas appliqués aux mots de passe de plus de 8 caractères. Vous pouvez "
"regarder le paquet <application>libpam-cracklib</application> pour une aide "
"supplémentaire sur l'entropie des mots de passe."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:220(title)
msgid "Password Expiration"
msgstr "Expiration du mot de passe"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:221(para)
msgid ""
"When creating user accounts, you should make it a policy to have a minimum "
"and maximum password age forcing users to change their passwords when they "
"expire."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque vous créez des comptes utilisateurs, vous devriez vous fixer comme "
"règle de définir une durée de vie minimale et maximale pour les mots de "
"passe. Cela obligera les utilisateurs à changer leur mot de passe lorsqu'il "
"arrive à expiration."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:226(para)
msgid ""
"To easily view the current status of a user account, use the following "
"syntax:"
msgstr ""
"Pour afficher facilement l'état actuel d'un compte utilisateur, utilisez la "
"syntaxe suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:230(command) serverguide/C/security.xml:263(command)
msgid "sudo chage -l username"
msgstr "sudo chage -l username"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:232(para)
msgid ""
"The output below shows interesting facts about the user account, namely that "
"there are no policies applied:"
msgstr ""
"La sortie ci-dessous montre des choses intéressantes sur le compte "
"utilisateur, en fait aucune règle n'est appliquée :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:235(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Last password change                                    : Jan 20, 2008\n"
"Password expires                                        : never\n"
"Password inactive                                       : never\n"
"Account expires                                         : never\n"
"Minimum number of days between password change          : 0\n"
"Maximum number of days between password change          : 99999\n"
"Number of days of warning before password expires       : 7"
msgstr ""
"Dernier changement de mot de passe : 20 janvier 2008\n"
"Fin de validité du mot de passe : jamais\n"
"Mot de passe désactivé : jamais\n"
"Fin de validité du compte : jamais\n"
"Nombre minimum de jours entre les changements de mot de passe : 0\n"
"Nombre maximum de jours entre les changements de mot de passe : 99999\n"
"Nombre de jours d'avertissement avant la fin de validité du mot de passe : 7"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:245(para)
msgid ""
"To set any of these values, simply use the following syntax, and follow the "
"interactive prompts:"
msgstr ""
"Pour définir une de ces valeurs, utilisez simplement la syntaxe suivante et "
"suivez les indications :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:249(command)
msgid "sudo chage username"
msgstr "sudo chage nomutilisateur"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:251(para)
msgid ""
"The following is also an example of how you can manually change the explicit "
"expiration date (-E) to 01/31/2008, minimum password age (-m) of 5 days, "
"maximum password age (-M) of 90 days, inactivity period (-I) of 5 days after "
"password expiration, and a warning time period (-W) of 14 days before "
"password expiration."
msgstr ""
"Ce qui suit est également un exemple de la façon dont vous pouvez modifier "
"manuellement la date d'expiration explicite (-E) au 31/01/2008, la durée de "
"vie minimale du mot de passe (-m) à 5 jours, sa durée de vie maximale (-M) à "
"90 jours, la période d'inactivité (-I) à 5 jours après l'expiration du mot "
"de passe et une période d'avertissement (-W) de 14 jours avant l'expiration "
"du mot de passe."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:255(command)
msgid "sudo chage -E 01/31/2008 -m 5 -M 90 -I 30 -W 14 username"
msgstr "sudo chage -E 01/31/2008 -m 5 -M 90 -I 30 -W 14 nomutilisateur"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:259(para)
msgid "To verify changes, use the same syntax as mentioned previously:"
msgstr ""
"Pour vérifier les modifications, utilisez la même syntaxe que celle "
"mentionnée précédemment :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:265(para)
msgid ""
"The output below shows the new policies that have been established for the "
"account:"
msgstr ""
"La sortie ci-dessous indique les nouvelles règles qui ont été établies pour "
"le compte :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:268(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Last password change                                    : Jan 20, 2008\n"
"Password expires                                        : Apr 19, 2008\n"
"Password inactive                                       : May 19, 2008\n"
"Account expires                                         : Jan 31, 2008\n"
"Minimum number of days between password change          : 5\n"
"Maximum number of days between password change          : 90\n"
"Number of days of warning before password expires       : 14"
msgstr ""
"Dernier changement de mot de passe : 20 janvier 2008\n"
"Fin de validité du mot de passe : 19 avril 2008\n"
"Mot de passe désactivé : 19 mai 2008\n"
"Fin de validité du compte : 31 janvier 2008\n"
"Nombre minimal de jours entre deux changements de mot de passe : 5\n"
"Nombre maximal de jours entre deux changements de mot de passe : 90\n"
"Nombre de jours d'avertissement avant la fin de validité du mot de passe : 14"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:284(title)
msgid "Other Security Considerations"
msgstr "Autres considérations de sécurité"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:285(para)
msgid ""
"Many applications use alternate authentication mechanisms that can be easily "
"overlooked by even experienced system administrators. Therefore, it is "
"important to understand and control how users authenticate and gain access "
"to services and applications on your server."
msgstr ""
"Un grand nombre d'applications utilisent d'autres mécanismes "
"d'authentification qui peuvent facilement être négligés, même par des "
"administrateurs système expérimentés. Par conséquent, il est important de "
"comprendre et de contrôler la manière dont les utilisateurs s'authentifient "
"et ont accès aux services et aux applications sur votre serveur."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:290(title)
msgid "SSH Access by Disabled Users"
msgstr "Accès SSH par des utilisateurs désactivés"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:291(para)
msgid ""
"Simply disabling/locking a user account will not prevent a user from logging "
"into your server remotely if they have previously set up RSA public key "
"authentication. They will still be able to gain shell access to the server, "
"without the need for any password. Remember to check the users home "
"directory for files that will allow for this type of authenticated SSH "
"access. e.g. <filename>/home/username/.ssh/authorized_keys</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Le simple fait de désactiver ou verrouiller un compte utilisateur, "
"n'empêchera pas celui-ci de se connecter à distance à votre serveur s'il a "
"précédemment défini une authentification par clé publique RSA. Il continuera "
"à avoir un accès en ligne de commande au serveur, sans avoir besoin d'un mot "
"de passe. Pensez à vérifier dans les répertoires personnels des utilisateurs "
"la présence de fichiers qui autorisent ce type d'accès SSH avec "
"authentification, c'est-à-dire "
"<filename>/home/nomutilisateur/.ssh/authorized_keys</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:294(para)
msgid ""
"Remove or rename the directory <filename "
"class=\"directory\">.ssh/</filename> in the user's home folder to prevent "
"further SSH authentication capabilities."
msgstr ""
"Supprimez ou renommez le dossier <filename "
"class=\"directory\">.ssh/</filename> du répertoire personnel de "
"l'utilisateur pour l'empêcher d'utiliser les capacités d'authentification "
"SSH à l'avenir."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:297(para)
msgid ""
"Be sure to check for any established SSH connections by the disabled user, "
"as it is possible they may have existing inbound or outbound connections. "
"Kill any that are found."
msgstr ""
"Vérifiez bien qu'aucune connexion SSH n'est établie par l'utilisateur "
"désactivé, en effet il peut avoir une connexion entrante ou sortante active. "
"Mettez fin à toutes celles que vous trouvez."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:300(para)
msgid ""
"Restrict SSH access to only user accounts that should have it. For example, "
"you may create a group called \"sshlogin\" and add the group name as the "
"value associated with the <varname>AllowGroups</varname> variable located in "
"the file <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Restreignez l'accès en SSH aux seuls comptes utilisateurs qui devrait "
"l'avoir. Vous pouvez par exemple, créer un groupe nommé « sshlogin » et "
"ajouter ce nom de groupe comme valeur à la variable "
"<varname>AllowGroups</varname> située dans le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:303(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"AllowGroups sshlogin\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"AllowGroups sshlogin\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:306(para)
msgid ""
"Then add your permitted SSH users to the group \"sshlogin\", and restart the "
"SSH service."
msgstr ""
"Puis ajoutez vos utilisateurs SSH autorisés au groupe « sshlogin », et "
"redémarrez le service SSH."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:310(command)
msgid "sudo adduser username sshlogin"
msgstr "sudo adduser nomutilisateur sshlogin"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:311(command) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:150(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/ssh restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/ssh restart"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:315(title)
msgid "External User Database Authentication"
msgstr "Authentification via une base de données utilisateurs externe"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:316(para)
msgid ""
"Most enterprise networks require centralized authentication and access "
"controls for all system resources. If you have configured your server to "
"authenticate users against external databases, be sure to disable the user "
"accounts both externally and locally, this way you ensure that local "
"fallback authentication is not possible."
msgstr ""
"La plupart des réseaux d'entreprise nécessitent une authentification "
"centralisée et des contrôles d'accès pour toutes les ressources système. Si "
"vous avez configuré votre serveur pour authentifier les utilisateurs sur une "
"base de données externe, prenez soin de désactiver les comptes utilisateurs "
"aussi bien externes que locaux. Ainsi, vous êtes sûr qu'en dernier recours "
"l'authentification locale est impossible."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:325(title)
msgid "Console Security"
msgstr "Sécurité de la console"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:326(para)
msgid ""
"As with any other security barrier you put in place to protect your server, "
"it is pretty tough to defend against untold damage caused by someone with "
"physical access to your environment, for example, theft of hard drives, "
"power or service disruption and so on. Therefore, console security should be "
"addressed merely as one component of your overall physical security "
"strategy. A locked \"screen door\" may deter a casual criminal, or at the "
"very least slow down a determined one, so it is still advisable to perform "
"basic precautions with regard to console security."
msgstr ""
"Comme pour toute barrière de sécurité mise en place sur votre serveur, il "
"est particulièrement difficile de se défendre contre les dommages "
"considérables que peut causer quelqu'un qui a un accès physique à votre "
"environnement, par exemple le vol de disque dur, l'interruption de service "
"ou de l'alimentation et ainsi de suite. Par conséquent, la sécurité de la "
"console ne doit être traitée que comme un composant de l'ensemble de votre "
"stratégie de sécurité physique. Une « porte verrouillée » peut dissuader un "
"criminel occasionnel, ou du moins ralentir quelqu'un de plus déterminé. Il "
"est donc toujours conseillé de prendre des précautions élémentaires "
"concernant la sécurité de la console."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:329(para)
msgid ""
"The following instructions will help defend your server against issues that "
"could otherwise yield very serious consequences."
msgstr ""
"Les instructions suivantes vous aideront à prémunir votre serveur contre des "
"problèmes qui pourraient, le cas échéant, avoir de très graves conséquences."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:334(title)
msgid "Disable Ctrl+Alt+Delete"
msgstr "Désactiver Ctrl+Alt+Suppr"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:335(para)
msgid ""
"First and foremost, anyone that has physical access to the keyboard can "
"simply use the "
"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap></k"
"eycombo> key combination to reboot the server without having to log on. "
"Sure, someone could simply unplug the power source, but you should still "
"prevent the use of this key combination on a production server. This forces "
"an attacker to take more drastic measures to reboot the server, and will "
"prevent accidental reboots at the same time."
msgstr ""
"Avant toute chose, quiconque ayant un accès physique au clavier peut "
"simplement utiliser la combinaison de touches "
"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Suppr</keycap></ke"
"ycombo> pour redémarre le serveur sans avoir à s'y connecter. Bien "
"évidemment, quelqu'un peut simplement débrancher l'alimentation, mais vous "
"devriez quand même empêcher l'utilisation de cette combinaison de touches "
"sur un serveur en production. Ceci oblige l'attaquent à prendre des mesures "
"plus radicales pour redémarrer le serveur et évite en même temps les "
"redémarrage accidentels."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:340(para)
msgid ""
"To disable the reboot action taken by pressing the "
"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap></k"
"eycombo> key combination, comment out the following line in the file "
"<filename>/etc/init/control-alt-delete.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Pour désactiver le déclenchement d'un redémarrage après avoir appuyé "
"simultanément sur les touches "
"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Suppr</keycap></ke"
"ycombo>, commentez la ligne qui suit dans le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/init/control-alt-delete.conf</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:343(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#exec shutdown -r now \"Control-Alt-Delete pressed\"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"#exec shutdown -r now \"Control-Alt-Delete pressed\"\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:352(title)
msgid "Firewall"
msgstr "Pare-feu"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:355(para)
msgid ""
"The Linux kernel includes the <emphasis>Netfilter</emphasis> subsystem, "
"which is used to manipulate or decide the fate of network traffic headed "
"into or through your server. All modern Linux firewall solutions use this "
"system for packet filtering."
msgstr ""
"Le noyau Linux intègre le sous-système <emphasis>Netfilter</emphasis>, qui "
"est utilisé pour manipuler ou décider du destin du trafic réseau arrivant, "
"sortant ou passant par votre serveur. Tous les pare-feu modernes pour Linux "
"utilisent ce système pour le filtrage des paquets."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:360(para)
msgid ""
"The kernel's packet filtering system would be of little use to "
"administrators without a userspace interface to manage it. This is the "
"purpose of iptables. When a packet reaches your server, it will be handed "
"off to the Netfilter subsystem for acceptance, manipulation, or rejection "
"based on the rules supplied to it from userspace via iptables. Thus, "
"iptables is all you need to manage your firewall if you're familiar with it, "
"but many frontends are available to simplify the task."
msgstr ""
"Le système du noyau de filtrage de paquets serait bien peu utile aux "
"administrateurs sans une interface utilisateur pour le gérer. C'est le but "
"d'iptables. Quand un paquet atteint votre serveur, Netfilter décidera s'il "
"est accepté, manipulé, ou rejeté en suivant les règles fournies grâce à "
"iptables. Si vous le maîtrisez, iptables suffit donc à gérer votre pare-feu, "
"mais de nombreuses interfaces existent pour vous simplifier la tâche."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:370(title)
msgid "ufw - Uncomplicated Firewall"
msgstr "ufw - pare-feu simplifié"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:371(para)
msgid ""
"The default firewall configuration tool for Ubuntu is "
"<application>ufw</application>. Developed to ease iptables firewall "
"configuration, <application>ufw</application> provides a user friendly way "
"to create an IPv4 or IPv6 host-based firewall."
msgstr ""
"L'outil de configuration de pare-feu par défaut sous Ubuntu est "
"<application>ufw</application>. Développé pour faciliter la configuration "
"d'iptables, <application>ufw</application> propose une manière ergonomique "
"de créer une machine servant de pare-feu IPv4 ou IPv6."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:375(para)
msgid ""
"<application>ufw</application> by default is initially disabled. From the "
"<application>ufw</application> man page:"
msgstr ""
"<application>ufw</application> est désactivé par défaut. D'après la page "
"manuel de <application>ufw</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:379(quote)
msgid ""
"ufw is not intended to provide complete firewall functionality via its "
"command interface, but instead provides an easy way to add or remove simple "
"rules. It is currently mainly used for host-based firewalls."
msgstr ""
"ufw n'est pas conçu pour fournir une solution pare-feu complète via son "
"interfaces de commandes, mais il propose d'ajouter ou de supprimer "
"facilement des règles simples. Il est actuellement principalement utilisé "
"pour des machines servant de pare-feu."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:383(para)
msgid ""
"The following are some examples of how to use <application>ufw</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Voici quelques exemples d'utilisation de <application>ufw</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:388(para)
msgid ""
"First, <application>ufw</application> needs to be enabled. From a terminal "
"prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"D'abord, <application>ufw</application> doit être activé. Depuis un terminal "
"saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:392(command)
msgid "sudo ufw enable"
msgstr "sudo ufw enable"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:396(para)
msgid "To open a port (ssh in this example):"
msgstr "Pour ouvrir un port (ssh dans cet exemple) :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:400(command)
msgid "sudo ufw allow 22"
msgstr "sudo ufw allow 22"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:404(para)
msgid "Rules can also be added using a <emphasis>numbered</emphasis> format:"
msgstr ""
"Les règles peuvent également être ajoutées en utilisant un format "
"<emphasis>numéroté</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:408(command)
msgid "sudo ufw insert 1 allow 80"
msgstr "sudo ufw insert 1 allow 80"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:412(para)
msgid "Similarly, to close an opened port:"
msgstr "De même, pour fermer un port ouvert :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:416(command)
msgid "sudo ufw deny 22"
msgstr "sudo ufw deny 22"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:420(para)
msgid "To remove a rule, use delete followed by the rule:"
msgstr "Pour supprimer une règle, utilisez « delete » suivi de la règle :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:424(command)
msgid "sudo ufw delete deny 22"
msgstr "sudo ufw delete deny 22"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:428(para)
msgid ""
"It is also possible to allow access from specific hosts or networks to a "
"port. The following example allows ssh access from host 192.168.0.2 to any "
"ip address on this host:"
msgstr ""
"Il est également possible d'autoriser les accès pour des hôtes ou des ports "
"spécifiques. L'exemple suivant autorise les accès SSH depuis l'hôte "
"192.1687.0.2 vers n'importe quelle adresse IP :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:433(command)
msgid "sudo ufw allow proto tcp from 192.168.0.2 to any port 22"
msgstr "sudo ufw allow proto tcp from 192.168.0.2 to any port 22"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:435(para)
msgid ""
"Replace 192.168.0.2 with 192.168.0.0/24 to allow ssh access from the entire "
"subnet."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez 192.168.0.2 par 192.168.0.0/24 pour permettre un accès ssh depuis "
"l'ensemble du sous-réseau."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:441(para)
msgid ""
"Adding the <emphasis>--dry-run</emphasis> option to a "
"<emphasis>ufw</emphasis> command will output the resulting rules, but not "
"apply them. For example, the following is what would be applied if opening "
"the HTTP port:"
msgstr ""
"L'ajout de l'option <emphasis>--dry-run</emphasis> à la commande "
"<emphasis>ufw</emphasis> affichera les règles sans les appliquer. Par "
"exemple, voici ce qu'il faudrait faire pour ouvrir le port HTTP :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:447(command)
msgid "sudo ufw --dry-run allow http"
msgstr "sudo ufw --dry-run allow http"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:451(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*filter\n"
":ufw-user-input - [0:0]\n"
":ufw-user-output - [0:0]\n"
":ufw-user-forward - [0:0]\n"
":ufw-user-limit - [0:0]\n"
":ufw-user-limit-accept - [0:0]\n"
"### RULES ###\n"
"\n"
"### tuple ### allow tcp 80 0.0.0.0/0 any 0.0.0.0/0\n"
"-A ufw-user-input -p tcp --dport 80 -j ACCEPT\n"
"\n"
"### END RULES ###\n"
"-A ufw-user-input -j RETURN\n"
"-A ufw-user-output -j RETURN\n"
"-A ufw-user-forward -j RETURN\n"
"-A ufw-user-limit -m limit --limit 3/minute -j LOG --log-prefix \"[UFW "
"LIMIT]: \"\n"
"-A ufw-user-limit -j REJECT\n"
"-A ufw-user-limit-accept -j ACCEPT\n"
"COMMIT\n"
"Rules updated"
msgstr ""
"*filter\n"
":ufw-user-input - [0:0]\n"
":ufw-user-output - [0:0]\n"
":ufw-user-forward - [0:0]\n"
":ufw-user-limit - [0:0]\n"
":ufw-user-limit-accept - [0:0]\n"
"### RULES ###\n"
"\n"
"### tuple ### allow tcp 80 0.0.0.0/0 any 0.0.0.0/0\n"
"-A ufw-user-input -p tcp --dport 80 -j ACCEPT\n"
"\n"
"### END RULES ###\n"
"-A ufw-user-input -j RETURN\n"
"-A ufw-user-output -j RETURN\n"
"-A ufw-user-forward -j RETURN\n"
"-A ufw-user-limit -m limit --limit 3/minute -j LOG --log-prefix \"[UFW "
"LIMIT]: \"\n"
"-A ufw-user-limit -j REJECT\n"
"-A ufw-user-limit-accept -j ACCEPT\n"
"COMMIT\n"
"Rules updated"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:475(para)
msgid "<application>ufw</application> can be disabled by:"
msgstr "<application>ufw</application> peut être désactivé par :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:479(command)
msgid "sudo ufw disable"
msgstr "sudo ufw disable"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:483(para)
msgid "To see the firewall status, enter:"
msgstr "Pour voir le statut du pare-feu, saisissez:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:487(command)
msgid "sudo ufw status"
msgstr "sudo ufw status"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:491(para)
msgid "And for more verbose status information use:"
msgstr "Et pour des informations plus détaillées sur son statut, utilisez:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:495(command)
msgid "sudo ufw status verbose"
msgstr "sudo ufw status verbose"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:499(para)
msgid "To view the <emphasis>numbered</emphasis> format:"
msgstr "Pour voir le format <emphasis>numéroté</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:503(command)
msgid "sudo ufw status numbered"
msgstr "sudo ufw status numbered"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:508(para)
msgid ""
"If the port you want to open or close is defined in "
"<filename>/etc/services</filename>, you can use the port name instead of the "
"number. In the above examples, replace <emphasis>22</emphasis> with "
"<emphasis>ssh</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Si le port que vous voulez ouvrir ou fermer est défini dans "
"<filename>/etc/services</filename>, vous pouvez utiliser le nom du port au "
"lieu de son numéro. Dans les exemples ci-dessus, remplacez "
"<emphasis>22</emphasis> par <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:514(para)
msgid ""
"This is a quick introduction to using <application>ufw</application>. Please "
"refer to the <application>ufw</application> man page for more information."
msgstr ""
"Ceci est une introduction rapide à l'utilisation de "
"<application>ufw</application>. Veuillez vous référer à la page de manuel de "
"<application>ufw</application> pour plus d'informations."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:520(title)
msgid "ufw Application Integration"
msgstr "Intégration du programme ufw"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:522(para)
msgid ""
"Applications that open ports can include an <application>ufw</application> "
"profile, which details the ports needed for the application to function "
"properly. The profiles are kept in <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/etc/ufw/applications.d</filename>, and can be edited if "
"the default ports have been changed."
msgstr ""
"Les programmes ouvrant des ports peuvent inclure un profil pour "
"<application>ufw</application> qui renseigne les ports utilisés par ce "
"programme pour fonctionner correctement. Les profils se conservés dans "
"<filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ufw/applications.d</filename> et peuvent "
"être modifiés si les ports par défaut ont été changés."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:531(para)
msgid ""
"To view which applications have installed a profile, enter the following in "
"a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"Pour voir quelles applications ont installé un profil, saisissez la commande "
"suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:536(command)
msgid "sudo ufw app list"
msgstr "sudo ufw app list"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:542(para)
msgid ""
"Similar to allowing traffic to a port, using an application profile is "
"accomplished by entering:"
msgstr ""
"De même que pour autoriser l'utilisation d'un port, on peut utiliser un "
"profil pour un programme en écrivant :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:547(command)
msgid "sudo ufw allow Samba"
msgstr "sudo ufw allow Samba"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:553(para)
msgid "An extended syntax is available as well:"
msgstr "Une syntaxe étendue est également disponible:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:558(command)
msgid "ufw allow from 192.168.0.0/24 to any app Samba"
msgstr "ufw allow from 192.168.0.0/24 to any app Samba"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:561(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>Samba</emphasis> and <emphasis>192.168.0.0/24</emphasis> "
"with the application profile you are using and the IP range for your network."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis>Samba</emphasis> et <emphasis>192.168.0.0/24</emphasis> "
"par le profil d'application que vous utilisez et la plage d'adresses IP de "
"votre réseau."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:567(para)
msgid ""
"There is no need to specify the <emphasis>protocol</emphasis> for the "
"application, because that information is detailed in the profile. Also, note "
"that the <emphasis>app</emphasis> name replaces the "
"<emphasis>port</emphasis> number."
msgstr ""
"Il n'est pas utile de spécifier le <emphasis>protocole</emphasis> car cette "
"information est renseignée dans le profil. Notez également que le nom "
"<emphasis>app</emphasis> remplace le numéro de <emphasis>port</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:576(para)
msgid ""
"To view details about which ports, protocols, etc are defined for an "
"application, enter:"
msgstr ""
"Pour afficher les renseignements sur les ports, protocoles, etc. définis "
"pour un programme, saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:581(command)
msgid "sudo ufw app info Samba"
msgstr "sudo ufw app info Samba"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:587(para)
msgid ""
"Not all applications that require opening a network port come with "
"<application>ufw</application> profiles, but if you have profiled an "
"application and want the file to be included with the package, please file a "
"bug against the package in <ulink "
"url=\"https://launchpad.net/\">Launchpad</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Les applications nécessitant l'ouverture d'un port ne fournissent pas toutes "
"de profil <application>ufw</application>. Si vous avez créé un profil et "
"désirez que celui-ci soit inclus dans le paquet de l'application, veuillez "
"créer un rapport de bogue concernant ce programme sur <ulink "
"url=\"https://launchpad.net/\">Launchpad</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:596(title)
msgid "IP Masquerading"
msgstr "Masquage IP"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:597(para)
msgid ""
"The purpose of IP Masquerading is to allow machines with private, non-"
"routable IP addresses on your network to access the Internet through the "
"machine doing the masquerading. Traffic from your private network destined "
"for the Internet must be manipulated for replies to be routable back to the "
"machine that made the request. To do this, the kernel must modify the "
"<emphasis>source</emphasis> IP address of each packet so that replies will "
"be routed back to it, rather than to the private IP address that made the "
"request, which is impossible over the Internet. Linux uses "
"<emphasis>Connection Tracking</emphasis> (conntrack) to keep track of which "
"connections belong to which machines and reroute each return packet "
"accordingly. Traffic leaving your private network is thus \"masqueraded\" as "
"having originated from your Ubuntu gateway machine. This process is referred "
"to in Microsoft documentation as Internet Connection Sharing."
msgstr ""
"Le but du masquage IP (forme de translation d'adresses) est de permettre à "
"des machines d'un réseau doté d'adresses IP privées non routables d'accéder "
"à l'Internet en passant par une autre machine effectuant la translation. Le "
"trafic sortant du réseau privé pour aller vers Internet doit être manipulé "
"pour que les réponses puissent être acheminées vers la machine qui a fait la "
"requête correspondante. Pour cela, le noyau doit modifier l'adresse IP "
"<emphasis>source</emphasis> de chaque paquet pour que les réponses lui "
"soient renvoyées à lui plutôt qu'à l'adresse privée qui a fait la requête, "
"ce qui est impossible sur l'Internet. Linux utilise <emphasis>Connection "
"Tracking</emphasis> (conntrack) pour savoir à chaque instant quelle "
"connexion appartient à quelle machine, et re-router ensuite les paquets vers "
"la bonne machine. Le trafic sortant du réseau privé apparaît donc "
"« masqué », comme s'il provenait de la passerelle Ubuntu. Ce procédé est "
"appelé « Partage de connexion Internet » dans la documentation de Microsoft."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:613(title)
msgid "ufw Masquerading"
msgstr "Masquage IP avec ufw"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:614(para)
msgid ""
"IP Masquerading can be achieved using custom <application>ufw</application> "
"rules. This is possible because the current back-end for "
"<application>ufw</application> is <application>iptables-"
"restore</application> with the rules files located in "
"<filename>/etc/ufw/*.rules</filename>. These files are a great place to add "
"legacy iptables rules used without <application>ufw</application>, and rules "
"that are more network gateway or bridge related."
msgstr ""
"Le masquage IP peut être accompli en utilisant des règles "
"<application>ufw</application> spécifiques. Ceci est possible car "
"<application>ufw</application> se base actuellement sur "
"<application>iptables-restore</application> avec des fichiers de règles "
"situés dans <filename>/etc/ufw/*.rules</filename>. Ces fichiers sont le "
"meilleur endroit pour ajouter des anciennes règles iptables sans passer par "
"<application>ufw</application>, ainsi que des règles qui touchent au routage "
"et aux ponts réseau."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:620(para)
msgid ""
"The rules are split into two different files, rules that should be executed "
"before <application>ufw</application> command line rules, and rules that are "
"executed after <application>ufw</application> command line rules."
msgstr ""
"Les règles sont scindées en deux fichiers différents, celles qui doivent "
"être exécutées avant les règles en ligne de commande de "
"<application>ufw</application> et celles qui doivent être exécutées après "
"les règles en ligne de commande de <application>ufw</application>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:626(para)
msgid ""
"First, packet forwarding needs to be enabled in "
"<application>ufw</application>. Two configuration files will need to be "
"adjusted, in <filename>/etc/default/ufw</filename> change the "
"<emphasis>DEFAULT_FORWARD_POLICY</emphasis> to <quote>ACCEPT</quote>:"
msgstr ""
"Tout d'abord, la retransmission (forwarding) des paquets doit être activée "
"dans <application>ufw</application>. Deux fichiers de configuration doivent "
"être modifiés. Dans <filename>/etc/default/ufw</filename> ajustez la valeur "
"de <emphasis>DEFAULT_FORWARD_POLICY</emphasis> à <quote>ACCEPT</quote> :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:630(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"DEFAULT_FORWARD_POLICY=\"ACCEPT\"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"DEFAULT_FORWARD_POLICY=\"ACCEPT\"\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:633(para)
msgid "Then edit <filename>/etc/ufw/sysctl.conf</filename> and uncomment:"
msgstr ""
"Modifiez ensuite <filename>/etc/ufw/sysctl.conf</filename> et décommentez :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:636(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"net/ipv4/ip_forward=1\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"net/ipv4/ip_forward=1\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:639(para)
msgid "Similarly, for IPv6 forwarding uncomment:"
msgstr "De manière similaire, pour IPV6 décommentez :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:642(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"net/ipv6/conf/default/forwarding=1\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"net/ipv6/conf/default/forwarding=1\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:647(para)
msgid ""
"Now we will add rules to the <filename>/etc/ufw/before.rules</filename> "
"file. The default rules only configure the <emphasis>filter</emphasis> "
"table, and to enable masquerading the <emphasis>nat</emphasis> table will "
"need to be configured. Add the following to the top of the file just after "
"the header comments:"
msgstr ""
"Nous allons maintenant ajouter des règles au fichier "
"<filename>/etc/ufw/before.rules</filename>. Les règles par défaut ne "
"configurent que la table <emphasis>filter</emphasis>, pour activer le "
"masquage IP la table <emphasis>nat</emphasis> devra être configurée. Ajoutez "
"ce qui suit au début du fichier, juste après les commentaires de l'en-tête :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:652(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# nat Table rules\n"
"*nat\n"
":POSTROUTING ACCEPT [0:0]\n"
"\n"
"# Forward traffic from eth1 through eth0.\n"
"-A POSTROUTING -s 192.168.0.0/24 -o eth0 -j MASQUERADE\n"
"\n"
"# don't delete the 'COMMIT' line or these nat table rules won't be "
"processed\n"
"COMMIT\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# règles pour le NAT\n"
"*nat\n"
":POSTROUTING ACCEPT [0:0]\n"
"\n"
"# Retransmet le trafic de eth1 vers eth0.\n"
"-A POSTROUTING -s 192.168.0.0/24 -o eth0 -j MASQUERADE\n"
"\n"
"# ne pas effacer « COMMIT » sinon les nouvelles règles ne seront pas prises "
"en compte\n"
"COMMIT\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:663(para)
msgid ""
"The comments are not strictly necessary, but it is considered good practice "
"to document your configuration. Also, when modifying any of the "
"<emphasis>rules</emphasis> files in <filename "
"class=\"directory\">/etc/ufw</filename>, make sure these lines are the last "
"line for each table modified:"
msgstr ""
"Les commentaires ne sont pas strictement nécessaires, mais c'est une bonne "
"habitude à prendre de documenter votre configuration. Vérifiez bien "
"également, que lorsque vous modifiez l'un des fichiers "
"<emphasis>rules</emphasis> dans <filename "
"class=\"directory\">/etc/ufw</filename>, ces lignes soient bien présentes à "
"la fin de chaque table modifiée :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:669(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# don't delete the 'COMMIT' line or these rules won't be processed\n"
"COMMIT\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# n'effacez pas « COMMIT » sinon ces règles ne seront pas traitées\n"
"COMMIT\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:674(para)
msgid ""
"For each <emphasis>Table</emphasis> a corresponding "
"<emphasis>COMMIT</emphasis> statement is required. In these examples only "
"the <emphasis>nat</emphasis> and <emphasis>filter</emphasis> tables are "
"shown, but you can also add rules for the <emphasis>raw</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>mangle</emphasis> tables."
msgstr ""
"Pour chaque <emphasis>table</emphasis> il est nécessaire de faire "
"correspondre une déclaration <emphasis>COMMIT</emphasis>. Dans ces exemples "
"seules les tables <emphasis>nat</emphasis> et <emphasis>filter</emphasis> "
"sont décrites mais vous pouvez aussi ajouter des règles aux tables "
"<emphasis>raw</emphasis> et <emphasis>mangle</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:681(para)
msgid ""
"In the above example replace <emphasis>eth0</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>eth1</emphasis>, and <emphasis>192.168.0.0/24</emphasis> with the "
"appropriate interfaces and IP range for your network."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez dans l'exemple ci-dessus <emphasis>eth0</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>eth1</emphasis> et <emphasis>192.168.0.0/24</emphasis> par vos "
"propres interfaces et la plage d'IP pour votre réseau."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:689(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, disable and re-enable <application>ufw</application> to apply the "
"changes:"
msgstr ""
"Enfin, désactivez et réactivez <application>ufw</application> pour appliquer "
"les modifications :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:693(command)
msgid "sudo ufw disable &amp;&amp; sudo ufw enable"
msgstr "sudo ufw disable &amp;&amp; sudo ufw enable"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:697(para)
msgid ""
"IP Masquerading should now be enabled. You can also add any additional "
"FORWARD rules to the <filename>/etc/ufw/before.rules</filename>. It is "
"recommended that these additional rules be added to the <emphasis>ufw-before-"
"forward</emphasis> chain."
msgstr ""
"Le masquage IP doit maintenant être activé. Vous pouvez également ajouter "
"des règles FORWARD supplémentaires au fichier "
"<filename>/etc/ufw/before.rules</filename>. Il est recommandé d'ajouter ces "
"règles supplémentaires à la chaîne <emphasis>ufw-before-forward</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:704(title)
msgid "iptables Masquerading"
msgstr "Masquage IP avec iptables"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:705(para)
msgid ""
"<application>iptables</application> can also be used to enable masquerading."
msgstr ""
"<application>iptables</application> peut aussi être utilisé pour activer le "
"masquage IP."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:710(para)
msgid ""
"Similar to <application>ufw</application>, the first step is to enable IPv4 "
"packet forwarding by editing <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename> and "
"uncomment the following line"
msgstr ""
"Tout comme pour <emphasis>ufw-before-forward</emphasis>, la première étape "
"est d'activer la retransmission de paquets IPv4 en modifiant le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>. Il faut décommenter la ligne "
"suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:714(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"net.ipv4.ip_forward=1\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"net.ipv4.ip_forward=1\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:717(para)
msgid "If you wish to enable IPv6 forwarding also uncomment:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous souhaitez activer la retransmission IPv6, décommentez également :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:720(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"net.ipv6.conf.default.forwarding=1\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"net.ipv6.conf.default.forwarding=1\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:725(para)
msgid ""
"Next, execute the <application>sysctl</application> command to enable the "
"new settings in the configuration file:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, exécutez la commande <application>sysctl</application> pour activer "
"les nouveaux paramètres dans le fichier de configuration :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:729(command)
msgid "sudo sysctl -p"
msgstr "sudo sysctl -p"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:733(para)
msgid ""
"IP Masquerading can now be accomplished with a single iptables rule, which "
"may differ slightly based on your network configuration:"
msgstr ""
"Le masquage IP peut maintenant être effectué avec une seule règle iptable, "
"pouvant être légèrement différente suivant la configuration de votre réseau :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:736(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sudo iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -s 192.168.0.0/16 -o ppp0 -j MASQUERADE\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"sudo iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -s 192.168.0.0/16 -o ppp0 -j MASQUERADE\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:739(para)
msgid ""
"The above command assumes that your private address space is 192.168.0.0/16 "
"and that your Internet-facing device is ppp0. The syntax is broken down as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""
"Les commandes ci-dessus supposent que votre plage d'adresses privées "
"192.168.0.0/16 et que votre interface de connexion à l'Internet est ppp0. La "
"syntaxe se décompose ainsi :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:744(para)
msgid "-t nat -- the rule is to go into the nat table"
msgstr "-t nat -- la règle ira dans la table NAT"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:745(para)
msgid ""
"-A POSTROUTING -- the rule is to be appended (-A) to the POSTROUTING chain"
msgstr "-A POSTROUTING -- la règle sera ajoutée (-A) à la chaîne POSTROUTING"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:746(para)
msgid ""
"-s 192.168.0.0/16 -- the rule applies to traffic originating from the "
"specified address space"
msgstr ""
"-s 192.168.0.0/16 -- la règle s'applique au trafic provenant de plage "
"d'adresse spécifiée"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:747(para)
msgid ""
"-o ppp0 -- the rule applies to traffic scheduled to be routed through the "
"specified network device"
msgstr ""
"-o ppp0 -- la règle s'applique au trafic devant être routé à travers "
"l'interface réseau spécifiée"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:749(para)
msgid ""
"-j MASQUERADE -- traffic matching this rule is to \"jump\" (-j) to the "
"MASQUERADE target to be manipulated as described above"
msgstr ""
"-j MASQUERADE -- le trafic correspondant à cette règle est « rejeté » (-j) "
"vers la cible MASQUERADE pour être manipulé comme décrit ci-dessus"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:757(para)
msgid ""
"Also, each chain in the filter table (the default table, and where most or "
"all packet filtering occurs) has a default <emphasis>policy</emphasis> of "
"ACCEPT, but if you are creating a firewall in addition to a gateway device, "
"you may have set the policies to DROP or REJECT, in which case your "
"masqueraded traffic needs to be allowed through the FORWARD chain for the "
"above rule to work:"
msgstr ""
"Chaque chaîne de la table « filter » (la table par défaut où le filtrage des "
"paquets a principalement lieu) a pour <emphasis>règle</emphasis> par défaut "
"ACCEPT (accepter), mais si vous créez une machine pare-feu et routeur, vous "
"avez peut-être défini les règles sur DROP (ignorer) ou REJECT (rejeter), "
"dans ce cas le trafic masqué doit être autorisé avec la chaîne FORWARD pour "
"que la règle ci-dessus fonctionne :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:764(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sudo iptables -A FORWARD -s 192.168.0.0/16 -o ppp0 -j ACCEPT\n"
"sudo iptables -A FORWARD -d 192.168.0.0/16 -m state --state "
"ESTABLISHED,RELATED -i ppp0 -j ACCEPT\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"sudo iptables -A FORWARD -s 192.168.0.0/16 -o ppp0 -j ACCEPT\n"
"sudo iptables -A FORWARD -d 192.168.0.0/16 -m state --state "
"ESTABLISHED,RELATED -i ppp0 -j ACCEPT\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:768(para)
msgid ""
"The above commands will allow all connections from your local network to the "
"Internet and all traffic related to those connections to return to the "
"machine that initiated them."
msgstr ""
"Les commandes ci-dessus autoriseront toutes les connexions depuis votre "
"réseau local vers l'Internet et tout le trafic lié à ces connexions sera "
"redirigé vers la machine qui l'a initié."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:775(para)
msgid ""
"If you want masquerading to be enabled on reboot, which you probably do, "
"edit <filename>/etc/rc.local</filename> and add any commands used above. For "
"example add the first command with no filtering:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous souhaitez que le masquage IP soit activé au démarrage du serveur, "
"modifiez <filename>/etc/rc.local</filename> et ajoutez les commandes "
"utilisez ci-dessus. Par exemple, ajoutez la première commande sans filtrage :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:779(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -s 192.168.0.0/16 -o ppp0 -j MASQUERADE\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -s 192.168.0.0/16 -o ppp0 -j MASQUERADE\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:787(title)
msgid "Logs"
msgstr "Journaux"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:788(para)
msgid ""
"Firewall logs are essential for recognizing attacks, troubleshooting your "
"firewall rules, and noticing unusual activity on your network. You must "
"include logging rules in your firewall for them to be generated, though, and "
"logging rules must come before any applicable terminating rule (a rule with "
"a target that decides the fate of the packet, such as ACCEPT, DROP, or "
"REJECT)."
msgstr ""
"Les journaux du pare-feu sont essentiels pour identifier les attaques, "
"résoudre les problèmes des règles du pare-feu, et remarquer une activité "
"inhabituelle sur votre réseau. Vous devez inclure des règles d'écriture des "
"journaux dans votre pare-feu pour qu'ils soient générés. Ces règles doivent "
"être placées avant toute règle applicable de terminaison (une règle qui "
"décide du sort des paquets, comme ACCEPT, DROP ou REJECT)."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:795(para)
msgid ""
"If you are using <application>ufw</application>, you can turn on logging by "
"entering the following in a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous utilisez <application>ufw</application>, vous pouvez activer la "
"journalisation en saisissant ce qui suit dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:799(command)
msgid "sudo ufw logging on"
msgstr "sudo ufw logging on"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:801(para)
msgid ""
"To turn logging off in <application>ufw</application>, simply replace "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">on</emphasis> with <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">off</emphasis> in the above command."
msgstr ""
"Pour désactiver la journalisation de <application>ufw</application>, "
"remplacez simplement <emphasis role=\"italic\">on</emphasis> par <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">off</emphasis> dans la commande ci-dessus."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:804(para)
msgid ""
"If using <application>iptables</application> instead of "
"<application>ufw</application>, enter:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous utilisez <application>iptables</application> au lieu de "
"<application>ufw</application>, saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:807(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sudo iptables -A INPUT -m state --state NEW -p tcp --dport 80 -j LOG --log-"
"prefix \"NEW_HTTP_CONN: \"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"sudo iptables -A INPUT -m state --state NEW -p tcp --dport 80 -j LOG --log-"
"prefix \"NEW_HTTP_CONN: \"\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:810(para)
msgid ""
"A request on port 80 from the local machine, then, would generate a log in "
"dmesg that looks like this:"
msgstr ""
"Une requête sur le port 80 de la machine local générerait ensuite un entrée "
"dans le journal dmesg qui ressemble à ceci :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:815(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[4304885.870000] NEW_HTTP_CONN: IN=lo OUT= "
"MAC=00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:08:00 SRC=127.0.0.1 DST=127.0.0.1 "
"LEN=60 TOS=0x00 PREC=0x00 TTL=64 ID=58288 DF PROTO=TCP SPT=53981 DPT=80 "
"WINDOW=32767 RES=0x00 SYN URGP=0"
msgstr ""
"[4304885.870000] NEW_HTTP_CONN: IN=lo OUT= "
"MAC=00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:08:00 SRC=127.0.0.1 DST=127.0.0.1 "
"LEN=60 TOS=0x00 PREC=0x00 TTL=64 ID=58288 DF PROTO=TCP SPT=53981 DPT=80 "
"WINDOW=32767 RES=0x00 SYN URGP=0"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:817(para)
msgid ""
"The above log will also appear in <filename>/var/log/messages</filename>, "
"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>, and "
"<filename>/var/log/kern.log</filename>. This behavior can be modified by "
"editing <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename> appropriately or by installing "
"and configuring <application>ulogd</application> and using the ULOG target "
"instead of LOG. The <application>ulogd</application> daemon is a userspace "
"server that listens for logging instructions from the kernel specifically "
"for firewalls, and can log to any file you like, or even to a "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> or <application>MySQL</application> "
"database. Making sense of your firewall logs can be simplified by using a "
"log analyzing tool such as <application>fwanalog</application>, "
"<application> fwlogwatch</application>, or <application>lire</application>."
msgstr ""
"Cette journalisation apparaîtra également dans les fichiers "
"<filename>/var/log/messages</filename>, <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> "
"et <filename>/var/log/kern.log</filename>. Ce comportement peut être modifié "
"en éditant le fichier <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename> d'une façon "
"appropriée, ou en installant et configurant <application>ulogd</application> "
"et en utilisant la cible ULOG au lieu de LOG. Le service "
"<application>ulogd</application> est un démon qui audite les instructions de "
"journalisation du noyau spécifiques au pare-feu et peut les enregistrer dans "
"n'importe quel fichier ou même vers une base de données "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> ou <application>MySQL</application>. "
"Vous pouvez simplifier et rendre compréhensibles vos fichiers de "
"journalisation du pare-feu en utilisant un analyseur de journalisation comme "
"<application>fwanalog</application>, <application> fwlogwatch</application> "
"ou encore <application>lire</application>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:832(title)
msgid "Other Tools"
msgstr "Autres outils"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:833(para)
msgid ""
"There are many tools available to help you construct a complete firewall "
"without intimate knowledge of iptables. For the GUI-inclined:"
msgstr ""
"Il existe de nombreux outils pour vous aider à constituer un pare-feu "
"complet sans connaissances particulières de iptables. Les outils en mode "
"graphique :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:839(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.fs-security.com/\">Firestarter</ulink> is quite "
"popular and easy to use."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.fs-security.com/\">Firestarter</ulink> est très "
"populaire et facile à utiliser."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:844(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.fwbuilder.org/\">fwbuilder</ulink> is very powerful "
"and will look familiar to an administrator who has used a commercial "
"firewall utility such as <application>Checkpoint FireWall-1</application>."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.fwbuilder.org/\">fwbuilder</ulink> est très puissant "
"et semblera familier à un administrateur ayant déjà utilisé un pare-feu "
"commercial comme <application>Checkpoint FireWall-1</application>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:850(para)
msgid ""
"If you prefer a command-line tool with plain-text configuration files:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous préférez un outil en ligne de commande avec des fichiers de "
"configuration en mode texte :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:855(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.shorewall.net/\">Shorewall</ulink> is a very "
"powerful solution to help you configure an advanced firewall for any network."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.shorewall.net/\">Shorewall</ulink> est une solution "
"très puissante pour vous aider à configurer un pare-feu avancé pour "
"n'importe quel réseau."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:861(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.linuxkungfu.org/\">ipkungfu</ulink> should give you "
"a working firewall \"out of the box\" with zero configuration, and will "
"allow you to easily set up a more advanced firewall by editing simple, well-"
"documented configuration files."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.linuxkungfu.org/\">ipkungfu</ulink> devrait vous "
"procurer un pare-feu fonctionnel sans rien avoir à configurer. Il vous "
"permettra de mettre en place facilement un pare-feu plus avancé en modifiant "
"des fichiers de configuration simples et bien documentés."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:868(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://fireflier.sourceforge.net/\">fireflier</ulink> is "
"designed to be a desktop firewall application. It is made up of a server "
"(fireflier-server) and your choice of GUI clients (GTK or QT), and behaves "
"like many popular interactive firewall applications for Windows."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://fireflier.sourceforge.net/\">fireflier</ulink> est conçu "
"comme une application pare-feu de bureau. Il est constitué d'un serveur "
"(fireflier-server) et de l'interface graphique de votre choix (GTK ou QT). "
"Il se comporte comme de nombreux pare-feu connus pour Windows."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:880(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/UbuntuFirewall\">Ubuntu "
"Firewall</ulink> wiki page contains information on the development of "
"<application>ufw</application>."
msgstr ""
"La page wiki <ulink url=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/UbuntuFirewall\">Ubuntu "
"Firewall</ulink> (en anglais) contient des informations sur le développement "
"de <application>ufw</application>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:886(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <application>ufw</application> manual page contains some very "
"useful information: <command>man ufw</command>."
msgstr ""
"La page de manuel <application>ufw</application> contient des informations "
"très utiles : <command>man ufw</command>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:891(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://www.netfilter.org/documentation/HOWTO/packet-"
"filtering-HOWTO.html\">packet-filtering-HOWTO</ulink> for more information "
"on using <application>iptables</application>."
msgstr ""
"Voir <ulink url=\"http://www.nbs-system.com/dossiers/howto-"
"iptables.html\">IPtables HOWTO en français</ulink> pour plus d'informations "
"sur l'utilisation de <application>iptables</application>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:897(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://www.netfilter.org/documentation/HOWTO/NAT-"
"HOWTO.html\">nat-HOWTO</ulink> contains further details on masquerading."
msgstr ""
"Le <ulink url=\"http://www.linux-france.org/prj/inetdoc/guides/NAT-"
"HOWTO/\">guide pratique du NAT</ulink> contient plus de renseignements sur "
"le masquage IP."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:903(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/IptablesHowTo\">IPTables "
"HowTo</ulink> in the Ubuntu wiki is a great resource."
msgstr ""
"La page du Wiki Ubuntu (en anglais) <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/IptablesHowTo\">IPTables "
"HowTo</ulink> est également une très bonne source d'informations."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:911(title)
msgid "AppArmor"
msgstr "AppArmor"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:912(para)
msgid ""
"<application>AppArmor</application> is a Linux Security Module "
"implementation of name-based mandatory access controls. AppArmor confines "
"individual programs to a set of listed files and posix 1003.1e draft "
"capabilities."
msgstr ""
"<application>AppArmor</application> est une implémentation de contrôles "
"d'accès obligatoires basée sur l'infrastructure LSM (Linux Security Module). "
"AppArmor restreint les programmes individuels à un ensemble de fichiers "
"répertoriés et de capacités définies dans l'ébauche POSIX 1003.1e."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:916(para)
msgid ""
"<application>AppArmor</application> is installed and loaded by default. It "
"uses <emphasis>profiles</emphasis> of an application to determine what files "
"and permissions the application requires. Some packages will install their "
"own profiles, and additional profiles can be found in the "
"<application>apparmor-profiles</application> package."
msgstr ""
"<application>AppArmor</application> est installé et chargé en mémoire par "
"défault. Il utilise des <emphasis>profils</emphasis> d'application afin de "
"déterminer quels fichiers et quelles permissions l'application nécessite. "
"Certains paquets installent leurs propres profils, et des profils "
"additionnels se trouvent dans le paquet <application>apparmor-"
"profiles</application>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:921(para)
msgid ""
"To install the <application>apparmor-profiles</application> package from a "
"terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer le paquet <application>apparmor-profiles</application> depuis "
"un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:927(para)
msgid "AppArmor profiles have two modes of execution:"
msgstr "Les profils d'AppArmor ont deux modes d'exécution :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:932(para)
msgid ""
"Complaining/Learning: profile violations are permitted and logged. Useful "
"for testing and developing new profiles."
msgstr ""
"Réclamation/apprentissage : les infractions au profil sont autorisées et "
"journalisées. C'est utile pour tester et développer de nouveaux profils."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:937(para)
msgid ""
"Enforced/Confined: enforces profile policy as well as logging the violation."
msgstr ""
"Imposé/restreint : la politique du profil est imposée et les infractions "
"sont journalisées."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:943(title)
msgid "Using AppArmor"
msgstr "Utilisation d'AppArmor"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:944(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>apparmor-utils</application> package contains command line "
"utilities that you can use to change the <application>AppArmor</application> "
"execution mode, find the status of a profile, create new profiles, etc."
msgstr ""
"Le paquet <application>apparmor-utils</application> contient des utilitaires "
"en ligne de commande que vous pouvez utiliser pour changer le mode "
"d'exécution d'<application>AppArmor</application>, trouver l'état d'un "
"profil, créer de nouveaux profils, etc."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:950(para)
msgid ""
"<application>apparmor_status</application> is used to view the current "
"status of AppArmor profiles."
msgstr ""
"<application>apparmor_status</application> est utilisé pour voir l'état "
"actuel des profils d'AppArmor."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:954(command)
msgid "sudo apparmor_status"
msgstr "sudo apparmor_status"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:958(para)
msgid ""
"<application>aa-complain</application> places a profile into "
"<emphasis>complain</emphasis> mode."
msgstr ""
"<application>aa-complain</application> place un profil en mode "
"<emphasis>complain</emphasis> (réclamation)."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:962(command)
msgid "sudo aa-complain /path/to/bin"
msgstr "sudo aa-complain /chemin/vers/application"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:966(para)
msgid ""
"<application>aa-enforce</application> places a profile into "
"<emphasis>enforce</emphasis> mode."
msgstr ""
"<application>aa-enforce</application> place un profil en mode "
"<emphasis>enforce</emphasis> (imposé)."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:970(command)
msgid "sudo aa-enforce /path/to/bin"
msgstr "sudo aa-enforce /chemin/vers/application"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:974(para)
msgid ""
"The <filename>/etc/apparmor.d</filename> directory is where the AppArmor "
"profiles are located. It can be used to manipulate the "
"<emphasis>mode</emphasis> of all profiles."
msgstr ""
"Le répertoire <filename>/etc/apparmor.d</filename> est l'endroit où se "
"situent les profils d'AppArmor. Il peut être utilisé pour manipuler le "
"<emphasis>mode</emphasis> de l'ensemble des profils."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:978(para)
msgid "Enter the following to place all profiles into complain mode:"
msgstr ""
"Saisissez ce qui suit pour placer tous les profils en mode complain "
"(recommandation) :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:982(command)
msgid "sudo aa-complain /etc/apparmor.d/*"
msgstr "sudo aa-complain /etc/apparmor.d/*"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:984(para)
msgid "To place all profiles in enforce mode:"
msgstr "Pour placer tous les profils en mode enforce (imposé) :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:988(command)
msgid "sudo aa-enforce /etc/apparmor.d/*"
msgstr "sudo aa-enforce /etc/apparmor.d/*"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:992(para)
msgid ""
"<application>apparmor_parser</application> is used to load a profile into "
"the kernel. It can also be used to reload a currently loaded profile using "
"the <emphasis>-r</emphasis> option. To load a profile:"
msgstr ""
"<application>apparmor_parser</application> est utilisé pour charger un "
"profil dans le noyau. Il peut aussi être utilisé pour recharger un profil "
"déjà chargé en utilisant l'option <emphasis>-r</emphasis>. Pour charger un "
"profil :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:997(command) serverguide/C/security.xml:1029(command)
msgid "cat /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name | sudo apparmor_parser -a"
msgstr "cat /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name | sudo apparmor_parser -a"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:999(para)
msgid "To reload a profile:"
msgstr "Pour recharger un profil :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1003(command)
msgid "cat /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name | sudo apparmor_parser -r"
msgstr "cat /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name | sudo apparmor_parser -r"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1007(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>/etc/init.d/apparmor</filename> can be used to "
"<emphasis>reload</emphasis> all profiles:"
msgstr ""
"<filename>/etc/init.d/apparmor</filename> peut être utilisé pour "
"<emphasis>recharger</emphasis> tous les profils :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1011(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:632(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/apparmor reload"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/apparmor reload"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1015(para)
msgid ""
"The <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/disable</filename> directory can be used along "
"with the <application>apparmor_parser -R</application> option to "
"<emphasis>disable</emphasis> a profile."
msgstr ""
"Le répertoire <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/disable</filename> peut être utilisé "
"en même temps que l'option <application>apparmor_parser -R</application> "
"pour <emphasis>désactiver</emphasis> un profil."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1020(command)
msgid "sudo ln -s /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name /etc/apparmor.d/disable/"
msgstr "sudo ln -s /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name /etc/apparmor.d/disable/"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1021(command)
msgid "sudo apparmor_parser -R /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name"
msgstr "sudo apparmor_parser -R /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1023(para)
msgid ""
"To <emphasis>re-enable</emphasis> a disabled profile remove the symbolic "
"link to the profile in <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/disable/</filename>. Then "
"load the profile using the <emphasis>-a</emphasis> option."
msgstr ""
"Afin de <emphasis>ré-activer</emphasis> un profil désactivé, supprimez le "
"lien symbolique vers le profil dans "
"<filename>/etc/apparmor.d/disable/</filename>. Puis chargez le profil en "
"utilisant l'option <emphasis>-a</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1028(command)
msgid "sudo rm /etc/apparmor.d/disable/profile.name"
msgstr "sudo rm /etc/apparmor.d/disable/profile.name"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1033(para)
msgid ""
"<application>AppArmor</application> can be disabled, and the kernel module "
"unloaded by entering the following:"
msgstr ""
"<application>AppArmor</application> peut être désactivé, et le module "
"déchargé du noyau en entrant les lignes suivantes :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1037(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/apparmor stop"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/apparmor stop"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1038(command)
msgid "sudo update-rc.d -f apparmor remove"
msgstr "sudo update-rc.d -f apparmor remove"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1042(para)
msgid "To re-enable <application>AppArmor</application> enter:"
msgstr "Pour réactiver <application>AppArmor</application> saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1046(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/apparmor start"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/apparmor start"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1047(command)
msgid "sudo update-rc.d apparmor defaults"
msgstr "sudo update-rc.d apparmor defaults"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1052(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>profile.name</emphasis> with the name of the profile you "
"want to manipulate. Also, replace <filename>/path/to/bin/</filename> with "
"the actual executable file path. For example for the "
"<application>ping</application> command use <filename>/bin/ping</filename>"
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis>nom.profil</emphasis> avec le nom du profil que vous "
"souhaitez manipuler. Remplacez aussi "
"<filename>/chemin/vers/application</filename> avec le chemin d'accès de "
"l'exécutable en cours. Par exemple, pour la commande "
"<application>ping</application> utilisez <filename>/bin/ping</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1060(title)
msgid "Profiles"
msgstr "Profils"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1061(para)
msgid ""
"<application>AppArmor</application> profiles are simple text files located "
"in <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/</filename>. The files are named after the full "
"path to the executable they profile replacing the \"/\" with \".\". For "
"example <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/bin.ping</filename> is the AppArmor "
"profile for the <filename>/bin/ping</filename> command."
msgstr ""
"Les profils <application>AppArmor</application> sont de simples fichiers "
"texte qui se trouvent dans <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/</filename>. Les "
"fichiers portent le nom du chemin d'accès entier de l'exécutable dont ils "
"sont les profils en remplaçant \"/\" par \".\". Par exemple "
"<filename>/etc/apparmor.d/bin.ping</filename> est le profil AppArmor de la "
"commande <filename>/bin/ping</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1067(para)
msgid "There are two main type of rules used in profiles:"
msgstr "Il existe deux grands types de règles utilisées dans les profils :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1072(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Path entries:</emphasis> which detail which files an application "
"can access in the file system."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Path entries :</emphasis> les fichiers auxquels une une "
"application peut avoir accès dans le système de fichier."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1077(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Capability entries:</emphasis> determine what privileges a "
"confined process is allowed to use."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Capability entries :</emphasis> détermine les privilèges qu'un "
"processus restreint est autoriser à utiliser."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1082(para)
msgid ""
"As an example take a look at <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/bin.ping</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"A titre d'exemple, jetez un œil à "
"<filename>/etc/apparmor.d/bin.ping</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1085(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#include &lt;tunables/global&gt;\n"
"/bin/ping flags=(complain) {\n"
"  #include &lt;abstractions/base&gt;\n"
"  #include &lt;abstractions/consoles&gt;\n"
"  #include &lt;abstractions/nameservice&gt;\n"
"\n"
"  capability net_raw,\n"
"  capability setuid,\n"
"  network inet raw,\n"
"  \n"
"  /bin/ping mixr,\n"
"  /etc/modules.conf r,\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"#include &lt;tunables/global&gt;\n"
"/bin/ping flags=(complain) {\n"
"#include &lt;abstractions/base&gt;\n"
"#include &lt;abstractions/consoles&gt;\n"
"#include &lt;abstractions/nameservice&gt;\n"
"\n"
"capability net_raw,\n"
"capability setuid,\n"
"network inet raw,\n"
"\n"
"/bin/ping mixr,\n"
"/etc/modules.conf r,\n"
"}\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1102(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>#include &lt;tunables/global&gt;:</emphasis> include statements "
"from other files. This allows statements pertaining to multiple applications "
"to be placed in a common file."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>#include &lt;tunables/global&gt;:</emphasis> directives "
"d'inclusion d'autres fichiers. Ceci permet de placer dans un fichier commun "
"les directives dépendant de plusieurs applications."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1108(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>/bin/ping flags=(complain):</emphasis> path to the profiled "
"program, also setting the mode to <emphasis>complain</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>/bin/ping flags=(complain):</emphasis> chemin de l'exécutable et "
"réglage du mode sur <emphasis>complain</emphasis> (réclamation)."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1114(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>capability net_raw,:</emphasis> allows the application access to "
"the CAP_NET_RAW Posix.1e capability."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>capability net_raw,:</emphasis> autorise l'application à accéder à "
"la fonctionnalité Posix 1e CAP_NET_RAW."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1119(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>/bin/ping mixr,:</emphasis> allows the application read and "
"execute access to the file."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>/bin/ping mixr,:</emphasis> donne à l'application les droits de "
"lecture et d'exécution sur le fichier."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1125(para)
msgid ""
"After editing a profile file the profile must be reloaded. See <xref "
"linkend=\"apparmor-usage\"/> for details."
msgstr ""
"Après modification d'un fichier de profil, le profil doit être rechargé. "
"Consultez <xref linkend=\"apparmor-usage\"/> pour plus de renseignements."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1130(title)
msgid "Creating a Profile"
msgstr "Création d'un profil"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1133(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Design a test plan:</emphasis> Try to think about how the "
"application should be exercised. The test plan should be divided into small "
"test cases. Each test case should have a small description and list the "
"steps to follow."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Conception d'un plan de test :</emphasis> Réfléchissez à la "
"manière dont l'application doit être examinée. Le plan de test devrait être "
"divisé en test unitaires. Chaque test unitaire devrait avoir une courte "
"description et énumérer les étapes à suivre."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1137(para)
msgid "Some standard test cases are:"
msgstr "Quelques tests unitaires standard sont :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1142(para)
msgid "Starting the program."
msgstr "Démarrage du programme."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1147(para)
msgid "Stopping the program."
msgstr "Arrêt du programme."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1152(para)
msgid "Reloading the program."
msgstr "Rechargement du programme."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1157(para)
msgid "Testing all the commands supported by the init script."
msgstr "Test de toutes les commandes prises en charge par le script init."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1164(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Generate the new profile:</emphasis> Use <application>aa-"
"genprof</application> to generate a new profile. From a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Générer le nouveau profil :</emphasis> Utilisez <application>aa-"
"genprof</application> pour générer un nouveau profil. Depuis un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1169(command)
msgid "sudo aa-genprof executable"
msgstr "sudo aa-genprof executable"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1171(para)
msgid "For example:"
msgstr "Par exemple :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1175(command)
msgid "sudo aa-genprof slapd"
msgstr "sudo aa-genprof slapd"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1179(para)
msgid ""
"To get your new profile included in the <application>apparmor-"
"profiles</application> package, file a bug in <emphasis>Launchpad</emphasis> "
"against the <ulink "
"url=\"https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/apparmor/+filebug\">AppArmor<"
"/ulink> package:"
msgstr ""
"Pour que votre nouveau profil soit inclus dans le paquet "
"<application>apparmor-profiles</application>, remplissez un rapport de bogue "
"(en anglais) sur <emphasis>Launchpad</emphasis> concernant le paquet <ulink "
"url=\"https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/apparmor/+filebug\">AppArmor<"
"/ulink> :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1186(para)
msgid "Include your test plan and test cases."
msgstr "Inclure votre plan de test et vos cas de test."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1191(para)
msgid "Attach your new profile to the bug."
msgstr "Joignez votre nouveau profil au rapport de bogue."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1200(title)
msgid "Updating Profiles"
msgstr "Mise à jour des profils"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1201(para)
msgid ""
"When the program is misbehaving, audit messages are sent to the log files. "
"The program <application>aa-logprof</application> can be used to scan log "
"files for <application>AppArmor</application> audit messages, review them "
"and update the profiles. From a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"Lorsque le programme ne se comporte pas correctement, des messages d'audit "
"sont journalisés. L'application <application>aa-logprof</application> peut "
"être utilisée pour analyser les massages d'audit "
"<application>AppArmor</application> dans les fichiers journaux. Examinez-les "
"puis mettez à jour le profil. Dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1206(command)
msgid "sudo aa-logprof"
msgstr "sudo aa-logprof"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1214(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.novell.com/documentation/apparmor/apparmor201_sp10_admin/ind"
"ex.html?page=/documentation/apparmor/apparmor201_sp10_admin/data/book_apparmo"
"r_admin.html\">AppArmor Administration Guide</ulink> for advanced "
"configuration options."
msgstr ""
"Voir <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.novell.com/documentation/apparmor/apparmor201_sp10_admin/ind"
"ex.html?page=/documentation/apparmor/apparmor201_sp10_admin/data/book_apparmo"
"r_admin.html\">AppArmor Administration Guide</ulink> (en anglais) pour les "
"options de configuration avancées."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1221(para)
msgid ""
"For details using AppArmor with other Ubuntu releases see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/AppArmor\"> AppArmor Community "
"Wiki</ulink> page."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus de détails sur l'utilisation d'AppArmor avec les autres versions "
"d'Ubuntu, voir la page <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/AppArmor\"> AppArmor Community "
"Wiki</ulink> (en anglais) ou la <ulink url=\"http://doc.ubuntu-"
"fr.org/apparmor\">page AppArmor</ulink> du Wiki francophone."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1229(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/AppArmor\">OpenSUSE AppArmor</ulink> "
"page is another introduction to AppArmor."
msgstr ""
"La page <ulink url=\"http://fr.opensuse.org/AppArmor\">AppArmor d'OpenSUSE "
"</ulink> est une autre introduction à AppArmor."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1236(para)
msgid ""
"A great place to ask for <application>AppArmor</application> assistance, and "
"get involved with the Ubuntu Server community, is the <emphasis>#ubuntu-"
"server</emphasis> IRC channel on <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Un endroit fantastique pour demander de l'assistance sur "
"<application>AppArmor</application>, et s'impliquer dans la communauté "
"Ubuntu Server, est le canal IRC anglophone <emphasis>#ubuntu-"
"server</emphasis> sur <ulink url=\"http://freenode.net\">le serveur "
"freenode</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1246(title)
msgid "Certificates"
msgstr "Certificats"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1247(para)
msgid ""
"One of the most common forms of cryptography today is <emphasis>public-"
"key</emphasis> cryptography. Public-key cryptography utilizes a "
"<emphasis>public key</emphasis> and a <emphasis>private key</emphasis>. The "
"system works by <emphasis>encrypting</emphasis> information using the public "
"key. The information can then only be <emphasis>decrypted</emphasis> using "
"the private key."
msgstr ""
"L'une des formes de cryptographie les plus répandues de nos jours est la "
"cryptographie par <emphasis>clé publique</emphasis>. La cryptographie par "
"clé publique utilise une <emphasis>clé publique</emphasis> et une "
"<emphasis>clé privée</emphasis>. Ce système <emphasis>chiffre</emphasis> une "
"information en utilisant une clé publique. L'information ne peut alors être "
"<emphasis>déchiffrée</emphasis> qu'en utilisant la clé privée."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1253(para)
msgid ""
"A common use for public-key cryptography is encrypting application traffic "
"using a Secure Socket Layer (SSL) or Transport Layer Security (TLS) "
"connection. For example, configuring Apache to provide "
"<emphasis>HTTPS</emphasis>, the HTTP protocol over SSL. This allows a way to "
"encrypt traffic using a protocol that does not itself provide encryption."
msgstr ""
"Un usage courant de la cryptographie par clé publique est le chiffrement du "
"trafic réseau d'une application en utilisant SSL (Secure Socket Layer) ou "
"TLS (Transport Layer Security). Par exemple lorsque l'on configure Apache "
"pour utiliser <emphasis>HTTPS</emphasis>, le protocole HTTP par dessus de "
"SSL. Ceci permet de chiffrer le trafic en utilisant un protocole qui ne "
"propose pas lui-même de chiffrement."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1258(para)
msgid ""
"A <emphasis>Certificate</emphasis> is a method used to distribute a "
"<emphasis>public key</emphasis> and other information about a server and the "
"organization who is responsible for it. Certificates can be digitally signed "
"by a <emphasis>Certification Authority</emphasis> or CA. A CA is a trusted "
"third party that has confirmed that the information contained in the "
"certificate is accurate."
msgstr ""
"Un <emphasis>certificat</emphasis> est une méthode utilisée pour distribuer "
"une <emphasis>clé publique</emphasis> et d'autres informations à propos d'un "
"serveur et de l'organisation responsable de ce serveur. Les certificats "
"peuvent être signés numériquement par une <emphasis>autorité de "
"certification (Certification Authority - CA)</emphasis> ou AC. Une autorité "
"de certification est un tiers de confiance attestant de la véracité des "
"informations contenues dans le certificat."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1265(title)
msgid "Types of Certificates"
msgstr "Types de certificats"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1266(para)
msgid ""
"To set up a secure server using public-key cryptography, in most cases, you "
"send your certificate request (including your public key), proof of your "
"company's identity, and payment to a CA. The CA verifies the certificate "
"request and your identity, and then sends back a certificate for your secure "
"server. Alternatively, you can create your own <emphasis>self-"
"signed</emphasis> certificate."
msgstr ""
"Dans la plupart des cas, pour configurer un serveur sécurisé utilisant le "
"chiffrement par clé publique, vous envoyez votre demande de certificat (avec "
"votre clé publique) à l'autorité de certification, accompagné d'une preuve "
"de votre identité et de votre paiement. La CA vérifie votre identité et la "
"demande de certificat, puis vous renvoie un certificat pour votre serveur "
"sécurisé. Une alternative consiste a créer votre propre certificat "
"<emphasis>auto-signé</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1276(para)
msgid ""
"Note, that self-signed certificates should not be used in most production "
"environments."
msgstr ""
"Notez bien que les certificats auto-signés ne devraient pas être utilisés "
"dans la plupart des environnements de production."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1280(para)
msgid ""
"Continuing the HTTPS example, a CA-signed certificate provides two important "
"capabilities that a self-signed certificate does not:"
msgstr ""
"Pour continuer sur l'exemple de HTTPS, un certificat signé par une autorité "
"de certification (CA) fournit deux fonctionnalités importantes absentes dans "
"un certificat auto-signé :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1287(para)
msgid ""
"Browsers (usually) automatically recognize the certificate and allow a "
"secure connection to be made without prompting the user."
msgstr ""
"Les navigateurs reconnaissent (généralement) automatiquement le certificat "
"et permettent l'établissement d'une connexion sécurisée sans intervention de "
"l'utilisateur."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1294(para)
msgid ""
"When a CA issues a signed certificate, it is guaranteeing the identity of "
"the organization that is providing the web pages to the browser."
msgstr ""
"Lorsqu'une autorité de certification (CA) émet un certificat, cela garantit "
"l'identité de l'organisation qui fournit les pages Web au navigateur."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1302(para)
msgid ""
"Most Web browsers, and computers, that support SSL have a list of CAs whose "
"certificates they automatically accept. If a browser encounters a "
"certificate whose authorizing CA is not in the list, the browser asks the "
"user to either accept or decline the connection. Also, other applications "
"may generate an error message when using a self-singed certificate."
msgstr ""
"La plupart des navigateurs Web et des ordinateurs qui gèrent SSL ont une "
"liste d'autorités de certification (CA) dont les certificats sont "
"automatiquement acceptés. Si un navigateur rencontre un certificat signé par "
"une autorité de certification qui n'est pas dans la liste, il demandera à "
"l'utilisateur d'accepter ou de refuser la connexion. De plus, d'autres "
"applications pourraient générer un message d'erreur lorsque vous utilisez un "
"certificat auto-signé."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1310(para)
msgid ""
"The process of getting a certificate from a CA is fairly easy. A quick "
"overview is as follows:"
msgstr ""
"Le processus d'acquisition d'un certificat signé par un CA est relativement "
"simple et facile. En voici un survol rapide :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1317(para)
msgid "Create a private and public encryption key pair."
msgstr "Créez une paire de clefs privé et publique."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1320(para)
msgid ""
"Create a certificate request based on the public key. The certificate "
"request contains information about your server and the company hosting it."
msgstr ""
"Créez une demande de certificat basée sur la clé publique. La demande de "
"certificat contient les informations concernant votre serveur et la société "
"qui l'héberge."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1325(para)
msgid ""
"Send the certificate request, along with documents proving your identity, to "
"a CA. We cannot tell you which certificate authority to choose. Your "
"decision may be based on your past experiences, or on the experiences of "
"your friends or colleagues, or purely on monetary factors."
msgstr ""
"Envoyez votre demande de certificat, avec les documents prouvant votre "
"identité, à l'autorité de certification (CA). Nous ne pouvons pas vous dire "
"quelle autorité de certification choisir. Votre décision peut être basée sur "
"votre expériences passée, ou sur l'expérience de vos amis ou collègues, ou "
"simplement sur des considérations financières."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1331(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have decided upon a CA, you need to follow the instructions they "
"provide on how to obtain a certificate from them."
msgstr ""
"Une fois l'autorité de certification choisie, vous devez suivre les "
"instructions qu'ils vous ont indiquées pour obtenir un certificat de leur "
"part."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1336(para)
msgid ""
"When the CA is satisfied that you are indeed who you claim to be, they send "
"you a digital certificate."
msgstr ""
"Quand l'autorité de certification est sûre que vous êtes celui que vous "
"prétendez être, elle vous envoie un certificat numérique."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1340(para)
msgid ""
"Install this certificate on your secure server, and configure the "
"appropriate applications to use the certificate."
msgstr ""
"Installez ce certificat sur votre serveur sécurisé, et configurez les "
"applications appropriées pour utiliser le certificat."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1349(title)
msgid "Generating a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)"
msgstr ""
"Génération d'une demande de signature de certificat (Certificate Signing "
"Request ou CSR)"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1351(para)
msgid ""
"Whether you are getting a certificate from a CA or generating your own self-"
"signed certificate, the first step is to generate a key."
msgstr ""
"Que vous ayez obtenu votre certificat d'une autorité de certification, ou "
"qu'il s'agisse d'un certificat auto-signé, la première étape consiste à "
"générer une clé."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1356(para)
msgid ""
"If the certificate will be used by service daemons, such as Apache, Postfix, "
"Dovecot, etc, a key without a passphrase is often appropriate. Not having a "
"passphrase allows the services to start without manual intervention, usually "
"the preferred way to start a daemon."
msgstr ""
"Lorsqu'un certificat est utilisé par des démons tels que Apache, Postfix, "
"Dovecot etc., avoir une clé sans phrase de passe est souvent convenable. Ne "
"pas avoir de phrase de passe permet le démarrage automatique de ces démons, "
"ce qui est généralement préférable."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1362(para)
msgid ""
"This section will cover generating a key with a passphrase, and one without. "
"The non-passphrase key will then be used to generate a certificate that can "
"be used with various service daemons."
msgstr ""
"Cette section décrit la mise en place d'une clé avec et sans phrase de "
"passe. La clé sans phrase de passe sera ensuite utilisée pour générer un "
"certificat pouvant servir pour divers services ou démons."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1368(para)
msgid ""
"Running your secure service without a passphrase is convenient because you "
"will not need to enter the passphrase every time you start your secure "
"service. But it is insecure and a compromise of the key means a compromise "
"of the server as well."
msgstr ""
"L'utilisation de votre service sécurisé sans phrase de passe est utile car "
"ces services peuvent démarrer sans que vous ayez à saisir cette phrase à "
"chaque fois. Mais cela peut constituer une faille de sécurité pouvant mettre "
"en danger tout le serveur."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1375(para)
msgid ""
"To generate the <emphasis>keys</emphasis> for the Certificate Signing "
"Request (CSR) run the following command from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Pour générer les <emphasis>clés</emphasis> pour une demande de signature de "
"certificat (CSR), exécutez la commande suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1381(command)
msgid "openssl genrsa -des3 -out server.key 1024"
msgstr "openssl genrsa -des3 -out server.key 1024"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1384(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Generating RSA private key, 1024 bit long modulus\n"
".....................++++++\n"
".................++++++\n"
"unable to write 'random state'\n"
"e is 65537 (0x10001)\n"
"Enter pass phrase for server.key:\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Generating RSA private key, 1024 bit long modulus\n"
".....................++++++\n"
".................++++++\n"
"unable to write 'random state'\n"
"e is 65537 (0x10001)\n"
"Enter pass phrase for server.key:\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1393(para)
msgid ""
"You can now enter your passphrase. For best security, it should at least "
"contain eight characters. The minimum length when specifying -des3 is four "
"characters. It should include numbers and/or punctuation and not be a word "
"in a dictionary. Also remember that your passphrase is case-sensitive."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez maintenant saisir votre mot de passe. Pour une meilleure "
"sécurité, il doit contenir au minimum huit caractères. La longueur minimum "
"lorsque vous spécifiez -des3 (algorithme de cryptographie) est de quatre "
"caractères. Il devrait contenir des chiffres et/ou des signes de ponctuation "
"et ne pas se trouver dans un dictionnaire de mots. Rappelez vous également "
"que votre mot de passe est sensible à la casse (NdT : au sens typographique "
"majuscules/minuscules)."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1401(para)
msgid ""
"Re-type the passphrase to verify. Once you have re-typed it correctly, the "
"server key is generated and stored in the <filename>server.key</filename> "
"file."
msgstr ""
"Re-saisissez le mot de passe pour vérification. Lorsque vous l'avez retapé "
"correctement, la clé du serveur est générée et stockée dans le fichier "
"<filename>server.key</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1407(para)
msgid ""
"Now create the insecure key, the one without a passphrase, and shuffle the "
"key names:"
msgstr ""
"Créez maintenant le clef non sécurisée (celle sans phrase de passe) et "
"échangez le nom des clés :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1413(command)
msgid "openssl rsa -in server.key -out server.key.insecure"
msgstr "openssl rsa -in server.key -out server.key.insecure"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1414(command)
msgid "mv server.key server.key.secure"
msgstr "mv server.key server.key.secure"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1415(command)
msgid "mv server.key.insecure server.key"
msgstr "mv server.key.insecure server.key"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1418(para)
msgid ""
"The insecure key is now named <filename>server.key</filename>, and you can "
"use this file to generate the CSR without passphrase."
msgstr ""
"La clé non sécurisée se nomme maintenant <filename>server.key</filename> et "
"vous pouvez utiliser ce fichier pour générer le CSR sans saisir de mot de "
"passe."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1423(para)
msgid "To create the CSR, run the following command at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr "Pour créer la CSR, lancer la commande suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1428(command)
msgid "openssl req -new -key server.key -out server.csr"
msgstr "openssl req -new -key server.key -out server.csr"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1431(para)
msgid ""
"It will prompt you enter the passphrase. If you enter the correct "
"passphrase, it will prompt you to enter Company Name, Site Name, Email Id, "
"etc. Once you enter all these details, your CSR will be created and it will "
"be stored in the <filename>server.csr</filename> file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1439(para)
msgid ""
"You can now submit this CSR file to a CA for processing. The CA will use "
"this CSR file and issue the certificate. On the other hand, you can create "
"self-signed certificate using this CSR."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez maintenant soumettre ce fichier CSR à une autorité de "
"certification (CA) pour traitement. La CA utilisera ce fichier CSR et "
"émettra le certificat. D'un autre côté, vous pouvez créer un certificat auto-"
"signé en utilisant ce CSR."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1447(title)
msgid "Creating a Self-Signed Certificate"
msgstr "Création d'un certificat auto-signé (Self-Signed Certificate ou SSC)"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1448(para)
msgid ""
"To create the self-signed certificate, run the following command at a "
"terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Pour créer le certificat auto-signé, utilisez la commande suivante dans un "
"terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1453(command)
msgid ""
"openssl x509 -req -days 365 -in server.csr -signkey server.key -out "
"server.crt"
msgstr ""
"openssl x509 -req -days 365 -in server.csr -signkey server.key -out "
"server.crt"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1456(para)
msgid ""
"The above command will prompt you to enter the passphrase. Once you enter "
"the correct passphrase, your certificate will be created and it will be "
"stored in the <filename>server.crt</filename> file."
msgstr ""
"La commande ci-dessus vous demandera de saisir votre mot de passe. Une fois "
"le mot de passe correct saisi, votre certificat sera créé et stocké dans le "
"fichier <filename>server.crt</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1461(para)
msgid ""
"If your secure server is to be used in a production environment, you "
"probably need a CA-signed certificate. It is not recommended to use self-"
"signed certificate."
msgstr ""
"Si votre serveur doit être utilisé dans un environnement de production, vous "
"avez probablement besoin d'un certificat signé par une autorité de "
"certification. Il n'est pas recommandé d'utiliser un certificat auto-signé."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1469(title)
msgid "Installing the Certificate"
msgstr "Installation du certificat"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1471(para)
msgid ""
"You can install the key file <filename>server.key</filename> and certificate "
"file <filename>server.crt</filename>, or the certificate file issued by your "
"CA, by running following commands at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez installer le fichier de clé <filename>server.key</filename> et "
"le fichier de certificat <filename>server.crt</filename>, ou le fichier de "
"certificat émis par votre autorité de certification, en exécutant les "
"commandes suivantes dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1477(command)
msgid "sudo cp server.crt /etc/ssl/certs"
msgstr "sudo cp server.crt /etc/ssl/certs"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1478(command)
msgid "sudo cp server.key /etc/ssl/private"
msgstr "sudo cp server.key /etc/ssl/private"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1480(para)
msgid ""
"Now simply configure any applications, with the ability to use public-key "
"cryptography, to use the <emphasis>certificate</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>key</emphasis> files. For example, "
"<application>Apache</application> can provide HTTPS, "
"<application>Dovecot</application> can provide IMAPS and POP3S, etc."
msgstr ""
"Vous devez maintenant simplement configurer les applications ayant la "
"capacité d'utiliser le chiffrement par clé publique, pour qu'elles utilisent "
"les fichiers de <emphasis>certificat</emphasis> et de "
"<emphasis>clé</emphasis>. Par exemple, <application>Apache</application> "
"peut servir les documents en HTTPS, <application>Dovecot</application> peut "
"servir le courrier en IMAPS et POP3S, etc."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1487(title)
msgid "Certification Authority"
msgstr "Autorité de certification"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1489(para)
msgid ""
"If the services on your network require more than a few self-signed "
"certificates it may be worth the additional effort to setup your own "
"internal <emphasis>Certification Authority (CA)</emphasis>. Using "
"certificates signed by your own CA, allows the various services using the "
"certificates to easily trust other services using certificates issued from "
"the same CA."
msgstr ""
"Si les services de votre réseau nécessitent plusieurs certificats, il peut "
"être intéressant de mettre en place votre propre <emphasis>autorité de "
"certification (AC)</emphasis> interne. En effet, cela permet aux différents "
"services utilisant des certificats de faire confiance aisément aux autres "
"services utilisant des certificats émis par la même AC."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1499(para)
msgid ""
"First, create the directories to hold the CA certificate and related files:"
msgstr ""
"Créez d'abord les répertoires qui hébergeront le certificat de l'AC et ses "
"divers fichiers :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1504(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir /etc/ssl/CA"
msgstr "sudo mkdir /etc/ssl/CA"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1505(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir /etc/ssl/newcerts"
msgstr "sudo mkdir /etc/ssl/newcerts"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1511(para)
msgid ""
"The CA needs a few additional files to operate, one to keep track of the "
"last serial number used by the CA, each certificate must have a unique "
"serial number, and another file to record which certificates have been "
"issued:"
msgstr ""
"L'AC a besoin de quelques fichiers supplémentaires pour être opérationnelle. "
"Un pour garder trace du dernier numéro de série utilisé par l'AC (chaque "
"certificat doit avoir un numéro de série distinct) et un autre pour garder "
"trace des certificats générés :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1518(command)
msgid "sudo sh -c \"echo '01' &gt; /etc/ssl/CA/serial\""
msgstr "sudo sh -c \"echo '01' &gt; /etc/ssl/CA/serial\""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1519(command)
msgid "sudo touch /etc/ssl/CA/index.txt"
msgstr "sudo touch /etc/ssl/CA/index.txt"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1525(para)
msgid ""
"The third file is a CA configuration file. Though not strictly necessary, it "
"is very convenient when issuing multiple certificates. Edit "
"<filename>/etc/ssl/openssl.cnf</filename>, and in the <emphasis>[ CA_default "
"]</emphasis> change:"
msgstr ""
"Le troisième fichier est celui des paramètres de l'AC. Bien qu'il ne soit "
"pas strictement nécessaire, il est utile lors de la génération de plusieurs "
"certificats. Modifiez <filename>/etc/ssl/openssl.cnf</filename> et changez "
"la déclaration <emphasis>[ CA_default ]</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1531(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dir             = /etc/ssl/             # Where everything is kept\n"
"database        = $dir/CA/index.txt     # database index file.\n"
"certificate     = $dir/certs/cacert.pem # The CA certificate\n"
"serial          = $dir/CA/serial        # The current serial number\n"
"private_key     = $dir/private/cakey.pem# The private key\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"dir             = /etc/ssl/                              # Répertoire où "
"sont tous les fichiers\n"
"database        = $dir/CA/index.txt           # Fichier index de la base de "
"données.\n"
"certificate     = $dir/certs/cacert.pem     # Le certificat de l'AC\n"
"serial          = $dir/CA/serial                    # Le numéro de série "
"actuel\n"
"private_key     = $dir/private/cakey.pem  # La clé privée\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1542(para)
msgid "Next, create the self-singed root certificate:"
msgstr "Ensuite créez le certificat racine auto-signé :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1547(command)
msgid ""
"openssl req -new -x509 -extensions v3_ca -keyout cakey.pem -out cacert.pem -"
"days 3650"
msgstr ""
"openssl req -new -x509 -extensions v3_ca -keyout cakey.pem -out cacert.pem -"
"days 3650"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1550(para)
msgid "You will then be asked to enter the details about the certificate."
msgstr ""
"Il vous sera demandé de donner les renseignements concernant le certificat."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1557(para)
msgid "Now install the root certificate and key:"
msgstr "Installez maintenant le certificat racine et la clef :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1562(command)
msgid "sudo mv cakey.pem /etc/ssl/private/"
msgstr "sudo mv cakey.pem /etc/ssl/private/"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1563(command)
msgid "sudo mv cacert.pem /etc/ssl/certs/"
msgstr "sudo mv cacert.pem /etc/ssl/certs/"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1569(para)
msgid ""
"You are now ready to start signing certificates. The first item needed is a "
"Certificate Signing Request (CSR), see <xref linkend=\"generating-a-csr\"/> "
"for details. Once you have a CSR, enter the following to generate a "
"certificate signed by the CA:"
msgstr ""
"Vous êtes maintenant prêts à signer des certificats. Le premier élément "
"nécessaire est un Certificate Signing Request (CSR) (plus de détails sont "
"disponibles sur <xref linkend=\"generating-a-csr\"/>). Une fois que vous "
"avez un CSR, entrez ce qui suit pour générer un certificat signé par le CA:"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1576(command)
msgid "sudo openssl ca -in server.csr -config /etc/ssl/openssl.cnf"
msgstr "sudo openssl ca -in server.csr -config /etc/ssl/openssl.cnf"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1579(para)
msgid ""
"After entering the password for the CA key, you will be prompted to sign the "
"certificate, and again to commit the new certificate. You should then see a "
"somewhat large amount of output related to the certificate creation."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir saisi un mot de passe pour la clé de l'AC, il vous sera demandé "
"de signer le certificat. Une somme importante de données défileront ensuite "
"à l'écran durant la création du certificat."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1588(para)
msgid ""
"There should now be a new file, "
"<filename>/etc/ssl/newcerts/01.pem</filename>, containing the same output. "
"Copy and paste everything between the <emphasis>-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----"
"</emphasis> and <emphasis>----END CERTIFICATE-----</emphasis> lines to a "
"file named after the hostname of the server where the certificate will be "
"installed. For example <filename>mail.example.com.crt</filename>, is a nice "
"descriptive name."
msgstr ""
"Il devrait y avoir maintenant un nouveau fichier, "
"<filename>/etc/ssl/newcerts/01.pem</filename>, contenant les données qui "
"viennent de défiler. Copier tout ce qui se trouve entre les lignes "
"<emphasis>-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----</emphasis> et <emphasis>----END "
"CERTIFICATE-----</emphasis> puis coller le tout dans un fichier nommé "
"d'après le nom d'hôte du serveur dans lequel le certificat sera installé. "
"Par exemple <filename>mail.exemple.com.crt</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1596(para)
msgid ""
"Subsequent certificates will be named <filename>02.pem</filename>, "
"<filename>03.pem</filename>, etc."
msgstr ""
"Les certificats suivants seront nommés <filename>02.pem</filename>, "
"<filename>03.pem</filename> etc."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1601(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>mail.example.com.crt</emphasis> with your own descriptive "
"name."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis>mail.exemple.com.crt</emphasis> par le nom correspondant "
"à votre nom d'hôte."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1609(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, copy the new certificate to the host that needs it, and configure "
"the appropriate applications to use it. The default location to install "
"certificates is <filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ssl/certs</filename>. This "
"enables multiple services to use the same certificate without overly "
"complicated file permissions."
msgstr ""
"Pour finir, copier le nouveau certificat vers son hôte et paramétrez les "
"programmes devant l'utiliser. L'endroit par défaut pour installer les "
"certificats est <filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ssl/certs</filename>. Cela "
"permet à de multiples services d'utiliser le même certificat sans compliquer "
"de trop la gestion des droits d'accès aux fichiers."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1615(para)
msgid ""
"For applications that can be configured to use a CA certificate, you should "
"also copy the <filename>/etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem</filename> file to the "
"<filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ssl/certs/</filename> directory on each "
"server."
msgstr ""
"Pour les programmes pouvant être paramétrés pour utiliser un certificat issu "
"d'une AC, vous devriez copier aussi le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem</filename> vers le répertoire <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/etc/ssl/certs/</filename> de chaque serveur."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1629(para)
msgid ""
"For more detailed instructions on using cryptography see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://tldp.org/HOWTO/SSL-Certificates-HOWTO/index.html\">SSL "
"Certificates HOWTO</ulink> by tlpd.org"
msgstr ""
"Pour des instructions plus détaillées sur l'utilisation de la cryptographie "
"voir le <ulink url=\"http://www.docmirror.net/fr/linux/howto/apps/SSL-"
"Certificates-HOWTO/index.html\">guide pratique des certificats SSL</ulink> "
"par tlpd.org"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1635(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.pki-page.org/\">The PKI Page</ulink> contains a list "
"of Certificate Authorities."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.pki-page.org/\">La page PKI</ulink> possède une "
"liste des autorités de certifications (CA)."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1640(para)
msgid ""
"The Wikipedia <ulink "
"url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Https\">HTTPS</ulink> page has more "
"information regarding HTTPS."
msgstr ""
"L'article <ulink url=\"http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Https\">HTTPS</ulink> de "
"Wikipedia contient plus d'informations concernant HTTPS."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1645(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <emphasis>OpenSSL</emphasis> see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.openssl.org/\">OpenSSL Home Page</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'informations sur <emphasis>OpenSSL</emphasis> consultez le "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.openssl.org/\">site Web de OpenSSL</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1650(para)
msgid ""
"Also, O'Reilly's <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596002701/\">Network Security with "
"OpenSSL</ulink> is a good in depth reference."
msgstr ""
"Consultez par exemple O'Reilly's <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596002701/\">Network Security with "
"OpenSSL</ulink> pour de plus amples détails."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1659(title)
msgid "eCryptfs"
msgstr "eCryptfs"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1661(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>eCryptfs</emphasis> is a POSIX-compliant enterprise-class stacked "
"cryptographic filesystem for Linux.  Layering on top of the filesystem layer "
"<emphasis>eCryptfs</emphasis> protects files no matter the underlying "
"filesystem, partition type, etc."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>eCryptfs</emphasis> est un système de fichier chiffré pour Linux, "
"utilisable en entreprise et conforme aux normes POSIX. "
"<emphasis>eCryptfs</emphasis> est une couche au-dessus du système de "
"fichiers. Il protège les fichiers quelque soit le type de système de "
"fichiers, de partition, etc. se trouvant sur les couches plus basses."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1667(para)
msgid ""
"During installation there is an option to encrypt the <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/home</filename> partition. This will automatically "
"configure everything needed to encrypt and mount the partition."
msgstr ""
"Lors de l'installation, il y a une option pour chiffrer la partition "
"<filename role=\"directory\">/home</filename>. Cela configurera "
"automatiquement tout ce qu'il faut pour chiffrer la partition mais aussi "
"pour la monter."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1672(para)
msgid ""
"As an example, this section will cover configuring <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/srv</filename> to be encrypted using eCryptfs."
msgstr ""
"À titre d'exemple, cette section décrira le chiffrement de <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/srv</filename> avec eCryptfs."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1677(title)
msgid "Using eCryptfs"
msgstr "Utilisation de eCryptfs"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1679(para)
msgid "First, install the necessary packages. From a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"Installez d'abord les paquets nécessaires. Saisissez dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1684(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install ecryptfs-utils"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install ecryptfs-utils"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1687(para)
msgid "Now mount the partition to be encrypted:"
msgstr "Montez la partition à chiffrer :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1692(command)
msgid "sudo mount -t ecryptfs /srv /srv"
msgstr "sudo mount -t ecryptfs /srv /srv"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1695(para)
msgid ""
"You will then be prompted for some details on how "
"<application>ecryptfs</application> should encrypt the data."
msgstr ""
"Des renseignements sur la manière dont <application>ecryptfs</application> "
"doit chiffrer des données vont vous être demandés."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1699(para)
msgid ""
"To test that files placed in <filename>/srv</filename> are indeed encrypted "
"copy the <filename>/etc/default</filename> folder to "
"<filename>/srv</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Pour vérifier que les données de <filename>/srv</filename> sont "
"effectivement chiffrées, copiez le répertoire "
"<filename>/etc/default</filename> vers <filename>/srv</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1705(command) serverguide/C/clustering.xml:192(command)
msgid "sudo cp -r /etc/default /srv"
msgstr "sudo cp -r /etc/default /srv"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1708(para)
msgid "Now unmount <filename>/srv</filename>, and try to view a file:"
msgstr "Démontez <filename>/srv</filename> et essayez de lire un fichier :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1713(command) serverguide/C/installation.xml:1138(command) serverguide/C/clustering.xml:200(command)
msgid "sudo umount /srv"
msgstr "sudo umount /srv"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1714(command)
msgid "cat /srv/default/cron"
msgstr "cat /srv/default/cron"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1717(para)
msgid ""
"Remounting <filename>/srv</filename> using "
"<application>ecryptfs</application> will make the data viewable once again."
msgstr ""
"Vous pourrez lire à nouveau les données une fois que vous aurez remonté "
"<filename>/srv</filename> en utilisant <application>ecryptfs</application>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1723(title)
msgid "Automatically Mounting Encrypted Partitions"
msgstr "Monter automatiquement les partitions chiffrées"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1725(para)
msgid ""
"There are a couple of ways to automatically mount an "
"<application>ecryptfs</application> encrypted filesystem at boot. This "
"example will use a <filename>/root/.ecryptfsrc</filename> file containing "
"mount options, along with a passphrase file residing on a USB key."
msgstr ""
"Plusieurs méthodes sont disponibles pour monter automatiquement au démarrage "
"un système de fichiers chiffré avec <application>ecryptfs</application>"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1731(para)
msgid "First, create <filename>/root/.ecryptfsrc</filename> containing:"
msgstr ""
"Créez d'abord <filename>/root/.ecryptfsrc</filename> avec les informations "
"suivantes :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1735(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"key=passphrase:passphrase_passwd_file=/mnt/usb/passwd_file.txt\n"
"ecryptfs_sig=5826dd62cf81c615\n"
"ecryptfs_cipher=aes\n"
"ecryptfs_key_bytes=16\n"
"ecryptfs_passthrough=n\n"
"ecryptfs_enable_filename_crypto=n\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"key=passphrase:passphrase_passwd_file=/mnt/usb/fichier_avec_phrase_de_passe.t"
"xt\n"
"ecryptfs_sig=5826dd62cf81c615\n"
"ecryptfs_cipher=aes\n"
"ecryptfs_key_bytes=16\n"
"ecryptfs_passthrough=n\n"
"ecryptfs_enable_filename_crypto=n\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1745(para)
msgid ""
"Adjust the <emphasis>ecryptfs_sig</emphasis> to the signature in "
"<filename>/root/.ecryptfs/sig-cache.txt</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Faites correspondre <emphasis>ecryptfs_sig</emphasis> avec la signature se "
"trouvant dans <filename>/root/.ecryptfs/sig-cache.txt</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1750(para)
msgid ""
"Next, create the <filename>/mnt/usb/passwd_file.txt</filename> passphrase "
"file:"
msgstr ""
"Créez ensuite le fichier de phrase de passe "
"<filename>/mnt/usb/fichier_avec_mot_de_passe.txt</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1754(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"passphrase_passwd=[secrets]\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"passphrase_passwd=[secrets]\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1758(para)
msgid "Now add the necessary lines to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Ajouter les lignes nécesssaires dans <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1762(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"/dev/sdb1       /mnt/usb        ext3    ro      0 0\n"
"/srv /srv ecryptfs defaults 0 0\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"/dev/sdb1       /mnt/usb        ext3    ro      0 0\n"
"/srv /srv ecryptfs defaults 0 0\n"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1767(para)
msgid "Make sure the USB drive is mounted before the encrypted partition."
msgstr ""
"Assurez-vous que le périphérique USB est monté avant la partition chiffrée."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1771(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, reboot and the <filename>/srv</filename> should be mounted using "
"ecryptfs."
msgstr ""
"Pour finir, redémarrez et <filename>/srv</filename> devrait être monté en "
"utilisant ecryptfs."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1779(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>ecryptfs-utils</application> package includes several other "
"useful utilities:"
msgstr ""
"Le paquet <application>ecryptfs-utils</application> contient d'autres "
"utilitaires :"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1785(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-setup-private:</emphasis> creates a "
"<filename>~/Private</filename> directory to contain encrypted information. "
"This utility can be run by unprivileged users to keep data private from "
"other users on the system."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-setup-private :</emphasis> crée un répertoire "
"<filename>~/Private</filename> recevant les informations chiffrées. Cet "
"utilitaire peut être lancé par de simples utilisateurs (sans privilèges) "
"pour chiffrer leur données."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1792(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-mount-private and ecryptfs-umount-private:</emphasis> "
"will mount and unmount respectively, a users <filename>~/Private</filename> "
"directory."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-mount-private et ecryptfs-umount-private :</emphasis> "
"monte et démonte un répertoire utilisateur <filename>~/Private</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1798(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-add-passphrase:</emphasis> adds a new passphrase to the "
"kernel keyring."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-add-passphrase :</emphasis> ajoute une nouvelle phrase de "
"passe au trousseau de clés du noyau."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1803(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-manager:</emphasis> manages "
"<application>eCryptfs</application> objects such as keys."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-manager :</emphasis> gère les objets "
"<application>eCryptfs</application> tels que les clés."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1808(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-stat:</emphasis> allows you to view the "
"<application>ecryptfs</application> meta information for a file."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-stat :</emphasis> vous permet de voir les méta-"
"informations <application>ecryptfs</application> d'un fichier."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1821(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on eCryptfs see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://launchpad.net/ecryptfs\">Launchpad project page</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'informations sur eCryptfs, consultez la <ulink "
"url=\"https://launchpad.net/ecryptfs\">page du projet sur Launchpad</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1826(para)
msgid ""
"There is also a <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.linuxjournal.com/article/9400\">Linux Journal</ulink> "
"article covering eCryptfs."
msgstr ""
"Un article de <ulink url=\"http://www.linuxjournal.com/article/9400\">Linux "
"Journal</ulink> (en anglais) traite aussi de eCryptfs."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1831(para)
msgid ""
"Also, for more <application>ecryptfs</application> options see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man7/ecryptfs.7.html\">ecr"
"yptfs man page</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Pour en savoir plus sur les options de <application>ecryptfs</application>, "
"consultez la <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man7/ecryptfs.7.html\">pag"
"e de manuel de ecryptfs</ulink> (en anglais)."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1837(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/eCryptfs\">eCryptfs "
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page also has more details."
msgstr ""
"La page du <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/eCryptfs\">Wiki "
"Ubuntu consacrée à eCryptfs</ulink> comporte des quelques informations "
"complémentaires."

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:13(title)
msgid "Appendix"
msgstr "Annexe"

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:16(title)
msgid "Reporting Bugs in Ubuntu Server Edition"
msgstr "Soumettre un rapport d'anomalie dans Ubuntu Server Edition"

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:18(para)
msgid ""
"While the Ubuntu Project attempts to release software with as few bugs as "
"possible, they do occur. You can help fix these bugs by reporting ones that "
"you find to the project. The Ubuntu Project uses <ulink "
"url=\"https://launchpad.net/\">Launchpad</ulink> to track its bug reports. "
"In order to file a bug about Ubuntu Server on Launchpad, you will need to "
"<ulink url=\"https://help.launchpad.net/YourAccount/NewAccount\">create an "
"account</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:30(title)
msgid "Reporting Bugs With ubuntu-bug"
msgstr "Faire un rapport de bug avec ubuntu-bug"

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:32(para)
msgid ""
"The preferred way to report a bug is with the <application>ubuntu-"
"bug</application> command. The ubuntu-bug tool gathers information about the "
"system useful to developers in diagnosing the reported problem that will "
"then be included in the bug report filed on Launchpad. Bug reports in Ubuntu "
"need to be filed against a specific software package, thus the name of the "
"package that the bug occurs in needs to be given to ubuntu-bug:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:43(command)
msgid "ubuntu-bug PACKAGENAME"
msgstr "ubuntu-bug NOM_DU_PAQUET"

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:46(para)
msgid ""
"For example, to file a bug against the openssh-server package, you would do:"
msgstr ""
"Par exemple, pour saisir un bug au sujet du paquet openssh-server, procédez "
"ainsi :"

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:51(command)
msgid "ubuntu-bug openssh-server"
msgstr "ubuntu-bug openssh-server"

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:54(para)
msgid ""
"You can specify either a binary package or the source package for ubuntu-"
"bug. Again using openssh-server as an example, you could also generate the "
"report against the source package for openssh-server, openssh:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:62(command)
msgid "ubuntu-bug openssh"
msgstr "ubuntu-bug openssh"

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:66(para)
msgid ""
"See <xref linkend=\"package-management\"/> for more information about "
"packages in Ubuntu."
msgstr ""
"Consultez <xref linkend=\"package-management\"/> pour plus d'informations "
"sur la gestion des paquets dans Ubuntu."

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:72(para)
msgid ""
"The ubuntu-bug command will gather information about the system in question, "
"possibly including information specific to the specified package, and then "
"ask you what you would like to do with collected information:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:80(command)
msgid "ubuntu-bug postgresql"
msgstr "ubuntu-bug postgresql"

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:79(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"*** Collecting problem information\n"
"\n"
"The collected information can be sent to the developers to improve the\n"
"application. This might take a few minutes.\n"
"..........\n"
"\n"
"*** Send problem report to the developers?\n"
"\n"
"After the problem report has been sent, please fill out the form in the\n"
"automatically opened web browser.\n"
"\n"
"What would you like to do? Your options are:\n"
"  S: Send report (1.7 KiB)\n"
"  V: View report\n"
"  K: Keep report file for sending later or copying to somewhere else\n"
"  C: Cancel\n"
"Please choose (S/V/K/C):\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:101(para)
msgid "The options available are:"
msgstr "Les options disponibles sont :"

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:108(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Send Report</emphasis> Selecting Send Report submits "
"the collected information to Launchpad as part of the the process of filing "
"a bug report. You will be given the opportunity to describe the situation "
"that led up to the occurrance of the bug."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:115(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"*** Uploading problem information\n"
"\n"
"The collected information is being sent to the bug tracking system.\n"
"This might take a few minutes.\n"
"91%\n"
"\n"
"*** To continue, you must visit the following URL:\n"
"\n"
"  https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/postgresql-"
"8.4/+filebug/kc6eSnTLnLxF8u0t3e56EukFeqJ?\n"
"\n"
"You can launch a browser now, or copy this URL into a browser on another\n"
"computer.\n"
"\n"
"Choices:\n"
"  1: Launch a browser now\n"
"  C: Cancel\n"
"Please choose (1/C):\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:135(para)
msgid ""
"If you choose to start a browser, by default the text based web browser "
"<application>w3m</application> will be used to finish filing the bug report. "
"Alternately, you can copy the given URL to a currently running web browser."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:144(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">View Report</emphasis> Selecting View Report causes "
"the collected information to be displayed to the terminal for review."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:150(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Package: postgresql 8.4.2-2\n"
"PackageArchitecture: all\n"
"Tags: lucid\n"
"ProblemType: Bug\n"
"ProcEnviron:\n"
"  LANG=en_US.UTF-8\n"
"  SHELL=/bin/bash\n"
"Uname: Linux 2.6.32-16-server x86_64\n"
"Dependencies:\n"
"  adduser 3.112ubuntu1\n"
"  base-files 5.0.0ubuntu10\n"
"  base-passwd 3.5.22\n"
"  coreutils 7.4-2ubuntu2\n"
"...\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:167(para)
msgid ""
"After viewing the report, you will be brought back to the same menu asking "
"what you would like to do with the report."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:174(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Keep Report File</emphasis> Selecting Keep Report "
"File causes the gathered information to be written to a file. This file can "
"then be used to later file a bug report or transferred to a different Ubuntu "
"system for reporting. To submit the report file, simply give it as an "
"argument to the ubuntu-bug command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:189(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "k"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:192(command)
msgid "ubuntu-bug /tmp/apport.postgresql.v4MQas.apport"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:183(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"What would you like to do? Your options are:\n"
"  S: Send report (1.7 KiB)\n"
"  V: View report\n"
"  K: Keep report file for sending later or copying to somewhere else\n"
"  C: Cancel\n"
"Please choose (S/V/K/C): <placeholder-1/>\n"
"Problem report file: /tmp/apport.postgresql.v4MQas.apport\n"
"\n"
"<placeholder-2/>\n"
"\n"
"*** Send problem report to the developers?\n"
"...\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:200(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Cancel</emphasis> Selecting Cancel causes the "
"collected information to be discarded."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:210(title)
msgid "Reporting Application Crashes"
msgstr "Faire un rapport de plantage d'une application"

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:212(para)
msgid ""
"The software package that provides the ubuntu-bug utility, "
"<application>apport</application>, can be configured to trigger when "
"applications crash. This is disabled by default, as capturing a crash can be "
"resource intensive depending on how much memory the application that crashed "
"was using as apport captures and processes the core dump."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:221(para)
msgid ""
"Configuring apport to capture information about crashing applications "
"requires a couple of steps. First, <application>gdb</application> needs to "
"be installed; it is not installed by default in Ubuntu Server Edition."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:229(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install gdb"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install gdb"

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:232(para)
msgid ""
"See <xref linkend=\"package-management\"/> for more information about "
"managing packages in Ubuntu."
msgstr ""
"Consultez <xref linkend=\"package-management\"/> pour plus d'informations "
"sur la gestion des paquets dans Ubuntu."

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:237(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have ensured that gdb is installed, open the file "
"<filename>/etc/default/apport</filename> in your text editor, and change the "
"<emphasis>enabled</emphasis> setting to be <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">1</emphasis> like so:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:244(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# set this to 0 to disable apport, or to 1 to enable it\n"
"# you can temporarily override this with\n"
"# sudo service apport start force_start=1\n"
"enabled=<userinput>1</userinput>\n"
"\n"
"# set maximum core dump file size (default: 209715200 bytes == 200 MB)\n"
"maxsize=209715200\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:254(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have completed editing <filename>/etc/default/apport</filename>, "
"start the apport service:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois la modification du fichier <filename>/etc/default/apport</filename> "
"terminée, démarrez le service apport :"

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:261(command)
msgid "sudo start apport"
msgstr "sudo start apport"

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:264(para)
msgid ""
"After an application crashes, use the <application>apport-cli</application> "
"command to search for the existing saved crash report information:"
msgstr ""
"Après le plantage d'une application, utilisez la commande "
"<application>apport-cli</application> pour rechercher si un rapport de "
"plantage pour cette application n'existe pas déjà :"

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:271(command)
msgid "apport-cli"
msgstr "apport-cli"

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:270(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"*** dash closed unexpectedly on 2010-03-11 at 21:40:59.\n"
"\n"
"If you were not doing anything confidential (entering passwords or other\n"
"private information), you can help to improve the application by\n"
"reporting\n"
"the problem.\n"
"\n"
"What would you like to do? Your options are:\n"
"  R: Report Problem...\n"
"  I: Cancel and ignore future crashes of this program version\n"
"  C: Cancel\n"
"Please choose (R/I/C):\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:287(para)
msgid ""
"Selecting <emphasis>Report Problem</emphasis> will walk you through similar "
"steps as when using ubuntu-bug. One important difference is that a crash "
"report will be marked as private when filed on Launchpad, meaning that it "
"will be visible to only a limited set of bug triagers. These triagers will "
"review the gathered data for private information before making the bug "
"report publicly visible."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:307(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ReportingBugs\">Reporting "
"Bugs</ulink> Ubuntu wiki page."
msgstr ""
"Consultez la page du <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ReportingBugs\">Wiki Ubuntu "
"consacrée au rapport de bugs</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:313(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/Apport\">Apport</ulink> page "
"has some useful information. Though some of it pertains to using a GUI."
msgstr ""
"La page consacrée à <ulink "
"url=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/Apport\">Apport</ulink> comporte également des "
"informations utiles bien que certaines d'entre elles concernent "
"l'utilisation d'une interface graphique."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:13(title)
msgid "Remote Administration"
msgstr "Administration à distance"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"There are many ways to remotely administer a Linux server. This chapter will "
"cover one of the most popular <application>SSH</application> as well as "
"<application>eBox</application>, a web based administration framework."
msgstr ""
"Il existe de nombreuses façons d'administrer à distance un serveur Linux. Ce "
"chapitre couvre <application>SSH</application>, un des plus populaires ainsi "
"que <application>eBox</application>, un environnement d'administration basé "
"sur le Web."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:23(para)
msgid ""
"This section of the Ubuntu Server Guide introduces a powerful collection of "
"tools for the remote control of networked computers and transfer of data "
"between networked computers, called <emphasis>OpenSSH</emphasis>. You will "
"also learn about some of the configuration settings possible with the "
"OpenSSH server application and how to change them on your Ubuntu system."
msgstr ""
"Cette partie du guide du serveur Ubuntu présente une collection d'outils "
"destinée à la prise de contrôle à distance d'ordinateurs interconnectés en "
"réseau et au transfert de données entre ces ordinateurs, appelée "
"<emphasis>OpenSSH</emphasis>. Vous prendrez également connaissance de "
"quelques possibilités de configuration du serveur OpenSSH et comment les "
"mettre en œuvre sur votre système Ubuntu."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:30(para)
msgid ""
"OpenSSH is a freely available version of the Secure Shell (SSH) protocol "
"family of tools for remotely controlling a computer or transferring files "
"between computers. Traditional tools used to accomplish these functions, "
"such as <application>telnet</application> or <application>rcp</application>, "
"are insecure and transmit the user's password in cleartext when used. "
"OpenSSH provides a server daemon and client tools to facilitate secure, "
"encrypted remote control and file transfer operations, effectively replacing "
"the legacy tools."
msgstr ""
"OpenSSH est une version libre du protocole SSH (Secure Shell, interpréteur "
"de commandes sécurisé), c'est une collection d'outils pour le contrôle "
"d'ordinateurs à distance, ou le transfert de fichiers entre ordinateurs. Les "
"outils traditionnels pour effectuer ces tâches, comme "
"<application>telnet</application> ou <application>rcp</application>, ne sont "
"pas sécurisés et font transiter le mot de passe de l'utilisateur en clair. "
"OpenSSH fournit un serveur et des outils clients pour faciliter le contrôle "
"à distance et le transfert de fichiers de façon sécurisée grâce au "
"chiffrement des données, et donc remplace efficacement les anciens outils."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:39(para)
msgid ""
"The OpenSSH server component, <application>sshd</application>, listens "
"continuously for client connections from any of the client tools. When a "
"connection request occurs, <application>sshd</application> sets up the "
"correct connection depending on the type of client tool connecting. For "
"example, if the remote computer is connecting with the "
"<application>ssh</application> client application, the OpenSSH server sets "
"up a remote control session after authentication. If a remote user connects "
"to an OpenSSH server with <application>scp</application>, the OpenSSH server "
"daemon initiates a secure copy of files between the server and client after "
"authentication. OpenSSH can use many authentication methods, including plain "
"password, public key, and <application>Kerberos</application> tickets."
msgstr ""
"Le serveur OpenSSH, <application>sshd</application>, attend en permanence "
"des connexions depuis des clients. Quand une requête de connexion a lieu, "
"<application>sshd</application> établit la connexion correcte en fonction du "
"type de client. Par exemple, si un client se connecte avec le client "
"<application>ssh</application>, le serveur OpenSSH va établir une connexion "
"sécurisée après une authentification. Si un client se connecte avec "
"<application>scp</application>, le serveur OpenSSH va commencer un transfert "
"de fichier sécurisé entre le serveur et le client après une "
"authentification. OpenSSH peut utiliser de nombreuses méthodes "
"d'authentification, par exemple un mot de passe, une clé publique, ou un "
"ticket <application>Kerberos</application>."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:53(para)
msgid ""
"Installation of the OpenSSH client and server applications is simple. To "
"install the OpenSSH client applications on your Ubuntu system, use this "
"command at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"L'installation des applications client et serveur d'OpenSSH est simple. Pour "
"installer les applications clientes d'OpenSSH sur votre système Ubuntu, "
"tapez cette commande dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:59(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install openssh-client"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install openssh-client"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:61(para)
msgid ""
"To install the OpenSSH server application, and related support files, use "
"this command at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer le serveur OpenSSH et les fichiers nécessaires, utilisez "
"cette commande dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:66(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install openssh-server"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install openssh-server"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:68(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>openssh-server</application> package can also be selected "
"to install during the Server Edition installation process."
msgstr ""
"Le paquet <application>openssh-server</application> peut aussi être "
"sélectionné pour s'installer pendant la procédure d'installation de "
"l'édition serveur."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:75(para)
msgid ""
"You may configure the default behavior of the OpenSSH server application, "
"<application>sshd</application>, by editing the file "
"<filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>. For information about the "
"configuration directives used in this file, you may view the appropriate "
"manual page with the following command, issued at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez configurer le comportement par défaut du serveur OpenSSH, "
"<application>sshd</application>, en modifiant le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>. Pour des informations sur les "
"options de configuration utilisées dans ce fichier, veuillez lire le manuel "
"approprié en tapant la commande suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:83(command)
msgid "man sshd_config"
msgstr "man sshd_config"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:85(para)
msgid ""
"There are many directives in the <application>sshd</application> "
"configuration file controlling such things as communication settings and "
"authentication modes. The following are examples of configuration directives "
"that can be changed by editing the <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> "
"file."
msgstr ""
"Il y a beaucoup de directives dans le fichier de configuration de "
"<application>sshd</application> contrôlant les paramètres de communication "
"et les modes d'authentification. Suivent ci-dessous des exemples de "
"directives pouvant être changées en modifiant le "
"fichier<filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:92(para)
msgid ""
"Prior to editing the configuration file, you should make a copy of the "
"original file and protect it from writing so you will have the original "
"settings as a reference and to reuse as necessary."
msgstr ""
"Avant de modifier le fichier de configuration, vous devriez faire une copie "
"du fichier original et le protéger en écriture de façon à conserver les "
"paramètres d'origine en référence et à pouvoir les réutiliser en cas de "
"besoin."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:96(para)
msgid ""
"Copy the <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> file and protect it from "
"writing with the following commands, issued at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Copiez le fichier <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> et protégez le "
"en écriture en tapant la commande suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:101(command)
msgid "sudo cp /etc/ssh/sshd_config /etc/ssh/sshd_config.original"
msgstr "sudo cp /etc/ssh/sshd_config /etc/ssh/sshd_config.original"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:102(command)
msgid "sudo chmod a-w /etc/ssh/sshd_config.original"
msgstr "sudo chmod a-w /etc/ssh/sshd_config.original"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:104(para)
msgid ""
"The following are examples of configuration directives you may change:"
msgstr ""
"Voici des exemples de directives de configuration que vous pouvez changer :"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:109(para)
msgid ""
"To set your OpenSSH to listen on TCP port 2222 instead of the default TCP "
"port 22, change the Port directive as such:"
msgstr ""
"Pour que OpenSSH écoute sur le port TCP 2222 au lieu du port par défaut 22, "
"changez la directive Port comme ceci :"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:113(para)
msgid "Port 2222"
msgstr "Port 2222"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:118(para)
msgid ""
"To have <application>sshd</application> allow public key-based login "
"credentials, simply add or modify the line:"
msgstr ""
"Pour que <application>sshd</application> accepte les informations de "
"connexion basées sur une clef publique, il suffit d'ajouter ou de modifier "
"la ligne :"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:122(para)
msgid "PubkeyAuthentication yes"
msgstr "PubkeyAuthentication yes"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:125(para)
msgid ""
"In the <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> file, or if already "
"present, ensure the line is not commented out."
msgstr ""
"dans le fichier <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>, ou si elle existe "
"déjà, assurez-vous que la ligne n'est pas commentée."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:131(para)
msgid ""
"To make your OpenSSH server display the contents of the "
"<filename>/etc/issue.net</filename> file as a pre-login banner, simply add "
"or modify the line:"
msgstr ""
"Pour que le serveur OpenSSH affiche le contenu du fichier "
"<filename>/etc/issue.net</filename> comme une invite avant l'affichage de "
"l'écran de connexion, il suffit d'ajouter ou de modifier la ligne :"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:136(para)
msgid "Banner /etc/issue.net"
msgstr "Banner /etc/issue.net"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:139(para)
msgid "In the <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> file."
msgstr "dans le fichier <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:144(para)
msgid ""
"After making changes to the <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> file, "
"save the file, and restart the <application>sshd</application> server "
"application to effect the changes using the following command at a terminal "
"prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Après avoir modifié le fichier <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>, "
"enregistrez-le et redémarrez le service <application>sshd</application> afin "
"de prendre en compte les changements. Pour cela, saisissez la commande "
"suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:153(para)
msgid ""
"Many other configuration directives for <application>sshd</application> are "
"available for changing the server application's behavior to fit your needs. "
"Be advised, however, if your only method of access to a server is "
"<application>ssh</application>, and you make a mistake in configuring "
"<application>sshd</application> via the "
"<filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> file, you may find you are locked "
"out of the server upon restarting it, or that the "
"<application>sshd</application> server refuses to start due to an incorrect "
"configuration directive, so be extra careful when editing this file on a "
"remote server."
msgstr ""
"Beaucoup d'autres directives de configuration pour "
"<application>sshd</application> sont disponibles pour adapter son "
"comportement à vos besoins. Soyez conscient néanmoins que si votre unique "
"possibilité d'accès au serveur est <application>ssh</application> et que "
"vous commettiez une erreur de configuration pour le service "
"<application>sshd</application> dans le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>, il se pourrait que vous vous "
"bloquiez l'accès au serveur jusqu'à son redémarrage, ou que le service "
"<application>sshd</application> refuse de redémarrer à cause d'une directive "
"incorrecte de configuration. Par conséquent, soyez extrêmement prudent "
"lorsque vous modifiez ce fichier sur un serveur distant."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:168(title)
msgid "SSH Keys"
msgstr "Clés SSH"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:169(para)
msgid ""
"SSH <emphasis>keys</emphasis> allow authentication between two hosts without "
"the need of a password. SSH key authentication uses two keys a "
"<emphasis>private</emphasis> key and a <emphasis>public</emphasis> key."
msgstr ""
"Les <emphasis>clés</emphasis> SSH permettent l'authentification entre deux "
"hôtes sans avoir recours à un mot de passe. L'authentification par clé SSH "
"utilise deux clés, une clé <emphasis>privée</emphasis> et une clé "
"<emphasis>publique</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:173(para)
msgid "To generate the keys, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr "Pour générer les clés, dans un terminal tapez :"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:177(command)
msgid "ssh-keygen -t dsa"
msgstr "ssh-keygen -t dsa"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:179(para)
msgid ""
"This will generate the keys using a <emphasis>DSA</emphasis> authentication "
"identity of the user. During the process you will be prompted for a "
"password. Simply hit <emphasis>Enter</emphasis> when prompted to create the "
"key."
msgstr ""
"Ceci générera les clés en utilisant l'algorithme de signature numérique "
"<emphasis>DSA</emphasis>. Un mot de passe vous sera demandé pendant le "
"processus. Appuyez simplement sur la touche <emphasis>Entrée</emphasis> "
"lorsque cela vous est demandé pour générer la clé."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:183(para)
msgid ""
"By default the <emphasis>public</emphasis> key is saved in the file "
"<filename>~/.ssh/id_dsa.pub</filename>, while "
"<filename>~/.ssh/id_dsa</filename> is the <emphasis>private</emphasis> key. "
"Now copy the <filename>id_dsa.pub</filename> file to the remote host and "
"append it to <filename>~/.ssh/authorized_keys</filename> by entering:"
msgstr ""
"Par défaut la clé <emphasis>publique</emphasis> est enregistrée dans le "
"fichier <filename>~/.ssh/id_dsa.pub</filename> tandis que "
"<filename>~/.ssh/id_dsa</filename> est la clé <emphasis>privée</emphasis>. "
"Copiez maintenant le fichier <filename>id_dsa.pub</filename> sur l'hôte et "
"ajoutez une entrée à <filename>~/.ssh/authorized_keys</filename> en tapant :"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:189(command)
msgid "ssh-copy-id username@remotehost"
msgstr "ssh-copy-id identifiant@hôte"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:191(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, double check the permissions on the "
"<filename>authorized_keys</filename> file, only the authenticated user "
"should have read and write permissions. If the permissions are not correct "
"change them by:"
msgstr ""
"Pour finir, vérifiez les permissions du fichier "
"<filename>authorized_keys</filename>. Seul l'utilisateur authetifié doit "
"avoir les droits en lecture et écriture. Si les permissions sont "
"incorrectes, changez-les en tapant :"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:196(command)
msgid "chmod 600 .ssh/authorized_keys"
msgstr "chmod 600 .ssh/authorized_keys"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:198(para)
msgid ""
"You should now be able to SSH to the host without being prompted for a "
"password."
msgstr ""
"Vous devriez maintenant pouvoir établir une connexion SSH vers l'hôte sans "
"avoir à saisir de mot de passe."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:207(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SSH\">Ubuntu Wiki SSH</ulink> "
"page."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'information, consultez la page du <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SSH\">Wiki Ubuntu consacrée à "
"SSH</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:213(ulink)
msgid "OpenSSH Website"
msgstr "Site Web de OpenSSH"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:218(ulink)
msgid "Advanced OpenSSH Wiki Page"
msgstr "Page Wiki sur OpenSSH avancé"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:226(title)
msgid "eBox"
msgstr "eBox"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:227(para)
msgid ""
"<application>eBox</application> is a web framework used to manage server "
"application configuration. The modular design of eBox allows you to pick and "
"choose which services you want to configure using eBox."
msgstr ""
"<application>eBox</application> est une infrastructure Web utilisée pour "
"gérer la configuration des applications du serveur. La conception modulaire "
"de eBox vous permet de choisir les services que vous souhaitez configurer en "
"utilisant eBox."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:234(para)
msgid ""
"The different <application>eBox</application> modules are split into "
"different packages, allowing you to only install those necessary. One way to "
"view the available packages is to enter the following from a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"Les différents modules d'<application>eBox</application> sont répartis dans "
"plusieurs paquets, ce qui vous permet d'installer uniquement ceux qui sont "
"nécessaires. Une façon d'afficher les paquets disponibles est de saisir ce "
"qui suit dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:240(command)
msgid "apt-cache rdepends ebox | uniq"
msgstr "apt-cache rdepends ebox | uniq"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:242(para)
msgid ""
"To install the <application>ebox</application> package, which contains the "
"default modules, enter the following:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer le paquet <application>ebox</application>, qui contient les "
"modules par défaut, saisissez ce qui suit :"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:247(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install ebox"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install ebox"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:250(para)
msgid ""
"During the installation you will be asked to supply a password for the ebox "
"user. After installing eBox the web interface can be accessed from: "
"<emphasis>https://yourserver/ebox</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Pendant l'installation, il vous sera demandé de fournir le mot de passe de "
"l'utilisateur ebox. Après avoir installé eBox, l'interface Web sera "
"accessible à partir de : <emphasis>https://votreserveur/ebox</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:259(para)
msgid ""
"An important thing to remember when using <application>eBox</application> is "
"that when configuring most modules there is a <emphasis>Change</emphasis> "
"button that implements the new configuration. After clicking the Change "
"button most, but not all, modules will then need to be "
"<emphasis>Saved</emphasis>. To save the new configuration click on the "
"<quote>Save changes</quote> link in the top right hand corner."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque vous utilisez <application>eBox</application> il est important de se "
"rappeler que lors de la configuration de la plupart des modules il y a un "
"bouton <emphasis>Modifier</emphasis> qui implémente la nouvelle "
"configuration. Après avoir cliqué sur le bouton Modifier la majorité des "
"modules, mais pas tous, doivent ensuite être "
"<emphasis>enregistrés</emphasis>. Pour enregistrer la nouvelle "
"configuration, cliquez sur le lien <quote>Enregistrer les "
"modifications</quote> situé dans le coin supérieur droit."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:267(para)
msgid ""
"Once you make a change that requires a Save, the link will change from green "
"to red."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque vous aurez fait une modification exigeant une sauvegarde, le lien "
"passera du vert au rouge."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:273(title)
msgid "eBox Modules"
msgstr "Modules eBox"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:274(para)
msgid ""
"By default all eBox <emphasis>Modules</emphasis> are not enabled, and when a "
"new module is installed it will not be automatically enabled."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, les <emphasis>modules</emphasis> eBox ne sont pas activés, et "
"quand un nouveau module est installé, il n'est pas automatiquement activé."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:278(para)
msgid ""
"To enable a disabled module click on the <emphasis>Module status</emphasis> "
"link in the left hand menu. Then <emphasis role=\"italic\">check</emphasis> "
"which modules you would like to enable and click the <quote>Save</quote> "
"link."
msgstr ""
"Pour activer un module désactivé, cliquez sur le lien <emphasis>état du "
"module</emphasis> dans le menu à gauche. Puis <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">cochez</emphasis> les modules que vous souhaitez activer et "
"cliquez sur le lien <quote>Enregistrer</quote>."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:284(title)
msgid "Default Modules"
msgstr "Modules par défaut"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:285(para)
msgid ""
"This section provides a quick summary of the default "
"<application>eBox</application> modules."
msgstr ""
"Cette section propose un court résumé des modules par défaut de "
"<application>eBox</application>."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:291(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>System:</emphasis> contains options allowing configuration of "
"general eBox items."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Système :</emphasis> contient des options permettant la "
"configuration des éléments généraux d'eBox."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:297(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>General:</emphasis> allows you to set the language, port number, "
"and contains a change password form."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Général :</emphasis> vous permet de définir la langue, le numéro "
"de port, et contient un formulaire de changement du mot de passe."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:303(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Disk Usage:</emphasis> displays a graph detailing information "
"about disk usage."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Utilisation disque :</emphasis> affiche un graphique détaillant "
"les informations sur l'utilisation du disque."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:309(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Backup:</emphasis> is used to backup "
"<application>eBox</application> configuration information, and the "
"<emphasis>Full Backup</emphasis> option allows you to save all eBox "
"information not included in the <emphasis>Configuration</emphasis> option "
"such as log files."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Sauvegarde :</emphasis> est utilisé pour sauvegarder les "
"informations de configuration. L'option <emphasis>Sauvegarde "
"complète</emphasis> vous permet de sauvegarder toutes les informations "
"relatives à eBox n'étant pas incluses dans l'option "
"<emphasis>Configuration</emphasis>, telles que les fichiers journaux."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:317(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Halt/Reboot:</emphasis> will shutdown the system or reboot it."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Halt/Reboot :</emphasis> arrêtera ou redémarrera le système."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:322(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Bug Report:</emphasis> creates a file containing details helpful "
"when reporting bugs to the eBox developers."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Bug Report :</emphasis> crée un fichier contenant des "
"renseignements utiles lorsque vous soumettez des rapports de bogues aux "
"développeurs d'eBox."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:330(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Logs:</emphasis> allows <application>eBox</application> logs to be "
"queried depending on the purge time configured."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Logs :</emphasis> permet d'interroger les journaux "
"d'<application>eBox</application> en tenant compte du délai configurer pour "
"leur purge."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:336(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Events:</emphasis> this module has the ability to send alerts "
"through rss, jabber, and log file."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Events :</emphasis> ce module à la capacité d'envoyer des alertes "
"via RSS, jabber, et dans un fichier journal."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:343(emphasis)
msgid "Available Events:"
msgstr "Évènements disponibles :"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:347(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Free Storage Space:</emphasis> will send alert if free disk space "
"drops below a configured percentage, 10% by default."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Free Storage Space :</emphasis> enverra une alerte si l'espace "
"disque libre tombe en dessous du pourcentage configuré (10 % par défaut)."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:353(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Log Observer:</emphasis> sends an alert when a configured logger "
"has logged something."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:359(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>RAID:</emphasis> will monitor the RAID system and send alerts if "
"any issues arise."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>RAID :</emphasis> surveillera le système RAID et enverra des "
"alertes si un problème quelconque survient."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:365(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Service:</emphasis> sends alerts if a service restarts multiple "
"times in a short time period."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Service :</emphasis> envoie des alertes si un service redémarre "
"plusieurs fois dans un court laps de temps."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:371(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>State:</emphasis> alerts on the state of "
"<application>eBox</application>, either up or down."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>State :</emphasis> envoie des alertes sur l'état "
"d'<application>eBox</application>, qu'il soit actif ou inactif."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:380(emphasis)
msgid "Dispatchers:"
msgstr "Répartiteurs :"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:384(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Log:</emphasis> this dispatcher will send event messages to the "
"<application>eBox</application> log file "
"<filename>/var/log/ebox/ebox.log</filename>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Log :</emphasis> ce répartiteur enverra des messages d'événement "
"au fichier journal <filename>/var/log/ebox/ebox.log</filename> "
"d'<application>eBox</application>."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:391(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Jabber:</emphasis> before enabling this dispatcher you must first "
"configure it by clicking on the <quote>Configure</quote> icon."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Jabber :</emphasis> avant d'activer ce répartiteur vous devez "
"d'abord le configurer en cliquant sur l'icône <quote>Configurer</quote>."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:397(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>RSS:</emphasis> once this dispatcher is configured you can "
"subscribe to the link in order to view event alerts."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>RSS :</emphasis> une fois ce répartiteur configuré, vous pouvez "
"souscrire au flux RSS pour voir les alertes."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:410(title)
msgid "Additional Modules"
msgstr "Modules supplémentaires"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:411(para)
msgid ""
"Here is a quick description of other available "
"<application>eBox</application> modules:"
msgstr ""
"Voici une description rapide des autres modules "
"<application>eBox</application> disponibles :"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:416(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Network:</emphasis> allows configuration of the server's network "
"options through eBox."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Network :</emphasis> permet de configurer les options réseau du "
"serveur via eBox."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:422(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Firewall:</emphasis> configures firewall options for the eBox host."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Firewall :</emphasis> configure les options de pare-feu pour "
"l'hôte eBox."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:427(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>UsersandGroups:</emphasis> this module will manage users and "
"groups contained in an <application>OpenLDAP</application> LDAP directory."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>UsersandGroups :</emphasis> ce module gérera les utilisateurs et "
"les groupes contenus dans un annuaire LDAP "
"<application>OpenLDAP</application>."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:433(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>DHCP:</emphasis> provides an interface for configuring a DHCP "
"server."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>DHCP :</emphasis> fournit une interface permettant de configurer "
"un serveur DHCP."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:438(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>DNS:</emphasis> provides <application>BIND9</application> DNS "
"server configuration options."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>DNS :</emphasis> fournit les options de configuration du serveur "
"DNS <application>BIND9</application>."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:444(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Objects:</emphasis> allow configuration of eBox <emphasis>Network "
"Objects</emphasis>, which allow you to assign a name to an IP address or "
"group of IPs."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Objects :</emphasis> permet la configuration des <emphasis>Network "
"Objects</emphasis> (objets réseau) d'eBox. Ceux-ci permettent d'assigner un "
"nom à une adresse IP ou à un groupe d'adresses IP."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:451(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Services:</emphasis> displays configuration information for "
"services that are available to the network."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Services :</emphasis> affiche les informations de configuration "
"pour les services disponibles pour le réseau."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:457(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Squid:</emphasis> configuration options for the "
"<application>Squid</application> proxy server."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Squid :</emphasis> options de configuration pour le serveur "
"mandataire <application>Squid</application>."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:463(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>CA:</emphasis> configures a Certificate Authority for the server."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>CA :</emphasis> configure une autorité de certification (CA) pour "
"le serveur."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:468(para)
msgid "<emphasis>NTP:</emphasis> set Network Time Protocol options."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>NTP :</emphasis> définit les options du protocole NTP (Network "
"Time Protocole)."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:473(para)
msgid "<emphasis>Printers:</emphasis> allows the configuration of printers."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Printers :</emphasis> permets la configuration d'imprimantes."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:478(para)
msgid "<emphasis>Samba:</emphasis> configuration options for Samba."
msgstr "<emphasis>Samba :</emphasis> options de configuration pour Samba."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:483(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>OpenVPN:</emphasis> setup options for OpenVPN Virtual Private "
"Network application."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>OpenVPN :</emphasis> options de configuration pour l'application "
"de réseau privé virtuel OpenVPN."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:494(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/eBox\">eBox Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> page has more details."
msgstr ""
"La page du <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/eBox\">WikiUbuntu "
"consacrée à eBox</ulink> comporte quelques informations complémentaires."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:499(para)
msgid ""
"For more information also see the <ulink url=\"http://ebox-"
"platform.com/\">eBox Home Page</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'information, vous pouvez également consultez le <ulink "
"url=\"http://ebox-platform.com/\">site Web d'eBox</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:13(title)
msgid "Package Management"
msgstr "Gestion des paquets"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu features a comprehensive package management system for the "
"installation, upgrade, configuration, and removal of software. In addition "
"to providing access to an organized base of over 24,000 software packages "
"for your Ubuntu computer, the package management facilities also feature "
"dependency resolution capabilities and software update checking."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu dispose d'un vaste système de gestion des paquets pour "
"l'installation, la mise à niveau, la configuration et la suppression de "
"logiciels. En plus de fournir l'accès à une base organisée de plus de 24000 "
"paquets logiciels pour votre ordinateur Ubuntu, l'infrastructure de gestion "
"des paquets est aussi dotée de capacités de résolution de dépendances et de "
"vérification des mises à jour."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:16(para)
msgid ""
"Several tools are available for interacting with Ubuntu's package management "
"system, from simple command-line utilities which may be easily automated by "
"system administrators, to a simple graphical interface which is easy to use "
"by those new to Ubuntu."
msgstr ""
"Divers outils pour interagir avec le système de gestion de paquets d'Ubuntu "
"sont disponibles, allant des utilitaires en simple ligne de commande, qui "
"peuvent aisément être automatisés par les administrateurs système, jusqu'à "
"une interface graphique simple à utiliser pour les débutants sur Ubuntu."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:21(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu's package management system is derived from the same system used by "
"the Debian GNU/Linux distribution. The package files contain all of the "
"necessary files, meta-data, and instructions to implement a particular "
"functionality or software application on your Ubuntu computer."
msgstr ""
"Le système de gestion des paquets d'Ubuntu est dérivé de celui utilisé par "
"la distribution GNU/Linux Debian. Les paquets contiennent tous les fichiers "
"nécessaires, ainsi que les méta-données et les instructions permettant "
"d'implémenter une fonctionnalité particulière ou une application logicielle "
"dans votre ordinateur Ubuntu."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:24(para)
msgid ""
"Debian package files typically have the extension '.deb', and typically "
"exist in <emphasis role=\"italics\">repositories</emphasis> which are "
"collections of packages found on various media, such as CD-ROM discs, or "
"online. Packages are normally of the pre-compiled binary format; thus "
"installation is quick and requires no compiling of software."
msgstr ""
"Les paquets Debian portent généralement l'extension « .deb », et sont situés "
"dans des <emphasis role=\"italics\">dépôts</emphasis> qui sont des "
"collections de paquets existants sur divers médias, tels que les CD-ROM ou "
"l'Internet. Les paquets sont généralement au format binaire pré-compilé, ce "
"qui rend leur installation rapide et ne requiert aucune compilation de "
"logiciel."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:27(para)
msgid ""
"Many complex packages use the concept of <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">dependencies</emphasis>. Dependencies are additional "
"packages required by the principal package in order to function properly. "
"For example, the speech synthesis package "
"<application>Festival</application> depends upon the package "
"<application>libasound2</application>, which is a package supplying the "
"<application>ALSA</application> sound library needed for audio playback. In "
"order for <application>Festival</application> to function, it and all of its "
"dependencies must be installed. The software management tools in Ubuntu will "
"do this automatically."
msgstr ""
"Beaucoup de paquets complexes utilisent le concept de <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">dépendances</emphasis>. Les dépendances sont des paquets "
"additionnels requis par le paquet principal pour fonctionner correctement. "
"Par exemple, la paquet de synthèse de la parole "
"<application>Festival</application> dépend du paquet "
"<application>libasound2</application>, qui est un paquet fournissant la "
"bibliothèque de sons <application>ALSA</application> nécessaire à la lecture "
"audio. Pour que <application>Festival</application> fonctionne, ce programme "
"ainsi que toutes ses dépendances doivent être installés. Les outils de "
"gestion des logiciels dans Ubuntu feront ceci automatiquement."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:32(title)
msgid "dpkg"
msgstr "dpkg"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:34(para)
msgid ""
"<application>dpkg</application> is a package manager for "
"<emphasis>Debian</emphasis> based systems. It can install, remove, and build "
"packages, but unlike other package management system's it can not "
"automatically download and install packages and their dependencies. This "
"section covers using <application>dpkg</application> to manage locally "
"installed packages:"
msgstr ""
"<application>dpkg</application> est un gestionnaire de paquets pour les "
"systèmes basés sur <emphasis>Debian</emphasis> . Il peut installer, "
"supprimer et compiler les paquets, mais contrairement à d'autres systèmes de "
"gestion de paquets , il ne peut pas télécharger et installer automatiquement "
"les paquets et leurs dépendances. Cette section porte sur l'utilisation de "
"<application>dpkg</application> pour gérer les paquets localement installés:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:43(para)
msgid ""
"To list all packages installed on the system, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr "Pour lister les paquets installés, saisissez dans un terminalnbsp]:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:48(command)
msgid "dpkg -l"
msgstr "dpkg -l"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:54(para)
msgid ""
"Depending on the amount of packages on your system, this can generate a "
"large amount of output. Pipe the output through "
"<application>grep</application> to see if a specific package is installed:"
msgstr ""
"Selon le nombre de paquets installés sur votre système, ceci peut générer un "
"nombre important d'information sur la sortie standard. Filtrez le résultat à "
"l'aide de <application>grep</application> pour trouver un paquet "
"particulier :"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:60(command)
msgid "dpkg -l | grep apache2"
msgstr "dpkg -l | grep apache2"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:63(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>apache2</emphasis> with any package name, part of a "
"package name, or other regular expression."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis>apache2</emphasis> par un nom de paquet, par une partie "
"du nom d'un paquet ou par une expression régulière."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:70(para)
msgid ""
"To list the files installed by a package, in this case the "
"<application>ufw</application> package, enter:"
msgstr ""
"Pour lister les fichiers installés par un paquet, ici "
"<application>ufw</application>, saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:75(command)
msgid "dpkg -L ufw"
msgstr "dpkg -L ufw"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:81(para)
msgid ""
"If you are not sure which package installed a file, <application>dpkg -"
"S</application> may be able to tell you. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous n'êtes pas certain qu'un paquet est installé, <application>dpkg -"
"S</application> peut vous aider. Par exemple :"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:87(command)
msgid "dpkg -S /etc/host.conf"
msgstr "dpkg -S /etc/host.conf"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:88(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "base-files: /etc/host.conf"
msgstr "base-files : /etc/host.conf"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:91(para)
msgid ""
"The output shows that the <filename>/etc/host.conf</filename> belongs to the "
"<application>base-files</application> package."
msgstr ""
"Le résultat montre que <filename>/etc/host.conf</filename> appartient au "
"paquet <application>base-files</application>"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:96(para)
msgid ""
"Many files are automatically generated during the package install process, "
"and even though they are on the filesystem <command>dpkg -S</command> may "
"not know which package they belong to."
msgstr ""
"Beaucoup de fichiers sont générés lors du processus d'installation d'un "
"paquet et bien qu'un fichier soit présent dans le système <command>dpkg -"
"S</command> peut éventuellement ne pas retrouver à quel paquet il appartient."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:105(para)
msgid "You can install a local <emphasis>.deb</emphasis> file by entering:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez installer un fichier local <emphasis>.deb</emphasis> en "
"saisissant :"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:110(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg -i zip_2.32-1_i386.deb"
msgstr "sudo dpkg -i zip_2.32-1_i386.deb"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:113(para)
msgid ""
"Change <filename>zip_2.32-1_i386.deb</filename> to the actual file name of "
"the local .deb file."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <filename>zip_2.32-1_i386.deb</filename> par le nom de votre "
"fichier .deb."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:120(para)
msgid "Uninstalling a package can be accomplished by:"
msgstr "Vous pouvez désinstaller un paquet en saisissant :"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:125(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg -r zip"
msgstr "sudo dpkg -r zip"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:129(para)
msgid ""
"Uninstalling packages using <application>dpkg</application>, in most cases, "
"is <emphasis>NOT</emphasis> recommended. It is better to use a package "
"manager that handles dependencies, to ensure that the system is in a "
"consistent state. For example using <command>dpkg -r</command> you can "
"remove the <application>zip</application> package, but any packages that "
"depend on it will still be installed and may no longer function correctly."
msgstr ""
"Désinstaller des paquets en utilisant <application>dpkg</application> "
"<emphasis>N'EST PAS</emphasis> recommandé dans la plupart des cas. Il est "
"préférable d'utiliser un gestionnaire de paquets prenant en charge les "
"dépendances pour s'assurer de la cohérence du système. Par exemple vous "
"pouvez supprimer le paquet <application>zip</application> avec <command>dpkg "
"-r</command> mais tous les paquets qui dépendent du paquet zip seront "
"toujours présents et ne pourront peut être plus fonctionner."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:140(para)
msgid ""
"For more <application>dpkg</application> options see the man page: "
"<command>man dpkg</command>."
msgstr ""
"Pour lister les options de <application>dpkg</application>, consultez la "
"page de manuel : <command>man dpkg</command>."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:146(title)
msgid "Apt-Get"
msgstr "Apt-Get"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:147(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>apt-get</application> command is a powerful command-line "
"tool used to work with Ubuntu's <emphasis>Advanced Packaging Tool</emphasis> "
"(APT) performing such functions as installation of new software packages, "
"upgrade of existing software packages, updating of the package list index, "
"and even upgrading the entire Ubuntu system."
msgstr ""
"La commande <application>apt-get</application> est un puissant outil en "
"ligne de commande travaillant avec l'<emphasis>Advanced Packaging "
"Tool</emphasis> (APT) d'Ubuntu, offrant des fonctionnalités telles que "
"l'installation de nouveaux logiciels, la mise à jour de ceux déjà existants, "
"le rafraîchissement des index de paquets et même la mise à niveau complète "
"de votre système Ubuntu."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:150(para)
msgid ""
"Being a simple command-line tool, <application>apt-get</application> has "
"numerous advantages over other package management tools available in Ubuntu "
"for server administrators. Some of these advantages include ease of use over "
"simple terminal connections (SSH) and the ability to be used in system "
"administration scripts, which can in turn be automated by the "
"<application>cron</application> scheduling utility."
msgstr ""
"Étant un simple outil en ligne de commande, <application>apt-"
"get</application> a de nombreux avantages par rapport aux autres outils de "
"gestion de paquets disponibles dans Ubuntu pour les administrateurs de "
"serveurs. Ces avantages comprennent la facilité d'utilisation à travers de "
"simples connexions terminal (SSH) et la possibilité d'être utilisé dans des "
"scripts d'administration système, qui peuvent à leur tour être automatisés "
"par l'utilitaire de planification <application>cron</application>."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:157(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Install a Package</emphasis>: Installation of "
"packages using the <application>apt-get</application> tool is quite simple. "
"For example, to install the network scanner <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">nmap</emphasis>, type the following: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install nmap</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Installation d'un paquet</emphasis> : l'installation "
"de paquets en utilisant l'outil <application>apt-get</application> est "
"relativement simple. Par exemple, pour installer l'analyseur du réseau "
"<emphasis role=\"italics\">nmap</emphasis>, saisissez la commande suivante : "
"<screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install nmap</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:165(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Remove a Package</emphasis>: Removal of a package or "
"packages is also a straightforward and simple process. To remove the nmap "
"package installed in the previous example, type the following: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get remove nmap</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Suppression d'un paquet</emphasis> : la suppression "
"d'un ou plusieurs paquets est également un processus simple et direct. Pour "
"supprimer le paquet nmap installé dans l'exemple précédent, saisissez la "
"commande suivante : <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get remove nmap</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:172(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Multiple Packages</emphasis>: You may specify "
"multiple packages to be installed or removed, separated by spaces."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Paquets multiples</emphasis> : vous pouvez spécifier "
"plusieurs paquets à installer ou à supprimer en les séparant par des espaces."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:175(para)
msgid ""
"Also, adding the <emphasis>--purge</emphasis> options to <command>apt-get "
"remove</command> will remove the package configuration files as well. This "
"may or may not be the desired effect so use with caution."
msgstr ""
"De plus, l'argument <emphasis>--purge</emphasis> ajouté à la commande "
"<command>apt-get remove</command> supprimera le paquet ainsi que les "
"fichiers de configuration. Cet effet peut être désiré ou non, utilisez-le "
"donc avec précaution."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:181(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Update the Package Index</emphasis>: The APT package "
"index is essentially a database of available packages from the repositories "
"defined in the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> file. To update "
"the local package index with the latest changes made in repositories, type "
"the following: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get update</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mettre à jour l'index des paquets</emphasis> : "
"l'index des paquets de APT est principalement une base de données des "
"paquets disponibles dans les dépôts listés dans le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Pour synchroniser l'index local "
"avec les derniers changements effectués sur les dépôts, tapez cette ligne de "
"commande :<screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get update</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:189(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Upgrade Packages</emphasis>: Over time, updated "
"versions of packages currently installed on your computer may become "
"available from the package repositories (for example security updates). To "
"upgrade your system, first update your package index as outlined above, and "
"then type: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get upgrade</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mise à jour des paquets</emphasis> : avec le temps, "
"des versions plus récentes des paquets installés sur votre ordinateur seront "
"disponibles dans les dépôts de paquets (par exemple, les mises à jour de "
"sécurité). Pour mettre à jour votre système, commencez par mettre à jour la "
"liste des paquets comme indiqué ci-dessus, puis toujours dans une console, "
"tapez :<screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get upgrade</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:195(para)
msgid ""
"For information on upgrading to a new Ubuntu release see <xref "
"linkend=\"installing-upgrading\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'informations sur la mise à niveau vers une nouvelle version "
"d'Ubuntu consultez <xref linkend=\"installing-upgrading\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:153(para)
msgid ""
"Some examples of popular uses for the <application>apt-get</application> "
"utility: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Quelques exemples d'utilisation habituelle de l'utilitaire <application>apt-"
"get</application> :<placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:201(para)
msgid ""
"Actions of the <application>apt-get</application> command, such as "
"installation and removal of packages, are logged in the /var/log/dpkg.log "
"log file."
msgstr ""
"Les actions de la commande <application>apt-get</application>, tel que "
"l'ajout ou la suppression de paquets, sont inscrites dans le fichier "
"/var/log/dpkg.log."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:204(para)
msgid ""
"For further information about the use of <application>APT</application>, "
"read the comprehensive <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/user-"
"manuals#apt-howto\">Debian APT User Manual</ulink> or type: <screen>apt-get "
"help</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'informations sur l'utilisation de "
"<application>APT</application>, consultez la documentation détaillée sur "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/apt-"
"howto/index.fr.html\">Manuel utilisateur de Debian APT</ulink> ou tapez "
"<screen>apt-get help</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:208(title)
msgid "Aptitude"
msgstr "Aptitude"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:209(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Aptitude</application> is a menu-driven, text-based front-end "
"to the <emphasis>Advanced Packaging Tool</emphasis> (APT) system. Many of "
"the common package management functions, such as installation, removal, and "
"upgrade, are performed in <application>Aptitude</application> with single-"
"key commands, which are typically lowercase letters."
msgstr ""
"<application>Aptitude</application> est une application en mode texte mais "
"avec des menus, et servant d'interface à <emphasis>Advanced Packaging "
"Tool</emphasis> (APT). Beaucoup des fonctions communes de gestion des "
"paquets, comme l'installation, la désinstallation, et la mise à jour, sont "
"effectuées dans <application>Aptitude</application> avec des commandes "
"utilisant une seule touche, qui sont généralement des lettres minuscules."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:212(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Aptitude</application> is best suited for use in a non-"
"graphical terminal environment to ensure proper functioning of the command "
"keys. You may start <application>Aptitude</application> as a normal user "
"with the following command at a terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo aptitude</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"L'application <application>Aptitude</application> est conçue pour "
"fonctionner dans un environnement terminal non-graphique pour assurer le "
"fonctionnement approprié des touches de commande. Vous pouvez lancer "
"<application>Aptitude</application> dans un terminal en tant qu'utilisateur "
"normal avec la commande suivante : <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo aptitude</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:219(para)
msgid ""
"When <application>Aptitude</application> starts, you will see a menu bar at "
"the top of the screen and two panes below the menu bar. The top pane "
"contains package categories, such as <emphasis role=\"italics\">New "
"Packages</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"italics\">Not Installed "
"Packages</emphasis>. The bottom pane contains information related to the "
"packages and package categories."
msgstr ""
"Au démarrage d'<application>Aptitude</application>, vous verrez une barre de "
"menu en haut de l'écran et deux panneaux sous cette barre. Le panneau du "
"haut contient les catégories des paquets, telles que <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">Nouveaux Paquets</emphasis> et <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">Paquets Non Installés</emphasis>. Le panneau du bas "
"contient les informations relatives aux paquets et catégories de paquets."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:222(para)
msgid ""
"Using <application>Aptitude</application> for package management is "
"relatively straightforward, and the user interface makes common tasks simple "
"to perform. The following are examples of common package management "
"functions as performed in <application>Aptitude</application>:"
msgstr ""
"L'utilisation de <application>Aptitude</application> pour gérer des paquets "
"est assez immédiate, et l'interface utilisateur facilite l'exécution des "
"tâches usuelles. Voici des exemples des fonctions fréquentes de gestions de "
"paquets dans <application>Aptitude</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:226(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Install Packages</emphasis>: To install a package, "
"locate the package via the Not Installed Packages package category, for "
"example, by using the keyboard arrow keys and the <keycap>ENTER</keycap> "
"key, and highlight the package you wish to install. After highlighting the "
"package you wish to install, press the <keycap>+</keycap> key, and the "
"package entry should turn <emphasis role=\"italics\">green</emphasis>, "
"indicating it has been marked for installation. Now press <keycap>g</keycap> "
"to be presented with a summary of package actions. Press <keycap>g</keycap> "
"again, and you will be prompted to become root to complete the installation. "
"Press <keycap>ENTER</keycap> which will result in a Password: prompt. Enter "
"your user password to become root. Finally, press <keycap>g</keycap> once "
"more and you'll be prompted to download the package. Press "
"<keycap>ENTER</keycap> on the <emphasis role=\"italics\">Continue</emphasis> "
"prompt, and downloading and installation of the package will commence."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Installer des paquets</emphasis> : pour installer un "
"paquet, localisez-le avec la catégories \"Paquets non installés\", par "
"exemple, en utilisant les touches fléchées du clavier et en appuyant sur "
"<keycap>Entrée</keycap>, puis sélectionnez le paquet que vous voulez "
"installer. Appuyez ensuite sur la touche <keycap>+</keycap>, et la couleur "
"du paquet deviendra <emphasis role=\"italics\">verte</emphasis>, indiquant "
"qu'il est sélectionné pour être installé. Appuyez maintenant sur la touche "
"<keycap>g</keycap> pour avoir un liste des actions possibles. Appuyez à "
"nouveau sur <keycap>g</keycap>, et on vous demandera de devenir super-"
"utilisateur pour continuer. Appuyez sur <keycap>Entrée</keycap> pour avoir "
"une invite et tapez le mot de passe pour vous identifier en tant que super-"
"utilisateur. Enfin, appuyez sur <keycap>g</keycap> une fois de plus et il "
"vous sera demandé de télécharger le paquet. Appuyez sur "
"<keycap>Entrée</keycap> à l'invite <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">Continuer</emphasis> pour que le téléchargement et "
"l'installation commencent."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:230(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Remove Packages</emphasis>: To remove a package, "
"locate the package via the Installed Packages package category, for example, "
"by using the keyboard arrow keys and the <keycap>ENTER</keycap> key, and "
"highlight the package you wish to remove. After highlighting the package you "
"wish to install, press the <keycap>-</keycap> key, and the package entry "
"should turn <emphasis role=\"italics\">pink</emphasis>, indicating it has "
"been marked for removal. Now press <keycap>g</keycap> to be presented with a "
"summary of package actions. Press <keycap>g</keycap> again, and you will be "
"prompted to become root to complete the installation. Press "
"<keycap>ENTER</keycap> which will result in a Password: prompt. Enter your "
"user password to become root. Finally, press <keycap>g</keycap> once more, "
"and you'll be prompted to download the package. Press <keycap>ENTER</keycap> "
"on the <emphasis role=\"italics\">Continue</emphasis> prompt, and removal of "
"the package will commence."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Désinstaller des paquets</emphasis> : pour "
"désinstaller un paquet, localisez le avec la catégories \"Paquets "
"installés\", par exemple, en utilisant les touches fléchées du clavier et en "
"appuyant sur <keycap>Entrée</keycap>, puis sélectionnez le paquet que vous "
"voulez désinstaller. Appuyez ensuite sur la touche <keycap>-</keycap>, et la "
"couleur du paquet deviendra <emphasis role=\"italics\">rose</emphasis>, "
"indiquant qu'il est sélectionné pour être désinstallé. Appuyez maintenant "
"sur la touche <keycap>g</keycap> pour avoir un liste des actions possibles. "
"Appuyez à nouveau sur <keycap>g</keycap>, et on vous demandera de devenir "
"super-utilisateur pour continuer. Appuyez sur <keycap>Entrée</keycap> pour "
"avoir une invite et tapez le mot de passe pour vous identifier en tant que "
"super-utilisateur. Appuyez sur <keycap>Entrée</keycap> à l'invite <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">Continuer</emphasis> pour que la désinstallation commence."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:234(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Update Package Index</emphasis>: To update the "
"package index, simply press the <keycap>u</keycap> key and you will be "
"prompted to become root to complete the update. Press <keycap>ENTER</keycap> "
"which will result in a Password: prompt. Enter your user password to become "
"root. Updating of the package index will commence. Press "
"<keycap>ENTER</keycap> on the OK prompt when the download dialog is "
"presented to complete the process."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mise à jour de l'index des paquets</emphasis> : pour "
"mettre à jour l'index des paquets, pressez simplement la touche "
"<keycap>u</keycap> et le programme vous demandera d'obtenir les droits "
"d'administration pour poursuivre l'opération. Appuyer alors sur "
"<keycap>ENTER</keycap> pour pouvoir saisir votre mot de passe et devenir "
"administrateur. Validez et observez la mise à jour de l'index des paquets. "
"Quand l'opération est terminée, appuyez sur la touche <keycap>ENTER</keycap>."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:238(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Upgrade Packages</emphasis>: To upgrade packages, "
"perform the update of the package index as detailed above, and then press "
"the <keycap>U</keycap> key to mark all packages with updates. Now press "
"<keycap>g</keycap> whereby you'll be presented with a summary of package "
"actions. Press <keycap>g</keycap> again, and you will be prompted to become "
"root to complete the installation. Press <keycap>ENTER</keycap> which will "
"result in a Password: prompt. Enter your user password to become root. "
"Finally, press <keycap>g</keycap> once more, and you'll be prompted to "
"download the packages. Press <keycap>ENTER</keycap> on the <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">Continue</emphasis> prompt, and upgrade of the packages "
"will commence."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mise à jour des paquets</emphasis> : pour mettre à "
"jour les paquets, faites un rafraîchissement du catalogue des paquets comme "
"indiqué précédemment. Puis, avec la touche <keycap>U</keycap>, sélectionnez "
"tous les paquets pour mise à jour. Appuyez ensuite sur <keycap>g</keycap> ce "
"qui listera les différentes actions possibles sur les paquets. Appuyez à "
"nouveau sur <keycap>g</keycap>, et le système vous proposera de passer en "
"mode super-utilisateur. Appuyez sur <keycap>Entrée</keycap> pour faire "
"apparaître le champ \"Mot de passe :\" et saisir votre mot de passe pour "
"devenir super-utilisateur. Enfin, appuyez sur <keycap>g</keycap> une "
"dernière fois, pour confirmer le téléchargement des mises à jour. Appuyez "
"sur <keycap>Entrée</keycap> lors de la confirmation <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">Continuer</emphasis>, afin de lancer la mise à jour des "
"paquets."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:245(para)
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">i</emphasis>: Installed package"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">i</emphasis> : paquets installés"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:250(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">c</emphasis>: Package not installed, but package "
"configuration remains on system"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">c</emphasis> : le paquet n'est plus installé, mais "
"sa configuration est conservée sur le système"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:254(para)
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">p</emphasis>: Purged from system"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">p</emphasis> : purgé du système"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:258(para)
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">v</emphasis>: Virtual package"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">v</emphasis> : paquet virtuel"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:262(para)
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B</emphasis>: Broken package"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B</emphasis> : paquet cassé"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:266(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">u</emphasis>: Unpacked files, but package not yet "
"configured"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">u</emphasis> : fichiers décompressés, mais paquet "
"pas encore configuré"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:270(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">C</emphasis>: Half-configured - Configuration failed "
"and requires fix"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">C</emphasis> : à moitié configuré - la configuration "
"a échoué et nécessite d'être réparée"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:274(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">H</emphasis>: Half-installed - Removal failed and "
"requires fix"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">H</emphasis> : à moitié installé - la suppression a "
"échoué et nécessite d'être réparée"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:242(para)
msgid ""
"The first column of information displayed in the package list in the top "
"pane, when actually viewing packages lists the current state of the package, "
"and uses the following key to describe the state of the package: "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"La première colonne d'information affichée dans la liste des paquets du "
"panneau du haut, lorsqu'on examine réellement des paquets, liste l'état "
"actuel du paquet et utilise la syntaxe suivante pour décrire l'état du "
"paquet : <placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:280(para)
msgid ""
"To exit Aptitude, simply press the <keycap>q</keycap> key and confirm you "
"wish to exit. Many other functions are available from the Aptitude menu by "
"pressing the <keycap>F10</keycap> key."
msgstr ""
"Pour quitter Aptitude, appuyez simplement sur la touche <keycap>q</keycap> "
"et confirmez que vous désirez fermer le logiciel. Beaucoup d'autres "
"fonctions sont disponibles à partir du menu d'Aptitude, en appuyant sur la "
"touche <keycap>F10</keycap>."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:285(title)
msgid "Automatic Updates"
msgstr "Mises à jour automatiques"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:287(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>unattended-upgrades</application> package can be used to "
"automatically install updated packages, and can be configured to update all "
"packages or just install security updates. First, install the package by "
"entering the following in a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"Le paquet <application>unattended-upgrades</application> peut être utilisé "
"pour installer automatiquement les mises à jour de paquets. Il peut être "
"configuré pour mettre à jour tous les paquets ou uniquement les mises à jour "
"de sécurité. Installez d'abord le paquet en saisissant dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:293(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install unattended-upgrades"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install unattended-upgrades"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:296(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <application>unattended-upgrades</application>, edit "
"<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/50unattended-upgrades</filename> and adjust "
"the following to fit your needs:"
msgstr ""
"Pour paramétrer <application>unattended-upgrades</application>, ouvrez "
"<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/50unattended-upgrades</filename> et modifiez "
"ce fichier à votre convenance :"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:301(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Unattended-Upgrade::Allowed-Origins {\n"
"        \"Ubuntu lucid-security\";\n"
"//      \"Ubuntu lucid-updates\";\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:308(para)
msgid ""
"Certain packages can also be <emphasis>blacklisted</emphasis> and therefore "
"will not be automatically updated. To blacklist a package, add it to the "
"list:"
msgstr ""
"Certains paquets peuvent être mis en <emphasis>liste noire</emphasis> et ne "
"seront donc pas mis à jour automatiquement. Pour mettre un paquet en liste "
"noire, ajoutez le à la liste :"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:313(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Unattended-Upgrade::Package-Blacklist {\n"
"//      \"vim\";\n"
"//      \"libc6\";\n"
"//      \"libc6-dev\";\n"
"//      \"libc6-i686\";\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Unattended-Upgrade::Package-Blacklist {\n"
"//      \"vim\";\n"
"//      \"libc6\";\n"
"//      \"libc6-dev\";\n"
"//      \"libc6-i686\";\n"
"};\n"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:323(para)
msgid ""
"The double <emphasis><quote>//</quote></emphasis> serve as comments, so "
"whatever follows \"//\" will not be evaluated."
msgstr ""
"Le double <emphasis><quote>//</quote></emphasis> sert à commenter, donc tout "
"ce qui suit « // » ne sera pas pris en compte."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:328(para)
msgid ""
"To enable automatic updates, edit "
"<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/10periodic</filename> and set the appropriate "
"<application>apt</application> configuration options:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:332(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"APT::Periodic::Update-Package-Lists \"1\";\n"
"APT::Periodic::Download-Upgradeable-Packages \"1\";\n"
"APT::Periodic::AutocleanInterval \"7\";\n"
"APT::Periodic::Unattended-Upgrade \"1\";\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"APT::Periodic::Update-Package-Lists \"1\";\n"
"APT::Periodic::Download-Upgradeable-Packages \"1\";\n"
"APT::Periodic::AutocleanInterval \"7\";\n"
"APT::Periodic::Unattended-Upgrade \"1\";\n"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:339(para)
msgid ""
"The above configuration updates the package list, downloads, and installs "
"available upgrades every day. The local download archive is cleaned every "
"week."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:345(para)
msgid ""
"You can read more about <application>apt</application> Periodic "
"configuration options in the <filename>/etc/cron.daily/apt</filename> script "
"header."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:350(para)
msgid ""
"The results of <application>unattended-upgrades</application> will be logged "
"to <filename>/var/log/unattended-upgrades</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Le résultat des <application>mises à jour automatiques</application> sera "
"journalisé dans <filename>/var/log/unattended-upgrades</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:355(title)
msgid "Notifications"
msgstr "Notifications"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:357(para)
msgid ""
"Configuring <emphasis>Unattended-Upgrade::Mail</emphasis> in "
"<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/50unattended-upgrades</filename> will enable "
"<application>unattended-upgrades</application> to email an administrator "
"detailing any packages that need upgrading or have problems."
msgstr ""
"Le paramétrage de <emphasis>Unattended-Upgrade::Mail</emphasis> dans "
"<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/50unattended-upgrades</filename> permettra "
"l'envoi d'un courriel à l'administrateur détaillant tous les paquets pouvant "
"être mis à jour ou ayant un problème."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:362(para)
msgid ""
"Another useful package is <application>apticron</application>. "
"<application>apticron</application> will configure a "
"<application>cron</application> job to email an administrator information "
"about any packages on the system that have updates available, as well as a "
"summary of changes in each package."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:368(para)
msgid ""
"To install the <application>apticron</application> package, in a terminal "
"enter:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer <application>apticron</application>, saisissez dans un "
"terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:373(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install apticron"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install apticron"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:376(para)
msgid ""
"Once the package is installed edit "
"<filename>/etc/apticron/apticron.conf</filename>, to set the email address "
"and other options:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois que le paquet est installé, vous pouvez modifier l'adresse de "
"courriel et d'autres options en modifiant "
"<filename>/etc/apticron/apticron.conf</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:380(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"EMAIL=\"root@example.com\"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"EMAIL=\"root@exemple.com\"\n"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:389(para)
msgid ""
"Configuration of the <emphasis>Advanced Packaging Tool</emphasis> (APT) "
"system repositories is stored in the /etc/apt/sources.list configuration "
"file. An example of this file is referenced here, along with information on "
"adding or removing repository references from the file."
msgstr ""
"La liste des dépôts utilisée par <emphasis>Advanced Packaging "
"Tool</emphasis> (APT) est enregistrée dans le fichier de configuration "
"/etc/apt/sources.list. Un exemple de ce fichier est présenté ici, de même "
"que les informations pour ajouter ou supprimer des liens vers des dépôts "
"dans ce fichier."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:395(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"../sample/sources.list\">Here</ulink> is a simple example of a "
"typical <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> file."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"../sample/sources.list\">Ceci</ulink> est un exemple simple "
"d'un fichier <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> typique."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:399(para)
msgid ""
"You may edit the file to enable repositories or disable them. For example, "
"to disable the requirement of inserting the Ubuntu CD-ROM whenever package "
"operations occur, simply comment out the appropriate line for the CD-ROM, "
"which appears at the top of the file:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez modifier le fichier pour activer ou désactiver certains dépôts. "
"Par exemple, pour désactiver la nécessité d'insérer le CD-ROM Ubuntu à "
"chaque fois que vous faites une opération sur les paquets, mettez simplement "
"en commentaire la ligne appropriée qui se trouve au début du fichier :"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:404(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# no more prompting for CD-ROM please\n"
"# deb cdrom:[Ubuntu 10.04_Lucid_Lynx - Release i386 (20070419.1)]/ lucid "
"main restricted\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# merci de ne plus demander d'insérer un CD-ROM\n"
"# deb cdrom:[Ubuntu 10.04_Lucid_Lynx - Release i386 (20070419.1)]/ lucid "
"main restricted\n"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:410(title)
msgid "Extra Repositories"
msgstr "Dépôts supplémentaires"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:411(para)
msgid ""
"In addition to the officially supported package repositories available for "
"Ubuntu, there exist additional community-maintained repositories which add "
"thousands more potential packages for installation. Two of the most popular "
"are the <emphasis>Universe</emphasis> and <emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> "
"repositories. These repositories are not officially supported by Ubuntu, but "
"because they are maintained by the community they generally provide packages "
"which are safe for use with your Ubuntu computer."
msgstr ""
"En plus des dépôts officiels de paquets pris en charge par Ubuntu, il existe "
"des dépôts maintenus par la communauté, qui offrent des milliers de paquets "
"supplémentaires. Les deux plus connus sont les dépôts "
"<emphasis>Universe</emphasis> et <emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis>. Ces dépôts "
"ne sont pas officiellement pris en charge par Ubuntu, mais ils proposent "
"généralement des paquets dont l'utilisation avec Ubuntu est sûre car il sont "
"maintenus par la communauté."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:414(para)
msgid ""
"Packages in the <emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> repository often have "
"licensing issues that prevent them from being distributed with a free "
"operating system, and they may be illegal in your locality."
msgstr ""
"Les paquets du dépôt <emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> posent souvent des "
"problèmes de licence qui empêchent de les distribuer avec un système "
"d'exploitation libre. Ils peuvent de plus être interdits par la législation "
"de certains pays."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:416(para)
msgid ""
"Be advised that neither the <emphasis>Universe</emphasis> or "
"<emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> repositories contain officially supported "
"packages. In particular, there may not be security updates for these "
"packages."
msgstr ""
"Soyez attentifs au fait que ni le dépôt <emphasis>Universe</emphasis> ni le "
"dépôt <emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> ne contiennent des paquets "
"officiellement pris en charge. Il peut donc ne pas y avoir de mises à jour "
"de sécurité pour ces paquets."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:420(para)
msgid ""
"Many other package sources are available, sometimes even offering only one "
"package, as in the case of package sources provided by the developer of a "
"single application. You should always be very careful and cautious when "
"using non-standard package sources, however. Research the source and "
"packages carefully before performing any installation, as some package "
"sources and their packages could render your system unstable or non-"
"functional in some respects."
msgstr ""
"De nombreuses autres sources de paquets sont disponibles, et ne proposent "
"parfois qu'un seul paquet, c'est le cas des sources proposés par les "
"développeurs d'une application unique. Vous devriez cependant toujours faire "
"très attention quand vous utilisez des sources exotiques. Recherchez des "
"sources et des paquets avec prudence avant d'effectuer une installation. "
"Certains paquets provenant de sources non fiables peuvent rendre votre "
"système instable ou inutilisable à certains égards."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:423(para)
msgid ""
"By default, the <emphasis>Universe</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> repositories are enabled but if you would "
"like to disable them edit <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and "
"comment the following lines:"
msgstr ""
"Les dépôts <emphasis>Universe</emphasis> et <emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> "
"sont activés par défaut, mais si vous voulez les désactiver, modifiez le "
"fichier <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> et commentez les lignes "
"suivantes :"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:430(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid universe multiverse\n"
"deb-src http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid universe multiverse\n"
"\n"
"deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid universe\n"
"deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid universe\n"
"deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-updates universe\n"
"deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-updates universe\n"
"\n"
"deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid multiverse\n"
"deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid multiverse\n"
"deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-updates multiverse\n"
"deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-updates multiverse\n"
"\n"
"deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security universe\n"
"deb-src http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security universe\n"
"deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security multiverse\n"
"deb-src http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security multiverse\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid universe multiverse\n"
"deb-src http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid universe multiverse\n"
"\n"
"deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid universe\n"
"deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid universe\n"
"deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-updates universe\n"
"deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-updates universe\n"
"\n"
"deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid multiverse\n"
"deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid multiverse\n"
"deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-updates multiverse\n"
"deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-updates multiverse\n"
"\n"
"deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security universe\n"
"deb-src http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security universe\n"
"deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security multiverse\n"
"deb-src http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security multiverse\n"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:456(para)
msgid ""
"Most of the material covered in this chapter is available in "
"<application>man</application> pages, many of which are available online."
msgstr ""
"La plupart des informations traités dans ce chapitre sont disponibles dans "
"les pages de manuel <application>man</application>. Beaucoup de ces pages "
"sont disponibles en ligne."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:463(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/InstallingSoftware\">InstallingSoftwa"
"re</ulink> Ubuntu wiki page has more information."
msgstr ""
"La page du <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/InstallingSoftware\">Wiki Ubuntu "
"consacrée à l'installation d'applications</ulink> comporte quelques "
"informations complémentaires."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:468(para)
msgid ""
"For more <application>dpkg</application> details see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man1/dpkg.1.html\">dpkg "
"man page</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'informations sur le fonctionnement de "
"<application>dpkg</application>, consultez la <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man1/dpkg.1.html\">page "
"de manuel de dpkg</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:474(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/apt-howto/\">APT "
"HOWTO</ulink> and <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man8/apt-get.8.html\">apt-"
"get man page</ulink> contain useful information regarding <application>apt-"
"get</application> usage."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:481(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/man8/aptitude.8.html\">aptitu"
"de man page</ulink> for more <application>aptitude</application> options."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:487(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Repositories/Ubuntu\">Adding "
"Repositories HOWTO (Ubuntu Wiki)</ulink> page contains more details on "
"adding repositories."
msgstr ""
"La page du <ulink url=\"http://doc.ubuntu-fr.org/depots\">Wiki Ubuntu "
"francophone consacrée aux dépôts APT</ulink> contient des renseignements "
"supplémentaires sur l'ajout de dépôts.."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:13(title)
msgid "Other Useful Applications"
msgstr "Autres programmes utiles"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:15(para)
msgid ""
"There are many very useful applications developed by the Ubuntu Server Team, "
"and others that are well integrated with Ubuntu Server Edition, that might "
"not be well known. This chapter will showcase some useful applications that "
"can make administering an Ubuntu server, or many Ubuntu servers, that much "
"easier."
msgstr ""
"Il existe de nombreuses applications utiles développées par l'équipe serveur "
"d'Ubuntu, bien intégrées dans l'édition serveur d'Ubuntu, qui peuvent être "
"méconnues. Ce chapitre va décrire certaines de ces applications pouvant "
"largement faciliter l'administration d'un ou plusieurs serveurs Ubuntu."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:23(title)
msgid "pam_motd"
msgstr "pam_motd"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:25(para)
msgid ""
"When logging into an Ubuntu server you may have noticed the informative "
"Message Of The Day (MOTD). This information is obtained and displayed using "
"a couple of packages:"
msgstr ""
"Lorsque vous ouvrez une session sur un serveur Ubuntu, vous avez sans doute "
"remarqué le message du jour (MOTD : Message Of The Day). Cette information "
"est obtenue et affichée grâce à ces quelques paquets :"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:32(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>landscape-common:</emphasis> provides the core libraries of "
"<application>landscape-client</application>, which can be used to manage "
"systems using the web based <emphasis>Landscape</emphasis> application. The "
"package includes the <application>/usr/bin/landscape-sysinfo</application> "
"utility which is used to gather the information displayed in the MOTD."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>landscape-common:</emphasis> fournit les bibliothèques "
"essentielles pour <application>landscape-client</application>, qui peut être "
"utilisé pour gérer les systèmes avec l'application en mode Web "
"<emphasis>Landscape</emphasis>. Ce paquet fournit l'application "
"<application>/usr/bin/landscape-sysinfo</application> qui est utilisée pour "
"recueillir l'information affichée par MOTD."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:40(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>update-notifier-common:</emphasis> is used to automatically update "
"the MOTD via <application>pam_motd</application> module."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:46(para)
msgid ""
"<application>pam_motd</application> executes the scripts in "
"<filename>/etc/update-motd.d</filename> in order based on the number "
"prepended to the script. The output of the scripts is written to "
"<filename>/var/run/motd</filename>, keeping the numerical order, then "
"concatenated with <filename>/etc/motd.tail</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:52(para)
msgid ""
"You can add your own dynamic information to the MOTD. For example, to add "
"local weather information:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez ajouter des informations dynamiques au message du jour (MOTD). "
"Par exemple, pour ajouter la météo locale :"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:58(para)
msgid "First, install the <application>weather-util</application> package:"
msgstr "Installez d'abord le paquet <application>weather-util</application>"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:63(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install weather-util"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install weather-util"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:68(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>weather</application> utility uses METAR data from the "
"National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration and forecasts from the "
"National Weather Service. In order to find local information you will need "
"the 4-character ICAO location indicator. This can be determined by browsing "
"to the <ulink url=\"http://www.weather.gov/tg/siteloc.shtml\">National "
"Weather Service</ulink> site."
msgstr ""
"Le programme <application>weather</application> utilise les données METAR de "
"la National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration et les prévisions du "
"National Weather Service. Pur avoir les informations locales, vous aurez "
"besoin de l'indicateur à 4 caractères du lieu désiré. Vous pouvez le trouver "
"en cherchant sur le site <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.weather.gov/tg/siteloc.shtml\">National Weather "
"Service</ulink>"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:75(para)
msgid ""
"Although the National Weather Service is a United States government agency "
"there are weather stations available world wide. However, local weather "
"information for all locations outside the U.S. may not be available."
msgstr ""
"Bien que le National Weather Service soit une agence gouvernementale "
"américaine, il y a des stations météo disponibles pour le monde entier. "
"Cependant, toutes les informations météorologiques en dehors des États-Unis "
"ne sont pas forcement disponibles."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:81(para)
msgid ""
"Create <filename>/usr/local/bin/local-weather</filename>, a simple shell "
"script to use <application>weather</application> with your local ICAO "
"indicator:"
msgstr ""
"Créez <filename>/usr/local/bin/local-weather</filename>, simple script shell "
"pour utiliser <application>weather</application> avec votre indicateur :"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:86(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"#\n"
"#\n"
"# Prints the local weather information for the MOTD.\n"
"#\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"# Replace KINT with your local weather station.\n"
"# Local stations can be found here: http://www.weather.gov/tg/siteloc.shtml\n"
"\n"
"echo\n"
"weather -i KINT\n"
"echo\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:104(para)
msgid "Make the script executable:"
msgstr "Rendez le script exécutable :"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:109(command)
msgid "sudo chmod 755 /usr/local/bin/local-weather"
msgstr "sudo chmod 755 /usr/local/bin/local-weather"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:113(para)
msgid ""
"Next, create a symlink to <filename>/etc/update-motd.d/98-local-"
"weather</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, créez un lien symbolique vers <filename>/etc/update-motd.d/98-local-"
"weather</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:118(command)
msgid ""
"sudo ln -s /usr/local/bin/local-weather /etc/update-motd.d/98-local-weather"
msgstr ""
"sudo ln -s /usr/local/bin/local-weather /etc/update-motd.d/98-local-weather"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:122(para)
msgid "Finally, exit the server and re-login to view the new MOTD."
msgstr ""
"Pour terminer, déconnectez-vous du serveur et reconnectez-vous pour voir le "
"nouveau MOTD."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:128(para)
msgid ""
"You should now be greeted with some useful information, and some information "
"about the local weather that may not be quite so useful. Hopefully the "
"<application>local-weather</application> example demonstrates the "
"flexibility of <application>pam_motd</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:136(title)
msgid "etckeeper"
msgstr "etckeeper"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:138(para)
msgid ""
"<application>etckeeper</application> allows the contents of <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/etc</filename> be easily stored in Version Control "
"System (VCS) repository. It hooks into <application>apt</application> to "
"automatically commit changes to <filename>/etc</filename> when packages are "
"installed or upgraded. Placing <filename>/etc</filename> under version "
"control is considered an industry best practice, and the goal of "
"<application>etckeeper</application> is to make this process as painless as "
"possible."
msgstr ""
"<application>etckeeper</application> permet de garder une trace des "
"modifications effectuées dans <filename role=\"directory\">/etc</filename> "
"en le plaçant dans un dépôt CVS. Il interagit avec "
"<application>apt</application> pour appliquer les changements "
"automatiquement à  <filename>/etc</filename> lorsque des paquets sont "
"installés ou mis à jour. Mettre <filename>/etc</filename> sous contrôle de "
"version est considéré comme étant une bonne pratique par la profession et le "
"but de <application>etckeeper</application> est de rendre le processus aussi "
"aisé que possible."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:146(para)
msgid ""
"Install <application>etckeeper</application> by entering the following in a "
"terminal:"
msgstr ""
"Installez <application>etckeeper</application> en tapant dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:151(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install etckeeper"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install etckeeper"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:154(para)
msgid ""
"The main configuration file, "
"<filename>/etc/etckeeper/etckeeper.conf</filename>, is fairly simple. The "
"main option is which VCS to use. By default "
"<application>etckeeper</application> is configured to use "
"<application>bzr</application> for version control. The repository is "
"automatically initialized (and committed for the first time) during package "
"installation. It is possible to undo this by entering the following command:"
msgstr ""
"Le fichier de configuration principal, "
"<filename>/etc/etckeeper/etckeeper.conf</filename>, est très simple. La "
"principale option concerne le VCS à utiliser. Par défaut "
"<application>etckeeper</application> iest configuré pour utiliser "
"<application>bzr</application> comme système de contrôle de versions. Le "
"dépôt est initialisé automatiquement (et exporté pour la première fois, "
"NdT : en anglais committed) pendant l'installation du paquet. Il est "
"possible de revenir en arrière avec la commande suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:164(command)
msgid "sudo etckeeper uninit"
msgstr "sudo etckeeper uninit"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:167(para)
msgid ""
"By default, etckeeper will commit uncommitted changes made to /etc daily. "
"This can be disabled using the AVOID_DAILY_AUTOCOMMITS configuration option. "
"It will also automatically commit changes before and after package "
"installation. For a more precise tracking of changes, it is recommended to "
"commit your changes manually, together with a commit message, using:"
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, etckeeper exportera les modifications de /etc non exportés, "
"quotidiennement.. Ceci peut être désactivé avec l'option de configuration "
"AVOID_DAILY_AUTOCOMMITS. Il exportera également les modifications avant et "
"après une installation de paquet. Pour un suivi plus précis des changements, "
"il est recommandé de les exporter manuellement avec un message "
"d'exportation. Pour cela utilisez :"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:176(command)
msgid "sudo etckeeper commit \"..Reason for configuration change..\""
msgstr "sudo etckeeper commit \"..Motifdu changement de configuration..\""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:179(para)
msgid ""
"Using the VCS commands you can view log information about files in "
"<filename>/etc</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez voir le journal des fichiers de <filename>/etc</filename> en "
"utilisant les commandes CVS :"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:184(command)
msgid "sudo bzr log /etc/passwd"
msgstr "sudo bzr log /etc/passwd"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:187(para)
msgid ""
"To demonstrate the integration with the package management system, install "
"<application>postfix</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Pour vérifier l'intégration avec le système de gestion de paquets, installez "
"<application>postfix</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:192(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:45(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install postfix"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install postfix"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:195(para)
msgid ""
"When the installation is finished, all the "
"<application>postfix</application> configuration files should be committed "
"to the repository:"
msgstr ""
"Lorsque l'installation est terminée, tous les fichiers de configuration de "
"<application>postfix</application> devraient se trouver dans le dépôt CVS :"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:201(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Committing to: /etc/\n"
"added aliases.db\n"
"modified group\n"
"modified group-\n"
"modified gshadow\n"
"modified gshadow-\n"
"modified passwd\n"
"modified passwd-\n"
"added postfix\n"
"added resolvconf\n"
"added rsyslog.d\n"
"modified shadow\n"
"modified shadow-\n"
"added init.d/postfix\n"
"added network/if-down.d/postfix\n"
"added network/if-up.d/postfix\n"
"added postfix/dynamicmaps.cf\n"
"added postfix/main.cf\n"
"added postfix/master.cf\n"
"added postfix/post-install\n"
"added postfix/postfix-files\n"
"added postfix/postfix-script\n"
"added postfix/sasl\n"
"added ppp/ip-down.d\n"
"added ppp/ip-down.d/postfix\n"
"added ppp/ip-up.d/postfix\n"
"added rc0.d/K20postfix\n"
"added rc1.d/K20postfix\n"
"added rc2.d/S20postfix\n"
"added rc3.d/S20postfix\n"
"added rc4.d/S20postfix\n"
"added rc5.d/S20postfix\n"
"added rc6.d/K20postfix\n"
"added resolvconf/update-libc.d\n"
"added resolvconf/update-libc.d/postfix\n"
"added rsyslog.d/postfix.conf\n"
"added ufw/applications.d/postfix\n"
"Committed revision 2."
msgstr ""
"Committing to: /etc/\n"
"added aliases.db\n"
"modified group\n"
"modified group-\n"
"modified gshadow\n"
"modified gshadow-\n"
"modified passwd\n"
"modified passwd-\n"
"added postfix\n"
"added resolvconf\n"
"added rsyslog.d\n"
"modified shadow\n"
"modified shadow-\n"
"added init.d/postfix\n"
"added network/if-down.d/postfix\n"
"added network/if-up.d/postfix\n"
"added postfix/dynamicmaps.cf\n"
"added postfix/main.cf\n"
"added postfix/master.cf\n"
"added postfix/post-install\n"
"added postfix/postfix-files\n"
"added postfix/postfix-script\n"
"added postfix/sasl\n"
"added ppp/ip-down.d\n"
"added ppp/ip-down.d/postfix\n"
"added ppp/ip-up.d/postfix\n"
"added rc0.d/K20postfix\n"
"added rc1.d/K20postfix\n"
"added rc2.d/S20postfix\n"
"added rc3.d/S20postfix\n"
"added rc4.d/S20postfix\n"
"added rc5.d/S20postfix\n"
"added rc6.d/K20postfix\n"
"added resolvconf/update-libc.d\n"
"added resolvconf/update-libc.d/postfix\n"
"added rsyslog.d/postfix.conf\n"
"added ufw/applications.d/postfix\n"
"Committed revision 2."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:241(para)
msgid ""
"For an example of how <application>etckeeper</application> tracks manual "
"changes, add new a host to <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. Using "
"<application>bzr</application> you can see which files have been modified:"
msgstr ""
"Pour voir comment <application>etckeeper</application> garde un trace des "
"changements manuels, ajoutez un nouvel hôte à "
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. En utilisant "
"<application>bzr</application>, vous verrez quels fichiers ont été modifiés :"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:247(command)
msgid "sudo bzr status /etc/"
msgstr "sudo bzr status /etc/"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:248(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"modified:\n"
"  hosts"
msgstr ""
"modified:\n"
"  hosts"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:252(para)
msgid "Now commit the changes:"
msgstr "Appliquez maintenant les changements :"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:257(command)
msgid "sudo etckeeper commit \"new host\""
msgstr "sudo etckeeper commit \"new host\""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:260(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <application>bzr</application> see <xref "
"linkend=\"bazaar\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Pour de plaus amples informations à propos de "
"<application>bzr</application>, consultez <xref linkend=\"bazaar\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:266(title)
msgid "Byobu"
msgstr "Byobu"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:268(para)
msgid ""
"One of the most useful applications for any system administrator is "
"<application>screen</application>. It allows the execution of multiple "
"shells in one terminal. To make some of the advanced "
"<application>screen</application> features more user friendly, and provide "
"some useful information about the system, the "
"<application>byobu</application> package was created."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:275(para)
msgid ""
"When executing <application>byobu</application> pressing the "
"<emphasis>F9</emphasis> key will bring up the "
"<application>Configuration</application> menu. This menu will allow you to:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:281(para)
msgid "View the Help menu"
msgstr "Afficher le menu d'aide"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:282(para)
msgid "Change Byobu's background color"
msgstr "Modifier la couleur d'arrière-plan de Byobu"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:283(para)
msgid "Change Byobu's foreground color"
msgstr "Modifier la couleur de premier-plan de Byobu"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:284(para)
msgid "Toggle status notifications"
msgstr "Changer les notification d'état"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:285(para)
msgid "Change the key binding set"
msgstr "Modifier les raccourcis claviers"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:286(para)
msgid "Change the escape sequence"
msgstr "Changer la séquence d'échappement"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:287(para)
msgid "Create new windows"
msgstr "Créer de nouvelles fenêtres"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:288(para)
msgid "Manage the default windows"
msgstr "Gérer les fenêtres par défaut"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:289(para)
msgid "Byobu currently does not launch at login (toggle on)"
msgstr "Byobu ne s'exécute actuellement pas à la connexion (activer)"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:292(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>key bindings</emphasis> determine such things as the escape "
"sequence, new window, change window, etc. There are two key binding sets to "
"choose from <emphasis>f-keys</emphasis> and <emphasis>screen-escape-"
"keys</emphasis>. If you wish to use the original key bindings choose the "
"<emphasis>none</emphasis> set."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:298(para)
msgid ""
"<application>byobu</application> provides a menu which displays the Ubuntu "
"release, processor information, memory information, and the time and date. "
"The effect is similar to a desktop menu."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:303(para)
msgid ""
"Using the <emphasis>\"Byobu currently does not launch at login (toggle "
"on)\"</emphasis> option will cause <application>byobu</application> to be "
"executed any time a terminal is opened. Changes made to "
"<application>byobu</application> are on a per user basis, and will not "
"affect other users on the system."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:309(para)
msgid ""
"One difference when using byobu is the <emphasis>scrollback</emphasis> mode. "
"Press the <emphasis>F7</emphasis> key to enter scrollback mode. Scrollback "
"mode allows you to navigate past output using <emphasis>vi</emphasis> like "
"commands. Here is a quick list of movement commands:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:316(para)
msgid "<emphasis>h</emphasis> - Move the cursor left by one character"
msgstr "<emphasis>h</emphasis> - reculer le curseur d'un caractère"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:317(para)
msgid "<emphasis>j</emphasis> - Move the cursor down by one line"
msgstr "<emphasis>j</emphasis> - descendre le curseur d'un ligne"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:318(para)
msgid "<emphasis>k</emphasis> - Move the cursor up by one line"
msgstr "<emphasis>k</emphasis> - monter le curseur d'une ligne"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:319(para)
msgid "<emphasis>l</emphasis> - Move the cursor right by one character"
msgstr "<emphasis>l</emphasis> - avancer le curseur d'un caractère"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:320(para)
msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis> - Move to the beginning of the current line"
msgstr "<emphasis>0</emphasis> - aller au début de la ligne"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:321(para)
msgid "<emphasis>$</emphasis> - Move to the end of the current line"
msgstr "<emphasis>$</emphasis> - aller à la fin de la ligne"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:322(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>G</emphasis> - Moves to the specified line (defaults to the end of "
"the buffer)"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>G</emphasis> - aller à la ligne indiquée (par défaut va en fin de "
"tampon)"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:323(para)
msgid "<emphasis>/</emphasis> - Search forward"
msgstr "<emphasis>/</emphasis> - recherche en avant"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:324(para)
msgid "<emphasis>?</emphasis> - Search backward"
msgstr "<emphasis>?</emphasis> - recherche en arrière"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:325(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>n</emphasis> - Moves to the next match, either forward or backword"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>n</emphasis> - aller à la correspondance suivante, qu'elle soit en "
"arrière ou en avant"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:334(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man1/update-motd.1.html\">"
"update-motd man page</ulink> for more options available to "
"<application>update-motd</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:340(para)
msgid ""
"The Debian Package of the Day <ulink "
"url=\"http://debaday.debian.net/2007/10/04/weather-check-weather-conditions-"
"and-forecasts-on-the-command-line/\">weather</ulink> article has more "
"details about using the <application>weather</application>utility."
msgstr ""
"Le paquet Debian du jour (Debian Package of the Day) : <ulink "
"url=\"http://debaday.debian.net/2007/10/04/weather-check-weather-conditions-"
"and-forecasts-on-the-command-line/\">weather</ulink> (en anglais) contient "
"plus de renseignements sur l'utilisation de "
"<application>weather</application>."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:347(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink "
"url=\"http://kitenet.net/~joey/code/etckeeper/\">etckeeper</ulink> site for "
"more details on using <application>etckeeper</application>."
msgstr ""
"Pour de pus amples informations à propos de l'utilisation de "
"<application>etckeeper</application>, consultez <ulink "
"url=\"http://kitenet.net/~joey/code/etckeeper/\">etckeeper</ulink> (en "
"anglais)."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:353(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/etckeeper\">etckeeper "
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page."
msgstr ""
"Page du <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/etckeeper\">Wiki "
"Ubuntu consacrée à etckeeper</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:358(para)
msgid ""
"For the latest news and information about <application>bzr</application> see "
"the <ulink url=\"http://bazaar-vcs.org/\">bzr</ulink> web site."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'informations à propos de <application>bzr</application>, "
"consultez le site Web de <ulink url=\"http://bazaar-vcs.org/\">bzr</ulink> "
"(en anglais)."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:363(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <application>screen</application> see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/screen/\">screen web site</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'informations à propos de <application>screen</application>, "
"consultez le site Web de <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/screen/\">screen</ulink> (en anglais)."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:368(para)
msgid ""
"And the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Screen\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"screen</ulink> page."
msgstr ""
"Ainsi que la page du <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Screen\">Wiki Ubuntu consacrée à "
"screen</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:373(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <application>byobu</application><ulink "
"url=\"https://launchpad.net/byobu\">project page</ulink> for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
"Consultez également le <ulink url=\"https://launchpad.net/byobu\">site Web "
"de Byobu</ulink> pour plus d'information."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"Networks consist of two or more devices, such as computer systems, printers, "
"and related equipment which are connected by either physical cabling or "
"wireless links for the purpose of sharing and distributing information among "
"the connected devices."
msgstr ""
"Les réseaux sont constitués d'au moins deux dispositifs, tels que des "
"ordinateurs, des imprimantes ou des équipements similaires, connectés soit "
"par câble soit par connexion sans-fil, dans le but de partager et de "
"distribuer de l'information entre les dispositifs connectés."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:20(para)
msgid ""
"This section provides general and specific information pertaining to "
"networking, including an overview of network concepts and detailed "
"discussion of popular network protocols."
msgstr ""
"Cette section fournit des informations générales, mais aussi spécifiques, "
"relatives aux réseaux, comprenant une introduction aux concepts de base et "
"une présentation détaillée des protocoles réseaux les plus connus."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:27(title)
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration du réseau"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:28(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu ships with a number of graphical utilities to configure your network "
"devices. This document is geared toward server administrators and will focus "
"on managing your network on the command line."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu est fournie avec de nombreux utilitaires graphiques pour la "
"configuration des périphériques réseau. Ce document s'adresse aux "
"administrateurs de serveurs et se focalisera sur la gestion de votre réseau "
"en ligne de commande."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:35(title)
msgid "Ethernet Interfaces"
msgstr "Interfaces Ethernet"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:36(para)
msgid ""
"Ethernet interfaces are identified by the system using the naming convention "
"of <emphasis role=\"italix\">ethX</emphasis>, where <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">X</emphasis> represents a numeric value. The first Ethernet "
"interface is typically identified as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis>, the second as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">eth1</emphasis>, and all others should move up in numerical "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:46(title)
msgid "Identify Ethernet Interfaces"
msgstr "Repérer les interfaces Ethernet"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:47(para)
msgid ""
"To quickly identify all available Ethernet interfaces, you can use the "
"<application>ifconfig</application> command as shown below."
msgstr ""
"Pour repérer rapidement toutes les interfaces Ethernet disponibles, vous "
"pouvez utilisez la commande <application>ifconfig</application> comme "
"indiqué ci-après."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:52(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig -a | grep eth"
msgstr "ifconfig -a | grep eth"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:51(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"eth0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 00:15:c5:4a:16:5a\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"eth0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 00:15:c5:4a:16:5a\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:55(para)
msgid ""
"Another application that can help identify all network interfaces available "
"to your system is the <application>lshw</application> command. In the "
"example below, <application>lshw</application> shows a single Ethernet "
"interface with the logical name of <emphasis role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis> "
"along with bus information, driver details and all supported capabilities."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:62(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo lshw -class network"
msgstr "sudo lshw -class network"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:61(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"  *-network\n"
"       description: Ethernet interface\n"
"       product: BCM4401-B0 100Base-TX\n"
"       vendor: Broadcom Corporation\n"
"       physical id: 0\n"
"       bus info: pci@0000:03:00.0\n"
"       logical name: eth0\n"
"       version: 02\n"
"       serial: 00:15:c5:4a:16:5a\n"
"       size: 10MB/s\n"
"       capacity: 100MB/s\n"
"       width: 32 bits\n"
"       clock: 33MHz\n"
"       capabilities: (snipped for brevity)\n"
"       configuration: (snipped for brevity)\n"
"       resources: irq:17 memory:ef9fe000-ef9fffff\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:83(title)
msgid "Ethernet Interface Logical Names"
msgstr "Noms logiques de l'interface Ethernet"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:84(para)
msgid ""
"Interface logical names are configured in the file "
"<filename>/etc/udev/rules.d/70-persistent-net.rules.</filename> If you would "
"like control which interface receives a particular logical name, find the "
"line matching the interfaces physical MAC address and modify the value of "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">NAME=ethX</emphasis> to the desired logical name. "
"Reboot the system to commit your changes."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:92(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"SUBSYSTEM==\"net\", ACTION==\"add\", DRIVERS==\"?*\", "
"ATTR{address}==\"00:15:c5:4a:16:5a\", ATTR{dev_id}==\"0x0\", "
"ATTR{type}==\"1\", KERNEL==\"eth*\", NAME=\"eth0\"\n"
"SUBSYSTEM==\"net\", ACTION==\"add\", DRIVERS==\"?*\", "
"ATTR{address}==\"00:15:c5:4a:16:5b\", ATTR{dev_id}==\"0x0\", "
"ATTR{type}==\"1\", KERNEL==\"eth*\", NAME=\"eth1\"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"SUBSYSTEM==\"net\", ACTION==\"add\", DRIVERS==\"?*\", "
"ATTR{address}==\"00:15:c5:4a:16:5a\", ATTR{dev_id}==\"0x0\", "
"ATTR{type}==\"1\", KERNEL==\"eth*\", NAME=\"eth0\"\n"
"SUBSYSTEM==\"net\", ACTION==\"add\", DRIVERS==\"?*\", "
"ATTR{address}==\"00:15:c5:4a:16:5b\", ATTR{dev_id}==\"0x0\", "
"ATTR{type}==\"1\", KERNEL==\"eth*\", NAME=\"eth1\"\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:99(title)
msgid "Ethernet Interface Settings"
msgstr "Paramètres de l'interface Ethernet"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:100(para)
msgid ""
"<application>ethtool</application> is a program that displays and changes "
"Ethernet card settings such as auto-negotiation, port speed, duplex mode, "
"and Wake-on-LAN. It is not installed by default, but is available for "
"installation in the repositories."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:106(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo apt-get install ethtool"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install ethtool"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:108(para)
msgid ""
"The following is an example of how to view supported features and configured "
"settings of an Ethernet interface."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:113(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo ethtool eth0"
msgstr "sudo ethtool eth0"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:112(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"Settings for eth0:\n"
"        Supported ports: [ TP ]\n"
"        Supported link modes:   10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full \n"
"                                100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full \n"
"                                1000baseT/Half 1000baseT/Full \n"
"        Supports auto-negotiation: Yes\n"
"        Advertised link modes:  10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full \n"
"                                100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full \n"
"                                1000baseT/Half 1000baseT/Full \n"
"        Advertised auto-negotiation: Yes\n"
"        Speed: 1000Mb/s\n"
"        Duplex: Full\n"
"        Port: Twisted Pair\n"
"        PHYAD: 1\n"
"        Transceiver: internal\n"
"        Auto-negotiation: on\n"
"        Supports Wake-on: g\n"
"        Wake-on: d\n"
"        Current message level: 0x000000ff (255)\n"
"        Link detected: yes\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:135(para)
msgid ""
"Changes made with the <application>ethtool</application> command are "
"temporary and will be lost after a reboot. If you would like to retain "
"settings, simply add the desired <application>ethtool</application> command "
"to a <emphasis role=\"italic\">pre-up</emphasis> statement in the interface "
"configuration file <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:141(para)
msgid ""
"The following is an example of how the interface identified as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis> could be permanently configured with a port "
"speed of 1000Mb/s running in full duplex mode."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:145(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auto eth0\n"
"iface eth0 inet static\n"
"pre-up /usr/sbin/ethtool -s eth0 speed 1000 duplex full\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"auto eth0\n"
"iface eth0 inet static\n"
"pre-up /usr/sbin/ethtool -s eth0 speed 1000 duplex full\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:151(para)
msgid ""
"Although the example above shows the interface configured to use the "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">static</emphasis> method, it actually works with "
"other methods as well, such as DHCP. The example is meant to demonstrate "
"only proper placement of the <emphasis role=\"italic\">pre-up</emphasis> "
"statement in relation to the rest of the interface configuration."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:163(title)
msgid "IP Addressing"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:164(para)
msgid ""
"The following section describes the process of configuring your systems IP "
"address and default gateway needed for communicating on a local area network "
"and the Internet."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:171(title)
msgid "Temporary IP Address Assignment"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:172(para)
msgid ""
"For temporary network configurations, you can use standard commands such as "
"<application>ip</application>, <application>ifconfig</application> and "
"<application>route</application>, which are also found on most other "
"GNU/Linux operating systems. These commands allow you to configure settings "
"which take effect immediately, however they are not persistent and will be "
"lost after a reboot."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:180(para)
msgid ""
"To temporarily configure an IP address, you can use the "
"<application>ifconfig</application> command in the following manner. Just "
"modify the IP address and subnet mask to match your network requirements."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:186(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo ifconfig eth0 10.0.0.100 netmask 255.255.255.0"
msgstr "sudo ifconfig eth0 10.0.0.100 netmask 255.255.255.0"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:188(para)
msgid ""
"To verify the IP address configuration of <application>eth0</application>, "
"you can use the <application>ifconfig</application> command in the following "
"manner."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:193(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig eth0"
msgstr "ifconfig eth0"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:192(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"eth0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 00:15:c5:4a:16:5a  \n"
"          inet addr:10.0.0.100  Bcast:10.0.0.255  Mask:255.255.255.0\n"
"          inet6 addr: fe80::215:c5ff:fe4a:165a/64 Scope:Link\n"
"          UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST  MTU:1500  Metric:1\n"
"          RX packets:466475604 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0\n"
"          TX packets:403172654 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0\n"
"          collisions:0 txqueuelen:1000 \n"
"          RX bytes:2574778386 (2.5 GB)  TX bytes:1618367329 (1.6 GB)\n"
"          Interrupt:16 \n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"eth0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 00:15:c5:4a:16:5a  \n"
"          inet addr:10.0.0.100  Bcast:10.0.0.255  Mask:255.255.255.0\n"
"          inet6 addr: fe80::215:c5ff:fe4a:165a/64 Scope:Link\n"
"          UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST  MTU:1500  Metric:1\n"
"          RX packets:466475604 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0\n"
"          TX packets:403172654 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0\n"
"          collisions:0 txqueuelen:1000 \n"
"          RX bytes:2574778386 (2.5 GB)  TX bytes:1618367329 (1.6 GB)\n"
"          Interrupt:16 \n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:204(para)
msgid ""
"To configure a default gateway, you can use the "
"<application>route</application> command in the following manner. Modify the "
"default gateway address to match your network requirements."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:210(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo route add default gw 10.0.0.1 eth0"
msgstr "sudo route add default gw 10.0.0.1 eth0"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:212(para)
msgid ""
"To verify your default gateway configuration, you can use the "
"<application>route</application> command in the following manner."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:217(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "route -n"
msgstr "route -n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:216(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"Kernel IP routing table\n"
"Destination     Gateway         Genmask         Flags Metric Ref    Use "
"Iface\n"
"10.0.0.0        0.0.0.0         255.255.255.0   U     1      0        0 "
"eth0\n"
"0.0.0.0         10.0.0.1        0.0.0.0         UG    0      0        0 "
"eth0\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"Kernel IP routing table\n"
"Destination     Gateway         Genmask         Flags Metric Ref    Use "
"Iface\n"
"10.0.0.0        0.0.0.0         255.255.255.0   U     1      0        0 "
"eth0\n"
"0.0.0.0         10.0.0.1        0.0.0.0         UG    0      0        0 "
"eth0\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:223(para)
msgid ""
"If you require DNS for your temporary network configuration, you can add DNS "
"server IP addresses in the file <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. The "
"example below shows how to enter two DNS servers to "
"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, which should be changed to servers "
"appropriate for your network. A more lengthy description of DNS client "
"configuration is in a following section."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:230(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"nameserver 8.8.8.8\n"
"nameserver 8.8.4.4\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"nameserver 8.8.8.8\n"
"nameserver 8.8.4.4\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:234(para)
msgid ""
"If you no longer need this configuration and wish to purge all IP "
"configuration from an interface, you can use the "
"<application>ip</application> command with the flush option as shown below."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:240(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "ip addr flush eth0"
msgstr "ip addr flush eth0"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:243(para)
msgid ""
"Flushing the IP configuration using the <application>ip</application> "
"command does not clear the contents of "
"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. You must remove or modify those "
"entries manually."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:251(title)
msgid "Dynamic IP Address Assignment (DHCP Client)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:252(para)
msgid ""
"To configure your server to use DHCP for dynamic address assignment, add the "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">dhcp</emphasis> method to the inet address family "
"statement for the appropriate interface in the file "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. The example below assumes you "
"are configuring your first Ethernet interface identified as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:259(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auto eth0\n"
"iface eth0 inet dhcp\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"auto eth0\n"
"iface eth0 inet dhcp\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:263(para)
msgid ""
"By adding an interface configuration as shown above, you can manually enable "
"the interface through the <application>ifup</application> command which "
"initiates the DHCP process via <application>dhclient</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:269(userinput) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:304(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo ifup eth0"
msgstr "sudo ifup eth0"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:271(para)
msgid ""
"To manually disable the interface, you can use the "
"<application>ifdown</application> command, which in turn will initiate the "
"DHCP release process and shut down the interface."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:277(userinput) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:311(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo ifdown eth0"
msgstr "sudo ifdown eth0"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:282(title)
msgid "Static IP Address Assignment"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:283(para)
msgid ""
"To configure your system to use a static IP address assignment, add the "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">static</emphasis> method to the inet address "
"family statement for the appropriate interface in the file "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. The example below assumes you "
"are configuring your first Ethernet interface identified as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis>. Change the <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">address</emphasis>, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">netmask</emphasis>, and <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">gateway</emphasis> values to meet the requirements of your "
"network."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:292(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auto eth0\n"
"iface eth0 inet static\n"
"address 10.0.0.100\n"
"netmask 255.255.255.0\n"
"gateway 10.0.0.1\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"auto eth0\n"
"iface eth0 inet static\n"
"address 10.0.0.100\n"
"netmask 255.255.255.0\n"
"gateway 10.0.0.1\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:299(para)
msgid ""
"By adding an interface configuration as shown above, you can manually enable "
"the interface through the <application>ifup</application> command."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:306(para)
msgid ""
"To manually disable the interface, you can use the "
"<application>ifdown</application> command."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:316(title)
msgid "Loopback Interface"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:317(para)
msgid ""
"The loopback interface is identified by the system as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">lo</emphasis> and has a default IP address of 127.0.0.1. It "
"can be viewed using the ifconfig command."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:322(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig lo"
msgstr "ifconfig lo"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:321(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"lo        Link encap:Local Loopback  \n"
"          inet addr:127.0.0.1  Mask:255.0.0.0\n"
"          inet6 addr: ::1/128 Scope:Host\n"
"          UP LOOPBACK RUNNING  MTU:16436  Metric:1\n"
"          RX packets:2718 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0\n"
"          TX packets:2718 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0\n"
"          collisions:0 txqueuelen:0 \n"
"          RX bytes:183308 (183.3 KB)  TX bytes:183308 (183.3 KB)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"lo        Link encap:Local Loopback  \n"
"          inet addr:127.0.0.1  Mask:255.0.0.0\n"
"          inet6 addr: ::1/128 Scope:Host\n"
"          UP LOOPBACK RUNNING  MTU:16436  Metric:1\n"
"          RX packets:2718 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0\n"
"          TX packets:2718 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0\n"
"          collisions:0 txqueuelen:0 \n"
"          RX bytes:183308 (183.3 KB)  TX bytes:183308 (183.3 KB)\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:332(para)
msgid ""
"By default, there should be two lines in "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> responsible for automatically "
"configuring your loopback interface. It is recommended that you keep the "
"default settings unless you have a specific purpose for changing them. An "
"example of the two default lines are shown below."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:338(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auto lo\n"
"iface lo inet loopback\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"auto lo\n"
"iface lo inet loopback\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:347(title)
msgid "Name Resolution"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:348(para)
msgid ""
"Name resolution as it relates to IP networking is the process of mapping IP "
"addresses to hostnames, making it easier to identify resources on a network. "
"The following section will explain how to properly configure your system for "
"name resolution using DNS and static hostname records."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:356(title)
msgid "DNS Client Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:357(para)
msgid ""
"To configure your system to use DNS for name resolution, add the IP "
"addresses of the DNS servers that are appropriate for your network in the "
"file <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. You can also add an optional DNS "
"suffix search-lists to match your network domain names."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:362(para)
msgid ""
"Below is an example of a typical configuration of "
"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> for a server on the domain \"<emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis>\" and using two public DNS servers."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:367(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"search example.com\n"
"nameserver 8.8.8.8\n"
"nameserver 8.8.4.4\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"search exemple.com\n"
"nameserver 8.8.8.8\n"
"nameserver 8.8.4.4\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:372(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis role=\"italic\">search</emphasis> option can also be used with "
"multiple domain names so that DNS queries will be appended in the order in "
"which they are entered. For example, your network may have multiple sub-"
"domains to search; a parent domain of <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis>, and two sub-domains, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">sales.example.com</emphasis> and <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">dev.example.com</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:380(para)
msgid ""
"If you have multiple domains you wish to search, your configuration might "
"look like the following."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:383(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"search example.com sales.example.com dev.example.com\n"
"nameserver 8.8.8.8\n"
"nameserver 8.8.4.4\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"search exemple.com ventes.exemple.com dev.exemple.com\n"
"nameserver 8.8.8.8\n"
"nameserver 8.8.4.4\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:388(para)
msgid ""
"If you try to ping a host with the name of <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">server1</emphasis>, your system will automatically query DNS "
"for its Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) in the following order:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:394(para)
msgid "server1<emphasis role=\"bold\">.example.com</emphasis>"
msgstr "server1<emphasis role=\"bold\">.exemple.com</emphasis>"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:399(para)
msgid "server1<emphasis role=\"bold\">.sales.example.com</emphasis>"
msgstr "server1<emphasis role=\"bold\">.ventes.exemple.com</emphasis>"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:404(para)
msgid "server1<emphasis role=\"bold\">.dev.example.com</emphasis>"
msgstr "server1<emphasis role=\"bold\">.dev.exemple.com</emphasis>"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:409(para)
msgid ""
"If no matches are found, the DNS server will provide a result of <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">notfound</emphasis> and the DNS query will fail."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:416(title)
msgid "Static Hostnames"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:417(para)
msgid ""
"Static hostnames are locally defined hostname-to-IP mappings located in the "
"file <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. Entries in the "
"<filename>hosts</filename> file will have precedence over DNS by default. "
"This means that if your system tries to resolve a hostname and it matches an "
"entry in /etc/hosts, it will not attempt to look up the record in DNS. In "
"some configurations, especially when Internet access is not required, "
"servers that communicate with a limited number of resources can be "
"conveniently set to use static hostnames instead of DNS."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:424(para)
msgid ""
"The following is an example of a <filename>hosts</filename> file where a "
"number of local servers have been identified by simple hostnames, aliases "
"and their equivalent Fully Qualified Domain Names (FQDN's)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:428(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"127.0.0.1\tlocalhost\n"
"127.0.1.1\tubuntu-server\n"
"10.0.0.11\tserver1 vpn server1.example.com\n"
"10.0.0.12\tserver2 mail server2.example.com\n"
"10.0.0.13\tserver3 www server3.example.com\n"
"10.0.0.14\tserver4 file server4.example.com\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"127.0.0.1\tlocalhost\n"
"127.0.1.1\tubuntu-server\n"
"10.0.0.11\tserver1 vpn server1.exemple.com\n"
"10.0.0.12\tserver2 mail server2.exemple.com\n"
"10.0.0.13\tserver3 www server3.exemple.com\n"
"10.0.0.14\tserver4 file server4.exemple.com\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:437(para)
msgid ""
"In the above example, notice that each of the servers have been given "
"aliases in addition to their proper names and FQDN's. <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">Server1</emphasis> has been mapped to the name <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">vpn</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"italic\">server2</emphasis> "
"is referred to as <emphasis role=\"italic\">mail</emphasis>, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">server3</emphasis> as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">www</emphasis>, and <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">server4</emphasis> as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">file</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:449(title)
msgid "Name Service Switch Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:450(para)
msgid ""
"The order in which your system selects a method of resolving hostnames to IP "
"addresses is controlled by the Name Service Switch (NSS) configuration file "
"<filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename>. As mentioned in the previous "
"section, typically static hostnames defined in the systems "
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file have precedence over names resolved "
"from DNS. The following is an example of the line responsible for this order "
"of hostname lookups in the file <filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:458(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"hosts:          files mdns4_minimal [NOTFOUND=return] dns mdns4\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"hosts:          files mdns4_minimal [NOTFOUND=return] dns mdns4\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:464(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">files</emphasis> first tries to resolve static "
"hostnames located in <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:470(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mdns4_minimal</emphasis> attempts to resolve the "
"name using Multicast DNS."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:475(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">[NOTFOUND=return]</emphasis> means that any response "
"of <emphasis role=\"italic\">notfound</emphasis> by the preceeding <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">mdns4_minimal</emphasis> process should be treated as "
"authoritative and that the system should not try to continue hunting for an "
"answer."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:483(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">dns</emphasis> represents a legacy unicast DNS query."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:488(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mdns4</emphasis> represents a Multicast DNS query."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:494(para)
msgid ""
"To modify the order of the above mentioned name resolution methods, you can "
"simply change the <emphasis role=\"italic\">hosts:</emphasis> string to the "
"value of your choosing. For example, if you prefer to use legacy Unicast DNS "
"versus Multicast DNS, you can change the string in "
"<filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename> as shown below."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:501(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"hosts:          files dns [NOTFOUND=return] mdns4_minimal mdns4\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"hosts:          files dns [NOTFOUND=return] mdns4_minimal mdns4\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:508(title)
msgid "Bridging"
msgstr "Pont réseau"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:510(para)
msgid ""
"Bridging multiple interfaces is a more advanced configuration, but is very "
"useful in multiple scenarios. One scenario is setting up a bridge with "
"multiple network interfaces, then using a firewall to filter traffic between "
"two network segments. Another scenario is using bridge on a system with one "
"interface to allow virtual machines direct access to the outside network. "
"The following example covers the latter scenario."
msgstr ""
"Ponter plusieurs interfaces est une configuration plus élaborée, mais elle "
"est très utile dans beaucoup de cas. Un premier scénario est de créer un "
"pont avec plusieurs interfaces réseaux, puis d'utiliser un pare-feu pour "
"filtrer le trafic entre les deux segments de réseau. Un autre scénario est "
"d'utiliser un pont sur un système avec une seule interface pour autoriser "
"plusieurs machines virtuelles à accéder au réseau extérieur. L'exemple "
"suivant couvre ce dernier scénario."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:517(para)
msgid ""
"Before configuring a bridge you will need to install the <application>bridge-"
"utils</application> package. To install the package, in a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Avant de configurer un pont, vous devez installer le paquet "
"<application>bridge-utils</application>. Pour l'installer, tapez dans un "
"terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:523(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install bridge-utils"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install bridge-utils"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:526(para)
msgid ""
"Next, configure the bridge by editing "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, configurez le pont en modifiant "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:530(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auto lo\n"
"iface lo inet loopback\n"
"\n"
"auto br0\n"
"iface br0 inet static\n"
"        address 192.168.0.10\n"
"        network 192.168.0.0\n"
"        netmask 255.255.255.0\n"
"        broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"        gateway 192.168.0.1\n"
"        bridge_ports eth0\n"
"        bridge_fd 9\n"
"        bridge_hello 2\n"
"        bridge_maxage 12\n"
"        bridge_stp off\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"auto lo\n"
"iface lo inet loopback\n"
"\n"
"auto br0\n"
"iface br0 inet static\n"
"        address 192.168.0.10\n"
"        network 192.168.0.0\n"
"        netmask 255.255.255.0\n"
"        broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"        gateway 192.168.0.1\n"
"        bridge_ports eth0\n"
"        bridge_fd 9\n"
"        bridge_hello 2\n"
"        bridge_maxage 12\n"
"        bridge_stp off\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:549(para)
msgid "Enter the appropriate values for your physical interface and network."
msgstr ""
"Saisissez les valeurs appropriées pour votre réseau et votre interface "
"physique."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:554(para)
msgid "Now restart networking to enable the bridge interface:"
msgstr "Relancez maintenant la mise en réseau pour activer le pont :"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:561(para)
msgid ""
"The new bridge interface should now be up and running. The "
"<application>brctl</application> provides useful information about the state "
"of the bridge, controls which interfaces are part of the bridge, etc. See "
"<command>man brctl</command> for more information."
msgstr ""
"La nouvelle interface de pont doit maintenant être active et fonctionnelle. "
"L'application <application>brctl</application> fournit des informations "
"utiles à propos de l'état du pont ; contrôle quelle interface fait partie du "
"pont ; etc. Consultez <command>man brctl</command> pour plus d'informations."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:577(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Network\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"Network page</ulink> has links to articles covering more advanced network "
"configuration."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:583(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man5/interfaces.5.html\">i"
"nterfaces man page</ulink> has details on more options for "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:589(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man8/dhclient.8.html\">dhc"
"lient man page</ulink> has details on more options for configuring DHCP "
"client settings."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:595(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on DNS client configuration see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man5/resolver.5.html\">res"
"olver man page</ulink>. Also, Chapter 6 of O'Reilly's <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/linag2/book/ch06.html\">Linux Network "
"Administrator's Guide</ulink> is a good source of resolver and name service "
"configuration information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:603(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <emphasis>bridging</emphasis> see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man8/brctl.8.html\">brctl "
"man page</ulink> and the Linux Foundation's <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/Net:Bridge\">Net:Bridge</ulink> page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:614(title)
msgid "TCP/IP"
msgstr "TCP/IP"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:615(para)
msgid ""
"The Transmission Control Protocol and Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) is a "
"standard set of protocols developed in the late 1970s by the Defense "
"Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) as a means of communication "
"between different types of computers and computer networks. TCP/IP is the "
"driving force of the Internet, and thus it is the most popular set of "
"network protocols on Earth."
msgstr ""
"Transmission Control Protocol et Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) sont les "
"protocoles standards développés à la fin des années 1970 par la Defense "
"Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) pour servir de moyen de "
"communication entre les différents types d'ordinateurs et de réseaux. TCP/IP "
"est le moteur de l'Internet, et est donc l'ensemble de protocoles le plus "
"populaire au monde."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:623(title)
msgid "TCP/IP Introduction"
msgstr "Introduction à TCP/IP"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:624(para)
msgid ""
"The two protocol components of TCP/IP deal with different aspects of "
"computer networking. <emphasis>Internet Protocol</emphasis>, the \"IP\" of "
"TCP/IP is a connectionless protocol which deals only with network packet "
"routing using the <emphasis role=\"italics\">IP Datagram</emphasis> as the "
"basic unit of networking information. The IP Datagram consists of a header "
"followed by a message. The <emphasis> Transmission Control "
"Protocol</emphasis> is the \"TCP\" of TCP/IP and enables network hosts to "
"establish connections which may be used to exchange data streams. TCP also "
"guarantees that the data between connections is delivered and that it "
"arrives at one network host in the same order as sent from another network "
"host."
msgstr ""
"TCP/IP sont en fait deux protocoles couvrant des aspects différents de la "
"mise en réseau. <emphasis>Internet Protocol - IP</emphasis> s'occupe "
"simplement de router les paquets en utilisant le <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">datagramme IP</emphasis> comme unité de base d'information "
"réseau. Le datagramme IP consiste en un en-tête suivi d'un message. "
"<emphasis> Transmission Control Protocol - TCP</emphasis> permet aux hôtes "
"d'établir des connexions pour échanger des flux de données. TCP garantit que "
"les données sont bien délivrées d'un hôte vers un autre, dans l'ordre dans "
"lequel elles sont parties."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:637(title)
msgid "TCP/IP Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration TCP/IP"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:638(para)
msgid ""
"The TCP/IP protocol configuration consists of several elements which must be "
"set by editing the appropriate configuration files, or deploying solutions "
"such as the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server which in turn, "
"can be configured to provide the proper TCP/IP configuration settings to "
"network clients automatically. These configuration values must be set "
"correctly in order to facilitate the proper network operation of your Ubuntu "
"system."
msgstr ""
"La configuration du protocole TCP/IP consiste en plusieurs éléments qui "
"doivent être paramétrés en éditant les fichiers de configuration adaptés, ou "
"en déployant des solutions telles qu'un serveur Dynamic Host Configuration "
"Protocol (DHCP). Ce dernier pourra fournir automatiquement la bonne "
"configuration IP aux clients. Ces données de configuration doivent être "
"définies correctement pour assurer un bon fonctionnement du réseau avec "
"Ubuntu."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:650(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">IP address</emphasis> The IP address is a unique "
"identifying string expressed as four decimal numbers ranging from zero (0) "
"to two-hundred and fifty-five (255), separated by periods, with each of the "
"four numbers representing eight (8) bits of the address for a total length "
"of thirty-two (32) bits for the whole address. This format is called "
"<emphasis>dotted quad notation</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">adresse IP</emphasis> L'adresse IP est un "
"identifiant unique composé de 4 nombres entre 0 et 255 séparés par des "
"point. Chaque nombre représente 8 bits d'une adresse qui fait au total 32 "
"bits. Ce format est appelé <emphasis>notation décimale pointée</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:660(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Netmask</emphasis> The Subnet Mask (or simply, "
"<emphasis>netmask</emphasis>) is a local bit mask, or set of flags which "
"separate the portions of an IP address significant to the network from the "
"bits significant to the <emphasis>subnetwork</emphasis>. For example, in a "
"Class C network, the standard netmask is 255.255.255.0 which masks the first "
"three bytes of the IP address and allows the last byte of the IP address to "
"remain available for specifying hosts on the subnetwork."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Masque de sous-réseau</emphasis> Le masque de sous-"
"réseau est un masque de bits, ou ensemble de marqueurs, qui séparent les "
"parties de l'adresse IP correspondantes au réseau, et celles qui "
"correspondent au <emphasis>sous-réseau</emphasis>. Par exemple dans un "
"réseau de classe C, le masque standard qui est 255.255.255.0 cache les 3 "
"premiers octets de l'adresse et permet d'utiliser le dernier octet pour "
"adresser les hôtes du sous-réseau."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:671(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Address</emphasis> The Network Address "
"represents the bytes comprising the network portion of an IP address. For "
"example, the host 12.128.1.2 in a Class A network would use 12.0.0.0 as the "
"network address, where twelve (12) represents the first byte of the IP "
"address, (the network part) and zeroes (0) in all of the remaining three "
"bytes to represent the potential host values. A network host using the "
"private IP address 192.168.1.100 would in turn use a Network Address of "
"192.168.1.0, which specifies the first three bytes of the Class C 192.168.1 "
"network and a zero (0) for all the possible hosts on the network."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Adresse Réseau</emphasis> L'Adresse Réseau "
"représente les octets constituant la partie réseau d'une adresse IP. Par "
"exemple, l'hôte 12.128.1.2 dans un réseau de classe A utilisera l'adresse "
"réseau 12.0.0.0, dans laquelle douze (12) représente le premier octet de "
"l'adresse IP, (la partie réseau) et les zéros (0) des autres octets suivants "
"représentent les valeurs d'hôtes potentiels. Un hôte réseau utilisant "
"l'adresse privée 192.168.1.100 utilisera lui une Adresse Réseau de "
"192.168.1.0 qui indique les trois premiers octets du réseau de classe C "
"192.168.1 et un zéro (0) pour tous les hôtes possibles sur le réseau."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:684(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Broadcast Address</emphasis> The Broadcast Address "
"is an IP address which allows network data to be sent simultaneously to all "
"hosts on a given subnetwork rather than specifying a particular host. The "
"standard general broadcast address for IP networks is 255.255.255.255, but "
"this broadcast address cannot be used to send a broadcast message to every "
"host on the Internet because routers block it. A more appropriate broadcast "
"address is set to match a specific subnetwork. For example, on the private "
"Class C IP network, 192.168.1.0, the broadcast address is 192.168.1.255. "
"Broadcast messages are typically produced by network protocols such as the "
"Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) and the Routing Information Protocol (RIP)."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Broadcast Address</emphasis> L'adresse de diffusion "
"est une adresse IP utilisée pour envoyer un message à tous les hôtes d'un "
"réseau local, plutôt qu'à un hôte en particulier. L'adresse de diffusion "
"générale standard des réseaux IP est 255.255.255.255, mais cette adresse de "
"diffusion ne peut toutefois pas être utilisée pour envoyer un message à tous "
"les ordinateurs sur l'Internet car elle est bloquée par les routeurs. Une "
"adresse de diffusion plus appropriée est déterminée pour correspondre à un "
"sous-réseau particulier. Par exemple, sur le réseau IP privé de classe C, "
"192.168.1.0, l'adresse de diffusion est 192.168.1.255. De tels messages de "
"diffusion sont généralement produits par des protocoles réseaux tels que ARP "
"(Address Resolution Protocol) et RIP (Routing Information Protocol)."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:697(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gateway Address</emphasis> A Gateway Address is the "
"IP address through which a particular network, or host on a network, may be "
"reached. If one network host wishes to communicate with another network "
"host, and that host is not located on the same network, then a "
"<emphasis>gateway</emphasis> must be used. In many cases, the Gateway "
"Address will be that of a router on the same network, which will in turn "
"pass traffic on to other networks or hosts, such as Internet hosts. The "
"value of the Gateway Address setting must be correct, or your system will "
"not be able to reach any hosts beyond those on the same network."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Adresse de la passerelle</emphasis> Une adresse de "
"passerelle est l'adresse IP à travers laquelle un réseau ou un hôte d'un "
"autre réseau peuvent être atteints. Si un hôte veut communiquer avec un hôte "
"d'un autre réseau, alors il doit utiliser la "
"<emphasis>passerelle</emphasis>. En général cette passerelle sera le routeur "
"du réseau, qui transmettra les données aux réseaux ou hôtes extérieurs "
"n'appartenant au réseau privé, sur Internet par exemple. L'adresse de la "
"passerelle doit être définie, sans quoi votre système sera incapable de "
"communiquer avec des hôtes extérieurs à votre réseau."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:708(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nameserver Address</emphasis> Nameserver Addresses "
"represent the IP addresses of Domain Name Service (DNS) systems, which "
"resolve network hostnames into IP addresses. There are three levels of "
"Nameserver Addresses, which may be specified in order of precedence: The "
"<emphasis>Primary</emphasis> Nameserver, the <emphasis>Secondary</emphasis> "
"Nameserver, and the <emphasis>Tertiary</emphasis> Nameserver. In order for "
"your system to be able to resolve network hostnames into their corresponding "
"IP addresses, you must specify valid Nameserver Addresses which you are "
"authorized to use in your system's TCP/IP configuration. In many cases these "
"addresses can and will be provided by your network service provider, but "
"many free and publicly accessible nameservers are available for use, such as "
"the Level3 (Verizon) servers with IP addresses from 4.2.2.1 to 4.2.2.6."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nameserver Address (adresse de serveur de "
"noms)</emphasis> représente les adresses IP d'un DNS (serveur de noms de "
"domaine), qui résout les noms de domaines en adresses IP. Il y a trois "
"niveaux d'adresses de serveur de noms qui peuvent être par ordre de "
"priorité : serveur de noms <emphasis>primaire</emphasis>, serveur de noms "
"<emphasis>secondaire</emphasis> et serveur de noms "
"<emphasis>tertiaire</emphasis>. Pour que votre système puisse résoudre les "
"noms d'hôtes, vous devez spécifier une adresse de serveur de noms correcte "
"que vous êtes autorisés à utiliser sur votre réseau. Dans bien des cas, ces "
"adresses seront fournies par votre fournisseur de service réseau mais vous "
"pouvez aussi utiliser des serveurs de noms publics tel que les serveurs "
"Verizon (IP 4.2.2.1 à 4.2.2.6)."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:722(para)
msgid ""
"The IP address, Netmask, Network Address, Broadcast Address, and Gateway "
"Address are typically specified via the appropriate directives in the file "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. The Nameserver Addresses are "
"typically specified via <emphasis>nameserver</emphasis> directives in the "
"file <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. For more information, view the "
"system manual page for <filename>interfaces</filename> or "
"<filename>resolv.conf</filename> respectively, with the following commands "
"typed at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Les adresses IP, masques, adresses de réseau, adresses de diffusion et "
"adresses de passerelle sont généralement spécifiés par la directive "
"appropriée dans le fichier <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. "
"L'adresse de serveur de nom est spécifiée par la directive "
"<emphasis>nameserver</emphasis> dans le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. Pour plus d'informations, lisez la "
"page de manuel pour <filename>interfaces</filename> ou "
"<filename>resolv.conf</filename> respectivement, avec les commande suivantes "
"dans une console :"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:729(para)
msgid ""
"Access the system manual page for <filename>interfaces</filename> with the "
"following command:"
msgstr ""
"Accédez au manuel du fichier <filename>interfaces</filename> avec la "
"commande suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:734(command)
msgid "man interfaces"
msgstr "man interfaces"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:737(para)
msgid ""
"Access the system manual page for <filename>resolv.conf</filename> with the "
"following command:"
msgstr ""
"Accédez au manuel du fichier <filename>resolv.conf</filename> avec la "
"commande suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:741(command)
msgid "man resolv.conf"
msgstr "man resolv.conf"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:646(para)
msgid ""
"The common configuration elements of TCP/IP and their purposes are as "
"follows: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Les paramètres courants de configuration TCP/IP et leurs objectifs sont les "
"suivants: <placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:748(title)
msgid "IP Routing"
msgstr "Routage IP"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:749(para)
msgid ""
"IP routing is a means of specifying and discovering paths in a TCP/IP "
"network along which network data may be sent. Routing uses a set of "
"<emphasis>routing tables</emphasis> to direct the forwarding of network data "
"packets from their source to the destination, often via many intermediary "
"network nodes known as <emphasis>routers</emphasis>. There are two primary "
"forms of IP routing: <emphasis>Static Routing</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>Dynamic Routing.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Le routage IP est une technique pour spécifier et découvrir des chemins dans "
"un réseau TCP/IP dans lequel les données sont amenées à transiter. Le "
"routage utilise un ensemble de tables appelées <emphasis>tables de "
"routage</emphasis> pour acheminer les paquets de données de leur source vers "
"leur destination, souvent via plusieurs nœuds intermédiaires du réseau "
"dénommés <emphasis>routeurs</emphasis>. Il existe deux principales formes de "
"routage IP : <emphasis>le routage statique</emphasis> et <emphasis>le "
"routage dynamique.</emphasis>"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:758(para)
msgid ""
"Static routing involves manually adding IP routes to the system's routing "
"table, and this is usually done by manipulating the routing table with the "
"<application>route</application> command. Static routing enjoys many "
"advantages over dynamic routing, such as simplicity of implementation on "
"smaller networks, predictability (the routing table is always computed in "
"advance, and thus the route is precisely the same each time it is used), and "
"low overhead on other routers and network links due to the lack of a dynamic "
"routing protocol. However, static routing does present some disadvantages as "
"well. For example, static routing is limited to small networks and does not "
"scale well. Static routing also fails completely to adapt to network outages "
"and failures along the route due to the fixed nature of the route."
msgstr ""
"Le routage statique implique l'ajout manuel de règle de routage IP à la "
"table de routage du système et généralement cela se fait en manipulant la "
"table de routage avec la commande <application>route</application>. Le "
"routage statique bénéficie de plusieurs avantages par rapport au routage "
"dynamique, comme la simplicité de son implantation dans des petits réseaux, "
"la prévisibilité (la table de routage est toujours calculée à l'avance et "
"donc, la route est toujours la même à chaque fois qu'elle est utilisée), et "
"la faible charge sur les autres routeurs et les liaisons réseaux du fait de "
"l'absence de routage dynamique. Cependant, le routage statique présente "
"également quelques désavantages. Par exemple, le routage statique est limité "
"aux petits réseaux et n'est pas très extensible. Le routage statique "
"n'arrive absolument pas à s'adapter aux pannes et aux erreurs du réseau "
"rencontrés le long de la route, du fait même de sa nature fixe."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:768(para)
msgid ""
"Dynamic routing depends on large networks with multiple possible IP routes "
"from a source to a destination and makes use of special routing protocols, "
"such as the Router Information Protocol (RIP), which handle the automatic "
"adjustments in routing tables that make dynamic routing possible. Dynamic "
"routing has several advantages over static routing, such as superior "
"scalability and the ability to adapt to failures and outages along network "
"routes. Additionally, there is less manual configuration of the routing "
"tables, since routers learn from one another about their existence and "
"available routes. This trait also eliminates the possibility of introducing "
"mistakes in the routing tables via human error. Dynamic routing is not "
"perfect, however, and presents disadvantages such as heightened complexity "
"and additional network overhead from router communications, which does not "
"immediately benefit the end users, but still consumes network bandwidth."
msgstr ""
"Le routage dynamique concerne les grands réseaux qui offrent de multiples "
"routes IP possibles entre une source et une destination et qui utilisent des "
"protocoles de routage spéciaux comme RIP (Router Information Protocol) "
"lesquels gèrent automatiquement les tables de routage qui rendent le routage "
"dynamique possible. Le routage dynamique possède de nombreux avantages sur "
"le routage statique, comme une expansibilité supérieure, et la capacité à "
"surmonter les erreurs et les pannes rencontrées au cours de l'acheminement "
"des données. De plus, il nécessite moins de configuration manuelle dans les "
"tables de routage car les routeurs apprennent entre eux leurs existences et "
"les routes disponibles. Cette caractéristique permet également d'éliminer "
"les possibilités d'introduction d'erreurs humaines dans les tables de "
"routage. Mais le routage dynamique n'est pas parfait et présente des "
"désavantages comme une complexité accrue et un temps de latence "
"supplémentaire dû aux communications entre les routeurs qui ne profite pas "
"directement à l'utilisateur mais consomme néanmoins de la bande passante."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:782(title)
msgid "TCP and UDP"
msgstr "TCP et UDP"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:783(para)
msgid ""
"TCP is a connection-based protocol, offering error correction and guaranteed "
"delivery of data via what is known as <emphasis>flow control</emphasis>. "
"Flow control determines when the flow of a data stream needs to be stopped, "
"and previously sent data packets should to be re-sent due to problems such "
"as <emphasis>collisions</emphasis>, for example, thus ensuring complete and "
"accurate delivery of the data. TCP is typically used in the exchange of "
"important information such as database transactions."
msgstr ""
"TCP est un protocole dit \"connecté\", qui permet la correction d'erreurs, "
"et garantit que les données arriveront à destination grâce à un "
"<emphasis>contrôle de transmission</emphasis>. Le contrôle de transmission "
"détermine quand le flux de données doit être stoppé, et les paquets "
"précédents devraient être retransmis à cause de problèmes comme des "
"<emphasis>collisions</emphasis> par exemple, pour assurer un transport "
"fiable des données. TCP est généralement utilisé dans l'échange de données "
"importantes comme les transactions de bases de données par exemple."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:791(para)
msgid ""
"The User Datagram Protocol (UDP), on the other hand, is a "
"<emphasis>connectionless</emphasis> protocol which seldom deals with the "
"transmission of important data because it lacks flow control or any other "
"method to ensure reliable delivery of the data. UDP is commonly used in such "
"applications as audio and video streaming, where it is considerably faster "
"than TCP due to the lack of error correction and flow control, and where the "
"loss of a few packets is not generally catastrophic."
msgstr ""
"User Datagram Protocol (UDP), à l'inverse, est un protocole dit "
"<emphasis>\"non-connecté\"</emphasis> qui est peu utilisé pour l'échange de "
"données importantes puisqu'il ne gère pas le contrôle de transmission ou "
"d'autres méthodes pour fiabiliser le transport des données. UDP est souvent "
"utilisé dans des applications de diffusion audio ou vidéo car il est plus "
"rapide que TCP grâce à l'absence de correction d'erreur et de contrôle de "
"transmission, mais aussi car la perte de quelques paquets n'est généralement "
"pas importante pour ces applications."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:801(title)
msgid "ICMP"
msgstr "ICMP"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:802(para)
msgid ""
"The Internet Control Messaging Protocol (ICMP) is an extension to the "
"Internet Protocol (IP) as defined in the Request For Comments (RFC) #792 and "
"supports network packets containing control, error, and informational "
"messages. ICMP is used by such network applications as the "
"<application>ping</application> utility, which can determine the "
"availability of a network host or device. Examples of some error messages "
"returned by ICMP which are useful to both network hosts and devices such as "
"routers, include <emphasis>Destination Unreachable</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>Time Exceeded</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Internet Control Messaging Protocol (ICMP) est une extension de Internet "
"Protocol (IP) défini dans la Request For Comments (RFC) #792 et qui supporte "
"les paquets réseau contenant des messages de contrôle, d'erreur, et "
"d'informations. ICMP est utilisé par des application comme "
"<application>ping</application>, qui peut déterminer si un hôte ou un "
"périphérique est en ligne ou non. <emphasis>Destination "
"Unreachable</emphasis> et <emphasis>Time Exceeded</emphasis> sont des "
"exemples de messages retournés par ICMP et qui sont utiles pour des hôtes "
"comme pour des routeurs par exemple."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:812(title)
msgid "Daemons"
msgstr "Démons"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:813(para)
msgid ""
"Daemons are special system applications which typically execute continuously "
"in the background and await requests for the functions they provide from "
"other applications. Many daemons are network-centric; that is, a large "
"number of daemons executing in the background on an Ubuntu system may "
"provide network-related functionality. Some examples of such network daemons "
"include the <emphasis>Hyper Text Transport Protocol Daemon</emphasis> "
"(httpd), which provides web server functionality; the <emphasis>Secure SHell "
"Daemon</emphasis> (sshd), which provides secure remote login shell and file "
"transfer capabilities; and the <emphasis>Internet Message Access Protocol "
"Daemon</emphasis> (imapd), which provides E-Mail services."
msgstr ""
"Les démons sont des applications particulières qui s'exécutent généralement "
"en permanence en tâche de fond, et qui attendent des requêtes venant "
"d'autres applications pour les fonctions qu'ils exercent. De nombreux démons "
"sont liés au réseau, et donc beaucoup de démons dans un système Ubuntu "
"offrent des fonctionnalités pour les réseaux. Les services possibles sont "
"par exemple <emphasis>Hyper Text Transport Protocol Daemon</emphasis> "
"(httpd), qui propose des fonctions de serveur Web, <emphasis>Secure SHell "
"Daemon</emphasis> (sshd), qui permet un accès distant sécurisé au système et "
"le transfert de fichiers sécurisé, ou <emphasis>Internet Message Access "
"Protocol Daemon</emphasis> (imapd), qui offre des services de messagerie "
"électronique."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:828(para)
msgid ""
"There are man pages for <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man7/tcp.7.html\">TCP</uli"
"nk> and <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/man7/ip.7.html\">IP</ulink> "
"that contain more useful information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:834(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/abstracts/gg243376.html\">TCP/IP Tutorial "
"and Technical Overview</ulink> IBM Redbook."
msgstr ""
"Voir aussi les livres rouges d'IBM <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/abstracts/gg243376.html\">TCP/IP Tutorial "
"and Technical Overview</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:840(para)
msgid ""
"Another resource is O'Reilly's <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596002978/\">TCP/IP Network "
"Administration</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Une autre ressource est celle d'O'Reilly <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596002978/\">TCP/IP Network "
"Administration</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:849(title)
msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
msgstr "Protocole de configuration dynamique des hôtes (DHCP)"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:850(para)
msgid ""
"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is a network service that "
"enables host computers to be automatically assigned settings from a server "
"as opposed to manually configuring each network host. Computers configured "
"to be DHCP clients have no control over the settings they receive from the "
"DHCP server, and the configuration is transparent to the computer's user."
msgstr ""
"DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) est un service réseau qui permet "
"aux ordinateurs clients d'être configurés automatiquement à partir d'un "
"serveur. Cela évite la configuration manuelle de chaque client du réseau. "
"Les ordinateurs configurés pour être clients DHCP n'ont aucun contrôle sur "
"les paramètres qu'ils reçoivent du serveur DHCP, et cette configuration est "
"totalement transparente pour l'utilisateur."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:857(para)
msgid ""
"The most common settings provided by a DHCP server to DHCP clients include:"
msgstr ""
"Les éléments de configuration les plus communs fournis par un serveur DHCP à "
"un client DHCP comprennent :"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:862(para)
msgid "IP-Address and Netmask"
msgstr "Adresse IP et masque réseau"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:865(para)
msgid "DNS"
msgstr "DNS"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:868(para)
msgid "WINS"
msgstr "WINS"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:871(para)
msgid ""
"However, a DHCP server can also supply configuration properties such as:"
msgstr ""
"Cependant, un serveur DHCP peut également fournir des éléments de "
"configuration tels que :"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:876(para)
msgid "Host Name"
msgstr "Nom d'hôte"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:879(para)
msgid "Domain Name"
msgstr "Nom de domaine"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:882(para)
msgid "Default Gateway"
msgstr "Passerelle par défaut"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:885(para)
msgid "Time Server"
msgstr "Serveur de temps"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:888(para)
msgid "Print Server"
msgstr "Serveur d'impression"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:891(para)
msgid ""
"The advantage of using DHCP is that changes to the network, for example a "
"change in the address of the DNS server, need only be changed at the DHCP "
"server, and all network hosts will be reconfigured the next time their DHCP "
"clients poll the DHCP server. As an added advantage, it is also easier to "
"integrate new computers into the network, as there is no need to check for "
"the availability of an IP address. Conflicts in IP address allocation are "
"also reduced."
msgstr ""
"L'avantage d'utiliser un serveur DHCP est qu'un changement dans la "
"configuration du réseau, par exemple un changement d'adresse d'un serveur "
"DNS, n'a alors besoin d'être changé que sur le serveur DHCP. Tous les "
"clients réseau seront reconfigurés lors de leur prochaine connexion au "
"serveur DHCP. Un autre avantage est l'intégration plus facile de nouveaux "
"ordinateurs dans le réseau, puisqu'il n'y a pas besoin de vérifier les "
"adresses IP disponibles. Les conflits dans les allocations d'adresses IP "
"sont également réduits."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:899(para)
msgid "A DHCP server can provide configuration settings using two methods:"
msgstr ""
"Un serveur DHCP peut fournir des paramètres de configuration suivant deux "
"méthodes :"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:904(term)
msgid "MAC Address"
msgstr "Adresse MAC"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:906(para)
msgid ""
"This method entails using DHCP to identify the unique hardware address of "
"each network card connected to the network and then continually supplying a "
"constant configuration each time the DHCP client makes a request to the DHCP "
"server using that network device."
msgstr ""
"Le serveur DHCP identifie l'adresse matérielle unique de chaque carte réseau "
"connectée et fournit continuellement la même configuration chaque fois qu'un "
"client DHCP émet une requête au serveur DHCP en utilisant cette même "
"interface réseau."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:915(term)
msgid "Address Pool"
msgstr "Pool d'adresses"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:917(para)
msgid ""
"This method entails defining a pool (sometimes also called a range or scope) "
"of IP addresses from which DHCP clients are supplied their configuration "
"properties dynamically and on a \"first come, first served\" basis. When a "
"DHCP client is no longer on the network for a specified period, the "
"configuration is expired and released back to the address pool for use by "
"other DHCP Clients."
msgstr ""
"Cette méthode nous amène à définir une plage d'adresses IP qui servira à "
"paramétrer les clients DHCP sur une base « premier arrivé, premier servi ». "
"Lorsqu'un client DHCP n'est plus connecté au réseau pendant un laps de temps "
"défini, le paramétrage expire et son adresse est de nouveau disponible pour "
"un autre client."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:928(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu is shipped with both DHCP server and client. The server is "
"<application>dhcpd</application> (dynamic host configuration protocol "
"daemon). The client provided with Ubuntu is "
"<application>dhclient</application> and should be installed on all computers "
"required to be automatically configured. Both programs are easy to install "
"and configure and will be automatically started at system boot."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu est livré avec un serveur et un client DHCP. Le serveur est "
"l'application <application>dhcpd</application> (dynamic host configuration "
"protocol daemon). L'application cliente fournie avec Ubuntu est "
"<application>dhclient</application> et doit être installée sur tous les "
"ordinateurs devant être configurés automatiquement. Les deux programmes sont "
"faciles à installer et à configurer et seront automatiquement démarrés lors "
"du démarrage du système."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:938(para)
msgid ""
"At a terminal prompt, enter the following command to install "
"<application>dhcpd</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer <application>dhcpd</application>, exécutez la commande "
"suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:943(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install dhcp3-server"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install dhcp3-server"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:945(para)
msgid ""
"You will probably need to change the default configuration by editing "
"/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf to suit your needs and particular configuration."
msgstr ""
"Il vous faudra probablement changer la configuration par défaut en éditant "
"le fichier /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf et en l'adaptant à vos besoins particuliers."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:949(para)
msgid ""
"You also need to edit /etc/default/dhcp3-server to specify the interfaces "
"dhcpd should listen to. By default it listens to eth0."
msgstr ""
"Vous devrez aussi éditer le fichier /etc/default/dhcp3-server pour préciser "
"de quelles interfaces dhcpd devra se mettre à l'écoute. Par défaut, il "
"écoute eth0."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:953(para)
msgid ""
"NOTE: dhcpd's messages are being sent to syslog. Look there for diagnostics "
"messages."
msgstr ""
"NOTE : les messages de dhcpd sont envoyés à syslog. Consultez ce journal "
"pour récupérer les messages de diagnostiques."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:960(para)
msgid ""
"The error message the installation ends with might be a little confusing, "
"but the following steps will help you configure the service:"
msgstr ""
"Le message d'erreur qui termine l'installation est un peu déroutant, mais "
"les étapes suivantes vont vous aider à configurer proprement le service :"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:964(para)
msgid ""
"Most commonly, what you want to do is assign an IP address randomly. This "
"can be done with settings as follows:"
msgstr ""
"Le plus souvent, vous voudrez allouer les adresses IP aléatoirement. Ceci "
"peut être fait avec la configuration suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:968(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# Sample /etc/dhcpd.conf\n"
"# (add your comments here) \n"
"default-lease-time 600;\n"
"max-lease-time 7200;\n"
"option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n"
"option broadcast-address 192.168.1.255;\n"
"option routers 192.168.1.254;\n"
"option domain-name-servers 192.168.1.1, 192.168.1.2;\n"
"option domain-name \"mydomain.example\";\n"
"\n"
"subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n"
"range 192.168.1.10 192.168.1.100;\n"
"range 192.168.1.150 192.168.1.200;\n"
"} \n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# Sample /etc/dhcpd.conf\n"
"# (add your comments here) \n"
"default-lease-time 600;\n"
"max-lease-time 7200;\n"
"option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n"
"option broadcast-address 192.168.1.255;\n"
"option routers 192.168.1.254;\n"
"option domain-name-servers 192.168.1.1, 192.168.1.2;\n"
"option domain-name \"mydomain.example\";\n"
"\n"
"subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n"
"range 192.168.1.10 192.168.1.100;\n"
"range 192.168.1.150 192.168.1.200;\n"
"} \n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:984(para)
msgid ""
"This will result in the DHCP server giving a client an IP address from the "
"range 192.168.1.10-192.168.1.100 or 192.168.1.150-192.168.1.200. It will "
"lease an IP address for 600 seconds if the client doesn't ask for a specific "
"time frame. Otherwise the maximum (allowed) lease will be 7200 seconds. The "
"server will also \"advise\" the client that it should use 255.255.255.0 as "
"its subnet mask, 192.168.1.255 as its broadcast address, 192.168.1.254 as "
"the router/gateway and 192.168.1.1 and 192.168.1.2 as its DNS servers."
msgstr ""
"Ainsi, le serveur DHCP fournira à chaque client une adresse IP appartenant "
"aux plages 192.168.1.10 - 192.168.1.100 ou 192.168.1.150 - 192.168.1.200. "
"L'adresse IP sera allouée pendant 600 secondes si le client n'a pas spécifié "
"de durée particulière. De toute manière, la durée allouée maximale est fixée "
"à 7200 secondes. De plus, le serveur va « recommander » au client d'utiliser "
"255.255.255.0 comme masque de sous-réseau, 192.168.1.255 comme adresse de "
"diffusion (broadcast), 192.168.1.254 comme adresse de routeur / passerelle "
"et les adresses 192.168.1.1 et 192.168.1.2 pour les serveurs DNS."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:993(para)
msgid ""
"If you need to specify a WINS server for your Windows clients, you will need "
"to include the netbios-name-servers option, e.g."
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez besoin de spécifier un serveur WINS pour vos clients Windows, "
"vous devrez par exemple utiliser l'option netbios-name-servers."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:997(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"option netbios-name-servers 192.168.1.1; \n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"option netbios-name-servers 192.168.1.1; \n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1000(para)
msgid ""
"Dhcpd configuration settings are taken from the DHCP mini-HOWTO, which can "
"be found <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/DHCP/index.html\">here</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Les paramètres de configuration dhcpd sont tirés du petit manuel DHCP, que "
"vous pouvez trouver <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/translations/fr/html-"
"1page/DHCP.html\">ici</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1010(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/dhcp3-server\">dhcp3-"
"server Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page has more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1015(para)
msgid ""
"For more <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dchpd.conf</filename> options see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man5/dhcpd.conf.5.html\">d"
"hcpd.conf man page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1021(para)
msgid ""
"Also see the <ulink url=\"http://www.dhcp-handbook.com/dhcp_faq.html\">DHCP "
"FAQ</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Voyez aussi la <ulink url=\"http://www.dhcp-handbook.com/dhcp_faq.html\">FAQ "
"DHCP</ulink> (en anglais)"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1031(title)
msgid "Time Synchronisation with NTP"
msgstr "Synchronisation temporelle avec NTP"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1032(para)
msgid ""
"This page describes methods for keeping your computer's time accurate. This "
"is useful for servers, but is not necessary (or desirable) for desktop "
"machines."
msgstr ""
"Cette page décrit différentes méthodes pour maintenir votre ordinateur à "
"l'heure. C'est utile pour les serveurs, mais n'est pas nécessaire (ou "
"souhaité) pour des machines de bureau."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1035(para)
msgid ""
"NTP is a TCP/IP protocol for synchronising time over a network. Basically a "
"client requests the current time from a server, and uses it to set its own "
"clock."
msgstr ""
"NTP est un protocole TCP/IP permettant de synchroniser les horloges à "
"travers un réseau. De manière basique, un client demande l'heure actuelle à "
"un serveur et l'utilise pour ajuster sa propre horloge."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1038(para)
msgid ""
"Behind this simple description, there is a lot of complexity - there are "
"tiers of NTP servers, with the tier one NTP servers connected to atomic "
"clocks (often via GPS), and tier two and three servers spreading the load of "
"actually handling requests across the Internet. Also the client software is "
"a lot more complex than you might think - it has to factor out communication "
"delays, and adjust the time in a way that does not upset all the other "
"processes that run on the server. But luckily all that complexity is hidden "
"from you!"
msgstr ""
"Derrière cette description simple se cachent des choses complexes. Il y a "
"différents  de serveurs NTP. Le niveau un est connecté aux horloges "
"atomiques, les niveaux deux et trois répartissent la charge des requêtes à "
"travers Internet. Le logiciel client lui-même est plus complexe que vous ne "
"le pensez. Il doit prendre en compte les délais de communication et ajuster "
"l'heure afin que cela ne perturbe pas les autres processus d'un serveur. "
"Heureusement ceci est transparent pour vous."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1041(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu has two ways of automatically setting your time: ntpdate and ntpd."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu dispose de deux méthodes pour mettre à jour automatiquement votre "
"horloge : ntpdate et ntpd."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1046(title)
msgid "ntpdate"
msgstr "ntpdate"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1047(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu comes with ntpdate as standard, and will run it once at boot time to "
"set up your time according to Ubuntu's NTP server. However, a server's clock "
"is likely to drift considerably between reboots, so it makes sense to "
"correct the time occasionally. The easiest way to do this is to get cron to "
"run ntpdate every day. With your favorite editor, as root, create a file "
"<code>/etc/cron.daily/ntpdate</code> containing:"
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu est fournie avec ntpdate en standard. Il sera lancé une fois au "
"démarrage pour synchroniser l'horloge avec les serveurs de temps (NTP) "
"d'Ubuntu. Néanmoins, une horloge de serveur a tendance à dériver énormément "
"entre les redémarrages. Il est donc approprié de la synchroniser de temps en "
"temps. La manière la plus simple est d'utiliser cron pour exécuter ntpdate "
"chaque jour. Avec votre éditeur de texte, en tant que root, créez un fichier "
"<code>/etc/cron.daily/ntpdate</code> contenant :"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1052(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "ntpdate ntp.ubuntu.com\n"
msgstr "ntpdate ntp.ubuntu.com\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1054(para)
msgid ""
"The file <code>/etc/cron.daily/ntpdate</code> must also be executable."
msgstr ""
"Le fichier <code>/etc/cron.daily/ntpdate</code> doit également être "
"exécutable."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1057(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo chmod 755 /etc/cron.daily/ntpdate\n"
msgstr "sudo chmod 755 /etc/cron.daily/ntpdate\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1061(title)
msgid "ntpd"
msgstr "ntpd"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1062(para)
msgid ""
"ntpdate is a bit of a blunt instrument - it can only adjust the time once a "
"day, in one big correction. The ntp daemon ntpd is far more subtle. It "
"calculates the drift of your system clock and continuously adjusts it, so "
"there are no large corrections that could lead to inconsistent logs for "
"instance. The cost is a little processing power and memory, but for a modern "
"server this is negligible."
msgstr ""
"ntpdate est un utilitaire un peu brut ; il peut uniquement ajuster l'horloge "
"une fois par jour en faisant une grosse correction. Le démon NTP ntpd est "
"beaucoup plus subtil. Il calcule la dérive de l'horloge de votre système et "
"l'ajuste continuellement, ainsi il n'y a pas de corrections importantes qui "
"peuvent entraîner des journaux incohérents par exemple. Cela utilise un peu "
"de puissance de traitement et de mémoire, mais pour un serveur moderne c'est "
"négligeable."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1065(para)
msgid "To set up ntpd:"
msgstr "Pour paramétrer ntpd :"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1066(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo apt-get install ntp\n"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install ntp\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1071(title)
msgid "Changing Time Servers"
msgstr "Modifier les serveurs de temps"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1072(para)
msgid ""
"In both cases above, your system will use Ubuntu's NTP server at "
"<code>ntp.ubuntu.com</code> by default. This is OK, but you might want to "
"use several servers to increase accuracy and resilience, and you may want to "
"use time servers that are geographically closer to you. to do this for "
"ntpdate, change the contents of <code>/etc/cron.daily/ntpdate</code> to:"
msgstr ""
"Dans les deux cas précédents, votre système utilisera par défaut le serveur "
"NTP d'Ubuntu à l'adresse <code>ntp.ubuntu.com</code>. C'est correct, mais "
"vous pouvez vouloir utiliser plusieurs serveurs afin d'augmenter la "
"précision et l'endurance du système et vous voulez peut-être utiliser des "
"serveurs qui sont plus proche de chez vous. Pour faire cela avec ntpdate, "
"changez le contenu de <code>/etc/cron.daily/ntpdate</code> par :"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1079(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "ntpdate ntp.ubuntu.com pool.ntp.org \n"
msgstr "ntpdate ntp.ubuntu.com pool.ntp.org \n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1081(para)
msgid ""
"And for ntpd edit <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> to include additional server "
"lines:"
msgstr ""
"Et pour ntpd ouvrez <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> pour y inclure les lignes des "
"serveurs supplémentaires :"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1086(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"server ntp.ubuntu.com\n"
"server pool.ntp.org\n"
msgstr ""
"server ntp.ubuntu.com\n"
"server pool.ntp.org\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1089(para)
msgid ""
"You may notice <code>pool.ntp.org</code> in the examples above. This is a "
"really good idea which uses round-robin DNS to return an NTP server from a "
"pool, spreading the load between several different servers. Even better, "
"they have pools for different regions - for instance, if you are in New "
"Zealand, so you could use <code>nz.pool.ntp.org</code> instead of "
"<code>pool.ntp.org</code> . Look at <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.pool.ntp.org/\">http://www.pool.ntp.org/</ulink> for more "
"details."
msgstr ""
"Vous avez peut-être remarqué <code>pool.ntp.org</code> dans l'exemple "
"précédent. C'est une très bonne idée d'utiliser un serveur DNS à répartition "
"de charge pour utiliser un serveur NTP au sein d'un groupe de serveurs "
"(pool), répartissant ainsi la charge entre plusieurs serveurs différents. "
"Encore mieux, il y a des groupes de serveurs pour différentes régions, par "
"exemple, si vous habitez en France, alors vous pouvez utiliser "
"<code>fr.pool.ntp.org</code> au lieu de <code>pool.ntp.org</code>. Regardez "
"sur <ulink url=\"http://www.pool.ntp.org/\">http://www.pool.ntp.org/</ulink> "
"pour plus de renseignements."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1100(para)
msgid ""
"You can also Google for NTP servers in your region, and add these to your "
"configuration. To test that a server works, just type <code>sudo ntpdate "
"ntp.server.name</code> and see what happens."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez aussi rechercher sur Internet des serveurs NTP dans votre "
"région, et les rajouter à votre configuration. Pour tester si un serveur "
"fonctionne, saisissez uniquement <code>sudo ntpdate ntp.nom.serveur</code> "
"dans un terminal et regardez ce qui se passe."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1111(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UbuntuTime\">Ubuntu "
"Time</ulink> wiki page for more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1117(ulink)
msgid "NTP Support"
msgstr "L'assistance de NTP"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1122(ulink)
msgid "The NTP FAQ and HOWTO"
msgstr "FAQ et guides sur NTP"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:13(title)
msgid "Network Authentication"
msgstr "Authentification réseau"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:15(para)
msgid "This section explains various Network Authentication protocols."
msgstr ""
"Cette partie présente plusieurs protocoles d'authentification réseau."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:19(title)
msgid "OpenLDAP Server"
msgstr "Serveur OpenLDAP"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:20(para)
msgid ""
"LDAP is an acronym for Lightweight Directory Access Protocol, it is a "
"simplified version of the X.500 protocol. The directory setup in this "
"section will be used for authentication. Nevertheless, LDAP can be used in "
"numerous ways: authentication, shared directory (for mail clients), address "
"book, etc."
msgstr ""
"LDAP signifie Lightweight Directory Access Protocol, c'est une version "
"simplifiée du protocole X.500. La configuration de l'annuaire dans cette "
"section sera utilisée pour l'authentification. Néanmoins, un annuaire LDAP "
"peut-être utilisé de différentes façons : authentification, annuaire partagé "
"(pour les clients de messagerie), carnet d'adresses, etc."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:28(para)
msgid ""
"To describe LDAP quickly, all information is stored in a tree structure. "
"With <application>OpenLDAP</application> you have freedom to determine the "
"directory arborescence (the Directory Information Tree: the DIT) yourself. "
"We will begin with a basic tree containing two nodes below the root:"
msgstr ""
"Pour décrire rapidement LDAP, toutes les informations sont stockées dans une "
"structure arborescente. Avec <application>OpenLDAP</application> vous avez "
"la liberté de déterminer vous-même l'arborescence de l'annuaire (Directory "
"Information Tree ou DIT). Nous allons démarrer avec une arborescence basique "
"contenant deux nœuds sous la racine :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:37(para)
msgid "\"People\" node where your users will be stored"
msgstr ""
"Le nœud « Personnes » dans lequel seront enregistrés vos utilisateurs"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:40(para)
msgid "\"Groups\" node where your groups will be stored"
msgstr "Le nœud « Groupes » dans lequel seront enregistrés vos groupes."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:44(para)
msgid ""
"Before beginning, you should determine what the root of your LDAP directory "
"will be. By default, your tree will be determined by your Fully Qualified "
"Domain Name (FQDN). If your domain is example.com (which we will use in this "
"example), your root node will be dc=example,dc=com."
msgstr ""
"Avant de commencer, vous devez déterminer quelle sera la racine de votre "
"annuaire LDAP. Par défaut, votre arbre sera déterminé par votre nom de "
"domaine pleinement qualifié (FQDN). Si votre domaine est exemple.com (qu'on "
"utilisera dans cette exemple), votre nœud racine sera dc=exemple,dc=com."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:54(para)
msgid ""
"First, install the <application>OpenLDAP</application> server daemon "
"<application>slapd</application> and <application>ldap-utils</application>, "
"a package containing LDAP management utilities:"
msgstr ""
"Tout d'abord, installez le démon <application>slapd</application> du serveur "
"<application>OpenLDAP</application> et <application>ldap-"
"utils</application>, un paquet contenant les outils de gestion de LDAP :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:60(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install slapd ldap-utils"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install slapd ldap-utils"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:63(para)
msgid ""
"By default <application>slapd</application> is configured with minimal "
"options needed to run the <application>slapd</application> daemon."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:68(para)
msgid ""
"The configuration example in the following sections will match the domain "
"name of the server. For example, if the machine's Fully Qualified Domain "
"Name (FQDN) is ldap.example.com, the default suffix will be "
"<emphasis>dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:76(title)
msgid "Populating LDAP"
msgstr "Peuplement de LDAP"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:78(para)
msgid ""
"<application>OpenLDAP</application> uses a separate directory which contains "
"the <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> Directory Information Tree (DIT). The "
"<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> DIT is used to dynamically configure the "
"<application>slapd</application> daemon, allowing the modification of schema "
"definitions, indexes, ACLs, etc without stopping the service."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:86(para)
msgid ""
"The backend <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> directory has only a minimal "
"configuration and will need additional configuration options in order to "
"populate the frontend directory. The frontend will be populated with a "
"\"classical\" scheme that will be compatible with address book applications "
"and with Unix Posix accounts. Posix accounts will allow authentication to "
"various applications, such as web applications, email Mail Transfer Agent "
"(MTA) applications, etc."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:95(para)
msgid ""
"For external applications to authenticate using LDAP they will each need to "
"be specifically configured to do so. Refer to the individual application "
"documentation for details."
msgstr ""
"Chaque application externe devant utiliser l'authentification LDAP devra "
"être spécifiquement configurée. Consultez la documentation de chacune de ces "
"applications pour plus de renseignements."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:103(para)
msgid ""
"Remember to change <emphasis>dc=example,dc=com</emphasis> in the following "
"examples to match your LDAP configuration."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:108(para)
msgid ""
"First, some additional schema files need to be loaded. In a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:113(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:702(command)
msgid "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.ldif"
msgstr ""
"sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:114(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:703(command)
msgid "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /etc/ldap/schema/nis.ldif"
msgstr "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /etc/ldap/schema/nis.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:115(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:704(command)
msgid ""
"sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.ldif"
msgstr ""
"sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:118(para)
msgid ""
"Next, copy the following example LDIF file, naming it "
"<filename>backend.example.com.ldif</filename>, somewhere on your system:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:123(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# Load dynamic backend modules\n"
"dn: cn=module,cn=config\n"
"objectClass: olcModuleList\n"
"cn: module\n"
"olcModulepath: /usr/lib/ldap\n"
"olcModuleload: back_hdb\n"
"\n"
"# Database settings\n"
"dn: olcDatabase=hdb,cn=config\n"
"objectClass: olcDatabaseConfig\n"
"objectClass: olcHdbConfig\n"
"olcDatabase: {1}hdb\n"
"olcSuffix: dc=example,dc=com\n"
"olcDbDirectory: /var/lib/ldap\n"
"olcRootDN: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"olcRootPW: secret\n"
"olcDbConfig: set_cachesize 0 2097152 0\n"
"olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_objects 1500\n"
"olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_locks 1500\n"
"olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_lockers 1500\n"
"olcDbIndex: objectClass eq\n"
"olcLastMod: TRUE\n"
"olcDbCheckpoint: 512 30\n"
"olcAccess: to attrs=userPassword by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write "
"by anonymous auth by self write by * none\n"
"olcAccess: to attrs=shadowLastChange by self write by * read\n"
"olcAccess: to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
"olcAccess: to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by * read\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:155(para)
msgid ""
"Change <emphasis>olcRootPW: secret</emphasis> to a password of your choosing."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:160(para)
msgid "Now add the LDIF to the directory:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:165(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:746(command)
msgid "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f backend.example.com.ldif"
msgstr "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f backend.exemple.com.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:168(para)
msgid ""
"The frontend directory is now ready to be populated. Create a "
"<filename>frontend.example.com.ldif</filename> with the following contents:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:173(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# Create top-level object in domain\n"
"dn: dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: top\n"
"objectClass: dcObject\n"
"objectclass: organization\n"
"o: Example Organization\n"
"dc: Example\n"
"description: LDAP Example \n"
"\n"
"# Admin user.\n"
"dn: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: simpleSecurityObject\n"
"objectClass: organizationalRole\n"
"cn: admin\n"
"description: LDAP administrator\n"
"userPassword: secret\n"
"\n"
"dn: ou=people,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: organizationalUnit\n"
"ou: people\n"
"\n"
"dn: ou=groups,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: organizationalUnit\n"
"ou: groups\n"
"\n"
"dn: uid=john,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: inetOrgPerson\n"
"objectClass: posixAccount\n"
"objectClass: shadowAccount\n"
"uid: john\n"
"sn: Doe\n"
"givenName: John\n"
"cn: John Doe\n"
"displayName: John Doe\n"
"uidNumber: 1000\n"
"gidNumber: 10000\n"
"userPassword: password\n"
"gecos: John Doe\n"
"loginShell: /bin/bash\n"
"homeDirectory: /home/john\n"
"shadowExpire: -1\n"
"shadowFlag: 0\n"
"shadowWarning: 7\n"
"shadowMin: 8\n"
"shadowMax: 999999\n"
"shadowLastChange: 10877\n"
"mail: john.doe@example.com\n"
"postalCode: 31000\n"
"l: Toulouse\n"
"o: Example\n"
"mobile: +33 (0)6 xx xx xx xx\n"
"homePhone: +33 (0)5 xx xx xx xx\n"
"title: System Administrator\n"
"postalAddress: \n"
"initials: JD\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn=example,ou=groups,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: posixGroup\n"
"cn: example\n"
"gidNumber: 10000\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# Créer un objet de haut niveau dans le domaine\n"
"dn: dc=exemple,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: top\n"
"objectClass: dcObject\n"
"objectclass: organization\n"
"o: Entreprise Exemple\n"
"dc: Exemple\n"
"description: LDAP d'Exemple \n"
"\n"
"# Utilisateur admin.\n"
"dn: cn=admin,dc=exemple,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: simpleSecurityObject\n"
"objectClass: organizationalRole\n"
"cn: admin\n"
"description: administrateur LDAP\n"
"userPassword: secret\n"
"\n"
"dn: ou=people,dc=exemple,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: organizationalUnit\n"
"ou: people\n"
"\n"
"dn: ou=groups,dc=exemple,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: organizationalUnit\n"
"ou: groups\n"
"\n"
"dn: uid=john,ou=people,dc=exemple,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: inetOrgPerson\n"
"objectClass: posixAccount\n"
"objectClass: shadowAccount\n"
"uid: john\n"
"sn: Doe\n"
"givenName: John\n"
"cn: John Doe\n"
"displayName: John Doe\n"
"uidNumber: 1000\n"
"gidNumber: 10000\n"
"userPassword: password\n"
"gecos: John Doe\n"
"loginShell: /bin/bash\n"
"homeDirectory: /home/john\n"
"shadowExpire: -1\n"
"shadowFlag: 0\n"
"shadowWarning: 7\n"
"shadowMin: 8\n"
"shadowMax: 999999\n"
"shadowLastChange: 10877\n"
"mail: john.doe@exemple.com\n"
"postalCode: 31000\n"
"l: Toulouse\n"
"o: Exemple\n"
"mobile: +33 (0)6 xx xx xx xx\n"
"homePhone: +33 (0)5 xx xx xx xx\n"
"title: Administrateur système\n"
"postalAddress: \n"
"initials: JD\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn=exemple,ou=groups,dc=exemple,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: posixGroup\n"
"cn: exemple\n"
"gidNumber: 10000\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:236(para)
msgid ""
"In this example the directory structure, a user, and a group have been "
"setup. In other examples you might see the <emphasis>objectClass: "
"top</emphasis> added in every entry, but that is the default behaviour so "
"you do not have to add it explicitly."
msgstr ""
"Dans cet exemple, la structure de l'annuaire, un utilisateur et un groupe "
"ont été configurés. Dans d'autres exemples, vous risquez de voir "
"<emphasis>objectClass: top</emphasis> ajouté dans chaque entrée, mais ceci "
"est le comportement par défaut, vous n'avez donc pas à l'ajouter "
"explicitement."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:243(para)
msgid "Add the entries to the LDAP directory:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:249(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:757(command)
msgid ""
"sudo ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com -W -f frontend.example.com.ldif"
msgstr ""
"sudo ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,dc=exemple,dc=com -W -f frontend.exemple.com.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:252(para)
msgid ""
"We can check that the content has been correctly added with the "
"<application>ldapsearch</application> utility. Execute a search of the LDAP "
"directory:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:258(command)
msgid "ldapsearch -xLLL -b \"dc=example,dc=com\" uid=john sn givenName cn"
msgstr "ldapsearch -xLLL -b \"dc=example,dc=com\" uid=john sn givenName cn"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:259(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: uid=john,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"cn: John Doe\n"
"sn: Doe\n"
"givenName: John\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"dn: uid=john,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"cn: John Doe\n"
"sn: Doe\n"
"givenName: John\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:267(para)
msgid "Just a quick explanation:"
msgstr "Voici une brève explication :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:273(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>-x:</emphasis> will not use SASL authentication method, which is "
"the default."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>-x :</emphasis> n'utilisera pas la méthode d'authentification "
"SASL, qui est celle par défaut."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:279(para)
msgid "<emphasis>-LLL:</emphasis> disable printing LDIF schema information."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>-LLL :</emphasis> désactive l'affichage du schéma d'information "
"LDIF."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:287(title)
msgid "Further Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:290(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> tree can be manipulated using the "
"utilities in the <application>ldap-utils</application> package. For example:"
msgstr ""
"L'arborescence <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> peut être manipulée avec les "
"utilitaires du paquet <application>ldap-utils</application>. Par exemple :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:298(para)
msgid ""
"Use <application>ldapsearch</application> to view the tree, entering the "
"admin password set during installation or reconfiguration:"
msgstr ""
"Utilisez <application>ldapsearch</application> pour afficher l'arborescence, "
"en saisissant le mot de passe administrateur défini lors de l'installation "
"ou la re-configuration :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:304(command)
msgid "sudo ldapsearch -LLL -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -b cn=config dn"
msgstr "sudo ldapsearch -LLL -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -b cn=config dn"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:308(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"SASL/EXTERNAL authentication started\n"
"SASL username: gidNumber=0+uidNumber=0,cn=peercred,cn=external,cn=auth\n"
"SASL SSF: 0\n"
"dn: cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn=module{0},cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={0}core,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={1}cosine,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={2}nis,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={3}inetorgperson,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={-1}frontend,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:334(para)
msgid ""
"The output above is the current configuration options for the "
"<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> backend database. Your output may be vary."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:342(para)
msgid ""
"As an example of modifying the <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> tree, add "
"another attribute to the index list using "
"<application>ldapmodify</application>:"
msgstr ""
"À titre d'exemple de modification de l'arborescence "
"<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis>, ajoutez un attribut à la liste d'index en "
"utilisant <application>ldapmodify</application>  :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:348(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:984(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1155(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1191(command)
msgid "sudo ldapmodify -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:///"
msgstr "sudo ldapmodify -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:///"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:356(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: uidNumber eq"
msgstr ""
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: uidNumber eq"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:352(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"SASL/EXTERNAL authentication started\n"
"SASL username: gidNumber=0+uidNumber=0,cn=peercred,cn=external,cn=auth\n"
"SASL SSF: 0\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:364(para)
msgid ""
"Once the modification has completed, press <emphasis>Ctrl+D</emphasis> to "
"exit the utility."
msgstr ""
"Appuyez sur <emphasis>Ctrl+D</emphasis> une fois les modifications "
"effectuées pour quitter l'utilitaire."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:371(para)
msgid ""
"<application>ldapmodify</application> can also read the changes from a file. "
"Copy and paste the following into a file named "
"<filename>uid_index.ldif</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"<application>ldapmodify</application> peut aussi utiliser un fichier pour "
"faire des modifications. Copiez et collez ce qui suit dans un fichier nommé "
"<filename>uid_index.ldif</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:376(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: uid eq,pres,sub\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: uid eq,pres,sub\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:382(para)
msgid "Then execute <application>ldapmodify</application>:"
msgstr "Lancez ensuite <application>ldapmodify</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:387(command)
msgid "sudo ldapmodify -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f uid_index.ldif"
msgstr "sudo ldapmodify -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f uid_index.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:391(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"SASL/EXTERNAL authentication started\n"
"SASL username: gidNumber=0+uidNumber=0,cn=peercred,cn=external,cn=auth\n"
"SASL SSF: 0\n"
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:399(para)
msgid "The file method is very useful for large changes."
msgstr ""
"L'injection par fichier est très utile pour des changements importants (en "
"quantité)."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:406(para)
msgid ""
"Adding additional <emphasis>schemas</emphasis> to "
"<application>slapd</application> requires the schema to be converted to LDIF "
"format. The <filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ldap/schema</filename> "
"directory contains some schema files already converted to LDIF format as "
"demonstrated in the previous section. Fortunately, the "
"<application>slapd</application> program can be used to automate the "
"conversion. The following example will add the "
"<emphasis>dyngoup.schema</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:416(para)
msgid ""
"First, create a conversion <filename>schema_convert.conf</filename> file "
"containing the following lines:"
msgstr ""
"Créez d'abord un fichier de conversion "
"<filename>schema_convert.conf</filename> contenant les lignes :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:421(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/core.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/collective.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/corba.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/duaconf.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/dyngroup.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/java.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/misc.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/nis.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/openldap.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/ppolicy.schema\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/core.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/collective.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/corba.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/duaconf.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/dyngroup.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/java.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/misc.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/nis.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/openldap.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/ppolicy.schema\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:439(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1655(para)
msgid "Next, create a temporary directory to hold the output:"
msgstr "Ensuite, créez un dossier temporaire pour conserver le résultat :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:444(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1660(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2695(command)
msgid "mkdir /tmp/ldif_output"
msgstr "mkdir /tmp/ldif_output"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:450(para)
msgid ""
"Now using <application>slapcat</application> convert the schema files to "
"LDIF:"
msgstr ""
"Maintenant, en utilisant <application>slapcat</application>, convertissez "
"les fichiers de schéma en LDIF :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:455(command)
msgid ""
"slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F /tmp/ldif_output -n0 -s "
"\"cn={5}dyngroup,cn=schema,cn=config\" &gt; /tmp/cn=dyngroup.ldif"
msgstr ""
"slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F /tmp/ldif_output -n0 -s "
"\"cn={5}dyngroup,cn=schema,cn=config\" &gt; /tmp/cn=dyngroup.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:458(para)
msgid ""
"Adjust the configuration file name and temporary directory names if yours "
"are different. Also, it may be worthwhile to keep the "
"<filename>ldif_output</filename> directory around in case you want to add "
"additional schemas in the future."
msgstr ""
"Adaptez le nom du fichier de configuration et les noms des dossiers "
"temporaires si les vôtres sont différents. Il peut également être "
"intéressant de conserver le dossier <filename>ldif_output</filename> quelque "
"part, au cas où vous voudriez ajouter d'autres schémas par la suite."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:467(para)
msgid ""
"Edit the <filename>/tmp/cn\\=dyngroup.ldif</filename> file, changing the "
"following attributes:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:471(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: cn=dyngroup,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"...\n"
"cn: dyngroup\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"dn: cn=dyngroup,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"...\n"
"cn: dyngroup\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:477(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1691(para)
msgid "And remove the following lines from the bottom of the file:"
msgstr "Et supprimez les lignes suivantes situées en fin de fichier :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:481(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"structuralObjectClass: olcSchemaConfig\n"
"entryUUID: 10dae0ea-0760-102d-80d3-f9366b7f7757\n"
"creatorsName: cn=config\n"
"createTimestamp: 20080826021140Z\n"
"entryCSN: 20080826021140.791425Z#000000#000#000000\n"
"modifiersName: cn=config\n"
"modifyTimestamp: 20080826021140Z\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"structuralObjectClass: olcSchemaConfig\n"
"entryUUID: 10dae0ea-0760-102d-80d3-f9366b7f7757\n"
"creatorsName: cn=config\n"
"createTimestamp: 20080826021140Z\n"
"entryCSN: 20080826021140.791425Z#000000#000#000000\n"
"modifiersName: cn=config\n"
"modifyTimestamp: 20080826021140Z\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:492(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1706(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2741(para)
msgid ""
"The attribute values will vary, just be sure the attributes are removed."
msgstr ""
"Les valeurs des attributs peuvent varier, assurez-vous simplement qu'ils "
"soient supprimés."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:500(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1714(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, using the <application>ldapadd</application> utility, add the new "
"schema to the directory:"
msgstr ""
"Finalement, ajoutez le nouveau schéma au dossier en utilisant "
"<application>ldapadd</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:506(command)
msgid "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /tmp/cn\\=dyngroup.ldif"
msgstr "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /tmp/cn\\=dyngroup.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:512(para)
msgid ""
"There should now be a <emphasis>dn: "
"cn={4}dyngroup,cn=schema,cn=config</emphasis> entry in the cn=config tree."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:522(title)
msgid "LDAP Replication"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:524(para)
msgid ""
"LDAP often quickly becomes a highly critical service to the network. "
"Multiple systems will come to depend on LDAP for authentication, "
"authorization, configuration, etc. It is a good idea to setup a redundant "
"system through replication."
msgstr ""
"LDAP peut souvent devenir un service crucial sur le réseau. Plusieurs "
"systèmes en deviennent dépendants pour l'authentification, l'autorisation, "
"la configuration, etc. Il est donc judicieux de mettre en place un service "
"redondant grâce à la réplication."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:530(para)
msgid ""
"Replication is achieved using the <emphasis>Syncrepl</emphasis> engine. "
"Syncrepl allows the changes to be synced using a "
"<emphasis>consumer</emphasis>, <emphasis>provider</emphasis> model. A "
"provider sends directory changes to consumers."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:537(title)
msgid "Provider Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:539(para)
msgid ""
"The following is an example of a <emphasis>Single-Master</emphasis> "
"configuration. In this configuration one OpenLDAP server is configured as a "
"<emphasis>provider</emphasis> and another as a <emphasis>consumer</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:547(para)
msgid ""
"First, configure the provider server. Copy the following to a file named "
"<filename>provider_sync.ldif</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:552(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# Add indexes to the frontend db.\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"changetype: modify\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: entryCSN eq\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: entryUUID eq\n"
"\n"
"#Load the syncprov and accesslog modules.\n"
"dn: cn=module{0},cn=config\n"
"changetype: modify\n"
"add: olcModuleLoad\n"
"olcModuleLoad: syncprov\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcModuleLoad\n"
"olcModuleLoad: accesslog\n"
"\n"
"# Accesslog database definitions\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={2}hdb,cn=config\n"
"objectClass: olcDatabaseConfig\n"
"objectClass: olcHdbConfig\n"
"olcDatabase: {2}hdb\n"
"olcDbDirectory: /var/lib/ldap/accesslog\n"
"olcSuffix: cn=accesslog\n"
"olcRootDN: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"olcDbIndex: default eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: entryCSN,objectClass,reqEnd,reqResult,reqStart\n"
"\n"
"# Accesslog db syncprov.\n"
"dn: olcOverlay=syncprov,olcDatabase={2}hdb,cn=config\n"
"changetype: add\n"
"objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
"objectClass: olcSyncProvConfig\n"
"olcOverlay: syncprov\n"
"olcSpNoPresent: TRUE\n"
"olcSpReloadHint: TRUE\n"
"\n"
"# syncrepl Provider for primary db\n"
"dn: olcOverlay=syncprov,olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"changetype: add\n"
"objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
"objectClass: olcSyncProvConfig\n"
"olcOverlay: syncprov\n"
"olcSpNoPresent: TRUE\n"
"\n"
"# accesslog overlay definitions for primary db\n"
"dn: olcOverlay=accesslog,olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
"objectClass: olcAccessLogConfig\n"
"olcOverlay: accesslog\n"
"olcAccessLogDB: cn=accesslog\n"
"olcAccessLogOps: writes\n"
"olcAccessLogSuccess: TRUE\n"
"# scan the accesslog DB every day, and purge entries older than 7 days\n"
"olcAccessLogPurge: 07+00:00 01+00:00\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:614(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>AppArmor</application> profile for "
"<application>slapd</application> will need to be adjusted for the accesslog "
"database location. Edit <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.slapd</filename> "
"adding:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:619(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"  /var/lib/ldap/accesslog/ r,\n"
"  /var/lib/ldap/accesslog/** rwk,\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"  /var/lib/ldap/accesslog/ r,\n"
"  /var/lib/ldap/accesslog/** rwk,\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:624(para)
msgid ""
"Then create the directory, reload the <application>apparmor</application> "
"profile, and copy the <filename>DB_CONFIG</filename> file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:630(command)
msgid "sudo -u openldap mkdir /var/lib/ldap/accesslog"
msgstr "sudo -u openldap mkdir /var/lib/ldap/accesslog"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:631(command)
msgid "sudo -u openldap cp /var/lib/ldap/DB_CONFIG /var/lib/ldap/accesslog/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:636(para)
msgid ""
"Using the <emphasis>-u openldap</emphasis> option with the "
"<application>sudo</application> commands above removes the need to adjust "
"permissions for the new directory later."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:645(para)
msgid ""
"Edit the file and change the <emphasis>olcRootDN</emphasis> to match your "
"directory:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:649(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"olcRootDN: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"olcRootDN: cn=admin,dc=exemple,dc=com\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:657(para)
msgid ""
"Next, add the LDIF file using the <application>ldapadd</application> utility:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:662(command)
msgid "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f provider_sync.ldif"
msgstr "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f provider_sync.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:669(para)
msgid "Restart <application>slapd</application>:"
msgstr "Redémarrez <application>slapd</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:674(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1040(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1227(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/slapd restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/slapd restart"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:680(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Provider</emphasis> server is now configured, and it is time "
"to configure a <emphasis>Consumer</emphasis> server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:687(title)
msgid "Consumer Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:692(para)
msgid ""
"On the <emphasis>Consumer</emphasis> server configure it the same as the "
"<emphasis>Provider</emphasis> except for the <emphasis>Syncrepl</emphasis> "
"configuration steps."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:697(para)
msgid "Add the additional schema files:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:707(para)
msgid ""
"Also, create, or copy from the provider server, the "
"<filename>backend.example.com.ldif</filename>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:711(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# Load dynamic backend modules\n"
"dn: cn=module,cn=config\n"
"objectClass: olcModuleList\n"
"cn: module\n"
"olcModulepath: /usr/lib/ldap\n"
"olcModuleload: back_hdb\n"
"\n"
"# Database settings\n"
"dn: olcDatabase=hdb,cn=config\n"
"objectClass: olcDatabaseConfig\n"
"objectClass: olcHdbConfig\n"
"olcDatabase: {1}hdb\n"
"olcSuffix: dc=example,dc=com\n"
"olcDbDirectory: /var/lib/ldap\n"
"olcRootDN: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"olcRootPW: secret\n"
"olcDbConfig: set_cachesize 0 2097152 0\n"
"olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_objects 1500\n"
"olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_locks 1500\n"
"olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_lockers 1500\n"
"olcDbIndex: objectClass eq\n"
"olcLastMod: TRUE\n"
"olcDbCheckpoint: 512 30\n"
"olcAccess: to attrs=userPassword by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write "
"by anonymous auth by self write by * none\n"
"olcAccess: to attrs=shadowLastChange by self write by * read\n"
"olcAccess: to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
"olcAccess: to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by * read\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:741(para)
msgid "And add the LDIF by entering:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:752(para)
msgid ""
"Do the same with the <filename>frontend.example.com.ldif</filename> file "
"listed above, and add it:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:760(para)
msgid ""
"The two severs should now have the same configuration except for the "
"<emphasis>Syncrepl</emphasis> options."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:768(para)
msgid ""
"Now create a file named <filename>consumer_sync.ldif</filename> containing:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:772(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#Load the syncprov module.\n"
"dn: cn=module{0},cn=config\n"
"changetype: modify\n"
"add: olcModuleLoad\n"
"olcModuleLoad: syncprov\n"
"\n"
"# syncrepl specific indices\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"changetype: modify\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: entryUUID eq\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcSyncRepl\n"
"olcSyncRepl: rid=0 provider=ldap://ldap01.example.com bindmethod=simple "
"binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" \n"
" credentials=secret searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\" "
"logbase=\"cn=accesslog\" \n"
" logfilter=\"(&amp;(objectClass=auditWriteObject)(reqResult=0))\" "
"schemachecking=on \n"
" type=refreshAndPersist retry=\"60 +\" syncdata=accesslog\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcUpdateRef\n"
"olcUpdateRef: ldap://ldap01.example.com\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# Charge le module syncprov.\n"
"dn: cn=module{0},cn=config\n"
"changetype: modify\n"
"add: olcModuleLoad\n"
"olcModuleLoad: syncprov\n"
"\n"
"# Indices spécifiques à syncrepl\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"changetype: modify\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: entryUUID eq\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcSyncRepl\n"
"olcSyncRepl: rid=0 provider=ldap://ldap01.exemple.com bindmethod=simple "
"binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=exemple,dc=com\" \n"
" credentials=secret searchbase=\"dc=exemple,dc=com\" "
"logbase=\"cn=accesslog\" \n"
" logfilter=\"(&amp;(objectClass=auditWriteObject)(reqResult=0))\" "
"schemachecking=on \n"
" type=refreshAndPersist retry=\"60 +\" syncdata=accesslog\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcUpdateRef\n"
"olcUpdateRef: ldap://ldap01.exemple.com\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:795(para)
msgid "You will probably want to change the following attributes:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:800(para)
msgid "<emphasis>ldap01.example.com</emphasis> to your server's hostname."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:801(emphasis)
msgid "binddn"
msgstr "binddn"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:802(emphasis)
msgid "credentials"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:803(emphasis)
msgid "searchbase"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:804(emphasis)
msgid "olcUpdateRef:"
msgstr "olcUpdateRef:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:810(para)
msgid "Add the LDIF file to the configuration tree:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:815(command)
msgid "sudo ldapadd -c -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f consumer_sync.ldif"
msgstr "sudo ldapadd -c -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f consumer_sync.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:821(para)
msgid ""
"The frontend database should now sync between servers. You can add "
"additional servers using the steps above as the need arises."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:831(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "127.0.0.1\tldap01.example.com ldap01"
msgstr "127.0.0.1\tldap01.exemple.com ldap01"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:827(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>slapd</application> daemon will send log information to "
"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> by default. So if all does "
"<emphasis>not</emphasis> go well check there for errors and other "
"troubleshooting information. Also, be sure that each server knows it's Fully "
"Qualified Domain Name (FQDN). This is configured in "
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with a line similar to: <placeholder-1/>."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, le démon <application>slapd</application> journalisera les "
"informations dans <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Donc, si tout ne "
"fonctionne <emphasis>pas</emphasis> correctement, vérifiez les erreurs et "
"autres informations de dépannage à cet endroit. Assurez-vous que chaque "
"serveur à un FQDN correct dans <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. Ce FQDN est "
"du type : <placeholder-1/>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:839(title)
msgid "Setting up ACL"
msgstr "Paramétrage des ACL"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:841(para)
msgid ""
"Authentication requires access to the password field, that should be not "
"accessible by default. Also, in order for users to change their own "
"password, using <command>passwd</command> or other utilities, "
"<emphasis>shadowLastChange</emphasis> needs to be accessible once a user has "
"authenticated."
msgstr ""
"L'authentification nécessite la lecture du champ « mot de passe » qui n'est "
"pas accessible par défaut. Ainsi, pour que les utilisateurs puissent changer "
"leur propre mot de passe à l'aide de <command>passwd</command> ou de tout "
"autre utilitaire, <emphasis>shadowLastChange</emphasis> doit être accessible "
"dès que l'utilisateur est authentifié."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:848(para)
msgid ""
"To view the Access Control List (ACL), use the "
"<application>ldapsearch</application> utility:"
msgstr ""
"Pour afficher la liste de contrôle d'accès (ACL), utilisez l'application "
"<application>ldapsearch</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:853(command)
msgid ""
"ldapsearch -xLLL -b cn=config -D cn=admin,cn=config -W olcDatabase=hdb "
"olcAccess"
msgstr ""
"ldapsearch -xLLL -b cn=config -D cn=admin,cn=config -W olcDatabase=hdb "
"olcAccess"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:857(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Enter LDAP Password: \n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"olcAccess: {0}to attrs=userPassword,shadowLastChange by "
"dn=\"cn=admin,dc=exampl\n"
" e,dc=com\" write by anonymous auth by self write by * none\n"
"olcAccess: {1}to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
"olcAccess: {2}to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by * read\n"
msgstr ""
"Enter LDAP Password: \n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"olcAccess: {0}to attrs=userPassword,shadowLastChange by "
"dn=\"cn=admin,dc=exampl\n"
" e,dc=com\" write by anonymous auth by self write by * none\n"
"olcAccess: {1}to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
"olcAccess: {2}to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by * read\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:869(title)
msgid "TLS and SSL"
msgstr "TLS et SSL"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:871(para)
msgid ""
"When authenticating to an OpenLDAP server it is best to do so using an "
"encrypted session. This can be accomplished using Transport Layer Security "
"(TLS) and/or Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)."
msgstr ""
"Il est préférable de s'identifier sur un serveur LDAP en utilisant une "
"session chiffrée. Pour ce faire servez-vous de TLS (Transport Layer "
"Security) et/ou de SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:876(para)
msgid ""
"The first step in the process is to obtain or create a "
"<emphasis>certificate</emphasis>. Because <application>slapd</application> "
"is compiled using the <application>gnutls</application> library, the "
"<application>certtool</application> utility will be used to create "
"certificates."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:885(para)
msgid ""
"First, install <application>gnutls-bin</application> by entering the "
"following in a terminal:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:890(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install gnutls-bin"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install gnutls-bin"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:896(para)
msgid ""
"Next, create a private key for the <emphasis>Certificate "
"Authority</emphasis> (CA):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:901(command)
msgid ""
"sudo sh -c \"certtool --generate-privkey &gt; /etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem\""
msgstr ""
"sudo sh -c \"certtool --generate-privkey &gt; /etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem\""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:907(para)
msgid ""
"Create a <filename>/etc/ssl/ca.info</filename> details file to self-sign the "
"CA certificate containing:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:911(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"cn = Example Company\n"
"ca\n"
"cert_signing_key\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"cn = Entreprise Exemple\n"
"ca\n"
"cert_signing_key\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:920(para)
msgid "Now create the self-signed CA certificate:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:925(command)
msgid ""
"sudo certtool --generate-self-signed --load-privkey "
"/etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem \\ --template /etc/ssl/ca.info --outfile "
"/etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem"
msgstr ""
"sudo certtool --generate-self-signed --load-privkey "
"/etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem \\ --template /etc/ssl/ca.info --outfile "
"/etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:932(para)
msgid "Make a private key for the server:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:937(command)
msgid ""
"sudo sh -c \"certtool --generate-privkey &gt; "
"/etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem\""
msgstr ""
"sudo sh -c \"certtool --generate-privkey &gt; "
"/etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem\""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:941(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>ldap01</emphasis> in the filename with your server's "
"hostname. Naming the certificate and key for the host and service that will "
"be using them will help keep filenames and paths straight."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:950(para)
msgid ""
"To sign the server's certificate with the CA, create the "
"<filename>/etc/ssl/ldap01.info</filename> info file containing:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:954(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"organization = Example Company\n"
"cn = ldap01.example.com\n"
"tls_www_server\n"
"encryption_key\n"
"signing_key\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"organization = Entreprise Exemple\n"
"cn = ldap01.exemple.com\n"
"tls_www_server\n"
"encryption_key\n"
"signing_key\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:965(para)
msgid "Create the server's certificate:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:970(command)
msgid ""
"sudo certtool --generate-certificate --load-privkey /etc/ssl/private/x01-"
"test_slapd_key.pem \\ --load-ca-certificate /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem --load-"
"ca-privkey /etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem \\ --template /etc/ssl/x01-test.info --"
"outfile /etc/ssl/certs/x01-test_slapd_cert.pem"
msgstr ""
"sudo certtool --generate-certificate --load-privkey /etc/ssl/private/x01-"
"test_slapd_key.pem \\ --load-ca-certificate /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem --load-"
"ca-privkey /etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem \\ --template /etc/ssl/x01-test.info --"
"outfile /etc/ssl/certs/x01-test_slapd_cert.pem"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:978(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have a certificate, key, and CA cert installed, use "
"<application>ldapmodify</application> to add the new configuration options:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois que le certificat, la clé et le certificat de l'AC sont installés, "
"ajoutez les nouvelles options de configuration à l'aide de "
"<application>ldapmodify</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:989(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dn: cn=config\n"
"add: olcTLSCACertificateFile\n"
"olcTLSCACertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcTLSCertificateFile\n"
"olcTLSCertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/ldap01_slapd_cert.pem\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcTLSCertificateKeyFile\n"
"olcTLSCertificateKeyFile: /etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem"
msgstr ""
"dn: cn=config\n"
"add: olcTLSCACertificateFile\n"
"olcTLSCACertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcTLSCertificateFile\n"
"olcTLSCertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/ldap01_slapd_cert.pem\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcTLSCertificateKeyFile\n"
"olcTLSCertificateKeyFile: /etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:988(computeroutput) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1159(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Enter LDAP Password:\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"modifying entry \"cn=config\"\n"
msgstr ""
"Enter LDAP Password:\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"modifying entry \"cn=config\"\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1004(para)
msgid ""
"Adjust the <filename>ldap01_slapd_cert.pem</filename>, "
"<filename>ldap01_slapd_key.pem</filename>, and "
"<filename>cacert.pem</filename> names if yours are different."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1010(para)
msgid ""
"Next, edit <filename>/etc/default/slapd</filename> uncomment the "
"<emphasis>SLAPD_SERVICES</emphasis> option:"
msgstr ""
"Puis ouvrez <filename>/etc/default/slapd</filename> et dé-commentez l'option "
"<emphasis>SLAPD_SERVICES</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1014(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"SLAPD_SERVICES=\"ldap:/// ldapi:/// ldaps:///\"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"SLAPD_SERVICES=\"ldap:/// ldapi:/// ldaps:///\"\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1018(para)
msgid ""
"Now the <emphasis>openldap</emphasis> user needs access to the certificate:"
msgstr ""
"L'utilisateur <emphasis>openldap</emphasis> a maintenant besoin d'accéder au "
"certificat :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1023(command)
msgid "sudo adduser openldap ssl-cert"
msgstr "sudo adduser openldap ssl-cert"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1024(command)
msgid "sudo chgrp ssl-cert /etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem"
msgstr "sudo chgrp ssl-cert /etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1025(command)
msgid "sudo chmod g+r /etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem"
msgstr "sudo chmod g+r /etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1029(para)
msgid ""
"If the <filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ssl/private</filename> and "
"<filename>/etc/ssl/private/server.key</filename> have different permissions, "
"adjust the commands appropriately."
msgstr ""
"Si <filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ssl/private</filename> et "
"<filename>/etc/ssl/private/server.key</filename> ont des droits d'accès "
"différents, modifiez les commandes en conséquence."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1035(para)
msgid "Finally, restart <application>slapd</application>:"
msgstr "Pour finir, redémarrez <application>slapd</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1043(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>slapd</application> daemon should now be listening for "
"LDAPS connections and be able to use STARTTLS during authentication."
msgstr ""
"Le démon <application>slapd</application> doit être à l'écoute des "
"connexions LDAPS et être capable d'utiliser STARTTLS lors de "
"l'authentification."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1049(para)
msgid ""
"If you run into troubles with the server not starting, check the "
"/var/log/syslog. If you see errors like main: TLS init def ctx failed: -1, "
"it is likely there is a configuration problem. Check that the certificate is "
"signed by the authority from in the files configured, and that the ssl-cert "
"group has read permissions on the private key."
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez des problèmes de démarrage avec le serveur, vérifiez le journal "
"/var/log/syslog. Si vous y trouvez des erreurs du type main: TLS init def "
"ctx failed: -1, il est très probable qu'il y ait un problème de "
"configuration. Vérifiez que le certificat est bien signé par l'autorité "
"indiquée par les fichiers de configuration, et que le groupe du certificat "
"ssl (ssl-cert) possède les droits en lecture sur la clef privée."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1061(title)
msgid "TLS Replication"
msgstr "Réplication TLS"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1063(para)
msgid ""
"If you have setup <application>Syncrepl</application> between servers, it is "
"prudent to encrypt the replication traffic using <emphasis>Transport Layer "
"Security (TLS)</emphasis>. For details on setting up replication see <xref "
"linkend=\"openldap-server-replication\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez mis en place <application>Syncrepl</application> sur les "
"serveurs, il est prudent de chiffrer les échanges de données de la "
"réplication au moyen de <emphasis>TLS (Transport Layer Security)</emphasis>. "
"Consultez <xref linkend=\"openldap-server-replication\"/> pour de plus "
"amples informations au sujet de la mise en place de la réplication."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1069(para)
msgid ""
"Assuming you have followed the above instructions and created a CA "
"certificate and server certificate on the <emphasis>Provider</emphasis> "
"server. Follow the following instructions to create a certificate and key "
"for the <emphasis>Consumer</emphasis> server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1078(para)
msgid "Create a new key for the Consumer server:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1083(command)
msgid "mkdir ldap02-ssl"
msgstr "mkdir ldap02-ssl"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1084(command)
msgid "cd ldap02-ssl"
msgstr "cd ldap02-ssl"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1085(command)
msgid "certtool --generate-privkey &gt; ldap02_slapd_key.pem"
msgstr "certtool --generate-privkey &gt; ldap02_slapd_key.pem"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1089(para)
msgid ""
"Creating a new directory is not strictly necessary, but it will help keep "
"things organized and make it easier to copy the files to the Consumer server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1098(para)
msgid ""
"Next, create an info file, <filename>ldap02.info</filename> for the Consumer "
"server, changing the attributes to match your locality and server:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1103(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"country = US\n"
"state = North Carolina\n"
"locality = Winston-Salem\n"
"organization = Example Company\n"
"cn = ldap02.salem.edu\n"
"tls_www_client\n"
"encryption_key\n"
"signing_key\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"country = US\n"
"state = Caroline du Nord\n"
"locality = Winston-Salem\n"
"organization = Entreprise Exemple\n"
"cn = ldap02.salem.edu\n"
"tls_www_client\n"
"encryption_key\n"
"signing_key\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1117(para)
msgid "Create the certificate:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1122(command)
msgid ""
"sudo certtool --generate-certificate --load-privkey ldap02_slapd_key.pem \\ -"
"-load-ca-certificate /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem --load-ca-privkey "
"/etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem \\ --template ldap02.info --outfile "
"ldap02_slapd_cert.pem"
msgstr ""
"sudo certtool --generate-certificate --load-privkey ldap02_slapd_key.pem \\ -"
"-load-ca-certificate /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem --load-ca-privkey "
"/etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem \\ --template ldap02.info --outfile "
"ldap02_slapd_cert.pem"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1130(para)
msgid "Copy the <filename>cacert.pem</filename> to the dicretory:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1135(command)
msgid "cp /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem ."
msgstr "cp /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem ."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1141(para)
msgid ""
"The only thing left is to copy the <filename>ldap02-ssl</filename> directory "
"to the Consumer server, then copy <filename>ldap02_slapd_cert.pem</filename> "
"and <filename>cacert.pem</filename> to <filename>/etc/ssl/certs</filename>, "
"and copy <filename>ldap02_slapd_key.pem</filename> to "
"<filename>/etc/ssl/private</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1150(para)
msgid ""
"Once the files are in place adjust the <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> tree "
"by entering:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1160(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dn: cn=config\n"
"add: olcTLSCACertificateFile\n"
"olcTLSCACertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcTLSCertificateFile\n"
"olcTLSCertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/ldap02_slapd_cert.pem\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcTLSCertificateKeyFile\n"
"olcTLSCertificateKeyFile: /etc/ssl/private/ldap02_slapd_key.pem"
msgstr ""
"dn: cn=config\n"
"add: olcTLSCACertificateFile\n"
"olcTLSCACertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcTLSCertificateFile\n"
"olcTLSCertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/ldap02_slapd_cert.pem\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcTLSCertificateKeyFile\n"
"olcTLSCertificateKeyFile: /etc/ssl/private/ldap02_slapd_key.pem"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1177(para)
msgid ""
"As with the Provider you can now edit "
"<filename>/etc/default/slapd</filename> and add the "
"<emphasis>ldaps:///</emphasis> parameter to the "
"<emphasis>SLAPD_SERVICES</emphasis> option."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1185(para)
msgid ""
"Now that <emphasis>TLS</emphasis> has been setup on each server, once again "
"modify the <emphasis>Consumer</emphasis> server's "
"<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> tree by entering the following in a terminal:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1198(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"replace: olcSyncrepl\n"
"olcSyncrepl: {0}rid=0 provider=ldap://ldap01.example.com bindmethod=simple "
"binddn=\"cn=ad\n"
" min,dc=example,dc=com\" credentials=secret searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\" "
"logbas\n"
" e=\"cn=accesslog\" "
"logfilter=\"(&amp;(objectClass=auditWriteObject)(reqResult=0))\" s\n"
" chemachecking=on type=refreshAndPersist retry=\"60 +\" syncdata=accesslog "
"starttls=yes"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"replace: olcSyncrepl\n"
"olcSyncrepl: {0}rid=0 provider=ldap://ldap01.exemple.com bindmethod=simple "
"binddn=\"cn=ad\n"
" min,dc=exemple,dc=com\" credentials=secret searchbase=\"dc=exemple,dc=com\" "
"logbas\n"
" e=\"cn=accesslog\" "
"logfilter=\"(&amp;(objectClass=auditWriteObject)(reqResult=0))\" s\n"
" chemachecking=on type=refreshAndPersist retry=\"60 +\" syncdata=accesslog "
"starttls=yes"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1195(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"SASL/EXTERNAL authentication started\n"
"SASL username: gidNumber=0+uidNumber=0,cn=peercred,cn=external,cn=auth\n"
"SASL SSF: 0\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1210(para)
msgid ""
"If the LDAP server hostname does not match the Fully Qualified Domain Name "
"(FQDN) in the certificate, you may have to edit "
"<filename>/etc/ldap/ldap.conf</filename> and add the following TLS options:"
msgstr ""
"Si le nom d'hôte du serveur LDAP ne correspond pas au nom de domaine "
"pleinement qualifié (Fully Qualified Domain Name - FQDN) du certificat, vous "
"devrez probablement modifier <filename>/etc/ldap/ldap.conf</filename> et "
"ajouter les options TLS suivantes :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1215(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"TLS_CERT /etc/ssl/certs/ldap02_slapd_cert.pem\n"
"TLS_KEY /etc/ssl/private/ldap02_slapd_key.pem\n"
"TLS_CACERT /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"TLS_CERT /etc/ssl/certs/ldap02_slapd_cert.pem\n"
"TLS_KEY /etc/ssl/private/ldap02_slapd_key.pem\n"
"TLS_CACERT /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1222(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, restart <application>slapd</application> on each of the servers:"
msgstr ""
"Finalement, redémarrez <application>slapd</application> sur chaque serveur :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1235(title)
msgid "LDAP Authentication"
msgstr "Authentification LDAP"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1237(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have a working LDAP server, the <application>auth-client-"
"config</application> and <application>libnss-ldap</application> packages "
"take the pain out of configuring an Ubuntu client to authenticate using "
"LDAP. To install the packages from, a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois votre serveur LDAP fonctionnel, les paquets <application>auth-"
"client-config</application> et <application>libnss-ldap</application> vont "
"simplifier le paramétrage d'un client Ubuntu pour son authentification avec "
"LDAP. Pour installer ces paquets saisissez dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1244(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install libnss-ldap"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install libnss-ldap"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1247(para)
msgid ""
"During the install a menu dialog will ask you connection details about your "
"LDAP server."
msgstr ""
"Pendant l'installation, des renseignements à propos de votre connexion au "
"serveur LDAP vous seront demandés."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1251(para)
msgid ""
"If you make a mistake when entering your information you can execute the "
"dialog again using:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez fait une erreur lors de la saisie des informations, vous pouvez "
"exécuter à nouveau l'assistant en utilisant :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1256(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure ldap-auth-config"
msgstr "sudo dpkg-reconfigure ldap-auth-config"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1259(para)
msgid ""
"The results of the dialog can be seen in "
"<filename>/etc/ldap.conf</filename>. If your server requires options not "
"covered in the menu edit this file accordingly."
msgstr ""
"Le résultat de la configuration est visible dans "
"<filename>/etc/ldap.conf</filename>. Si votre serveur requiert des options "
"non couvertes par l'assistant, modifiez ce fichier en conséquence."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1264(para)
msgid ""
"Now that <application>libnss-ldap</application> is configured enable the "
"<application>auth-client-config</application> LDAP profile by entering:"
msgstr ""
"Maintenant que <application>libnss-ldap</application> est configuré, activez "
"le profil LDAP <application>auth-client-config</application> en saisissant :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1270(command)
msgid "sudo auth-client-config -t nss -p lac_ldap"
msgstr "sudo auth-client-config -t nss -p lac_ldap"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1275(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>-t:</emphasis> only modifies "
"<filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>-t :</emphasis> modifie seulement "
"<filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1280(para)
msgid "<emphasis>-p:</emphasis> name of the profile to enable, disable, etc."
msgstr "<emphasis>-p :</emphasis> nom du profil à activer, désactiver, etc."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1285(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>lac_ldap:</emphasis> the <application>auth-client-"
"config</application> profile that is part of the <application>ldap-auth-"
"config</application> package."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>lac_ldap :</emphasis> le profil <application>auth-client-"
"config</application> qui fait partie du paquet <application>ldap-auth-"
"config</application>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1292(para)
msgid ""
"Using the <application>pam-auth-update</application> utility, configure the "
"system to use LDAP for authentication:"
msgstr ""
"À l'aide de <application>pam-auth-update</application>, configurez le "
"système pour utiliser LDAP pour l'authentification :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1297(command)
msgid "sudo pam-auth-update"
msgstr "sudo pam-auth-update"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1300(para)
msgid ""
"From the <application>pam-auth-update</application> menu, choose LDAP and "
"any other authentication mechanisms you need."
msgstr ""
"Depuis le menu de <application>pam-auth-update</application>, choisissez "
"LDAP et tout autre mécanisme d'authentification nécessaire."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1304(para)
msgid ""
"You should now be able to login using user credentials stored in the LDAP "
"directory."
msgstr ""
"Vous devez être maintenant capable d'ouvrir une session en utilisant les "
"références utilisateur stockées dans l'annuaire LDAP."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1309(para)
msgid ""
"If you are going to use LDAP to store Samba users you will need to configure "
"the server to authenticate using LDAP. See <xref linkend=\"samba-ldap\"/> "
"for details."
msgstr ""
"Si vous comptez utiliser LDAP pour stocker des utilisateurs Samba, vous "
"aurez besoin de configurer le serveur pour l'identification LDAP. Consultez "
"<xref linkend=\"samba-ldap\"/> pour de plus amples informations."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1317(title)
msgid "User and Group Management"
msgstr "Gestion des groupes et utilisateurs"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1319(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>ldap-utils</application> package comes with multiple "
"utilities to manage the directory, but the long string of options needed, "
"can make them a burden to use. The <application>ldapscripts</application> "
"package contains configurable scripts to easily manage LDAP users and groups."
msgstr ""
"Le paquet <application>ldap-utils</application> fournit plusieurs "
"utilitaires pour gérer l'annuaire, mais la longue liste d'options "
"nécessaires peut rendre leur emploi un peu fastidieux. Le paquet "
"<application>ldapscripts</application> contient des scripts configurables "
"pour gérer aisément les groupes et utilisateurs LDAP."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1325(para)
msgid "To install the package, from a terminal enter:"
msgstr "Pour installer le paquet, saisissez dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1330(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install ldapscripts"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install ldapscripts"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1333(para)
msgid ""
"Next, edit the config file "
"<filename>/etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.conf</filename> uncommenting and "
"changing the following to match your environment:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, modifiez le fichier de configuration "
"<filename>/etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.conf</filename> en adaptant les "
"éléments suivants à votre environnement :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1338(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"SERVER=localhost\n"
"BINDDN='cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com'\n"
"BINDPWDFILE=\"/etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.passwd\"\n"
"SUFFIX='dc=example,dc=com'\n"
"GSUFFIX='ou=Groups'\n"
"USUFFIX='ou=People'\n"
"MSUFFIX='ou=Computers'\n"
"GIDSTART=10000\n"
"UIDSTART=10000\n"
"MIDSTART=10000\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"SERVER=localhost\n"
"BINDDN='cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com'\n"
"BINDPWDFILE=\"/etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.passwd\"\n"
"SUFFIX='dc=example,dc=com'\n"
"GSUFFIX='ou=Groups'\n"
"USUFFIX='ou=People'\n"
"MSUFFIX='ou=Computers'\n"
"GIDSTART=10000\n"
"UIDSTART=10000\n"
"MIDSTART=10000\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1351(para)
msgid ""
"Now, create the <filename>ldapscripts.passwd</filename> file to allow "
"authenticated access to the directory:"
msgstr ""
"Maintenant, créez le fichier <filename>ldapscripts.passwd</filename> pour "
"permettre l'accès à l'annuaire :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1356(command)
msgid ""
"sudo sh -c \"echo -n 'secret' &gt; /etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.passwd\""
msgstr ""
"sudo sh -c \"echo -n 'secret' &gt; /etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.passwd\""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1357(command)
msgid "sudo chmod 400 /etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.passwd"
msgstr "sudo chmod 400 /etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.passwd"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1361(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <quote>secret</quote> with the actual password for your LDAP admin "
"user."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <quote>secret</quote> par le mot de passe effectif de votre "
"administrateur LDAP."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1366(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>ldapscripts</application> are now ready to help manage your "
"directory. The following are some examples of how to use the scripts:"
msgstr ""
"Les scripts <application>ldapscripts</application> sont maintenant prêts "
"pour vous aider dans la gestion de votre annuaire. Les exemples suivants "
"montrent comment utiliser ces scripts :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1373(para)
msgid "Create a new user:"
msgstr "Créez un nouvel utilisateur :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1377(command)
msgid "sudo ldapadduser george example"
msgstr "sudo ldapadduser laurence exemple"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1379(para)
msgid ""
"This will create a user with uid <emphasis role=\"italic\">george</emphasis> "
"and set the user's primary group (gid) to <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">example</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Ceci créera un utilisateur ayant pour UID <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">laurence</emphasis> et pour groupe primaire (GID) <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">exemple</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1385(para)
msgid "Change a user's password:"
msgstr "Modifiez un mot de passe utilisateur :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1389(command)
msgid "sudo ldapsetpasswd george"
msgstr "sudo ldapsetpasswd laurence"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1390(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "Changing password for user uid=george,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com"
msgstr ""
"Modifier le mot de passe de l'utilisateur "
"uid=laurence,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1391(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "New Password: "
msgstr "Nouveau mot de passe : "

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1392(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "New Password (verify): "
msgstr "Nouveau mot de passe (vérification) : "

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1396(para)
msgid "Delete a user:"
msgstr "Supprimer un utilisateur :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1400(command)
msgid "sudo ldapdeleteuser george"
msgstr "sudo ldapdeleteuser laurence"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1405(para)
msgid "Add a group:"
msgstr "Ajouter un groupe :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1409(command)
msgid "sudo ldapaddgroup qa"
msgstr "sudo ldapaddgroup qa"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1413(para)
msgid "Delete a group:"
msgstr "Supprimer un groupe :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1417(command)
msgid "sudo ldapdeletegroup qa"
msgstr "sudo ldapdeletegroup qa"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1421(para)
msgid "Add a user to a group:"
msgstr "Ajouter un utilisateur à un groupe :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1425(command)
msgid "sudo ldapaddusertogroup george qa"
msgstr "sudo ldapaddusertogroup laurence qa"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1427(para)
msgid ""
"You should now see a <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> attribute for the "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> group with a value of <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">george</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Vous devez avoir maintenant un attribut <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> ayant "
"pour valeur <emphasis role=\"italic\">laurence</emphasis> pour le groupe "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1433(para)
msgid "Remove a user from a group:"
msgstr "Supprimer un utilisateur d'un groupe :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1437(command)
msgid "sudo ldapdeleteuserfromgroup george qa"
msgstr "sudo ldapdeleteuserfromgroup laurence qa"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1439(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> attribute should now be removed from the "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> group."
msgstr ""
"L'attribut <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> ne doit plus apparaître dans le "
"groupe <emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> group."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1445(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>ldapmodifyuser</application> script allows you to add, "
"remove, or replace a user's attributes. The script uses the same syntax as "
"the <application>ldapmodify</application> utility. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Le script <application>ldapmodifyuser</application> vous permet d'ajouter, "
"supprimer ou modifier les attributs des utilisateurs. Il utilise la même "
"syntaxe que <application>ldapmodify</application>. Par exemple :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1450(command)
msgid "sudo ldapmodifyuser george"
msgstr "sudo ldapmodifyuser laurence"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1451(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# About to modify the following entry :\n"
"dn: uid=george,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: account\n"
"objectClass: posixAccount\n"
"cn: george\n"
"uid: george\n"
"uidNumber: 1001\n"
"gidNumber: 1001\n"
"homeDirectory: /home/george\n"
"loginShell: /bin/bash\n"
"gecos: george\n"
"description: User account\n"
"userPassword:: e1NTSEF9eXFsTFcyWlhwWkF1eGUybVdFWHZKRzJVMjFTSG9vcHk=\n"
"\n"
"# Enter your modifications here, end with CTRL-D.\n"
"dn: uid=george,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com"
msgstr ""
"# About to modify the following entry :\n"
"dn: uid=laurence,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: account\n"
"objectClass: posixAccount\n"
"cn: george\n"
"uid: george\n"
"uidNumber: 1001\n"
"gidNumber: 1001\n"
"homeDirectory: /home/laurence\n"
"loginShell: /bin/bash\n"
"gecos: george\n"
"description: User account\n"
"userPassword:: e1NTSEF9eXFsTFcyWlhwWkF1eGUybVdFWHZKRzJVMjFTSG9vcHk=\n"
"\n"
"# Enter your modifications here, end with CTRL-D.\n"
"dn: uid=laurence,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1467(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"replace: gecos\n"
"gecos: George Carlin"
msgstr ""
"replace: gecos\n"
"gecos: Laurence Bibot"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1470(para)
msgid ""
"The user's <emphasis>gecos</emphasis> should now be <quote>George "
"Carlin</quote>."
msgstr ""
"Le <emphasis>gecos</emphasis> de l'utilisateur doit être maintenant "
"<quote>Laurence Bibot</quote>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1475(para)
msgid ""
"Another great feature of <application>ldapscripts</application>, is the "
"template system. Templates allow you to customize the attributes of user, "
"group, and machine objectes. For example, to enable the "
"<emphasis>user</emphasis> template edit "
"<filename>/etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.conf</filename> changing:"
msgstr ""
"Le système de modèle est une autre caractéristique intéressante de "
"<application>ldapscripts</application>. Les modèles vous permettent de "
"personnaliser les attributs d'un utilisateur, d'un groupe ou des objets "
"machines. Par exemple, pour activer le modèle "
"<emphasis>utilisateur</emphasis>, modifiez "
"<filename>/etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.conf</filename> ainsi :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1482(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"UTEMPLATE=\"/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template\"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"UTEMPLATE=\"/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template\"\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1486(para)
msgid ""
"There are <emphasis role=\"italic\">sample</emphasis> templates in the "
"<filename>/etc/ldapscripts</filename> directory. Copy or rename the "
"<filename>ldapadduser.template.sample</filename> file to "
"<filename>/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Des modèles <emphasis role=\"italic\">types</emphasis> se trouvent dans le "
"répertoire <filename>/etc/ldapscripts</filename>. Copiez ou renommer le "
"fichier <filename>ldapadduser.template.sample</filename> en "
"<filename>/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1493(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template.sample "
"/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template"
msgstr ""
"sudo cp /etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template.sample "
"/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1496(para)
msgid ""
"Edit the new template to add the desired attributes. The following will "
"create new user's as with an <emphasis>objectClass</emphasis> of "
"<emphasis>inetOrgPerson</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"Modifiez le nouveau modèle pour ajouter les attributs désirés. L'exemple "
"suivant créera un nouvel utilisateur avec <emphasis>inetOrgPerson</emphasis> "
"comme <emphasis>objectClass</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1501(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: uid=&lt;user&gt;,&lt;usuffix&gt;,&lt;suffix&gt;\n"
"objectClass: inetOrgPerson\n"
"objectClass: posixAccount\n"
"cn: &lt;user&gt;\n"
"sn: &lt;ask&gt;\n"
"uid: &lt;user&gt;\n"
"uidNumber: &lt;uid&gt;\n"
"gidNumber: &lt;gid&gt;\n"
"homeDirectory: &lt;home&gt;\n"
"loginShell: &lt;shell&gt;\n"
"gecos: &lt;user&gt;\n"
"description: User account\n"
"title: Employee\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"dn: uid=&lt;user&gt;,&lt;usuffix&gt;,&lt;suffix&gt;\n"
"objectClass: inetOrgPerson\n"
"objectClass: posixAccount\n"
"cn: &lt;user&gt;\n"
"sn: &lt;ask&gt;\n"
"uid: &lt;user&gt;\n"
"uidNumber: &lt;uid&gt;\n"
"gidNumber: &lt;gid&gt;\n"
"homeDirectory: &lt;home&gt;\n"
"loginShell: &lt;shell&gt;\n"
"gecos: &lt;user&gt;\n"
"description: User account\n"
"title: Employee\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1517(para)
msgid ""
"Notice the <emphasis>&lt;ask&gt;</emphasis> option used for the "
"<emphasis>cn</emphasis> value. Using &lt;ask&gt; will configure "
"<application>ldapadduser</application> to prompt you for the attribute value "
"during user creation."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez l'option <emphasis>&lt;ask&gt;</emphasis> utilisée pour le "
"<emphasis>cn</emphasis>. L'utilisation de &lt;ask&gt; paramétrera "
"<application>ldapadduser</application> pour vous demander la valeur de "
"l'attribut lors de la création de l'utilisateur."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1525(para)
msgid ""
"There are more useful scripts in the package, to see a full list enter: "
"<command>dpkg -L ldapscripts | grep bin</command>"
msgstr ""
"Il y a d'autres scripts utiles dans le paquet. Tapez ce qui suit pour en "
"voir la liste complète : <command>dpkg -L ldapscripts | grep bin</command>"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1534(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/OpenLDAPServer\">OpenLDAP "
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page has more details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1539(para)
msgid ""
"For more information see <ulink url=\"http://www.openldap.org/\">OpenLDAP "
"Home Page</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'informations se référer à la <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.openldap.org/\">page d'accueil de OpenLDAP</ulink>"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1544(para)
msgid ""
"Though starting to show it's age, a great source for in depth LDAP "
"information is O'Reilly's <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/ldapsa/\">LDAP System "
"Administration</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Bien qu'il commence à se faire vieux, le livre <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/ldapsa/\">LDAP System "
"Administration</ulink> (en anglais) chez O'Reilly reste une excellente "
"source d'informations approfondies. Il en existe une version française : "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.oreilly.fr/catalogue/2841772934\">LDAP - "
"Administration système</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1550(para)
msgid ""
"Packt's <ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/OpenLDAP-Developers-Server-Open-"
"Source-Linux/book\">Mastering OpenLDAP</ulink> is a great reference covering "
"newer versions of OpenLDAP."
msgstr ""
"L'ouvrage de Packt, <ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/OpenLDAP-Developers-"
"Server-Open-Source-Linux/book\">Mastering OpenLDAP</ulink>, est une bonne "
"référence pour les versions récentes de OpenLDAP."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1556(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <application>auth-client-config</application> see "
"the man page: <command>man auth-client-config</command>."
msgstr ""
"Pour de plus amples informations à propos de <application>auth-client-"
"config</application>, consultez la page de manuel : <command>man auth-client-"
"config</command>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1561(para)
msgid ""
"For more details regarding the <application>ldapscripts</application> "
"package see the man pages: <command>man ldapscripts</command>, <command>man "
"ldapadduser</command>, <command>man ldapaddgroup</command>, etc."
msgstr ""
"Pour de plus amples informations à propos du paquet "
"<application>ldapscripts</application>, consultez les pages de manuel : "
"<command>man ldapscripts</command>, <command>man ldapadduser</command>, "
"<command>man ldapaddgroup</command>, etc."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1571(title)
msgid "Samba and LDAP"
msgstr "Samba et LDAP"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1573(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers configuring Samba to use LDAP for user, group, and "
"machine account information and authentication. The assumption is, you "
"already have a working OpenLDAP directory installed and the server is "
"configured to use it for authentication. See <xref linkend=\"openldap-"
"server\"/> and <xref linkend=\"openldap-auth-config\"/> for details on "
"setting up OpenLDAP. For more information on installing and configuring "
"Samba see <xref linkend=\"windows-networking\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Cette section couvre la configuration de Samba afin que ce dernier utilise "
"LDAP pour les informations et authentifications utilisateurs, groupes et "
"machines. On suppose qu'un serveur OpenLDAP est installé et fonctionnel, et "
"que les serveurs sont configurés pour l'utiliser à l'authentification. Voir "
"<xref linkend=\"openldap-server\"/> et <xref linkend=\"openldap-auth-"
"config\"/> pour les détails concernant la mise en place d'OpenLDAP. Pour "
"plus d'informations sur l'installation et la configuration de Samba, voir "
"<xref linkend=\"windows-networking\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1583(para)
msgid ""
"There are three packages needed when integrating Samba with LDAP. "
"<application>samba</application>, <application>samba-doc</application>, and "
"<application>smbldap-tools</application> packages . To install the packages, "
"from a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Trois  paquets sont nécessaires à l'intégration de Samba avec LDAP : "
"<application>samba</application>, <application>samba-doc</application> et "
"<application>smbldap-tools</application>. Pour installer ces paquets, "
"saisissez dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1589(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install samba samba-doc smbldap-tools"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install samba samba-doc smbldap-tools"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1592(para)
msgid ""
"Strictly speaking the <application>smbldap-tools</application> package isn't "
"needed, but unless you have another package or custom scripts, a method of "
"managing users, groups, and computer accounts is needed."
msgstr ""
"<application>smbldap-tools</application> n'est pas vraiment nécessaire sauf "
"si vous n'avez pas d'autres méthodes pour la gestion des comptes "
"utilisateurs, groupes et machines."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1599(title)
msgid "OpenLDAP Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration de OpenLDAP"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1601(para)
msgid ""
"In order for Samba to use OpenLDAP as a <emphasis>passdb backend</emphasis>, "
"the user objects in the directory will need additional attributes. This "
"section assumes you want Samba to be configured as a Windows NT domain "
"controller, and will add the necessary LDAP objects and attributes."
msgstr ""
"Pour que Samba puisse utiliser OpenLDAP comme <emphasis>passdb "
"backend</emphasis> (gestionnaire d'authentification), les objets de "
"l'utilisateur dans l'annuaire devront avoir des attributs supplémentaires. "
"Nous supposerons dans cette section que vous souhaitez paramétrer Samba en "
"tant que contrôleur de domaine Windows NT. Nous ajouterons donc les objets "
"et attributs LDAP en conséquence."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1609(para)
msgid ""
"The Samba attributes are defined in the <filename>samba.schema</filename> "
"file which is part of the <application>samba-doc</application> package. The "
"schema file needs to be unzipped and copied to "
"<filename>/etc/ldap/schema</filename>. From a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"Les attributs Samba sont définis dans le fichier "
"<filename>samba.schema</filename> qui fait partie du paquet "
"<application>samba-doc</application>. Le fichier schéma doit être "
"décompressé et copié dans <filename>/etc/ldap/schema</filename>. Saisissez "
"dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1616(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/samba-doc/examples/LDAP/samba.schema.gz "
"/etc/ldap/schema/"
msgstr ""
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/samba-doc/examples/LDAP/samba.schema.gz "
"/etc/ldap/schema/"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1617(command)
msgid "sudo gzip -d /etc/ldap/schema/samba.schema.gz"
msgstr "sudo gzip -d /etc/ldap/schema/samba.schema.gz"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1623(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>samba</emphasis> schema needs to be added to the "
"<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> tree. The procedure to add a new schema to "
"<application>slapd</application> is also detailed in <xref "
"linkend=\"openldap-configuration\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Le schéma <emphasis>samba</emphasis> doit être ajouté à l'arborescence du "
"<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis>. La procédure d'ajout d'un nouveau schéma à "
"<application>slapd</application> est également expliquée dans <xref "
"linkend=\"openldap-configuration\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1631(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2666(para)
msgid ""
"First, create a configuration file named "
"<filename>schema_convert.conf</filename>, or a similar descriptive name, "
"containing the following lines:"
msgstr ""
"Créez d'abord un fichier de configuration "
"<filename>schema_convert.conf</filename>, ou tout autre nom vous convenant, "
"avec les données suivantes :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1636(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/core.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/collective.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/corba.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/duaconf.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/dyngroup.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/java.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/misc.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/nis.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/openldap.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/ppolicy.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/samba.schema\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/core.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/collective.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/corba.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/duaconf.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/dyngroup.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/java.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/misc.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/nis.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/openldap.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/ppolicy.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/samba.schema\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1666(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2701(para)
msgid ""
"Now use <application>slapcat</application> to convert the schema files:"
msgstr ""
"Maintenant, servez-vous de <application>slapcat</application> pour convertir "
"les fichiers de schéma :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1671(command)
msgid ""
"slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F /tmp/ldif_output -n0 -s "
"\"cn={12}samba,cn=schema,cn=config\" &gt; /tmp/cn=samba.ldif"
msgstr ""
"slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F /tmp/ldif_output -n0 -s "
"\"cn={12}samba,cn=schema,cn=config\" &gt; /tmp/cn=samba.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1674(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2709(para)
msgid ""
"Change the above file and path names to match your own if they are different."
msgstr "Modifiez si nécessaire le nom et l'emplacement du fichier."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1681(para)
msgid ""
"Edit the generated <filename>/tmp/cn\\=samba.ldif</filename> file, changing "
"the following attributes:"
msgstr ""
"Modifiez le fichier généré <filename>/tmp/cn\\=samba.ldif</filename> en "
"changeant les attributs suivants :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1685(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: cn=samba,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"...\n"
"cn: samba\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"dn: cn=samba,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"...\n"
"cn: samba\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1695(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"structuralObjectClass: olcSchemaConfig\n"
"entryUUID: b53b75ca-083f-102d-9fff-2f64fd123c95\n"
"creatorsName: cn=config\n"
"createTimestamp: 20080827045234Z\n"
"entryCSN: 20080827045234.341425Z#000000#000#000000\n"
"modifiersName: cn=config\n"
"modifyTimestamp: 20080827045234Z\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"structuralObjectClass: olcSchemaConfig\n"
"entryUUID: b53b75ca-083f-102d-9fff-2f64fd123c95\n"
"creatorsName: cn=config\n"
"createTimestamp: 20080827045234Z\n"
"entryCSN: 20080827045234.341425Z#000000#000#000000\n"
"modifiersName: cn=config\n"
"modifyTimestamp: 20080827045234Z\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1720(command)
msgid "ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f /tmp/cn\\=samba.ldif"
msgstr "ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f /tmp/cn\\=samba.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1726(para)
msgid ""
"There should now be a <emphasis>dn: "
"cn={X}misc,cn=schema,cn=config</emphasis>, where \"X\" is the next "
"sequential schema, entry in the cn=config tree."
msgstr ""
"Il doit y avoir maintenant une nouvelle entrée <emphasis>dn: "
"cn={X}misc,cn=schema,cn=config</emphasis> (où X est le schéma séquentiel "
"suivant) dans l'arborescence de cn=config."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1734(para)
msgid ""
"Copy and paste the following into a file named "
"<filename>samba_indexes.ldif</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Copiez et collez ce qui suit dans un fichier nommé "
"<filename>samba_indexes.ldif</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1738(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"changetype: modify\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: uidNumber eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: gidNumber eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: loginShell eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: uid eq,pres,sub\n"
"olcDbIndex: memberUid eq,pres,sub\n"
"olcDbIndex: uniqueMember eq,pres\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaSID eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaPrimaryGroupSID eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaGroupType eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaSIDList eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaDomainName eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: default sub\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"changetype: modify\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: uidNumber eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: gidNumber eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: loginShell eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: uid eq,pres,sub\n"
"olcDbIndex: memberUid eq,pres,sub\n"
"olcDbIndex: uniqueMember eq,pres\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaSID eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaPrimaryGroupSID eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaGroupType eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaSIDList eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaDomainName eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: default sub\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1756(para)
msgid ""
"Using the <application>ldapmodify</application> utility load the new indexes:"
msgstr ""
"Chargez le nouvel index à l'aide de <application>ldapmodify</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1761(command)
msgid "ldapmodify -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f samba_indexes.ldif"
msgstr "ldapmodify -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f samba_indexes.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1763(para)
msgid ""
"If all went well you should see the new indexes using "
"<application>ldapsearch</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Si tout s'est bien passé, vous devez maintenant voir les nouveaux index à "
"l'aide de <application>ldapsearch</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1768(command)
msgid ""
"ldapsearch -xLLL -D cn=admin,cn=config -x -b cn=config -W olcDatabase={1}hdb"
msgstr ""
"ldapsearch -xLLL -D cn=admin,cn=config -x -b cn=config -W olcDatabase={1}hdb"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1774(para)
msgid ""
"Next, configure the <application>smbldap-tools</application> package to "
"match your environment. The package comes with a configuration script that "
"will ask questions about the needed options. To run the script enter:"
msgstr ""
"Configurez ensuite le paquet <application>smbldap-tools</application> selon "
"votre environnement. Un script de configuration vous posera des questions à "
"propos des options souhaitées. Pour lancer le script, saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1780(command)
msgid "sudo gzip -d /usr/share/doc/smbldap-tools/configure.pl.gz"
msgstr "sudo gzip -d /usr/share/doc/smbldap-tools/configure.pl.gz"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1781(command)
msgid "sudo perl /usr/share/doc/smbldap-tools/configure.pl"
msgstr "sudo perl /usr/share/doc/smbldap-tools/configure.pl"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1784(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have answered the questions, there should be <filename>/etc/smbldap-"
"tools/smbldap.conf</filename> and <filename>/etc/smbldap-"
"tools/smbldap_bind.conf</filename> files. These files are generated by the "
"configure script, so if you made any mistakes while executing the script it "
"may be simpler to edit the file appropriately."
msgstr ""
"Deux fichiers seront créés une fois les réponses données : "
"<filename>/etc/smbldap-tools/smbldap.conf</filename> et "
"<filename>/etc/smbldap-tools/smbldap_bind.conf</filename>. Ces fichiers sont "
"générés par le script de configuration. Si vous commettez une erreur durant "
"l'exécution du script, il est plus simple de modifier les fichiers après "
"coup."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1794(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>smbldap-populate</application> script will add the "
"necessary users, groups, and LDAP objects required for Samba. It is a good "
"idea to make a backup LDAP Data Interchange Format (LDIF) file with "
"<application>slapcat</application> before executing the command:"
msgstr ""
"Le script <application>smbldap-populate</application> ajoutera les "
"utilisateurs, groupes et objets LDAP nécessaires à Samba. Il est judicieux "
"d'effectuer une sauvegarde au format LDIF (LDAP Data Interchange Format) "
"avec <application>slapcat</application> au préalable :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1801(command)
msgid "sudo slapcat -l backup.ldif"
msgstr "sudo slapcat -l backup.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1807(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have a current backup execute <application>smbldap-"
"populate</application> by entering:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois la sauvegarde effectuée, lancez <application>smbldap-"
"populate</application> en saisissant :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1812(command)
msgid "sudo smbldap-populate"
msgstr "sudo smbldap-populate"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1816(para)
msgid ""
"You can create an LDIF file containing the new Samba objects by executing "
"<command>sudo smbldap-populate -e samba.ldif</command>. This allows you to "
"look over the changes making sure everything is correct."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez créer un fichier LDIF contenant les nouveaux objets Samba en "
"lançant <command>sudo smbldap-populate -e samba.ldif</command>. Ceci vous "
"permettra de vérifier les changements pour vous assurer que tout est correct."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1824(para)
msgid ""
"Your LDAP directory now has the necessary domain information to authenticate "
"Samba users."
msgstr ""
"Votre annuaire LDAP a maintenant les informations de domaine nécessaires "
"pour l'identification d'utilisateurs Samba."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1830(title)
msgid "Samba Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration de Samba"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1832(para)
msgid ""
"There a multiple ways to configure Samba for details on some common "
"configurations see <xref linkend=\"windows-networking\"/>. To configure "
"Samba to use LDAP, edit the main Samba configuration file "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> commenting the <emphasis>passdb "
"backend</emphasis> option and adding the following:"
msgstr ""
"Il y a plusieurs moyens de configurer Samba. Pour de plus amples "
"informations sur les configurations courantes, consultez <xref "
"linkend=\"windows-networking\"/>. Pour intégrer Samba à LDAP, modifiez le "
"fichier principal de Samba <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> en "
"commentant l'option <emphasis>passdb backend</emphasis> et en ajoutant :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1838(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#   passdb backend = tdbsam\n"
"\n"
"# LDAP Settings\n"
"   passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://hostname\n"
"   ldap suffix = dc=example,dc=com\n"
"   ldap user suffix = ou=People\n"
"   ldap group suffix = ou=Groups\n"
"   ldap machine suffix = ou=Computers\n"
"   ldap idmap suffix = ou=Idmap\n"
"   ldap admin dn = cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"   ldap ssl = start tls\n"
"   ldap passwd sync = yes\n"
"...\n"
"   add machine script = sudo /usr/sbin/smbldap-useradd -t 0 -w \"%u\"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"#   passdb backend = tdbsam\n"
"\n"
"# LDAP Settings\n"
"   passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://hostname\n"
"   ldap suffix = dc=example,dc=com\n"
"   ldap user suffix = ou=People\n"
"   ldap group suffix = ou=Groups\n"
"   ldap machine suffix = ou=Computers\n"
"   ldap idmap suffix = ou=Idmap\n"
"   ldap admin dn = cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"   ldap ssl = start tls\n"
"   ldap passwd sync = yes\n"
"...\n"
"   add machine script = sudo /usr/sbin/smbldap-useradd -t 0 -w \"%u\"\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1855(para)
msgid "Restart <application>samba</application> to enable the new settings:"
msgstr ""
"Redémarrez <application>samba</application> pour activer les nouveaux "
"paramètres :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1863(para)
msgid ""
"Now Samba needs to know the LDAP admin password. From a terminal prompt "
"enter:"
msgstr ""
"Vous devez donner maintenant le mot de passe de l'administrateur LDAP à "
"Samba :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1868(command)
msgid "sudo smbpasswd -w secret"
msgstr "sudo smbpasswd -w secret"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1872(para)
msgid ""
"Replacing <emphasis role=\"italic\">secret</emphasis> with your LDAP admin "
"password."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis role=\"italic\">secret</emphasis> par le mot de passe de "
"votre administrateur LDAP."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1877(para)
msgid ""
"If you currently have users in LDAP, and you want them to authenticate using "
"Samba, they will need some Samba attributes defined in the "
"<filename>samba.schema</filename> file. Add the Samba attributes to existing "
"users using the <application>smbpasswd</application> utility, replacing "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">username</emphasis> with an actual user:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez déjà des utilisateurs dans LDAP et que vous souhaitez qu'ils "
"puissent s'authentifier en utilisant Samba, ils auront besoin d'attributs "
"Samba définis dans le fichier <filename>samba.schema</filename>. Ajoutez ces "
"attributs aux utilisateurs existants à l'aide de "
"<application>smbpasswd</application> en remplaçant <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">identifiant</emphasis> par le nom d'utilisateur réel."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1885(command)
msgid "sudo smbpasswd -a username"
msgstr "sudo smbpasswd -a identifiant"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1888(para)
msgid "You will then be asked to enter the user's password."
msgstr "Le mot de passe de l'utilisateur vous sera alors demandé."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1892(para)
msgid ""
"To add new user, group, and machine accounts use the utilities from the "
"<application>smbldap-tools</application> package. Here are some examples:"
msgstr ""
"Pour ajouter un nouvel utilisateur, groupe ou compte machine, utilisez les "
"programmes du paquet <application>smbldap-tools</application>. Voici "
"quelques exemples :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1899(para)
msgid ""
"To add a new user to LDAP with Samba attributes enter the following, "
"replacing username with an actual username:"
msgstr ""
"Pour ajouter un nouvel utilisateur dans LDAP avec des attributs Samba "
"(remplacez identifiant par le nom d'utilisateur réel) :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1903(command)
msgid "sudo smbldap-useradd -a -P username"
msgstr "sudo smbldap-useradd -a -P identifiant"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1905(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>-a</emphasis> option adds the Samba attributes, and the "
"<emphasis>-P</emphasis> options calls the <application>smbldap-"
"passwd</application> utility after the user is created allowing you to enter "
"a password for the user."
msgstr ""
"L'option <emphasis>-a</emphasis> ajoute les attributs Samba et l'option "
"<emphasis>-P</emphasis> lance l'utilitaire <application>smbldap-"
"passwd</application> après la création de l'utilisateur et vous permet de "
"saisir un mot de passe pour celui-ci."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1911(para)
msgid "To remove a user from the directory enter:"
msgstr "Pour supprimer un utilisateur de l'annuaire :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1915(command)
msgid "sudo smbldap-userdel username"
msgstr "sudo smbldap-userdel identifiant"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1917(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>smbldap-userdel</application> utility also has a <emphasis>-"
"r</emphasis> option to remove the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
"<application>smbldap-userdel</application> a aussi une option <emphasis>-"
"r</emphasis> pour supprimer le répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1922(para)
msgid ""
"Use <application>smbldap-groupadd</application> to add a group, replacing "
"groupname with an appropriate group:"
msgstr ""
"Pour ajouter un groupe (remplacez nom_de_groupe par le groupe approprié) :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1926(command)
msgid "sudo smbldap-groupadd -a groupname"
msgstr "sudo smbldap-groupadd -a nom_de_groupe"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1928(para)
msgid ""
"Similar to <application>smbldap-useradd</application>, the <emphasis>-"
"a</emphasis> adds the Samba attributes."
msgstr ""
"Comme pour <application>smbldap-useradd</application>, l'option <emphasis>-"
"a</emphasis> ajoute les attributs Samba."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1933(para)
msgid ""
"To add a user to a group use <application>smbldap-groupmod</application>:"
msgstr "Pour ajouter un utilisateur à un groupe :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1937(command)
msgid "sudo smbldap-groupmod -m username groupname"
msgstr "sudo smbldap-groupmod -m identifiant nom_de_groupe"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1939(para)
msgid ""
"Be sure to replace <emphasis>username</emphasis> with a real user. Also, the "
"<emphasis>-m</emphasis> option can add more than one user at a time by "
"listing them in <emphasis>comma separated</emphasis> format."
msgstr ""
"N'oubliez pas de remplacer <emphasis>identifiant</emphasis> par un vrai nom "
"d'utilisateur. L'option <emphasis>-m</emphasis> vous permet d'ajouter "
"plusieurs utilisateurs à la fois en séparant chaque utilisateur par une "
"<emphasis>virgule</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1945(para)
msgid ""
"<application>smbldap-groupmod</application> can also be used to remove a "
"user from a group:"
msgstr ""
"<application>smbldap-groupmod</application> peut aussi être utilisé pour "
"enlever un utilisateur d'un groupe :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1949(command)
msgid "sudo smbldap-groupmod -x username groupname"
msgstr "sudo smbldap-groupmod -x identifiant nom_de_groupe"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1953(para)
msgid ""
"Additionally, the <application>smbldap-useradd</application> utility can add "
"Samba machine accounts:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez aussi ajouter des comptes machines grâce à <application>smbldap-"
"useradd</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1957(command)
msgid "sudo smbldap-useradd -t 0 -w username"
msgstr "sudo smbldap-useradd -t 0 -w nom_machine"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1959(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>username</emphasis> with the name of the workstation. The "
"<emphasis>-t 0</emphasis> option creates the machine account without a "
"delay, while the <emphasis>-w</emphasis> option specifies the user as a "
"machine account. Also, note the <emphasis>add machine script</emphasis> "
"option in <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> was changed to use "
"<application>smbldap-useradd</application>."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis>nom_machine</emphasis> par le nom d'hôte de votre "
"client. L'option <emphasis>-t 0</emphasis> crée un compte machine "
"immédiatement et <emphasis>-w</emphasis> indique que ce qui suit n'est pas "
"un utilisateur mais un compte machine. Il est à noter que l'option "
"<emphasis>add machine script</emphasis> dans "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> a été changée de manière a utiliser "
"<application>smbldap-useradd</application>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1968(para)
msgid ""
"There are more useful utilities and options in the <application>smbldap-"
"tools</application> package. The man page for each utility provides more "
"details."
msgstr ""
"D'autres programmes et options sont disponibles dans le paquet "
"<application>smbldap-tools</application>. La page de manuel de chaque "
"programme vous en dira plus."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1979(para)
msgid ""
"There are multiple places where LDAP and Samba is documented in the <ulink "
"url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/\">Samba HOWTO "
"Collection</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Différentes pages de la <ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-"
"HOWTO-Collection/\">collectiion des guides SAMBA</ulink> (en anglais) "
"traitent de LDAP et Samba."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1985(para)
msgid ""
"Specifically see the <ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-"
"HOWTO-Collection/passdb.html\">passdb section</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Voir plus spécialement la <ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-"
"HOWTO-Collection/passdb.html\">section passdb</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1991(para)
msgid ""
"Another good site is <ulink url=\"http://www.iallanis.info/smbldap-"
"tools/docs/samba-ldap-howto/\">Samba OpenLDAP HOWTO</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Un autre bon site est <ulink url=\"http://www.iallanis.info/smbldap-"
"tools/docs/samba-ldap-howto/\">Samba OpenLDAP HOWTO</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1997(para)
msgid ""
"Again, for more information on <application>smbldap-tools</application> see "
"the man pages: <command>man smbldap-useradd</command>, <command>man smbldap-"
"groupadd</command>, <command>man smbldap-populate</command>, etc."
msgstr ""
"Pour de plus amples informations sur <application>smbldap-"
"tools</application>, consultez les pages de manuel : <command>man smbldap-"
"useradd</command>, <command>man smbldap-groupadd</command>, <command>man "
"smbldap-populate</command>, etc."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2004(para)
msgid ""
"Also, there is a list of <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Samba#samba-ldap\">Ubuntu "
"wiki</ulink> articles with more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2013(title)
msgid "Kerberos"
msgstr "Kerberos"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2015(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Kerberos</application> is a network authentication system based "
"on the principal of a trusted third party. The other two parties being the "
"user and the service the user wishes to authenticate to. Not all services "
"and applications can use Kerberos, but for those that can, it brings the "
"network environment one step closer to being Single Sign On (SSO)."
msgstr ""
"<application>Kerberos</application> est un système d'authentification réseau "
"basé sur le principe d'un tiers de confiance. Les deux autres parties sont "
"l'utilisateur et le service sur lequel l'utilisateur veut s'authentifier. "
"Tous les services et applications ne savent pas utiliser Kerberos, mais pour "
"ceux qui en sont capables, cela rapproche l'environnement réseau d'un "
"système à authentification unique (Single Sign On ou SSO)."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2021(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers installation and configuration of a Kerberos server, and "
"some example client configurations."
msgstr ""
"Cette section couvre l'installation et la configuration d'un serveur "
"Kerberos, et propose quelques exemples de configurations de clients."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2028(para)
msgid ""
"If you are new to Kerberos there are a few terms that are good to understand "
"before setting up a Kerberos server. Most of the terms will relate to things "
"you may be familiar with in other environments:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous débutez avec Kerberos, il y a quelques termes qu'il est bon de "
"comprendre avant de paramétrer un serveur Kerberos. La plupart des termes "
"sont proches d'éléments qui peuvent vous être familiers dans d'autres "
"environnements."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2035(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Principal:</emphasis> any users, computers, and services provided "
"by servers need to be defined as Kerberos Principals."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Donneur d'ordre :</emphasis> tous les utilisateurs, ordinateurs et "
"services fournis par des serveurs doivent être définis comme « donneurs "
"d'ordre » Kerberos."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2040(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Instances:</emphasis> are used for service principals and special "
"administrative principals."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Instances :</emphasis> sont utilisés pour les donneurs d'ordre de "
"service et les donneurs d'ordre administratifs spéciaux."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2045(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Realms:</emphasis> the unique realm of control provided by the "
"Kerberos installation. Usually the DNS domain converted to uppercase "
"(EXAMPLE.COM)."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Domaines : </emphasis> l'unique domaine de contrôle fourni par "
"l'installation de Kerberos. Il s'agit habituellement du nom de domaine DNS "
"écrit en majuscule (EXEMPLE.COM)."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2051(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Key Distribution Center:</emphasis> (KDC) consist of three parts, "
"a database of all principals, the authentication server, and the ticket "
"granting server. For each realm there must be at least one KDC."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Centre de distribution de clé :</emphasis > (KDC) se compose de "
"trois parties, une base de données de tous les donneurs d'ordre, le serveur "
"d'authentification et le serveur accordant les tickets. Pour chaque domaine, "
"il doit y avoir au moins un KDC."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2057(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Ticket Granting Ticket:</emphasis> issued by the Authentication "
"Server (AS), the Ticket Granting Ticket (TGT) is encrypted in the user's "
"password which is known only to the user and the KDC."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Ticket d'octroi de ticket :</emphasis> émis par le serveur "
"d'authentification (AS), le ticket d'octroi du ticket (TGT) est chiffré avec "
"le mot de passe utilisateur qui n'est connu que par l'utilisateur et le KDC."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2063(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Ticket Granting Server:</emphasis> (TGS) issues service tickets to "
"clients upon request."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Serveur d'octroi de ticket :</emphasis> (TGS) génère sur demande "
"des tickets de service aux clients."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2068(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Tickets:</emphasis> confirm the identity of the two principals. "
"One principal being a user and the other a service requested by the user. "
"Tickets establish an encryption key used for secure communication during the "
"authenticated session."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Tickets :</emphasis> confirment l'identité des deux donneurs "
"d'ordre. Un donneur d'ordre étant un utilisateur et l'autre un service "
"demandé par l'utilisateur. Les tickets établissent une clé de chiffrage "
"utilisée pour la communication sécurisée pendant la session authentifiée."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2074(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Keytab Files:</emphasis> are files extracted from the KDC "
"principal database and contain the encryption key for a service or host."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Fichiers Keytab :</emphasis> ce sont des fichiers extraits de la "
"base de données KDC des « principals » et qui contiennent la clé de "
"chiffrement pour un service ou un hôte."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2081(para)
msgid ""
"To put the pieces together, a Realm has at least one KDC, preferably two for "
"redundancy, which contains a database of Principals. When a user principal "
"logs into a workstation, configured for Kerberos authentication, the KDC "
"issues a Ticket Granting Ticket (TGT). If the user supplied credentials "
"match, the user is authenticated and can then request tickets for Kerberized "
"services from the Ticket Granting Server (TGS). The service tickets allow "
"the user to authenticate to the service without entering another username "
"and password."
msgstr ""
"Pour synthétiser, un domaine dispose au moins d'un KDC (de préférence deux "
"pour la redondance) qui contient une base de données de donneurs d'ordre. "
"Lorsqu'un donneur d'ordre utilisateur se connecte sur une station de travail "
"configurée pour utiliser une authentification Kerberos, le KDC génère un TGT "
"(« Ticket Granting Ticket » soit un ticket de ticket d'octroi). Si les "
"identifiants fournis par l'utilisateur sont corrects, l'utilisateur est "
"authentifié et il peut ensuite demander des tickets pour accéder à des "
"services « kerberisés » auprès du TGS (« Ticket Granting Server » soit un "
"serveur de ticket d'octroi). Les tickets de service authentifient "
"l'utilisateur auprès du service sans qu'il doivent fournir à nouveau un nom "
"d'utilisateur et un mot de passe."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2090(title)
msgid "Kerberos Server"
msgstr "Serveur Kerberos"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2094(para)
msgid ""
"Before installing the Kerberos server a properly configured DNS server is "
"needed for your domain. Since the Kerberos Realm by convention matches the "
"domain name, this section uses the <emphasis>example.com</emphasis> domain "
"configured in <xref linkend=\"dns-primarymaster-configuration\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Avant l'installation du serveur Kerberos, un serveur DNS correctement "
"configuré est nécessaire pour votre domaine. Puisque le domaine de Kerberos "
"par convention correspond au nom du domaine, cette section utilise le "
"domaine <emphasis>exemple.com</emphasis>  configuré dans <xref linkend=\"dns-"
"primarymaster-configuration\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2100(para)
msgid ""
"Also, Kerberos is a time sensitive protocol. So if the local system time "
"between a client machine and the server differs by more than five minutes "
"(by default), the workstation will not be able to authenticate. To correct "
"the problem all hosts should have their time synchronized using the "
"<emphasis>Network Time Protocol (NTP)</emphasis>. For details on setting up "
"NTP see <xref linkend=\"NTP\"/>."
msgstr ""
"De plus, Kerberos est un protocole sensible au temps. Ainsi, une différence "
"de plus de cinq minutes (par défaut) entre l'heure système locale et celle "
"du serveur fera échouer l'authentification. Pour éviter ce problème, chaque "
"hôte doit être synchronisé sur un serveur <emphasis>Network Time Protocol "
"(NTP)</emphasis>. Pour de plus amples informations concernant la "
"configuration de NTP, consultez <xref linkend=\"NTP\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2107(para)
msgid ""
"The first step in installing a Kerberos Realm is to install the "
"<application>krb5-kdc</application> and <application>krb5-admin-"
"server</application> packages. From a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"La première étape dans l'installation d'un domaine Kerberos consiste à "
"installer les paquets <application>krb5-kdc</application> et "
"<application>krb5-kdc</application>. Dans un terminal, saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2113(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2288(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install krb5-kdc krb5-admin-server"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install krb5-kdc krb5-admin-server"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2116(para)
msgid ""
"You will be asked at the end of the install to supply a name for the "
"Kerberos and Admin servers, which may or may not be the same server, for the "
"realm."
msgstr ""
"À la fin de l'installation, vous serez amené à choisir un nom pour les "
"serveurs Kerberos et Admin qui peuvent être un seul et même serveur pour le "
"domaine."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2121(para)
msgid ""
"Next, create the new realm with the <application>kdb5_newrealm</application> "
"utility:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, créez le nouveau domaine à l'aide de l'utilitaire "
"<application>kdb5_newrealm</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2126(command)
msgid "sudo krb5_newrealm"
msgstr "sudo krb5_newrealm"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2133(para)
msgid ""
"The questions asked during installation are used to configure the "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> file. If you need to adjust the Key "
"Distribution Center (KDC) settings simply edit the file and restart the "
"<application>krb5-kdc</application> daemon."
msgstr ""
"Les questions posées lors de l'installation sont utilisées pour configurer "
"le fichier <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>. Si vous avez besoin "
"d'ajuster la configuration du Key Distribution Center (KDC), modifiez "
"simplement le fichier puis redémarrez le service <application>krb5-"
"kdc</application>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2141(para)
msgid ""
"Now that the KDC running an admin user is needed. It is recommended to use a "
"different username from your everyday username. Using the "
"<application>kadmin.local</application> utility in a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"Maintenant que le KDC est démarré, un utilisateur admin est nécessaire. Il "
"est recommandé d'utiliser un nom différent de celui de votre utilisateur "
"habituel. Recourant à l'utilitaire <application>kadmin.local</application>, "
"saisissez dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2147(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2943(command)
msgid "sudo kadmin.local"
msgstr "sudo kadmin.local"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2148(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Authenticating as principal root/admin@EXAMPLE.COM with password.\n"
"kadmin.local:"
msgstr ""
"Authentification en tant que donneur d'ordre root/admin@EXEMPLE.COM avec un "
"mot de passe.\n"
"kadmin.local:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2149(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid " addprinc steve/admin"
msgstr " addprinc steve/admin"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2150(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"WARNING: no policy specified for steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM; defaulting to no "
"policy\n"
"Enter password for principal \"steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\": \n"
"Re-enter password for principal \"steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\": \n"
"Principal \"steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\" created.\n"
"kadmin.local:"
msgstr ""
"WARNING: no policy specified for steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM; defaulting to no "
"policy\n"
"Enter password for principal \"steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\": \n"
"Re-enter password for principal \"steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\": \n"
"Principal \"steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\" created.\n"
"kadmin.local:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2154(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid " quit"
msgstr " quit"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2157(para)
msgid ""
"In the above example <emphasis role=\"italic\">steve</emphasis> is the "
"<emphasis>Principal</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"italic\">/admin</emphasis> "
"is an <emphasis>Instance</emphasis>, and <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">@EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis> signifies the realm. The <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">\"every day\"</emphasis> Principal would be "
"<emphasis>steve@EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis>, and should have only normal user "
"rights."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2165(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis> and <emphasis>steve</emphasis> with "
"your Realm and admin username."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis>EXEMPLE.COM</emphasis> et <emphasis>steve</emphasis> par "
"votre nom d'utilisateur de domaine et d'administrateur."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2173(para)
msgid ""
"Next, the new admin user needs to have the appropriate Access Control List "
"(ACL) permissions. The permissions are configured in the "
"<filename>/etc/krb5kdc/kadm5.acl</filename> file:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, le nouvel utilisateur admin a besoin des permissions ACL (Access "
"Control List) appropriées. Les permissions sont configurées dans le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/krb5kdc/kadm5.acl</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2178(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM        *\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM        *\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2182(para)
msgid ""
"This entry grants <emphasis>steve/admin</emphasis> the ability to perform "
"any operation on all principals in the realm."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2189(para)
msgid ""
"Now restart the <application>krb5-admin-server</application> for the new ACL "
"to take affect:"
msgstr ""
"Redémarrez maintenant <application>krb5-admin-server</application> pour que "
"les nouvelles ACL soient prises en compte :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2194(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/krb5-admin-server restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/krb5-admin-server restart"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2200(para)
msgid ""
"The new user principal can be tested using the <application>kinit "
"utility</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Le nouveau « principal » d'utilisateur peut être testé en utilisant "
"<application>kinit utility</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2205(command)
msgid "kinit steve/admin"
msgstr "kinit steve/admin"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2206(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM's Password:"
msgstr "Mot de passe de steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2209(para)
msgid ""
"After entering the password, use the <application>klist</application> "
"utility to view information about the Ticket Granting Ticket (TGT):"
msgstr ""
"Après avoir saisi le mot de passe, utilisez <application>klist</application> "
"pour afficher les informations du TGT (Ticket Granting Ticket, ticket "
"d'octroi de tickets) :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2215(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2550(command)
msgid "klist"
msgstr "klist"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2216(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Credentials cache: FILE:/tmp/krb5cc_1000\n"
"        Principal: steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"  Issued           Expires          Principal\n"
"Jul 13 17:53:34  Jul 14 03:53:34  krbtgt/EXAMPLE.COM@EXAMPLE.COM"
msgstr ""
"Credentials cache: FILE:/tmp/krb5cc_1000\n"
"        Principal: steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"  Issued           Expires          Principal\n"
"Jul 13 17:53:34  Jul 14 03:53:34  krbtgt/EXAMPLE.COM@EXAMPLE.COM"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2223(para)
msgid ""
"You may need to add an entry into the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> for "
"the KDC. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Vous aurez peut-être besoin d'ajouter une entrée dans "
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> pour le KDC. Par exemple :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2227(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"192.168.0.1   kdc01.example.com       kdc01\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"192.168.0.1   kdc01.example.com       kdc01\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2231(para)
msgid ""
"Replacing <emphasis>192.168.0.1</emphasis> with the IP address of your KDC."
msgstr ""
"En remplaçant <emphasis>192.168.0.1</emphasis> par l'adresse IP de votre KDC."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2238(para)
msgid ""
"In order for clients to determine the KDC for the Realm some DNS SRV records "
"are needed. Add the following to "
"<filename>/etc/named/db.example.com</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Pour que les clients puissent déterminer le KDC pour le domaine (realm), des "
"entrées DNS SRV sont requises. Ajoutez ce qui suit à "
"<filename>/etc/named/db.example.com</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2243(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_kerberos._udp.EXAMPLE.COM.     IN SRV 1  0 88  kdc01.example.com.\n"
"_kerberos._tcp.EXAMPLE.COM.     IN SRV 1  0 88  kdc01.example.com.\n"
"_kerberos._udp.EXAMPLE.COM.     IN SRV 10 0 88  kdc02.example.com. \n"
"_kerberos._tcp.EXAMPLE.COM.     IN SRV 10 0 88  kdc02.example.com. \n"
"_kerberos-adm._tcp.EXAMPLE.COM. IN SRV 1  0 749 kdc01.example.com.\n"
"_kpasswd._udp.EXAMPLE.COM.      IN SRV 1  0 464 kdc01.example.com.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_kerberos._udp.EXAMPLE.COM.     IN SRV 1  0 88  kdc01.example.com.\n"
"_kerberos._tcp.EXAMPLE.COM.     IN SRV 1  0 88  kdc01.example.com.\n"
"_kerberos._udp.EXAMPLE.COM.     IN SRV 10 0 88  kdc02.example.com. \n"
"_kerberos._tcp.EXAMPLE.COM.     IN SRV 10 0 88  kdc02.example.com. \n"
"_kerberos-adm._tcp.EXAMPLE.COM. IN SRV 1  0 749 kdc01.example.com.\n"
"_kpasswd._udp.EXAMPLE.COM.      IN SRV 1  0 464 kdc01.example.com.\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2253(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis>, <emphasis>kdc01</emphasis>, and "
"<emphasis>kdc02</emphasis> with your domain name, primary KDC, and secondary "
"KDC."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis>EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis>, <emphasis>kdc01</emphasis>, et "
"<emphasis>kdc02</emphasis> par vos noms de domaine, de serveur KDC primaire "
"et secondaire."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2259(para)
msgid ""
"See <xref linkend=\"dns\"/> for detailed instructions on setting up DNS."
msgstr ""
"Consultez <xref linkend=\"dns\"/> pour des instructions détaillées sur le "
"paramétrage des DNS."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2266(para)
msgid "Your new Kerberos Realm is now ready to authenticate clients."
msgstr ""
"Votre nouveau domaine (realm) Kerberos est maintenant prêt à authentifier "
"des clients."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2273(title)
msgid "Secondary KDC"
msgstr "KDC secondaire"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2275(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have one Key Distribution Center (KDC) on your network, it is good "
"practice to have a Secondary KDC in case the primary becomes unavailable."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que vous avez un KDC (Key Distribution Center, centre de "
"distribution de clés) opérationnel sur votre réseau, il est habituel de "
"créer un KDC secondaire au cas où le premier deviendrait indisponible."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2283(para)
msgid ""
"First, install the packages, and when asked for the Kerberos and Admin "
"server names enter the name of the Primary KDC:"
msgstr ""
"Tou d'abord, installez les paquets, et lors de la demande des noms de "
"serveurs Kerberos et Admin, saisiissez le nom du serveur KDC primaire :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2294(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have the packages installed, create the Secondary KDC's host "
"principal. From a terminal prompt, enter:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois les paquets installés, créez un « principal » du KDC secondaire. "
"Dans un terminal, saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2299(command)
msgid "kadmin -q \"addprinc -randkey host/kdc02.example.com\""
msgstr "kadmin -q \"addprinc -randkey host/kdc02.example.com\""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2303(para)
msgid ""
"After, issuing any <application>kadmin</application> commands you will be "
"prompted for your <emphasis>username/admin@EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis> principal "
"password."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, l'exécution de n'importe quelle commande "
"<application>kadmin</application> nécessitera l'introduction du mot de passe "
"du « principal » <emphasis>username/admin@EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2312(para)
msgid "Extract the <emphasis>keytab</emphasis> file:"
msgstr "Extrayez le fichier <emphasis>keytab</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2317(command)
msgid "kadmin -q \"ktadd -k keytab.kdc02 host/kdc02.example.com\""
msgstr "kadmin -q \"ktadd -k keytab.kdc02 host/kdc02.example.com\""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2323(para)
msgid ""
"There should now be a <filename>keytab.kdc02</filename> in the current "
"directory, move the file to <filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Il devrait y avoir un fichier <filename>keytab.kdc02</filename> dans le "
"dossier actuel. Déplacez le vers <filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2329(command)
msgid "sudo mv keytab.kdc02 /etc/krb5.keytab"
msgstr "sudo mv keytab.kdc02 /etc/krb5.keytab"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2333(para)
msgid ""
"If the path to the <filename>keytab.kdc02</filename> file is different "
"adjust accordingly."
msgstr ""
"Si l'emplacement du fichier <filename>keytab.kdc02</filename> est différent, "
"adaptez le en conséquence."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2338(para)
msgid ""
"Also, you can list the principals in a Keytab file, which can be useful when "
"troubleshooting, using the <application>klist</application> utility:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez également lister les « principals » d'un fichier Keytab à l'aide "
"de <application>klist</application>, ce qui peut être utile au dépannage :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2344(command)
msgid "sudo klist -k /etc/krb5.keytab"
msgstr "sudo klist -k /etc/krb5.keytab"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2350(para)
msgid ""
"Next, there needs to be a <filename>kpropd.acl</filename> file on each KDC "
"that lists all KDCs for the Realm. For example, on both primary and "
"secondary KDC, create <filename>/etc/krb5kdc/kpropd.acl</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, il doit exister un fichier <filename>kpropd.acl</filename> sur "
"chaque KDC qui liste tous les KDC du domaine. Par exemple, sur les serveurs "
"primaire et secondaire, créez le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/krb5kdc/kpropd.acl</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2355(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"host/kdc01.example.com@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"host/kdc02.example.com@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"host/kdc01.example.com@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"host/kdc02.example.com@EXAMPLE.COM\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2363(para)
msgid "Create an empty database on the <emphasis>Secondary KDC</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"Créez une base de données vide sur le <emphasis>KDC secondaire</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2368(command)
msgid "sudo kdb5_util -s create"
msgstr "sudo kdb5_util -s create"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2374(para)
msgid ""
"Now start the <application>kpropd</application> daemon, which listens for "
"connections from the <application>kprop</application> utility. "
"<application>kprop</application> is used to transfer dump files:"
msgstr ""
"Lancez maintenant le démon <application>kpropd</application>, qui écoute les "
"connexions depuis l'utilitaire <application>kprop</application>. "
"<application>kprop</application> est utilisé pour transférer des fichiers de "
"sauvegarde :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2381(command)
msgid "sudo kpropd -S"
msgstr "sudo kpropd -S"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2387(para)
msgid ""
"From a terminal on the <emphasis>Primary KDC</emphasis>, create a dump file "
"of the principal database:"
msgstr ""
"Depuis un terminal sur le <emphasis>KDC primaire</emphasis>, créez un "
"fichier de sauvegarde de la base de données des « principals » :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2392(command)
msgid "sudo kdb5_util dump /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump"
msgstr "sudo kdb5_util dump /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2398(para)
msgid ""
"Extract the Primary KDC's <emphasis>keytab</emphasis> file and copy it to "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Décompressez le fichier <emphasis>keytab</emphasis> du KDC primaire et "
"copiez le dans <filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2403(command)
msgid "kadmin -q \"ktadd -k keytab.kdc01 host/kdc01.example.com\""
msgstr "kadmin -q \"ktadd -k keytab.kdc01 host/kdc01.example.com\""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2404(command)
msgid "sudo mv keytab.kdc01 /etc/kr5b.keytab"
msgstr "sudo mv keytab.kdc01 /etc/kr5b.keytab"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2408(para)
msgid ""
"Make sure there is a <emphasis>host</emphasis> for "
"<emphasis>kdc01.example.com</emphasis> before extracting the Keytab."
msgstr ""
"Assurez-vous qu'il y ait un <emphasis>hôte</emphasis> pour "
"<emphasis>kdc01.example.com</emphasis> avant d'extraire le Keytab."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2416(para)
msgid ""
"Using the <application>kprop</application> utility push the database to the "
"Secondary KDC:"
msgstr ""
"L'utilitaire <application>kprop</application> envoie la base de données vers "
"le serveur KDC secondaire :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2421(command)
msgid "sudo kprop -r EXAMPLE.COM -f /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump kdc02.example.com"
msgstr "sudo kprop -r EXAMPLE.COM -f /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump kdc02.example.com"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2425(para)
msgid ""
"There should be a <emphasis>SUCCEEDED</emphasis> message if the propagation "
"worked. If there is an error message check "
"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> on the secondary KDC for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
"Il devrait y avoir un message de <emphasis>succès</emphasis> si le transfert "
"s'est bien passé. S'il y a un message d'erreur, vérifiez "
"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> sur le KDC secondaire pour plus "
"d'informations."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2431(para)
msgid ""
"You may also want to create a <application>cron</application> job to "
"periodically update the database on the Secondary KDC. For example, the "
"following will push the database every hour:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez également créer une tâche <application>cron</application> pour "
"mettre à jour la base de données périodiquement sur le KDC secondaire. Par "
"exemple, ceci va transférer la base de données toutes les heures :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2436(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# m h  dom mon dow   command\n"
"0 * * * * /usr/sbin/kdb5_util dump /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump &amp;&amp; "
"/usr/sbin/kprop -r EXAMPLE.COM -f /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump kdc02.example.com\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# m h  dom mon dow   command\n"
"0 * * * * /usr/sbin/kdb5_util dump /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump &amp;&amp; "
"/usr/sbin/kprop -r EXAMPLE.COM -f /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump kdc02.example.com\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2444(para)
msgid ""
"Back on the <emphasis>Secondary KDC</emphasis>, create a "
"<emphasis>stash</emphasis> file to hold the Kerberos master key:"
msgstr ""
"De retour sur le <emphasis>KDC secondaire</emphasis>, créez un fichier "
"<emphasis>stash</emphasis> qui contiendra la clé maître de Kerberos :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2450(command)
msgid "sudo kdb5_util stash"
msgstr "sudo kdb5_util stash"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2456(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, start the <application>krb5-kdc</application> daemon on the "
"Secondary KDC:"
msgstr ""
"Finalement, démarrez le service <application>krb5-kdc</application> sur le "
"KDC secondaire :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2461(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3073(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/krb5-kdc start"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/krb5-kdc start"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2467(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Secondary KDC</emphasis> should now be able to issue tickets "
"for the Realm. You can test this by stopping the <application>krb5-"
"kdc</application> daemon on the Primary KDC, then use "
"<application>kinit</application> to request a ticket. If all goes well you "
"should receive a ticket from the Secondary KDC."
msgstr ""
"Le <emphasis>KDC secondaire</emphasis> devrait maintenant être capable "
"d'émettre des tickets pour le domaine. Vous pouvez tester ceci en stoppant "
"le service <application>krb5-kdc</application> sur le KDC primaire, puis en "
"utilisant <application>kinit</application> pour demander un ticket. Si tout "
"va bien, vous devriez recevoir un ticket du KDC secondaire."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2475(title)
msgid "Kerberos Linux Client"
msgstr "Client Kerberos Linux"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2477(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers configuring a Linux system as a "
"<application>Kerberos</application> client. This will allow access to any "
"kerberized services once a user has successfully logged into the system."
msgstr ""
"Cette section couvre la configuration d'un système Linux comme un client "
"<application>Kerberos</application>. Ceci va autoriser l'accès à n'importe "
"quel service gérant Kerberos une fois l'utilisateur correctement connecté au "
"système."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2485(para)
msgid ""
"In order to authenticate to a Kerberos Realm, the <application>krb5-"
"user</application> and <application>libpam-krb5</application> packages are "
"needed, along with a few others that are not strictly necessary but make "
"life easier. To install the packages enter the following in a terminal "
"prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Pour pouvoir s'authentifier sur un domaine Kerberos, les paquets "
"<application>krb5-user</application> et <application>libpam-"
"krb5</application> sont nécessaires, ainsi que quelques autres qui ne sont "
"pas obligatoires mais vous faciliteront la tâche. Pour installer ces paquets "
"tapez la commande suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2492(command)
msgid ""
"sudo apt-get install krb5-user libpam-krb5 libpam-ccreds auth-client-config"
msgstr ""
"sudo apt-get install krb5-user libpam-krb5 libpam-ccreds auth-client-config"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2495(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>auth-client-config</application> package allows simple "
"configuration of PAM for authentication from multiple sources, and the "
"<application>libpam-ccreds</application> will cache authentication "
"credentials allowing you to login in case the Key Distribution Center (KDC) "
"is unavailable. This package is also useful for laptops that may "
"authenticate using Kerberos while on the corporate network, but will need to "
"be accessed off the network as well."
msgstr ""
"Le paquet <application>auth-client-config</application> permet une "
"configuration simple de PAM pour l'authentification depuis plusieurs "
"sources. <application>libpam-ccreds</application> va mettre en cache les "
"références de l'authentification pour vous permettre de vous connecter si le "
"KDC (Key Distribution Center) n'est pas disponible. Ce paquet est également "
"utile pour les portables qui s'identifient via Kerberos sur leur réseau "
"professionnel, mais doivent également rester accessibles en dehors ce réseau."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2506(para)
msgid "To configure the client in a terminal enter:"
msgstr "Pour configurer le client, tapez dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2511(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure krb5-config"
msgstr "sudo dpkg-reconfigure krb5-config"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2514(para)
msgid ""
"You will then be prompted to enter the name of the Kerberos Realm. Also, if "
"you don't have DNS configured with Kerberos <emphasis>SRV</emphasis> "
"records, the menu will prompt you for the hostname of the Key Distribution "
"Center (KDC) and Realm Administration server."
msgstr ""
"Il vous sera alors demandé de donner le nom du domaine Kerberos. Si vous "
"n'avez pas de DNS configuré avec des enregistrements "
"<emphasis>SRV</emphasis> Kerberos, le menu vous demandera le nom de l'hôte "
"KDC et du serveur d'administration du domaine."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2520(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>dpkg-reconfigure</application> adds entries to the "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> file for your Realm. You should have "
"entries similar to the following:"
msgstr ""
"<application>dpkg-reconfigure</application> ajoute des entrées au fichier "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> pour votre domaine. Vous devriez avoir "
"des entrées similaires à :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2525(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"[libdefaults]\n"
"        default_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"...\n"
"[realms]\n"
"        EXAMPLE.COM = }                \n"
"                kdc = 192.168.0.1               \n"
"                admin_server = 192.168.0.1\n"
"        }\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"[libdefaults]\n"
"        default_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"...\n"
"[realms]\n"
"        EXAMPLE.COM = }                \n"
"                kdc = 192.168.0.1               \n"
"                admin_server = 192.168.0.1\n"
"        }\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2536(para)
msgid ""
"You can test the configuration by requesting a ticket using the "
"<application>kinit</application> utility. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez tester la configuration en demandant un ticket à l'aide de "
"<application>kinit</application>. Par exemple :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2541(command)
msgid "kinit steve@EXAMPLE.COM"
msgstr "kinit steve@EXAMPLE.COM"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2542(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "Password for steve@EXAMPLE.COM:"
msgstr "Mot de passe pour steve@EXAMPLE.COM :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2545(para)
msgid ""
"When a ticket has been granted, the details can be viewed using "
"<application>klist</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Lorsqu'un ticket a été accordé, les détails peuvent être affichés avec "
"<application>klist</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2551(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Ticket cache: FILE:/tmp/krb5cc_1000\n"
"Default principal: steve@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"Valid starting     Expires            Service principal\n"
"07/24/08 05:18:56  07/24/08 15:18:56  krbtgt/EXAMPLE.COM@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"        renew until 07/25/08 05:18:57\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"Kerberos 4 ticket cache: /tmp/tkt1000\n"
"klist: You have no tickets cached"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2563(para)
msgid ""
"Next, use the <application>auth-client-config</application> to configure the "
"<application>libpam-krb5</application> module to request a ticket during "
"login:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, utilisez <application>auth-client-config</application> pour "
"configurer le module <application>libpam-krb5</application> pour demander un "
"ticket lors de l'ouverture de session :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2569(command)
msgid "sudo auth-client-config -a -p kerberos_example"
msgstr "sudo auth-client-config -a -p kerberos_example"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2572(para)
msgid ""
"You will should now receive a ticket upon successful login authentication."
msgstr ""
"Vous devriez maintenant recevoir un ticket dès qu'une ouverture de session "
"avec authentification est réussie."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2583(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on Kerberos see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/\">MIT Kerberos</ulink> site."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'informations sur Kerberos, consultez le site web <ulink "
"url=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/\">MIT Kerberos</ulink> (en anglais)."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2588(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Kerberos\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"Kerberos</ulink> page has more details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2593(para)
msgid ""
"O'Reilly's <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596004033/\">Kerberos: The Definitive "
"Guide</ulink> is a great reference when setting up Kerberos."
msgstr ""
"Le guide d'O'Reilly <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596004033/\">Kerberos: The Definitive "
"Guide</ulink> est une bonne référence pour mettre en place Kerberos."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2599(para)
msgid ""
"Also, feel free to stop by the <emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> IRC "
"channel on <ulink url=\"http://freenode.net/\">Freenode</ulink> if you have "
"Kerberos questions."
msgstr ""
"Vous êtes également le bienvenu sur le canal IRC anglophone "
"<emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> sur <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net/\">Freenode</ulink> si vous avez des questions au "
"sujet de Kerberos."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2609(title)
msgid "Kerberos and LDAP"
msgstr "Kerberos et LDAP"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2611(para)
msgid ""
"Replicating a Kerberos principal database between two servers can be "
"complicated, and adds an additional user database to your network. "
"Fortunately, MIT Kerberos can be configured to use an "
"<application>LDAP</application> directory as a principal database. This "
"section covers configuring a primary and secondary kerberos server to use "
"<application>OpenLDAP</application> for the principal database."
msgstr ""
"Répliquer une bases de données de « principals » Kerberos entre deux "
"serveurs peut être compliqué, et cela ajoute une base de données "
"supplémentaire d'utilisateurs à votre réseau. Heureusement, MIT Kerberos "
"peut être configuré pour utiliser un annuaire "
"<application>LDAP</application> comme base de données de « principals ». Ce "
"section couvre la configuration de serveurs Kerberos primaire et secondaire "
"pour utiliser <application>OpenLDAP</application> pour cette base de données."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2619(title)
msgid "Configuring OpenLDAP"
msgstr "Configuration OpenLDAP"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2621(para)
msgid ""
"First, the necessary <emphasis>schema</emphasis> needs to be loaded on an "
"<application>OpenLDAP</application> server that has network connectivity to "
"the Primary and Secondary KDCs. The rest of this section assumes that you "
"also have LDAP replication configured between at least two servers. For "
"information on setting up OpenLDAP see <xref linkend=\"openldap-server\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2628(para)
msgid ""
"It is also required to configure OpenLDAP for TLS and SSL connections, so "
"that traffic between the KDC and LDAP server is encrypted. See <xref "
"linkend=\"openldap-tls\"/> for details."
msgstr ""
"Il est également nécessaire de configurer OpenLDAP pour les connexions TLS "
"et SSL, de sorte que le trafic entre les serveurs KDC et LDAP soit chiffré. "
"Voir <xref linkend=\"openldap-tls\"/> pour plus de détails."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2635(para)
msgid ""
"To load the schema into LDAP, on the LDAP server install the "
"<application>krb5-kdc-ldap</application> package. From a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Pour charger le schéma dans  LDAP, installez le paquet <application>krb5-kdc-"
"ldap</application> sur le serveur LDAP. Saisissez dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2641(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install krb5-kdc-ldap"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install krb5-kdc-ldap"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2646(para)
msgid "Next, extract the <filename>kerberos.schema.gz</filename> file:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, décompressez le fichier <filename>kerberos.schema.gz</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2651(command)
msgid "sudo gzip -d /usr/share/doc/krb5-kdc-ldap/kerberos.schema.gz"
msgstr "sudo gzip -d /usr/share/doc/krb5-kdc-ldap/kerberos.schema.gz"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2652(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/krb5-kdc-ldap/kerberos.schema /etc/ldap/schema/"
msgstr ""
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/krb5-kdc-ldap/kerberos.schema /etc/ldap/schema/"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2658(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>kerberos</emphasis> schema needs to be added to the "
"<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> tree. The procedure to add a new schema to "
"<application>slapd</application> is also detailed in <xref "
"linkend=\"openldap-configuration\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Le schéma <emphasis>Kerberos</emphasis> doit être ajouté à l'arborescence "
"<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis>. La procédure pour ajouter un nouveau schéma "
"à <application>slapd</application> est également expliquée dans <xref "
"linkend=\"openldap-configuration\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2671(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/core.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/collective.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/corba.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/duaconf.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/dyngroup.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/java.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/misc.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/nis.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/openldap.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/ppolicy.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/kerberos.schema\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/core.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/collective.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/corba.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/duaconf.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/dyngroup.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/java.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/misc.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/nis.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/openldap.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/ppolicy.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/kerberos.schema\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2691(para)
msgid "Create a temporary directory to hold the LDIF files:"
msgstr "Créez un dossier temporaire pour recevoir les fichiers LDIF :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2706(command)
msgid ""
"slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F /tmp/ldif_output -n0 -s "
"\"cn={12}kerberos,cn=schema,cn=config\" &gt; /tmp/cn=kerberos.ldif"
msgstr ""
"slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F /tmp/ldif_output -n0 -s "
"\"cn={12}kerberos,cn=schema,cn=config\" &gt; /tmp/cn=kerberos.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2716(para)
msgid ""
"Edit the generated <filename>/tmp/cn\\=kerberos.ldif</filename> file, "
"changing the following attributes:"
msgstr ""
"Modifiez le fichier <filename>/tmp/cn\\=kerberos.ldif</filename> généré, en "
"changeant les attributs suivants :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2720(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: cn=kerberos,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"...\n"
"cn: kerberos\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"dn: cn=kerberos,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"...\n"
"cn: kerberos\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2726(para)
msgid "And remove the following lines from the end of the file:"
msgstr "Et supprimez les lignes suivantes à la fin du fichier :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2730(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"structuralObjectClass: olcSchemaConfig\n"
"entryUUID: 18ccd010-746b-102d-9fbe-3760cca765dc\n"
"creatorsName: cn=config\n"
"createTimestamp: 20090111203515Z\n"
"entryCSN: 20090111203515.326445Z#000000#000#000000\n"
"modifiersName: cn=config\n"
"modifyTimestamp: 20090111203515Z\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"structuralObjectClass: olcSchemaConfig\n"
"entryUUID: 18ccd010-746b-102d-9fbe-3760cca765dc\n"
"creatorsName: cn=config\n"
"createTimestamp: 20090111203515Z\n"
"entryCSN: 20090111203515.326445Z#000000#000#000000\n"
"modifiersName: cn=config\n"
"modifyTimestamp: 20090111203515Z\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2749(para)
msgid "Load the new schema with <application>ldapadd</application>:"
msgstr "Chargez le nouveau schéma avec <application>ldapadd</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2754(command)
msgid "ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f /tmp/cn\\=kerberos.ldif"
msgstr "ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f /tmp/cn\\=kerberos.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2760(para)
msgid ""
"Add an index for the <emphasis>krb5principalname</emphasis> attribute:"
msgstr ""
"Ajoutez un index pour l'attribut <emphasis>krb5principalname</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2765(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2782(command)
msgid "ldapmodify -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W"
msgstr "ldapmodify -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2767(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: krbPrincipalName eq,pres,sub"
msgstr ""
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: krbPrincipalName eq,pres,sub"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2766(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Enter LDAP Password:\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\""
msgstr ""
"Saisissez le mot de passe LDAP :\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2777(para)
msgid "Finally, update the Access Control Lists (ACL):"
msgstr "Enfin, mettez à jour la liste de contrôle d'accès (ACL) :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2784(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"replace: olcAccess\n"
"olcAccess: to attrs=userPassword,shadowLastChange,krbPrincipalKey by "
"dn=\"cn=admin,dc=exampl\n"
" e,dc=com\" write by anonymous auth by self write by * none\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcAccess\n"
"olcAccess: to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcAccess\n"
"olcAccess: to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by * read"
msgstr ""
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"replace: olcAccess\n"
"olcAccess: to attrs=userPassword,shadowLastChange,krbPrincipalKey by "
"dn=\"cn=admin,dc=exampl\n"
" e,dc=com\" write by anonymous auth by self write by * none\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcAccess\n"
"olcAccess: to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcAccess\n"
"olcAccess: to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by * read"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2783(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Enter LDAP Password: \n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2804(para)
msgid ""
"That's it, your LDAP directory is now ready to serve as a Kerberos principal "
"database."
msgstr ""
"Voila, votre annuaire LDAP est maintenant prêt à servir de base de données "
"de « principals » Kerberos."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2810(title)
msgid "Primary KDC Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration du KDC primaire"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2812(para)
msgid ""
"With <application>OpenLDAP</application> configured it is time to configure "
"the KDC."
msgstr ""
"Avec <application>OpenLDAP</application> opérationnel, il est temps de "
"configurer le KDC."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2818(para)
msgid "First, install the necessary packages, from a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Tout d'abord, installez les paquets nécessaires. Saisissez dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2823(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2980(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install krb5-kdc krb5-admin-server krb5-kdc-ldap"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install krb5-kdc krb5-admin-server krb5-kdc-ldap"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2829(para)
msgid ""
"Now edit <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> adding the following options to "
"under the appropriate sections:"
msgstr ""
"Maintenant, modifiez <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> en ajoutant les "
"options suivantes dans les sections appropriées :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2833(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"[libdefaults]\n"
"        default_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[realms]\n"
"        EXAMPLE.COM = {\n"
"                kdc = kdc01.example.com\n"
"                kdc = kdc02.example.com\n"
"                admin_server = kdc01.example.com\n"
"                admin_server = kdc02.example.com\n"
"                default_domain = example.com\n"
"                database_module = openldap_ldapconf\n"
"        }\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[domain_realm]\n"
"        .example.com = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[dbdefaults]\n"
"        ldap_kerberos_container_dn = dc=example,dc=com\n"
"\n"
"[dbmodules]\n"
"        openldap_ldapconf = {\n"
"                db_library = kldap\n"
"                ldap_kdc_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"                # this object needs to have read rights on\n"
"                # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
"trees\n"
"                ldap_kadmind_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"                # this object needs to have read and write rights on\n"
"                # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
"trees\n"
"                ldap_service_password_file = /etc/krb5kdc/service.keyfile\n"
"                ldap_servers = ldaps://ldap01.example.com "
"ldaps://ldap02.example.com\n"
"                ldap_conns_per_server = 5\n"
"        }\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"[libdefaults]\n"
"        default_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[realms]\n"
"        EXAMPLE.COM = {\n"
"                kdc = kdc01.example.com\n"
"                kdc = kdc02.example.com\n"
"                admin_server = kdc01.example.com\n"
"                admin_server = kdc02.example.com\n"
"                default_domain = example.com\n"
"                database_module = openldap_ldapconf\n"
"        }\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[domain_realm]\n"
"        .example.com = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[dbdefaults]\n"
"        ldap_kerberos_container_dn = dc=example,dc=com\n"
"\n"
"[dbmodules]\n"
"        openldap_ldapconf = {\n"
"                db_library = kldap\n"
"                ldap_kdc_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"                # this object needs to have read rights on\n"
"                # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
"trees\n"
"                ldap_kadmind_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"                # this object needs to have read and write rights on\n"
"                # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
"trees\n"
"                ldap_service_password_file = /etc/krb5kdc/service.keyfile\n"
"                ldap_servers = ldaps://ldap01.example.com "
"ldaps://ldap02.example.com\n"
"                ldap_conns_per_server = 5\n"
"        }\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2878(para)
msgid ""
"Change <emphasis>example.com</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>, and "
"<emphasis>ldap01.example.com</emphasis> to the appropriate domain, LDAP "
"object, and LDAP server for your network."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis>example.com</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>, et "
"<emphasis>ldap01.example.com</emphasis> par votre domaine, objet LDAP et "
"serveur LDAP de votre réseau, respectivement."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2887(para)
msgid ""
"Next, use the <application>kdb5_ldap_util</application> utility to create "
"the realm:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, utilisez <application>kdb5_ldap_util</application> pour créer le "
"domaine :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2892(command)
msgid ""
"sudo kdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com create -subtrees "
"dc=example,dc=com -r EXAMPLE.COM -s -H ldap://ldap01.example.com"
msgstr ""
"sudo kdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com create -subtrees "
"dc=example,dc=com -r EXAMPLE.COM -s -H ldap://ldap01.example.com"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2898(para)
msgid ""
"Create a stash of the password used to bind to the LDAP server. This "
"password is used by the <emphasis>ldap_kdc_dn</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>ldap_kadmin_dn</emphasis> options in "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2904(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3042(command)
msgid ""
"sudo kdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com stashsrvpw -f "
"/etc/krb5kdc/service.keyfile cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com"
msgstr ""
"sudo kdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com stashsrvpw -f "
"/etc/krb5kdc/service.keyfile cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2910(para)
msgid "Copy the CA certificate from the LDAP server:"
msgstr "Copiez le certificat de l'AC depuis le serveur LDAP :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2915(command)
msgid "scp ldap01:/etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem ."
msgstr "scp ldap01:/etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem ."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2916(command)
msgid "sudo cp cacert.pem /etc/ssl/certs"
msgstr "sudo cp cacert.pem /etc/ssl/certs"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2919(para)
msgid ""
"And edit <filename>/etc/ldap/ldap.conf</filename> to use the certificate:"
msgstr ""
"Et modifiez <filename>/etc/ldap/ldap.conf</filename> pour utiliser le "
"certificat:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2923(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"TLS_CACERT /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"TLS_CACERT /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2928(para)
msgid ""
"The certificate will also need to be copied to the Secondary KDC, to allow "
"the connection to the LDAP servers using LDAPS."
msgstr ""
"Le certificat devra également être copié vers le KDC secondaire, afin de "
"permettre la connexion aux serveurs LDAP en utilisant LDAPS."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2937(para)
msgid ""
"You can now add Kerberos principals to the LDAP database, and they will be "
"copied to any other LDAP servers configured for replication. To add a "
"principal using the <application>kadmin.local</application> utility enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2945(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "addprinc -x dn=\"uid=steve,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com\" steve"
msgstr "addprinc -x dn=\"uid=steve,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com\" steve"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2944(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Authenticating as principal root/admin@EXAMPLE.COM with password.\n"
"kadmin.local:  <placeholder-1/>\n"
"WARNING: no policy specified for steve@EXAMPLE.COM; defaulting to no policy\n"
"Enter password for principal \"steve@EXAMPLE.COM\": \n"
"Re-enter password for principal \"steve@EXAMPLE.COM\": \n"
"Principal \"steve@EXAMPLE.COM\" created."
msgstr ""
"Authenticating as principal root/admin@EXAMPLE.COM with password.\n"
"kadmin.local:  <placeholder-1/>\n"
"WARNING: no policy specified for steve@EXAMPLE.COM; defaulting to no policy\n"
"Enter password for principal \"steve@EXAMPLE.COM\": \n"
"Re-enter password for principal \"steve@EXAMPLE.COM\": \n"
"Principal \"steve@EXAMPLE.COM\" created."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2952(para)
msgid ""
"There should now be krbPrincipalName, krbPrincipalKey, krbLastPwdChange, and "
"krbExtraData attributes added to the "
"<emphasis>uid=steve,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com</emphasis> user object. Use "
"the <application>kinit</application> and <application>klist</application> "
"utilities to test that the user is indeed issued a ticket."
msgstr ""
"Les attributs krbPrincipalName, krbPrincipalKey, krbLastPwdChange, et "
"krbExtraData devraient maintenant être ajoutés à l'objet utilisateur "
"<emphasis>uid=steve,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>. Utilisez "
"<application>kinit</application> et <application>klist</application> pour "
"tester si l'utilisateur reçoit effectivement un ticket."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2959(para)
msgid ""
"If the user object is already created the <emphasis>-x dn=\"...\"</emphasis> "
"option is needed to add the Kerberos attributes. Otherwise a new "
"<emphasis>principal</emphasis> object will be created in the realm subtree."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2967(title)
msgid "Secondary KDC Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2969(para)
msgid ""
"Configuring a Secondary KDC using the LDAP backend is similar to configuring "
"one using the normal Kerberos database."
msgstr ""
"Configurer un KDC secondaire en utilisant le moteur LDAP est semblable à une "
"configuration utilisant la base de données Kerberos normale."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2975(para)
msgid "First, install the necessary packages. In a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Tout d'abord, installez les paquets nécessaires. Saisissez dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2986(para)
msgid ""
"Next, edit <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> to use the LDAP backend:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, modifiez <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> pour utiliser le "
"moteur LDAP :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2990(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"[libdefaults]\n"
"        default_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[realms]\n"
"        EXAMPLE.COM = {\n"
"                kdc = kdc01.example.com\n"
"                kdc = kdc02.example.com\n"
"                admin_server = kdc01.example.com\n"
"                admin_server = kdc02.example.com\n"
"                default_domain = example.com\n"
"                database_module = openldap_ldapconf\n"
"        }\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[domain_realm]\n"
"        .example.com = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[dbdefaults]\n"
"        ldap_kerberos_container_dn = dc=example,dc=com\n"
"\n"
"[dbmodules]\n"
"        openldap_ldapconf = {\n"
"                db_library = kldap\n"
"                ldap_kdc_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"                # this object needs to have read rights on\n"
"                # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
"trees\n"
"                ldap_kadmind_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"                # this object needs to have read and write rights on\n"
"                # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
"trees\n"
"                ldap_service_password_file = /etc/krb5kdc/service.keyfile\n"
"                ldap_servers = ldaps://ldap01.example.com "
"ldaps://ldap02.example.com\n"
"                ldap_conns_per_server = 5\n"
"        }\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"[libdefaults]\n"
"        default_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[realms]\n"
"        EXAMPLE.COM = {\n"
"                kdc = kdc01.example.com\n"
"                kdc = kdc02.example.com\n"
"                admin_server = kdc01.example.com\n"
"                admin_server = kdc02.example.com\n"
"                default_domain = example.com\n"
"                database_module = openldap_ldapconf\n"
"        }\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[domain_realm]\n"
"        .example.com = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[dbdefaults]\n"
"        ldap_kerberos_container_dn = dc=example,dc=com\n"
"\n"
"[dbmodules]\n"
"        openldap_ldapconf = {\n"
"                db_library = kldap\n"
"                ldap_kdc_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"                # this object needs to have read rights on\n"
"                # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
"trees\n"
"                ldap_kadmind_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"                # this object needs to have read and write rights on\n"
"                # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
"trees\n"
"                ldap_service_password_file = /etc/krb5kdc/service.keyfile\n"
"                ldap_servers = ldaps://ldap01.example.com "
"ldaps://ldap02.example.com\n"
"                ldap_conns_per_server = 5\n"
"        }\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3037(para)
msgid "Create the stash for the LDAP bind password:"
msgstr ""
"Créez un fichier de dissimulation (stash) pour y stocker le mot de passe de "
"liaison à LDAP :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3048(para)
msgid ""
"Now, on the <emphasis>Primary KDC</emphasis> copy the "
"<filename>/etc/krb5kdc/.k5.EXAMPLE.COM</filename><emphasis>Master "
"Key</emphasis> stash to the Secondary KDC. Be sure to copy the file over an "
"encrypted connection such as <application>scp</application>, or on physical "
"media."
msgstr ""
"Maintenant, sur le <emphasis>KDC principal</emphasis>, copiez le fichier de "
"dissimulation de la <emphasis>clé "
"maitresse</emphasis><filename>/etc/krb5kdc/.k5.EXAMPLE.COM</filename> sur le "
"KDC secondaire. Assurez-vous de copier le fichier via une connexion chiffrée "
"telle que <application>scp</application>, ou via des supports physiques."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3055(command)
msgid "sudo scp /etc/krb5kdc/.k5.EXAMPLE.COM steve@kdc02.example.com:~"
msgstr "sudo scp /etc/krb5kdc/.k5.EXAMPLE.COM steve@kdc02.example.com:~"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3056(command)
msgid "sudo mv .k5.EXAMPLE.COM /etc/krb5kdc/"
msgstr "sudo mv .k5.EXAMPLE.COM /etc/krb5kdc/"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3060(para)
msgid ""
"Again, replace <emphasis>EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis> with your actual realm."
msgstr ""
"De nouveau, remplacez <emphasis>EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis> par votre domaine "
"réel."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3068(para)
msgid "Finally, start the <application>krb5-kdc</application> daemon:"
msgstr "Enfin, démarrez le démon <application>krb5-kdc</application>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3079(para)
msgid ""
"You now have redundant KDCs on your network, and with redundant LDAP servers "
"you should be able to continue to authenticate users if one LDAP server, one "
"Kerberos server, or one LDAP and one Kerberos server become unavailable."
msgstr ""
"Vous avez maintenant des KDCs redondants sur votre réseau, et avec des "
"serveurs LDAP redondants, vous devriez être en mesure de continuer à "
"authentifier les utilisateurs si un serveur LDAP, un serveur Kerberos, ou un "
"serveur LDAP et un serveur Kerberos deviennent indisponibles."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3091(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/krb5-1.6/krb5-1.6.3/doc/krb5-"
"admin.html#Configuring-Kerberos-with-OpenLDAP-back_002dend\"> Kerberos Admin "
"Guide</ulink> has some additional details."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/krb5-1.6/krb5-1.6.3/doc/krb5-"
"admin.html#Configuring-Kerberos-with-OpenLDAP-back_002dend\">Le Guide "
"d'administration de Kerberos</ulink> contient des détails supplémentaires."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3097(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <application>kdb5_ldap_util</application> see <ulink "
"url=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/krb5-1.6/krb5-1.6.3/doc/krb5-"
"admin.html#Global-Operations-on-the-Kerberos-LDAP-Database\"> Section "
"5.6</ulink> and the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man8/kdb5_ldap_util.8.html"
"\">kdb5_ldap_util man page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3105(para)
msgid ""
"Another useful link is the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man5/krb5.conf.5.html\">kr"
"b5.conf man page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3110(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Kerberos#kerberos-ldap\">Kerberos "
"and LDAP</ulink> Ubuntu wiki page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:13(title)
msgid "Monitoring"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:17(para)
msgid ""
"The monitoring of essential servers and services is an important part of "
"system administration. Most network services are monitored for performance, "
"availability, or both. This section will cover installation and "
"configuration of <application>Nagios</application> for availability "
"monitoring, and <application>Munin</application> for performance monitoring."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:24(para)
msgid ""
"The examples in this section will use two servers with hostnames "
"<emphasis>server01</emphasis> and <emphasis>server02</emphasis>. "
"<emphasis>Server01</emphasis> will be configured with "
"<application>Nagios</application> to monitor services on itself and "
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>. Server01 will also be setup with the "
"<application>munin</application> package to gather information from the "
"network. Using the <application>munin-node</application> package, "
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis> will be configured to send information to "
"<emphasis>server01</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:33(para)
msgid ""
"Hopefully these simple examples will allow you to monitor additional servers "
"and services on your network."
msgstr ""
"Espérons que ces exemples simples vous permettront de superviser des "
"serveurs et services supplémentaires sur votre réseau."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:39(title)
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:44(para)
msgid ""
"First, on <emphasis>server01</emphasis> install the "
"<application>nagios</application> package. In a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Tout d'abord, installez le paquet <application>nagios</application> sur "
"<emphasis>serveur01</emphasis>. Dans un terminal, saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:50(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install nagios3 nagios-nrpe-plugin"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install nagios3 nagios-nrpe-plugin"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:53(para)
msgid ""
"You will be asked to enter a password for the "
"<emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis> user. The user's credentials are stored in "
"<filename>/etc/nagios3/htpasswd.users</filename>. To change the "
"<emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis> password, or add additional users to the "
"Nagios CGI scripts, use the <application>htpasswd</application> that is part "
"of the <application>apache2-utils</application> package."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:60(para)
msgid ""
"For example, to change the password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis> "
"user enter:"
msgstr ""
"Par exemple, pour changer le mot de passe de l'utilisateur "
"<emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis>, entrez:"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:65(command)
msgid "sudo htpasswd /etc/nagios3/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin"
msgstr "sudo htpasswd /etc/nagios3/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:68(para)
msgid "To add a user:"
msgstr "Pour ajouter un utilisateur :"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:73(command)
msgid "sudo htpasswd /etc/nagios3/htpasswd.users steve"
msgstr "sudo htpasswd /etc/nagios3/htpasswd.users steve"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:76(para)
msgid ""
"Next, on <emphasis>server02</emphasis> install the <application>nagios-nrpe-"
"server</application> package. From a terminal on server02 enter:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, sur <emphasis>serveur02</emphasis>, installez le paquet "
"<application>nagios-nrpe-server</application>. Depuis un terminal sur "
"serveur02, entrez:"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:82(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install nagios-nrpe-server"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install nagios-nrpe-server"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:86(para)
msgid ""
"<application>NRPE</application> allows you to execute local checks on remote "
"hosts. There are other ways of accomplishing this through other Nagios "
"plugins as well as other checks."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:94(title)
msgid "Configuration Overview"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:96(para)
msgid ""
"There are a couple of directories containing "
"<application>Nagios</application> configuration and check files."
msgstr ""
"Il y a plusieurs répertoires contenant les fichiers de configuration et de "
"tests de <application>Nagios</application>."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:102(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>/etc/nagios3</filename>: contains configuration files for the "
"operation of the <application>nagios</application> daemon, CGI files, hosts, "
"etc."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:108(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>/etc/nagios-plugins</filename>: houses configuration files for the "
"service checks."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:113(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>/etc/nagios</filename>: on the remote host contains the "
"<application>nagios-nrpe-server</application> configuration files."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:118(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/</filename>: where the check binaries are "
"stored. To see the options of a check use the <emphasis>-h</emphasis> option."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:123(para)
msgid "For example: <command>/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_dhcp -h</command>"
msgstr ""
"Par exemple: <command>/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_dhcp -h</command>"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:129(para)
msgid ""
"There are a plethora of checks <application>Nagios</application> can be "
"configured to execute for any given host. For this example Nagios will be "
"configured to check disk space, DNS, and a MySQL hostgroup. The DNS check "
"will be on <emphasis>server02</emphasis>, and the MySQL hostgroup will "
"include both <emphasis>server01</emphasis> and <emphasis>server02</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:136(para)
msgid ""
"See <xref linkend=\"httpd\"/> for details on setting up Apache, <xref "
"linkend=\"dns\"/> for DNS, and <xref linkend=\"mysql\"/> for MySQL."
msgstr ""
"Voir <xref linkend=\"httpd\"/> pour les détails concernant la préparation "
"d'Apache, <xref linkend=\"dns\"/> pour DNS, et <xref linkend=\"mysql\"/> "
"pour MySQL."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:141(para)
msgid ""
"Additionally, there are some terms that once explained will hopefully make "
"understanding Nagios configuration easier:"
msgstr ""
"En complément, voici quelques termes qui, une fois expliqués, faciliteront "
"la compréhension de la configuration de Nagios :"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:147(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Host</emphasis>: a server, workstation, network device, etc that "
"is being monitored."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:152(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Host Group</emphasis>: a group of similar hosts. For example, you "
"could group all web servers, file server, etc."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:157(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Service</emphasis>: the service being monitored on the host. Such "
"as HTTP, DNS, NFS, etc."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:162(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Service Group</emphasis>: allows you to group multiple services "
"together. This is useful for grouping multiple HTTP for example."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:168(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Contact</emphasis>: person to be notified when an event takes "
"place. Nagios can be configured to send emails, SMS messages, etc."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:174(para)
msgid ""
"By default Nagios is configured to check HTTP, disk space, SSH, current "
"users, processes, and load on the <emphasis>localhost</emphasis>. Nagios "
"will also <application>ping</application> check the "
"<emphasis>gateway</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:179(para)
msgid ""
"Large Nagios installations can be quite complex to configure. It is usually "
"best to start small, one or two hosts, get things configured the way you "
"like then expand."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:194(para)
msgid ""
"First, create a <emphasis>host</emphasis> configuration file for "
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>. In a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"En premier, créez un fichier de configuration <emphasis>hôte</emphasis> pour "
"le <emphasis>serveur02</emphasis>. Dans un terminal, saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:199(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /etc/nagios3/conf.d/localhost_nagios2.cfg "
"/etc/nagios3/conf.d/server02.cfg"
msgstr ""
"sudo cp /etc/nagios3/conf.d/localhost_nagios2.cfg "
"/etc/nagios3/conf.d/server02.cfg"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:203(para)
msgid ""
"In the above and following command examples, replace "
"<emphasis>\"server01\"</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>\"server02\"</emphasis><emphasis>172.18.100.100</emphasis>, and "
"<emphasis>172.18.100.101</emphasis> with the host names and IP addresses of "
"your servers."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:212(para)
msgid "Next, edit <filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/server02.cfg</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, modifiez <filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/serveur02.cfg</filename>:"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:216(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"define host{\n"
"        use                     generic-host            ; Name of host "
"template to use\n"
"        host_name               server02\n"
"        alias                   Server 02\n"
"        address                 172.18.100.101\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"# check DNS service.\n"
"define service {\n"
"        use                             generic-service\n"
"        host_name                       server02\n"
"        service_description             DNS\n"
"        check_command                   check_dns!172.18.100.101\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"define host{\n"
"        use                     generic-host            ; Nom du modèle "
"d'hôte à utiliser\n"
"        host_name               serveur02\n"
"        alias                   Serveur 02\n"
"        address                 172.18.100.101\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"# Vérifie le service DNS.\n"
"define service {\n"
"        use                             generic-service\n"
"        host_name                       server02\n"
"        service_description             DNS\n"
"        check_command                   check_dns!172.18.100.101\n"
"}\n"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:236(para)
msgid ""
"Restart the <application>nagios</application> daemon to enable the new "
"configuration:"
msgstr ""
"Relancez le démon <application>nagios</application> pour activer la nouvelle "
"configuration :"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:241(command) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:308(command) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:375(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/nagios3 restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/nagios3 restart"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:251(para)
msgid ""
"Now add a service definition for the MySQL check by adding the following to "
"<filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/services_nagios2.cfg</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Maintenant, définissez un nouveau service pour la vérification de MySQL, en "
"ajoutant ceci au fichier "
"<filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/services_nagios2.cfg</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:255(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# check MySQL servers.\n"
"define service {\n"
"        hostgroup_name                  mysql-servers\n"
"        service_description             MySQL\n"
"        check_command                   "
"check_mysql_cmdlinecred!nagios!secret!$HOSTADDRESS\n"
"        use                             generic-service\n"
"        notification_interval           0 ; set &gt; 0 if you want to be "
"renotified\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# Vérifie les serveurs MySQL.\n"
"define service {\n"
"        hostgroup_name                  mysql-servers\n"
"        service_description             MySQL\n"
"        check_command                   "
"check_mysql_cmdlinecred!nagios!secret!$HOSTADDRESS\n"
"        use                             generic-service\n"
"        notification_interval           0 ; set &gt; 0 si vous voulez être "
"prévenu une nouvelle fois\n"
"}\n"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:269(para)
msgid ""
"A <emphasis>mysqsl-servers</emphasis> hostgroup now needs to be defined. "
"Edit <filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/hostgroups_nagios2.cfg</filename> adding:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:274(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# MySQL hostgroup.\n"
"define hostgroup {\n"
"        hostgroup_name  mysql-servers\n"
"                alias           MySQL servers\n"
"                members         localhost, server02\n"
"        }\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# Groupe d'hôtes MySQL.\n"
"define hostgroup {\n"
"        hostgroup_name  mysql-serveurs\n"
"                alias           MySQL serveurs\n"
"                members         localhost, serveur02\n"
"        }\n"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:286(para)
msgid ""
"The Nagios check needs to authenticate to MySQL. To add a "
"<emphasis>nagios</emphasis> user to MySQL enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:291(command)
msgid "mysql -u root -p -e \"create user nagios identified by 'secret';\""
msgstr "mysql -u root -p -e \"create user nagios identified by 'secret';\""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:295(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>nagios</emphasis> user will need to be added all hosts in the "
"<emphasis>mysql-servers</emphasis> hostgroup."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:303(para)
msgid ""
"Restart <application>nagios</application> to start checking the MySQL "
"servers."
msgstr ""
"Redémarrez <application>nagios</application> pour commencer à vérifier les "
"serveurs MySQL."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:318(para)
msgid ""
"Lastly configure NRPE to check the disk space on "
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Enfin, configurez NRPE pour vérifier l'espace disque sur "
"<emphasis>serveur02</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:322(para)
msgid ""
"On <emphasis>server01</emphasis> add the service check to "
"<filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/server02.cfg</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:327(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# NRPE disk check.\n"
"define service {\n"
"        use                             generic-service\n"
"        host_name                       server02\n"
"        service_description             nrpe-disk\n"
"        check_command                   "
"check_nrpe_1arg!check_all_disks!172.18.100.101\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:340(para)
msgid ""
"Now on <emphasis>server02</emphasis> edit "
"<filename>/etc/nagios/nrpe.cfg</filename> changing:"
msgstr ""
"Maintenant sur <emphasis>serveur02</emphasis>, modifiez "
"<filename>/etc/nagios/nrpe.cfg</filename> en y changeant :"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:344(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"allowed_hosts=172.18.100.100\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"allowed_hosts=172.18.100.100\n"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:348(para)
msgid "And below in the command definition area add:"
msgstr "Et dessous, dans la zone de définition de commande, ajoutez :"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:352(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"command[check_all_disks]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_disk -w 20% -c 10% -"
"e\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"command[check_all_disks]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_disk -w 20% -c 10% -"
"e\n"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:359(para)
msgid "Finally, restart <application>nagios-nrpe-server</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Pour finir, redémarrez <application>nagios-nrpe-server</application>:"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:364(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/nagios-nrpe-server restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/nagios-nrpe-server restart"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:370(para)
msgid ""
"Also, on <emphasis>server01</emphasis> restart "
"<application>nagios</application>:"
msgstr ""
"De plus, sur <emphasis>serveur01</emphasis>, redémarrez "
"<application>nagios</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:383(para)
msgid ""
"You should now be able to see the host and service checks in the Nagios CGI "
"files. To access them point a browser to http://server01/nagios3. You will "
"then be prompted for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis> username and "
"password."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:393(para)
msgid ""
"This section has just scratched the surface of Nagios' features. The "
"<application>nagios-plugins-extra</application> and <application>nagios-snmp-"
"plugins</application> contain many more service checks."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:400(para)
msgid ""
"For more information see <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.nagios.org/\">Nagios</ulink> website."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'informations, voir le site internet de <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.nagios.org/\">Nagios</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:405(para)
msgid ""
"Specifically the <ulink "
"url=\"http://nagios.sourceforge.net/docs/3_0/\">Online Documentation</ulink> "
"site."
msgstr ""
"Plus précisément, le site de <ulink "
"url=\"http://nagios.sourceforge.net/docs/3_0/\">documentation en "
"ligne</ulink> (en anglais)."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:410(para)
msgid ""
"There is also a list of <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.nagios.org/propaganda/books/\">books</ulink> related to "
"Nagios and network monitoring:"
msgstr ""
"Ci-dessous, une liste de <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.nagios.org/propaganda/books/\">livres</ulink> traitant de "
"Nagios et de la supervision réseau :"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:416(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Nagios\">Nagios Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> page also has more details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:425(title)
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:430(para)
msgid ""
"Before installing <application>Munin</application> on "
"<emphasis>server01</emphasis><application>apache2</application> will need to "
"be installed. The default configuration is fine for running a "
"<application>munin</application> server. For more information see <xref "
"linkend=\"httpd\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Avant d'installer <application>Munin</application> sur "
"<emphasis>serveur01</emphasis> il faut d'abord avoir installé "
"<application>apache2</application>. La configuration par défaut est "
"satisfaisante pour faire fonctionner un serveur "
"<application>munin</application>. Pour plus d'information, voir <xref "
"linkend=\"httpd\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:436(para)
msgid ""
"First, on <emphasis>server01</emphasis> install "
"<application>munin</application>. In a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Tout d'abord, installez <application>munin</application> sur "
"<emphasis>serveur01</emphasis>. Saisissez dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:441(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install munin"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install munin"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:444(para)
msgid ""
"Now on <emphasis>server02</emphasis> install the <application>munin-"
"node</application> package:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, installez le paquet <application>munin-node</application> sur "
"<emphasis>serveur02</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:449(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install munin-node"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install munin-node"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:456(para)
msgid ""
"On <emphasis>server01</emphasis> edit the "
"<filename>/etc/munin/munin.conf</filename> adding the IP address for "
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"Sur <emphasis>serveur01</emphasis>, modifiez le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/munin/munin.conf</filename> pour ajouter l'adresse IP de "
"<emphasis>serveur02</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:461(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"## First our \"normal\" host.\n"
"[server02]\n"
"       address 172.18.100.101\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"## Premièrement, notre hôte \"normal\".\n"
"[serveur02]\n"
"       address 172.18.100.101\n"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:468(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>server02</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>172.18.100.101</emphasis> with the actual hostname and IP address "
"for your server."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis>serveur02</emphasis> et "
"<emphasis>172.18.100.101</emphasis> par le véritable nom d'hôte et adresse "
"IP de votre serveur."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:474(para)
msgid ""
"Next, configure <application>munin-node</application> on "
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>. Edit <filename>/etc/munin/munin-"
"node.conf</filename> to allow access by <emphasis>server01</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, configurez <application>munin-node</application> sur "
"<emphasis>serveur02</emphasis>. Modifiez le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/munin/munin-node.conf</filename> pour permettre l'accès au "
"<emphasis>serveur01</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:479(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"allow ^172\\.18\\.100\\.100$\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"allow ^172\\.18\\.100\\.100$\n"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:484(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>^172\\.18\\.100\\.100$</emphasis> with IP address for your "
"<application>munin</application> server."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis>^172\\.18\\.100\\.100$</emphasis> par l'adresse IP de "
"votre serveur <application>munin</application>."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:489(para)
msgid ""
"Now restart <application>munin-node</application> on "
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis> for the changes to take effect:"
msgstr ""
"Maintenant, redémarrez <application>munin-node</application> sur "
"<emphasis>serveur02</emphasis> pour que les changements prennent effet :"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:494(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/munin-node restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/munin-node restart"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:497(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, in a browser go to <emphasis>http://server01/munin</emphasis>, and "
"you should see links to nice graphs displaying information from the standard "
"<emphasis>munin-plugins</emphasis> for disk, network, processes, and system."
msgstr ""
"Pour finir, dans un navigateur, allez sur "
"<emphasis>http://serveur01/munin</emphasis>, et vous devriez voir des liens "
"vers des graphiques clairs affichant les informations standard tirées de "
"<emphasis>munin-plugins</emphasis> à propos des disques, du réseau, des "
"processus et du système."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:503(para)
msgid ""
"Since this is a new install it may take some time for the graphs to display "
"anything useful."
msgstr ""
"Puisque c'est une nouvelle installation, il faudra peut-être attendre un peu "
"avant de pouvoir voir des choses utiles sur ces graphiques."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:510(title)
msgid "Additional Plugins"
msgstr "Plugins supplémentaires"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:512(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>munin-plugins-extra</application> package contains "
"performance checks additional services such as DNS, DHCP, Samba, etc. To "
"install the package, from a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:518(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install munin-plugins-extra"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install munin-plugins-extra"

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:521(para)
msgid "Be sure to install the package on both the server and node machines."
msgstr ""
"Assurez vous d'installer ce paquet à la fois sur le serveur et sur les "
"machines nœud."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:531(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://munin.projects.linpro.no/\">Munin</ulink> "
"website for more details."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez consulter le site de <ulink "
"url=\"http://munin.projects.linpro.no/\">Munin</ulink> pour plus de détails."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:536(para)
msgid ""
"Specifically the <ulink "
"url=\"http://munin.projects.linpro.no/wiki/Documentation\">Munin "
"Documentation</ulink> page includes information on additional plugins, "
"writing plugins, etc."
msgstr ""
"Les pages de <ulink "
"url=\"http://munin.projects.linpro.no/wiki/Documentation\">Documentation "
"Munin</ulink>, en particulier, contiennent des informations sur les plugins "
"supplémentaires, comment écrire des plugins, etc."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:542(para)
msgid ""
"Also, there is a book in German by Open Source Press: <ulink "
"url=\"https://www.opensourcepress.de/index.php?26&amp;backPID=178&amp;tt_prod"
"ucts=152\">Munin Graphisches Netzwerk- und System-Monitoring</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"De plus, il existe un livre en allemand par Open Source Press: <ulink "
"url=\"https://www.opensourcepress.de/index.php?26&amp;backPID=178&amp;tt_prod"
"ucts=152\">Munin Graphisches Netzwerk- und System-Monitoring</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:548(para)
msgid ""
"Another resource is the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Munin\">Munin Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> "
"page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:13(title)
msgid "Email Services"
msgstr "Services de courriel"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"The process of getting an email from one person to another over a network or "
"the Internet involves many systems working together. Each of these systems "
"must be correctly configured for the process to work. The sender uses a "
"<emphasis>Mail User Agent</emphasis> (MUA), or email client, to send the "
"message through one or more <emphasis>Mail Transfer Agents</emphasis> (MTA), "
"the last of which will hand it off to a <emphasis>Mail Delivery "
"Agent</emphasis> (MDA) for delivery to the recipient's mailbox, from which "
"it will be retrieved by the recipient's email client, usually via a POP3 or "
"IMAP server."
msgstr ""
"La transmission d'un courriel d'une personne à une autre au travers d'un "
"réseau ou par Internet nécessite la mise en œuvre de nombreux systèmes "
"travaillant ensemble. Chacun de ces systèmes doit être correctement "
"configuré pour que cette tâche soit réalisée. L'expéditeur utilise un "
"<emphasis>Mail User Agent</emphasis> (MUA), ou client courriel, afin "
"d'envoyer le message au travers d'un ou plusieurs <emphasis>Mail Transfer "
"Agents</emphasis> (MTA), ou agents de transfert de courriel, le dernier "
"d'entre eux le remettant à un <emphasis>Mail Delivery Agent</emphasis> (MDA "
"), ou serveur de réception, qui le déposera dans la boite à lettres du "
"destinataire, d'où il sera retiré par le client courriel du destinataire, "
"généralement par l'intermédiaire d'un serveur POP3 ou IMAP."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:24(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:832(application) serverguide/C/mail.xml:866(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:944(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1510(title)
msgid "Postfix"
msgstr "Postfix"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:25(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Postfix</application> is the default Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) "
"in Ubuntu. It attempts to be fast and easy to administer and secure. It is "
"compatible with the MTA <application>sendmail</application>. This section "
"explains how to install and configure <application>postfix</application>. It "
"also explains how to set it up as an SMTP server using a secure connection "
"(for sending emails securely)."
msgstr ""
"<application>Postfix</application> est le Service de Transfert de Courriel "
"(MTA) par défaut d'Ubuntu. Il est conçu pour être sûr autant que facile et "
"rapide à configurer. Il est compatible avec le MTA "
"<application>sendmail</application>. Cette section détaille l'installation "
"et la configuration de <application>postfix</application>. Elle explique "
"aussi comment en faire un serveur SMTP utilisant une connexion sécurisée "
"(afin d'assurer la sécurité des courriels envoyés)."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:34(para)
msgid ""
"This guide does not cover setting up Postfix <emphasis>Virtual "
"Domains</emphasis>, for information on Virtual Domains and other advanced "
"configurations see <xref linkend=\"postfix-references\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Ce guide n'explique cependant pas comment mettre en place des "
"<emphasis>Domaines Virtuels</emphasis> Postfix. Pour obtenir des "
"informations sur les Domaines Virtuels et d'autres configurations avancées, "
"voir <xref linkend=\"postfix-references\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:41(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>postfix</application> run the following command:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer <application>postfix</application>, exécutez la commande "
"suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:47(para)
msgid ""
"Simply press return when the installation process asks questions, the "
"configuration will be done in greater detail in the next stage."
msgstr ""
"Appuyez simplement sur la touche « entrée » lorsque le processus "
"d'installation pose des questions, la configuration se fera plus en détail "
"dans la prochaine étape."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:52(title)
msgid "Basic Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration de base"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:53(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <application>postfix</application>, run the following command:"
msgstr ""
"Pour configurer <application>postfix</application>, exécutez la commande "
"suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:57(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure postfix"
msgstr "sudo dpkg-reconfigure postfix"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:63(para)
msgid "Internet Site"
msgstr "Site Web"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:64(para)
msgid "mail.example.com"
msgstr "courriel.exemple.fr"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:65(para)
msgid "steve"
msgstr "steve"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:66(para)
msgid "mail.example.com, localhost.localdomain, localhost"
msgstr "courriel.exemple.fr, localhost.localdomain, localhost"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:67(para)
msgid "No"
msgstr "Non"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:68(para)
msgid "127.0.0.0/8 [::ffff:127.0.0.0]/104 [::1]/128 192.168.0.0/24"
msgstr "127.0.0.0/8 [::ffff:127.0.0.0]/104 [::1]/128 192.168.0.0/24"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:69(para)
msgid "0"
msgstr "0"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:70(para)
msgid "+"
msgstr "+"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:71(para)
msgid "all"
msgstr "tous"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:59(para)
msgid ""
"The user interface will be displayed. On each screen, select the following "
"values: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"L'interface utilisateur va s'afficher. Sur chaque écran, sélectionnez les "
"valeurs suivantes : <placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:75(para)
msgid ""
"Replace mail.example.com with the domain for which you'll accept email, "
"192.168.0.0/24 with the actual network and class range of your mail server, "
"and steve with the appropriate username."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:81(para)
msgid ""
"Now is a good time to decide which mailbox format you want to use. By "
"default Postfix will use <emphasis role=\"strong\">mbox</emphasis> for the "
"mailbox format. Rather than editing the configuration file directly, you can "
"use the <command>postconf</command> command to configure all "
"<application>postfix</application> parameters. The configuration parameters "
"will be stored in <filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename> file. Later if "
"you wish to re-configure a particular parameter, you can either run the "
"command or change it manually in the file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:92(para)
msgid ""
"To configure the mailbox format for <emphasis "
"role=\"strong\">Maildir:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Pour utiliser le format de boîte aux lettres <emphasis "
"role=\"strong\">Maildir :</emphasis>"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:97(command)
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'home_mailbox = Maildir/'"
msgstr "sudo postconf -e 'home_mailbox = Maildir/'"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:100(para)
msgid ""
"This will place new mail in /home/<emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">username</emphasis>/Maildir so you will need to configure "
"your Mail Delivery Agent (MDA) to use the same path."
msgstr ""
"Cela placera les nouveaux courriels dans /home/<emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">nom_utilisateur</emphasis>/Maildir, vous aurez donc besoin "
"de configurer votre agent de distribution du courrier (MDA) de façon à "
"utiliser le même chemin."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:108(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:556(title)
msgid "SMTP Authentication"
msgstr "Authentification SMTP"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:110(para)
msgid ""
"SMTP-AUTH allows a client to identify itself through an authentication "
"mechanism (SASL). Transport Layer Security (TLS) should be used to encrypt "
"the authentication process. Once authenticated the SMTP server will allow "
"the client to relay mail."
msgstr ""
"SMTP-AUTH permet à un client de s'identifier par un méchanisme "
"d'authentification (SASL). Transport Layer Security (TLS) devrait être "
"utilisée afin de chiffrer le processus d'authentification. Une fois "
"authentifié, le serveur SMTP autorisera le client à relayer les courriels."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:117(para)
msgid "Configure Postfix for SMTP-AUTH using SASL (Dovecot SASL):"
msgstr "configurez Postfix pour SMTP-AUTH en utilisant SASL (Dovecot SASL):"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:120(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_type = dovecot'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_path = private/auth-client'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_local_domain ='\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_security_options = noanonymous'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'broken_sasl_auth_clients = yes'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_auth_enable = yes'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_recipient_restrictions = "
"permit_sasl_authenticated,permit_mynetworks,reject_unauth_destination'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'inet_interfaces = all'\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_type = dovecot'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_path = private/auth-client'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_local_domain ='\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_security_options = noanonymous'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'broken_sasl_auth_clients = yes'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_auth_enable = yes'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_recipient_restrictions = "
"permit_sasl_authenticated,permit_mynetworks,reject_unauth_destination'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'inet_interfaces = all'\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:131(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>smtpd_sasl_path</emphasis> configuration is a path relative to "
"the Postfix queue directory."
msgstr ""
"Le chemin <emphasis>smtpd_sasl_path</emphasis> est un chemin relatif au "
"répertoire de la file d'attente (queue) de Postfix."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:137(para)
msgid ""
"Next, obtain a digital certificate for TLS. See <xref linkend=\"certificates-"
"and-security\"/> for details. This example also uses a Certificate Authority "
"(CA). For information on generating a CA certificate see <xref "
"linkend=\"certificate-authority\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:143(para)
msgid ""
"You can get the digital certificate from a certificate authority. But unlike "
"web clients, SMTP clients rarely complain about \"self-signed "
"certificates\", so alternatively, you can create the certificate yourself. "
"Refer to <xref linkend=\"creating-a-self-signed-certificate\"/> for more "
"details."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez obtenir le certificat numérique d'une autorité de certification. "
"Cependant, à la différence des clients Web, les clients SMTP envoient "
"rarement un avertissement  pour les « certificats auto-signés », vous pouvez "
"donc créer le certificat vous-même. Voir <xref linkend=\"creating-a-self-"
"signed-certificate\"/> pour plus de renseignements"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:155(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have a certificate, configure Postfix to provide TLS encryption for "
"both incoming and outgoing mail:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois que vous avez un certificat, configurez Postfix pour fournir "
"l'encryptage à l'aide du protocole TLS des e-mails entrants et sortants :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:158(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_auth_only = no'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtp_use_tls = yes'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_use_tls = yes'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtp_tls_note_starttls_offer = yes'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_key_file = /etc/ssl/private/server.key'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_cert_file = /etc/ssl/certs/server.crt'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_loglevel = 1'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_received_header = yes'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_session_cache_timeout = 3600s'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'tls_random_source = dev:/dev/urandom'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'myhostname = mail.example.com'\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_auth_only = no'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtp_use_tls = yes'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_use_tls = yes'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtp_tls_note_starttls_offer = yes'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_key_file = /etc/ssl/private/server.key'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_cert_file = /etc/ssl/certs/server.crt'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_loglevel = 1'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_received_header = yes'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_session_cache_timeout = 3600s'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'tls_random_source = dev:/dev/urandom'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'myhostname = mail.example.com'\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:173(para)
msgid ""
"If you are using your own <emphasis>Certificate Authority</emphasis> to sign "
"the certificate enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:177(command)
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_CAfile = /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem'"
msgstr "sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_CAfile = /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem'"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:180(para)
msgid ""
"Again, for more details about certificates see <xref linkend=\"certificates-"
"and-security\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:186(para)
msgid ""
"After running all the commands, <application>Postfix</application> is "
"configured for SMTP-AUTH and a self-signed certificate has been created for "
"TLS encryption."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir exécuté toutes les commandes, <application>Postfix</application> "
"est configuré pour SMTP-AUTH et un certificat autosigné a été créé pour le "
"cryptage TLS."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:191(para)
msgid ""
"Now, the file <filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename> should look like "
"<ulink url=\"../sample/postfix_configuration\">this</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Maintenant, le fichier <filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename> doit "
"ressembler à <ulink url=\"../sample/postfix_configuration\">ceci</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:195(para)
msgid ""
"The postfix initial configuration is complete. Run the following command to "
"restart the postfix daemon:"
msgstr ""
"La configuration initiale de Postfix est terminée. Tapez la commande "
"suivante pour redémarrer le démon Postfix :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:201(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:315(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:378(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:984(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1561(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/postfix restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/postfix restart"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:204(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Postfix</application> supports SMTP-AUTH as defined in <ulink "
"url=\"ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/rfc2554.txt\">RFC2554</ulink>. It is based "
"on <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/rfc2222.txt\">SASL</ulink>. "
"However it is still necessary to set up SASL authentication before you can "
"use SMTP-AUTH."
msgstr ""
"<application>Postfix</application> prend en charge SMTP-AUTH comme défini "
"dans la <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-"
"notes/rfc2554.txt\">RFC2554</ulink>. Ceci est basé sur <ulink "
"url=\"ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/rfc2222.txt\">SASL</ulink>. Cependant, il "
"reste nécessaire de configurer l'authentification SASL avant de pouvoir "
"utiliser SMTP-AUTH."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:214(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:609(title)
msgid "Configuring SASL"
msgstr "Configuration de SASL"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:215(para)
msgid ""
"Postfix supports two SASL implementations Cyrus SASL and Dovecot SASL. To "
"enable Dovecot SASL the <application>dovecot-common</application> package "
"will need to be installed. From a terminal prompt enter the following:"
msgstr ""
"Postfix prend en charge deux implémentations SASL : Cyrus SASL et Dovecot "
"SASL. Afin d'activer l'implémentation Dovecot SASL, le paquet "
"<application>dovecot-common</application> aura besoin d'être installé. Dans "
"un terminal, saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:221(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install dovecot-common"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install dovecot-common"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:223(para)
msgid ""
"Next you will need to edit <filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename>. "
"In the <emphasis>auth default</emphasis> section uncomment the "
"<emphasis>socket listen</emphasis> option and change the following:"
msgstr ""
"Maintenant vous allez devoir éditer "
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename>. Dans la section "
"<emphasis>auth default</emphasis> annulez le commentaire de l'option "
"<emphasis>socket listen</emphasis> et modifiez ce qui suit:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:227(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"  socket listen {\n"
"    #master {\n"
"      # Master socket provides access to userdb information. It's typically\n"
"      # used to give Dovecot's local delivery agent access to userdb so it\n"
"      # can find mailbox locations.\n"
"      #path = /var/run/dovecot/auth-master\n"
"      #mode = 0600\n"
"      # Default user/group is the one who started dovecot-auth (root)\n"
"      #user = \n"
"      #group = \n"
"    #}\n"
"    client {\n"
"      # The client socket is generally safe to export to everyone. Typical "
"use\n"
"      # is to export it to your SMTP server so it can do SMTP AUTH lookups\n"
"      # using it.\n"
"      path = /var/spool/postfix/private/auth-client\n"
"      mode = 0660\n"
"      user = postfix\n"
"      group = postfix\n"
"    }\n"
"  }\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"  socket listen {\n"
"    #master {\n"
"      # Master socket provides access to userdb information. It's typically\n"
"      # used to give Dovecot's local delivery agent access to userdb so it\n"
"      # can find mailbox locations.\n"
"      #path = /var/run/dovecot/auth-master\n"
"      #mode = 0600\n"
"      # Default user/group is the one who started dovecot-auth (root)\n"
"      #user = \n"
"      #group = \n"
"    #}\n"
"    client {\n"
"      # The client socket is generally safe to export to everyone. Typical "
"use\n"
"      # is to export it to your SMTP server so it can do SMTP AUTH lookups\n"
"      # using it.\n"
"      path = /var/spool/postfix/private/auth-client\n"
"      mode = 0660\n"
"      user = postfix\n"
"      group = postfix\n"
"    }\n"
"  }\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:251(para)
msgid ""
"In order to let <application>Outlook</application> clients use SMTPAUTH, in "
"the <emphasis>auth default</emphasis> section of /etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf "
"add <emphasis>\"login\"</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"Dans le but de permettre aux clients <application>Outlook</application> "
"d'utiliser SMTPAUTH, ajoutez dans la section <emphasis>auth "
"default</emphasis>du fichier /etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf : "
"<emphasis>\"login\"</emphasis>:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:256(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"  mechanisms = plain login\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"  mechanisms = plain login\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:260(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have <application>Dovecot</application> configured restart it with:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois que vous avez configuré <application>Dovecot</application>, faites "
"le redémarrer avec :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:264(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:735(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/dovecot restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/dovecot restart"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:269(title)
msgid "Postfix-Dovecot"
msgstr "Postfix-Dovecot"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:271(para)
msgid ""
"Another option for configuring <application>Postfix</application> for SMTP-"
"AUTH is using the <application>dovecot-postfix</application> package. This "
"package will install <application>Dovecot</application> and configure "
"<application>Postfix</application> to use it for both SASL authentication "
"and as a Mail Delivery Agent (MDA). The package also configures "
"<application>Dovecot</application> for IMAP, IMAPS, POP3, and POP3S."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:280(para)
msgid ""
"You may or may not want to run IMAP, IMAPS, POP3, or POP3S on your mail "
"server. For example, if you are configuring your server to be a mail "
"gateway, spam/virus filter, etc. If this is the case it may be easier to use "
"the above commands to configure Postfix for SMTPAUTH."
msgstr ""
"C'est vous de choisir si vous voulez utiliser IMAP, IMAPS, POP3, ou POP3S "
"sur votre serveur de mail. Par exemple, si vous configurez votre serveur "
"pour être une passerelle mail, un filtre spam/virus, etc. Si c'est le cas, "
"il serait plus simple d'utiliser les commandes ci-dessus pour configurer "
"Postfix pour SMTPAUTH."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:287(para)
msgid "To install the package, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr "Pour installer le paquet, saisissez dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:292(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install dovecot-postfix"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install dovecot-postfix"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:295(para)
msgid ""
"You should now have a working mail server, but there are a few options that "
"you may wish to further customize. For example, the package uses the "
"certificate and key from the <application>ssl-cert</application> package, "
"and in a production environment you should use a certificate and key "
"generated for the host. See <xref linkend=\"certificates-and-security\"/> "
"for more details."
msgstr ""
"Votre serveur de courriel devrait être opérationnel, mais vous voudrez sans "
"doute configurer certaines options. Par exemple, le paquet utilise le "
"certificat et la clé du paquet <application>ssl-cert</application>, mais "
"dans un environnement de production, vous devriez utiliser un certificat et "
"une clef créée pour l'hôte. Consultez <xref linkend=\"certificates-and-"
"security\"/> pour de plus amples informations."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:301(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have a customized certificate and key for the host, change the "
"following options in <filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Changez les options suivantes dans <filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename> "
"une fois que vous avez personnalisé un certificat et une clé pour l'hôte :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:305(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"smtpd_tls_cert_file = /etc/ssl/certs/ssl-mail.pem\n"
"smtpd_tls_key_file = /etc/ssl/private/ssl-mail.key\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"smtpd_tls_cert_file = /etc/ssl/certs/ssl-mail.pem\n"
"smtpd_tls_key_file = /etc/ssl/private/ssl-mail.key\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:310(para)
msgid "Then restart Postfix:"
msgstr "Redémarrez ensuite Postfix :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:321(para)
msgid ""
"SMTP-AUTH configuration is complete. Now it is time to test the setup."
msgstr ""
"La configuration de SMTP-AUTH est terminée. Il est maintenant temps de "
"tester la configuration."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:324(para)
msgid "To see if SMTP-AUTH and TLS work properly, run the following command:"
msgstr ""
"Pour vérifier que SMTP-AUTH et TLS fonctionnent correctement, exécutez la "
"commande suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:329(command)
msgid "telnet mail.example.com 25"
msgstr "telnet mail.example.com 25"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:331(para)
msgid ""
"After you have established the connection to the postfix mail server, type:"
msgstr "Après avoir établi la connexion au serveur Postfix, tapez :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:335(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"ehlo mail.example.com\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"ehlo mail.example.com\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:338(para)
msgid ""
"If you see the following lines among others, then everything is working "
"perfectly. Type <command>quit</command> to exit."
msgstr ""
"Si vous voyez, entre autres, les lignes suivantes, alors tout fonctionne "
"parfaitement. Tapez <command>quit</command> pour sortir."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:342(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"250-STARTTLS\n"
"250-AUTH LOGIN PLAIN\n"
"250-AUTH=LOGIN PLAIN\n"
"250 8BITMIME\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"250-STARTTLS\n"
"250-AUTH LOGIN PLAIN\n"
"250-AUTH=LOGIN PLAIN\n"
"250 8BITMIME\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:352(para)
msgid ""
"This section introduces some common ways to determine the cause if problems "
"arise."
msgstr ""
"Cette section introduit les méthodes de base pour déterminer les causes d'un "
"éventuel problème."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:356(title)
msgid "Escaping chroot"
msgstr "Échappement du chroot"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:357(para)
msgid ""
"The Ubuntu <application>postfix</application> package will by default "
"install into a <emphasis>chroot</emphasis> environment for security reasons. "
"This can add greater complexity when troubleshooting problems."
msgstr ""
"Le paquet <application>postfix</application> d'Ubuntu s'installera par "
"défaut dans un environnement <emphasis>chroot</emphasis> par mesure de "
"sécurité. Ceci peut accroître la complexité de la résolution de problèmes."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:361(para)
msgid ""
"To turn off the chroot operation locate for the following line in the "
"<filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename> configuration file:"
msgstr ""
"Pour désactiver l'opération chroot essayez de trouver la ligne suivante dans "
"le fichier de configuration <filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:365(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"smtp      inet  n       -       -       -       -       smtpd\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"smtp inet n - - - - smtpd\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:368(para)
msgid "and modify it as follows:"
msgstr "et la modifier ainsi :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:371(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"smtp      inet  n       -       n       -       -       smtpd\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"smtp inet n - n - - smtpd\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:374(para)
msgid ""
"You will then need to restart Postfix to use the new configuration. From a "
"terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"Vous devrez ensuite redémarrer Postfix pour utiliser la nouvelle "
"configuration. A parti d'un terminal, saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:382(title)
msgid "Log Files"
msgstr "Fichiers journaux"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:383(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Postfix</application> sends all log messages to "
"<filename>/var/log/mail.log</filename>. However error and warning messages "
"can sometimes get lost in the normal log output so they are also logged to "
"<filename>/var/log/mail.err</filename> and "
"<filename>/var/log/mail.warn</filename> respectively."
msgstr ""
"<application>Postfix</application> inscrit tous les messages de "
"journalisation dans <filename>/var/log/mail.log</filename>. Cependant, les "
"erreurs et les alertes peuvent quelquefois disparaître dans les messages "
"normaux, ils sont donc également inscrits dans "
"<filename>/var/log/mail.err</filename> et "
"<filename>/var/log/mail.warn</filename> respectivement."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:388(para)
msgid ""
"To see messages entered into the logs in real time you can use the "
"<application>tail -f</application> command:"
msgstr ""
"Pour voir en temps réel les messages inscrits dans les journaux, vous pouvez "
"utiliser la commande <application>tail -f</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:393(command)
msgid "tail -f /var/log/mail.err"
msgstr "tail -f /var/log/mail.err"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:395(para)
msgid ""
"The amount of detail that is recorded in the logs can be increased. Below "
"are some configuration options for increasing the log level for some of the "
"areas covered above."
msgstr ""
"La quantité de renseignements enregistrés dans les journaux peut être "
"augmenté. Voici quelques options de configuration afin d'augmenter le niveau "
"de journalisation pour certains des domaines visés ci-dessus."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:401(para)
msgid ""
"To increase <emphasis>TLS</emphasis> activity logging set the "
"<emphasis>smtpd_tls_loglevel</emphasis> option to a value from 1 to 4."
msgstr ""
"Afin d'accroître l'activité de log de <emphasis>TLS</emphasis>, configurez "
"l'option <emphasis>smtpd_tls_loglevel</emphasis> sur une valeur entre 1 et 4."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:405(command)
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_loglevel = 4'"
msgstr "sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_loglevel = 4'"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:409(para)
msgid ""
"If you are having trouble sending or receiving mail from a specific domain "
"you can add the domain to the <emphasis>debug_peer_list</emphasis> parameter."
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez des problèmes d'envoi ou de réception de courriers "
"électroniques en provenance d'un domaine spécifique vous pouvez ajouter ce "
"domaine à la directive <emphasis>debug_peer_list</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:414(command)
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'debug_peer_list = problem.domain'"
msgstr "sudo postconf -e 'debug_peer_list = problem.domain'"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:418(para)
msgid ""
"You can increase the verbosity of any <application>Postfix</application> "
"daemon process by editing the <filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename> "
"and adding a <emphasis>-v</emphasis> after the entry. For example edit the "
"<emphasis>smtp</emphasis> entry:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez accroître la verbosité de n'importe quel démon "
"<application>Postfix</application> en modifiant "
"<filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename> et en ajoutant <emphasis>-"
"v</emphasis> après l'entrée. Par exemple, modifiez l'entrée "
"<emphasis>smtp</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:422(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"smtp      unix  -       -       -       -       -       smtp -v\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"smtp unix - - - - - smtp -v\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:428(para)
msgid ""
"It is important to note that after making one of the logging changes above "
"the <application>Postfix</application> process will need to be reloaded in "
"order to recognize the new configuration: <command>sudo /etc/init.d/postfix "
"reload</command>"
msgstr ""
"Il est important de noter qu'après avoir effectué l'une des modifications de "
"log ci-dessus, le processus <application>Postfix</application> devra être "
"rechargé afin de reconnaître la nouvelle configuration : <command>sudo "
"/etc/init.d/postfix reload</command>"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:435(para)
msgid ""
"To increase the amount of information logged when troubleshooting "
"<emphasis>SASL</emphasis> issues you can set the following options in "
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""
"Afin d'accroitre la quantité d'informations inscrites dans le log lors de la "
"résolution de problèmes avec <emphasis>SASL</emphasis>, vous pouvez "
"configurer les options suivantes dans "
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename>"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:439(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auth_debug=yes\n"
"auth_debug_passwords=yes\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"auth_debug=yes\n"
"auth_debug_passwords=yes\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:446(para)
msgid ""
"Just like <application>Postfix</application> if you change a "
"<application>Dovecot</application> configuration the process will need to be "
"reloaded: <command>sudo /etc/init.d/dovecot reload</command>."
msgstr ""
"Comme avec <application>Postfix</application>, si vous changez la "
"configuration de <application>Dovecot</application>, vous devrez le "
"redémarrer afin de prendre en compte ces changements: <command>sudo "
"/etc/init.d/dovecot reload</command>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:452(para)
msgid ""
"Some of the options above can drastically increase the amount of information "
"sent to the log files. Remember to return the log level back to normal after "
"you have corrected the problem. Then reload the appropriate daemon for the "
"new configuration to take affect."
msgstr ""
"Certaines options ci-dessous peuvent dramatiquement augmenter la quantité "
"d'informations inscrites dans les fichiers journaux. Pensez à ramener le "
"niveau de journalisation à la normale une fois que vous aurez détecté et "
"corrigé le problème. Ensuite redémarrez le démon afin que la nouvelle "
"configuration soit prise en compte."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:460(para)
msgid ""
"Administering a <application>Postfix</application> server can be a very "
"complicated task. At some point you may need to turn to the Ubuntu community "
"for more experienced help."
msgstr ""
"Administrer un serveur <application>Postfix</application> peut être une "
"tâche très complexe. À un certain moment, vous devrez peut-être vous tourner "
"vers la communauté Ubuntu pour être aidé par des utilisateurs plus "
"expérimentés."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:464(para)
msgid ""
"A great place to ask for <application>Postfix</application> assistance, and "
"get involved with the Ubuntu Server community, is the <emphasis>#ubuntu-"
"server</emphasis> IRC channel on <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>. You can also post a message to "
"one of the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/support/community/webforums\">Web Forums</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Un endroit génial pour demander de l'assistance pour "
"<application>Postfix</application> et s'impliquer dans la communauté Ubuntu "
"Server, est le canal IRC (anglophone) <emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> "
"sur <ulink url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>. Vous pouvez aussi "
"poster un message sur les <ulink url=\"http://forum.ubuntu-fr.org/\">forums "
"Ubuntu francophones</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:469(para)
msgid ""
"For in depth <application>Postfix</application> information Ubuntu "
"developers highly recommend: <ulink url=\"http://www.postfix-book.com/\">The "
"Book of Postfix</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Pour des informations plus complètes sur <application>Postfix</application>, "
"les développeurs Ubuntu recommandent vivement :<ulink "
"url=\"http://www.postfix-book.com/\">The Book of Postfix</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:473(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.postfix.org/documentation.html\">Postfix</ulink> website "
"also has great documentation on all the different configuration options "
"available."
msgstr ""
"Enfin, le site web <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.postfix.org/documentation.html\">Postfix</ulink> possède "
"également une grande documentation sur toutes les différentes options de "
"configuration disponibles."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:477(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Postfix\">Ubuntu "
"Wiki Postifx</ulink> page has more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:485(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:872(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:988(title)
msgid "Exim4"
msgstr "Exim4"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:486(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Exim4</application> is another Message Transfer Agent (MTA) "
"developed at the University of Cambridge for use on Unix systems connected "
"to the Internet. Exim can be installed in place of "
"<application>sendmail</application>, although the configuration of "
"<application>exim</application> is quite different to that of "
"<application>sendmail</application>."
msgstr ""
"<application>Exim4</application> est un autre agent de transfert de courrier "
"(MTA) développé à l'université de Cambridge pour une utilisation sur des "
"systèmes Unix connectés à l'internet. Exim peut être installé à la place de "
"<application>sendmail</application>, bien que la configuration de "
"<application>exim</application> soit assez différente de celle de "
"<application>sendmail</application>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:497(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>exim4</application>, run the following command: "
"<screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install exim4</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer <application>exim4</application>, exécutez la commande "
"suivante : <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install exim4</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:506(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <application>Exim4</application>, run the following command:"
msgstr ""
"Pour configurer <application>Exim4</application>, utilisez la commande "
"suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:510(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config"
msgstr "sudo dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:512(para)
msgid ""
"The user interface will be displayed. The user interface lets you configure "
"many parameters. For example, In <application>Exim4</application> the "
"configuration files are split among multiple files. If you wish to have them "
"in one file you can configure accordingly in this user interface."
msgstr ""
"L'interface utilisateur sera affichée. Celle-ci vous permet de modifiez "
"plusieurs paramètres. Par exemple, les options de configuration "
"d'<application>Exim4</application> sont réparties dans plusieurs fichiers. "
"Grâce à cette interface vous pouvez les réunir en seul fichier."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:520(para)
msgid ""
"All the parameters you configure in the user interface are stored in "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/update-exim4.conf.conf</filename> file. If you wish to "
"re-configure, either you re-run the configuration wizard or manually edit "
"this file using your favorite editor. Once you configure, you can run the "
"following command to generate the master configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:531(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:604(command)
msgid "sudo update-exim4.conf"
msgstr "sudo update-exim4.conf"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:533(para)
msgid ""
"The master configuration file, is generated and it is stored in "
"<filename>/var/lib/exim4/config.autogenerated</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Le fichier de configuration maître, est généré et est stocké dans "
"<filename>/var/lib/exim4/config.autogenerated</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:539(para)
msgid ""
"At any time, you should not edit the master configuration file, "
"<filename>/var/lib/exim4/config.autogenerated</filename> manually. It is "
"updated automatically every time you run <command>update-exim4.conf</command>"
msgstr ""
"À aucun moment, vous ne devez éditer manuellement le fichier de "
"configuration principal "
"<filename>/var/lib/exim4/config.autogenerated</filename>, car il est mis à "
"jour automatiquement chaque fois que vous exécutez <command>update-"
"exim4.conf</command>"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:547(para)
msgid ""
"You can run the following command to start <application>Exim4</application> "
"daemon."
msgstr ""
"Utilisez la commande suivante pour lancer le démon "
"<application>Exim4</application>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:552(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:994(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/exim4 start"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/exim4 start"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:557(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers configuring Exim4 to use SMTP-AUTH with TLS and SASL."
msgstr ""
"Cette section couvre la configuration de SMTP-AUTH avec TLS et SASL pour "
"Exim4."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:560(para)
msgid ""
"The first step is to create a certificate for use with TLS. Enter the "
"following into a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"La première étape consiste à créer un certificat numérique pour TLS. Entez "
"les commandes suivantes dans un terminal:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:564(command)
msgid "sudo /usr/share/doc/exim4-base/examples/exim-gencert"
msgstr "sudo /usr/share/doc/exim4-base/examples/exim-gencert"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:566(para)
msgid ""
"Now Exim4 needs to be configured for TLS by editing "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/main/03_exim4-config_tlsoptions</filename> add "
"the following:"
msgstr ""
"Maintenant, Exim doit être configuré pour utiliser TLS en éditant "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/main/03_exim4-config_tlsoptions</filename>. "
"Ajoutez comme suit:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:570(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"MAIN_TLS_ENABLE = yes\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"MAIN_TLS_ENABLE = yes\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:573(para)
msgid ""
"Next you need to configure <application>Exim4</application> to use the "
"<application>saslauthd</application> for authentication. Edit "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/auth/30_exim4-config_examples</filename> and "
"uncomment the <emphasis>plain_saslauthd_server</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>login_saslauthd_server</emphasis> sections:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, vous aurez besoin de configurer <application>Exim4</application> "
"pour utiliser <application>saslauthd</application> pour l'authentication. "
"Modifiez <filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/auth/30_exim4-"
"config_examples</filename> et décommentez les sections "
"<emphasis>plain_saslauthd_server</emphasis> et "
"<emphasis>login_saslauthd_server</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:578(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" plain_saslauthd_server:\n"
"   driver = plaintext\n"
"   public_name = PLAIN\n"
"   server_condition = ${if saslauthd{{$auth2}{$auth3}}{1}{0}}\n"
"   server_set_id = $auth2\n"
"   server_prompts = :\n"
"   .ifndef AUTH_SERVER_ALLOW_NOTLS_PASSWORDS\n"
"   server_advertise_condition = ${if eq{$tls_cipher}{}{}{*}}\n"
"   .endif\n"
"#\n"
" login_saslauthd_server:\n"
"   driver = plaintext\n"
"   public_name = LOGIN\n"
"   server_prompts = \"Username:: : Password::\"\n"
"   # don't send system passwords over unencrypted connections\n"
"   server_condition = ${if saslauthd{{$auth1}{$auth2}}{1}{0}}\n"
"   server_set_id = $auth1\n"
"   .ifndef AUTH_SERVER_ALLOW_NOTLS_PASSWORDS\n"
"   server_advertise_condition = ${if eq{$tls_cipher}{}{}{*}}\n"
"   .endif\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
" plain_saslauthd_server:\n"
"   driver = plaintext\n"
"   public_name = PLAIN\n"
"   server_condition = ${if saslauthd{{$auth2}{$auth3}}{1}{0}}\n"
"   server_set_id = $auth2\n"
"   server_prompts = :\n"
"   .ifndef AUTH_SERVER_ALLOW_NOTLS_PASSWORDS\n"
"   server_advertise_condition = ${if eq{$tls_cipher}{}{}{*}}\n"
"   .endif\n"
"#\n"
" login_saslauthd_server:\n"
"   driver = plaintext\n"
"   public_name = LOGIN\n"
"   server_prompts = \"Username:: : Password::\"\n"
"   # don't send system passwords over unencrypted connections\n"
"   server_condition = ${if saslauthd{{$auth1}{$auth2}}{1}{0}}\n"
"   server_set_id = $auth1\n"
"   .ifndef AUTH_SERVER_ALLOW_NOTLS_PASSWORDS\n"
"   server_advertise_condition = ${if eq{$tls_cipher}{}{}{*}}\n"
"   .endif\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:600(para)
msgid "Finally, update the Exim4 configuration and restart the service:"
msgstr ""
"Enfin, mettez à jour la configuration d'Exim5 et redémarrez le service:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:605(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/exim4 restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/exim4 restart"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:610(para)
msgid ""
"This section provides details on configuring the saslauthd to provide "
"authentication for <application>Exim4</application>."
msgstr ""
"Cette section mets à votre disposition des détails sur la configuration du "
"saslauthd afin de fournir un mécanisme d'authentification pour "
"<application>Exim4</application>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:613(para)
msgid ""
"The first step is to install the sasl2-bin package. From a terminal prompt "
"enter the following:"
msgstr ""
"La première étape consiste à installer le paquet sasl2-bin. A partir d'un "
"terminal, saisissez ce qui suit:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:617(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install sasl2-bin"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install sasl2-bin"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:619(para)
msgid ""
"To configure saslauthd edit the /etc/default/saslauthd configuration file "
"and set START=no to:"
msgstr ""
"Pour configurer saslauthd ouvrez le fichier de configuration "
"/etc/default/saslauthd et changez START=no en :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:622(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"START=yes\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"START=yes\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:625(para)
msgid ""
"Next the <emphasis>Debian-exim</emphasis> user needs to be part of the "
"<emphasis>sasl</emphasis> group in order for Exim4 to use the saslauthd "
"service:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, l'utilisateur <emphasis>Debian-exim</emphasis> devra faire partie "
"du groupe <emphasis>sasl</emphasis> afin que Exim4 puisse utiliser le "
"service saslauthd :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:630(command)
msgid "sudo adduser Debian-exim sasl"
msgstr "sudo adduser Debian-exim sasl"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:632(para)
msgid "Now start the <application>saslauthd</application> service:"
msgstr "Maintenant démarrez le service <application>saslauthd</application>:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:636(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/saslauthd start"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/saslauthd start"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:638(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Exim4</application> is now configured with SMTP-AUTH using TLS "
"and SASL authentication."
msgstr ""
"<application>Exim4</application> est maintenant configuré avec SMTP-AUTH "
"utilisant l'authentification TLS et SASL."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:647(para)
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"http://www.exim.org/\">exim.org</ulink> for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
"Consultez <ulink url=\"http://www.exim.org/\">exim.org</ulink> pour de plus "
"amples informations."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:652(para)
msgid ""
"There is also an <ulink url=\"http://www.uit.co.uk/content/exim-smtp-mail-"
"server\">Exim4 Book</ulink> available."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez aussi lire ce livre : <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.uit.co.uk/content/exim-smtp-mail-server\">Exim4 "
"Book</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:657(para)
msgid ""
"Another resource is the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Exim4\">Exim4 Ubuntu Wiki </ulink> "
"page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:666(title)
msgid "Dovecot Server"
msgstr "Serveur Dovecot"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:667(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Dovecot</application> is a Mail Delivery Agent, written with "
"security primarily in mind. It supports the major mailbox formats: mbox or "
"Maildir. This section explain how to set it up as an imap or pop3 server."
msgstr ""
"<application>Dovecot</application> est un serveur de réception de courriel "
"(MDA : Mail Delivery Agent), conçu avec la sécurité comme souci principal. "
"Il prend en charge la majorité des formats de boites à lettres : mbox ou "
"Maildir. Cette section explique comment le paramétrer pour en faire un "
"serveur IMAP ou POP3."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:675(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>dovecot</application>, run the following command in "
"the command prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer <application>dovecot</application>, exécutez la commande "
"suivante dans l'invité de commande:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:680(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install dovecot-imapd dovecot-pop3d"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install dovecot-imapd dovecot-pop3d"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:685(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <application>dovecot</application>, you can edit the file "
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename>. You can choose the protocol "
"you use. It could be pop3, pop3s (pop3 secure), imap and imaps (imap "
"secure). A description of these protocols is beyond the scope of this guide. "
"For further information, refer to the Wikipedia articles on <ulink "
"url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/POP3\">POP3</ulink> and <ulink "
"url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Internet_Message_Access_Protocol\">IMAP</u"
"link>."
msgstr ""
"Pour configurer <application>dovecot</application>, vous pouvez modifier "
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename>. Choisissez le protocole à "
"utiliser si nécessaire (pop3, pop3s - pop3 sécurisé, imap et imaps - imap "
"sécurisé). La description de ces protocoles ne relève pas de ce guide. Pour "
"de plus amples informations, référez-vous aux articles de Wikipédia : <ulink "
"url=\"http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/POP3\">POP3</ulink> et <ulink "
"url=\"http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Internet_Message_Access_Protocol\">IMAP</u"
"link>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:695(para)
msgid ""
"IMAPS and POP3S are more secure that the simple IMAP and POP3 because they "
"use SSL encryption to connect. Once you have chosen the protocol, amend the "
"following line in the file <filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"IMAPS et POP3S sont plus sûrs que les simples IMAP et POP3 parce qu'ils "
"utilisent l'encryption SSL pour la connexion. Une fois que vous avez choisi "
"le protocole, ajoutez la ligne suivante dans le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:701(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"protocols = pop3 pop3s imap imaps\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"protocols = pop3 pop3s imap imaps\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:704(para)
msgid ""
"Next, choose the mailbox you would like to use. "
"<application>Dovecot</application> supports <emphasis "
"role=\"strong\">maildir</emphasis> and <emphasis "
"role=\"strong\">mbox</emphasis> formats. These are the most commonly used "
"mailbox formats. They both have their own benefits and are discussed on "
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.dovecot.org/MailboxFormat\">the Dovecot web "
"site</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Choisissez ensuite le format de boîte aux lettres souhaité. "
"<application>Dovecot</application> utilise <emphasis "
"role=\"strong\">maildir</emphasis> et <emphasis "
"role=\"strong\">mbox</emphasis>. Ces formats sont les plus usités. Ils ont "
"chacun leur propre intérêt et vous pouvez vous référez au <ulink "
"url=\"http://wiki.dovecot.org/MailboxFormat\">site Web de Dovecot</ulink> "
"(en anglais)."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:712(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have chosen your mailbox type, edit the file "
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename> and change the following line:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois que vous aurez choisi votre type de boîte à lettre, ouvrez le "
"fichier <filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename> et modifiez la ligne "
"suivante:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:717(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"mail_location = maildir:~/Maildir # (for maildir)\n"
"or\n"
"mail_location = mbox:~/mail:INBOX=/var/spool/mail/%u # (for mbox)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"mail_location = maildir:~/Maildir # (pour maildir)\n"
"ou\n"
"mail_location = mbox:~/mail:INBOX=/var/spool/mail/%u # (pour mbox)\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:723(para)
msgid ""
"You should configure your Mail Transport Agent (MTA) to transfer the "
"incoming mail to this type of mailbox if it is different from the one you "
"have configured."
msgstr ""
"Vous devez configurer votre agent de transfert de courriel (MTA : Mail "
"Transport Agent) pour transférer les courriels entrants vers ce type de "
"boite aux lettres si il est différent de celui que vous avez configuré."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:729(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have configured dovecot, restart the "
"<application>dovecot</application> daemon in order to test your setup:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois que vous aurez configuré dovecot, redémarrez le démon "
"<application>dovecot</application> afin de tester votre configuration:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:738(para)
msgid ""
"If you have enabled imap, or pop3, you can also try to log in with the "
"commands <command>telnet localhost pop3</command> or <command>telnet "
"localhost imap2</command>. If you see something like the following, the "
"installation has been successful:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez activé imap ou pop3, vous pouvez aussi essayer de vous "
"connecter avec les commandes <command>telnet localhost pop3</command> ou "
"<command>telnet localhost imap2</command>. Votre installation est un succès "
"si vous voyez quelque chose ressemblant à :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:745(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"bhuvan@rainbow:~$ telnet localhost pop3\n"
"Trying 127.0.0.1...\n"
"Connected to localhost.localdomain.\n"
"Escape character is '^]'.\n"
"+OK Dovecot ready.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"bhuvan@rainbow:~$ telnet localhost pop3\n"
"Trying 127.0.0.1...\n"
"Connected to localhost.localdomain.\n"
"Escape character is '^]'.\n"
"+OK Dovecot ready.\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:754(title)
msgid "Dovecot SSL Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration SSL de Dovecot"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:755(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <application>dovecot</application> to use SSL, you can edit the "
"file <filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename> and amend following "
"lines:"
msgstr ""
"Afin de configurer <application>dovecot</application> pour utiliser SSL, "
"vous pouvez modifier le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename> et y ajouter les lignes "
"suivantes :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:760(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"ssl_cert_file = /etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pem\n"
"ssl_key_file = /etc/ssl/private/ssl-cert-snakeoil.key\n"
"ssl_disable = no\n"
"disable_plaintext_auth = no\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"ssl_cert_file = /etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pem\n"
"ssl_key_file = /etc/ssl/private/ssl-cert-snakeoil.key\n"
"ssl_disable = no\n"
"disable_plaintext_auth = no\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:766(para)
msgid ""
"You can get the SSL certificate from a Certificate Issuing Authority or you "
"can create self signed SSL certificate. The latter is a good option for "
"email, because SMTP clients rarely complain about \"self-signed "
"certificates\". Please refer to <xref linkend=\"certificates-and-"
"security\"/> for details about how to create self signed SSL certificate. "
"Once you create the certificate, you will have a key file and a certificate "
"file. Please copy them to the location pointed in the "
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename> configuration file."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez obtenir un certificat SSL d'une autorité de certification ou "
"bien vous pouvez créer un certificat SSL auto-signé. Ce dernier est une "
"bonne option car les clients SMTP envoient rarement un avertissement à "
"propos des certificats auto-signés. Veuillez consulter <xref "
"linkend=\"certificates-and-security\"/> pour les renseignements sur la "
"création d'un certificat auto-signé. Une fois le certificat créé, vous aurez "
"un fichier de clé et un fichier de certificat. Veuillez les copier dans le "
"dossier défini par le fichier de configuration "
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:781(title)
msgid "Firewall Configuration for an Email Server"
msgstr "Configuration du pare-feu pour un serveur de courrier électronique"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:787(para)
msgid "IMAP - 143"
msgstr "IMAP - 143"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:788(para)
msgid "IMAPS - 993"
msgstr "IMAPS - 993"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:789(para)
msgid "POP3 - 110"
msgstr "POP3 - 110"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:790(para)
msgid "POP3S - 995"
msgstr "POP3S - 995"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:782(para)
msgid ""
"To access your mail server from another computer, you must configure your "
"firewall to allow connections to the server on the necessary ports. "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Pour accéder à votre serveur de courriel depuis un autre ordinateur, vous "
"devez configurer votre pare-feu pour qu'il autorise les connexions au "
"serveur sur les ports requis. <placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:799(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://www.dovecot.org/\">Dovecot website</ulink> for "
"more information."
msgstr ""
"Consultez le <ulink url=\"http://www.dovecot.org/\">site Web Dovecot</ulink> "
"pour de plus amples informations."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:804(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Dovecot\">Dovecot "
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page has more details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:813(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:890(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1113(title)
msgid "Mailman"
msgstr "Mailman"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:814(para)
msgid ""
"Mailman is an open source program for managing electronic mail discussions "
"and e-newsletter lists. Many open source mailing lists (including all the "
"<ulink url=\"http://lists.ubuntu.com\">Ubuntu mailing lists</ulink>) use "
"Mailman as their mailing list software. It is powerful and easy to install "
"and maintain."
msgstr ""
"Mailman est un logiciel libre permettant la gestion de discussions par "
"courrier électronique et de listes de bulletins d'information électroniques. "
"De nombreuses listes de discussions sur le libre (dont toutes les <ulink "
"url=\"http://lists.ubuntu.com\">listes de discussions de Ubuntu</ulink>) "
"utilisent Mailman comme logiciel de gestion de liste de diffusion. Il est "
"puissant, facile à installer et à gérer."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:824(para)
msgid ""
"Mailman provides a web interface for the administrators and users, using an "
"external mail server to send and receive emails. It works perfectly with the "
"following mail servers:"
msgstr ""
"Mailman fournit une interface Web aux administrateurs et utilisateurs en "
"s'appuyant sur un serveur de courriel externe pour envoyer et recevoir les "
"courriels. Il fonctionne parfaitement avec les serveur de courriel suivants :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:835(application)
msgid "Exim"
msgstr "Exim"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:838(application)
msgid "Sendmail"
msgstr "Sendmail"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:841(application)
msgid "Qmail"
msgstr "Qmail"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:846(para)
msgid ""
"We will see how to install and configure Mailman with, the Apache web "
"server, and either the Postfix or Exim mail server. If you wish to install "
"Mailman with a different mail server, please refer to the references section."
msgstr ""
"Nous allons découvrir comment installer et configurer Mailman avec le "
"serveur Apache, et le serveur de courriel Postfix ou bien Exim. Si vous "
"désirez installer Mailman avec un serveur de courriel différent, veuillez "
"visitez la section des références."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:853(para)
msgid ""
"You only need to install one mail server and "
"<application>Postfix</application> is the default Ubuntu Mail Transfer Agent."
msgstr ""
"Vous avez seulement besoin d'un serveur de courrier et "
"<application>Postfix</application> est l'agent de transfert de courrier "
"(MTA) par défaut d'Ubuntu."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:858(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:917(title)
msgid "Apache2"
msgstr "Apache2"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:859(para)
msgid ""
"To install apache2 you refer to <ulink url=\"./web-servers.xml#http-"
"installation\">HTTPD Installation</ulink> section for details."
msgstr ""
"Pour installer apache2, référez vous à la section <ulink url=\"./web-"
"servers.xml#http-installation\">Installation de HTTPD</ulink> pour plus de "
"détails."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:867(para)
msgid ""
"For instructions on installing and configuring Postfix refer to <xref "
"linkend=\"postfix\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Pour les instructions sur l'installation et la configuration de Postfix, "
"référez vous à <xref linkend=\"postfix\"/>"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:873(para)
msgid "To install Exim4 refer to <xref linkend=\"exim4\"/>."
msgstr "Pour installer Exim4, référez vous à <xref linkend=\"exim4\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:884(application)
msgid "dc_use_split_config='true'"
msgstr "dc_use_split_config='true'"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:876(para)
msgid ""
"Once exim4 is installed, the configuration files are stored in the "
"<filename>/etc/exim4</filename> directory. In Ubuntu, by default, the exim4 "
"configuration files are split across different files. You can change this "
"behavior by changing the following variable in the "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/update-exim4.conf</filename> file: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Une fois exim4 installé, les fichiers de configuration sont stockés dans le "
"répertoire <filename>/etc/exim4</filename>. Dans Ubuntu laconfiguration "
"d'exim4 est répartie par défaut dans différents fichiers. Vous pouvez "
"modifiez ce comportement en changeant la variable suivante du fichier "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/update-exim4.conf</filename> : <placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:891(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>Mailman</application>, run following command at a "
"terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer <application>Mailman</application>, lancez la commande "
"suivante dans un terminal:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:895(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install mailman"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install mailman"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:897(para)
msgid ""
"It copies the installation files in "
"<application>/var/lib/mailman</application> directory. It installs the CGI "
"scripts in <application>/usr/lib/cgi-bin/mailman</application> directory. It "
"creates <emphasis>list</emphasis> linux user. It creates the "
"<emphasis>list</emphasis> linux group. The mailman process will be owned by "
"this user."
msgstr ""
"Il copie les fichiers d'installation dans le répertoire "
"<application>/var/lib/mailman</application>. Il installe les scripts CGI "
"dans le répertoire <application>/usr/lib/cgi-bin/mailman</application>. Il "
"crée l'utilisateur Linux <emphasis>list</emphasis>. Il crée le groupe Linux "
"<emphasis>list</emphasis>. Le processus mailman appartiendra à cet "
"utilisateur."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:909(para)
msgid ""
"This section assumes you have successfully installed "
"<application>mailman</application>, <application>apache2</application>, and "
"<application>postfix</application> or <application>exim4</application>. Now "
"you just need to configure them."
msgstr ""
"Cette section suppose que vous avez installé "
"<application>mailman</application>, <application>apache2</application>, and "
"<application>postfix</application> or <application>exim4</application> avec "
"succès. Maintenant vous devez juste les configurer."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:918(para)
msgid ""
"An example Apache configuration file comes with "
"<application>Mailman</application> and is placed in "
"<filename>/etc/mailman/apache.conf</filename>. In order for Apache to use "
"the config file it needs to be copied to <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
"available</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Un exemple de fichier de configuration pour Apache est livré avec "
"<application>Mailman</application> et placé dans "
"<filename>/etc/mailman/apache.conf</filename>. Pour qu'Apache utilise le "
"fichier de configuration, il devra être copié vers "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:924(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /etc/mailman/apache.conf /etc/apache2/sites-available/mailman.conf"
msgstr ""
"sudo cp /etc/mailman/apache.conf /etc/apache2/sites-available/mailman.conf"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:926(para)
msgid ""
"This will setup a new Apache <emphasis>VirtualHost</emphasis> for the "
"Mailman administration site. Now enable the new configuration and restart "
"Apache:"
msgstr ""
"Ceci configurera un nouvel <emphasis>VirtualHost</emphasis> d'Apache pour le "
"site d'administration de Mailman. À présent, activez la nouvelle "
"configuration et redémarrez Apache :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:931(command)
msgid "sudo a2ensite mailman.conf"
msgstr "sudo a2ensite mailman.conf"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:934(para)
msgid ""
"Mailman uses apache2 to render its CGI scripts. The mailman CGI scripts are "
"installed in the <application>/usr/lib/cgi-bin/mailman</application> "
"directory. So, the mailman url will be http://hostname/cgi-bin/mailman/. You "
"can make changes to the <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
"available/mailman.conf</filename> file if you wish to change this behavior."
msgstr ""
"Mailman utilise apache2 pour exécuter ses scripts CGI. Les scripts CGI de "
"Mailman sont installés dans le répertoire <application>/usr/lib/cgi-"
"bin/mailman</application>. Donc, l'url de mailman sera http://hostname/cgi-"
"bin/mailman/.. Vous pouvez modifier le fichier de configuration "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/mailman.conf</filename> si vous "
"souhaitez changer ce comportement."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:945(para)
msgid ""
"For <application>Postfix</application> integration, we will associate the "
"domain lists.example.com with the mailing lists. Please replace "
"<emphasis>lists.example.com</emphasis> with the domain of your choosing."
msgstr ""
"Pour l'intégration de <application>Postfix</application>, nous associerons "
"le domaine lists.example.com avec les listes de diffusion. Veuillez "
"remplacer <emphasis>lists.example.com</emphasis> par le domaine de votre "
"choix."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:949(para)
msgid ""
"You can use the postconf command to add the necessary configuration to "
"<filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez utiliser la commande postconf pour ajouter les configurations "
"nécessaires à <filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename>:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:953(command)
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'relay_domains = lists.example.com'"
msgstr "sudo postconf -e 'relay_domains = lists.example.com'"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:954(command)
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport'"
msgstr "sudo postconf -e 'transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport'"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:955(command)
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'mailman_destination_recipient_limit = 1'"
msgstr "sudo postconf -e 'mailman_destination_recipient_limit = 1'"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:957(para)
msgid ""
"In <filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename> double check that you have "
"the following transport:"
msgstr ""
"Dans <filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename>, vérifiez bien que vous "
"avez le transport suivant :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:960(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"mailman   unix  -       n       n       -       -       pipe\n"
"  flags=FR user=list argv=/usr/lib/mailman/bin/postfix-to-mailman.py\n"
"  ${nexthop} ${user}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"mailman   unix  -       n       n       -       -       pipe\n"
"  flags=FR user=list argv=/usr/lib/mailman/bin/postfix-to-mailman.py\n"
"  ${nexthop} ${user}\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:965(para)
msgid ""
"It calls the <emphasis>postfix-to-mailman.py</emphasis> script when a mail "
"is delivered to a list."
msgstr ""
"Il appelle le script <emphasis>postfix-to-mailman.py</emphasis> quand un "
"courriel est destiné à une liste de diffusion."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:968(para)
msgid ""
"Associate the domain lists.example.com to the Mailman transport with the "
"transport map. Edit the file <filename>/etc/postfix/transport</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Associez le nom de domaine lists.example.com au transport Mailman grâce au "
"transport map. Modifiez le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/postfix/transport</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:971(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"lists.example.com      mailman:\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"lists.example.com      mailman:\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:974(para)
msgid ""
"Now have <application>Postfix</application> build the transport map by "
"entering the following from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"À présent, faites construire la carte de transport par "
"<application>Postfix</application> en saisissant ceci dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:978(command)
msgid "sudo postmap -v /etc/postfix/transport"
msgstr "sudo postmap -v /etc/postfix/transport"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:980(para)
msgid "Then restart Postfix to enable the new configurations:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite redémarrez Postfix pour activer les nouvelles configurations :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:989(para)
msgid ""
"Once Exim4 is installed, you can start the Exim server using the following "
"command from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois Exim4 installé, vous pouvez démarrez le serveur Exim en utilisant "
"la commande suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1005(para) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1020(title)
msgid "Main"
msgstr "Principal"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1008(para) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1060(title)
msgid "Transport"
msgstr "Transport"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1011(para) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1083(title)
msgid "Router"
msgstr "Routeur"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:996(para)
msgid ""
"In order to make mailman work with Exim4, you need to configure Exim4. As "
"mentioned earlier, by default, Exim4 uses multiple configuration files of "
"different types. For details, please refer to the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.exim.org\">Exim</ulink> web site. To run mailman, we should "
"add new a configuration file to the following configuration types: "
"<placeholder-1/> Exim creates a master configuration file by sorting all "
"these mini configuration files. So, the order of these configuration files "
"is very important."
msgstr ""
"Afin que Mailman puisse fonctionner avec Exim4, vous devez configurer ce "
"dernier. Comme dit précédemment, par défaut, Exim4 utilise plusieurs "
"fichiers pour son paramétrage. Référez-vous au site Web d'<ulink "
"url=\"http://www.exim.org\">Exim</ulink>. Pour utiliser Mailman, il vous "
"faudra ajouter un fichier de configuration à : <placeholder-1/>. Exim crée "
"ensuite un fichier de configuration maître en triant tous ces petits "
"fichiers de paramètres. L'ordre dans lequel se trouvent ces fichiers est "
"donc très important."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1027(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# start\n"
"# Home dir for your Mailman installation -- aka Mailman's prefix\n"
"# directory.\n"
"# On Ubuntu this should be \"/var/lib/mailman\"\n"
"# This is normally the same as ~mailman\n"
"MM_HOME=/var/lib/mailman\n"
"#\n"
"# User and group for Mailman, should match your --with-mail-gid\n"
"# switch to Mailman's configure script.  Value is normally \"mailman\"\n"
"MM_UID=list\n"
"MM_GID=list\n"
"#\n"
"# Domains that your lists are in - colon separated list\n"
"# you may wish to add these into local_domains as well\n"
"domainlist mm_domains=hostname.com\n"
"#\n"
"# -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=\n"
"#\n"
"# These values are derived from the ones above and should not need\n"
"# editing unless you have munged your mailman installation\n"
"#\n"
"# The path of the Mailman mail wrapper script\n"
"MM_WRAP=MM_HOME/mail/mailman\n"
"#\n"
"# The path of the list config file (used as a required file when\n"
"# verifying list addresses)\n"
"MM_LISTCHK=MM_HOME/lists/${lc::$local_part}/config.pck\n"
"# end\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# start\n"
"# Home dir for your Mailman installation -- aka Mailman's prefix\n"
"# directory.\n"
"# On Ubuntu this should be \"/var/lib/mailman\"\n"
"# This is normally the same as ~mailman\n"
"MM_HOME=/var/lib/mailman\n"
"#\n"
"# User and group for Mailman, should match your --with-mail-gid\n"
"# switch to Mailman's configure script.  Value is normally \"mailman\"\n"
"MM_UID=list\n"
"MM_GID=list\n"
"#\n"
"# Domains that your lists are in - colon separated list\n"
"# you may wish to add these into local_domains as well\n"
"domainlist mm_domains=hostname.com\n"
"#\n"
"# -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=\n"
"#\n"
"# These values are derived from the ones above and should not need\n"
"# editing unless you have munged your mailman installation\n"
"#\n"
"# The path of the Mailman mail wrapper script\n"
"MM_WRAP=MM_HOME/mail/mailman\n"
"#\n"
"# The path of the list config file (used as a required file when\n"
"# verifying list addresses)\n"
"MM_LISTCHK=MM_HOME/lists/${lc::$local_part}/config.pck\n"
"# end\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1021(para)
msgid ""
"All the configuration files belonging to the main type are stored in the "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/main/</filename> directory. You can add the "
"following content to a new file, named <filename>04_exim4-"
"config_mailman</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Tous les fichiers de configuration appartenant à la catégorie Principal sont "
"stockés dans le répertoire <filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/main/</filename>. "
"Vous pouvez ajouter le contenu suivant dans un nouveau fichier, nommé "
"<filename>04_exim4-config_mailman</filename> : <placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1067(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"  mailman_transport:\n"
"   driver = pipe\n"
"   command = MM_WRAP \\\n"
"               '${if def:local_part_suffix \\\n"
"                     {${sg{$local_part_suffix}{-(\\\\w+)(\\\\+.*)?}{\\$1}}} "
"\\\n"
"                     {post}}' \\\n"
"               $local_part\n"
"    current_directory = MM_HOME\n"
"    home_directory = MM_HOME\n"
"    user = MM_UID\n"
"    group = MM_GID\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"  mailman_transport:\n"
"   driver = pipe\n"
"   command = MM_WRAP \\\n"
"               '${if def:local_part_suffix \\\n"
"                     {${sg{$local_part_suffix}{-(\\\\w+)(\\\\+.*)?}{\\$1}}} "
"\\\n"
"                     {post}}' \\\n"
"               $local_part\n"
"    current_directory = MM_HOME\n"
"    home_directory = MM_HOME\n"
"    user = MM_UID\n"
"    group = MM_GID\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1061(para)
msgid ""
"All the configuration files belonging to transport type are stored in the "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/transport/</filename> directory. You can add the "
"following content to a new file named <filename> 40_exim4-"
"config_mailman</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Tous les fichiers de configuration appartenant à la catégorie Transport sont "
"stockés dans le répertoire "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/transport/</filename>. Vous pouvez ajouter le "
"contenu suivant dans un nouveau fichier, nommé <filename>40_exim4-"
"config_mailman</filename> : <placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1088(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"  mailman_router:\n"
"   driver = accept\n"
"   require_files = MM_HOME/lists/$local_part/config.pck\n"
"   local_part_suffix_optional\n"
"   local_part_suffix = -bounces : -bounces+* : \\\n"
"                       -confirm+* : -join : -leave : \\\n"
"                       -owner : -request : -admin\n"
"   transport = mailman_transport\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"  mailman_router:\n"
"   driver = accept\n"
"   require_files = MM_HOME/lists/$local_part/config.pck\n"
"   local_part_suffix_optional\n"
"   local_part_suffix = -bounces : -bounces+* : \\\n"
"                       -confirm+* : -join : -leave : \\\n"
"                       -owner : -request : -admin\n"
"   transport = mailman_transport\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1084(para)
msgid ""
"All the configuration files belonging to router type are stored in the "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/router/</filename> directory. You can add the "
"following content in to a new file named <filename>101_exim4-"
"config_mailman</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Tous les fichiers de configuration appartenant à la catégorie Routeur sont "
"stockés dans le répertoire <filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/router/</filename>. "
"Vous pouvez ajouter le contenu suivant dans un nouveau fichier, nommé "
"<filename>101_exim4-config_mailman</filename> : <placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1101(para)
msgid ""
"The order of main and transport configuration files can be in any order. "
"But, the order of router configuration files must be the same. This "
"particular file must appear before the <application>200_exim4-"
"config_primary</application> file. These two configuration files contain "
"same type of information. The first file takes the precedence. For more "
"details, please refer to the references section."
msgstr ""
"L'ordre des fichiers de configuration des catégories Principal et Transport "
"n'est pas important. Mais l'ordre des fichiers de configuration de la "
"catégorie Routeur doit être respecté. Ce fichier particulier doit se trouver "
"avant le fichier <application>200_exim4-config_primary</application>. Ces "
"deux fichiers de configuration contiennent le même type d'information, le "
"premier fichier étant prioritaire. Pour plus de détails, veuillez vous "
"reporter à la section « Références »."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1114(para)
msgid ""
"Once mailman is installed, you can run it using the following command:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois mailman installé, vous pouvez le lancer avec la commande suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1118(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/mailman start"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/mailman start"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1120(para)
msgid ""
"Once mailman is installed, you should create the default mailing list. Run "
"the following command to create the mailing list:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois mailman installé, vous devez créer la liste de diffusion par "
"défaut. Exécutez la commande suivante pour créer la liste de diffusion :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1126(command)
msgid "sudo /usr/sbin/newlist mailman"
msgstr "sudo /usr/sbin/newlist mailman"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1129(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"  Enter the email address of the person running the list: bhuvan at "
"ubuntu.com\n"
"  Initial mailman password:\n"
"  To finish creating your mailing list, you must edit your "
"<filename>/etc/aliases</filename> (or\n"
"  equivalent) file by adding the following lines, and possibly running the\n"
"  `newaliases' program:\n"
"\n"
"  ## mailman mailing list\n"
"  mailman:              \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman post mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-admin:        \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman admin mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-bounces:      \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman bounces mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-confirm:      \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman confirm mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-join:         \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman join mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-leave:        \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman leave mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-owner:        \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman owner mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-request:      \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman request mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-subscribe:    \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman subscribe "
"mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-unsubscribe:  \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman unsubscribe "
"mailman\"\n"
"\n"
"  Hit enter to notify mailman owner...\n"
"\n"
"  # \n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"  Enter the email address of the person running the list: bhuvan at "
"ubuntu.com\n"
"  Initial mailman password:\n"
"  To finish creating your mailing list, you must edit your "
"<filename>/etc/aliases</filename> (or\n"
"  equivalent) file by adding the following lines, and possibly running the\n"
"  `newaliases' program:\n"
"\n"
"  ## mailman mailing list\n"
"  mailman:              \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman post mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-admin:        \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman admin mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-bounces:      \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman bounces mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-confirm:      \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman confirm mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-join:         \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman join mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-leave:        \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman leave mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-owner:        \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman owner mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-request:      \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman request mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-subscribe:    \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman subscribe "
"mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-unsubscribe:  \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman unsubscribe "
"mailman\"\n"
"\n"
"  Hit enter to notify mailman owner...\n"
"\n"
"  # \n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1152(para)
msgid ""
"We have configured either Postfix or Exim4 to recognize all emails from "
"mailman. So, it is not mandatory to make any new entries in "
"<filename>/etc/aliases</filename>. If you have made any changes to the "
"configuration files, please ensure that you restart those services before "
"continuing to next section."
msgstr ""
"Nous avons configuré soit Postfix soit Exim4 pour reconnaître les messages "
"de mailman. Ainsi, il n'est pas obligatoire de créer de nouvelles entrées "
"dans <filename>/etc/aliases</filename>. Si vous avez apporté des "
"modifications aux fichiers de configuration, assurez-vous de redémarrer les "
"services concernés avant de continuer dans la prochaine section."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1160(para)
msgid ""
"The Exim4 does not use the above aliases to forward mails to Mailman, as it "
"uses a <emphasis>discover</emphasis> approach. To suppress the aliases while "
"creating the list, you can add <emphasis>MTA=None</emphasis> line in Mailman "
"configuration file, <filename>/etc/mailman/mm_cfg.py</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Exim4 n'utilise pas les alias ci-dessus pour faire suivre les courriers à "
"Mailman car il utilise une approche <emphasis>découverte</emphasis>. Afin de "
"supprimer les alias à la création de la liste, vous pouvez ajouter la ligne "
"<emphasis>MTA=None</emphasis> dans le fichier de configuration de Mailman, "
"<filename>/etc/mailman/mm_cfg.py</filename>"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1171(title)
msgid "Administration"
msgstr "Administration"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1172(para)
msgid ""
"We assume you have a default installation. The mailman cgi scripts are still "
"in the <application>/usr/lib/cgi-bin/mailman/</application> directory. "
"Mailman provides a web based administration facility. To access this page, "
"point your browser to the following url:"
msgstr ""
"Nous supposons que vous avez fait une installation par défaut. Les scripts "
"cgi de mailman se trouvent toujours dans le répertoire "
"<application>/usr/lib/cgi-bin/mailman/</application>. Mailman fournit un "
"outil d'administration par internet. Pour accéder à cette page, ouvrez "
"l'adresse suivante dans votre navigateur :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1180(para)
msgid "http://hostname/cgi-bin/mailman/admin"
msgstr "http://hostname/cgi-bin/mailman/admin"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1184(para)
msgid ""
"The default mailing list, <emphasis>mailman</emphasis>, will appear in this "
"screen. If you click the mailing list name, it will ask for your "
"authentication password. If you enter the correct password, you will be able "
"to change administrative settings of this mailing list. You can create a new "
"mailing list using the command line utility "
"(<command>/usr/sbin/newlist</command>). Alternatively, you can create a new "
"mailing list using the web interface."
msgstr ""
"La liste de diffusion par défaut, <emphasis>mailman</emphasis>, "
"apparaîtrasur cet écran. Si vous cliquez sur le nom de la liste, il vous "
"sera demandé de vous authentifier avec votre mot de passe. Si vous saisissez "
"le bon mot de passe, alors vous pourrez modifier les paramètres "
"d'administration de cette liste de diffusion. Vous pouvez créer une nouvelle "
"liste de diffusion, en ligne de commande, avec l'utilitaire "
"<command>/usr/sbin/newlist</command>. Sinon, vous pouvez aussi créer une "
"nouvelle liste de diffusion en utilisant l'interface Web."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1197(title)
msgid "Users"
msgstr "Utilisateurs"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1198(para)
msgid ""
"Mailman provides a web based interface for users. To access this page, point "
"your browser to the following url:"
msgstr ""
"Mailman fournit aux utilisateurs une interface Web. Pour accéder à cette "
"page, ouvrez votre navigateur à l'adresse suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1203(para)
msgid "http://hostname/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo"
msgstr "http://hostname/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1207(para)
msgid ""
"The default mailing list, <emphasis>mailman</emphasis>, will appear in this "
"screen. If you click the mailing list name, it will display the subscription "
"form. You can enter your email address, name (optional), and password to "
"subscribe. An email invitation will be sent to you. You can follow the "
"instructions in the email to subscribe."
msgstr ""
"La liste de diffusion par défaut, <emphasis>mailman</emphasis>, "
"apparaîtrasur cet écran. Si vous cliquez sur le nom de la liste, vous verrez "
"apparaître le formulaire d'inscription. Vous pourrez alors saisir votre "
"adresse électronique, votre nom (facultatif) et votre mot de passe afin de "
"vous y inscrire. Un courriel d'invitation vous sera adressé. Vous pourrez "
"alors suivre les instructions de ce courriel pour vous inscrire."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1219(ulink)
msgid "GNU Mailman - Installation Manual"
msgstr "GNU Mailman - Manuel d'installation"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1223(ulink)
msgid "HOWTO - Using Exim 4 and Mailman 2.1 together"
msgstr "Guide partique - Utiliser Exim4 avec Mailman 2.1"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1226(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Mailman\">Mailman Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1232(title)
msgid "Mail Filtering"
msgstr "Filtrage du courrier éléctronique"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1233(para)
msgid ""
"One of the largest issues with email today is the problem of Unsolicited "
"Bulk Email (UBE). Also known as SPAM, such messages may also carry viruses "
"and other forms of malware. According to some reports these messages make up "
"the bulk of all email traffic on the Internet."
msgstr ""
"L'un des plus gros problèmes avec le courrier électronique à l'heure "
"actuelle sont les courriers électroniques non sollicités envoyés en masse  "
"(ou UBE en anglais). Également connus sous le nom de SPAM, ces messages "
"peuvent également transmettre des virus et d'autres formes de logiciels "
"malveillants. Selon certains rapports, ces messages constituent l'essentiel "
"de l'ensemble du trafic e-mail sur Internet."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1238(para)
msgid ""
"This section will cover integrating <application>Amavisd-new</application>, "
"<application>Spamassassin</application>, and "
"<application>ClamAV</application> with the "
"<application>Postfix</application> Mail Transport Agent (MTA). "
"<application>Postfix</application> can also check email validity by passing "
"it through external content filters. These filters can sometimes determine "
"if a message is spam without needing to process it with more resource "
"intensive applications. Two common filters are <application>dkim-"
"filter</application> and <application>python-policyd-spf</application>."
msgstr ""
"Cette section va couvrir l'intégration de <application>Amavisd-"
"new</application>, <application>Spamassassin</application>, et "
"<application>ClamAV</application> avec le Mail Transport Agent (MTA ou "
"logiciel pour serveur de transmission de courriers électroniques) "
"<application>Postfix</application>. <application>Postfix</application> peut "
"aussi vérifier la validité des emails en les faisant passer au travers de "
"filtres de contenu externes. Ces filtres peuvent parfois déterminer si un "
"message est du courrier indésirable (spam) sans avoir à le traiter avec des "
"applications plus gourmandes en ressources. Deux filtres communs sont "
"<application>dkim-filter</application> et <application>python-policyd-"
"spf</application>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1248(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Amavisd-new</application> is a wrapper program that can call "
"any number of content filtering programs for spam detection, antivirus, etc."
msgstr ""
"<application>Amavisd-new</application> est un programme enveloppe qui peut "
"appeler différents programmes de filtrage de contenu pour la détection de "
"courrier indésirable (spam), anti-virus, etc."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1254(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Spamassassin</application> uses a variety of mechanisms to "
"filter email based on the message content."
msgstr ""
"<application>Spamassassin</application> utilise divers mécanismes pour "
"filtrer les courriers en se basant sur leur contenu."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1259(para)
msgid ""
"<application>ClamAV</application> is an open source antivirus application."
msgstr "<application>ClamAV</application> est anti-virus libre."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1264(para)
msgid ""
"<application>dkim-filter</application> implements a Sendmail Mail Filter "
"(Milter) for the DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) standard."
msgstr ""
"<application>dkim-filter</application> implémente un filtre mail Sendmail "
"(Milter) pour le standard DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM)."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1270(para)
msgid ""
"<application>python-policyd-spf</application> enables Sender Policy "
"Framework (SPF) checking with <application>Postfix</application>."
msgstr ""
"<application>python-policyd-spf</application> active la vérification Sender "
"Policy Framework (SPF) avec <application>Postfix</application>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1275(para)
msgid "This is how the pieces fit together:"
msgstr "Voici comment ces applications collaborent :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1280(para)
msgid "An email message is accepted by <application>Postfix</application>."
msgstr "Un courriel est accepté par <application>Postfix</application>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1285(para)
msgid ""
"The message is passed through any external filters <application>dkim-"
"filter</application> and <application>python-policyd-spf</application> in "
"this case."
msgstr ""
"Le message est passé par tout les filtres externes <application>dkim-"
"filter</ application> et <application>python-policyd-spf</ application> dans "
"le cas présent."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1291(para)
msgid "<application>Amavisd-new</application> then processes the message."
msgstr "<application>Amavisd-new</application> traite ensuite le message."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1296(para)
msgid ""
"<application>ClamAV</application> is used to scan the message. If the "
"message contains a virus <application>Postfix</application> will reject the "
"message."
msgstr ""
"<application>ClamAV</application> est utilisé pour nalyser le message. Si le "
"message contient un virus alors <application>Postfix</application> le "
"rejettera."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1302(para)
msgid ""
"Clean messages will then be analyzed by "
"<application>Spamassassin</application> to find out if the message is spam. "
"<application>Spamassassin</application> will then add X-Header lines "
"allowing <application>Amavisd-new</application> to further manipulate the "
"message."
msgstr ""
"Les messages propres seront ensuite analysés par "
"<application>Spamassassin</application> pour savoir si le courrier est "
"indésirable (spam). <application>Spamassassin</application> ajoutera alors "
"des lignes X-Header permettant à <application>Amavisd-new</application> de "
"manipuler le message par la suite."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1309(para)
msgid ""
"For example, if a message has a Spam score of over fifty the message could "
"be automatically dropped from the queue without the recipient ever having to "
"be bothered. Another, way to handle flagged messages is to deliver them to "
"the Mail User Agent (MUA) allowing the user to deal with the message as they "
"see fit."
msgstr ""
"Par exemple, si un message a un score Spam de plus de cinquante le message "
"pourrait être automatiquement sorti de la file sans que le destinataire ne "
"soit jamais embêté. Un autre moyen de traiter les messages signalés est de "
"les remettre au client de messagerie électronique (MUA) autorisant "
"l'utilisateur à gérer le message comme il le souhaite."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1316(para)
msgid ""
"See <xref linkend=\"postfix\"/> for instructions on installing and "
"configuring Postfix."
msgstr ""
"Consultez <xref linkend=\"postfix\"/> pour les instructions d'installation "
"et de configuration de Postfix."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1319(para)
msgid ""
"To install the rest of the applications enter the following from a terminal "
"prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer le reste des applications saisissez ce qui suit dans un "
"terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1323(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install amavisd-new spamassassin clamav-daemon"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install amavisd-new spamassassin clamav-daemon"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1324(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install dkim-filter python-policyd-spf"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install dkim-filter python-policyd-spf"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1326(para)
msgid ""
"There are some optional packages that integrate with "
"<application>Spamassassin</application> for better spam detection:"
msgstr ""
"Il existe des paquets facultatifs qui s'intègrent avec "
"<application>Spamassassin</application> pour une meilleure détection des "
"spams :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1330(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install pyzor razor"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install pyzor razor"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1332(para)
msgid ""
"Along with the main filtering applications compression utilities are needed "
"to process some email attachments:"
msgstr ""
"Avec les principales applications de filtrage, des utilitaires de "
"compression sont nécessaires pour traiter certaines pièces jointes :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1336(command)
msgid ""
"sudo apt-get install arj cabextract cpio lha nomarch pax rar unrar unzip zip"
msgstr ""
"sudo apt-get install arj cabextract cpio lha nomarch pax rar unrar unzip zip"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1339(para)
msgid ""
"If some packages are not found, check that the "
"<emphasis>multiverse</emphasis> repository is enabled in "
"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1340(para)
msgid ""
"If you make changes to the file, be sure to run <command>sudo apt-get "
"update</command> before trying to install again."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1345(para)
msgid "Now configure everything to work together and filter email."
msgstr ""
"Configurez maintenant cela pour que tou fonctionne ensemble et flitre les "
"courriers."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1349(title)
msgid "ClamAV"
msgstr "ClamAV"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1350(para)
msgid ""
"The default behaviour of <application>ClamAV</application> will fit our "
"needs. For more ClamAV configuration options, check the configuration files "
"in <filename>/etc/clamav</filename>."
msgstr ""
"L'installation par défaut de <application>ClamAV</application> nous "
"conviendra. Regardez son fichier de configuration dans "
"<filename>/etc/clamav</filename> pour avoir accès à plus d'options."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1355(para)
msgid ""
"Add the <emphasis>clamav</emphasis> user to the <emphasis>amavis</emphasis> "
"group in order for <application>Amavisd-new</application> to have the "
"appropriate access to scan files:"
msgstr ""
"Ajoutez l'utilisateur <emphasis>clamav</emphasis> au groupe "
"<emphasis>amavis</emphasis> de manière à ce que <application>Amavisd-"
"new</application> ait les droits suffisants pour lire les fichiers :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1360(command)
msgid "sudo adduser clamav amavis"
msgstr "sudo adduser clamav amavis"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1364(title)
msgid "Spamassassin"
msgstr "Spamassassin"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1365(para)
msgid ""
"Spamassassin automatically detects optional components and will use them if "
"they are present. This means that there is no need to configure "
"<application>pyzor</application> and <application>razor</application>."
msgstr ""
"Spamassassin détecte automatiquement les composants supplémentaires et les "
"utilisera s'ils sont présents. Ceci veut donc dire qu'il n'est pas "
"nécessaire de configurer <application>pyzor</application> et "
"<application>razor</application>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1369(para)
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/default/spamassassin</filename> to activate the "
"<application>Spamassassin</application> daemon. Change "
"<emphasis>ENABLED=0</emphasis> to:"
msgstr ""
"Modifiez <filename>/etc/default/spamassassin</filename> pour activer le "
"démon <application>Spamassassin</application>. Changez "
"<emphasis>ENABLED=0</emphasis> par :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1373(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"ENABLED=1\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"ENABLED=1\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1376(para)
msgid "Now start the daemon:"
msgstr "Lancez maintenant le démon :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1380(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/spamassassin start"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/spamassassin start"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1384(title)
msgid "Amavisd-new"
msgstr "Amavisd-new"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1385(para)
msgid ""
"First activate spam and antivirus detection in <application>Amavisd-"
"new</application> by editing <filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/15-"
"content_filter_mode</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"D'abord, activez la détection de spam et de virus dans <application>Amavisd-"
"new</application> en éditant <filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/15-"
"content_filter_mode</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1389(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"use strict;\n"
"\n"
"# You can modify this file to re-enable SPAM checking through spamassassin\n"
"# and to re-enable antivirus checking.\n"
"\n"
"#\n"
"# Default antivirus checking mode\n"
"# Uncomment the two lines below to enable it\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"@bypass_virus_checks_maps = (\n"
"   \\%bypass_virus_checks, \\@bypass_virus_checks_acl, \\"
"$bypass_virus_checks_re);\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"#\n"
"# Default SPAM checking mode\n"
"# Uncomment the two lines below to enable it\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"@bypass_spam_checks_maps = (\n"
"   \\%bypass_spam_checks, \\@bypass_spam_checks_acl, \\"
"$bypass_spam_checks_re);\n"
"\n"
"1;  # insure a defined return\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"use strict;\n"
"\n"
"# You can modify this file to re-enable SPAM checking through spamassassin\n"
"# and to re-enable antivirus checking.\n"
"\n"
"#\n"
"# Default antivirus checking mode\n"
"# Uncomment the two lines below to enable it\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"@bypass_virus_checks_maps = (\n"
"   \\%bypass_virus_checks, \\@bypass_virus_checks_acl, \\"
"$bypass_virus_checks_re);\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"#\n"
"# Default SPAM checking mode\n"
"# Uncomment the two lines below to enable it\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"@bypass_spam_checks_maps = (\n"
"   \\%bypass_spam_checks, \\@bypass_spam_checks_acl, \\"
"$bypass_spam_checks_re);\n"
"\n"
"1;  # insure a defined return\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1414(para)
msgid ""
"Bouncing spam can be a bad idea as the return address is often faked. "
"Consider editing <filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/20-debian_defaults</filename> "
"to set <emphasis>$final_spam_destiny</emphasis> to D_DISCARD rather than "
"D_BOUNCE, as follows:"
msgstr ""
"Le renvoi d'un spam à l'expéditeur peut être une mauvaise idée étant donné "
"que l'adresse de retour est souvent fausse. Vous devriez modifier "
"<filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/20-debian_defaults</filename> pour configurer "
"<emphasis>$final_spam_destiny</emphasis>sur D_DISCARD plutôt que D_BOUNCE, "
"comme suit :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1420(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"$final_spam_destiny       = D_DISCARD;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"$final_spam_destiny       = D_DISCARD;\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1424(para)
msgid ""
"Additionally, you may want to adjust the following options to flag more "
"messages as spam:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1428(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"$sa_tag_level_deflt = -999; # add spam info headers if at, or above that "
"level\n"
"$sa_tag2_level_deflt = 6.0; # add 'spam detected' headers at that level\n"
"$sa_kill_level_deflt = 21.0; # triggers spam evasive actions\n"
"$sa_dsn_cutoff_level = 4; # spam level beyond which a DSN is not sent\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1435(para)
msgid ""
"If the server's <emphasis>hostname</emphasis> is different from the domain's "
"MX record you may need to manually set the <emphasis>$myhostname</emphasis> "
"option. Also, if the server receives mail for multiple domains the "
"<emphasis>@local_domains_acl</emphasis> option will need to be customized. "
"Edit the <filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/50-user</filename> file:"
msgstr ""
"Si le <emphasis>nom d'hôte (hostname)</emphasis> du serveur est différent de "
"l'enregistrement MX du domaine vous devrez fixer vous-même l'option "
"<emphasis>$myhostname</emphasis>. De même, si le serveur sert de multiples "
"domaines, l'option <emphasis>@local_domains_acl</emphasis> devra être "
"personnalisée. Modifiez le fichier <filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/50-"
"user</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1442(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"$myhostname = 'mail.example.com';\n"
"@local_domains_acl = ( \"example.com\", \"example.org\" );\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"$myhostname = 'mail.example.com';\n"
"@local_domains_acl = ( \"example.com\", \"example.org\" );\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1447(para)
msgid ""
"After configuration <application>Amavisd-new</application> needs to be "
"restarted:"
msgstr ""
"Après sa configuration, <application>Amavisd-new</application> doit être "
"redémarré :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1451(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1497(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/amavis restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/amavis restart"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1454(title)
msgid "DKIM Whitelist"
msgstr "Liste blanche DKIM"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1456(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Amavisd-new</application> can be configured to automatically "
"<emphasis>Whitelist</emphasis> addresses from domains with valid Domain "
"Keys. There are some pre-configured domains in the "
"<filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/40-policy_banks</filename>."
msgstr ""
"<application>Amavisd-new</application> peut être configuré pour mettre "
"automatiquement les adresses des domaines ayant des clés correctes en "
"<emphasis>liste blanche</emphasis>. Des domaines pré configurés se trouvent "
"dans <filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/40-policy_banks</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1462(para)
msgid "There are multiple ways to configure the Whitelist for a domain:"
msgstr ""
"Il existent plusieurs manières de configurer la liste blanche d'un domaine :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1468(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>'example.com' =&gt; 'WHITELIST',</emphasis>: will whitelist any "
"address from the \"example.com\" domain."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>'example.com' =&gt; 'WHITELIST',</emphasis> : ajoute toutes les "
"adresses du domaine « example.com » à la liste blanche ."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1473(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>'.example.com' =&gt; 'WHITELIST',</emphasis>: will whitelist any "
"address from any <emphasis>subdomains</emphasis> of \"example.com\" that "
"have a valid signature."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>'.example.com' =&gt; 'WHITELIST',</emphasis> : ajoute n'importe "
"quelle adresse de n'importe quel <emphasis>sous-domaine</emphasis> de "
"« example.com » s'ils ont une signature valable."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1479(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>'.example.com/@example.com' =&gt; 'WHITELIST',</emphasis>: will "
"whitelist subdomains of \"example.com\" that use the signature of <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis> the parent domain."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>'.example.com/@example.com' =&gt; 'WHITELIST',</emphasis> : ajoute "
"les sous-domaines de « example.com » qui utilisent la signature du domaine "
"parent <emphasis role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1485(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>'./@example.com' =&gt; 'WHITELIST',</emphasis>: adds addresses "
"that have a valid signature from \"example.com\". This is usually used for "
"discussion groups that sign thier messages."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>'./@example.com' =&gt; 'WHITELIST',</emphasis> : ajoute les "
"adresses ayant une signature valable issue de « example.com ». Ceci est "
"généralement utilisé pour les groupes de discussions signant leur messages."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1492(para)
msgid ""
"A domain can also have multiple Whitelist configurations. After, editing the "
"file restart <application>amaisd-new</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Un domaine peut avoir de multiples configurations de liste blanche. "
"Redémarrez <application>amavisd-new</application> pour prendre en compte les "
"modifications :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1501(para)
msgid ""
"In this context, once a domain has been added to the Whitelist the message "
"will not receive any anti-virus or spam filtering. This may or may not be "
"the intended behavior you wish for a domain."
msgstr ""
"Dans ce contexte, une fois qu'un domaine a été ajouté à la liste blanche, le "
"message ne sera pas filtré par un anti-virus quelconque ou un anti-spam. "
"Ceci peut ne pas vous convenir."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1511(para)
msgid ""
"For <application>Postfix</application> integration, enter the following from "
"a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Pour l'intégration dans <application>Postfix</application>, saisissez la "
"commande suivant dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1515(command)
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'content_filter = smtp-amavis:[127.0.0.1]:10024'"
msgstr "sudo postconf -e 'content_filter = smtp-amavis:[127.0.0.1]:10024'"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1517(para)
msgid ""
"Next edit <filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename> and add the following "
"to the end of the file:"
msgstr ""
"Ouvrez ensuite le fichier <filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename> et "
"ajoutez ce qui suit tout à la fin :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1520(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"smtp-amavis     unix    -       -       -       -       2       smtp\n"
"        -o smtp_data_done_timeout=1200\n"
"        -o smtp_send_xforward_command=yes\n"
"        -o disable_dns_lookups=yes\n"
"        -o max_use=20\n"
"\n"
"127.0.0.1:10025 inet    n       -       -       -       -       smtpd\n"
"        -o content_filter=\n"
"        -o local_recipient_maps=\n"
"        -o relay_recipient_maps=\n"
"        -o smtpd_restriction_classes=\n"
"        -o smtpd_delay_reject=no\n"
"        -o smtpd_client_restrictions=permit_mynetworks,reject\n"
"        -o smtpd_helo_restrictions=\n"
"        -o smtpd_sender_restrictions=\n"
"        -o smtpd_recipient_restrictions=permit_mynetworks,reject\n"
"        -o smtpd_data_restrictions=reject_unauth_pipelining\n"
"        -o smtpd_end_of_data_restrictions=\n"
"        -o mynetworks=127.0.0.0/8\n"
"        -o smtpd_error_sleep_time=0\n"
"        -o smtpd_soft_error_limit=1001\n"
"        -o smtpd_hard_error_limit=1000\n"
"        -o smtpd_client_connection_count_limit=0\n"
"        -o smtpd_client_connection_rate_limit=0\n"
"        -o "
"receive_override_options=no_header_body_checks,no_unknown_recipient_checks\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"smtp-amavis     unix    -       -       -       -       2       smtp\n"
"        -o smtp_data_done_timeout=1200\n"
"        -o smtp_send_xforward_command=yes\n"
"        -o disable_dns_lookups=yes\n"
"        -o max_use=20\n"
"\n"
"127.0.0.1:10025 inet    n       -       -       -       -       smtpd\n"
"        -o content_filter=\n"
"        -o local_recipient_maps=\n"
"        -o relay_recipient_maps=\n"
"        -o smtpd_restriction_classes=\n"
"        -o smtpd_delay_reject=no\n"
"        -o smtpd_client_restrictions=permit_mynetworks,reject\n"
"        -o smtpd_helo_restrictions=\n"
"        -o smtpd_sender_restrictions=\n"
"        -o smtpd_recipient_restrictions=permit_mynetworks,reject\n"
"        -o smtpd_data_restrictions=reject_unauth_pipelining\n"
"        -o smtpd_end_of_data_restrictions=\n"
"        -o mynetworks=127.0.0.0/8\n"
"        -o smtpd_error_sleep_time=0\n"
"        -o smtpd_soft_error_limit=1001\n"
"        -o smtpd_hard_error_limit=1000\n"
"        -o smtpd_client_connection_count_limit=0\n"
"        -o smtpd_client_connection_rate_limit=0\n"
"        -o "
"receive_override_options=no_header_body_checks,no_unknown_recipient_checks\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1547(para)
msgid ""
"Also add the following two lines immediately below the "
"<emphasis>\"pickup\"</emphasis> transport service:"
msgstr ""
"Ajoutez aussi les deux lignes suivantes immédiatement en dessous du service "
"de transport <emphasis>\"pickup\"</emphasis>"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1550(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"         -o content_filter=\n"
"         -o receive_override_options=no_header_body_checks\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"         -o content_filter=\n"
"         -o receive_override_options=no_header_body_checks\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1554(para)
msgid ""
"This will prevent messages that are generated to report on spam from being "
"classified as spam."
msgstr ""
"Ceci empêchera la classification en tant que pourriel des messages de "
"rapport de pourriels."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1557(para)
msgid "Now restart <application>Postfix</application>:"
msgstr "Maintenant, redémarrez <application>Postfix</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1563(para)
msgid "Content filtering with spam and virus detection is now enabled."
msgstr "Le filtrage anti-spam et anti-virus est maintenant activé."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1570(para)
msgid ""
"First, test that the <application>Amavisd-new</application> SMTP is "
"listening:"
msgstr ""
"D'abord, testez que l'application <application>Amavisd-new</application> "
"écoute bien sur le port 10024 :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1573(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"telnet localhost 10024\n"
"Trying 127.0.0.1...\n"
"Connected to localhost.\n"
"Escape character is '^]'.\n"
"220 [127.0.0.1] ESMTP amavisd-new service ready\n"
"^]\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"telnet localhost 10024\n"
"Trying 127.0.0.1...\n"
"Connected to localhost.\n"
"Escape character is '^]'.\n"
"220 [127.0.0.1] ESMTP amavisd-new service ready\n"
"^]\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1581(para)
msgid ""
"In the Header of messages that go through the content filter you should see:"
msgstr ""
"Dans l'en-tête des messages qui passent par le filtre de contenu, vous "
"devriez lire :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1584(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"X-Spam-Level: \n"
"X-Virus-Scanned: Debian amavisd-new at example.com\n"
"X-Spam-Status: No, hits=-2.3 tagged_above=-1000.0 required=5.0 tests=AWL, "
"BAYES_00\n"
"X-Spam-Level: \n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"X-Spam-Level: \n"
"X-Virus-Scanned: Debian amavisd-new at example.com\n"
"X-Spam-Status: No, hits=-2.3 tagged_above=-1000.0 required=5.0 tests=AWL, "
"BAYES_00\n"
"X-Spam-Level: \n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1591(para)
msgid ""
"Your output will vary, but the important thing is that there are <emphasis>X-"
"Virus-Scanned</emphasis> and <emphasis>X-Spam-Status</emphasis> entries."
msgstr ""
"Votre sortie variera, mais l'important c'est qu'il existe des entrées "
"<emphasis>X-Virus-Scanned</emphasis> et <emphasis>X-Spam-Status</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1599(para)
msgid ""
"The best way to figure out why something is going wrong is to check the log "
"files."
msgstr ""
"La meilleure façon de savoir pourquoi quelque chose ne fonctionne pas est "
"vérifier les fichiers journaux."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1604(para)
msgid ""
"For instructions on <application>Postfix</application> logging see the <xref "
"linkend=\"postfix-troubleshooting\"/> section."
msgstr ""
"Pour les instructions sur la journalisation dans "
"<application>Postfix</application>, voyez la section <xref linkend=\"postfix-"
"troubleshooting\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1610(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Amavisd-new</application> uses "
"<application>Syslog</application> to send messages to "
"<filename>/var/log/mail.log</filename>. The amount of detail can be "
"increased by adding the <emphasis>$log_level</emphasis> option to "
"<filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/50-user</filename>, and setting the value from "
"1 to 5."
msgstr ""
"<application>Amavisd-new</application> utilise "
"<application>Syslog</application> pour envoyer des messages dans "
"<filename>/var/log/mail.log</filename>. Le niveau de détails peut être "
"augmenté en ajoutant l'option <emphasis>$log_level</emphasis> dans "
"<filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/50-user</filename>, et en réglant la valeur de "
"1 à 5."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1615(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"$log_level = 2;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"$log_level = 2;\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1619(para)
msgid ""
"When the <application>Amavisd-new</application> log output is increased "
"<application>Spamassassin</application> log output is also increased."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque le niveau de journalisation de <application>Amavisd-"
"new</application> est augmenté, celui de "
"<application>Spamassassin</application> l'est aussi."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1626(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>ClamAV</application> log level can be increased by editing "
"<filename>/etc/clamav/clamd.conf</filename> and setting the following option:"
msgstr ""
"La quantité d'informations enregistrée dans le journal de "
"<application>ClamAV</application> peut être augmentée en modifiant "
"<filename>/etc/clamav/clamd.conf</filename> et en réglant l'option suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1630(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"LogVerbose true\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"LogVerbose true\n"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1633(para)
msgid ""
"By default <application>ClamAV</application> will send log messages to "
"<filename>/var/log/clamav/clamav.log</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, <application>ClamAV</application> enverra les messages de "
"journalisation (logs) dans <filename>/var/log/clamav/clamav.log</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1639(para)
msgid ""
"After changing an applications log settings remember to restart the service "
"for the new settings to take affect. Also, once the issue you are "
"troubleshooting is resolved it is a good idea to change the log settings "
"back to normal."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir modifié les paramètres de journal d'une application, n'oubliez "
"pas de redémarrer le service pour que les changements soient pris en compte. "
"De plus, une fois le problème résolu, il est judicieux de revenir aux "
"paramètres initiaux."

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1647(para)
msgid "For more information on filtering mail see the following links:"
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'informations sur le filtrage des emails, voyez les liens "
"suivants:"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1653(ulink)
msgid "Amavisd-new Documentation"
msgstr "Documentation Amavisd-new"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1657(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.clamav.org/doc/latest/html/\">ClamAV "
"Documentation</ulink> and <ulink "
"url=\"http://wiki.clamav.net/Main/WebHome\">ClamAV Wiki</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.clamav.org/doc/latest/html/\">ClamAV "
"Documentation</ulink> et <ulink "
"url=\"http://wiki.clamav.net/Main/WebHome\">ClamAV Wiki</ulink>"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1664(ulink)
msgid "Spamassassin Wiki"
msgstr "Le Wiki de spammassassin"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1669(ulink)
msgid "Pyzor Homepage"
msgstr "Page d'accueil de Pyzor"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1674(ulink)
msgid "Razor Homepage"
msgstr "Page d'accueil de Razor"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1679(ulink)
msgid "DKIM.org"
msgstr "DKIM.org"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1684(ulink)
msgid "Postfix Amavis New"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1688(para)
msgid ""
"Also, feel free to ask questions in the <emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> "
"IRC channel on <ulink url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"De plus, n'hésitez pas à poser vos questions (en anglais) sur le canal IRC "
"<emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> du réseau <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:13(title)
msgid "LAMP Applications"
msgstr "Les applications LAMP"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:19(para)
msgid ""
"LAMP installations (Linux + Apache + MySQL + PHP) are a popular setup for "
"Ubuntu servers. There is a plethora of Open Source applications written "
"using the LAMP application stack. Some popular LAMP applications are Wiki's, "
"Content Management Systems, and Management Software such as phpMyAdmin."
msgstr ""
"Les installations LAMP (Linux + Apache + MySQL + PHP) sont très populaires "
"sur les serveurs Ubuntu. Moult programmes libres utilisent la pile LAMP. "
"Quelques applications célèbres sont les Wiki, les CMS (système de gestion de "
"contenu) et les systèmes de gestion tel que phpMyAdmin."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:26(para)
msgid ""
"One advantage of LAMP is the substantial flexibility for different database, "
"web server, and scripting languages. Popular substitutes for MySQL include "
"Posgresql and SQLite. Python, Perl, and Ruby are also frequently used "
"instead of PHP."
msgstr ""
"Un des avantages de LAMP est sa flexibilité quant à l'utilisation de base de "
"données, de serveur Web et de langage de script. Par exemple, Mysql peut "
"être remplacé par Posgresql ou SQLite, et PHP par Python, Perl ou Ruby."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:32(para)
msgid ""
"The traditional way to install most <emphasis>LAMP</emphasis> applications "
"is:"
msgstr "La manière usuelle d'installer la plupart des programmes LAMP est :"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:38(para)
msgid "Download an archive containing the application source files."
msgstr "Téléchargez une archive contenant les fichiers sources du programme."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:43(para)
msgid ""
"Unpack the archive, usually in a directory accessible to a web server."
msgstr ""
"Décompressez l'archive, généralement dans un répertoire accessible par le "
"serveur Web."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:48(para)
msgid ""
"Depending on where the source was extracted, configure a web browser to "
"serve the files."
msgstr ""
"Configurez un navigateur Web de manière à afficher les fichiers selon "
"l'endroit où ils se trouvent."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:53(para)
msgid "Configure the application to connect to the database."
msgstr "Configurez le programme pour qu'il se connecte à la base de données."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:58(para)
msgid ""
"Run a script, or browse to a page of the application, to install the "
"database needed by the application."
msgstr ""
"Lancez un script ou allez sur une page de ce programme pour installer la "
"base de données dont il a besoin."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:63(para)
msgid ""
"Once the steps above, or similar steps, are completed you are ready to begin "
"using the application."
msgstr ""
"Vous pourrez vous servir du programme une fois que toutes ces étapes ont été "
"achevées."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:69(para)
msgid ""
"A disadvantage of using this approach is that the application files are not "
"placed in the file system in a standard way, which can cause confusion as to "
"where the application is installed. Another larger disadvantage is updating "
"the application. When a new version is released, the same process used to "
"install the application is needed to apply updates."
msgstr ""
"Un des inconvénients de cette méthode est que les fichiers des programmes ne "
"se trouvent pas dans les endroits standard du système de fichiers, ce qui "
"peut entrainer des confusions quant à leur emplacement. Un autre plus "
"important apparaît lors de la mise à jour du programme. Lorsqu'une nouvelle "
"version est distribuée, il  vous faudra repasser par toutes ces étapes."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:76(para)
msgid ""
"Fortunately, a number of <emphasis>LAMP</emphasis> applications are already "
"packaged for Ubuntu, and are available for installation in the same way as "
"non-LAMP applications. Depending on the application some extra configuration "
"and setup steps may be needed, however."
msgstr ""
"Heureusement, grand nombre de ces applications <emphasis>LAMP</emphasis> "
"sont disponibles dans les dépôts Ubuntu. Cependant, selon le type de "
"programme, vous devrez éventuellement les configurer après-coup."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:82(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers howto install and configure the Wiki applications "
"<application>MoinMoin</application>, <application>MediaWiki</application>, "
"and the MySQL management application <application>phpMyAdmin</application>."
msgstr ""
"Cette section décrit l'installation et le paramétrage des programmes Wiki "
"<application>MoinMoin</application> et <application>MediaWiki</application> "
"ainsi que ceux du système de gestion <application>phpMyAdmin</application>."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:88(para)
msgid ""
"A Wiki is a website that allows the visitors to easily add, remove and "
"modify available content easily. The ease of interaction and operation makes "
"Wiki an effective tool for mass collaborative authoring. The term Wiki is "
"also referred to the collaborative software."
msgstr ""
"Un Wiki est un site permettant facilement aux visiteurs d'ajouter, supprimer "
"et modifier le contenu disponible. La simplicité d'interaction et de "
"traitement font du Wiki un outil efficace pour la création faite en "
"collaboration massive. Le terme Wiki s'applique également au logiciel "
"collaboratif."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:100(title)
msgid "Moin Moin"
msgstr "Moin Moin"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:102(para)
msgid ""
"MoinMoin is a Wiki engine implemented in Python, based on the PikiPiki Wiki "
"engine, and licensed under the GNU GPL."
msgstr ""
"MoinMoin est un moteur Wiki implémenté dans le langage Python, basé sur le "
"moteur Wiki PikiPiki et publié sous licence GNU GPL."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:110(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>MoinMoin</application>, run the following command in "
"the command prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer <application>MoinMoin</application>, lancez la commande "
"suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:116(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install python-moinmoin"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install python-moinmoin"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:119(para)
msgid ""
"You should also install <application>apache2</application> web server. For "
"installing <application>apache2</application> web server, please refer to "
"<xref linkend=\"http-installation\"/> sub-section in <xref "
"linkend=\"httpd\"/> section."
msgstr ""
"Vous devriez également installer le serveur Web "
"<application>apache2</application>. Pour ce faire, référez-vous à la sous-"
"section <xref linkend=\"http-installation\"/> de la section <xref "
"linkend=\"httpd\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:130(para)
msgid ""
"For configuring your first Wiki application, please run the following set of "
"commands. Let us assume that you are creating a Wiki named "
"<emphasis>mywiki</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"Pour configurer votre première application Wiki, veuillez saisir la série de "
"commandes suivantes en supposant que vous vouliez créer un Wiki nommé "
"<emphasis>monwiki</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:137(command)
msgid "cd /usr/share/moin"
msgstr "cd /usr/share/moin"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:138(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir mywiki"
msgstr "sudo mkdir mywiki"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:139(command)
msgid "sudo cp -R data mywiki"
msgstr "sudo cp -R data mywiki"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:140(command)
msgid "sudo cp -R underlay mywiki"
msgstr "sudo cp -R underlay mywiki"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:141(command)
msgid "sudo cp server/moin.cgi mywiki"
msgstr "sudo cp server/moin.cgi mywiki"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:142(command)
msgid "sudo chown -R www-data.www-data mywiki"
msgstr "sudo chown -R www-data.www-data mywiki"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:143(command)
msgid "sudo chmod -R ug+rwX mywiki"
msgstr "sudo chmod -R ug+rwX mywiki"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:144(command)
msgid "sudo chmod -R o-rwx mywiki"
msgstr "sudo chmod -R o-rwx mywiki"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:147(para)
msgid ""
"Now you should configure <application>MoinMoin</application> to find your "
"new Wiki <emphasis>mywiki</emphasis>. To configure "
"<application>MoinMoin</application>, open "
"<filename>/etc/moin/mywiki.py</filename> file and change the following line:"
msgstr ""
"Maintenant, vous devez configurer <application>MoinMoin</application> pour "
"trouver votre nouveau Wiki <emphasis>mywiki</emphasis>. Pour ce faire, "
"modifiez le fichier <filename>/etc/moin/mywiki.py</filename> et changez la "
"ligne suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:155(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "data_dir = '/org/mywiki/data'"
msgstr "data_dir = '/org/mywiki/data'"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:157(para)
msgid "to"
msgstr "en"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:161(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "data_dir = '/usr/share/moin/mywiki/data'"
msgstr "data_dir = '/usr/share/moin/mywiki/data'"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:163(para)
msgid ""
"Also, below the <emphasis>data_dir</emphasis> option add the "
"<emphasis>data_underlay_dir</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"Ajoutez aussi <emphasis>data_underlay_dir</emphasis> sous l'option "
"<emphasis>data_dir</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:167(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"data_underlay_dir='/usr/share/moin/mywiki/underlay'\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"data_underlay_dir='/usr/share/moin/mywiki/underlay'\n"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:172(para)
msgid ""
"If the <filename>/etc/moin/mywiki.py</filename> file does not exists, you "
"should copy <filename>/etc/moin/moinmaster.py</filename> file to "
"<filename>/etc/moin/mywiki.py</filename> file and do the above mentioned "
"change."
msgstr ""
"Si le fichier <filename>/etc/moin/mywiki.py</filename> n'existe pas, vous "
"devez recopier le fichier <filename>/etc/moin/moinmaster.py</filename> en "
"<filename>/etc/moin/mywiki.py</filename> et procéder aux modifications ci-"
"dessus."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:181(para)
msgid ""
"If you have named your Wiki as <emphasis>my_wiki_name</emphasis> you should "
"insert a line <quote>(\"my_wiki_name\", r\".*\")</quote> in "
"<filename>/etc/moin/farmconfig.py</filename> file after the line "
"<quote>(\"mywiki\", r\".*\")</quote>."
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez appelé votre Wiki <emphasis>my_wiki_name</emphasis>, vous "
"devrez insérer une ligne <quote>(\"my_wiki_name\", r\".*\")</quote> dans le "
"fichier <filename>/etc/moin/farmconfig.py</filename> juste après la ligne "
"<quote>(\"mywiki\", r\".*\")</quote>."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:189(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have configured <application>MoinMoin</application> to find your "
"first Wiki application <emphasis>mywiki</emphasis>, you should configure "
"<application>apache2</application> and make it ready for your Wiki "
"application."
msgstr ""
"Une fois <application>MoinMoin</application> configuré, pour que votre "
"première application Wiki <emphasis>mywiki</emphasis> fonctionne, vous "
"devrez configurer <application>apache2</application> et le préparer pour "
"votre application Wiki."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:196(para)
msgid ""
"You should add the following lines in <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
"available/default</filename> file inside the <quote>&lt;VirtualHost "
"*&gt;</quote> tag:"
msgstr ""
"Ainsi, vous devez ajouter les lignes suivantes à l'intérieur de la balise "
"<quote>&lt;VirtualHost *&gt;</quote> dans le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/default</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:202(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"### moin\n"
"  ScriptAlias /mywiki \"/usr/share/moin/mywiki/moin.cgi\"\n"
"  alias /moin_static184 \"/usr/share/moin/htdocs\"\n"
"  &lt;Directory /usr/share/moin/htdocs&gt;\n"
"  Order allow,deny\n"
"  allow from all\n"
"  &lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
"### end moin\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"### moin\n"
"  ScriptAlias /mywiki \"/usr/share/moin/mywiki/moin.cgi\"\n"
"  alias /moin_static184 \"/usr/share/moin/htdocs\"\n"
"  &lt;Directory /usr/share/moin/htdocs&gt;\n"
"  Order allow,deny\n"
"  allow from all\n"
"  &lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
"### end moin\n"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:214(para)
msgid ""
"Adjust the <emphasis>\"moin_static184\"</emphasis> in the "
"<emphasis>alias</emphasis> line above, to the "
"<application>moinmoin</application> version installed."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:220(para)
msgid ""
"Once you configure the <application>apache2</application> web server and "
"make it ready for your Wiki application, you should restart it. You can run "
"the following command to restart the <application>apache2</application> web "
"server:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois que vous avez configuré le serveur Web "
"<application>apache2</application> et qu'il est prêt pour votre application "
"Wiki, vous devrez le redémarrer de la façon suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:233(title)
msgid "Verification"
msgstr "Vérification"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:235(para)
msgid ""
"You can verify the Wiki application and see if it works by pointing your web "
"browser to the following URL:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez vérifier le bon fonctionnement de votre application Wiki en "
"saisissant l'URL suivante dans votre navigateur Web :"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:239(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"http://localhost/mywiki\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"http://localhost/mywiki\n"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:243(para)
msgid ""
"You can also run the test command by pointing your web browser to the "
"following URL:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez également exécuter la commande de test en saisissant l'URL "
"suivante dans votre navigateur Web :"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:248(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"http://localhost/mywiki?action=test\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"http://localhost/mywiki?action=test\n"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:252(para)
msgid ""
"For more details, please refer to the <ulink "
"url=\"http://moinmo.in/\">MoinMoin</ulink> web site."
msgstr ""
"Référez-vous au site web <ulink url=\"http://moinmo.in/\">MoinMoin</ulink> "
"pour de plus amples informations."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:263(para)
msgid ""
"For more information see the <ulink url=\"http://moinmo.in/\">moinmoin "
"Wiki</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Consultez le <ulink url=\"http://moinmo.in/\">Wiki de moinmoin</ulink> pour "
"de plus amples informations."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:268(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/MoinMoin\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"MoinMoin</ulink> page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:277(title)
msgid "MediaWiki"
msgstr "MediaWiki"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:279(para)
msgid ""
"MediaWiki is an web based Wiki software written in the PHP language. It can "
"either use <application>MySQL</application> or "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> Database Management System."
msgstr ""
"MediaWiki est un logiciel de Wiki écrit en langage PHP. Il peut utiliser une "
"base de données <application>MySQL</application> ou "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application>."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:289(para)
msgid ""
"Before installing <application>MediaWiki</application> you should also "
"install <application>Apache2</application>, the "
"<application>PHP5</application> scripting language and Database a Management "
"System. <application>MySQL</application> or "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> are the most common, choose one "
"depending on your need. Please refer to those sections in this manual for "
"installation instructions."
msgstr ""
"Avant d'installer <application>MediaWiki</application>, vous devriez "
"installer <application>Apache2</application>, "
"<application>PHP5</application>, <application>MySQL</application> ou "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> (parmi les bases de données les plus "
"courantes). Référez-vous aux sections adéquates de ce manuel pour leur "
"installation :"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:297(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>MediaWiki</application>, run the following command "
"in the command prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer <application>MediaWiki</application>, lancez la commande "
"suivante à l'invite de commande :"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:303(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install mediawiki php5-gd"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install mediawiki php5-gd"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:306(para)
msgid ""
"For additional <application>MediaWiki</application> functionality see the "
"<application>mediawiki-extensions</application> package."
msgstr ""
"Référez-vous au paquet <application>mediawiki-extensions</application> pour "
"connaître des fonctionnalités supplémentaires de "
"<application>MediaWiki</application>."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:316(para)
msgid ""
"The Apache configuration file <filename>mediawiki.conf</filename> for "
"MediaWiki is installed in <filename>/etc/apache2/conf.d/</filename> "
"directory. You should uncomment the following line in this file to access "
"MediaWiki application."
msgstr ""
"Le fichier de configuration Apache <filename>mediawiki.conf</filename> pour "
"MediaWiki est installé dans le répertoire "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/conf.d/</filename>. Vous pouvez dé-commenter les "
"lignes suivantes dans ce fichier pour accéder à l'application MediaWiki."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:324(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# Alias /mediawiki /var/lib/mediawiki\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# Alias /mediawiki /var/lib/mediawiki\n"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:328(para)
msgid ""
"After you uncomment the above line, restart Apache server and access "
"MediaWiki using the following url:"
msgstr ""
"Après avoir dé-commenté la ligne ci-dessus, re-démarrez le serveur Apache et "
"accédez à MediaWiki via l'url suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:333(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"http://localhost/mediawiki/config/index.php\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"http://localhost/mediawiki/config/index.php\n"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:338(para)
msgid ""
"Please read the <quote>Checking environment...</quote> section in this page. "
"You should be able to fix many issues by carefully reading this section."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez consulter la section <quote>vérification de votre "
"environnement...</quote> dans cette page. Vous devriez être capable de "
"résoudre de nombreux problèmes potentiels en la lisant attentivement."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:345(para)
msgid ""
"Once the configuration is complete, you should copy the "
"<filename>LocalSettings.php</filename> file to "
"<filename>/etc/mediawiki</filename> directory:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:352(command)
msgid "sudo mv /var/lib/mediawiki/config/LocalSettings.php /etc/mediawiki/"
msgstr "sudo mv /var/lib/mediawiki/config/LocalSettings.php /etc/mediawiki/"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:355(para)
msgid ""
"You may also want to edit "
"<filename>/etc/mediawiki/LocalSettings.php</filename> adjusting:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:360(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"ini_set( 'memory_limit', '64M' );\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"ini_set( 'memory_limit', '64M' );\n"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:367(title)
msgid "Extensions"
msgstr "Extensions"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:368(para)
msgid ""
"The extensions add new features and enhancements for the MediaWiki "
"application. The extensions give wiki administrators and end users the "
"ability to customize MediaWiki to their requirements."
msgstr ""
"Les extensions ajoutent des nouvelles fonctionnalités et améliorations à "
"l'application MediaWiki. Les extensions donnent aux administrateurs du wiki "
"et aux utilisateurs finaux la capacité de personnaliser MediaWiki en "
"fonction de leurs besoins."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:374(para)
msgid ""
"You can download MediaWiki extensions as an archive file or checkout from "
"the Subversion repository. You should copy it to "
"<filename>/var/lib/mediawiki/extensions</filename> directory. You should "
"also add the following line at the end of file: "
"<filename>/etc/mediawiki/LocalSettings.php</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:382(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"require_once \"$IP/extensions/ExtentionName/ExtentionName.php\";\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"require_once \"$IP/extensions/NomdelExtension/NomdelExtension.php\";\n"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:392(para)
msgid ""
"For more details, please refer to the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.mediawiki.org\">MediaWiki</ulink> web site."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus de détails, référez-vous au site Web <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.mediawiki.org\">MediaWiki</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:398(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/Mediawiki/book\">MediaWiki "
"Administrators’ Tutorial Guide</ulink> contains a wealth of information for "
"new MediaWiki administrators."
msgstr ""
"Une mine d'informations pour les administrateurs MediaWiki se trouve dans "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/Mediawiki/book\">MediaWiki "
"Administrators’ Tutorial Guide</ulink>"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:404(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/MediaWiki\">Ubuntu "
"Wiki MediaWiki</ulink> page is a good resource."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:414(title)
msgid "phpMyAdmin"
msgstr "phpMyAdmin"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:416(para)
msgid ""
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application> is a LAMP application specifically "
"written for administering <application>MySQL</application> servers. Written "
"in <application>PHP</application>, and accessed through a web browser, "
"phpMyAdmin provides a graphical interface for database administration tasks."
msgstr ""
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application> est un programme LAMP écrit "
"spécifiquement pour administrer les serveurs "
"<application>MySQL</application>. Écrit en PHP et accessible à l'aide d'un "
"navigateur Web, phpMyAdmin fournit une interface graphique pour "
"l'administration des bases de données."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:425(para)
msgid ""
"Before installing <application>phpMyAdmin</application> you will need access "
"to a <application>MySQL</application> database either on the same host as "
"that phpMyAdmin is installed on, or on a host accessible over the network. "
"For more information see <xref linkend=\"mysql\"/>. From a terminal prompt "
"enter:"
msgstr ""
"Avant d'installer <application>phpMyAdmin</application>, il est préférable "
"de pouvoir accéder à une base de données <application>MySQL</application> "
"soit sur le même hôte soit sur un hôte accessible par le réseau. Voir <xref "
"linkend=\"mysql\"/> pour de plus amples informations. Saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:432(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install phpmyadmin"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install phpmyadmin"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:435(para)
msgid ""
"At the prompt choose which web server to be configured for "
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application>. The rest of this section will use "
"<application>Apache2</application> for the web server."
msgstr ""
"À l'invite de commandes, choisissez quel serveur Web vous souhaitez "
"configurer pour <application>phpMyAdmin</application>. Nous utiliserons le "
"serveur <application>Apache2</application> par la suite."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:440(para)
msgid ""
"In a browser go to <emphasis>http://servername/phpmyadmin</emphasis>, "
"replacing <emphasis role=\"italic\">serveranme</emphasis> with the server's "
"actual hostname. At the login, page enter <emphasis>root</emphasis> for the "
"<emphasis>username</emphasis>, or another <application>MySQL</application> "
"user if you any setup, and enter the <application>MySQL</application> user's "
"password."
msgstr ""
"Ouvrez <emphasis>http://servername/phpmyadmin</emphasis> dans un navigateur "
"Web en remplaçant <emphasis role=\"italic\">servername</emphasis> par le nom "
"d'hôte adéquat. Pour vous identifier, servez-vous de tout utilisateur "
"autorisé à se connecter à MySQL (root ou autre) et de son mot de passe."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:447(para)
msgid ""
"Once logged in you can reset the <emphasis>root</emphasis> password if "
"needed, create users, create/destroy databases and tables, etc."
msgstr ""
"Une fois identifié et si vous avez les droits nécessaires, vous pouvez "
"changez le mot de passe <emphasis>root</emphasis>, gérer les utilisateurs, "
"les tables, etc."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:455(para)
msgid ""
"The configuration files for <application>phpMyAdmin</application> are "
"located in <filename>/etc/phpmyadmin</filename>. The main configuration file "
"is <filename>/etc/phpmyadmin/config.inc.php</filename>. This file contains "
"configuration options that apply globally to "
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application>."
msgstr ""
"Les fichiers de configuration de <application>phpMyAdmin</application> sont "
"situés dans <filename>/etc/phpmyadmin</filename>. Le fichier principal de "
"configuration est <filename>/etc/phpmyadmin/config.inc.php</filename>. Il "
"contient les options qui s'appliquent globalement à "
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application>."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:461(para)
msgid ""
"To use <application>phpMyAdmin</application> to administer a MySQL database "
"hosted on another server, adjust the following in "
"<filename>/etc/phpmyadmin/config.inc.php</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Afin d'utiliser <application>phpMyAdmin</application> pour administrer une "
"base de données MySQL d'un autre serveur, modifiez "
"<filename>/etc/phpmyadmin/config.inc.php</filename>en conséquence :"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:466(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"$cfg['Servers'][$i]['host'] = 'db_server';\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"$cfg['Servers'][$i]['host'] = 'db_server';\n"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:471(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis role=\"italic\">db_server</emphasis> with the actual "
"remote database server name or IP address. Also, be sure that the "
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application> host has permissions to access the "
"remote database."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis role=\"italic\">db_server</emphasis> par le nom du "
"serveur distant ou par son adresse IP. Assurez-vous que l'hôte de "
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application> a les droits nécessaires pour accéder "
"à cette base de données distante."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:477(para)
msgid ""
"Once configured, log out of <application>phpMyAdmin</application> and back "
"in, and you should be accessing the new server."
msgstr ""
"Une fois <application>phpMyAdmin</application> configuré, déconnectez-vous "
"et connectez-vous à nouveau. Vous devriez accéder au nouveau serveur."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:481(para)
msgid ""
"The <filename>config.header.inc.php</filename> and "
"<filename>config.footer.inc.php</filename> files are used to add a HTML "
"header and footer to <application>phpMyAdmin</application>."
msgstr ""
"Les fichiers <filename>config.header.inc.php</filename> et "
"<filename>config.footer.inc.php</filename> sont utilisés pour ajouter un en-"
"tête et un pied de page HTML à <application>phpMyAdmin</application>."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:486(para)
msgid ""
"Another important configuration file is "
"<filename>/etc/phpmyadmin/apache.conf</filename>, this file is symlinked to "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/conf.d/phpmyadmin.conf</filename>, and is used to "
"configure <application>Apache2</application> to serve the "
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application> site. The file contains directives for "
"loading <application>PHP</application>, directory permissions, etc. For more "
"information on configuring <application>Apache2</application> see <xref "
"linkend=\"httpd\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Un autre fichier de configuration important, "
"<filename>/etc/phpmyadmin/apache.conf</filename> lié à "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/conf.d/phpmyadmin.conf</filename>, est utilisé pour "
"configurer <application>Apache2</application> pour que le serveur puisse "
"afficher le site de <application>phpMyAdmin</application>. Le fichier "
"contient les directives pour charger <application>PHP</application>, les "
"droits d'accès des répertoires, etc. Voir <xref linkend=\"httpd\"/> pour de "
"plus amples informations à propos du paramétrage "
"d'<application>Apache2</application>"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:500(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>phpMyAdmin</application> documentation comes installed with "
"the package and can be accessed from the <emphasis>phpMyAdmin "
"Documentation</emphasis> link (a question mark with a box around it) under "
"the phpMyAdmin logo. The official docs can also be access on the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.phpmyadmin.net/home_page/docs.php\">phpMyAdmin</ulink> site."
msgstr ""
"La documentation de <application>phpMyAdmin</application> est fournie avec "
"le paquet phpmyadmin et peut être affichée en cliquant sur le lien "
"<emphasis>Documentation de phpMyAdmin</emphasis> (point d'interrogation dans "
"une bulle) se trouvant juste en dessous du logo phpMyAdmin. La documentation "
"officielle est aussi accessible en ligne à <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.phpmyadmin.net/home_page/docs.php\">phpMyAdmin</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:507(para)
msgid ""
"Also, <ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/phpmyadmin-3rd-"
"edition/book\">Mastering phpMyAdmin</ulink> is a great resource."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/phpmyadmin-3rd-edition/book\">Mastering "
"phpMyAdmin</ulink> est aussi une bonne source d'informations."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:512(para)
msgid ""
"A third resource is the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/phpMyAdmin\">phpMyAdmin Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:14(para)
msgid "Welcome to the <emphasis>Ubuntu Server Guide</emphasis>!"
msgstr "Bienvenue dans <emphasis>le guide du serveur Ubuntu</emphasis> !"

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:15(para)
msgid ""
"Here you can find information on how to install and configure various server "
"applications. It is a step-by-step, task-oriented guide for configuring and "
"customizing your system."
msgstr ""
"Vous trouverez ici des informations sur l'installation et la configuration "
"de diverses applications serveur. C'est un guide décrivant les actions pas-à-"
"pas pour configurer et personnaliser votre système."

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:19(para)
msgid ""
"This guide assumes you have a basic understanding of your Ubuntu system. "
"Some installation details are covered in <xref linkend=\"installation\"/>, "
"but if you need detailed instructions installing Ubuntu please refer to the "
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04 LTS/installation-guide/\">Ubuntu "
"Installation Guide</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:25(para)
msgid ""
"A HTML version of the manual is available online at <ulink "
"url=\"http://help.ubuntu.com\">the Ubuntu Documentation website</ulink>. The "
"HTML files are also available in the <application>ubuntu-"
"serverguide</application> package. See <xref linkend=\"package-"
"management\"/> for details on installing packages."
msgstr ""
"Une version HTML du manuel en anglais est disponible en ligne sur <ulink "
"url=\"http://help.ubuntu.com\">  le site de documentation Ubuntu</ulink>.  "
"Les fichiers HTML sont également disponibles dans le paquet "
"<application>ubuntu-serverguide</application>. Voir <xref linkend=\"package-"
"management\"/> pour plus de détails concernant l'installation des paquets."

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:32(para)
msgid ""
"If you choose to install the <application>ubuntu-serverguide</application> "
"you can view this document from a console by:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous choisssez d'installer le <application>ubuntu-"
"serverguide</application> vous pouvez le lire dans une console avec :"

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:36(command)
msgid "w3m /usr/share/ubuntu-serverguide/html/C/index.html"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:39(para)
msgid ""
"If you are using a localized version of Ubuntu, replace "
"<emphasis>C</emphasis> with your language localization (e.g. "
"<emphasis>en_GB</emphasis>)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:53(title)
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Assistance"

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:55(para)
msgid ""
"There are a couple of different ways that Ubuntu Server Edition is "
"supported, commercial support and community support. The main commercial "
"support (and development funding) is available from Canonical Ltd. They "
"supply reasonably priced support contracts on a per desktop or per server "
"basis. For more information see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.canonical.com/services/support\">Canonical Services</ulink> "
"page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:62(para)
msgid ""
"Community support is also provided by dedicated individuals, and companies, "
"that wish to make Ubuntu the best distribution possible. Support is provided "
"through multiple mailing lists, IRC channels, forums, blogs, wikis, etc. The "
"large amount of information available can be overwhelming, but a good search "
"engine query can usually provide an answer to your questions. See the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/support\">Ubuntu Support</ulink> page for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
"L'assistance communautaire est dispensée par des particuliers dévoués et des "
"sociétés qui ont le désir de faire d'Ubuntu la meilleure des distributions. "
"L'assistance est accessible au travers de multiples listes de diffusion, de "
"canaux IRC, de forums, blogs, wikis, etc. La quantité impressionnante "
"d'informations disponible peut être écrasante mais une requête bien "
"construite dans un moteur de recherche donnera généralement une réponse à "
"vos questions. Voir <ulink url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/support\">Ubuntu "
"Support</ulink> pour de plus amples informations."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"This chapter provides a quick overview of installing Ubuntu 10.04 LTS Server "
"Edition. For more detailed instructions, please refer to the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04 LTS/installation-guide/\">Ubuntu "
"Installation Guide</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:19(title)
msgid "Preparing to Install"
msgstr "Préparation de l'installation"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:20(para)
msgid ""
"This section explains various aspects to consider before starting the "
"installation."
msgstr ""
"Cette section expose les différents aspects à prendre en considération avant "
"de commencer l'installation."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:24(title)
msgid "System Requirements"
msgstr "Exigences du système"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:25(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu 10.04 LTS Server Edition supports two (2) major architectures: Intel "
"x86 and AMD64. The table below lists recommended hardware specifications. "
"Depending on your needs, you might manage with less than this. However, most "
"users risk being frustrated if they ignore these suggestions."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:27(title)
msgid "Recommended Minimum Requirements"
msgstr "Exigences minimales recommandées"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:35(para)
msgid "Install Type"
msgstr "Type d'installation"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:36(para)
msgid "RAM"
msgstr "RAM"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:37(para)
msgid "Hard Drive Space"
msgstr "Capacité du disque dur"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:40(para)
msgid "Base System"
msgstr "Système de base"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:41(para)
msgid "All Tasks Installed"
msgstr "Toutes les tâches installées"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:46(para)
msgid "Server"
msgstr "Serveur"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:47(para)
msgid "128 megabytes"
msgstr "128 megaoctets"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:48(para)
msgid "500 megabytes"
msgstr "500 Megaoctects"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:49(para)
msgid "1 gigabyte"
msgstr "1 gigaoctet"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:54(para)
msgid ""
"The Server Edition provides a common base for all sorts of server "
"applications. It is a minimalist design providing a platform for the desired "
"services, such as file/print services, web hosting, email hosting, etc."
msgstr ""
"L'édition serveur fournit une base commune à toutes sortes de programmes "
"serveurs. Sa conception minimaliste offre une plate-forme pour de multiples "
"services, tels que serveur de fichier ou d'impression, hébergement Web, "
"serveur de courriel, etc."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:60(para)
msgid ""
"The requirements for UEC are slightly different for Front End requirements "
"see <xref linkend=\"uec-frontend-requirements\"/> and for UEC Node "
"requirements see <xref linkend=\"uec-node-requirements\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:68(title)
msgid "Server and Desktop Differences"
msgstr "Différences entre la version serveur et la version Desktop"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:69(para)
msgid ""
"There are a few differences between the <emphasis>Ubuntu Server "
"Edition</emphasis> and the <emphasis>Ubuntu Desktop Edition</emphasis>. It "
"should be noted that both editions use the same "
"<application>apt</application> repositories. Making it just as easy to "
"install a <emphasis role=\"italic\">server</emphasis> application on the "
"Desktop Edition as it is on the Server Edition."
msgstr ""
"Peu de choses différencient <emphasis>l'édition serveur d'Ubuntu</emphasis> "
"de <emphasis>l'édition poste de travail d'Ubuntu</emphasis> (desktop). Les "
"deux versions utilisent les mêmes dépôts <application>apt</application>, ce "
"qui rend l'installation de programmes <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">serveur</emphasis> aussi aisée sous l'édition desktop que "
"sous l'édition serveur."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:75(para)
msgid ""
"The differences between the two editions are the lack of an X window "
"environment in the Server Edition, the installation process, and different "
"Kernel options."
msgstr ""
"Les différences essentielles entre les deux versions résident dans l'absence "
"d'environnement « X window » dans l'édition serveur, le processus "
"d'installation et des options différentes pour le noyau."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:82(title)
msgid "Kernel Differences:"
msgstr "Différences concernant le noyau :"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:85(para)
msgid ""
"The Server Edition uses the <emphasis>Deadline</emphasis> I/O scheduler "
"instead of the <emphasis>CFQ</emphasis> scheduler used by the Desktop "
"Edition."
msgstr ""
"L'édition serveur utilise l'ordonnanceur d'entrées/sorties "
"<emphasis>Deadline</emphasis> au lieu de <emphasis>CFQ</emphasis> pour "
"l'édition poste de travail."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:91(para)
msgid "<emphasis>Preemption</emphasis> is turned off in the Server Edition."
msgstr ""
"La <emphasis>préemption</emphasis> est désactivé dans l'édition serveur."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:96(para)
msgid ""
"The timer interrupt is 100 Hz in the Server Edition and 250 Hz in the "
"Desktop Edition."
msgstr ""
"La fréquence des interruptions est de 100 Hz dans la version serveur et de "
"250 Hz dans la version Desktop."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:102(para)
msgid ""
"When running a 64-bit version of Ubuntu on 64-bit processors you are not "
"limited by memory addressing space."
msgstr ""
"Quand vous exécutez une version 64-bit d'Ubuntu sur un processeur 64-bit "
"vous n'êtes pas limité par l'espace d'adressage mémoire."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:107(para)
msgid ""
"To see all kernel configuration options you can look through "
"<filename>/boot/config-2.6.31-server</filename>. Also, <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.kroah.com/lkn/\">Linux Kernel in a Nutshell</ulink> is a "
"great resource on the options available."
msgstr ""
"Pour voir toutes les options de configuration du noyau, vous pouvez regarder "
"dans le fichier <filename>/boot/config-2.6.31-server</filename>. De plus, "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.kroah.com/lkn/\">le noyau Linux en quelques mots (en "
"anglais)</ulink> est une bonne ressource pour connaître les options "
"disponibles."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:116(title)
msgid "Backing Up"
msgstr "Sauvegarde"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:119(para)
msgid ""
"Before installing <application>Ubuntu Server Edition</application> you "
"should make sure all data on the system is backed up. See <xref "
"linkend=\"backups\"/> for backup options."
msgstr ""
"Avant d'installer <application>Ubuntu édition serveur</application> vous "
"devez être certain que toutes les données de votre système sont "
"sauvegardées. Voir <xref linkend=\"backups\"/> pour les options de "
"sauvegarde."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:123(para)
msgid ""
"If this is not the first time an operating system has been installed on your "
"computer, it is likely you will need to re-partition your disk to make room "
"for Ubuntu."
msgstr ""
"Si ce n'est pas le premier système d'exploitation installé sur votre "
"ordinateur, il se pourrait que vous ayez à re-partitionner votre disque dur "
"afin de faire de la place pour Ubuntu."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:127(para)
msgid ""
"Any time you partition your disk, you should be prepared to lose everything "
"on the disk should you make a mistake or something goes wrong during "
"partitioning. The programs used in installation are quite reliable, most "
"have seen years of use, but they also perform destructive actions."
msgstr ""
"A chaque fois que vous partitionnez votre disque dur, vous devez être "
"conscient que vous pouvez effacer toutes les données de votre disque dur, "
"faire une erreur ou que quelque chose se passe mal durant le "
"partitionnement. Les programmes utilisés dans l'installation sont fiables, "
"la plupart sont utilisés depuis de nombreuses années, mais ils sont capables "
"d'effectuer des actions destructrices."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:139(title)
msgid "Installing from CD"
msgstr "Installation à partir du CD"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:140(para)
msgid ""
"The basic steps to install Ubuntu Server Edition from CD are the same for "
"installing any operating system from CD. Unlike the <emphasis>Desktop "
"Edition</emphasis> the <emphasis>Server Edition</emphasis> does not include "
"a graphical installation program. Instead the Server Edition uses a console "
"menu based process."
msgstr ""
"Les étapes basiques pour installer Ubuntu édition serveur à partir du CD "
"sont les mêmes que pour l'installation de n'importe quel système "
"d'exploitation à partir d'un CD. Contrairement à l'<emphasis>édition "
"Desktop</emphasis> l'<emphasis>édition serveur</emphasis> n'inclut pas de "
"programme d'installation graphique. À la place, l'édition serveur s'installe "
"en mode console."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:147(para)
msgid ""
"First, download and burn the appropriate ISO file from the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/getubuntu/download\"> Ubuntu web site</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Tout d'abord, telechargez et gravez le fichier ISO approprié à partir du "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/getubuntu/download\">site Web "
"d'Ubuntu</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:153(para)
msgid "Boot the system from the CD-ROM drive."
msgstr "Démarrer le système depuis le lecteur CD."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:158(para)
msgid ""
"At the boot prompt you will be asked to select the language. Afterwards the "
"installation process begins by asking for your keyboard layout."
msgstr ""
"À l'invite de commande de démarrage il vous sera demandé de sélectionner "
"votre langue. Le processus d'installation débutera ensuite en vous demandant "
"la disposition de votre clavier."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:164(para)
msgid ""
"From the main boot menu there are some additional options to install Ubuntu "
"Server Edition. You can install a basic Ubuntu Server, or install Ubuntu "
"Server as part of a <emphasis>Ubuntu Enterprise Cloud</emphasis>. For more "
"information on UEC see <xref linkend=\"uec\"/>. The rest of this section "
"will cover the basic Ubuntu Server install."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:172(para)
msgid ""
"The installer then discovers your hardware configuration, and configures the "
"network settings using DHCP. If you do not wish to use DHCP at the next "
"screen choose \"Go Back\", and you have the option to \"Configure the "
"network manually\"."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:179(para)
msgid "Next, the installer asks for the system's hostname and Time Zone."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, l'installateur vous demande de renseigner le nom de votre machine "
"ainsi que le fuseau horaire."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:184(para)
msgid ""
"You can then choose from several options to configure the hard drive layout. "
"For advanced disk options see <xref linkend=\"advanced-installation\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Plusieurs options sont disponibles pour l'agencement du disque dur. "
"Consultez <xref linkend=\"advanced-installation\"/> pour les options "
"avancées concernant les disques durs."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:190(para)
msgid "The Ubuntu base system is then installed."
msgstr "Le système Ubuntu de base est maintenant installée."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:195(para)
msgid ""
"A new user is setup, this user will have <emphasis>root</emphasis> access "
"through the <application>sudo</application> utility."
msgstr ""
"Un nouvel utilisateur est créé, cet utilisateur aura un accès "
"<emphasis>administratif</emphasis> (root) en utilisant l'application "
"<application>sudo</application>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:201(para)
msgid ""
"After the user is setup, you will be asked to encrypt your <filename "
"role=\"directory\">home</filename> directory."
msgstr ""
"Après la définition de l'utilisateur, il vous sera demandé de chiffrer votre "
"<filename role=\"directory\">dossier personnel</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:207(para)
msgid ""
"The next step in the installation process is to decide how you want to "
"update the system. There are three options:"
msgstr ""
"La prochaine étape vous proposera de mettre à jour le système. Trois options "
"sont possibles :"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:213(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>No automatic updates</emphasis>: this requires an administrator to "
"log into the machine and manually install updates."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Pas de mises à jour automatiques</emphasis> : un administrateur "
"devra se connecter à la machine et effectuer les mises à jour manuellement."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:219(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Install security updates Automatically</emphasis>: will install "
"the <application>unattended-upgrades</application> package, which will "
"install security updates without the intervention of an administrator. For "
"more details see <xref linkend=\"automatic-updates\"/>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Installer les mises à jours de sécurité "
"automatiquement</emphasis> : le paquet <application>unattended-"
"upgrades</application> sera installé. Il permet l'installation des mises à "
"jour de sécurité sans intervention humaine. Consultez <xref "
"linkend=\"automatic-updates\"/> pour de plus amples informations."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:226(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Manage the system with Landscape</emphasis>: Landscape is a paid "
"service provided by Canonical to help manage your Ubuntu machines. See the "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.canonical.com/projects/landscape\">Landscape</ulink> "
"site for details."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Gérer le système avec Landscape</emphasis>: Landscape est un "
"service payant proposé par Canonical pour aider à gérer vos machines Ubuntu. "
"Voir le site <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.canonical.com/projects/landscape\">Landscape</ulink> (en "
"anglais) pour plus de détails."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:235(para)
msgid ""
"You now have the option to install, or not install, several package tasks. "
"See <xref linkend=\"install-tasks\"/> for details. Also, there is an option "
"to launch <application>aptitude</application> to choose specific packages to "
"install. For more information see <xref linkend=\"aptitude\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Vous avez maintenant la possibilité d'installer ou de ne pas installer "
"plusieurs paquets de tâches. Voir <xref linkend=\"install-tasks\"/> pour "
"plus de détails. Il existe aussi une option pour lancer "
"<application>aptitude</application> afin de choisir les paquets à installer. "
"Pour de plus amples informations, voir <xref linkend=\"aptitude\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:243(para)
msgid "Finally, the last step before rebooting is to set the clock to UTC."
msgstr ""
"Finalement, la dernière étape avant de redémarrer le système est "
"d'initialiser l'horloge sur UTC."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:249(para)
msgid ""
"If at any point during installation you are not satisfied by the default "
"setting, use the \"Go Back\" function at any prompt to be brought to a "
"detailed installation menu that will allow you to modify the default "
"settings."
msgstr ""
"Si à un moment quelconque de l'installation vous n'êtes pas satisfait de la "
"configuration par défaut, vous pouvez utiliser la fonction « Précédent » qui "
"vous présentera un menu d'installation plus détaillé permettant de modifier "
"les options par défaut."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:254(para)
msgid ""
"At some point during the installation process you may want to read the help "
"screen provided by the installation system. To do this, press F1."
msgstr ""
"A n'importe quel moment durant le processus d'installation vous pouvez avoir "
"envie d'accéder à l'écran d'aide fournit par le système d'installation. Pour "
"ce faire, appuyez sur F1."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:259(para)
msgid ""
"Once again, for detailed instructions see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04 LTS/installation-guide/\"> Ubuntu "
"Installation Guide</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:265(title)
msgid "Package Tasks"
msgstr "Paquet de fonctionnalités"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:266(para)
msgid ""
"During the Server Edition installation you have the option of installing "
"additional packages from the CD. The packages are grouped by the type of "
"service they provide."
msgstr ""
"Pendant l'installation de l'édition serveur vous avez la possibilité "
"d'installer des paquets supplémentaires à partir du CD. Ces paquets sont "
"regroupés en fonction du type de service qu'ils fournissent."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:272(para)
msgid "Cloud computing: Walrus storage service"
msgstr "Nuage informatique : service de stockage Walrus"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:277(para)
msgid "Cloud computing: all-in-one cluster"
msgstr "Nuage informatique : grappe tout-en-un"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:282(para)
msgid "Cloud computing: Cluster controller"
msgstr "Nuage informatique : contrôleur de grappe"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:287(para)
msgid "Cloud computing: Node controller"
msgstr "Nuage informatique : contrôleur de nœud"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:292(para)
msgid "Cloud computing: Storage controller"
msgstr "Nuage informatique : contrôleur de stockage"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:297(para)
msgid "Cloud computing: top-level cloud controller"
msgstr "Nuage informatique : contrôleur de nuage de haut niveau"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:302(para)
msgid "DNS server: Selects the BIND DNS server and its documentation."
msgstr "Serveur DNS : Sélectionne le serveur DNS BIND et sa documentation."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:307(para)
msgid "LAMP server: Selects a ready-made Linux/Apache/MySQL/PHP server."
msgstr ""
"Serveur LAMP : Sélectionne un serveur Linux/Apache/MySQL/PHP prêt à utiliser."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:312(para)
msgid ""
"Mail server: This task selects a variety of package useful for a general "
"purpose mail server system."
msgstr ""
"Serveur mail : Cette tâche sélectionne une variété de paquets utiles pour un "
"système de serveur mail à usage généraliste."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:317(para)
msgid "OpenSSH server: Selects packages needed for an OpenSSH server."
msgstr ""
"Serveur OpenSSH: Sélectionne les paquets nécessaires pour un serveur OpenSSH."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:322(para)
msgid ""
"PostgreSQL database: This task selects client and server packages for the "
"PostgreSQL database."
msgstr ""
"Base de données PostgreSQL : cette tâche sélectionne les paquets client et "
"serveur pour la base de données PostgreSQL."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:327(para)
msgid "Print server: This task sets up your system to be a print server."
msgstr ""
"Serveur d'impression : cette tâche configure votre système pour qu'il "
"devienne un serveur d'impression."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:332(para)
msgid ""
"Samba File server: This task sets up your system to be a Samba file server, "
"which is especially suitable in networks with both Windows and Linux systems."
msgstr ""
"Serveur de fichiers Samba : cette tâche installe un serveur de fichiers "
"Samba, qui est particulièrement adapté aux réseaux hétérogènes Windows et "
"Linux."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:338(para)
msgid ""
"Tomcat server: Installs the Apache Tomcat and needed dependencies Java, gcj, "
"etc."
msgstr ""
"Serveur Tomcat : installe le serveur Apache Tomcat et les dépendances "
"idoines (java, gcj, etc.)"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:343(para)
msgid ""
"Virtual machine host: Includes packages needed to run KVM virtual machines."
msgstr ""
"Hôte de machine virtuelle : inclut les paquets nécessaires pour lancer les "
"machines virtuelles KVM."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:348(para)
msgid ""
"Manually select packages: Executes <application>apptitude</application> "
"allowing you to individually select packages."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:353(para)
msgid ""
"Installing the package groups is accomplished using the "
"<application>tasksel</application> utility. One of the important difference "
"between Ubuntu (or Debian) and other GNU/Linux distribution is that, when "
"installed, a package is also configured to reasonable defaults, eventually "
"prompting you for additional required information. Likewise, when installing "
"a task, the packages are not only installed, but also configured to provided "
"a fully integrated service."
msgstr ""
"L'utilitaire <application>tasksel</application> permet d'installer des "
"groupes de paquets. Une des différences importante entre Ubuntu (ou Debian) "
"et les autres distributions GNU/Linux est que, quand un paquet est installé, "
"il est aussi configuré avec des options raisonnables par défaut, "
"éventuellement en vous demandant des informations requises supplémentaires. "
"Ainsi lorsque vous installez une fonctionnalité (avec taskel) , les paquets "
"ne sont pas seulement installés mais aussi configurés pour fournir un "
"service totalement intégré."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:360(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on the <emphasis>Cloud Computing</emphasis> tasks see "
"<xref linkend=\"uec\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'informations sur tout ce qui concerne les <emphasis>nuages "
"informatiques</emphasis>, consultez <xref linkend=\"uec\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:363(para)
msgid ""
"Once the installation process has finished you can view a list of available "
"tasks by entering the following from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois le processus d'installation terminé vous pouvez obtenir une liste "
"des tâches disponibles en saisissant la commande suivante depuis un "
"terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:368(command)
msgid "tasksel --list-tasks"
msgstr "tasksel --list-tasks"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:371(para)
msgid ""
"The output will list tasks from other Ubuntu based distributions such as "
"Kubuntu and Edubuntu. Note that you can also invoke the "
"<command>tasksel</command> command by itself, which will bring up a menu of "
"the different tasks available."
msgstr ""
"Le résultat de cette commande listera les tâches des autres distributions "
"basées sur Ubuntu comme Kubuntu et Edubuntu. Remarquez que vous pouvez aussi "
"appeler la commande <command>tasksel</command> seule afin d'obtenir un menu "
"des différentes tâches disponibles."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:377(para)
msgid ""
"You can view a list of which packages are installed with each task using the "
"<emphasis>--task-packages</emphasis> option. For example, to list the "
"packages installed with the <emphasis>DNS Server</emphasis> task enter the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez voir une liste des paquets qui sont installés pour chaque tâche "
"en utilisant l'option <emphasis>--task-packages</emphasis>. Par exemple, "
"pour lister les paquets installés avec la tâche du <emphasis>serveur "
"DNS</emphasis> saisissez ce qui suit :"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:382(command)
msgid "tasksel --task-packages dns-server"
msgstr "tasksel --task-packages dns-server"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:384(para)
msgid "The output of the command should list:"
msgstr "Le résultat de cette commande doit lister :"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:387(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"bind9-doc \n"
"bind9utils \n"
"bind9\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"bind9-doc \n"
"bind9utils \n"
"bind9\n"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:392(para)
msgid ""
"Also, if you did not install one of the tasks during the installation "
"process, but for example you decide to make your new LAMP server a DNS "
"server as well. Simply insert the installation CD and from a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous n'avez pas installé une des tâches durant le processus "
"d'installation, mais que par exemple vous décidez de faire de votre serveur "
"LAMP également un serveur DNS, insérez simplement le CD d'installation et "
"exécutez dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:397(command)
msgid "sudo tasksel install dns-server"
msgstr "sudo tasksel install dns-server"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:402(title)
msgid "Upgrading"
msgstr "Mise à niveau"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:403(para)
msgid ""
"There are several ways to upgrade from one Ubuntu release to another. This "
"section gives an overview of the recommended upgrade method."
msgstr ""
"Il y a plusieurs façons de migrer d'une version d'Ubuntu vers une autre. "
"Cette section donne un aperçu des méthodes de mises à niveau recommandées."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:407(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:422(command)
msgid "do-release-upgrade"
msgstr "do-release-upgrade"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:408(para)
msgid ""
"The recommended way to upgrade a Server Edition installation is to use the "
"<application>do-release-upgrade</application> utility. Part of the "
"<emphasis>update-manager-core</emphasis> package, it does not have any "
"graphical dependencies and is installed by default."
msgstr ""
"La manière recommandée pour mettre à jour une installation d'une édition "
"serveur est l'utilisation de <application>do-release-upgrade</application>. "
"C'est un composant du paquet <emphasis>update-manager-core</emphasis>, qui "
"ne dépend d'aucun gestionnaire graphique et qui est installé par défaut."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:413(para)
msgid ""
"Debian based systems can also be upgraded by using <command>apt-get dist-"
"upgrade</command>. However, using <application>do-release-"
"upgrade</application> is recommended because it has the ability to handle "
"system configuration changes sometimes needed between releases."
msgstr ""
"Les systèmes basés sur Debian peuvent aussi être mis à jour en utilisant la "
"commande <command>apt-get dist-upgrade</command>. Cependant, l'utilisation "
"de <application>do-release-upgrade</application> est recommandée car elle a "
"la possibilité de gérer les changements de la configuration système "
"nécessaires entre chaque versions."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:418(para)
msgid "To upgrade to a newer release, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"Pour mettre à jour vers une nouvelle version, saisissez dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:424(para)
msgid ""
"It is also possible to use <application>do-release-upgrade</application> to "
"upgrade to a development version of Ubuntu. To accomplish this use the "
"<emphasis>-d</emphasis> switch:"
msgstr ""
"Il est également possible d'utiliser <application>do-release-"
"upgrade</application> pour mettre à jour vers une version d'Ubuntu en cours "
"de développement. Pour ce faire utilisez l'option <emphasis>-d</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:429(command)
msgid "do-release-upgrade -d"
msgstr "do-release-upgrade -d"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:432(para)
msgid ""
"Upgrading to a development release is <emphasis>not</emphasis> recommended "
"for production environments."
msgstr ""
"Mettre à jour vers une version en cours de développement <emphasis>n'est "
"pas</emphasis> recommandé pour les environnements de production."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:439(title)
msgid "Advanced Installation"
msgstr "Installation avancée"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:442(title)
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr "RAID logiciel"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:444(para)
msgid ""
"RAID is a method of configuring multiple hard drives to act as one, reducing "
"the probability of catastrophic data loss in case of drive failure. RAID is "
"implemented in either software (where the operating system knows about both "
"drives and actively maintains both of them) or hardware (where a special "
"controller makes the OS think there's only one drive and maintains the "
"drives 'invisibly')."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:451(para)
msgid ""
"The RAID software included with current versions of Linux (and Ubuntu) is "
"based on the <application>'mdadm'</application> driver and works very well, "
"better even than many so-called 'hardware' RAID controllers. This section "
"will guide you through installing Ubuntu Server Edition using two RAID1 "
"partitions on two physical hard drives, one for <emphasis>/</emphasis> and "
"another for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:461(para) serverguide/C/installation.xml:975(para)
msgid ""
"Follow the installation steps until you get to the <emphasis>Partition "
"disks</emphasis> step, then:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:468(para)
msgid "Select <emphasis>Manual</emphasis> as the partition method."
msgstr ""
"Sélectionnez <emphasis>Manuel</emphasis> comme méthode de partitionnement."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:475(para)
msgid ""
"Select the first hard drive, and agree to <emphasis>\"Create a new empty "
"partition table on this device?\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:479(para)
msgid ""
"Repeat this step for each drive you wish to be part of the RAID array."
msgstr ""
"Répétez cette étape pour chaque disque que vous souhaitez inclure dans la "
"matrice RAID."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:486(para)
msgid ""
"Select the <emphasis>\"FREE SPACE\"</emphasis> on the first drive then "
"select <emphasis>\"Create a new partition\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:493(para)
msgid ""
"Next, select the <emphasis>Size</emphasis> of the partition. This partition "
"will be the <emphasis>swap</emphasis> partition, and a general rule for swap "
"size is twice that of RAM. Enter the partition size, then choose "
"<emphasis>Primary</emphasis>, then <emphasis>Beginning</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:502(para)
msgid ""
"Select the <emphasis>\"Use as:\"</emphasis> line at the top. By default this "
"is <emphasis role=\"italic\">\"Ext4 journaling file system\"</emphasis>, "
"change that to <emphasis>\"physical volume for RAID\"</emphasis> then "
"<emphasis>\"Done setting up partition\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:511(para)
msgid ""
"For the <emphasis>/</emphasis> partition once again select <emphasis>\"Free "
"Space\"</emphasis> on the first drive then <emphasis>\"Create a new "
"partition\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:519(para)
msgid ""
"Use the rest of the free space on the drive and choose "
"<emphasis>Continue</emphasis>, then <emphasis>Primary</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:526(para)
msgid ""
"As with the swap partition, select the <emphasis>\"Use as:\"</emphasis> line "
"at the top, changing it to <emphasis>\"physical volume for "
"RAID\"</emphasis>. Also select the <emphasis>\"Bootable flag:\"</emphasis> "
"line to change the value to <emphasis>\"on\"</emphasis>. Then choose "
"<emphasis>\"Done setting up partition\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:536(para)
msgid "Repeat steps three through eight for the other disk and partitions."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:545(title)
msgid "RAID Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration du RAID"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:547(para)
msgid "With the partitions setup the arrays are ready to be configured:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:554(para)
msgid ""
"Back in the main \"Partition Disks\" page, select <emphasis>\"Configure "
"Software RAID\"</emphasis> at the top."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:561(para)
msgid "Select <emphasis>\"yes\"</emphasis> to write the changes to disk."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:568(para)
msgid "Choose <emphasis>\"Create MD device\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:575(para)
msgid ""
"For this example, select <emphasis>\"RAID1\"</emphasis>, but if you are "
"using a different setup choose the appropriate type (RAID0 RAID1 RAID5)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:581(para)
msgid ""
"In order to use <emphasis>RAID5</emphasis> you need at least "
"<emphasis>three</emphasis> drives. Using RAID0 or RAID1 only "
"<emphasis>two</emphasis> drives are required."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:590(para)
msgid ""
"Enter the number of active devices <emphasis>\"2\"</emphasis>, or the amount "
"of hard drives you have, for the array. Then select "
"<emphasis>\"Continue\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:598(para)
msgid ""
"Next, enter the number of spare devices <emphasis>\"0\"</emphasis> by "
"default, then choose <emphasis>\"Continue\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:605(para)
msgid ""
"Choose which partitions to use. Generally they will be sda1, sdb1, sdc1, "
"etc. The numbers will usually match and the different letters correspond to "
"different hard drives."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:610(para)
msgid ""
"For the <emphasis>swap</emphasis> partition choose <emphasis>sda1</emphasis> "
"and <emphasis>sdb1</emphasis>. Select <emphasis>\"Continue\"</emphasis> to "
"go to the next step."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:618(para)
msgid ""
"Repeat steps <emphasis>three</emphasis> through <emphasis>seven</emphasis> "
"for the <emphasis>/</emphasis> partition choosing <emphasis>sda2</emphasis> "
"and <emphasis>sdb2</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:626(para)
msgid "Once done select <emphasis>\"Finish\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:636(title)
msgid "Formatting"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:638(para)
msgid ""
"There should now be a list of hard drives and RAID devices. The next step is "
"to format and set the mount point for the RAID devices. Treat the RAID "
"device as a local hard drive, format and mount accordingly."
msgstr ""
"Vous avez maintenant une liste des disques durs ainsi que celle des "
"périphériques RAID. Il faut alors les formater et leur assigner le(s) "
"point(s) de montage. Considérez les ensembles RAID comme des partitions "
"normales en ce qui concerne le formatage et le montage."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:646(para)
msgid ""
"Select <emphasis>\"#1\"</emphasis> under the <emphasis>\"RAID1 device "
"#0\"</emphasis> partition."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:653(para)
msgid ""
"Choose <emphasis>\"Use as:\"</emphasis>. Then select <emphasis>\"swap "
"area\"</emphasis>, then <emphasis>\"Done setting up partition\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Choisissez <emphasis>Utiliser comme :</emphasis> suivi de <emphasis>espace "
"d'échange (swap)</emphasis> puis <emphasis>Fin de paramétrage de cette "
"partition</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:661(para)
msgid ""
"Next, select <emphasis>\"#1\"</emphasis> under the <emphasis>\"RAID1 device "
"#1\"</emphasis> partition."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:668(para)
msgid ""
"Choose <emphasis>\"Use as:\"</emphasis>. Then select <emphasis>\"Ext4 "
"journaling file system\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:675(para)
msgid ""
"Then select the <emphasis>\"Mount point\"</emphasis> and choose "
"<emphasis>\"/ - the root file system\"</emphasis>. Change any of the other "
"options as appropriate, then select <emphasis>\"Done setting up "
"partition\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Choisissez <emphasis>Point de montage</emphasis> suivi de <emphasis>/ - "
"système de fichiers racine</emphasis>. Sélectionnez <emphasis>Fin de "
"paramétrage de cette partition</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:683(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, select <emphasis>\"Finish partitioning and write changes to "
"disk\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Pour finir sélectionnez <emphasis>Fin de paramétrage de cette partition et "
"appliquer les changements</emphasis> puis répondez <emphasis>Oui</emphasis>"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:690(para)
msgid ""
"If you choose to place the root partition on a RAID array, the installer "
"will then ask if you would like to boot in a <emphasis>degraded</emphasis> "
"state. See <xref linkend=\"raid-degraded\"/> for further details."
msgstr ""
"Si vous choisissez de placer la partition racine sur une matrice RAID, "
"l'installateur vous demandera alors si vous voulez démarrer dans un état "
"RAID <emphasis>dégradé</emphasis>. Consultez <xref linkend=\"raid-"
"degraded\"/> pour plus de renseignements."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:695(para)
msgid "The installation process will then continue normally."
msgstr "Le processus d'installation continuera ensuite normalement."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:701(title)
msgid "Degraded RAID"
msgstr "RAIS dégradé"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:703(para)
msgid ""
"At some point in the life of the computer a disk failure event may occur. "
"When this happens, using Software RAID, the operating system will place the "
"array into what is known as a <emphasis>degraded</emphasis> state."
msgstr ""
"Au cours de la vie d'un ordinateur, une panne de disque dur peut survenir. "
"Lorsque ceci arrive avec du RAID logiciel, les système d'exploitation "
"placera la matrice RAID dans un état que l'on appelle "
"<emphasis>dégradé</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:708(para)
msgid ""
"If the array has become degraded, due to the chance of data corruption, by "
"default Ubuntu Server Edition will boot to <emphasis>initramfs</emphasis> "
"after thirty seconds. Once the initramfs has booted there is a fifteen "
"second prompt giving you the option to go ahead and boot the system, or "
"attempt manual recover. Booting to the initramfs prompt may or may not be "
"the desired behavior, especially if the machine is in a remote location. "
"Booting to a degraded array can be configured several ways:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:719(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>dpkg-reconfigure</application> utility can be used to "
"configure the default behavior, and during the process you will be queried "
"about additional settings related to the array. Such as monitoring, email "
"alerts, etc. To reconfigure <application>mdadm</application> enter the "
"following:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:726(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure mdadm"
msgstr "sudo dpkg-reconfigure mdadm"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:732(para)
msgid ""
"The <command>dpkg-reconfigure mdadm</command> process will change the "
"<filename>/etc/initramfs-tools/conf.d/mdadm</filename> configuration file. "
"The file has the advantage of being able to pre-configure the system's "
"behavior, and can also be manually edited:"
msgstr ""
"Le processus <command>dpkg-reconfigure mdadm</command> changera le contenu "
"du fichier de configuration <filename>/etc/initramfs-"
"tools/conf.d/mdadm</filename>. Ce fichier a l'avantage de pouvoir pré-"
"configurer le comportement de votre système et il peut également être "
"modifié manuellement :"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:738(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"BOOT_DEGRADED=true\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"BOOT_DEGRADED=true\n"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:743(para)
msgid "The configuration file can be overridden by using a Kernel argument."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:751(para)
msgid ""
"Using a Kernel argument will allow the system to boot to a degraded array as "
"well:"
msgstr ""
"Donner un argument au noyau autorisera également le système à démarrer sur "
"une matrice RAID endommagée :"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:757(para)
msgid ""
"When the server is booting press <keycap>Shift</keycap> to open the "
"<application>Grub</application> menu."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:762(para)
msgid "Press <keycap>e</keycap> to edit your kernel command options."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:767(para)
msgid "Press the <keycap>down</keycap> arrow to highlight the kernel line."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:772(para)
msgid ""
"Add <emphasis>\"bootdegraded=true\"</emphasis> (without the quotes) to the "
"end of the line."
msgstr ""
"Ajoutez <emphasis>\"bootdegraded=true\"</emphasis> (sans les guillemets) en "
"fin de ligne."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:777(para)
msgid ""
"Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>x</keycap></keycombo> to boot "
"the system."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:786(para)
msgid ""
"Once the system has booted you can either repair the array see <xref "
"linkend=\"raid-maintenance\"/> for details, or copy important data to "
"another machine due to major hardware failure."
msgstr ""
"Une fois le système démarré, vous pouvez réparer la matrice (voir <xref "
"linkend=\"raid-maintenance\"/> pour de plus amples informations) ou "
"transférez les données importantes vers un autre machine en cas de panne "
"matérielle majeure."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:793(title)
msgid "RAID Maintenance"
msgstr "Maintenance RAID"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:795(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>mdadm</application> utility can be used to view the status "
"of an array, add disks to an array, remove disks, etc:"
msgstr ""
"L'utilitaire <application>mdadm</application> peut être utilisé pour "
"afficher l'état d'une matrice, ajouter des disques à une matrice, en "
"supprimer etc... :"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:802(para)
msgid "To view the status of an array, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr "Pour afficher l'état d'une matrice, depuis un terminal entrez :"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:806(command)
msgid "sudo mdadm -D /dev/md0"
msgstr "sudo mdadm -D /dev/md0"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:809(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>-D</emphasis> tells <application>mdadm</application> to "
"display <emphasis>detailed</emphasis> information about the "
"<filename>/dev/md0</filename> device. Replace <filename>/dev/md0</filename> "
"with the appropriate RAID device."
msgstr ""
"L'option <emphasis>-D</emphasis> ordonne à <application>mdadm</application> "
"d'afficher les informations <emphasis>détaillées</emphasis>  du périphérique "
"<filename>/dev/md0</filename>. Remplacez <filename>/dev/md0</filename> par "
"le périphérique RAID souhaité."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:815(para)
msgid "To view the status of a disk in an array:"
msgstr "Pour afficher l'état d'un disque d'une matrice, écrivez :"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:819(command)
msgid "sudo mdadm -E /dev/sda1"
msgstr "sudo mdadm -E /dev/sda1"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:821(para)
msgid ""
"The output if very similar to the <command>mdadm -D</command> command, "
"adjust <filename>/dev/sda1</filename> for each disk."
msgstr ""
"Le résultat est très similaire à celui de la commande <command>mdadm -"
"D</command>, modifiez <filename>/dev/sda1</filename> à votre convenance pour "
"chaque disque."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:826(para)
msgid "If a disk fails and needs to be removed from an array enter:"
msgstr ""
"Si un disque devient défectueux et doit être retiré d'une matrice, entrez :"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:830(command)
msgid "sudo mdadm --remove /dev/md0 /dev/sda1"
msgstr "sudo mdadm --remove /dev/md0 /dev/sda1"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:832(para)
msgid ""
"Change <filename>/dev/md0</filename> and <filename>/dev/sda1</filename> to "
"the appropriate RAID device and disk."
msgstr ""
"Changez <filename>/dev/md0</filename> et <filename>/dev/sda1</filename> par "
"les périphériques et les disques RAID appropriés."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:837(para)
msgid "Similarly, to add a new disk:"
msgstr "De la même manière, pour ajouter un disque :"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:841(command)
msgid "sudo mdadm --add /dev/md0 /dev/sda1"
msgstr "sudo mdadm --add /dev/md0 /dev/sda1"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:846(para)
msgid ""
"Sometimes a disk can change to a <emphasis>faulty</emphasis> state even "
"though there is nothing physically wrong with the drive. It is usually "
"worthwhile to remove the drive from the array then re-add it. This will "
"cause the drive to re-sync with the array. If the drive will not sync with "
"the array, it is a good indication of hardware failure."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:852(para)
msgid ""
"The <filename>/proc/mdstat</filename> file also contains useful information "
"about the system's RAID devices:"
msgstr ""
"Le fichier <filename>/proc/mdstat</filename> contient également des "
"informations utiles concernant les périphériques RAID du système."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:857(command)
msgid "cat /proc/mdstat"
msgstr "cat /proc/mdstat"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:858(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Personalities : [linear] [multipath] [raid0] [raid1] [raid6] [raid5] [raid4] "
"[raid10] \n"
"md0 : active raid1 sda1[0] sdb1[1]\n"
"      10016384 blocks [2/2] [UU]\n"
"      \n"
"unused devices: &lt;none&gt;"
msgstr ""
"Personalities : [linear] [multipath] [raid0] [raid1] [raid6] [raid5] [raid4] "
"[raid10] \n"
"md0 : active raid1 sda1[0] sdb1[1]\n"
"      10016384 blocks [2/2] [UU]\n"
"      \n"
"unused devices: &lt;none&gt;"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:865(para)
msgid ""
"The following command is great for watching the status of a syncing drive:"
msgstr ""
"La commande suivante est très utile pour surveiller l'état d'avancement "
"d'une synchronisation de disque :"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:870(command)
msgid "watch -n1 cat /proc/mdstat"
msgstr "watch -n1 cat /proc/mdstat"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:873(para)
msgid ""
"Press <emphasis>Ctrl+c</emphasis> to stop the "
"<application>watch</application> command."
msgstr ""
"Appuyez sur <emphasis>Ctrl+c</emphasis> pour arrêter la commande "
"<application>watch</application>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:877(para)
msgid ""
"If you do need to replace a faulty drive, after the drive has been replaced "
"and synced, <application>grub</application> will need to be installed. To "
"install <application>grub</application> on the new drive, enter the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois qu'un disque défectueux a été remplacé par un disque en bon état et "
"que celui-ci a été synchronisé, vous devez installer "
"<application>grub</application>. Pour l'installer sur le nouveau disque, "
"saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:883(command)
msgid "sudo grub-install /dev/md0"
msgstr "sudo grub-install /dev/md0"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:886(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <filename>/dev/md0</filename> with the appropriate array device name."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:894(para)
msgid ""
"The topic of RAID arrays is a complex one due to the plethora of ways RAID "
"can be configured. Please see the following links for more information:"
msgstr ""
"Les matrices RAID sont un sujet complexe en raison de la multitude de façons "
"de paramétrer le RAID. Consultez les liens suivants pour plus "
"d'informations :"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:901(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Installation#raid\">Ubuntu "
"Wiki Articles on RAID</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:907(ulink)
msgid "Software RAID HOWTO"
msgstr "Guide pratique du RAID logiciel"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:912(ulink)
msgid "Managing RAID on Linux"
msgstr "Gérer le RAID sous LInux"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:919(title)
msgid "Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr "Gestionnaire de volumes logiques (Logical Volume Manager, LVM)"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:921(para)
msgid ""
"Logical Volume Manger, or <emphasis>LVM</emphasis>, allows administrators to "
"create <emphasis>logical</emphasis> volumes out of one or multiple physical "
"hard disks. LVM volumes can be created on both software RAID partitions and "
"standard partitions residing on a single disk. Volumes can also be extended, "
"giving greater flexibility to systems as requirements change."
msgstr ""
"Le gestionnaire de volumes logiques, ou <emphasis>LVM</emphasis>, permet aux "
"administrateurs de créer des volumes <emphasis>logiques</emphasis> à partir "
"d'un ou plusieurs espaces de stockage. Les volumes LVM peuvent être créés "
"sur des partitions RAID logicielles ou sur des partitions normales résidant "
"sur un unique disque. Les volumes peuvent être dimensionnés après-coup, "
"donnant ainsi une plus grande flexibilité au système."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:930(para)
msgid ""
"A side effect of LVM's power and flexibility is a greater degree of "
"complication. Before diving into the LVM installation process, it is best to "
"get familiar with some terms."
msgstr ""
"Un effet secondaire de la puissance et de la flexibilité de LVM est un degré "
"accru de complexité. Avant de se plonger dans le processus d'installation de "
"LVM, il est préférable de se familiariser avec quelques termes techniques."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:937(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Volume Group (VG):</emphasis> contains one or several Logical "
"Volumes (LV)."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Groupe de volumes (Volume Group ou VG) :</emphasis> contient un ou "
"plusieurs volumes logiques (Logical Volumes ou LV)."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:942(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Logical Volume (LV):</emphasis> is similar to a partition in a non-"
"LVM system. Multiple Physical Volumes (PV) can make up one LV, on top of "
"which resides the actual EXT3, XFS, JFS, etc filesystem."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Volume Logique (Logical Volume ou LV) :</emphasis> similaire à une "
"partition d'un système non LVM. Plusieurs volumes physiques (Physical "
"Volumes ou PV) peuvent servir à créer un LV, au-dessus duquel réside le "
"véritable système de fichier EXT3, XFS, JFS, etc."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:948(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Physical Volume (PV):</emphasis> physical hard disk or software "
"RAID partition. The Volume Group can be extended by adding more PVs."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Volume physique (Physical Volume ou PV) :</emphasis> disque dur "
"physique ou partition logicielle RAID. Le groupe de volumes peut être "
"agrandi en ajoutant des PV."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:959(para)
msgid ""
"As an example this section covers installing Ubuntu Server Edition with "
"<filename role=\"directory\">/srv</filename> mounted on a LVM volume. During "
"the initial install only one Physical Volume (PV) will be part of the Volume "
"Group (VG). Another PV will be added after install to demonstrate how a VG "
"can be extended."
msgstr ""
"À titre d'exemple, cette section décrit l'installation d'Ubuntu édition "
"serveur en montant <filename role=\"directory\">/srv</filename> sur un "
"volume LVM. Lors de l'installation initiale, un seul volume physique (PV) "
"fera partie du groupe de volumes (VG). Un autre PV lui sera affecté plus "
"tard pour montrer comment un VG peut être agrandi."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:965(para)
msgid ""
"There are several installation options for LVM, <emphasis>\"Guided - use the "
"entire disk and setup LVM\"</emphasis> which will also allow you to assign a "
"portion of the available space to LVM, <emphasis>\"Guided - use entire and "
"setup encrypted LVM\"</emphasis>, or <emphasis>Manually</emphasis> setup the "
"partitions and configure LVM. At this time the only way to configure a "
"system with both LVM and standard partitions, during installation, is to use "
"the Manual approach."
msgstr ""
"Plusieurs méthodes d'installation sont disponibles pour LVM : "
"<emphasis>Assistée - utiliser tout un disque avec LVM</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>Assistée - utiliser tout un disque avec LVM chiffré</emphasis> et "
"<emphasis>Manuelle</emphasis>. Pour l'instant l'approche manuelle est la "
"seule option nous permettant de paramétrer des partitions usuelles et LVM."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:982(para)
msgid ""
"At the <emphasis>\"Partition Disks</emphasis> screen choose "
"<emphasis>\"Manual\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Choisissez <emphasis>Manuel</emphasis> à l'étape <emphasis>Partitionner les "
"disques</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:989(para)
msgid ""
"Select the hard disk and on the next screen choose \"yes\" to "
"<emphasis>\"Create a new empty partition table on this device\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Sélectionnez votre disque et répondez oui à la question <emphasis>Faut-il "
"créer une nouvelle table de partitions sur ce disque</emphasis> de l'écran "
"suivant."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:996(para)
msgid ""
"Next, create standard <emphasis>/boot</emphasis>, <emphasis>swap</emphasis>, "
"and <emphasis>/</emphasis> partitions with whichever filesystem you prefer."
msgstr ""
"Créez ensuite trois partitions usuelles <emphasis>/boot</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>swap</emphasis> et <emphasis>/</emphasis> avec le système de "
"fichiers de votre choix."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1004(para)
msgid ""
"For the LVM <emphasis>/srv</emphasis>, create a new "
"<emphasis>Logical</emphasis> partition. Then change <emphasis>\"Use "
"as\"</emphasis> to <emphasis>\"physical volume for LVM\"</emphasis> then "
"<emphasis>\"Done setting up the partition\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1012(para)
msgid ""
"Now select <emphasis>\"Configure the Logical Volume Manager\"</emphasis> at "
"the top, and choose <emphasis>\"Yes\"</emphasis> to write the changes to "
"disk."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1020(para)
msgid ""
"For the <emphasis>\"LVM configuration action\"</emphasis> on the next "
"screen, choose <emphasis>\"Create volume group\"</emphasis>. Enter a name "
"for the VG such as <emphasis>vg01</emphasis>, or something more descriptive. "
"After entering a name, select the partition configured for LVM, and choose "
"<emphasis>\"Continue\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1029(para)
msgid ""
"Back at the <emphasis>\"LVM configuration action\"</emphasis> screen, select "
"<emphasis>\"Create logical volume\"</emphasis>. Select the newly created "
"volume group, and enter a name for the new LV, for example "
"<emphasis>srv</emphasis> since that is the intended mount point. Then choose "
"a size, which may be the full partition because it can always be extended "
"later. Choose <emphasis>\"Finish\"</emphasis> and you should be back at the "
"main <emphasis>\"Partition Disks\"</emphasis> screen."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1039(para)
msgid ""
"Now add a filesystem to the new LVM. Select the partition under "
"<emphasis>\"LVM VG vg01, LV srv\"</emphasis>, or whatever name you have "
"chosen, the choose <emphasis>Use as</emphasis>. Setup a file system as "
"normal selecting <emphasis>/srv</emphasis> as the mount point. Once done, "
"select <emphasis>\"Done setting up the partition\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1048(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, select <emphasis>\"Finish partitioning and write changes to "
"disk\"</emphasis>. Then confirm the changes and continue with the rest of "
"the installation."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1056(para)
msgid "There are some useful utilities to view information about LVM:"
msgstr ""
"Il existe des outils pratiques pour afficher des informations sur LVM :"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1061(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>vgdisplay:</emphasis> shows information about Volume Groups."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>vgdisplay :</emphasis> affiche les informations des groupes de "
"volumes."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1062(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>lvdisplay:</emphasis> has information about Logical Volumes."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>lvdisplay :</emphasis> affiche les informations des volumes "
"logiques"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1063(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>pvdisplay:</emphasis> similarly displays information about "
"Physical Volumes."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>pvdisplay :</emphasis> affiche les informations des volumes "
"physiques."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1068(title)
msgid "Extending Volume Groups"
msgstr "Agrandir des groupes de volumes"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1070(para)
msgid ""
"Continuing with <emphasis>srv</emphasis> as an LVM volume example, this "
"section covers adding a second hard disk, creating a Physical Volume (PV), "
"adding it to the volume group (VG), extending the logical volume <filename "
"role=\"directory\">srv</filename> and finally extending the filesystem. This "
"example assumes a second hard disk has been added to the system. This hard "
"disk will be named <filename>/dev/sdb</filename> in our example. BEWARE: "
"make sure you don't already have an existing <filename>/dev/sdb</filename> "
"before issuing the commands below. You could lose some data if you issue "
"those commands on a non-empty disk. In our example we will use the entire "
"disk as a physical volume (you could choose to create partitions and use "
"them as different physical volumes)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1082(para)
msgid "First, create the physical volume, in a terminal execute:"
msgstr "Commencez par créer le volume physique. Depuis un terminal, lancez :"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1087(command)
msgid "sudo pvcreate /dev/sdb"
msgstr "sudo pvcreate /dev/sdb"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1093(para)
msgid "Now extend the Volume Group (VG):"
msgstr "Agrandissez maintenant le groupe de volumes (VG) :"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1098(command)
msgid "sudo vgextend vg01 /dev/sdb"
msgstr "sudo vgextend vg01 /dev/sdb"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1104(para)
msgid ""
"Use <application>vgdisplay</application> to find out the free physical "
"extents - Free PE / size (the size you can allocate). We will assume a free "
"size of 511 PE (equivalent to 2GB with a PE size of 4MB) and we will use the "
"whole free space available. Use your own PE and/or free space."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1110(para)
msgid ""
"The Logical Volume (LV) can now be extended by different methods, we will "
"only see how to use the PE to extend the LV:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1115(command)
msgid "sudo lvextend /dev/vg01/srv -l +511"
msgstr "sudo lvextend /dev/vg01/srv -l +511"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1118(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>-l</emphasis> option allows the LV to be extended using PE. "
"The <emphasis>-L</emphasis> option allows the LV to be extended using Meg, "
"Gig, Tera, etc bytes."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1126(para)
msgid ""
"Even though you are supposed to be able to <emphasis>expand</emphasis> an "
"ext3 or ext4 filesystem without unmounting it first, it may be a good "
"pratice to unmount it anyway and check the filesystem, so that you don't "
"mess up the day you want to reduce a logical volume (in that case unmounting "
"first is compulsory)."
msgstr ""
"Même si vous êtes censé être en mesure d' <emphasis>agrandir</emphasis> un "
"système de fichiers ext3 ou ext4 sans démontage préalable, c'est une bonne "
"pratique de néanmoins le démonter et de vérifier le système de fichiers, "
"afin de ne pas avoir de mauvais réflexes le jour où vous souhaiterez réduire "
"un volume logique (dans ce cas, un démontage préalable est obligatoire)."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1132(para)
msgid ""
"The following commands are for an <emphasis>EXT3</emphasis> or "
"<emphasis>EXT4</emphasis> filesystem. If you are using another filesystem "
"there may be other utilities available."
msgstr ""
"Les commandes suivantes sont pour un système de fichiers "
"<emphasis>EXT3</emphasis> ou <emphasis>EXT4</emphasis>. Si vous utilisez un "
"autre système de fichiers, il peut exister d'autres utilitaires disponibles."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1139(command)
msgid "sudo e2fsck -f /dev/vg01/srv"
msgstr "sudo e2fsck -f /dev/vg01/srv"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1142(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>-f</emphasis> option of <application>e2fsck</application> "
"forces checking even if the system seems clean."
msgstr ""
"L'option <emphasis>-f</emphasis> de <application>e2fsck</application> force "
"le contrôle, même si le système semble propre."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1149(para)
msgid "Finally, resize the filesystem:"
msgstr "Enfin, redimensionnez le système de fichiers :"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1154(command)
msgid "sudo resize2fs /dev/vg01/srv"
msgstr "sudo resize2fs /dev/vg01/srv"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1160(para)
msgid "Now mount the partition and check its size."
msgstr "Montez ensuite la partition et vérifiez sa taille."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1165(command)
msgid "mount /dev/vg01/srv /srv &amp;&amp; df -h /srv"
msgstr "mount /dev/vg01/srv /srv &amp;&amp; df -h /srv"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1177(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Installation#lvm\">Ubuntu Wiki LVM "
"Articles</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1182(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/index.html\">LVM "
"HOWTO</ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""
"Consultez le <ulink url=\"http://tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/index.html\">guide "
"pratique LVM</ulink> (en anglais) pour plus d'informations."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1187(para)
msgid ""
"Another good article is <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.linuxdevcenter.com/pub/a/linux/2006/04/27/managing-disk-"
"space-with-lvm.html\">Managing Disk Space with LVM</ulink> on O'Reilly's "
"linuxdevcenter.com site."
msgstr ""
"Un autre bon article <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.linuxdevcenter.com/pub/a/linux/2006/04/27/managing-disk-"
"space-with-lvm.html\">Managing Disk Space with LVM</ulink> (en anglais) sur "
"le site linuxdevcenter.com de O'Reilly."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1194(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <application>fdisk</application> see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man8/fdisk.8.html\">fdisk "
"man page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:13(title)
msgid "File Servers"
msgstr "Serveurs de fichiers"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:15(para)
msgid ""
"If you have more than one computer on a single network. At some point you "
"will probably need to share files between them. In this section we cover "
"installing and configuring FTP, NFS, and CUPS."
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez plus d'un seul ordinateur sur un réseau, vous aurez "
"probablement besoin un jour de partager des fichiers entre les machines. "
"Dans cette section nous allons traiter de l'installation et du paramétrage "
"de FTP, NFS et CUPS."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:22(title)
msgid "FTP Server"
msgstr "Serveur FTP"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:24(para)
msgid ""
"File Transfer Protocol (FTP) is a TCP protocol for uploading and downloading "
"files between computers. FTP works on a client/server model. The server "
"component is called an <emphasis>FTP daemon</emphasis>. It continuously "
"listens for FTP requests from remote clients. When a request is received, it "
"manages the login and sets up the connection. For the duration of the "
"session it executes any of commands sent by the FTP client."
msgstr ""
"Le protocole de transfert de fichiers (FTP) est un protocole TCP pour "
"télécharger et téléverser des fichiers entre ordinateurs. FTP fonctionne sur "
"un modèle client/serveur. Le composant serveur est appelé <emphasis>démon "
"FTP</emphasis>. Il écoute en permanence les requêtes FTP des clients "
"distants. Lorsqu'il reçoit une requête, il prend en charge l'identification "
"et établit la connexion. Pendant la durée de la session il éxécute toute "
"commande envoyée par le client FTP."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:33(para)
msgid "Access to an FTP server can be managed in two ways:"
msgstr "L'accès à un serveur FTP peut être pris en charge de deux façons :"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:37(para)
msgid "Anonymous"
msgstr "Anonyme"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:40(para)
msgid "Authenticated"
msgstr "Authentifié"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:43(para)
msgid ""
"In the Anonymous mode, remote clients can access the FTP server by using the "
"default user account called \"anonymous\" or \"ftp\" and sending an email "
"address as the password. In the Authenticated mode a user must have an "
"account and a password. User access to the FTP server directories and files "
"is dependent on the permissions defined for the account used at login. As a "
"general rule, the FTP daemon will hide the root directory of the FTP server "
"and change it to the FTP Home directory. This hides the rest of the file "
"system from remote sessions."
msgstr ""
"Le mode anonyme permet aux clients distants d'accéder au serveur FTP avec le "
"compte utilisateur par défaut, le nom est « anonymous » ou « ftp » et "
"l'adresse de courriel est utilisée comme mot de passe. En mode authentifié, "
"un utilisateur doit avoir un compte et un mot de passe. L'utilisateur accède "
"aux répertoires et aux fichiers du serveur FTP  suivant les droits d'accès "
"définis pour son compte. En règle générale, le démon FTP va masquer le "
"répertoire racine du serveur FTP et le remplacer par le répertoire personnel "
"FTP. Ceci empêche de voir le reste de l'arborescence du système depuis une "
"connexion distante."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:55(title)
msgid "vsftpd - FTP Server Installation"
msgstr "vsftpd - Installation du serveur FTP"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:57(para)
msgid ""
"vsftpd is an FTP daemon available in Ubuntu. It is easy to install, set up, "
"and maintain. To install <application>vsftpd</application> you can run the "
"following command:"
msgstr ""
"<application>vsftpd</application> est un démon FTP disponible dans Ubuntu. "
"Il est facile à installer, à paramétrer et à gérer. Pour installer "
"<application>vsftpd</application>, saisissez la commande suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:65(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install vsftpd"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install vsftpd"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:71(title)
msgid "Anonymous FTP Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration d'un FTP anonyme"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:73(para)
msgid ""
"By default <application>vsftpd</application> is configured to only allow "
"anonymous download. During installation a <emphasis>ftp</emphasis> user is "
"created with a home directory of <filename>/home/ftp</filename>. This is the "
"default FTP directory."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:80(para)
msgid ""
"If you wish to change this location, to <filename>/srv/ftp</filename> for "
"example, simply create a directory in another location and change the "
"<emphasis>ftp</emphasis> user's home directory:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous souhaitez modifiez ce répertoire, en <filename>/srv/ftp</filename> "
"par exemple, créez ce répertoire et modifiez le répertoire personnel de "
"l'utilisateur <emphasis>ftp</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:87(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir /srv/ftp"
msgstr "sudo mkdir /srv/ftp"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:88(command)
msgid "sudo usermod -d /srv/ftp ftp"
msgstr "sudo usermod -d /srv/ftp ftp"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:91(para)
msgid "After making the change restart <application>vsftpd</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Les changements effectués, redémarrez <application>vsftpd</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:96(command) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:124(command) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:189(command) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:237(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/vsftpd restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/vsftpd restart"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:99(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, copy any files and directories you would like to make available "
"through anonymous FTP to <filename>/srv/ftp</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Pour finir, copiez les fichiers et répertoires que vous voulez mettre à "
"disposition par FTP anonyme dans <filename>/srv/ftp</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:106(title)
msgid "User Authenticated FTP Configuration"
msgstr ""
"Configuration d'un serveur FTP avec authentification des utilisateurs"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:108(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <application>vsftpd</application> to authenticate system users "
"and allow them to upload files edit <filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Pour paramétrer <application>vsftpd</application> de manière à authentifier "
"les utilisateurs de votre système et de leur permettre de télécharger "
"(uploader) vers le serveur, modifiez <filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:114(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"local_enable=YES\n"
"write_enable=YES\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"local_enable=YES\n"
"write_enable=YES\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:119(para)
msgid "Now restart <application>vsftpd</application>:"
msgstr "Redémarrez maintenant <application>vsftpd</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:127(para)
msgid ""
"Now when system users login to FTP they will start in their "
"<emphasis>home</emphasis> directories where they can download, upload, "
"create directories, etc."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:133(para)
msgid ""
"Similarly, by default, the anonymous users are not allowed to upload files "
"to FTP server. To change this setting, you should uncomment the following "
"line, and restart <application>vsftpd</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, les utilisateurs anonymes ne sont pas autorisés à télécharger "
"(upload) vers le serveur. Pour changer ce comportement, dé-commentez la "
"ligne suivante et redémarrez <application>vsftpd</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:140(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"anon_upload_enable=YES\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"anon_upload_enable=YES\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:145(para)
msgid ""
"Enabling anonymous FTP upload can be an extreme security risk. It is best to "
"not enable anonymous upload on servers accessed directly from the Internet."
msgstr ""
"Autoriser des téléchargements (upload) anonymes d'Internet vers le serveur "
"est une faille de sécurité majeure. Il est préférable de ne pas l'autoriser "
"pour des serveurs branchés directement sur Internet."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:151(para)
msgid ""
"The configuration file consists of many configuration parameters. The "
"information about each parameter is available in the configuration file. "
"Alternatively, you can refer to the man page, <command>man 5 "
"vsftpd.conf</command> for details of each parameter."
msgstr ""
"Le fichier de configuration est composé de plusieurs paramètres de "
"configuration. Les informations à propos de chaque paramètre sont "
"disponibles dans le fichier de configuration. Vous pouvez aussi vous référer "
"à la page du manuel (man page), <command>man 5 vsftpd.conf</command> pour "
"les détails de chaque paramètre."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:162(title)
msgid "Securing FTP"
msgstr "Sécuriser le serveur FTP"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:164(para)
msgid ""
"There are options in <filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename> to help make "
"<application>vsftpd</application> more secure. For example users can be "
"limited to their home directories by uncommenting:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:170(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"chroot_local_user=YES\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"chroot_local_user=YES\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:174(para)
msgid ""
"You can also limit a specific list of users to just their home directories:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez aussi définir les utilisateurs qui seront confinés dans leur "
"répertoire personnel (home) :"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:178(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"chroot_list_enable=YES\n"
"chroot_list_file=/etc/vsftpd.chroot_list\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"chroot_list_enable=YES\n"
"chroot_list_file=/etc/vsftpd.chroot_list\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:183(para)
msgid ""
"After uncommenting the above options, create a "
"<filename>/etc/vsftpd.chroot_list</filename> containing a list of users one "
"per line. Then restart <application>vsftpd</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:192(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <filename>/etc/ftpusers</filename> file is a list of users that "
"are <emphasis>disallowed</emphasis> FTP access. The default list includes "
"root, daemon, nobody, etc. To disable FTP access for additional users simply "
"add them to the list."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:199(para)
msgid ""
"FTP can also be encrypted using <emphasis>FTPS</emphasis>. Different from "
"<emphasis>SFTP</emphasis>, <emphasis>FTPS</emphasis> is FTP over Secure "
"Socket Layer (SSL). <emphasis>SFTP</emphasis> is a FTP like session over an "
"encrypted <emphasis>SSH</emphasis> connection. A major difference is that "
"users of SFTP need to have a <emphasis>shell</emphasis> account on the "
"system, instead of a <emphasis>nologin</emphasis> shell. Providing all users "
"with a shell may not be ideal for some environments, such as a shared web "
"host."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:208(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <emphasis>FTPS</emphasis>, edit "
"<filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename> and at the bottom add:"
msgstr ""
"Pour configurer <emphasis>FTPS</emphasis>, modifiez "
"<filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename> et ajoutez en fin de fichier :"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:212(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"ssl_enable=Yes\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"ssl_enable=Yes\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:216(para)
msgid "Also, notice the certificate and key related options:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:220(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"rsa_cert_file=/etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pem\n"
"rsa_private_key_file=/etc/ssl/private/ssl-cert-snakeoil.key\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"rsa_cert_file=/etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pem\n"
"rsa_private_key_file=/etc/ssl/private/ssl-cert-snakeoil.key\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:225(para)
msgid ""
"By default these options are set the certificate and key provided by the "
"<application>ssl-cert</application> package. In a production environment "
"these should be replaced with a certificate and key generated for the "
"specific host. For more information on certificates see <xref "
"linkend=\"certificates-and-security\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:231(para)
msgid ""
"Now restart <application>vsftpd</application>, and non-anonymous users will "
"be forced to use <emphasis>FTPS</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"Redémarrez maintenant <application>vsftpd</application>, et les utilisateurs "
"non-anonymes seront désormais forcés d'utiliser <emphasis>FTPS</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:240(para)
msgid ""
"To allow users with a shell of <filename>/usr/sbin/nologin</filename> access "
"to FTP, but have no shell access, edit <filename>/etc/shells</filename> "
"adding the <emphasis>nologin</emphasis> shell:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:245(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# /etc/shells: valid login shells\n"
"/bin/csh\n"
"/bin/sh\n"
"/usr/bin/es\n"
"/usr/bin/ksh\n"
"/bin/ksh\n"
"/usr/bin/rc\n"
"/usr/bin/tcsh\n"
"/bin/tcsh\n"
"/usr/bin/esh\n"
"/bin/dash\n"
"/bin/bash\n"
"/bin/rbash\n"
"/usr/bin/screen\n"
"/usr/sbin/nologin\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# /etc/shells: shells de connexion valides\n"
"/bin/csh\n"
"/bin/sh\n"
"/usr/bin/es\n"
"/usr/bin/ksh\n"
"/bin/ksh\n"
"/usr/bin/rc\n"
"/usr/bin/tcsh\n"
"/bin/tcsh\n"
"/usr/bin/esh\n"
"/bin/dash\n"
"/bin/bash\n"
"/bin/rbash\n"
"/usr/bin/screen\n"
"/usr/sbin/nologin\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:263(para)
msgid ""
"This is necessary because, by default <application>vsftpd</application> uses "
"PAM for authentication, and the <filename>/etc/pam.d/vsftpd</filename> "
"configuration file contains:"
msgstr ""
"En effet, par défaut, <application>vsftpd</application> utilise PAM pour "
"l'identification et le fichier de configuration "
"<filename>/etc/pam.d/vsftpd</filename> stipule :"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:268(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auth    required        pam_shells.so\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"auth    required        pam_shells.so\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:272(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>shells</emphasis> PAM module restricts access to shells listed "
"in the <filename>/etc/shells</filename> file."
msgstr ""
"Le module PAM <emphasis>shells</emphasis> a pour effet de n'autoriser que "
"les shells listés dans le fichier <filename>/etc/shells</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:277(para)
msgid ""
"Most popular FTP clients can be configured connect using FTPS. The "
"<application>lftp</application> command line FTP client has the ability to "
"use FTPS as well."
msgstr ""
"La plupart des principaux clients FTP peuvent être paramétrés pour utiliser "
"FTPS. Le programme en ligne de commande <application>lftp</application> a "
"également cette possibilité."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:288(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://vsftpd.beasts.org/vsftpd_conf.html\">vsftpd "
"website</ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""
"Consultez le <ulink url=\"http://vsftpd.beasts.org/vsftpd_conf.html\">site "
"internet de vsftpd</ulink> pour de plus amples informations."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:293(para)
msgid ""
"For detailed <filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename> options see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man5/vsftpd.conf.5.html\">"
"vsftpd.conf man page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:299(para)
msgid ""
"The CodeGurus article <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.codeguru.com/csharp/.net/net_general/internet/article.php/c1"
"4329\"> FTPS vs. SFTP: What to Choose</ulink> has useful information "
"contrasting FTPS and SFTP."
msgstr ""
"L'article <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.codeguru.com/csharp/.net/net_general/internet/article.php/c1"
"4329\"> FTPS vs. SFTP: What to Choose</ulink> fait une comparaison "
"intéressante (en anglais) entre FTPS et SFTP."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:305(para)
msgid ""
"Also, for more information see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/vsftpd\">Ubuntu Wiki vsftpd</ulink> "
"page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:315(title)
msgid "Network File System (NFS)"
msgstr "Network File System (NFS)"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:316(para)
msgid ""
"NFS allows a system to share directories and files with others over a "
"network. By using NFS, users and programs can access files on remote systems "
"almost as if they were local files."
msgstr ""
"NFS permet à un système de partager des répertoires et des fichiers à "
"travers un réseau. En utilisant NFS, utilisateurs et programmes peuvent "
"accéder aux fichiers de systèmes distants comme s'ils étaient des fichiers "
"locaux."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:322(para)
msgid "Some of the most notable benefits that NFS can provide are:"
msgstr ""
"Parmi les avantages les plus remarquables de NFS, on peut mentionner :"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:328(para)
msgid ""
"Local workstations use less disk space because commonly used data can be "
"stored on a single machine and still remain accessible to others over the "
"network."
msgstr ""
"Les stations de travail locales utilisent moins d'espace disque parce que "
"les données fréquemment utilisées peuvent être stockées sur une seule "
"machine centrale tout en restant accessibles à d'autres par le réseau."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:333(para)
msgid ""
"There is no need for users to have separate home directories on every "
"network machine. Home directories could be set up on the NFS server and made "
"available throughout the network."
msgstr ""
"Il n'est pas nécessaire que les utilisateurs disposent d'un répertoire "
"personnel sur chaque machine du réseau. Les répertoires personnels peuvent "
"être centralisés sur le serveur NFS afin d'être accessibles par tout le "
"réseau."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:339(para)
msgid ""
"Storage devices such as floppy disks, CDROM drives, and USB Thumb drives can "
"be used by other machines on the network. This may reduce the number of "
"removable media drives throughout the network."
msgstr ""
"Les périphériques de stockage, comme les lecteurs disquettes, les lecteurs "
"de CD-ROM ou les clefs USB, peuvent être utilisés par d'autres machines du "
"réseau. Ceci permet de réduire le nombre de lecteurs de supports amovibles "
"sur un réseau."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:349(para)
msgid ""
"At a terminal prompt enter the following command to install the NFS Server:"
msgstr ""
"Dans un terminal, saisissez la commande suivante pour installer le serveur "
"NFS :"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:355(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install nfs-kernel-server"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install nfs-kernel-server"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:361(para)
msgid ""
"You can configure the directories to be exported by adding them to the "
"<filename>/etc/exports</filename> file. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez choisir les répertoires à exporter en les ajoutant au fichier "
"<filename>/etc/exports</filename>. Par exemple :"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:366(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"/ubuntu  *(ro,sync,no_root_squash)\n"
"/home    *(rw,sync,no_root_squash)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"/ubuntu *(ro,sync,no_root_squash)\n"
"/home *(rw,sync,no_root_squash)\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:372(para)
msgid ""
"You can replace * with one of the hostname formats. Make the hostname "
"declaration as specific as possible so unwanted systems cannot access the "
"NFS mount."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez remplacer * par l'un des formats de nom d'hôte. La formulation "
"du nom d'hôte devrait être la plus précise possible pour éviter que des "
"systèmes indésirables puissent accéder aux points de montage NFS."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:378(para)
msgid ""
"To start the NFS server, you can run the following command at a terminal "
"prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Pour démarrer le serveur NFS, saisissez la commande suivante dans un "
"terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:383(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/nfs-kernel-server start"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/nfs-kernel-server start"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:388(title)
msgid "NFS Client Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration du client NFS"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:389(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <application>mount</application> command to mount a shared NFS "
"directory from another machine, by typing a command line similar to the "
"following at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Utilisez la commande <application>mount</application> pour monter un "
"répertoire NFS partagé à partir d'une autre machine, en tapant dans un "
"terminal une commande telle que :"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:395(command)
msgid "sudo mount example.hostname.com:/ubuntu /local/ubuntu"
msgstr "sudo mount exemple.nomhote.com:/ubuntu /local/ubuntu"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:399(para)
msgid ""
"The mount point directory <filename>/local/ubuntu</filename> must exist. "
"There should be no files or subdirectories in the "
"<filename>/local/ubuntu</filename> directory."
msgstr ""
"Le répertoire <filename>/local/ubuntu</filename> du point de montage doit "
"exister. Il ne devrait y avoir ni fichiers ni sous-répertoires dans le "
"répertoire <filename>/local/ubuntu</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:406(para)
msgid ""
"An alternate way to mount an NFS share from another machine is to add a line "
"to the <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> file. The line must state the "
"hostname of the NFS server, the directory on the server being exported, and "
"the directory on the local machine where the NFS share is to be mounted."
msgstr ""
"Une autre façon de monter un partage NFS à partir d'une autre machine est "
"d'ajouter une ligne au fichier <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. La ligne "
"doit comporter le nom d'hôte du serveur NFS, le répertoire du serveur qui "
"doit être partagé, et le répertoire de la machine locale où le partage NFS "
"doit être monté."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:414(para)
msgid ""
"The general syntax for the line in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> file is "
"as follows:"
msgstr ""
"La syntaxe générale de la ligne dans le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename> est celle-ci :"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:420(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"example.hostname.com:/ubuntu /local/ubuntu nfs "
"rsize=8192,wsize=8192,timeo=14,intr\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"exemple.nomhote.com:/ubuntu /local/ubuntu nfs "
"size=8192,wsize=8192,timeo=14,intr\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:424(para)
msgid ""
"If you have trouble mounting an NFS share, make sure the <application>nfs-"
"common</application> package is installed on your client. To install "
"<application>nfs-common</application> enter the following command at the "
"terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install nfs-common</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez des difficultés pour monter un volume NFS, assurez-vous que le "
"paquet <application>nfs-common</application> est bien installé sur le poste "
"client. Pour installer <application>nfs-common</application> tapez la "
"commande suivante dans un terminal :<screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install nfs-common</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:437(ulink)
msgid "Linux NFS faq"
msgstr "FAQ Linux NFS"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:439(ulink)
msgid "Ubuntu Wiki NFS Howto"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:445(title)
msgid "CUPS - Print Server"
msgstr "CUPS - Serveur d'impression"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:446(para)
msgid ""
"The primary mechanism for Ubuntu printing and print services is the "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Common UNIX Printing System</emphasis> (CUPS). This "
"printing system is a freely available, portable printing layer which has "
"become the new standard for printing in most Linux distributions."
msgstr ""
"Le système principal d'impression sous Ubuntu est le <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">Common UNIX Printing System</emphasis> (CUPS). Ce système "
"d'impression, qui est librement disponible et portable, est devenu le "
"nouveau standard pour imprimer dans la plupart des distributions Linux."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:453(para)
msgid ""
"CUPS manages print jobs and queues and provides network printing using the "
"standard Internet Printing Protocol (IPP), while offering support for a very "
"large range of printers, from dot-matrix to laser and many in between. CUPS "
"also supports PostScript Printer Description (PPD) and auto-detection of "
"network printers, and features a simple web-based configuration and "
"administration tool."
msgstr ""
"CUPS organise les tâches d'impression, les met en file d'attente, et rend "
"possible l'impression en réseau en utilisant le standard d'impression "
"Internet Printing Protocol (IPP). Il offre un large support pour un très "
"grand nombre d'imprimantes, allant des imprimantes matricielles aux "
"imprimantes laser, en passant par de nombreux autres types. CUPS offre "
"également le support PostScript Printer Description (PPD - description "
"d'imprimante PostScript) et l'auto-détection des imprimantes réseaux, sans "
"oublier une interface de configuration Web simple et des outils "
"d'administration."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:463(para)
msgid ""
"To install CUPS on your Ubuntu computer, simply use "
"<application>sudo</application> with the <application>apt-get</application> "
"command and give the packages to install as the first parameter. A complete "
"CUPS install has many package dependencies, but they may all be specified on "
"the same command line. Enter the following at a terminal prompt to install "
"CUPS:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer CUPS sur votre ordinateur Ubuntu, utilisez simplement "
"<application>sudo</application> suivi de la commande <application>apt-"
"get</application> et spécifiez comme premier paramètre les paquets à "
"installer. Une installation complète de CUPS demande de nombreux paquets du "
"fait des dépendances, mais ils peuvent être tous spécifiés sur la même ligne "
"de commande. Saisissez la commande suivante dans un terminal pour installer "
"CUPS :"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:468(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install cups"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install cups"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:471(para)
msgid ""
"Upon authenticating with your user password, the packages should be "
"downloaded and installed without error. Upon the conclusion of installation, "
"the CUPS server will be started automatically."
msgstr ""
"Une fois identifié avec votre mot de passe utilisateur, les paquets "
"devraient être téléchargés et installés sans problème. Dès la fin de "
"l'installation, le serveur CUPS sera démarré automatiquement."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:476(para)
msgid ""
"For troubleshooting purposes, you can access CUPS server errors via the "
"error log file at: <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>. If the "
"error log does not show enough information to troubleshoot any problems you "
"encounter, the verbosity of the CUPS log can be increased by changing the "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">LogLevel</emphasis> directive in the configuration "
"file (discussed below) to \"debug\" or even \"debug2\", which logs "
"everything, from the default of \"info\". If you make this change, remember "
"to change it back once you've solved your problem, to prevent the log file "
"from becoming overly large."
msgstr ""
"À des fins de dépannage, vous pouvez consulter le fichier journal des "
"erreurs de CUPS à l'emplacment suivant : <filename> / var / log / cups / "
"error_log </ filename>. Si le journal des erreurs n'affiche pas suffisamment "
"d'informations pour identifier les problèmes que vous rencontrez, la "
"quantité d'information enregistrée peut être accrue en modifiant dans le "
"fichoier de configuration, le paramètre <emphasis role=\"bold\"> LogLevel </ "
"emphasis> de la valeur par défaut « info » vers « debug » ou même "
"« debug2 », ce qui enregistrera tous les évènements. Si vous faites cette "
"modification, n'oubliez pas de remettre ce paramètre à sa valeur d'origine "
"une fois votre problème réglé afin d'éviter que le fichier journal ne "
"devienne trop important."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:489(para)
msgid ""
"The Common UNIX Printing System server's behavior is configured through the "
"directives contained in the file <filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename>. "
"The CUPS configuration file follows the same syntax as the primary "
"configuration file for the Apache HTTP server, so users familiar with "
"editing Apache's configuration file should feel at ease when editing the "
"CUPS configuration file. Some examples of settings you may wish to change "
"initially will be presented here."
msgstr ""
"Le comportement du système commun d'impression sous Linux est configuré par "
"les directives contenues dans le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename>. La syntaxe du fichier de "
"configuration de CUPS est identique au fichier principal de configuration du "
"serveur HTTP Apache, les utilisateurs déjà habitués à éditer les fichiers "
"Apache devraient donc se sentir à l'aise. Quelques exemples de modifications "
"que vous pourriez souhaiter apporter vont être présentés ici."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:499(para)
msgid ""
"Prior to editing the configuration file, you should make a copy of the "
"original file and protect it from writing, so you will have the original "
"settings as a reference, and to reuse as necessary."
msgstr ""
"Avant de modifier le fichier de configuration, vous devriez faire une copie "
"de la configuration originale et la protéger en écriture. Vous disposerez "
"ainsi des paramètres par défaut en guise de référence que vous pourrez "
"réutiliser au besoin."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:503(para)
msgid ""
"Copy the <filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> file and protect it from "
"writing with the following commands, issued at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Copiez le fichier <filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> et protégez-le "
"en écriture en exécutant dans un terminal la commande suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:509(command)
msgid "sudo cp /etc/cups/cupsd.conf /etc/cups/cupsd.conf.original"
msgstr "sudo cp /etc/cups/cupsd.conf /etc/cups/cupsd.conf.original"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:510(command)
msgid "sudo chmod a-w /etc/cups/cupsd.conf.original"
msgstr "sudo chmod a-w /etc/cups/cupsd.conf.original"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:515(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ServerAdmin</emphasis>: To configure the email "
"address of the designated administrator of the CUPS server, simply edit the "
"<filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> configuration file with your "
"preferred text editor, and add or modify the <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">ServerAdmin</emphasis> line accordingly. For example, if "
"you are the Administrator for the CUPS server, and your e-mail address is "
"'bjoy@somebigco.com', then you would modify the ServerAdmin line to appear "
"as such:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:526(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"ServerAdmin bjoy@somebigco.com\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"ServerAdmin bjoy@somebigco.com\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:532(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Listen</emphasis>: By default on Ubuntu, the CUPS "
"server installation listens only on the loopback interface at IP address "
"<emphasis>127.0.0.1</emphasis>. In order to instruct the CUPS server to "
"listen on an actual network adapter's IP address, you must specify either a "
"hostname, the IP address, or optionally, an IP address/port pairing via the "
"addition of a Listen directive. For example, if your CUPS server resides on "
"a local network at the IP address <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">192.168.10.250</emphasis> and you'd like to make it "
"accessible to the other systems on this subnetwork, you would edit the "
"<filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> and add a Listen directive, as "
"such:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Listen</emphasis> : Par défaut sur Ubuntu, le "
"serveur CUPS n'est en écoute que sur l'interface de bouclage à l'adresse IP "
"<emphasis>127.0.0.1</emphasis>. Pour indiquer au serveur CUPS qu'il doit "
"être en écoute sur l'adresse IP d'une véritable interface réseau, vous devez "
"spécifier un nom d'hôte, une adresse IP, ou en option un couple adresse "
"IP/port, en ajoutant une directive « Listen ». Par exemple, si votre serveur "
"CUPS se trouve sur un réseau local à l'adresse IP <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">192.168.10.250</emphasis> et que vous vouliez le rendre "
"accessible aux autres systèmes de ce réseau, vous devrez modifier "
"<filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> pour y ajouter une directive "
"« Listen » comme ceci :"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:546(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Listen 127.0.0.1:631           # existing loopback Listen\n"
"Listen /var/run/cups/cups.sock # existing socket Listen\n"
"Listen 192.168.10.250:631      # Listen on the LAN interface, Port 631 "
"(IPP)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Listen 127.0.0.1:631 # Directive d'écoute existante sur l'interface "
"loopback\n"
"Listen /var/run/cups/cups.sock # Directive d'écoute existante sur un socket\n"
"Listen 192.168.10.250:631 # Directive d'écoute sur l'interface réseau local, "
"port 631 (IPP)\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:552(para)
msgid ""
"In the example above, you may comment out or remove the reference to the "
"Loopback address (127.0.0.1) if you do not wish <application>cupsd "
"</application> to listen on that interface, but would rather have it only "
"listen on the Ethernet interfaces of the Local Area Network (LAN). To enable "
"listening for all network interfaces for which a certain hostname is bound, "
"including the Loopback, you could create a Listen entry for the hostname "
"<emphasis>socrates</emphasis> as such:"
msgstr ""
"Dans l'exemple ci-dessus, vous pouvez commenter ou supprimer la référence à "
"l'adresse loopback (127.0.0.1) si vous ne voulez pas que <application>cupsd "
"</application> écoute sur cette interface, mais préférez qu'il n'écoute que "
"sur les interfaces Ethernet du réseau local. Pour activer l'écoute sur "
"toutes les interfaces réseau auxquelles un nom d'hôte donné est lié, y "
"compris l'interface loopback, vous pourriez créer une entrée Listen pour le "
"nom d'hôte <emphasis>socrates</emphasis> comme cela :"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:562(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Listen socrates:631  # Listen on all interfaces for the hostname 'socrates'\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Listen socrates:631 # Directive d'écoute sur toutes les interfaces du nom "
"d'hôte 'socrates'\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:566(para)
msgid ""
"or by omitting the Listen directive and using <emphasis>Port</emphasis> "
"instead, as in:"
msgstr ""
"ou en omettant la directive Listen et en utilisant "
"<emphasis>Port</emphasis>, comme cela :"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:568(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Port 631  # Listen on port 631 on all interfaces\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Port 631 # Écouter sur le port 631 de toutes les interfaces\n"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:575(para)
msgid ""
"For more examples of configuration directives in the CUPS server "
"configuration file, view the associated system manual page by entering the "
"following command at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Pour des exemples supplémentaires de directives de configuration du serveur "
"CUPS, consultez le manuel associé en tapant la commande suivante dans un "
"terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:582(command)
msgid "man cupsd.conf"
msgstr "man cupsd.conf"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:586(para)
msgid ""
"Whenever you make changes to the <filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> "
"configuration file, you'll need to restart the CUPS server by typing the "
"following command at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"À chaque modification du fichier de configuration "
"<filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename>, vous devrez redémarrer le serveur "
"CUPS en tapant dans un terminal la commande suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:592(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/cups restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/cups restart"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:598(title)
msgid "Web Interface"
msgstr "Interface Web"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:600(para)
msgid ""
"CUPS can be configured and monitored using a web interface, which by default "
"is available at <ulink "
"url=\"http://localhost:631/admin\">http://localhost:631/admin</ulink>. The "
"web interface can be used to perform all printer management tasks."
msgstr ""
"CUPS peut être configuré et contrôlé en utilisant un interface web, qui est "
"par défaut accessible à <ulink "
"url=\"http://localhost:631/admin\">http://localhost:631/admin</ulink>. "
"L'interface web peut être utilisée pour réaliser toutes les opérations de "
"gestion d'imprimante."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:604(para)
msgid ""
"In order to perform administrative tasks via the web interface, you must "
"either have the root account enabled on your server, or authenticate as a "
"user in the <emphasis role=\"italic\">lpadmin</emphasis> group. For security "
"reasons, CUPS won't authenticate a user that doesn't have a password."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:607(para)
msgid ""
"To add a user to the <emphasis role=\"italic\">lpadmin</emphasis> group, run "
"at the terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo usermod -aG lpadmin username</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Pour ajouter un utilisateur au groupe <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">lpadmin</emphasis>,lancez dans un terminal  la commande : "
"<screen>\n"
"<command>sudo usermod -aG lpadmin nondelutilisateur</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:613(para)
msgid ""
"Further documentation is available in the <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">Documentation/Help</emphasis> tab of the web interface."
msgstr ""
"Plus d'informations sont disponibles dans l'onglet <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">Documentation/Aide</emphasis> de l'interface web."

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:621(ulink)
msgid "CUPS Website"
msgstr "Site Internet de CUPS"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:624(ulink)
msgid "Ubuntu Wiki CUPS page"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:13(title)
msgid "Domain Name Service (DNS)"
msgstr "Service de nom de domaine (DNS)"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"Domain Name Service (DNS) is an Internet service that maps IP addresses and "
"fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to one another. In this way, DNS "
"alleviates the need to remember IP addresses. Computers that run DNS are "
"called <emphasis>name servers</emphasis>. Ubuntu ships with "
"<application>BIND</application> (Berkley Internet Naming Daemon), the most "
"common program used for maintaining a name server on Linux."
msgstr ""
"Le service de nom de domaine (DNS) est un service Internet qui établit la "
"correspondance entre les adresses IP et les noms de domaines pleinement "
"qualifiés (FQDN : Fully Qualified Domain Name). Ainsi, le DNS évite d'avoir "
"à se rappeler des adresses IP. Les ordinateurs sur lesquels s'exécutent les "
"DNS sont appelés des <emphasis>serveurs de nom</emphasis>. Ubuntu est fourni "
"avec <application>BIND</application> (Berkley Internet Naming Daemon), le "
"programme le plus couramment utilisé pour gérer un serveur de nom sur Linux."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:24(para)
msgid ""
"At a terminal prompt, enter the following command to install "
"<application>dns</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer le service <application>dns</application>, exécutez la "
"commande suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:28(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install bind9"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install bind9"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:30(para)
msgid ""
"A very useful package for testing and troubleshooting DNS issues is the "
"dnsutils package. To install <application>dnsutils</application> enter the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
"Le paquet dnsutils est très utile pour tester et identifier les problèmes de "
"DNS. Pour installer <application>dnsutils</application> saisissez ce qui "
"suit :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:35(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install dnsutils"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install dnsutils"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:40(para)
msgid ""
"There a many ways to configure <application>BIND9</application>. Some of the "
"most common configurations are a caching nameserver, primary master, and a "
"as a secondary master."
msgstr ""
"Il existe plusieurs façons de configurer <application>BIND9</application>. "
"Les configurations les plus répandues sont : serveur de noms en mode cache, "
"serveur maître primaire et serveur maître secondaire."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:46(para)
msgid ""
"When configured as a caching nameserver BIND9 will find the answer to name "
"queries and remember the answer when the domain is queried again."
msgstr ""
"Quand il est configuré en serveur de noms en mode cache, BIND9 effectuera "
"les résolutions de noms et se souviendra de la réponse lorsque qu'un domaine "
"sera demandé une nouvelle fois."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:52(para)
msgid ""
"As a primary master server BIND9 reads the data for a zone from a file on "
"it's host and is authoritative for that zone."
msgstr ""
"En tant que serveur maitre primaire, BIND9 lit les données d'une zone dans "
"un fichier sur son serveur hôte et il fait autorité pour cette zone."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:57(para)
msgid ""
"In a secondary master configuration BIND9 gets the zone data from another "
"nameserver authoritative for the zone."
msgstr ""
"En tant que maitre secondaire, BIND9 obtient les données de la zone depuis "
"le serveur de noms faisant autorité pour la zone."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:65(para)
msgid ""
"The DNS configuration files are stored in the <filename>/etc/bind</filename> "
"directory. The primary configuration file is "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Les fichiers de configuration DNS sont situés dans le répertoire "
"<filename>/etc/bind</filename>. Le fichier de configuration de base est "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:72(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>include</emphasis> line specifies the filename which contains "
"the DNS options. The <emphasis>directory</emphasis> line in the "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.options</filename> file tells DNS where to "
"look for files. All files BIND uses will be relative to this directory."
msgstr ""
"La ligne <emphasis>include</emphasis> spécifie le nom du fichier contenant "
"les options DNS. La ligne <emphasis>directory</emphasis> dans le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.options</filename> indique au DNS où chercher "
"les fichiers. Tous les fichiers utilisés par BIND seront relatifs à ce "
"répertoire."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:80(para)
msgid ""
"The file named <filename>/etc/bind/db.root</filename> describes the root "
"nameservers in the world. The servers change over time, so the "
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.root</filename> file must be maintained now and then. "
"This is usually done as updates to the <application>bind9</application> "
"package. The <emphasis>zone</emphasis> section defines a master server, and "
"it is stored in a file mentioned in the <emphasis>file</emphasis> option."
msgstr ""
"Le fichier <filename>/etc/bind/db.root</filename> décrit les serveurs DNS "
"racines mondiaux. Les serveurs changeant de temps à autre, il est nécessaire "
"de mettre à jour ce fichier de temps en temps. Ceci est généralement "
"effectué par des mises à jour du paquet <application>bind9</application>. La "
"section <emphasis>zone</emphasis> définit le serveur maitre, et est stockée "
"dans le fichier spécifié par l'option <emphasis>file</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:90(para)
msgid ""
"It is possible to configure the same server to be a caching name server, "
"primary master, and secondary master. A server can be the Start of Authority "
"(SOA) for one zone, while providing secondary service for another zone. All "
"the while providing caching services for hosts on the local LAN."
msgstr ""
"Il est possible de configurer un unique serveur comme serveur de noms en "
"mode cache, maitre primaire et maitre secondaire. Un serveur peut faire "
"autorité sur une zone (Start of Authority, SOA), tout en fournissant un "
"service secondaire pour une autre zone, et en fournissant des services de "
"cache pour les hôtes sur le LAN local."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:98(title)
msgid "Caching Nameserver"
msgstr "Serveur de noms de cache"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:99(para)
msgid ""
"The default configuration is setup to act as a caching server. All that is "
"required is simply adding the IP Addresses of your ISP's DNS servers. Simply "
"uncomment and edit the following in "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.options</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"La configuration par défaut alloue un rôle de serveur cache. Il vous suffit "
"d'ajouter les adresses IP des DNS de votre FAI. Dé-commentez simplement et "
"modifiez ce qui suit dans <filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.options</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:103(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"forwarders {\n"
"                1.2.3.4;\n"
"                5.6.7.8;\n"
"           };\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"forwarders {\n"
"                1.2.3.4;\n"
"                5.6.7.8;\n"
"           };\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:110(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>1.2.3.4</emphasis> and <emphasis>5.6.7.8</emphasis> with "
"the IP Adresses of actual nameservers."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis>1.2.3.4</emphasis> et <emphasis>5.6.7.8</emphasis> par "
"les adresses IP des véritables serveurs de noms."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:114(para)
msgid ""
"Now restart the DNS server, to enable the new configuration. From a terminal "
"prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Redémarrez à présent le serveur DNS pour appliquer les changements. "
"Saisissez dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:118(command) serverguide/C/dns.xml:194(command) serverguide/C/dns.xml:253(command) serverguide/C/dns.xml:312(command) serverguide/C/dns.xml:561(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/bind9 restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/bind9 restart"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:120(para)
msgid ""
"See <xref linkend=\"dns-testing-dig\"/> for information on testing a caching "
"DNS server."
msgstr ""
"Consultez <xref linkend=\"dns-testing-dig\"/> pour plus d'informations à "
"propos d'un serveur DNS cache."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:125(title)
msgid "Primary Master"
msgstr "Maitre primaire"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:126(para)
msgid ""
"In this section <application>BIND9</application> will be configured as the "
"Primary Master for the domain <emphasis>example.com</emphasis>. Simply "
"replace <emphasis role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis> with your FQDN "
"(Fully Qualified Domain Name)."
msgstr ""
"Dans cette section, <application>BIND9</application> sera configuré comme "
"serveur primaire du domaine <emphasis>example.com</emphasis>. Remplacez "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis> par votre FQDN (Fully "
"Qualified Domain Name)."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:132(title)
msgid "Forward Zone File"
msgstr "Fichier zone de recherche directe (Forward zone)"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:133(para)
msgid ""
"To add a DNS zone to BIND9, turning BIND9 into a Primary Master server, the "
"first step is to edit <filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Pour ajouter une zone DNS à BIND9 afin de le transformer en serveur maitre "
"primaire, il faut tout d'abord modifier "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:137(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"zone \"example.com\" {\n"
"\ttype master;\n"
"        file \"/etc/bind/db.example.com\";\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"zone \"example.com\" {\n"
"\ttype master;\n"
"        file \"/etc/bind/db.example.com\";\n"
"};\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:143(para)
msgid ""
"Now use an existing zone file as a template to create the "
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename> file:"
msgstr ""
"Nous utiliserons un fichier zone existant comme modèle pour la création du "
"fichier <filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:147(command)
msgid "sudo cp /etc/bind/db.local /etc/bind/db.example.com"
msgstr "sudo cp /etc/bind/db.local /etc/bind/db.example.com"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:149(para)
msgid ""
"Edit the new zone file <filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename> change "
"<emphasis>localhost.</emphasis> to the FQDN of your server, leaving the "
"additional \".\" at the end. Change <emphasis>127.0.0.1</emphasis> to the "
"nameserver's IP Address and <emphasis>root.localhost</emphasis> to a valid "
"email address, but with a \".\" instead of the usual \"@\" symbol, again "
"leaving the \".\" at the end."
msgstr ""
"Modifiez le nouveau fichier zone "
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename> en remplaçant "
"<emphasis>localhost.</emphasis> par le FQDN de votre serveur, en laissant le "
"point « . » final. Remplacez <emphasis>127.0.0.1</emphasis> par l'adresse IP "
"du serveur de noms et <emphasis>root.localhost</emphasis> avec une adresse "
"courriel correcte mais avec un « . » au lieu du symbole « @ » habituel, "
"toujours en laissant le point « . » final."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:155(para)
msgid ""
"Also, create an <emphasis>A record</emphasis> for <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">ns.example.com</emphasis>. The name server in this example:"
msgstr ""
"Créer un <emphasis>enregistrement A</emphasis> pour <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">ns.example.com</emphasis>. Dans notre exemple, c'est le "
"serveur de noms :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:159(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
";\n"
"; BIND data file for local loopback interface\n"
";\n"
"$TTL    604800\n"
"@       IN      SOA     ns.example.com. root.example.com. (\n"
"                              2         ; Serial\n"
"                         604800         ; Refresh\n"
"                          86400         ; Retry\n"
"                        2419200         ; Expire\n"
"                         604800 )       ; Negative Cache TTL\n"
";\n"
"@       IN      NS      ns.example.com.\n"
"@       IN      A       127.0.0.1\n"
"@       IN      AAAA    ::1\n"
"ns      IN      A       192.168.1.10\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
";\n"
"; Fichier de données BIND pour l'interface loopback locale\n"
";\n"
"$TTL    604800\n"
"@       IN      SOA     ns.example.com. root.example.com. (\n"
"                              2         ; Serial\n"
"                         604800         ; Refresh\n"
"                          86400         ; Retry\n"
"                        2419200         ; Expire\n"
"                         604800 )       ; Negative Cache TTL\n"
";\n"
"@       IN      NS      ns.example.com.\n"
"@       IN      A       127.0.0.1\n"
"@       IN      AAAA    ::1\n"
"ns      IN      A       192.168.1.10\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:176(para)
msgid ""
"You must increment the <emphasis>Serial Number</emphasis> every time you "
"make changes to the zone file. If you make multiple changes before "
"restarting BIND9, simply increment the Serial once."
msgstr ""
"Vous devez incrémenter le <emphasis>numéro de série (Serial "
"Number)</emphasis> à chaque fois que vous modifiez le fichier de zone. Si "
"vous faites de multiples modifications en seule fois, n'incrémentez le "
"numéro qu'une seule fois."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:180(para)
msgid ""
"Now, you can add DNS records to the bottom of the zone file. See <xref "
"linkend=\"dns-record-types\"/> for details."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez ajouter maintenant les enregistrements DNS à la fin du fichier "
"de zone. Consultez <xref linkend=\"dns-record-types\"/> pour plus de détails."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:184(para)
msgid ""
"Many admins like to use the last date edited as the serial of a zone, such "
"as <emphasis>2007010100</emphasis> which is yyyymmddss (where "
"<emphasis>ss</emphasis> is the Serial Number)"
msgstr ""
"Beaucoup d'administrateurs utilisent la date de modification du fichier de "
"zone comme numéro de série. Par exemple, <emphasis>2007010100</emphasis> "
"utilisant ainsi le format aaaammjjss où ss est le numéro de série."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:189(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have made a change to the zone file "
"<application>BIND9</application> will need to be restarted for the changes "
"to take effect:"
msgstr ""
"Après avoir apporté des changements à un fichier de zone, vous devrez "
"redémarrer <application>BIND9</application> afin que les changements "
"prennent effet."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:198(title)
msgid "Reverse Zone File"
msgstr "Fichier zone de recherche inverse"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:199(para)
msgid ""
"Now that the zone is setup and resolving names to IP Adresses a "
"<emphasis>Reverse zone</emphasis> is also required. A Reverse zone allows "
"DNS to resolve an address to a name."
msgstr ""
"Maintenant que la zone est configurée pour résoudre les noms en adresses IP, "
"il est nécessaire de paramétrer la <emphasis>zone de recherche inverse "
"(Reverse zone)</emphasis>. Celle-ci permet de résoudre les adresses IP en "
"noms."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:203(para)
msgid "Edit /etc/bind/named.conf.local and add the following:"
msgstr "Modifiez /etc/bind/named.conf.local et ajoutez ce qui suit :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:206(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n"
"        type master;\n"
"        notify no;\n"
"        file \"/etc/bind/db.192\";\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n"
"        type master;\n"
"        notify no;\n"
"        file \"/etc/bind/db.192\";\n"
"};\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:214(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>1.168.192</emphasis> with the first three octets of "
"whatever network you are using. Also, name the zone file "
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename> appropriately. It should match the "
"first octet of your network."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis>1.168.192</emphasis> par les trois premiers octets du "
"réseau que vous utilisez. Nommez également le fichier de zone "
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename> en conséquence. Il devrait "
"correspondre au premier octet de votre réseau."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:219(para)
msgid "Now create the <filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename> file:"
msgstr "Créez maintenant le fichier <filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:223(command)
msgid "sudo cp /etc/bind/db.127 /etc/bind/db.192"
msgstr "sudo cp /etc/bind/db.127 /etc/bind/db.192"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:225(para)
msgid ""
"Next edit <filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename> changing the basically the "
"same options as <filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Modifiez ensuite <filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename> en changeant les "
"mêmes options que dans <filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:229(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
";\n"
"; BIND reverse data file for local loopback interface\n"
";\n"
"$TTL    604800\n"
"@       IN      SOA     ns.example.com. root.example.com. (\n"
"                              2         ; Serial\n"
"                         604800         ; Refresh\n"
"                          86400         ; Retry\n"
"                        2419200         ; Expire\n"
"                         604800 )       ; Negative Cache TTL\n"
";\n"
"@       IN      NS      ns.\n"
"10      IN      PTR     ns.example.com.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
";\n"
"; BIND reverse data file for local loopback interface\n"
";\n"
"$TTL    604800\n"
"@       IN      SOA     ns.example.com. root.example.com. (\n"
"                              2         ; Serial\n"
"                         604800         ; Refresh\n"
"                          86400         ; Retry\n"
"                        2419200         ; Expire\n"
"                         604800 )       ; Negative Cache TTL\n"
";\n"
"@       IN      NS      ns.\n"
"10      IN      PTR     ns.example.com.\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:244(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Serial Number</emphasis> in the Reverse zone needs to be "
"incremented on each changes as well. For each <emphasis>A record</emphasis> "
"you configure in <filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename> you need to "
"create a <emphasis>PTR record</emphasis> in "
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Le <emphasis>numéro de série</emphasis> de la zone de recherche inverse doit "
"être aussi incrémenté à chaque modification. À chaque "
"<emphasis>enregistrement A</emphasis> que vous configurez dans "
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename> doit correspondre un "
"<emphasis>enregistrement PTR</emphasis> dans "
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:249(para)
msgid ""
"After creating the reverse zone file restart "
"<application>BIND9</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Après avoir créé le fichier de zone de recherche inverse, redémarrez "
"<application>BIND9</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:258(title)
msgid "Secondary Master"
msgstr "Maitre secondaire"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:259(para)
msgid ""
"Once a <emphasis>Primary Master</emphasis> has been configured a "
"<emphasis>Secondary Master</emphasis> is needed in order to maintain the "
"availability of the domain should the Primary become unavailable."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que le <emphasis>maitre primaire</emphasis> est paramétré il faut "
"configurer un <emphasis>maitre secondaire</emphasis> afin de maintenir la "
"disponibilité du domaine en cas d'indisponibilité du serveur primaire."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:263(para)
msgid ""
"First, on the Primary Master server, the zone transfer needs to be allowed. "
"Add the <emphasis>allow-transfer</emphasis> option to the example Forward "
"and Reverse zone definitions in "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Nous devons tout d'abord autoriser le transfert de zone sur le serveur "
"maitre primaire. Ajoutez l'option <emphasis>allow-transfer</emphasis> dans "
"les exemples de définitions de zone de recherche directe et inverse du "
"fichier <filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:267(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"zone \"example.com\" {\n"
"        type master;\n"
"\tfile \"/etc/bind/db.example.com\";\n"
"        allow-transfer { 192.168.1.11; };\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n"
"        type master;\n"
"        notify no;\n"
"        file \"/etc/bind/db.192\";\n"
"\tallow-transfer { 192.168.1.11; };\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"zone \"example.com\" {\n"
"        type master;\n"
"\tfile \"/etc/bind/db.example.com\";\n"
"        allow-transfer { 192.168.1.11; };\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n"
"        type master;\n"
"        notify no;\n"
"        file \"/etc/bind/db.192\";\n"
"\tallow-transfer { 192.168.1.11; };\n"
"};\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:282(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>192.168.1.11</emphasis> with the IP Address of your "
"Secondary nameserver."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis>192.168.1.11</emphasis> par l'adresse IP de votre "
"serveur de noms secondaire."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:286(para)
msgid ""
"Next, on the Secondary Master, install the <application>bind9</application> "
"package the same way as on the Primary. Then edit the "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename> and add the following "
"declarations for the Forward and Reverse zones:"
msgstr ""
"Installez ensuite le paquet <application>bind9</application> sur votre "
"serveur maitre secondaire de la même manière que pour le serveur primaire. "
"Puis modifiez le fichier <filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename> et "
"ajoutez les déclarations suivantes pour les zones de recherche directe et "
"inverse :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:290(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"zone \"example.com\" {\n"
"\ttype slave;\n"
"        file \"/var/cache/bind/db.example.com\";\n"
"        masters { 192.168.1.10; };\n"
"};        \n"
"      \n"
"zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n"
"\ttype slave;\n"
"        file \"/var/cache/bind/db.192\";\n"
"        masters { 192.168.1.10; };\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"zone \"example.com\" {\n"
"\ttype slave;\n"
"        file \"/var/cache/bind/db.example.com\";\n"
"        masters { 192.168.1.10; };\n"
"};        \n"
"      \n"
"zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n"
"\ttype slave;\n"
"        file \"/var/cache/bind/db.192\";\n"
"        masters { 192.168.1.10; };\n"
"};\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:304(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>192.168.1.10</emphasis> with the IP Address of your "
"Primary nameserver."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis>192.168.1.10</emphasis> par l'adresse IP de votre "
"serveur de noms primaire."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:308(para)
msgid "Restart <application>BIND9</application> on the Secondary Master:"
msgstr ""
"Redémarrez <application>BIND9</application> sur votre serveur maître "
"secondaire :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:314(para)
msgid ""
"In <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> you should see something similar to:"
msgstr ""
"Dans <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> vous devez voir quelque chose "
"similaire à:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:317(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"slave zone \"example.com\" (IN) loaded (serial 6)\n"
"slave zone \"100.18.172.in-addr.arpa\" (IN) loaded (serial 3)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"slave zone \"example.com\" (IN) loaded (serial 6)\n"
"slave zone \"100.18.172.in-addr.arpa\" (IN) loaded (serial 3)\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:322(para)
msgid ""
"Note: A zone is only transferred if the <emphasis>Serial Number</emphasis> "
"on the Primary is larger than the one on the Secondary."
msgstr ""
"Attention : une zone n'est transférée que si le <emphasis>numéro de "
"série</emphasis> du serveur primaire est plus grand que celui du serveur "
"secondaire."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:328(para)
msgid ""
"The default directory for non-authoritative zone files is "
"<filename>/var/cache/bind/</filename>. This directory is also configured in "
"<application>AppArmor</application> to allow the "
"<application>named</application> daemon to write to. For more information on "
"AppArmor see <xref linkend=\"apparmor\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Le répertoire par défaut des fichiers de zone ne faisant pas autorité est "
"<filename>/var/cache/bind/</filename>. Ce répertoire est aussi configuré "
"dans <application>AppArmor</application> pour autoriser en écriture le démon "
"<application>named</application>. Consultez <xref linkend=\"apparmor\"/> "
"pour plus d'informations."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:339(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers ways to help determine the cause when problems happen "
"with DNS and <application>BIND9</application>."
msgstr ""
"Cette section aide à trouver la cause d'éventuels problèmes liés au DNS et à "
"<application>BIND9</application>."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:345(title)
msgid "resolv.conf"
msgstr "resolv.conf"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:346(para)
msgid ""
"The first step in testing <application>BIND9</application> is to add the "
"nameserver's IP Address to a hosts resolver. The Primary nameserver should "
"be configured as well as another host to double check things. Simply edit "
"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> and add the following:"
msgstr ""
"La première étape pour tester <application>BIND9</application> est d'ajouter "
"l'adresse IP du serveur de noms à un solveur d'hôtes. Le serveur de noms "
"doit être configuré, ainsi qu'un autre hôte afin d'effectuer une double "
"vérification. Modifiez <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> et ajoutez ce "
"qui suit :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:351(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"nameserver\t192.168.1.10\n"
"nameserver\t192.168.1.11\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"nameserver\t192.168.1.10\n"
"nameserver\t192.168.1.11\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:356(para)
msgid ""
"You should also add the IP Address of the Secondary nameserver in case the "
"Primary becomes unavailable."
msgstr ""
"Vous devriez ajouter aussi l'adresse IP du serveur de noms secondaire en cas "
"d'indisponibilité du serveur primaire."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:362(title)
msgid "dig"
msgstr "dig"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:363(para)
msgid ""
"If you installed the <application>dnsutils</application> package you can "
"test your setup using the DNS lookup utility <application>dig</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez installé le paquet <application>dnsutils</application>, vous "
"pouvez tester votre configuration avec l'utilitaire de recherche DNS "
"<application>dig</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:369(para)
msgid ""
"After installing <application>BIND9</application> use "
"<application>dig</application> against the loopback interface to make sure "
"it is listening on port 53. From a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Après avoir installé <application>BIND9</application>, utilisez "
"<application>dig</application> sur l'interface loopback pour vous assurer "
"qu'il écoute bien le port 53. Saisissez dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:374(command)
msgid "dig -x 127.0.0.1"
msgstr "dig -x 127.0.0.1"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:376(para)
msgid "You should see lines similar to the following in the command output:"
msgstr "Vous devriez obtenir un résultat similaire à ce qui suit :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:379(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
";; Query time: 1 msec\n"
";; SERVER: 192.168.1.10#53(192.168.1.10)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
";; Query time: 1 msec\n"
";; SERVER: 192.168.1.10#53(192.168.1.10)\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:385(para)
msgid ""
"If you have configured <application>BIND9</application> as a "
"<emphasis>Caching</emphasis> nameserver \"dig\" an outside domain to check "
"the query time:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez configuré <application>BIND9</application> en tant que serveur "
"de noms de <emphasis>cache</emphasis>, exécutez « dig » sur un domaine "
"extérieur pour vérifier le temps de requête :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:390(command)
msgid "dig ubuntu.com"
msgstr "dig ubuntu.com"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:392(para)
msgid "Note the query time toward the end of the command output:"
msgstr "Notez le temps de réponse en fin de résultat :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:395(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
";; Query time: 49 msec\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
";; Query time: 49 msec\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:398(para)
msgid "After a second dig there should be improvement:"
msgstr "Ce temps devrait être plus court après un deuxième « dig » :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:401(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
";; Query time: 1 msec\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
";; Query time: 1 msec\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:408(title)
msgid "ping"
msgstr "ping"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:410(para)
msgid ""
"Now to demonstrate how applications make use of DNS to resolve a host name "
"use the <application>ping</application> utility to send an ICMP echo "
"request. From a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:416(command)
msgid "ping example.com"
msgstr "ping example.com"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:418(para)
msgid ""
"This tests if the nameserver can resolve the name "
"<emphasis>ns.example.com</emphasis> to an IP Address. The command output "
"should resemble:"
msgstr ""
"Vous obtiendrez un résultat similaire à ce qui suit si le serveur DNS peut "
"résoudre le nom <emphasis>ns.example.com</emphasis> en une adresse IP :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:422(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"PING ns.example.com (192.168.1.10) 56(84) bytes of data.\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.10: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.800 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.10: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.813 ms\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"PING ns.exemple.com (192.168.1.10) 56(84) bytes of data.\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.10: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.800 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.10: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.813 ms\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:429(title)
msgid "named-checkzone"
msgstr "named-checkzone"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:430(para)
msgid ""
"A great way to test your zone files is by using the <application>named-"
"checkzone</application> utility installed with the "
"<application>bind9</application> package. This utility allows you to make "
"sure the configuration is correct before restarting "
"<application>BIND9</application> and making the changes live."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:437(para)
msgid ""
"To test our example Forward zone file enter the following from a command "
"prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:441(command)
msgid "named-checkzone example.com /etc/bind/db.example.com"
msgstr "named-checkzone example.com /etc/bind/db.example.com"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:443(para)
msgid ""
"If everything is configured correctly you should see output similar to:"
msgstr ""
"Si tout est configuré correctement, vous devriez voir une sortie similaire "
"à :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:446(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"zone example.com/IN: loaded serial 6\n"
"OK\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"zone example.com/IN: loaded serial 6\n"
"OK\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:452(para)
msgid "Similarly, to test the Reverse zone file enter the following:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:456(command)
msgid "named-checkzone example.com /etc/bind/db.192"
msgstr "named-checkzone example.com /etc/bind/db.192"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:458(para)
msgid "The output should be similar to:"
msgstr "La sortie devrait être semblable à :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:461(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"zone example.com/IN: loaded serial 3\n"
"OK\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"zone example.com/IN: loaded serial 3\n"
"OK\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:468(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Serial Number</emphasis> of your zone file will probably be "
"different."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:475(title)
msgid "Logging"
msgstr "Journal"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:476(para)
msgid ""
"<application>BIND9</application> has a wide variety of logging configuration "
"options available. There are two main options. The "
"<emphasis>channel</emphasis> option configures where logs go, and the "
"<emphasis>category</emphasis> option determines what information to log."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:480(para)
msgid "If no logging option is configured the default option is:"
msgstr ""
"si aucune option de journalisation n' est configurée l'option par défaut est:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:483(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"logging {\n"
"     category default { default_syslog; default_debug; };\n"
"     category unmatched { null; };\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"logging {\n"
"     category default { default_syslog; default_debug; };\n"
"     category unmatched { null; };\n"
"};\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:489(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers configuring <application>BIND9</application> to send "
"<emphasis>debug</emphasis> messages related to DNS queries to a separate "
"file."
msgstr ""
"Cette section décrit comment paramétrer <application>BIND9</application> "
"pour envoyer les messages de <emphasis>débogage</emphasis> concernant les "
"requêtes DNS vers un fichier distinct."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:494(para)
msgid ""
"First, we need to configure a channel to specify which file to send the "
"messages to. Edit <filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename> and add "
"the following:"
msgstr ""
"Premièrement, nous devons configurer un canal pour spécifier vers quel "
"fichier envoyer les messages. Modifiez "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename> et ajoutez ce qui suit :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:498(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"logging {\n"
"    channel query.log {      \n"
"        file \"/var/log/query.log\";\n"
"        severity debug 3; \n"
"    }; \n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"logging {\n"
"    channel query.log {      \n"
"        file \"/var/log/query.log\";\n"
"        severity debug 3; \n"
"    }; \n"
"};\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:508(para)
msgid "Next, configure a category to send all DNS queries to the query file:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, configurez une catégorie pour envoyer toutes les requêtes DNS au "
"fichier de requêtes:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:511(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"logging {\n"
"    channel query.log {      \n"
"        file \"/var/log/query.log\"; \n"
"        severity debug 3; \n"
"    }; \n"
"    <emphasis>category queries { query.log; };</emphasis> \n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"logging {\n"
"    channel query.log {      \n"
"        file \"/var/log/query.log\"; \n"
"        severity debug 3; \n"
"    }; \n"
"    <emphasis>category queries { query.log; };</emphasis> \n"
"};\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:523(para)
msgid ""
"Note: the <emphasis>debug</emphasis> option can be set from 1 to 3. If a "
"level isn't specified level 1 is the default."
msgstr ""
"À noter : l'option <emphasis>debug</emphasis> peut prendre les valeurs 1 à "
"3. Si aucune valeur n'est spécifiée alors le niveau 1 est le niveau par "
"défaut."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:529(para)
msgid ""
"Since the <emphasis>named daemon</emphasis> runs as the "
"<emphasis>bind</emphasis> user the <filename>/var/log/query.log</filename> "
"file must be created and the ownership changed:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:534(command)
msgid "sudo touch /var/log/query.log"
msgstr "sudo touch /var/log/query.log"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:535(command)
msgid "sudo chown bind /var/log/query.log"
msgstr "sudo chown bind /var/log/query.log"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:539(para)
msgid ""
"Before <application>named</application> daemon can write to the new log file "
"the <application>AppArmor</application> profile must be updated. First, edit "
"<filename>/etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.named</filename> and add:"
msgstr ""
"Il faut mettre à jour le profil <application>AppArmor</application> pour que "
"le démon <application>named</application> puisse écrire dans le nouveau "
"fichier journal. Modifiez "
"<filename>/etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.named</filename> en ajoutant :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:543(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"/var/log/query.log w,\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"/var/log/query.log w,\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:546(para)
msgid "Next, reload the profile:"
msgstr "Rechargez ensuite le profil :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:550(command)
msgid "cat /etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.named | sudo apparmor_parser -r"
msgstr "cat /etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.named | sudo apparmor_parser -r"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:552(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <application>AppArmor</application> see <xref "
"linkend=\"apparmor\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'informations sur <application>AppArmor</application> , référez-"
"vous à <xref linkend=\"apparmor\"/>"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:557(para)
msgid ""
"Now restart <application>BIND9</application> for the changes to take effect:"
msgstr ""
"Redémarrez maintenant <application>BIND9</application> pour que les "
"changements prennent effet :"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:565(para)
msgid ""
"You should see the file <filename>/var/log/query.log</filename> fill with "
"query information. This is a simple example of the "
"<application>BIND9</application> logging options. For coverage of advanced "
"options see <xref linkend=\"dns-more-info\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Vous devriez voir le fichier <filename>/var/log/query.log</filename> rempli "
"d'informations de requêtes. Ceci est un exemple simple des options de "
"journalisation de <application>BIND9</application>. Consultez <xref "
"linkend=\"dns-more-info\"/> pour plus d'informations sur les options "
"avancées."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:574(title)
msgid "Common Record Types"
msgstr "Types d'enregistrement communs"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:575(para)
msgid "This section covers some of the most common DNS record types."
msgstr "Cette section couvre les types d'enregistrement les plus communs."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:580(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>A</emphasis> record: This record maps an IP Address to a hostname."
msgstr ""
"Enregistrement <emphasis>A</emphasis> : cet enregistrement fait correspondre "
"un nom d'hôte à une adresse IP."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:583(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"www      IN    A      192.168.1.12\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"www      IN    A      192.168.1.12\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:588(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>CNAME</emphasis> record: Used to create an alias to an existing A "
"record. You cannot create a CNAME record pointing to another CNAME record."
msgstr ""
"Enregistrement <emphasis>CNAME</emphasis> : utilisé pour créer un alias d'un "
"enregistrement A. Il n'est pas possible de créer un enregistrement CNAME "
"pointant vers un autre enregistrement CNAME."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:591(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"web     IN    CNAME  www\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"web     IN    CNAME  www\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:596(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>MX</emphasis> record: Used to define where email should be sent "
"to. Must point to an A record, not a CNAME."
msgstr ""
"Enregistrement <emphasis>MX</emphasis> : utilisé pour définir où les "
"courriels doivent être envoyés. Il doit pointer vers un enregistrement A, et "
"non vers un CNAME."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:599(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"        IN    MX  1   mail.example.com.\n"
"mail    IN    A       192.168.1.13\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"        IN    MX  1   mail.example.com.\n"
"mail    IN    A       192.168.1.13\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:605(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>NS</emphasis> record: Used to define which servers serve copies of "
"a zone. It must point to an A record, not a CNAME. This is where Primary and "
"Secondary servers are defined."
msgstr ""
"Enregistrement <emphasis>NS</emphasis> : utilisé pour définir les serveurs "
"fournissant des copies d'une zone. Il doit pointer vers un enregistrement A, "
"et non vers un CNAME. Les serveurs primaires et secondaires sont définis ici."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:609(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"        IN    NS     ns.example.com.\n"
"\tIN    NS     ns2.example.com.\n"
"ns      IN    A      192.168.1.10\n"
"ns2\tIN    A\t     192.168.1.11\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"        IN    NS     ns.exemple.com.\n"
"\tIN    NS     ns2.exemple.com.\n"
"ns      IN    A      192.168.1.10\n"
"ns2\tIN    A\t     192.168.1.11\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:622(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/DNS-HOWTO.html\">DNS "
"HOWTO</ulink> explains more advanced options for configuring BIND9."
msgstr ""
"Le site Web <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/DNS-HOWTO.html\">DNS "
"HOWTO</ulink> explique les options plus avancées pour configurer BIND9."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:627(para)
msgid ""
"For in depth coverage of <emphasis>DNS</emphasis> and "
"<application>BIND9</application> see <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.bind9.net/\">Bind9.net</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Pour une vision approfondie des <emphasis>DNS</emphasis> et de "
"<application>BIND9</application>, voyez le site Web <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.bind9.net/\">Bind9.net</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:632(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/dns5/index.html\">DNS and "
"BIND</ulink> is a popular book now in it's fifth edition."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/dns5/index.html\">DNS and "
"BIND</ulink> est un livre populaire, actuellement dans sa cinquième édition."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:637(para)
msgid ""
"A great place to ask for <application>BIND9</application> assistance, and "
"get involved with the Ubuntu Server community, is the <emphasis>#ubuntu-"
"server</emphasis> IRC channel on <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Un bon endroit pour demander de l'assistance pour "
"<application>BIND9</application>, et être impliqué dans la communauté Ubuntu "
"Serveur, est le canal IRC <emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> sur <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:643(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/BIND9ServerHowto\">BIND9 Server "
"HOWTO</ulink> in the Ubuntu Wiki."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:13(title)
msgid "Databases"
msgstr "Bases de données"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:14(para)
msgid "Ubuntu provides two popular database servers. They are:"
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu fournit deux serveurs de bases de données populaires. Ils sont :"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:22(application) serverguide/C/databases.xml:157(title)
msgid "PostgreSQL"
msgstr "PostgreSQL"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:25(para)
msgid ""
"They are available in the main repository. This section explains how to "
"install and configure these database servers."
msgstr ""
"Ils sont disponibles dans le dépôt principal. Cette section explique comment "
"installer et paramétrer ces serveurs de bases de données."

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:32(para)
msgid ""
"MySQL is a fast, multi-threaded, multi-user, and robust SQL database server. "
"It is intended for mission-critical, heavy-load production systems as well "
"as for embedding into mass-deployed software."
msgstr ""
"MySQL est un serveur de base de données multi-processus, multi-utilisateurs, "
"rapide et stable. Il est conçu pour répondre aux besoins de systèmes de "
"production essentiels soumis à des charges importantes, aussi bien que pour "
"une intégration dans des logiciels à grande diffusion."

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:41(para)
msgid "To install MySQL, run the following command from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer MySQL, exécutez la commande suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:46(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install mysql-server"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install mysql-server"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:48(para)
msgid ""
"During the installation process you will be prompted to enter a password for "
"the <application>MySQL</application> root user."
msgstr ""
"Pendant le processus d'installation, il vous sera demandé un mot de passe "
"pour l'utilisateur root de <application>MySQL</application>."

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:53(para)
msgid ""
"Once the installation is complete, the MySQL server should be started "
"automatically. You can run the following command from a terminal prompt to "
"check whether the MySQL server is running:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois l'installation terminée, le serveur MySQL devrait démarrer "
"automatiquement. Vous pouvez utiliser la commande suivante à l'invite d'un "
"terminal pour vérifier si le serveur MySQL fonctionne :"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:61(command)
msgid "sudo netstat -tap | grep mysql"
msgstr "sudo netstat -tap | grep mysql"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:70(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"tcp        0      0 localhost:mysql         *:*                     LISTEN   "
"   2556/mysqld\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"tcp        0      0 localhost:mysql         *:*                     LISTEN   "
"   2556/mysqld\n"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:74(para)
msgid ""
"If the server is not running correctly, you can type the following command "
"to start it:"
msgstr ""
"Si le serveur ne fonctionne pas correctement, saisissez la commande suivante "
"pour le démarrer :"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:79(command) serverguide/C/databases.xml:104(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/mysql restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/mysql restart"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:85(para)
msgid ""
"You can edit the <filename>/etc/mysql/my.cnf</filename> file to configure "
"the basic settings -- log file, port number, etc. For example, to configure "
"<application>MySQL</application> to listen for connections from network "
"hosts, change the <emphasis>bind-address</emphasis> directive to the "
"server's IP address:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:91(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"bind-address            = 192.168.0.5\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"bind-address            = 192.168.0.5\n"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:95(para)
msgid "Replace 192.168.0.5 with the appropriate address."
msgstr "Remplacez 192.168.0.5 par l'adresse appropriée."

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:99(para)
msgid ""
"After making a change to <filename>/etc/mysql/my.cnf</filename> the "
"<application>mysql</application> daemon will need to be restarted:"
msgstr ""
"Après avoir modifié le fichier <filename>/etc/mysql/my.cnf</filename>, le "
"démon <application>mysql</application> devra être redémarré :"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:107(para)
msgid ""
"If you would like to change the "
"<application>MySQL</application><emphasis>root</emphasis> password, in a "
"terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous souhaitez modifier le mot de passe <emphasis>root</emphasis> de "
"<application>MySQL</application>, saisissez dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:113(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure mysql-server-5.1"
msgstr "sudo dpkg-reconfigure mysql-server-5.1"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:116(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>mysql</application> daemon will be stopped, and you will be "
"prompted to enter a new password."
msgstr ""
"Le démon <application>mysql</application> sera arrêté et vous devrez saisir "
"un nouveau mot de passe."

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:125(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://www.mysql.com/\">MySQL Home Page</ulink> for "
"more information."
msgstr ""
"Consultez <ulink url=\"http://www.mysql.com/\">la page d'accueil de "
"MySQL</ulink> pour plus d'informations."

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:130(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>MySQL Handbook</emphasis> is also available in the "
"<application>mysql-doc-5.0</application> package. To install the package "
"enter the following in a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"Le <emphasis>manuel MySQL</emphasis> est également disponible dans le paquet "
"<application>mysql-doc-5.0</application>. Pour installer ce paquet, "
"saisissez dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:135(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install mysql-doc-5.0"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install mysql-doc-5.0"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:137(para)
msgid ""
"The documentation is in HTML format, to view them enter "
"<command>file:///usr/share/doc/mysql-doc-5.0/refman-5.0-en.html-"
"chapter/index.html</command> in your browser's address bar."
msgstr ""
"Cette documentation est au format HTML. Pour la lire, saisissez "
"<command>file:///usr/share/doc/mysql-doc-5.0/refman-5.0-en.html-"
"chapter/index.html</command> dans la barre d'adresse de votre navigateur."

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:143(para) serverguide/C/databases.xml:290(para)
msgid ""
"For general SQL information see <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.informit.com/store/product.aspx?isbn=0768664128\">Using SQL "
"Special Edition</ulink> by Rafe Colburn."
msgstr ""
"Pour des informations générales sur SQL, consultez <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.informit.com/store/product.aspx?isbn=0768664128\">Using SQL "
"Special Edition</ulink> (en anglais) par Rafe Colburn"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:149(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ApacheMySQLPHP\">Apache "
"MySQL PHP Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page also has useful information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:158(para)
msgid ""
"PostgreSQL is an object-relational database system that has the features of "
"traditional commercial database systems with enhancements to be found in "
"next-generation DBMS systems."
msgstr ""
"PostgreSQL est un système de gestion de bases de données relationnelles "
"objet qui a les même fonctionnalités que les systèmes traditionnels et "
"commerciaux de gestion de bases de données avec les améliorations que l'on "
"peut trouver dans les systèmes SGBD de nouvelle génération."

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:165(para)
msgid ""
"To install PostgreSQL, run the following command in the command prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer PostgreSQL, exécutez la commande suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:172(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install postgresql"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install postgresql"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:176(para)
msgid ""
"Once the installation is complete, you should configure the PostgreSQL "
"server based on your needs, although the default configuration is viable."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que l'installation est terminée, vous devez configurer le serveur "
"PostgreSQL suivant vos besoins, bien que la configuration par défaut soit "
"utilisable."

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:184(para)
msgid ""
"By default, connection via TCP/IP is disabled. PostgreSQL supports multiple "
"client authentication methods. By default, IDENT authentication method is "
"used for <application>postgres</application> and local users. Please refer "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.postgresql.org/docs/8.4/static/admin.html\"> the "
"PostgreSQL Administrator's Guide</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:191(para)
msgid ""
"The following discussion assumes that you wish to enable TCP/IP connections "
"and use the MD5 method for client authentication. PostgreSQL configuration "
"files are stored in the "
"<filename>/etc/postgresql/&lt;version&gt;/main</filename> directory. For "
"example, if you install PostgreSQL 8.4, the configuration files are stored "
"in the <filename>/etc/postgresql/8.4/main</filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:201(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <emphasis>ident</emphasis> authentication, add entries to the "
"<filename>/etc/postgresql/8.4/main/pg_ident.conf</filename> file."
msgstr ""
"Pour configurer l'authentification <emphasis>ident</emphasis>, ajoutez les "
"entrées dans le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/postgresql/8.4/main/pg_ident.conf</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:208(para)
msgid ""
"To enable TCP/IP connections, edit the file "
"<filename>/etc/postgresql/8.4/main/postgresql.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""
"Pour activer les connexions TCP/IP, modifiez le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/postgresql/8.4/main/postgresql.conf</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:210(para)
msgid ""
"Locate the line <emphasis>#listen_addresses = 'localhost'</emphasis> and "
"change it to:"
msgstr ""
"Localisez la ligne <emphasis>#listen_addresses = 'localhost'</emphasis> et "
"changez-la en :"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:213(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"listen_addresses = 'localhost'\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"listen_addresses = 'localhost'\n"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:217(para)
msgid ""
"To allow other computers to connect to your "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> server replace 'localhost' with the "
"<emphasis>IP Address</emphasis> of your server."
msgstr ""
"Pour autoriser d'autres ordinateurs à se connecter à votre serveur "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application>, remplacez « localhost  par "
"<emphasis>l'adresse IP</emphasis> de votre serveur."

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:222(para)
msgid ""
"You may also edit all other parameters, if you know what you are doing! For "
"details, refer to the configuration file or to the PostgreSQL documentation."
msgstr ""
"Vous pourrez également modifier les autres paramètres, si vous savez ce que "
"vous faites ! Pour plus de détails, veuillez vous référer au fichier de "
"configuration ou à la documentation PostgreSQL."

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:227(para)
msgid ""
"Now that we can connect to our <application>PostgreSQL</application> server, "
"the next step is to set a password for the <emphasis>postgres</emphasis> "
"user. Run the following command at a terminal prompt to connect to the "
"default PostgreSQL template database:"
msgstr ""
"Maintenant que nous pouvons nous connecter à notre serveur "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application>, la prochaine étape consiste à définir "
"un mot de passe pour l'utilisateur <emphasis>postgres</emphasis>. Exécutez "
"la commande suivante dans un terminal pour vous connecter à la structure de "
"base de données par défaut de PostgreSQL :"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:234(command)
msgid "sudo -u postgres psql template1"
msgstr "sudo -u postgres psql template1"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:236(para)
msgid ""
"The above command connects to PostgreSQL database "
"<emphasis>template1</emphasis> as user <emphasis>postgres</emphasis>. Once "
"you connect to the PostgreSQL server, you will be at a SQL prompt. You can "
"run the following SQL command at the <application>psql</application> prompt "
"to configure the password for the user <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">postgres</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"La commande ci-dessus permet la connexion à la base de données PostgreSQL "
"<emphasis>template1</emphasis> en tant qu'utilisateur "
"<emphasis>postgres</emphasis>. Une fois connecté au serveur PostgreSQL, vous "
"serez face à une invite de commande SQL. Vous pouvez alors utiliser la "
"commande SQL suivante à l'invite de <application>psql</application> afin de "
"configurer le mot de passe de l'utilisateur <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">postgres</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:244(command)
msgid "ALTER USER postgres with encrypted password 'your_password';"
msgstr "ALTER USER postgres with encrypted password 'votre_mot_de_passe';"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:246(para)
msgid ""
"After configuring the password, edit the file "
"<filename>/etc/postgresql/8.4/main/pg_hba.conf</filename> to use "
"<emphasis>MD5</emphasis> authentication with the "
"<emphasis>postgres</emphasis> user:"
msgstr ""
"Après avoir configuré le mot de passe, modifiez le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/postgresql/8.4/main/pg_hba.conf</filename> pour utiliser "
"l'authentification <emphasis>MD5</emphasis> avec l'utilisateur "
"<emphasis>postgres</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:252(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"local   all         postgres                          md5\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"local   all         postgres                          md5\n"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:256(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, you should restart the <application>PostgreSQL</application> "
"service to initialize the new configuration. From a terminal prompt enter "
"the following to restart <application>PostgreSQL</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Enfin, vous devez redémarrer le service "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> pour initialiser la nouvelle "
"configuration. À partir d'un terminal, tapez ceci pour redémarrer "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application>:"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:262(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/postgresql-8.4 restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/postgresql-8.4 restart"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:265(para)
msgid ""
"The above configuration is not complete by any means. Please refer <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.postgresql.org/docs/8.4/static/admin.html\"> the PostgreSQL "
"Administrator's Guide</ulink> to configure more parameters."
msgstr ""
"La configuration ci-dessus n'est en aucun cas complète. Veuillez vous "
"referer au <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.postgresql.org/docs/8.4/static/admin.html\">Guide de "
"l'administrateur PostgreSQL</ulink> pour configurer plus de paramètres."

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:276(para)
msgid ""
"As mentioned above the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.postgresql.org/docs/8.4/static/admin.html\">Administrator's "
"Guide</ulink> is an excellent resource. The guide is also available in the "
"<application>postgresql-doc-8.4</application> package. Execute the following "
"in a terminal to install the package:"
msgstr ""
"Comme mentionné ci-dessus, le <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.postgresql.org/docs/8.4/static/admin.html\">Guide de "
"l'administrateur</ulink> est une excellente ressource. Ce guide est aussi "
"disponible dans le paquet <application>postgresql-doc-8.4</application>. "
"Exécutez la commande suivante dans un terminal pour installer le paquet :"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:282(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install postgresql-doc-8.4"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install postgresql-doc-8.4"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:284(para)
msgid ""
"To view the guide enter <command>file:///usr/share/doc/postgresql-doc-"
"8.4/html/index.html</command> into the address bar of your browser."
msgstr ""
"Pour consulter le guide, entrez <command>file:///usr/share/doc/postgresql-"
"doc-8.4/html/index.html</command> dans la barre d'adresse de votre "
"navigateur."

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:296(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/PostgreSQL\">PostgreSQL Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> page for more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:13(title)
msgid "Clustering"
msgstr "Clustering"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:16(title)
msgid "DRBD"
msgstr "DRBD"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:18(para)
msgid ""
"Distributed Replicated Block Device (DRBD) mirrors block devices between "
"multiple hosts. The replication is transparent to other applications on the "
"host systems. Any block device hard disks, partitions, RAID devices, logical "
"volumes, etc can be mirrored."
msgstr ""
"Un périphérique en mode bloc répliqué et distribué (Distributed Replicated "
"Block Device ou DRBD) met en miroir des périphériques en mode bloc entre "
"plusieurs hôtes. La réplication est transparente pour les autres "
"applications sur les systèmes hôtes. N'importe quel périphérique en mode "
"bloc (disque dur, partitions, périphériques RAID, volumes logiques, etc.) "
"peut être mis en miroir."

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:24(para)
msgid ""
"To get started using <application>drbd</application>, first install the "
"necessary packages. From a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Pour commencer à utiliser <application>drbd</application>, installez d'abord "
"les paquets nécessaires. Dans un terminal, écrivez :"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:29(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install drbd8-utils"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install drbd8-utils"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:33(para)
msgid ""
"If you are using the <emphasis>virtual kernel</emphasis> as part of a "
"virtual machine you will need to manually compile the "
"<application>drbd</application> module. It may be easier to install the "
"<application>linux-server</application> package inside the virtual machine."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:40(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers setting up a <application>drbd</application> to "
"replicate a separate <filename>/srv</filename> partition, with an "
"<application>ext3</application> filesystem between two hosts. The partition "
"size is not particularly relevant, but both partitions need to be the same "
"size."
msgstr ""
"Cette section décrit le paramétrage de <application>drbd</application> pour "
"répliquer une partition <filename>/srv</filename> distincte, avec un système "
"de fichiers <application>ext3</application>, entre deux hôtes. La taille de "
"partition n'est pas importante, mais les deux partitions doivent être de la "
"même taille."

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:49(para)
msgid ""
"The two hosts in this example will be called <emphasis>drbd01</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>drbd02</emphasis>. They will need to have name resolution "
"configured either through DNS or the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file. "
"See <xref linkend=\"dns\"/> for details."
msgstr ""
"Les deux hôtes dans cet exemple s'appellent <emphasis>drbd01</emphasis> et "
"<emphasis>drbd02</emphasis>. Ils auront besoin d'avoir la résolution "
"d'adresse configurée soit par DNS, soit à l'aide du fichier "
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. Consultez <xref linkend=\"dns\"/> pour de "
"plus amples informations."

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:57(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <application>drbd</application>, on the first host edit "
"<filename>/etc/drbd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Pour configurer <application>drbd</application>, modifiez sur le premier "
"hôte le fichier <filename>/etc/drbd.conf</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:61(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"global { usage-count no; }\n"
"common { syncer { rate 100M; } }\n"
"resource r0 {\n"
"        protocol C;\n"
"        startup {\n"
"                wfc-timeout  15;\n"
"                degr-wfc-timeout 60;\n"
"        }\n"
"        net {\n"
"                cram-hmac-alg sha1;\n"
"                shared-secret \"secret\";\n"
"        }\n"
"        on drbd01 {\n"
"                device /dev/drbd0;\n"
"                disk /dev/sdb1;\n"
"                address 192.168.0.1:7788;\n"
"                meta-disk internal;\n"
"        }\n"
"        on drbd02 {\n"
"                device /dev/drbd0;\n"
"                disk /dev/sdb1;\n"
"                address 192.168.0.2:7788;\n"
"                meta-disk internal;\n"
"        }\n"
"} \n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"global { usage-count no; }\n"
"common { syncer { rate 100M; } }\n"
"resource r0 {\n"
"        protocol C;\n"
"        startup {\n"
"                wfc-timeout  15;\n"
"                degr-wfc-timeout 60;\n"
"        }\n"
"        net {\n"
"                cram-hmac-alg sha1;\n"
"                shared-secret \"secret\";\n"
"        }\n"
"        on drbd01 {\n"
"                device /dev/drbd0;\n"
"                disk /dev/sdb1;\n"
"                address 192.168.0.1:7788;\n"
"                meta-disk internal;\n"
"        }\n"
"        on drbd02 {\n"
"                device /dev/drbd0;\n"
"                disk /dev/sdb1;\n"
"                address 192.168.0.2:7788;\n"
"                meta-disk internal;\n"
"        }\n"
"} \n"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:90(para)
msgid ""
"There are many other options in <filename>/etc/drbd.conf</filename>, but for "
"this example their default values are fine."
msgstr ""
"Beaucoup d'autres options sont disponibles dans le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/drbd.conf</filename> mais leur valeur par défaut seront "
"suffisantes pour cet exemple."

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:98(para)
msgid "Now copy <filename>/etc/drbd.conf</filename> to the second host:"
msgstr ""
"Copiez maintenant <filename>/etc/drbd.conf</filename> vers le deuxième hôte :"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:103(command)
msgid "scp /etc/drbd.conf drbd02:~"
msgstr "scp /etc/drbd.conf drbd02:~"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:109(para)
msgid ""
"And, on <emphasis>drbd02</emphasis> move the file to "
"<filename>/etc</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Déplacez ensuite le fichier dans <filename>/etc</filename> sur "
"<emphasis>drbd02</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:114(command)
msgid "sudo mv drbd.conf /etc/"
msgstr "sudo mv drbd.conf /etc/"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:120(para)
msgid ""
"Next, on both hosts, start the <application>drbd</application> daemon:"
msgstr ""
"Lancez ensuite le démon <application>drbd</application> sur les deux hôtes :"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:125(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/drbd start"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/drbd start"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:131(para)
msgid ""
"Now using the <application>drbdadm</application> utility initialize the meta "
"data storage. On each server execute:"
msgstr ""
"Initialisez maintenant les méta données de stockage en utilisant "
"<application>drbdadm</application>. Exécutez la commande suivante sur les "
"deux serveurs :"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:137(command)
msgid "sudo drbdadm create-md r0"
msgstr "sudo drbdadm create-md r0"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:143(para)
msgid ""
"On the <emphasis>drbd01</emphasis>, or whichever host you wish to be the "
"primary, enter the following:"
msgstr ""
"Sur l'hôte <emphasis>drbd01</emphasis>, ou celui que vous souhaitez définir "
"comme hôte primaire, saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:148(command)
msgid "sudo drbdadm -- --overwrite-data-of-peer primary all"
msgstr "sudo drbdadm -- --overwrite-data-of-peer primary all"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:154(para)
msgid ""
"After executing the above command, the data will start syncing with the "
"secondary host. To watch the progresss, on <emphasis>drbd02</emphasis> enter "
"the following:"
msgstr ""
"Après exécution de la commande précédente, les données commencer à se "
"synchroniser avec l'hôte secondaire. Pour en suivre la progression, "
"saisissez sur <emphasis>drbd02</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:160(command)
msgid "watch -n1 cat /proc/drbd"
msgstr "watch -n1 cat /proc/drbd"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:163(para)
msgid "To stop watching the output press <emphasis>Ctrl+c</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Appuyez sur <emphasis>Ctrl+c</emphasis> pour arrêter la commande « watch »."

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:170(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, add a filesystem to <filename>/dev/drbd0</filename> and mount it:"
msgstr ""
"Pour finir, ajoutez un système de fichier à <filename>/dev/drbd0</filename> "
"et montez-le :"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:175(command)
msgid "sudo mkfs.ext3 /dev/drbd0"
msgstr "sudo mkfs.ext3 /dev/drbd0"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:176(command) serverguide/C/clustering.xml:224(command)
msgid "sudo mount /dev/drbd0 /srv"
msgstr "sudo mount /dev/drbd0 /srv"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:186(para)
msgid ""
"To test that the data is actually syncing between the hosts copy some files "
"on the <emphasis>drbd01</emphasis>, the primary, to "
"<filename>/srv</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Pour vérifier que les données se synchronisent réellement entre les deux "
"hôtes, copiez quelques fichiers de <emphasis>drbd01</emphasis>, l'hôte "
"primaire, sur <filename>/srv</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:195(para)
msgid "Next, unmount <filename>/srv</filename>:"
msgstr "Démontez ensuite <filename>/srv</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:203(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Demote</emphasis> the <emphasis>primary</emphasis> server to the "
"<emphasis>secondary</emphasis> role:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Rétrogradez</emphasis> le serveur <emphasis>primaire</emphasis> au "
"rôle <emphasis>secondaire</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:208(command)
msgid "sudo drbdadm secondary r0"
msgstr "sudo drbdadm secondary r0"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:211(para)
msgid ""
"Now on the <emphasis>secondary</emphasis> server "
"<emphasis>promote</emphasis> it to the <emphasis>primary</emphasis> role:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:216(command)
msgid "sudo drbdadm primary r0"
msgstr "sudo drbdadm primary r0"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:219(para)
msgid "Lastly, mount the partition:"
msgstr "Enfin, montez la partition :"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:227(para)
msgid ""
"Using <emphasis>ls</emphasis> you should see "
"<filename>/srv/default</filename> copied from the former "
"<emphasis>primary</emphasis> host <emphasis>drbd01</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Avec <emphasis>ls</emphasis>, vous devriez voir le fichier "
"<filename>/srv/default</filename> copié depuis l'ancien hôte "
"<emphasis>primaire</emphasis> <emphasis>drbd01</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:238(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <application>DRBD</application> see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.drbd.org/\">DRBD web site</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'informations sur <application>DRBD</application>, consultez le "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.drbd.org/\">site Web DRBD</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:243(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man5/drbd.conf.5.html\">dr"
"bd.conf man page</ulink> contains details on the options not covered in this "
"guide."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:249(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man8/drbdadm.8.html\">drbd"
"adm man page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:254(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/DRBD\">DRBD Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> page also has more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:13(title)
msgid "Chat Applications"
msgstr "Applications de Chat"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:19(para)
msgid ""
"In this section, we will discuss how to install and configure a IRC server, "
"<application>ircd-irc2</application>. We will also discuss how to install "
"and configure Jabber, an instance messaging server."
msgstr ""
"Dans cette section, nous allons voir comment installer et configurer un "
"serveur IRC, <application>ircd-irc2</application>.  Nous allons aussi voir "
"comment installer et configurer Jabber, un serveur de messagerie instantanée."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:28(title)
msgid "IRC Server"
msgstr "Serveur IRC"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:30(para)
msgid ""
"The Ubuntu repository has many Internet Relay Chat servers. This section "
"explains how to install and configure the original IRC server "
"<application>ircd-irc2</application>."
msgstr ""
"Le dépôt Ubuntu vous propose de nombreux serveurs Internet Relay Chat. Cette "
"section explique comment installer et configurer le serveur IRC original "
"<application>ircd-irc2</application>."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:39(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>ircd-irc2</application>, run the following command "
"in the command prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer <application>ircd-irc2</application>, exécutez la commande "
"suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:45(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install ircd-irc2"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install ircd-irc2"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:48(para)
msgid ""
"The configuration files are stored in <filename>/etc/ircd</filename> "
"directory. The documents are available in <filename>/usr/share/doc/ircd-"
"irc2</filename> directory."
msgstr ""
"Les fichiers de configuration sont enregistrés dans le répertoire "
"<filename>/etc/ircd</filename>. Les documents sont disponible dans le "
"répertoire <filename>/usr/share/doc/ircd-irc2</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:59(para)
msgid ""
"The IRC settings can be done in the configuration file "
"<filename>/etc/ircd/ircd.conf</filename>. You can set the IRC host name in "
"this file by editing the following line:"
msgstr ""
"Le paramétrage d'IRC peut être fait dans le fichier de configuration "
"<filename>/etc/ircd/ircd.conf</filename>. Vous pouvez définir le nom d'hôte "
"IRC dans ce fichier en modifiant la ligne suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:64(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"M:irc.localhost::Debian ircd default configuration::000A\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"M:irc.localhost::Debian ircd default configuration::000A\n"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:68(para)
msgid ""
"Please make sure you add DNS aliases for the IRC host name. For instance, if "
"you set irc.livecipher.com as IRC host name, please make sure "
"irc.livecipher.com is resolvable in your Domain Name Server. The IRC host "
"name should not be same as the host name."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:75(para)
msgid ""
"The IRC admin details can be configured by editting the following line:"
msgstr ""
"Les informations sur l'administrateur IRC peuvent être configurées en "
"modifiant les lignes suivantes :"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:80(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"A:Organization, IRC dept.:Daemon &lt;ircd@example.irc.org&gt;:Client "
"Server::IRCnet:\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"A:Organization, IRC dept.:Daemon &lt;ircd@example.irc.org&gt;:Client "
"Server::IRCnet:\n"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:84(para)
msgid ""
"You should add specific lines to configure the list of IRC ports to listen "
"on, to configure Operator credentials, to configure client authentication, "
"etc. For details, please refer to the example configuration file "
"<filename>/usr/share/doc/ircd-irc2/ircd.conf.example.gz</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez ajouter des lignes spécifiques pour configurer la liste des "
"ports d'écoute IRC, les droits Opérateurs, l'authentification client, etc. "
"Pour plus d'informations, voir l'exemple de fichier de configuration "
"<filename>/usr/share/doc/ircd-irc2/ircd.conf.example.gz</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:92(para)
msgid ""
"The IRC banner to be displayed in the IRC client, when the user connects to "
"the server can be set in <filename>/etc/ircd/ircd.motd</filename> file."
msgstr ""
"La bannière IRC à afficher dans le client IRC, quand l'utilisateur se "
"connecte au serveur, peut être modifiée dans le fichier "
"<filename>/etc/ircd/ircd.motd</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:97(para)
msgid ""
"After making necessary changes to the configuration file, you can restart "
"the IRC server using following command:"
msgstr ""
"Après les modifications nécessaires du fichier de configuration, vous pouvez "
"redémarrer le serveur IRC avec la commande suivante :"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:101(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sudo /etc/init.d/ircd-irc2 restart\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"sudo /etc/init.d/ircd-irc2 restart\n"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:109(para)
msgid ""
"You may also be interested to take a look at other IRC servers available in "
"Ubuntu Repository. It includes, <application>ircd-ircu</application> and "
"<application>ircd-hybrid</application>."
msgstr ""
"Les autres serveurs IRC disponibles dans les dépôts Ubuntu pourront "
"également vous intéresser. Parmi ceux-ci, on notera <application>ircd-"
"ircu</application> et <application>ircd-hybrid</application>."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:117(para)
msgid ""
"Refer to <ulink url=\"http://www.irc.org/tech_docs/ircnet/faq.html\">IRCD "
"FAQ</ulink> for more details about the IRC Server."
msgstr ""
"Voir la <ulink url=\"http://www.irc.org/tech_docs/ircnet/faq.html\">FAQ "
"IRCD</ulink> pour plus d'informations sur le serveur IRC."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:124(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ircd\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"IRCD</ulink> page has more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:132(title)
msgid "Jabber Instant Messaging Server"
msgstr "Serveur de messagerie instantanée Jabber"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:134(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Jabber</emphasis> a popular instant message protocol is based on "
"XMPP, an open standard for instant messaging, and used by many popular "
"applications. This section covers setting up a <emphasis>Jabberd "
"2</emphasis> server on a local LAN. This configuration can also be adapted "
"to providing messaging services to users over the Internet."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Jabber</emphasis>, un protocol de messagerie instantanée "
"populaire, est basé sur XMPP, un standard ouvert pour les messageries "
"instantanées, et utilisé par beaucoup d'applications populaires. cette "
"section traite de la mise en place d'un serveur <emphasis>Jabberd "
"2</emphasis> sur un réseau local LAN . Cette configuration peut aussi être "
"adaptée pour fournir des services de messagerie instantanée à des "
"utilisateurs sur internet."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:143(para)
msgid "To install <application>jabberd2</application>, in a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Pour installer <application>jabberd2</application>, saisissez dans un "
"terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:148(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install jabberd2"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install jabberd2"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:155(para)
msgid ""
"A couple of XML configuration files will be used to configure "
"<application>jabberd2</application> for <emphasis>Berkely DB</emphasis> user "
"authentication. This is a very simple form of authentication. However, "
"<application>jabberd2</application> can be configured to use LDAP, MySQL, "
"Postgresql, etc for for user authentication."
msgstr ""
"Deux fichiers de configuration XML seront utilisés pour configurer "
"<application>jabberd2</application> pour l'authentification d'utilisateurs "
"<emphasis>Berkeley DB</emphasis>. Ceci est une très simple forme "
"d'authentification. Cependant, <application>jabberd2</application> peut être "
"configuré pour utiliser LDAP, MySQL, Postgresql, etc pour toute "
"authentification utilisateur."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:162(para)
msgid "First, edit <filename>/etc/jabberd2/sm.xml</filename> changing:"
msgstr ""
"Modifiez tout d'abord <filename>/etc/jabberd2/sm.xml</filename> en y "
"changeant :"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:166(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"  &lt;id&gt;jabber.example.com&lt;/id&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"  &lt;id&gt;jabber.example.com&lt;/id&gt;\n"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:171(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>jabber.example.com</emphasis> with the hostname, or other "
"id, of your server."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis>jabber.example.com</emphasis> par le nom d'hôte, ou un "
"autre id de votre serveur."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:176(para)
msgid "Now in the &lt;storage&gt; section change the &lt;driver&gt; to:"
msgstr ""
"Maintenant, dans la section &lt;storage&gt; changez &lt;driver&gt; en:"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:180(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"   &lt;driver&gt;db&lt;/driver&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"   &lt;driver&gt;db&lt;/driver&gt;\n"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:184(para)
msgid ""
"Next, edit <filename>/etc/jabberd2/c2s.xml</filename> in the "
"<emphasis>&lt;local&gt;</emphasis> section change:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, modifiez <filename>/etc/jabberd2/c2s.xml</filename>, et dans la "
"section <emphasis>&lt;local&gt;</emphasis>, modifiez :"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:188(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"    &lt;id&gt;jabber.example.com&lt;/id&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"    &lt;id&gt;jabber.example.com&lt;/id&gt;\n"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:192(para)
msgid ""
"And in the &lt;authreg&gt; section adjust the &lt;module&gt; section to:"
msgstr ""
"Et dans la section &lt;authreg&gt; , ajustez la section &lt;module&gt; en:"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:196(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"    &lt;module&gt;db&lt;/module&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"    &lt;module&gt;db&lt;/module&gt;\n"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:200(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, restart <application>jabberd2</application> to enable the new "
"settings:"
msgstr ""
"Finalement, redémarrez <application>jabberd2</application> pour activer les "
"nouveaux paramètres :"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:205(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/jabberd2 restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/jabberd2 restart"

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:208(para)
msgid ""
"You should now be able to connect to the server using a Jabber client like "
"<application>Pidgin</application> for example."
msgstr ""
"Vous devriez maintenant être capable de vous connecter au serveur en "
"utilisant un client Jabber comme <application>Pidgin</application> par "
"exemple."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:213(para)
msgid ""
"The advantage of using Berkeley DB for user data is that after being "
"configured no additional maintenance is required. If you need more control "
"over user accounts and credentials another authentication method is "
"recommended."
msgstr ""
"L'avantage d'utiliser Berkeley DB pour les données utilisateur est qu'après "
"avoir été configuré, aucune maintenance supplémentaire n'est nécessaire. Si "
"vous avez besoin de plus de contrôle sur les comptes et les informations des "
"utilisateurs, une autre méthode d'authentification est conseillée."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:225(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://codex.xiaoka.com/wiki/jabberd2:start\">Jabberd2 Web "
"Site</ulink> contains more details on configuring "
"<application>Jabberd2</application>."
msgstr ""
"Le <ulink url=\"http://codex.xiaoka.com/wiki/jabberd2:start\">Site web de "
"Jabberd2</ulink> contient plus de détails concernant la configuration "
"de<application>Jabberd2</application>."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:231(para)
msgid ""
"For more authentication options see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://jabberd2.xiaoka.com/wiki/InstallGuide\">Jabberd2 Install "
"Guide</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'options d'authentication, voir le <ulink "
"url=\"http://jabberd2.xiaoka.com/wiki/InstallGuide\">Guide d'installation "
"Jabberd2</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:236(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SettingUpJabberServer\">Setting Up "
"Jabber Server Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page has more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:13(title)
msgid "Backups"
msgstr "Sauvegardes"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"There are many ways to backup an Ubuntu installation. The most important "
"thing about backups is to develop a <emphasis>backup plan</emphasis> "
"consisting of what to backup, where to back it up to, and how to restore it."
msgstr ""
"Il y a de nombreuses manières de sauvegarder une installation Ubuntu. La "
"chose la plus importante à propos des sauvegardes est de développer un "
"<emphasis>plan de sauvegarde</emphasis> détaillant ce qu'il faut "
"sauvegarder, où le sauvegarder et comment le restaurer."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:18(para)
msgid ""
"The following sections discuss various ways of accomplishing these tasks."
msgstr ""
"Les sections suivantes proposent diverses manières d'accomplir ces tâches :"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:22(title)
msgid "Shell Scripts"
msgstr "Scripts shell"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:23(para)
msgid ""
"One of the simplest ways to backup a system is using a <emphasis>shell "
"script</emphasis>. For example, a script can be used to configure which "
"directories to backup, and use those directories as arguments to the "
"<application>tar</application> utility creating an archive file. The archive "
"file can then be moved or copied to another location. The archive can also "
"be created on a remote file system such as an <emphasis>NFS</emphasis> mount."
msgstr ""
"Une des méthodes les plus simples pour sauvegarder un système est d'utiliser "
"un <emphasis>script shell</emphasis>. On peut, par exemple, se servir d'un "
"script pour définir les répertoires à sauvegarder et utiliser ensuite ces "
"répertoires comme arguments pour <application>tar</application> afin de "
"créer un fichier archive. Ce fichier archive peut être ensuite déplacé ou "
"copié vers un autre endroit de stockage. Il peut aussi être créé sur un "
"système de fichiers distant comme un montage NFS."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:29(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>tar</application> utility creates one archive file out of "
"many files or directories. <application>tar</application> can also filter "
"the files through compression utilities reducing the size of the archive "
"file."
msgstr ""
"L'utilitaire <application>tar</application> crée un fichier archive à partir "
"de plusieurs fichiers ou répertoires. <application>tar</application> peut "
"aussi faire appel à des utilitaires de compression pour réduire la taille de "
"l'archive."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:35(title)
msgid "Simple Shell Script"
msgstr "Script shell simple"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:36(para)
msgid ""
"The following shell script uses <application>tar</application> to create an "
"archive file on a remotely mounted NFS file system. The archive filename is "
"determined using additional command line utilities."
msgstr ""
"Le script shell suivant se sert de <application>tar</application> pour créer "
"une archive sur un montage NFS. Le nom de l'archive est défini en se servant "
"de divers utilitaires en ligne de commande."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:40(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"####################################\n"
"#\n"
"# Backup to NFS mount script.\n"
"#\n"
"####################################\n"
"\n"
"# What to backup. \n"
"backup_files=\"/home /var/spool/mail /etc /root /boot /opt\"\n"
"\n"
"# Where to backup to.\n"
"dest=\"/mnt/backup\"\n"
"\n"
"# Create archive filename.\n"
"day=$(date +%A)\n"
"hostname=$(hostname -s)\n"
"archive_file=\"$hostname-$day.tgz\"\n"
"\n"
"# Print start status message.\n"
"echo \"Backing up $backup_files to $dest/$archive_file\"\n"
"date\n"
"echo\n"
"\n"
"# Backup the files using tar.\n"
"tar czf $dest/$archive_file $backup_files\n"
"\n"
"# Print end status message.\n"
"echo\n"
"echo \"Backup finished\"\n"
"date\n"
"\n"
"# Long listing of files in $dest to check file sizes.\n"
"ls -lh $dest\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"####################################\n"
"#\n"
"# Sauvegarde dans un point de montage NFS\n"
"#\n"
"####################################\n"
"\n"
"# Ce qu'il faut sauvegarder. \n"
"backup_files=\"/home /var/spool/mail /etc /root /boot /opt\"\n"
"\n"
"# Où sauvegarder l'archive.\n"
"dest=\"/mnt/backup\"\n"
"\n"
"# Création du nom de l'archive.\n"
"day=$(date +%A)\n"
"hostname=$(hostname -s)\n"
"archive_file=\"$hostname-$day.tgz\"\n"
"\n"
"# Affichage du commencement de la sauvegarde.\n"
"echo \"Sauvegarde de $backup_files vers $dest/$archive_file\"\n"
"date\n"
"echo\n"
"\n"
"# Sauvegarde à l'aide de tar.\n"
"tar czf $dest/$archive_file $backup_files\n"
"\n"
"# Affichage de la fin de la sauvegarde\n"
"echo\n"
"echo \"Sauvegarde terminée\"\n"
"date\n"
"\n"
"# Liste détaillée des fichiers de $dest pour vérifier la taille des "
"fichiers\n"
"ls -lh $dest\n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:77(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>$backup_files:</emphasis> a variable listing which directories you "
"would like to backup. The list should be customized to fit your needs."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>$backup_files :</emphasis> variable listant les répertoires que "
"vous souhaitez sauvegarder. La liste doit être adaptée à vos besoins."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:83(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>$day:</emphasis> a variable holding the day of the week (Monday, "
"Tuesday, Wednesday, etc). This is used to create an archive file for each "
"day of the week, giving a backup history of seven days. There are other ways "
"to accomplish this including other ways using the "
"<application>date</application> utility."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>$day :</emphasis> variable contenant le jour de la semaine (lundi, "
"mardi, mercredi, etc.). Elle est utilisée pour créer une archive pour chaque "
"jour de la semaine, donnant un historique hebdomadaire de sauvegarde. Il y a "
"d'autres façons de réaliser ceci, y compris en utilisant "
"<application>date</application>."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:90(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>$hostname:</emphasis> variable containing the "
"<emphasis>short</emphasis> hostname of the system. Using the hostname in the "
"archive filename gives you the option of placing daily archive files from "
"multiple systems in the same directory."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>$hostname :</emphasis> variable contenant le nom d'hôte de votre "
"système en format <emphasis>court</emphasis>. Vous pourrez ainsi placer les "
"archives quotidiennes de plusieurs hôtes dans un même répertoire."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:97(para)
msgid "<emphasis>$archive_file:</emphasis> the full archive filename."
msgstr "<emphasis>$archive_file :</emphasis> le nom complet de l'archive."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:102(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>$dest:</emphasis> destination of the archive file. The directory "
"needs to be created and in this case <emphasis>mounted</emphasis> before "
"executing the backup script. See <xref linkend=\"network-file-system\"/> for "
"details using <emphasis>NFS</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>$dest :</emphasis> destination du fichier archive. Le répertoire "
"doit être créé à l'avance et, dans ce cas-ci, <emphasis>monté</emphasis> "
"avant d'exécuter le script. Consultez <xref linkend=\"network-file-"
"system\"/> pour plus d'informations sur l'utilisation de "
"<emphasis>NFS</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:109(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>status messages:</emphasis> optional messages printed to the "
"console using the <application>echo</application> utility."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>status messages :</emphasis> messages optionnels affichés dans la "
"console lors de l'utilisation de la commande <application>echo</application>."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:115(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>tar czf $dest/$archive_file $backup_files:</emphasis> the "
"<application>tar</application> command used to create the archive file."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>tar czf $dest/$archive_file $backup_files :</emphasis> la commande "
"<application>tar</application> utilisée pour créer le fichier d'archive."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:121(para)
msgid "<emphasis>c:</emphasis> creates an archive."
msgstr "<emphasis>c :</emphasis> crée une archive."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:126(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>z:</emphasis> filter the archive through the "
"<application>gzip</application> utility compressing the archive."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>z :</emphasis> compresser l'archive avec "
"<application>gzip</application>."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:131(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>f:</emphasis> use archive file. Otherwise the "
"<application>tar</application> output will be sent to STDOUT."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>f :</emphasis> utilisation d'un fichier archive. Sans cette "
"option, le résultat de <application>tar</application> sera envoyé vers "
"STDOUT."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:138(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ls -lh $dest:</emphasis> optional statement prints a <emphasis>-"
"l</emphasis> long listing in <emphasis>-h</emphasis> human readable format "
"of the destination directory. This is useful for a quick file size check of "
"the archive file. This check should not replace testing the archive file."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>ls -lh $dest :</emphasis> instruction optionnelle affichant une "
"liste du répertoire de destination détaillée <emphasis>-l</emphasis> et au "
"format lisible par facilement <emphasis>-h</emphasis>. Ceci est utile pour "
"vérifier rapidement la taille du fichier archive, mais ne devrait pas "
"remplacer le test de celui-ci."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:145(para)
msgid ""
"This is a simple example of a backup shell script. There are large amount of "
"options that can be included in a backup script. See <xref linkend=\"backup-"
"shellscript-references\"/> for links to resources providing more in depth "
"shell scripting information."
msgstr ""
"Ceci est un exemple simple d'un script shell de sauvegarde. Bien des options "
"peuvent être ajoutées à un tel script de sauvegarde. Consultez <xref "
"linkend=\"backup-shellscript-references\"/> pour des liens vers des "
"ressources fournissant plus d'informations concernant les scripts shell."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:152(title)
msgid "Executing the Script"
msgstr "Exécution du script"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:154(title)
msgid "Executing from a Terminal"
msgstr "Exécution à partir d'un terminal"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:155(para)
msgid ""
"The simplest way of executing the above backup script is to copy and paste "
"the contents into a file. <filename>backup.sh</filename> for example. Then "
"from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"La manière la plus simple d'exécuter le script de sauvegarde ci-dessus est "
"de copier et coller les contenus dans un fichier, "
"<filename>backup.sh</filename> par exemple. Ensuite, tapez dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:160(command)
msgid "sudo bash backup.sh"
msgstr "sudo bash backup.sh"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:162(para)
msgid ""
"This is a great way to test the script to make sure everything works as "
"expected."
msgstr ""
"C'est une excellente manière de tester le script pour s'assurer que tout "
"fonctionne comme prévu."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:167(title)
msgid "Executing with cron"
msgstr "Exécution avec cron"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:168(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>cron</application> utility can be used to automate the "
"script execution. The <application>cron</application> daemon allows the "
"execution of scripts, or commands, at a specified time and date."
msgstr ""
"L'exécution du script peut être automatisée avec l'utilitaire "
"<application>cron</application>. Le démon <application>cron</application> "
"permet d'exécuter des scripts ou des commandes, à une date et une heure "
"déterminées."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:172(para)
msgid ""
"<application>cron</application> is configured through entries in a "
"<filename>crontab</filename> file. <filename>crontab</filename> files are "
"separated into fields:"
msgstr ""
"<application>cron</application> est configuré au travers d'entrées dans un "
"fichier <filename>crontab</filename>. Les fichiers "
"<filename>crontab</filename> sont séparés en champs:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:176(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# m h dom mon dow   command\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# m h dom mon dow   command\n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:181(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>m:</emphasis> minute the command executes on between 0 and 59."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>m :</emphasis> minute entre 0 et 59 à laquelle la commande "
"s'exécute."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:186(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>h:</emphasis> hour the command executes on between 0 and 23."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>h :</emphasis> heure entre 0 et 23 à laquelle la commande "
"s'exécute."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:191(para)
msgid "<emphasis>dom:</emphasis> day of month the command executes on."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>dom :</emphasis> jour du mois durant lequel la commande s'exécute."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:196(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>mon:</emphasis> the month the command executes on between 1 and 12."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>mon :</emphasis> mois entre 1 et 12 durant lequel la commande "
"s'exécute."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:201(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>dow:</emphasis> the day of the week the command executes on "
"between 0 and 7. Sunday may be specified by using 0 or 7, both values are "
"valid."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>dow:</emphasis> jour de la semaine entre 0 et 7 durant lequel la "
"commande s'exécute. Le dimanche peut être défini indifféremment par 0 ou 7."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:206(para)
msgid "<emphasis>command:</emphasis> the command to execute."
msgstr "<emphasis>command :</emphasis> la commande à exécuter."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:211(para)
msgid ""
"To add or change entries in a <filename>crontab</filename> file the "
"<application>crontab -e</application> command should be used. Also, the "
"contents of a <filename>crontab</filename> file can be viewed using the "
"<application>crontab -l</application> command."
msgstr ""
"La commande <application>crontab -e</application> doit être utilisée pour "
"ajouter ou modifier les entrées d'un fichier <filename>crontab</filename>. "
"Le contenu d'un fichier <filename>crontab</filename> peut être affiché avec "
"la commande <application>crontab -l</application>."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:215(para)
msgid ""
"To execute the <application>backup.sh</application> script listed above "
"using <application>cron</application>. Enter the following from a terminal "
"prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Afin d'exécuter le script <application>backup.sh</application> précédent en "
"utilisant <application>cron</application>, saisissez dans une invite de "
"terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:220(command)
msgid "sudo crontab -e"
msgstr "sudo crontab -e"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:223(para)
msgid ""
"Using <application>sudo</application> with the <application>crontab -"
"e</application> command edits the <emphasis>root</emphasis> user's crontab. "
"This is necessary if you are backing up directories only the root user has "
"access to."
msgstr ""
"L'utilisation de <application>sudo</application> avec la commande "
"<application>crontab -e</application> modifie le fichier crontab de "
"l'utilisateur <emphasis>root</emphasis>. Cela est nécessaire si vous "
"sauvegardez des répertoires accessibles uniquement par l'utilisateur root."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:228(para)
msgid "Add the following entry to the <filename>crontab</filename> file:"
msgstr "Ajoutez l'entrée suivante au fichier <filename>crontab</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:231(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# m h dom mon dow   command\n"
"0 0 * * * bash /usr/local/bin/backup.sh\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# m h dom mon dow   command\n"
"0 0 * * * bash /usr/local/bin/backup.sh\n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:235(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>backup.sh</application> script will now be executed every "
"day at 12:00 am."
msgstr ""
"Le script <application>backup.sh</application> sera maintenant lancé tous "
"les jours à 12h00."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:239(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>backup.sh</application> script will need to be copied to "
"the <filename>/usr/local/bin/</filename> directory in order for this entry "
"to execute properly. The script can reside anywhere on the file system "
"simply change the script path appropriately."
msgstr ""
"Pour que cette entrée puisse se dérouler correctement, vous devrez copier le "
"script <application>backup.sh</application> dans le répertoire "
"<filename>/usr/local/bin/</filename>. Le script peut se situer n'importe où "
"dans le système de fichiers, changez simplement son chemin dans l'entrée "
"cron."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:244(para)
msgid ""
"For more in depth <application>crontab</application> options see <xref "
"linkend=\"backup-shellscript-references\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Consultez <xref linkend=\"backup-shellscript-references\"/> pour plus "
"d'informations concernant les options de <application>crontab</application>."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:250(title)
msgid "Restoring from the Archive"
msgstr "Restauration à partir d'une archive"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:251(para)
msgid ""
"Once an archive has been created it is important to test the archive. The "
"archive can be tested by listing the files it contains, but the best test is "
"to <emphasis>restore</emphasis> a file from the archive."
msgstr ""
"Il est important de vérifier une archive après sa création. Une archive peut "
"être testée en listant les fichiers qu'elle contient, mais le mieux est de "
"<emphasis>restaurer</emphasis> un fichier depuis cette archive."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:257(para)
msgid "To see a listing of the archive contents. From a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Pour lister le contenu d'une archive, saisissez dans une invite de terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:261(command)
msgid "tar -tzvf /mnt/backup/host-Monday.tgz"
msgstr "tar -tzvf /mnt/backup/host-Monday.tgz"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:265(para)
msgid "To restore a file from the archive to a different directory enter:"
msgstr ""
"Pour restaurer un fichier à partir de l'archive dans un répertoire "
"différent, tapez :"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:269(command)
msgid "tar -xzvf /mnt/backup/host-Monday.tgz -C /tmp etc/hosts"
msgstr "tar -xzvf /mnt/backup/host-Monday.tgz -C /tmp etc/hosts"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:271(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>-C</emphasis> option to <application>tar</application> "
"redirects the extracted files to the specified directory. The above example "
"will extract the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file to "
"<filename>/tmp/etc/hosts</filename>. <application>tar</application> "
"recreates the directory structure that it contains."
msgstr ""
"L'option <emphasis>-C</emphasis> pour <application>tar</application> "
"redirige les fichiers extraits vers le répertoire spécifié. L'exemple ci-"
"dessus va extraire le fichier <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> vers "
"<filename>/tmp/etc/hosts</filename>. <application>tar</application> recrée "
"l'arborescence des dossiers qu'il contient."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:276(para)
msgid ""
"Also, notice the leading <emphasis>\"/\"</emphasis> is left off the path of "
"the file to restore."
msgstr ""
"Notez également que le premier <emphasis>« / »</emphasis> est enlevé du "
"chemin du fichier à restaurer."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:281(para)
msgid "To restore all files in the archive enter the following:"
msgstr "Pour restaurer tous les fichiers de l'archive saisissez ceci :"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:285(command)
msgid "cd /"
msgstr "cd /"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:286(command)
msgid "sudo tar -xzvf /mnt/backup/host-Monday.tgz"
msgstr "sudo tar -xzvf /mnt/backup/host-Monday.tgz"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:291(para)
msgid "This will overwrite the files currently on the file system."
msgstr "Cela écrasera les fichiers actuellement sur le système de fichiers."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:300(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on shell scripting see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://tldp.org/LDP/abs/html/\">Advanced Bash-Scripting Guide</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Voir <ulink url=\"http://tldp.org/LDP/abs/html/\">Advanced Bash-Scripting "
"Guide</ulink> pour de plus amples informations à propos de l'écriture de "
"scripts shell."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:305(para)
msgid ""
"The book <ulink url=\"http://safari.samspublishing.com/0672323583\">Teach "
"Yourself Shell Programming in 24 Hours</ulink> is available online and a "
"great resource for shell scripting."
msgstr ""
"Le livre <ulink url=\"http://safari.samspublishing.com/0672323583\">Teach "
"Yourself Shell Programming in 24 Hours</ulink> est disponible en ligne et "
"est une mine d'or pour l'écriture de scripts shell."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:311(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/CronHowto\">CronHowto "
"Wiki Page</ulink> contains details on advanced "
"<application>cron</application> options."
msgstr ""
"La <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/CronHowto\">Page Wiki "
"CronHowto</ulink> contient des détails sur l'utilisation des options "
"avancées de <application>cron</application>."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:318(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual/index.html\">GNU "
"tar Manual</ulink> for more <application>tar</application> options."
msgstr ""
"Voir le <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual/index.html\">Manuel GNU "
"tar</ulink> pour plus d'informations concernant les options de "
"<application>tar</application>."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:324(para)
msgid ""
"The Wikipedia <ulink "
"url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Backup_rotation_scheme\">Backup Rotation "
"Scheme</ulink> article contains information on other backup rotation schemes."
msgstr ""
"L'article anglais de Wikipédia <ulink "
"url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Backup_rotation_scheme\">Backup Rotation "
"Scheme</ulink> contient des informations à propos d'autres méthodes de "
"sauvegarde.\r\n"
"Une ébauche en français est disponible dans l'article <ulink "
"url=\"http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sauvegarde\">Sauvegarde</ulink> de la "
"version francophone de Wikipedia."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:330(para)
msgid ""
"The shell script uses <application>tar</application> to create the archive, "
"but there many other command line utilities that can be used. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Le script shell utilise la commande <application>tar</application> pour la "
"création de l'archive, mais il existe bien d'autres utilitaires en ligne de "
"commande qui peuvent être utilisés. Par exemple :"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:336(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/cpio/\">cpio</ulink>: used to copy "
"files to and from archives."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/cpio/\">cpio</ulink> : pour copier "
"des fichiers depuis et vers des archives."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:341(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/\">dd</ulink>: part of "
"the <application>coreutils</application> package. A low level utility that "
"can copy data from one format to another"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/\">dd</ulink> : fait "
"partie du paquet <application>coreutils</application>. Utilitaire de bas "
"niveau qui peut copier des données d'un format à un autre."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:347(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.rsnapshot.org/\">rsnapshot</ulink>: a file system "
"snap shot utility used to create copies of an entire file system."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.rsnapshot.org/\">rsnapshot</ulink> : programme de "
"capture d'instantanés utilisé pour créer des copies d'un système de fichiers "
"entier."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:358(title)
msgid "Archive Rotation"
msgstr "Rotation des archives"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:359(para)
msgid ""
"The shell script in section <xref linkend=\"backup-shellscripts\"/> only "
"allows for seven different archives. For a server whose data doesn't change "
"often this may be enough. If the server has a large amount of data a more "
"robust rotation scheme should be used."
msgstr ""
"Le script shell de la section <xref linkend=\"backup-shellscripts\"/> ne "
"vous donne qu'un jeu de sauvegardes hebdomadaire. Ceci peut être suffisant "
"pour un serveur dont les données ne varient pas souvent. Si le serveur "
"contient une grande quantité de données, il est préférable d'utiliser un "
"schéma plus robuste de rotations."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:365(title)
msgid "Rotating NFS Archives"
msgstr "Rotation des archives NFS"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:366(para)
msgid ""
"In this section the shell script will be slightly modified to implement a "
"grandfather-father-son rotation scheme (monthly-weekly-daily):"
msgstr ""
"Dans cette section le script shell sera légèrement modifié pour implémenter "
"un schéma de rotation grand-père - père - fils (mensuel-hebdomadaire-"
"journalier):"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:372(para)
msgid ""
"The rotation will do a <emphasis>daily</emphasis> backup Sunday through "
"Friday."
msgstr ""
"La rotation va effectuer une sauvegarde <emphasis>journalière</emphasis> du "
"dimanche au vendredi."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:377(para)
msgid ""
"On Saturday a <emphasis>weekly</emphasis> backup is done giving you four "
"weekly backups a month."
msgstr ""
"Le samedi une sauvegarde <emphasis>hebdomadaire</emphasis> est effectuée "
"donnant 4 sauvegardes hebdomadaires par mois."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:382(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>monthly</emphasis> backup is done on the first of the month "
"rotating two monthly backups based on if the month is odd or even."
msgstr ""
"La sauvegarde <emphasis>mensuelle</emphasis> est effectuée le premier du "
"mois avec une rotation bi-mensuelle en fonction de la parité du mois."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:388(para)
msgid "Here is the new script:"
msgstr "Voici le nouveau script:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:391(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/bash\n"
"####################################\n"
"#\n"
"# Backup to NFS mount script with\n"
"# grandfather-father-son rotation.\n"
"#\n"
"####################################\n"
"\n"
"# What to backup. \n"
"backup_files=\"/home /var/spool/mail /etc /root /boot /opt\"\n"
"\n"
"# Where to backup to.\n"
"dest=\"/mnt/backup\"\n"
"\n"
"# Setup variables for the archive filename.\n"
"day=$(date +%A)\n"
"hostname=$(hostname -s)\n"
"\n"
"# Find which week of the month 1-4 it is.\n"
"day_num=$(date +%d)\n"
"if (( $day_num &lt;= 7 )); then\n"
"        week_file=\"$hostname-week1.tgz\"\n"
"elif (( $day_num &gt; 7 &amp;&amp; $day_num &lt;= 14 )); then\n"
"        week_file=\"$hostname-week2.tgz\"\n"
"elif (( $day_num &gt; 14 &amp;&amp; $day_num &lt;= 21 )); then\n"
"        week_file=\"$hostname-week3.tgz\"\n"
"elif (( $day_num &gt; 21 &amp;&amp; $day_num &lt; 32 )); then\n"
"        week_file=\"$hostname-week4.tgz\"\n"
"fi\n"
"\n"
"# Find if the Month is odd or even.\n"
"month_num=$(date +%m)\n"
"month=$(expr $month_num % 2)\n"
"if [ $month -eq 0 ]; then\n"
"        month_file=\"$hostname-month2.tgz\"\n"
"else\n"
"        month_file=\"$hostname-month1.tgz\"\n"
"fi\n"
"\n"
"# Create archive filename.\n"
"if [ $day_num == 1 ]; then\n"
"\tarchive_file=$month_file\n"
"elif [ $day != \"Saturday\" ]; then\n"
"        archive_file=\"$hostname-$day.tgz\"\n"
"else \n"
"\tarchive_file=$week_file\n"
"fi\n"
"\n"
"# Print start status message.\n"
"echo \"Backing up $backup_files to $dest/$archive_file\"\n"
"date\n"
"echo\n"
"\n"
"# Backup the files using tar.\n"
"tar czf $dest/$archive_file $backup_files\n"
"\n"
"# Print end status message.\n"
"echo\n"
"echo \"Backup finished\"\n"
"date\n"
"\n"
"# Long listing of files in $dest to check file sizes.\n"
"ls -lh $dest/\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/bash\n"
"####################################\n"
"#\n"
"# Sauvegarde vers un point de montage NFS en utilisant\n"
"# une rotation grand-parent - parent - enfant\n"
"#\n"
"####################################\n"
"\n"
"# Ce qu'il faut sauvegarder \n"
"backup_files=\"/home /var/spool/mail /etc /root /boot /opt\"\n"
"\n"
"# Où le sauvegarder\n"
"dest=\"/mnt/backup\"\n"
"\n"
"# Initialisation des variables utilisées dans le nom de l'archive\n"
"day=$(date +%A)\n"
"hostname=$(hostname -s)\n"
"\n"
"# Déterminer le numéro de semaine (1-4) du mois en cours\n"
"day_num=$(date +%d)\n"
"if (( $day_num &lt;= 7 )); then\n"
"        week_file=\"$hostname-week1.tgz\"\n"
"elif (( $day_num &gt; 7 &amp;&amp; $day_num &lt;= 14 )); then\n"
"        week_file=\"$hostname-week2.tgz\"\n"
"elif (( $day_num &gt; 14 &amp;&amp; $day_num &lt;= 21 )); then\n"
"        week_file=\"$hostname-week3.tgz\"\n"
"elif (( $day_num &gt; 21 &amp;&amp; $day_num &lt; 32 )); then\n"
"        week_file=\"$hostname-week4.tgz\"\n"
"fi\n"
"\n"
"# Déterminer si le mois est pair ou impair\n"
"month_num=$(date +%m)\n"
"month=$(expr $month_num % 2)\n"
"if [ $month -eq 0 ]; then\n"
"        month_file=\"$hostname-month2.tgz\"\n"
"else\n"
"        month_file=\"$hostname-month1.tgz\"\n"
"fi\n"
"\n"
"# Création du nom de l'archive\n"
"if [ $day_num == 1 ]; then\n"
"\tarchive_file=$month_file\n"
"elif [ $day != \"Saturday\" ]; then\n"
"        archive_file=\"$hostname-$day.tgz\"\n"
"else \n"
"\tarchive_file=$week_file\n"
"fi\n"
"\n"
"# Affichage du commencement des opérations\n"
"echo \"Sauvegarde de $backup_files vers $dest/$archive_file\"\n"
"date\n"
"echo\n"
"\n"
"# Sauvegarde des fichiers à l'aide de tar.\n"
"tar czf $dest/$archive_file $backup_files\n"
"\n"
"# Affichage de la fin des opérations\n"
"echo\n"
"echo \"Sauvegarde terminée\"\n"
"date\n"
"\n"
"# Listing détaillé des fichiers de $dest pour vérifier leur poids\n"
"ls -lh $dest/\n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:456(para)
msgid ""
"The script can be executed using the same methods as in <xref "
"linkend=\"backup-executing-shellscript\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Le script peut être exécuté en utilisant les mêmes méthodes que dans <xref "
"linkend=\"backup-executing-shellscript\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:459(para)
msgid ""
"It is good practice to take backup media off site in case of a disaster. In "
"the shell script example the backup media is another server providing an NFS "
"share. In all likelihood taking the NFS server to another location would not "
"be practical. Depending upon connection speeds it may be an option to copy "
"the archive file over a WAN link to a server in another location."
msgstr ""
"Une bonne pratique est de stocker les supports en-dehors de vos locaux. Dans "
"le script d'exemple, le support de sauvegarde est un autre serveur "
"fournissant un partage NFS. Selon toute vraisemblance, il ne serait pas "
"pratique de changer de lieu le serveur NFS. Selon la vitesse de connexion, "
"on peut choisir de copier les sauvegardes sur un serveur distant à travers "
"un lien WAN."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:465(para)
msgid ""
"Another option is to copy the archive file to an external hard drive which "
"can then be taken off site. Since the price of external hard drives continue "
"to decrease it may be cost affective to use two drives for each archive "
"level. This would allow you to have one external drive attached to the "
"backup server and one in another location."
msgstr ""
"Un autre moyen est de copier les sauvegardes sur un disque dur externe qui "
"peut alors être changé de lieu. Comme le prix des disques durs externes "
"continue de baisser, il peut être rentable d'utiliser deux disques pour "
"chaque niveau d'archive. Ceci vous permettrait d'avoir un disque externe "
"relié au serveur de sauvegarde et un en lieu sûr."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:472(title)
msgid "Tape Drives"
msgstr "Lecteurs de bande"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:473(para)
msgid ""
"A tape drive attached to the server can be used instead of a NFS share. "
"Using a tape drive simplifies archive rotation, and taking the media off "
"site as well."
msgstr ""
"Un lecteur de bande peut être installé sur le serveur et remplacer un "
"partage NFS. L'utilisation d'un lecteur de bande simplifie la rotation des "
"archives, et la sécurisation des médias hors-site."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:477(para)
msgid ""
"When using a tape drive the filename portions of the script aren't needed "
"because the date is sent directly to the tape device. Some commands to "
"manipulate the tape are needed. This is accomplished using "
"<application>mt</application>, a magnetic tape control utility part of the "
"<application>cpio</application> package."
msgstr ""
"Lors de l'utilisation d'un lecteur de bande, la partie nom de fichier du "
"script n'est pas nécessaire vu l'envoi direct de la date vers le "
"périphérique. Certaines commandes sont nécessaires à l'utilisation de la "
"bande. Ceci est effectué par l'utilisation de <application>mt</application>, "
"un utilitaire de gestion de bande magnétique faisant partie du paquet "
"<application>cpio</application>."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:482(para)
msgid "Here is the shell script modified to use a tape drive:"
msgstr ""
"Voici le script shell modifié pour l'utilisation d'un lecteur de bande:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:485(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/bash\n"
"####################################\n"
"#\n"
"# Backup to tape drive script.\n"
"#\n"
"####################################\n"
"\n"
"# What to backup. \n"
"backup_files=\"/home /var/spool/mail /etc /root /boot /opt\"\n"
"\n"
"# Where to backup to.\n"
"dest=\"/dev/st0\"\n"
"\n"
"# Print start status message.\n"
"echo \"Backing up $backup_files to $dest\"\n"
"date\n"
"echo\n"
"\n"
"# Make sure the tape is rewound.\n"
"mt -f $dest rewind\n"
"\n"
"# Backup the files using tar.\n"
"tar czf $dest $backup_files\n"
"\n"
"# Rewind and eject the tape.\n"
"mt -f $dest rewoffl\n"
"\n"
"# Print end status message.\n"
"echo\n"
"echo \"Backup finished\"\n"
"date\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/bash\n"
"####################################\n"
"#\n"
"# Sauvegarde vers une cassette\n"
"#\n"
"####################################\n"
"\n"
"# Ce qu'il faut sauvegarder \n"
"backup_files=\"/home /var/spool/mail /etc /root /boot /opt\"\n"
"\n"
"# Où le sauvegarder\n"
"dest=\"/dev/st0\"\n"
"\n"
"# Affichage du commencement des opérations\n"
"echo \"Backing up $backup_files to $dest\"\n"
"date\n"
"echo\n"
"\n"
"# S'assurer que la cassette est rembobinée\n"
"mt -f $dest rewind\n"
"\n"
"# Sauvegarde à l'aide de tar.\n"
"tar czf $dest $backup_files\n"
"\n"
"# Rembobinage et ejection de la cassette\n"
"mt -f $dest rewoffl\n"
"\n"
"# Affichage de la fin des opérations\n"
"echo\n"
"echo \"Sauvegarde terminée\"\n"
"date\n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:519(para)
msgid ""
"The default device name for a SCSI tape drive is "
"<filename>/dev/st0</filename>. Use the appropriate device path for your "
"system."
msgstr ""
"Le nom de périphérique par défaut pour un lecteur de bandes SCSI est "
"<filename>/dev/st0</filename>. Employez le chemin correspondant à votre "
"système."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:524(para)
msgid ""
"Restoring from a tape drive is basically the same as restoring from a file. "
"Simply rewind the tape and use the device path instead of a file path. For "
"example to restore the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file to "
"<filename>/tmp/etc/hosts</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"La restauration à partir d'un lecteur de bandes est essentiellement "
"équivalente à la restauration à partir d'un fichier. Il suffit de rembobiner "
"la bande et remplacer le chemin du fichier par celui du périphérique. Par "
"exemple, pour restaurer le fichier <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> vers "
"<filename>/tmp/etc/hosts</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:529(command)
msgid "mt -f /dev/st0 rewind"
msgstr "mt -f /dev/st0 rewind"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:530(command)
msgid "tar -xzf /dev/st0 -C /tmp etc/hosts"
msgstr "tar -xzf /dev/st0 -C /tmp etc/hosts"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:535(title)
msgid "Bacula"
msgstr "Bacula"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:536(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula</application> is a backup program enabling you to "
"backup, restore, and verify data across your network. There are Bacula "
"clients for Linux, Windows, and Mac OSX. Making it a cross platform network "
"wide solution."
msgstr ""
"<application>Bacula</application> est un programme de sauvegarde vous "
"permettant de sauvegarder, restaurer et vérifier les données à travers votre "
"réseau. Il existe des clients Bacula pour Linux, Windows, et Mac OSX, ce qui "
"en fait une solution réseau multi-plateforme."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:542(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula</application> is made up of several components and "
"services used to manage which files to backup and where to back them up to:"
msgstr ""
"<application>Bacula</application> est fait de nombreux composants et "
"services utilisés pour déterminer quels fichiers sauvegarder et vers où les "
"restaurer."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:548(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula Director:</application> a service that controls all "
"backup, restore, verify, and archive operations."
msgstr ""
"<application>Bacula Director :</application> service contrôlant les "
"opérations de sauvegarde, de restauration, de vérification et d'archivage."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:553(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula Console:</application> an application allowing "
"communication with the Director. There are three versions of the Console:"
msgstr ""
"<application>Bacula Console :</application> application permettant de "
"communiquer avec Bacula Director. Il existe trois versions de la Console :"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:558(para)
msgid "Text based command line version."
msgstr "Version en mode texte via ligne de commande."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:559(para)
msgid "Gnome based GTK+ Graphical User Interface (GUI) interface."
msgstr "Version graphique GTK+ (Gnome)."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:560(para)
msgid "wxWidgets GUI interface."
msgstr "Version graphique wxWidgets."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:564(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula File:</application> also known as the "
"<application>Bacula Client</application> program. This application is "
"installed on machines to be backed up, and is responsible for the data "
"requested by the Director."
msgstr ""
"<application>Bacula File :</application> connu aussi sous le nom "
"<application>Bacula Client</application>. Cette application est installée "
"sur les machines à sauvegarder et se charge d'envoyer les données demandées "
"par Bacula Director."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:570(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula Storage:</application> the programs that perform the "
"storage and recovery of data to the physical media."
msgstr ""
"<application>Bacula Storage :</application> programmes effectuant le "
"stockage et la récupération des données sur le support physique."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:575(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula Catalog:</application> is responsible for maintaining "
"the file indexes and volume databases for all files backed up, enabling "
"quick location and restoration of archived files. The Catalog supports three "
"different databases MySQL, PostgreSQL, and SQLite."
msgstr ""
"<application>Bacula Catalog :</application> responsable de la mise à jour "
"des index de fichiers et des bases de données de volumes pour tous les "
"fichiers sauvegardés, permettant ainsi la localisation et la restauration "
"rapide des fichiers archivés. Bacula Catalog prend en charge trois types de "
"bases de données : MySQL, PostgreSQL et SQLite."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:581(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula Monitor:</application> allows the monitoring of the "
"Director, File daemons, and Storage daemons. Currently the Monitor is only "
"available as a GTK+ GUI application."
msgstr ""
"<application>Bacula Monitor :</application> permet le contrôle de Director "
"et des démons File et Storage. Actuellement, Monitor est uniquement "
"disponible avec une interface GTK+."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:587(para)
msgid ""
"These services and applications can be run on multiple servers and clients, "
"or they can be installed on one machine if backing up a single disk or "
"volume."
msgstr ""
"Ces services et applications peuvent être lancées sur de multiples serveurs "
"et clients, ou ils peuvent être installés sur une machine, dans le cas de la "
"sauvegarde d'un seul disque ou volume."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:594(para)
msgid ""
"There are multiple packages containing the different "
"<application>Bacula</application> components. To install Bacula, from a "
"terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"Il existe plusieurs paquets contenant les différents composants de "
"<application>Bacula</application>. Pour installer Bacula, saisissez dans un "
"terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:599(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install bacula"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install bacula"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:601(para)
msgid ""
"By default installing the <application>bacula</application> package will use "
"a <application>MySQL</application> database for the Catalog. If you want to "
"use SQLite or PostgreSQL, for the Catalog, install <application>bacula-"
"director-sqlite3</application> or <application>bacula-director-"
"pgsql</application> respectively."
msgstr ""
"L'installation par défaut du paquet <application>bacula</application> va "
"utiliser une base de données <application>MySQL</application> pour le "
"catalogue. Si vous voulez utiliser SQLite ou PostgreSQL pour le catalogue, "
"installez respectivement <application>bacula-director-sqlite3</application> "
"ou <application>bacula-director-pgsql</application>."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:607(para)
msgid ""
"During the install process you will be asked to supply credentials for the "
"database <emphasis>administrator</emphasis> and the "
"<emphasis>bacula</emphasis> database <emphasis>owner</emphasis>. The "
"database administrator will need to have the appropriate rights to create a "
"database, see <xref linkend=\"mysql\"/> for more information."
msgstr ""
"Pendant le processus d'installation, il vous sera demandé de fournir des "
"informations d'authentification pour <emphasis>l'administrateur</emphasis> "
"de la base de données et le <emphasis>propriétaire</emphasis> de la base de "
"données <emphasis>bacula</emphasis>. L'administrateur de la base de données "
"devra avoir les droits adéquats pour créer une base de données, consultez "
"<xref linkend=\"mysql\"/> pour plus d'informations."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:617(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula</application> configuration files are formatted based on "
"<emphasis>resources</emphasis> comprising of <emphasis>directives</emphasis> "
"surrounded by <quote>{}</quote> braces. Each Bacula component has an "
"individual file in the <filename role=\"directory\">/etc/bacula</filename> "
"directory."
msgstr ""
"Les fichiers de configuration de <application>Bacula</application> sont "
"consitués de <emphasis>ressources</emphasis> comprenant des "
"<emphasis>directives</emphasis> entre accolades <quote>{}</quote>. Chaque "
"composant Bacula possède un fichier individuel dans le répertoire <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/etc/bacula</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:622(para)
msgid ""
"The various <application>Bacula</application> components must authorize "
"themselves to each other. This is accomplished using the "
"<emphasis>password</emphasis> directive. For example, the "
"<emphasis>Storage</emphasis> resource password in the "
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-dir.conf</filename> file must match the "
"<emphasis>Director</emphasis> resource password in "
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Les divers composant de <application>Bacula</application> doivent "
"s'autoriser mutuellement. Ceci est effectué par la directive "
"<emphasis>password</emphasis>. Par exemple, le mot de passe de la ressource "
"<emphasis>Storage</emphasis> dans le fichier <filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-"
"dir.conf</filename> doit correspondre à celui de la ressource "
"<emphasis>Director</emphasis> dans le fichier <filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-"
"sd.conf</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:628(para)
msgid ""
"By default the backup job named <emphasis>Client1</emphasis> is configured "
"to archive the <application>Bacula</application> Catalog. If you plan on "
"using the server to backup more than one client you should change the name "
"of this job to something more descriptive. To change the name edit "
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-dir.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, la tâche de sauvegarde appelée <emphasis>Client1</emphasis> est "
"configurée pour archiver le catalogue <application>Bacula</application>. Si "
"vous envisagez d'utiliser le serveur pour sauvegarder plus d'un client, vous "
"devriez changer le nom de cette tâche pour quelque chose de plus descriptif. "
"Pour changer ce nom, modifiez le fichier <filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-"
"dir.conf</filename>:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:633(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#\n"
"# Define the main nightly save backup job\n"
"#   By default, this job will back up to disk in \n"
"Job {\n"
"  Name = \"BackupServer\"\n"
"  JobDefs = \"DefaultJob\"\n"
"  Write Bootstrap = \"/var/lib/bacula/Client1.bsr\"\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"#\n"
"# Definition des principales tâches nocturnes de sauvegardes\n"
"# Par défaut, cette tâche sauvegardera sur le disque dans\n"
"Job {\n"
"  Name = \"BackupServer\"\n"
"  JobDefs = \"DefaultJob\"\n"
"  Write Bootstrap = \"/var/lib/bacula/Client1.bsr\"\n"
"}\n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:644(para)
msgid ""
"The example above changes the job name to <emphasis>BackupServer</emphasis> "
"matching the machine's host name. Replace <quote>BackupServer</quote> with "
"your appropriate hostname, or other descriptive name."
msgstr ""
"L'exemple ci-dessus remplace le nom de la tâche par "
"<emphasis>BackupServer</emphasis>, correspondant au nom d'hôte de la "
"machine. Remplacez <quote>BackupServer</quote> avec votre nom d'hôte "
"adéquat, ou un autre nom descriptif."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:649(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Console</emphasis> can be used to query the "
"<emphasis>Director</emphasis> about jobs, but to use the Console with a "
"<emphasis>non-root</emphasis> user, the user needs to be in the "
"<emphasis>bacula</emphasis> group. To add a user to the bacula group enter "
"the following from a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"La <emphasis>Console</emphasis> peut être utilisée pour interroger le "
"<emphasis>Director</emphasis> sur des tâches, mais pour utiliser la Console "
"avec un utilisateur <emphasis>non root</emphasis>, celui-ci doit être dans "
"le groupe <emphasis>bacula</emphasis>. Pour ajouter un utilisateur au groupe "
"bacula, saisissez la commande suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:655(command)
msgid "sudo adduser $username bacula"
msgstr "sudo adduser $username bacula"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:658(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>$username</emphasis> with the actual username. Also, if "
"you are adding the current user to the group you should log out and back in "
"for the new permissions to take effect."
msgstr ""
"Remplacez <emphasis>$username</emphasis> par le véritable nom d'utilisateur. "
"De plus, si vous ajoutez l'utilisateur courant au groupe, vous devrez vous "
"déconnecter puis vous reconnecter pour que les nouvelles autorisations "
"prennent effet."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:665(title)
msgid "Localhost Backup"
msgstr "Sauvegarde de l'hôte local"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:666(para)
msgid ""
"This section describes how to backup specified directories on a single host "
"to a local tape drive."
msgstr ""
"Cette section décrit la façon de sauvegarder les répertoires spécifiés pour "
"un unique hôte sur un lecteur de bande local."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:671(para)
msgid ""
"First, the <emphasis>Storage</emphasis> device needs to be configured. Edit "
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename> add:"
msgstr ""
"Tout d'abord, le périphérique de <emphasis>stockage</emphasis> doit être "
"configuré. Ajoutez, dans le fichier <filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-"
"sd.conf</filename> :"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:674(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device {\n"
"  Name = \"Tape Drive\"\n"
"  Device Type = tape\n"
"  Media Type = DDS-4\n"
"  Archive Device = /dev/st0\n"
"  Hardware end of medium = No;\n"
"  AutomaticMount = yes;               # when device opened, read it\n"
"  AlwaysOpen = Yes;\n"
"  RemovableMedia = yes;\n"
"  RandomAccess = no;\n"
"  Alert Command = \"sh -c 'tapeinfo -f %c | grep TapeAlert'\"\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Device {\n"
"  Name = \"Tape Drive\"\n"
"  Device Type = tape\n"
"  Media Type = DDS-4\n"
"  Archive Device = /dev/st0\n"
"  Hardware end of medium = No;\n"
"  AutomaticMount = yes; # when device opened, read it\n"
"  AlwaysOpen = Yes;\n"
"  RemovableMedia = yes;\n"
"  RandomAccess = no;\n"
"  Alert Command = \"sh -c 'tapeinfo -f %c | grep TapeAlert'\"\n"
"}\n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:688(para)
msgid ""
"The example is for a <emphasis>DDS-4</emphasis> tape drive. Adjust the Media "
"Type and Archive Device to match your hardware."
msgstr ""
"L'exemple concerne un lecteur de bande <emphasis>DDS-4</emphasis>. Ajustez "
"le type de média (« Media Type ») et le périphérique d'archive (« Archive "
"Device ») afin de correspondre à votre matériel."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:691(para)
msgid "You could also uncomment one of the other examples in the file."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez également dé-commenter l'un des autres exemples du fichier."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:696(para)
msgid ""
"After editing <filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename> the "
"<application>Storage</application> daemon will need to be restarted:"
msgstr ""
"Après avoir modifié <filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename>, le "
"démon <application>Storage</application> devra être redémarré :"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:701(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/bacula-sd restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/bacula-sd restart"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:705(para)
msgid ""
"Now add a <emphasis>Storage</emphasis> resource in "
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-dir.conf</filename> to use the new Device:"
msgstr ""
"Ajoutez maintenant une ressource <emphasis>Storage</emphasis> dans "
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-dir.conf</filename> pour utiliser le nouveau "
"périphérique :"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:708(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# Definition of \"Tape Drive\" storage device\n"
"Storage {\n"
"  Name = TapeDrive\n"
"  # Do not use \"localhost\" here    \n"
"  Address = backupserver               # N.B. Use a fully qualified name "
"here\n"
"  SDPort = 9103\n"
"  Password = \"Cv70F6pf1t6pBopT4vQOnigDrR0v3LT3Cgkiyj\"\n"
"  Device = \"Tape Drive\"\n"
"  Media Type = tape\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# Définition du périphérique de stockage \"Tape Drive\"\n"
"Storage {\n"
"  Name = TapeDrive\n"
"  # N'utilisez pas \"localhost\" ici    \n"
"  Address = backupserver               # N.B. utilisez ici un nom complet\n"
"  SDPort = 9103\n"
"  Password = \"Cv70F6pf1t6pBopT4vQOnigDrR0v3LT3Cgkiyj\"\n"
"  Device = \"Tape Drive\"\n"
"  Media Type = tape\n"
"}\n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:720(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Address</emphasis> directive needs to be the Fully Qualified "
"Domain Name (FQDN) of the server. Change <emphasis>backupserver</emphasis> "
"to the actual host name."
msgstr ""
"La directive <emphasis>Address</emphasis> doit être le nom de domaine "
"complet (FQDN) du serveur. Remplacez <emphasis>backupserver</emphasis> par "
"le véritable nom d'hôte."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:724(para)
msgid ""
"Also, make sure the <emphasis>Password</emphasis> directive matches the "
"password string in <filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Assurez-vous également que la directive <emphasis>Password</emphasis> "
"corresponde à celle dans <filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:730(para)
msgid ""
"Create a new <emphasis>FileSet</emphasis>, which will determine what "
"directories to backup, by adding:"
msgstr ""
"Créez une nouvelle ressource <emphasis>FileSet</emphasis> (jeu de fichiers) "
"qui définira les répertoires à sauvegarder, en ajoutant :"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:733(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# LocalhostBacup FileSet.\n"
"FileSet {\n"
"  Name = \"LocalhostFiles\"\n"
"  Include {\n"
"    Options {\n"
"      signature = MD5\n"
"      compression=GZIP\n"
"    }\n"
"    File = /etc\n"
"    File = /home\n"
"  }\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# FileSet de sauvegarde de l'hôte local.\n"
"FileSet {\n"
"  Name = \"LocalhostFiles\"\n"
"  Include {\n"
"    Options {\n"
"      signature = MD5\n"
"      compression=GZIP\n"
"    }\n"
"    File = /etc\n"
"    File = /home\n"
"  }\n"
"}\n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:747(para)
msgid ""
"This <emphasis>FileSet</emphasis> will backup the <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/etc</filename> and <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/home</filename> directories. The "
"<emphasis>Options</emphasis> resource directives configure the FileSet to "
"create a MD5 signature for each file backed up, and to compress the files "
"using GZIP."
msgstr ""
"Ce <emphasis>FileSet</emphasis> sauvegardera les répertoires <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/etc</filename> et <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/home</filename>. La directive "
"<emphasis>Options</emphasis> de la ressource configure le FileSet pour créer "
"une signature MD5 pour chaque fichier sauvegardé, et pour compresser les "
"fichiers avec GZIP."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:754(para)
msgid "Next, create a new <emphasis>Schedule</emphasis> for the backup job:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, créez une nouvelle ressource <emphasis>Schedule</emphasis> "
"(planification) pour la tâche de sauvegarde :"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:757(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# LocalhostBackup Schedule -- Daily.\n"
"Schedule {\n"
"  Name = \"LocalhostDaily\"\n"
"  Run = Full daily at 00:01\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# Planification de la sauvegarde de l'hôte local -- quotidienne.\n"
"Schedule {\n"
"  Name = \"LocalhostDaily\"\n"
"  Run = Full daily at 00:01\n"
"}\n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:764(para)
msgid ""
"The job will run every day at 00:01 or 12:01 am. There are many other "
"scheduling options available."
msgstr ""
"La tâche sera lancée chaque jour à 00 h 01. Il y a bien d'autres "
"possibilités de planification."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:769(para)
msgid "Finally create the <emphasis>Job</emphasis>:"
msgstr "Pour terminer, créez la <emphasis>tâche</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:772(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# Localhost backup.\n"
"Job {\n"
"  Name = \"LocalhostBackup\"\n"
"  JobDefs = \"DefaultJob\"\n"
"  Enabled = yes\n"
"  Level = Full\n"
"  FileSet = \"LocalhostFiles\"\n"
"  Schedule = \"LocalhostDaily\"\n"
"  Storage = TapeDrive\n"
"  Write Bootstrap = \"/var/lib/bacula/LocalhostBackup.bsr\"\n"
"}  \n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# sauvegarde de l'hôte local.\n"
"Job {\n"
"  Name = \"LocalhostBackup\"\n"
"  JobDefs = \"DefaultJob\"\n"
"  Enabled = yes\n"
"  Level = Full\n"
"  FileSet = \"LocalhostFiles\"\n"
"  Schedule = \"LocalhostDaily\"\n"
"  Storage = TapeDrive\n"
"  Write Bootstrap = \"/var/lib/bacula/LocalhostBackup.bsr\"\n"
"}  \n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:785(para)
msgid ""
"The job will do a <emphasis>Full</emphasis> backup every day to the tape "
"drive."
msgstr ""
"La tâche effectuera une sauvegarde <emphasis>complète</emphasis> (« Full ») "
"quotidienne sur bande."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:790(para)
msgid ""
"Each tape used will need to have a <emphasis>Label</emphasis>. If the "
"current tape does not have a label <application>Bacula</application> will "
"send an email letting you know. To label a tape using the "
"<application>Console</application> enter the following from a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"Chaque bande utilisée devra posséder un <emphasis>label</emphasis>. Si la "
"bande courante n'en possède pas, <application>Bacula</application> vous "
"enverra un courriel vous en informant. Pour donner un label à une bande en "
"utilisant la <application>Console</application>, saisissez la commande "
"suivante dans un terminal :"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:796(command)
msgid "bconsole"
msgstr "bconsole"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:800(para)
msgid "At the Bacula Console prompt enter:"
msgstr "À l'invite de commande de la console de Bacula saisissez :"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:804(command)
msgid "label"
msgstr "label"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:808(para)
msgid ""
"You will then be prompted for the <emphasis>Storage</emphasis> resource:"
msgstr ""
"Il vous sera alors demandé de choisir la ressource de "
"<emphasis>stockage</emphasis> (« storage ») :"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:818(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:812(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Automatically selected Catalog: MyCatalog\n"
"Using Catalog \"MyCatalog\"\n"
"The defined Storage resources are:\n"
"     1: File\n"
"     2: TapeDrive\n"
"Select Storage resource (1-2):<placeholder-1/>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Automatically selected Catalog: MyCatalog\n"
"Using Catalog \"MyCatalog\"\n"
"The defined Storage resources are:\n"
"     1: File\n"
"     2: TapeDrive\n"
"Select Storage resource (1-2):<placeholder-1/>\n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:823(para)
msgid "Enter the new <emphasis>Volume</emphasis> name:"
msgstr "Saisissez le nouveau nom du <emphasis>volume</emphasis> :"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:828(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "Sunday"
msgstr "dimanche"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:827(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Enter new Volume name: <placeholder-1/>\n"
"Defined Pools:\n"
"     1: Default\n"
"     2: Scratch"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Enter new Volume name: <placeholder-1/>\n"
"Defined Pools:\n"
"     1: Default\n"
"     2: Scratch"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:833(para)
msgid "Replace <emphasis>Sunday</emphasis> with the desired label."
msgstr "Remplacez <emphasis>dimanche</emphasis> par l'étiquette désirée."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:838(para)
msgid "Now, select the <emphasis>Pool</emphasis>:"
msgstr "Sélectionnez maintenant le <emphasis>pool</emphasis>:"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:843(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "1"
msgstr "1"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:842(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Select the Pool (1-2): <placeholder-1/>\n"
"Connecting to Storage daemon TapeDrive at backupserver:9103 ...\n"
"Sending label command for Volume \"Sunday\" Slot 0 ...\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Select the Pool (1-2): <placeholder-1/>\n"
"Connecting to Storage daemon TapeDrive at backupserver:9103 ...\n"
"Sending label command for Volume \"Sunday\" Slot 0 ...\n"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:850(para)
msgid ""
"Congratulations, you have now configured <emphasis>Bacula</emphasis> to "
"backup the localhost to an attached tape drive."
msgstr ""
"Félicitations, vous venez de configurer <emphasis>Bacula</emphasis> pour "
"sauvegarder l'hôte local vers un lecteur de bande connecté."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:858(para)
msgid ""
"For more <emphasis>Bacula</emphasis> configuration options refer to the "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.bacula.org/en/rel-manual/index.html\">Bacula User's "
"Manual</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'options de configuration de <emphasis>Bacula</emphasis>, "
"veuillez-vous référer au <ulink url=\"http://www.bacula.org/en/rel-"
"manual/index.html\">Manuel de l'utilisateur Bacula</ulink> (en anglais)"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:864(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://www.bacula.org/\">Bacula Home Page</ulink> contains "
"the latest Bacula news and developments."
msgstr ""
"La <ulink url=\"http://www.bacula.org/\">page d'accueil de Bacula</ulink> "
"contient les dernières informations et versions de développement."

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:869(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Bacula\">Bacula "
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page."
msgstr ""

#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:0(None)
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr ""
"Launchpad Contributions:\n"
"  Alain Lebret https://launchpad.net/~frosch74\n"
"  Alban CLERGEOT https://launchpad.net/~alban-clergeot\n"
"  Anthony Guéchoum https://launchpad.net/~athael\n"
"  Antoine Chauvet https://launchpad.net/~sylviorthebest\n"
"  Arnaud Soyez https://launchpad.net/~weboide\n"
"  Banal https://launchpad.net/~banalanab\n"
"  Bruno Patri https://launchpad.net/~bruno-patri\n"
"  Claude Paroz https://launchpad.net/~paroz\n"
"  Coster David https://launchpad.net/~david-coster\n"
"  Damien Haïkal https://launchpad.net/~damien-haikal\n"
"  David Bertho https://launchpad.net/~davidbertho\n"
"  David Nottin https://launchpad.net/~danot\n"
"  Donk https://launchpad.net/~donk\n"
"  Emmanuel Sunyer https://launchpad.net/~esunyer\n"
"  Enrico Rosina https://launchpad.net/~e-rosina\n"
"  Fab https://launchpad.net/~fabien-pinon\n"
"  Fabrice Coutadeur https://launchpad.net/~fabricesp\n"
"  Frank Bob https://launchpad.net/~frankbob\n"
"  Guillaume Damiens https://launchpad.net/~gdami1\n"
"  Jean Champémont https://launchpad.net/~kwiwaa\n"
"  Jean-Philippe https://launchpad.net/~skateinmars\n"
"  Jean-Philippe LECHÊNE https://launchpad.net/~jphlechene\n"
"  Jean-Sébastien https://launchpad.net/~jstheking\n"
"  Jeremy Moiny https://launchpad.net/~joliegrenouille2\n"
"  Jonathan Clarke https://launchpad.net/~jooooooon\n"
"  Laurent RICHARD https://launchpad.net/~laurent-richard-ael\n"
"  Leonarf https://launchpad.net/~leonard-michelet\n"
"  Loic Treyvaud https://launchpad.net/~loictreyvaud\n"
"  Marc Auer https://launchpad.net/~pepe.ciseaux\n"
"  Matthieu CHAUVEAU https://launchpad.net/~elemmire\n"
"  Micha Moskovic https://launchpad.net/~micha-mosk\n"
"  Nebaff https://launchpad.net/~nebaff-lefou\n"
"  Nicolas DERIVE https://launchpad.net/~kalon33\n"
"  Nicolas MARTIN https://launchpad.net/~nico-chatouille\n"
"  Nicolas Van Wambeke https://launchpad.net/~nicolasvw\n"
"  Olivier https://launchpad.net/~smilyolivier\n"
"  Onra https://launchpad.net/~onra\n"
"  Pascal https://launchpad.net/~pcok\n"
"  Philippe Piquer https://launchpad.net/~philippep62\n"
"  Pierre David https://launchpad.net/~azerty-de\n"
"  Pierre Slamich https://launchpad.net/~pierre-slamich\n"
"  Removed by request https://launchpad.net/~removed30301\n"
"  Rodolphe Ortalo https://launchpad.net/~rodolphe-ortalo\n"
"  Sebastien Beaujour https://launchpad.net/~sebcoraline\n"
"  Stéphane V https://launchpad.net/~svergeylen\n"
"  SuperBOB https://launchpad.net/~nicholas-holford\n"
"  Sylvain Doctrinal https://launchpad.net/~sylvain-doctrinal\n"
"  Sylvain Lasnier https://launchpad.net/~sylvain-lasnier\n"
"  Sébastien GRIPON https://launchpad.net/~sebastien-gripon\n"
"  TaZmaniak https://launchpad.net/~tazmaniak66\n"
"  Xavier Latry https://launchpad.net/~xavier-latry\n"
"  Yann Dìnendal https://launchpad.net/~yannbreliere\n"
"  Yionel https://launchpad.net/~yionel\n"
"  arno_b https://launchpad.net/~arno.b\n"
"  bruno https://launchpad.net/~annoa.b\n"
"  gnuckx https://launchpad.net/~gnuckx\n"
"  goofy https://launchpad.net/~goofyfr\n"
"  istu5 https://launchpad.net/~fanadejeu\n"
"  ivan https://launchpad.net/~seepher\n"
"  luckymint https://launchpad.net/~luckymint\n"
"  p-yves https://launchpad.net/~pyperrier\n"
"  tomestla https://launchpad.net/~tomestla\n"
"  torglut https://launchpad.net/~torglut\n"
"  virkang https://launchpad.net/~deberghes-johan\n"
"  vouzico https://launchpad.net/~herve-marcy-free\n"
"  yoeminem1 https://launchpad.net/~tdhollander"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The <emphasis role=\"italics\">search</emphasis> directive will append "
#~ "mydomain.example to hostname queries in an attempt to resolve names to your "
#~ "network. For example, if your network's domain is mydomain.example and you "
#~ "try to ping the host <quote>mybox</quote>, the DNS query will be modified to "
#~ "<quote>mybox.mydomain.example</quote> for resolution. The <emphasis "
#~ "role=\"italics\">nameserver</emphasis> directives specify DNS servers to be "
#~ "used to resolve hostnames to IP addresses. If you use your own nameserver, "
#~ "enter it here. Otherwise, ask your Internet Service Provider for the primary "
#~ "and secondary DNS servers to use, and enter them into "
#~ "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> as shown above."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La directive <emphasis role=\"italics\">search</emphasis> rajoutera "
#~ "mondomaine.exemple au requêtes de nom d'hôte dans le but de résoudre les "
#~ "noms d'hôtes sur votre réseau. Par exemple, si le domaine de votre réseau "
#~ "est mondomaine.exemple et que vous essayez de contacter l'hôte "
#~ "<quote>toto</quote>, la requête DNS sera modifiée pour résoudre "
#~ "<quote>toto.mondomaine.exemple</quote>. Les directives <emphasis "
#~ "role=\"italics\">nameserver</emphasis> spécifient les serveurs DNS à "
#~ "utiliser pour résoudre les noms d'hôtes en adresses IP. Si vous utilisez "
#~ "votre propre serveur de noms, placez-le ici. Autrement, demandez à votre "
#~ "fournisseur d'accès Internet quels sont les DNS primaire et secondaire à "
#~ "utiliser, et placez-les dans <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> comme "
#~ "indiqué ci-dessus."

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "search com\n"
#~ "nameserver 204.11.126.131\n"
#~ "nameserver 64.125.134.133\n"
#~ "nameserver 64.125.134.132\n"
#~ "nameserver 208.185.179.218\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "search com\n"
#~ "nameserver 204.11.126.131\n"
#~ "nameserver 64.125.134.133\n"
#~ "nameserver 64.125.134.132\n"
#~ "nameserver 208.185.179.218\n"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "iface eth1 inet static\n"
#~ "\taddress 192.168.0.2\n"
#~ "\tnetmask 255.255.255.0\n"
#~ "\tgateway 192.168.0.1\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "iface eth1 inet static\n"
#~ "\taddress 192.168.0.2\n"
#~ "\tnetmask 255.255.255.0\n"
#~ "\tgateway 192.168.0.1\n"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Password: <placeholder-1/>\n"
#~ "Retype password: <placeholder-2/>\n"
#~ "$1$s3YiK$M3lxAbqA6JLm2FbDWnClQ0"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Password: <placeholder-1/>\n"
#~ "Retype password: <placeholder-2/>\n"
#~ "$1$s3YiK$M3lxAbqA6JLm2FbDWnClQ0"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This section assumes you have installed and configured Apache 2 Web Server "
#~ "and MySQL Database Server. You can refer to Apache 2 section and MySQL "
#~ "sections in this document to install and configure Apache 2 and MySQL "
#~ "respectively."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette section suppose que vous avez installé et configuré le serveur Web "
#~ "Apache2 et le serveur de base de données MySQL. Vous pouvez vous référer aux "
#~ "sections sur Apache2 et sur MySQL dans ce document pour installer et "
#~ "configurer Apache2 et MySQL."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If your network contains computers whose IP addresses are not listed in DNS, "
#~ "it is recommended that you add them to the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> "
#~ "file."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si votre réseau contient des ordinateurs dont les adresses IP ne sont pas "
#~ "listées par les DNS, il est recommandé de les ajouter dans le fichier "
#~ "<filename>/etc/hosts</filename>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This section explains how to configure which nameserver to use when "
#~ "resolving IP addresses to hostnames and vice versa. It does not explain how "
#~ "to configure the system as a name server."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette partie explique comment configurer le serveur de noms à utiliser pour "
#~ "convertir les adresses IP en nom de machines et vice versa. Elle n'explique "
#~ "pas comment configurer un système en serveur de noms."

#~ msgid "GRUB Password Security"
#~ msgstr "Sécuriser GRUB avec un mot de passe"

#~ msgid "Related Pages"
#~ msgstr "Pages connexes"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "local   all         postgres                          md5 sameuser\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "local all postgres md5 sameuser\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This does not prevent someone from booting the server from alternate media. "
#~ "A determined attacker would simply boot into an alternate environment, "
#~ "overwrite your master boot record, mount or copy your physical volumes, "
#~ "destroy your data, or anything else they can imagine. Please explore other "
#~ "countermeasures that may help you with these types of attacks."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ceci n'empêche pas quelqu'un de démarrer le serveur à partir d'un autre "
#~ "média. Un attaquant déterminé pourra simplement démarrer sur un autre "
#~ "environnement, écraser le secteur d'amorçage du disque dur, monter ou copier "
#~ "vos volumes physiques, détruire vos données, ou tout ce que pouvez imaginer. "
#~ "Veuillez étudier d'autres mesures pour vous aider à lutter contre ce type "
#~ "d'attaques."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If nothing is printed, it means that your cpu does <emphasis>not</emphasis> "
#~ "support hardware virtualization."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si rien ne s'affiche, cela signifie que votre processeur <emphasis>ne prend "
#~ "pas</emphasis> en charge la virtualisation au niveau matériel."

#~ msgid "Boot the server into single user mode."
#~ msgstr "Démarrer le serveur en mode mono-utilisateur (single)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Replication is achieved using the <emphasis>Syncrepl</emphasis> engine. "
#~ "Syncrepl allows the directory to be synced using either a "
#~ "<emphasis>push</emphasis> or <emphasis>pull</emphasis> based system. In a "
#~ "push based configuration a <quote>primary</quote> server will push directory "
#~ "updates to <quote>secondary</quote> servers, while a pull based approach "
#~ "allows replication servers to sync on a time based interval."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La réplication est réalisée à l'aide du moteur "
#~ "<emphasis>Syncrepl</emphasis>. Syncrepl permet à l'annuaire d'être "
#~ "synchronisé selon deux méthodes : soit <emphasis>centralisée</emphasis> "
#~ "(méthode « push ») soit  <emphasis>distribuée</emphasis> (méthode « pull »). "
#~ "Dans une configuration centralisée, un serveur <quote>primaire</quote> "
#~ "répercute l'actualisation de l'annuaire vers des serveurs "
#~ "<quote>secondaires</quote>, alors que dans une configuration distribuée, les "
#~ "serveurs de réplication se synchronisent entre eux à intervalle régulier."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "In this case, you will need to specify your DNS servers manually in "
#~ "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, which should look something like this:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Dans ce cas, vous devrez spécifier votre serveur DNS manuellement dans "
#~ "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, qui devrait ressembler à ceci :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "It will prompt you enter the passphrase. If you enter the correct "
#~ "passphrase, it will prompt you to enter Company Name, Once you enter all "
#~ "these details, your CSR will be created and it will be stored in the "
#~ "<filename>server.csr</filename> file. Site Name, Email Id, etc."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Votre mot de passe vous sera demandé. Si votre mot de passe est correct, le "
#~ "nom de votre entreprise vous sera demandé. Une fois tout ces détails saisis, "
#~ "votre CSR sera créé et sauvegardé dans le fichier "
#~ "<filename>server.csr</filename>. Nom du site, identité courriel, etc."

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "password --md5 $1$s3YiK$M3lxAbqA6JLm2FbDWnClQ0"
#~ msgstr "password --md5 $1$s3YiK$M3lxAbqA6JLm2FbDWnClQ0"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Again, Using Squid's access control, you may configure use of Internet "
#~ "services proxied by Squid to be available only users with certain Internet "
#~ "Protocol (IP) addresses. For example, we will illustrate access by users of "
#~ "the 192.168.42.0/24 subnetwork only:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Toujours en utilisant le contrôle d'accès de Squid, vous pouvez configurer "
#~ "l'usage des services Internet mandatés par Squid afin qu'ils ne soient "
#~ "disponibles qu'aux utilisateurs disposant de certaines adresses IP. Voici "
#~ "par exemple comment autoriser l'accès uniquement aux utilisateurs du sous "
#~ "réseau 192.168.42.0/24 :"

#~ msgid "w3m /usr/share/ubuntu-serverguide/html/en_GB/index.html"
#~ msgstr "w3m /usr/share/ubuntu-serverguide/html/en_GB/index.html"

#~ msgid "Managing DNS Entries"
#~ msgstr "Gérer les entrées DNS"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "To add a password for use with <application>grub</application>, first you "
#~ "must generate an md5 password hash using the <application>grub-md5-"
#~ "crypt</application> utility:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour ajouter un mot de passe à utiliser avec "
#~ "<application>grub</application>, vous devez d'abord générer une empreinte "
#~ "MD5 du mot de passe à l'aide de l'utilitaire <application>grub-md5-"
#~ "crypt</application> :"

#~ msgid "Managing Hosts"
#~ msgstr "Gérer les hôtes"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The <application>nameserver</application> key specifies the nameserver IP "
#~ "address. It will be used to resolve a given IP address or hostname. This "
#~ "file can have multiple nameserver entries. The nameservers will be used by "
#~ "the network query in the same order."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La clé <application>nameserver</application> indique l'adresse IP d'un "
#~ "serveur de noms. Elle sera utilisée pour convertir (pour résoudre) une "
#~ "adresse IP ou un nom d'hôte. Plusieurs adresses de serveurs de noms peuvent "
#~ "être indiquées dans ce fichier. Les serveurs de noms seront utilisés dans "
#~ "l'ordre indiqué."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "To manage hosts, you can add, edit, or remove hosts from "
#~ "<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file. The file contains IP addresses and "
#~ "their corresponding hostnames. When your system tries to resolve a hostname "
#~ "to an IP address or determine the hostname for an IP address, it refers to "
#~ "the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file before using the name servers. If "
#~ "the IP address is listed in the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file, the "
#~ "name servers are not used. This behavior can be modified by editing "
#~ "<filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename> at your peril."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour gérer les hôtes, vous pouvez ajouter, modifier, ou supprimer des hôtes "
#~ "dans le fichier <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. Le fichier contient les "
#~ "adresses IP et le noms d'hôtes correspondants. Lorsque votre système essaie "
#~ "de résoudre un nom d'hôte en adresse IP, ou de déterminer le nom d'hôte pour "
#~ "une adresse IP donnée, il commence par regarder dans le fichier "
#~ "<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> avant d'utiliser les serveurs de noms. Si "
#~ "l'adresse IP se trouve dans <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>, les serveurs de "
#~ "noms ne sont pas utilisés. Ce comportement peut être changé en modifiant le "
#~ "fichier <filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename>, à vos risques et périls."

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "(enter new password)"
#~ msgstr "(saisir un nouveau mot de passe)"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "(repeat password)"
#~ msgstr "(retaper le mot de passe)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "We can check that the content has been correctly added with the tools from "
#~ "the <application>ldap-utils</application> package. In order to execute a "
#~ "search of the LDAP directory:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Nous pouvons vérifier que le contenu a bien été ajouté grâce aux outils "
#~ "fournis dans le paquet <application>ldap-utils</application>. Pour effectuer "
#~ "une recherche dans l'annuaire LDAP :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For more information see the <ulink url=\"http://ebox-platform.com/\">eBox "
#~ "Home Page</ulink>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour plus d'informations consultez le <ulink url=\"http://ebox-"
#~ "platform.com/\">site Web d'eBox</ulink> (en anglais)."

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "# This file describes the network interfaces available on your system\n"
#~ "# and how to activate them. For more information, see interfaces(5).\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "# The loopback network interface\n"
#~ "auto lo\n"
#~ "iface lo inet loopback\n"
#~ "address 127.0.0.1\n"
#~ "netmask 255.0.0.0\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "# This file describes the network interfaces available on your system\n"
#~ "# and how to activate them. For more information, see interfaces(5).\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "# The loopback network interface\n"
#~ "auto lo\n"
#~ "iface lo inet loopback\n"
#~ "address 127.0.0.1\n"
#~ "netmask 255.0.0.0\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Many more configurations are possible, including dialup PPP interfaces, IPv6 "
#~ "networking, VPN devices, etc. Refer to <application>man 5 "
#~ "interfaces</application> for more information and supported options. "
#~ "Remember that <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> is used by the "
#~ "<application>ifup</application>/<application>ifdown</application> scripts as "
#~ "a higher level configuration scheme than may be used in some other Linux "
#~ "distributions, and that the traditional, lower level utilities such as "
#~ "<application>ifconfig</application>, <application>route</application>, and "
#~ "<application>dhclient</application> are still available to you for ad hoc "
#~ "configurations."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "De nombreuses autres configurations sont possibles, y compris pour les "
#~ "interfaces de modem PPP, les réseaux IPv6, des VPN, etc. Lisez "
#~ "<application>man 5 interfaces</application> pour plus d'informations et les "
#~ "options prises en charge. Souvenez-vous que "
#~ "<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> est utilisé par les scripts "
#~ "<application>ifup</application>/<application>ifdown</application> à un "
#~ "niveau plus haut que dans beaucoup d'autres distribution Linux, et que les "
#~ "utilitaires de bas niveau comme <application>ifconfig</application>, "
#~ "<application>route</application>, et <application>dhclient</application> "
#~ "sont toujours disponibles pour configurer votre réseau comme vous le "
#~ "souhaitez."

#~ msgid "egrep '(vmx|svm)' /proc/cpuinfo"
#~ msgstr "egrep '(vmx|svm)' /proc/cpuinfo"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The installation process will prompt you for the LDAP directory admin "
#~ "password and confirmation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le processus d'installation vous demandera deux fois le mot de passe "
#~ "administrateur de l'annuaire LDAP."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The directory has been created during installation and reconfiguration, and "
#~ "now it is time to populate it. It will be populated with a \"classical\" "
#~ "scheme that will be compatible with address book applications and with Unix "
#~ "Posix accounts. Posix accounts will allow authentication to various "
#~ "applications, such as web applications, email Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) "
#~ "applications, etc."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'annuaire a été créé au cours de l'installation et de la reconfiguration et "
#~ "il faut maintenant le compléter d'entrées « classiques » compatibles avec "
#~ "des applications de carnet d'adresse et de compte Unix Posix. Les comptes "
#~ "Posix permettent l'authentification de nombreuses applications telles que "
#~ "les navigateurs web, les clients de messageries (Mail Transfert Agent :MTA), "
#~ "etc."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For example, when a user requests the page "
#~ "http://www.example.com/this_directory/, he or she will get either the "
#~ "DirectoryIndex page if it exists, a server-generated directory list if it "
#~ "does not and the Indexes option is specified, or a Permission Denied page if "
#~ "neither is true. The server will try to find one of the files listed in the "
#~ "DirectoryIndex directive and will return the first one it finds. If it does "
#~ "not find any of these files and if Options Indexes is set for that "
#~ "directory, the server will generate and return a list, in HTML format, of "
#~ "the subdirectories and files in the directory. The default value, found in "
#~ "<filename>/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename> is \" index.html index.cgi "
#~ "index.pl index.php index.xhtml\". Thus, if Apache2 finds a file in a "
#~ "requested directory matching any of these names, the first will be displayed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Par exemple, lorsqu'un utilisateur demande la page "
#~ "http://www.example.com/this_directory/, il ou elle obtiendra ou bien la page "
#~ "spécifiée par la directive DirectoryIndex si elle existe, ou bien un listing "
#~ "du répertoire généré par le serveur si l'option Indexes est spécifiée, ou "
#~ "bien une permission non accordée si aucun des deux cas précédents ne se "
#~ "vérifie. Le serveur essaiera de trouver l'une des pages données dans la "
#~ "directive DirectoryIndex et renverra la première trouvée. S'il ne trouve pas "
#~ "une de ces pages et si l'option Indexes est activée pour ce répertoire, le "
#~ "serveur générera et renverra une liste au format HTML des sous-répertoires "
#~ "et fichiers présents dans ce répertoire. La valeur par défaut se trouvant "
#~ "dans le fichier <filename>/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename> est "
#~ "« index.html index.cgi index.pl index.php index.xhtml ». Si Apache2 trouve "
#~ "un fichier dans le répertoire demandé qui correspond à l'un de ces noms, le "
#~ "premier d'entre eux sera affiché."

#~ msgid "Apache Modules"
#~ msgstr "Modules d'Apache"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Therefore, it is important to control who may edit the "
#~ "<application>grub</application> menu items which, would otherwise allow for "
#~ "someone to perform the following dangerous actions:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Par conséquent, il est important de contrôler qui peut modifier les options "
#~ "du menu de <application>grub</application>. Celles-ci pourraient permettre à "
#~ "quelqu'un d'effectuer les actions dangereuses suivantes :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The command will ask you to enter a password and offer a resulting hash "
#~ "value as shown below:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande vous demandera de saisir un mot de passe et présentera "
#~ "l'empreinte MD5 résultante comme indiqué ci-dessous :"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "#exec /sbin/shutdown -r now \"Control-Alt-Delete pressed\"\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "#exec /sbin/shutdown -r now \"Control-Alt-Delete pressed\"\n"

#~ msgid "LDAP replication"
#~ msgstr "Réplication LDAP"

#~ msgid "Ethernet"
#~ msgstr "Ethernet"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Depending on how you obtained your certificate you may need to enter a "
#~ "passphrase when <application>Apache</application> starts."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Selon la méthode utilisée pour créer votre certificat, il est possible qu'un "
#~ "mot de passe vous soit demandé pour démarrer "
#~ "<application>Apache</application>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "To require use of the password for entering single user mode, change the "
#~ "value of the <varname>lockalternative</varname> variable in the file "
#~ "<filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename> to <varname>true</varname>, as "
#~ "shown in the following example."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour empêcher l'utilisation du mode mono-utilisateur (single) sans mot de "
#~ "passe, modifiez la valeur de la variable <varname>lockalternative</varname> "
#~ "dans le fichier <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename> à "
#~ "<varname>true</varname>, comme indiqué dans l'exemple suivant."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<emphasis>Log Observer:</emphasis> unfortunately this event does not work "
#~ "with the <application>eBox</application> version shipped with Ubuntu 7.10."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<emphasis>Log Observer :</emphasis> malheureusement, cet événement ne "
#~ "fonctionne pas avec la version de <application>eBox</application> fournie "
#~ "avec Ubuntu 7.10."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the DNS server names are retrieved dynamically from DHCP or PPPoE "
#~ "(retrieved from your ISP), do not add nameserver entries in this file. It "
#~ "will be overwritten."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si les adresses des serveurs de noms sont récupérées dynamiquement par DHCP "
#~ "ou PPPoE (à partir de votre FAI par exemple), ne rajoutez aucune entrée de "
#~ "serveurs de noms dans ce fichier. Elle serait remplacée par celle obtenue "
#~ "automatiquement."

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: ou=people,dc=example,dc=com\n"
#~ "objectClass: organizationalUnit\n"
#~ "ou: people\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: ou=groups,dc=example,dc=com\n"
#~ "objectClass: organizationalUnit\n"
#~ "ou: groups\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: uid=john,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com\n"
#~ "objectClass: inetOrgPerson\n"
#~ "objectClass: posixAccount\n"
#~ "objectClass: shadowAccount\n"
#~ "uid: john\n"
#~ "sn: Doe\n"
#~ "givenName: John\n"
#~ "cn: John Doe\n"
#~ "displayName: John Doe\n"
#~ "uidNumber: 1000\n"
#~ "gidNumber: 10000\n"
#~ "userPassword: password\n"
#~ "gecos: John Doe\n"
#~ "loginShell: /bin/bash\n"
#~ "homeDirectory: /home/john\n"
#~ "shadowExpire: -1\n"
#~ "shadowFlag: 0\n"
#~ "shadowWarning: 7\n"
#~ "shadowMin: 8\n"
#~ "shadowMax: 999999\n"
#~ "shadowLastChange: 10877\n"
#~ "mail: john.doe@example.com\n"
#~ "postalCode: 31000\n"
#~ "l: Toulouse\n"
#~ "o: Example\n"
#~ "mobile: +33 (0)6 xx xx xx xx\n"
#~ "homePhone: +33 (0)5 xx xx xx xx\n"
#~ "title: System Administrator\n"
#~ "postalAddress: \n"
#~ "initials: JD\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: cn=example,ou=groups,dc=example,dc=com\n"
#~ "objectClass: posixGroup\n"
#~ "cn: example\n"
#~ "gidNumber: 10000\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: ou=people,dc=example,dc=com\n"
#~ "objectClass: organizationalUnit\n"
#~ "ou: people\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: ou=groups,dc=example,dc=com\n"
#~ "objectClass: organizationalUnit\n"
#~ "ou: groups\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: uid=john,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com\n"
#~ "objectClass: inetOrgPerson\n"
#~ "objectClass: posixAccount\n"
#~ "objectClass: shadowAccount\n"
#~ "uid: john\n"
#~ "sn: Doe\n"
#~ "givenName: John\n"
#~ "cn: John Doe\n"
#~ "displayName: John Doe\n"
#~ "uidNumber: 1000\n"
#~ "gidNumber: 10000\n"
#~ "userPassword: password\n"
#~ "gecos: John Doe\n"
#~ "loginShell: /bin/bash\n"
#~ "homeDirectory: /home/john\n"
#~ "shadowExpire: -1\n"
#~ "shadowFlag: 0\n"
#~ "shadowWarning: 7\n"
#~ "shadowMin: 8\n"
#~ "shadowMax: 999999\n"
#~ "shadowLastChange: 10877\n"
#~ "mail: john.doe@example.com\n"
#~ "postalCode: 31000\n"
#~ "l: Toulouse\n"
#~ "o: Example\n"
#~ "mobile: +33 (0)6 xx xx xx xx\n"
#~ "homePhone: +33 (0)5 xx xx xx xx\n"
#~ "title: System Administrator\n"
#~ "postalAddress: \n"
#~ "initials: JD\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: cn=example,ou=groups,dc=example,dc=com\n"
#~ "objectClass: posixGroup\n"
#~ "cn: example\n"
#~ "gidNumber: 10000\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The first line specifies that the eth0 device should come up automatically "
#~ "when you boot. The second line means that interface (<quote>iface</quote>) "
#~ "eth0 should have an IPv4 address space (replace <quote>inet</quote> with "
#~ "<quote>inet6</quote> for an IPv6 device) and that it should get its "
#~ "configuration automatically from DHCP. Assuming your network and DHCP server "
#~ "are properly configured, this machine's network should need no further "
#~ "configuration to operate properly. The DHCP server will provide the default "
#~ "gateway (implemented via the <application>route</application> command), the "
#~ "device's IP address (implemented via the <application>ifconfig</application> "
#~ "command), and DNS servers used on the network (implemented in the "
#~ "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> file.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La première ligne spécifie que le périphérique eth0 devrait être activé "
#~ "automatiquement au démarrage. la seconde ligne signifie que l'interface "
#~ "(<quote>iface</quote>) eth0 devrait avoir une adresse IPv4 (remplacez "
#~ "<quote>inet</quote> par <quote>inet6</quote> pour une adresse IPv6) et "
#~ "qu'elle doit obtenir sa configuration automatiquement d'un serveur DHCP. En "
#~ "supposant que votre réseau et le serveur DHCP soient bien configurés, le "
#~ "réseau devrait fonctionner correctement sur cette machine sans configuration "
#~ "supplémentaire. Le serveur DHCP fournira la passerelle par défaut "
#~ "(implémentée par la commande <application>route</application>), l'adresse IP "
#~ "du périphérique (implémentée par la commande "
#~ "<application>ifconfig</application>), et les serveurs DNS utilisés sur le "
#~ "réseau (implémentés dans la fichier <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>.)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The <emphasis>DocumentRoot</emphasis> directive specifies where Apache "
#~ "should look for the files that make up the site. The default value is "
#~ "/var/www. No site is configured there, but if you uncomment the "
#~ "<emphasis>RedirectMatch</emphasis> directive in "
#~ "<filename>/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename> requests will be redirected "
#~ "to /var/www/apache2-default where the default Apache2 site awaits. Change "
#~ "this value in your site's virtual host file, and remember to create that "
#~ "directory if necessary!"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La directive <emphasis>DocumentRoot</emphasis> précise l'emplacement où "
#~ "Apache doit chercher les fichiers du site. La valeur par défaut est "
#~ "/var/www. Aucun site n'est configuré à cet emplacement, mais si vous "
#~ "décommentez la directive <emphasis>RedirectMatch</emphasis> dans le fichier "
#~ "de configuration <filename>/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename> les requêtes "
#~ "seront alors redirigées vers /var/www/apache2-default où se trouve le site "
#~ "par défaut d'Apache2. Modifiez cette valeur dans le fichier de configuration "
#~ "de votre hôte virtuel, et n'oubliez pas de créer le répertoire si "
#~ "nécessaire !"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Ubuntu installs GNU GRUB as its default boot loader, which allows for great "
#~ "flexibility and recovery options. For example, when you install additional "
#~ "kernel images, these are automatically added as available boot options in "
#~ "the <application>grub</application> menu. Also, by default, alternate boot "
#~ "options are available for each kernel entry that may be used for system "
#~ "recovery, aptly labeled (recovery mode). Recovery mode simply boots the "
#~ "corresponding kernel image into single user mode (init 1), which lands the "
#~ "administrator at a root prompt without the need for any password."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ubuntu utilise par défaut GRUB comme chargeur d'amorçage. Il permet une "
#~ "grande flexibilité et offre des options de récupération. Par exemple, "
#~ "lorsque vous installez de nouvelles images du noyau, elles sont "
#~ "automatiquement ajoutées en tant qu'options de démarrage dans le menu de "
#~ "<application>grub</application>. Par défaut, une option de démarrage "
#~ "alternative est également disponible pour chaque noyau. Celle-ci, étiquetée "
#~ "« recovery mode » peut être utilisée pour une récupération du système. Ce "
#~ "mode de récupération démarre sur le noyau correspondant en mode mono-"
#~ "utilisateur (init1) qui place l'administrateur sur une invite de commande "
#~ "root sans demander de mot de passe."

#~ msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure slapd"
#~ msgstr "sudo dpkg-reconfigure slapd"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "To access the Subversion repository via WebDAV protocol, you must configure "
#~ "your Apache 2 web server. You must add the following snippet in your "
#~ "<filename>/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename> file:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour accéder au dépôt Subversion en utilisant le protocole WebDAV, vous "
#~ "devez configurer votre serveur Web Apache 2. Vous devez ajouter les "
#~ "fragments de code suivants dans votre fichier "
#~ "<filename>/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename> :"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "search mydomain.example\n"
#~ "nameserver 192.168.0.1\n"
#~ "nameserver 4.2.2.2\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "search mondomaine.exemple\n"
#~ "nameserver 192.168.0.1\n"
#~ "nameserver 4.2.2.2\n"

#~ msgid "Pass kernel options at boot up."
#~ msgstr "Passer des options au noyau lors du démarrage."

#~ msgid "grub-md5-crypt"
#~ msgstr "grub-md5-crypt"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "To disable the reboot action taken by pressing the "
#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap></k"
#~ "eycombo> key combination, comment out the following line in the file "
#~ "<filename>/etc/event.d/control-alt-delete</filename>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour empêcher le redémarrage avec la combinaison de touches "
#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Suppr</keycap></ke"
#~ "ycombo>, commentez la ligne suivante dans le fichier "
#~ "<filename>/etc/event.d/control-alt-delete</filename>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The <application>search</application> key specifies the string which will be "
#~ "appended to an incomplete hostname. Here, we have configured it to "
#~ "<application>com</application>. So, when we run: <command>ping "
#~ "ubuntu</command> it would be interpreted as <command>ping "
#~ "ubuntu.com</command>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La clé <application>search</application> indique la chaîne de caractères qui "
#~ "sera ajoutée à la fin d'un nom d'hôte incomplet. Supposons que nous ayons "
#~ "indiqué la valeur <application>com</application>. Ainsi lorsque l'on exécute "
#~ "la commande : <command>ping ubuntu</command>, elle sera interprétée comme "
#~ "suit : <command>ping ubuntu.com</command>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The Apache2 web server is available in Ubuntu Linux. To install Apache2:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le serveur Web Apache2 est disponible sous Ubuntu. Pour l'installer :"

#~ msgid "Replace <emphasis>en_GB</emphasis> with your language localization."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remplacez <emphasis>en_GB</emphasis> par le code de votre langue (fr_FR pour "
#~ "le français)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "On most computer whose processor supports virtualization, it is necessary to "
#~ "activate an option in the bios to enable it. The method described above does "
#~ "not show the status of it's activation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Sur la plupart des ordinateurs dont les processeurs gèrent la "
#~ "virtualisation, il est nécessaire de l'activer en réglant une option dans le "
#~ "BIOS. La méthode décrite ci-dessus n'indique pas si cette option est activée "
#~ "ou non."

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "# lockalternative=true"
#~ msgstr "# lockalternative=true"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "With Apache now configured for HTTPS, restart the service to enable the new "
#~ "settings:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Apache est maintenant configuré pour le HTTPS, relancez le service pour "
#~ "activer les nouveaux réglages :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "To configure <application>Apache</application> for HTTPS, enter the "
#~ "following:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour configurer <application>Apache</application> pour HTTPS, entrez la "
#~ "commande suivante :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite intrepid --flavour virtual --arch i386 \\ -"
#~ "o --libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition \\ -"
#~ "-user user --name user --pass default"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite intrepid --flavour virtual --arch i386 \\ -"
#~ "o --libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition \\ -"
#~ "-user user --name user --pass default"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite intrepid --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o "
#~ "\\ --libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition --"
#~ "user user \\ --name user --pass default --addpkg apache2 --addpkg apache2-"
#~ "mpm-prefork \\ --addpkg apache2-utils --addpkg apache2.2-common --addpkg "
#~ "dbconfig-common \\ --addpkg libapache2-mod-php5 --addpkg mysql-client --"
#~ "addpkg php5-cli \\ --addpkg php5-gd --addpkg php5-ldap --addpkg php5-mysql --"
#~ "addpkg wwwconfig-common \\ --addpkg mysql-server --addpkg unattended-"
#~ "upgrades --addpkg acpid --ppa nijaba \\ --mirror "
#~ "http://mirroraddress:9999/ubuntu --tmpfs - --firstboot boot.sh \\ --"
#~ "firstlogin login.sh es"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite intrepid --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o "
#~ "\\ --libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition --"
#~ "user user \\ --name user --pass default --addpkg apache2 --addpkg apache2-"
#~ "mpm-prefork \\ --addpkg apache2-utils --addpkg apache2.2-common --addpkg "
#~ "dbconfig-common \\ --addpkg libapache2-mod-php5 --addpkg mysql-client --"
#~ "addpkg php5-cli \\ --addpkg php5-gd --addpkg php5-ldap --addpkg php5-mysql --"
#~ "addpkg wwwconfig-common \\ --addpkg mysql-server --addpkg unattended-"
#~ "upgrades --addpkg acpid --ppa nijaba \\ --mirror "
#~ "http://mirroraddress:9999/ubuntu --tmpfs - --firstboot boot.sh \\ --"
#~ "firstlogin login.sh es"

#~ msgid "Next"
#~ msgstr "Suivant"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Click "
#~ "<menuchoice><guimenuitem>Start</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Administrative Tools"
#~ "</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Manager Your Server</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. "
#~ "This will open the <application>Server Role Mangement</application> utility."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cliquez sur "
#~ "<menuchoice><guimenuitem>Démarrer</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Outils "
#~ "d'administration</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Gérer votre "
#~ "serveur</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

#~ msgid "chmod 644 .ssh/authorized_keys"
#~ msgstr "chmod 644 .ssh/authorized_keys"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/apt-howto/\">APT "
#~ "HOWTO</ulink> and <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man8/apt-"
#~ "get.8.html\">apt-get man page</ulink> contain useful information regarding "
#~ "<application>apt-get</application> usage."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/apt-howto/\">Tutoriel "
#~ "APT</ulink> et <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man8/apt-get.8.html\">la "
#~ "page de manuel apt-get</ulink> contiennent des informations très utiles "
#~ "concernant l'utilisation de <application>apt-get</application>."

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: cn=misc,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
#~ "...\n"
#~ "cn: misc\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: cn=misc,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
#~ "...\n"
#~ "cn: misc\n"

#~ msgid "ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com -W -f example.com.ldif"
#~ msgstr "ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com -W -f example.com.ldif"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: cn=module{0},cn=config\n"
#~ "changetype: modify\n"
#~ "add: olcModuleLoad\n"
#~ "olcModuleLoad: syncprov\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: cn=config\n"
#~ "changetype: modify\n"
#~ "replace: olcServerID\n"
#~ "olcServerID: 1 ldap://ldap01.example.com\n"
#~ "olcServerID: 2 ldap://ldap02.example.com\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: olcOverlay=syncprov,olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\n"
#~ "changetype: add\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcSyncProvConfig\n"
#~ "olcOverlay: syncprov\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\n"
#~ "changetype: modify\n"
#~ "add: olcSyncRepl\n"
#~ "olcSyncRepl: rid=001 provider=ldap://ldap01.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,cn=config\" bindmethod=simple\n"
#~ "  credentials=secret searchbase=\"cn=config\" type=refreshAndPersist\n"
#~ "  retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1\n"
#~ "olcSyncRepl: rid=002 provider=ldap://ldap02.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,cn=config\" bindmethod=simple\n"
#~ "  credentials=secret searchbase=\"cn=config\" type=refreshAndPersist\n"
#~ "  retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1\n"
#~ "-\n"
#~ "add: olcMirrorMode\n"
#~ "olcMirrorMode: TRUE\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: cn=module{0},cn=config\n"
#~ "changetype: modify\n"
#~ "add: olcModuleLoad\n"
#~ "olcModuleLoad: syncprov\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: cn=config\n"
#~ "changetype: modify\n"
#~ "replace: olcServerID\n"
#~ "olcServerID: 1 ldap://ldap01.example.com\n"
#~ "olcServerID: 2 ldap://ldap02.example.com\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: olcOverlay=syncprov,olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\n"
#~ "changetype: add\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcSyncProvConfig\n"
#~ "olcOverlay: syncprov\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\n"
#~ "changetype: modify\n"
#~ "add: olcSyncRepl\n"
#~ "olcSyncRepl: rid=001 provider=ldap://ldap01.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,cn=config\" bindmethod=simple\n"
#~ "  credentials=secret searchbase=\"cn=config\" type=refreshAndPersist\n"
#~ "  retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1\n"
#~ "olcSyncRepl: rid=002 provider=ldap://ldap02.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,cn=config\" bindmethod=simple\n"
#~ "  credentials=secret searchbase=\"cn=config\" type=refreshAndPersist\n"
#~ "  retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1\n"
#~ "-\n"
#~ "add: olcMirrorMode\n"
#~ "olcMirrorMode: TRUE\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you have only one Ethernet device, eth0, and it gets its configuration "
#~ "from a DHCP server, and it should come up automatically at boot, only two "
#~ "additional lines are required:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si vous n'avez qu'une seule carte Ethernet, eth0, qu'elle reçoit sa "
#~ "configuration depuis un serveur DHCP, et qu'elle doit être activée "
#~ "automatiquement à chaque démarrage, seules deux lignes supplémentaires sont "
#~ "nécessaires :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "To configure your Ethernet device with a static IP address and custom "
#~ "configuration, some more information will be required. Suppose you want to "
#~ "assign the IP address 192.168.0.2 to the device eth1, with the typical "
#~ "netmask of 255.255.255.0. Your default gateway's IP address is 192.168.0.1. "
#~ "You would enter something like this into "
#~ "<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour configurer votre carte Ethernet avec une adresse IP statique et des "
#~ "réglages personnalisés, davantage d'informations sont nécessaires. Supposons "
#~ "que vous vouliez attribuer l'adresse IP 192.168.0.2 à l'interface réseau "
#~ "eth1, avec typiquement un masque de sous-réseau 255.255.255.0, et que "
#~ "l'adresse IP de votre passerelle par défaut soit 192.168.0.1. Vous pourriez "
#~ "saisir quelque chose comme ceci dans "
#~ "<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "To manage DNS entries, you can add, edit, or remove DNS names from the "
#~ "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> file. A sample file is given below:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour gérer les entrées DNS, vous pouvez ajouter, modifier, ou supprimer des "
#~ "noms DNS dans le fichier <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. Un fichier "
#~ "exemple est donné ci-dessous :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For more information on DNS client configuration see the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man5/resolver.5.html\">re"
#~ "solver man page</ulink>. Also, Chapter 6 of O'Reilly's <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/linag2/book/ch06.html\">Linux Network "
#~ "Administrator's Guide</ulink> is a good source of resolver and name service "
#~ "configuration information."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour plus d'informations sur la configuration des client DNS, voyez la page "
#~ "de manuel <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man5/resolver.5.html\">re"
#~ "solver</ulink>. Le chapitre 6 du livre <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/linag2/book/ch06.html\">Linux Network "
#~ "Administrator's Guide</ulink> de O'Reilly's (en anglais) est également une "
#~ "bonne source d'information pour la configuration de la résolutions de noms."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For more information on <emphasis>bridging</emphasis> see the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man8/brctl.8.html\">brctl"
#~ " man page</ulink> and the Linux Foundation's <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/Net:Bridge\">Net:Bridge</ulink> page."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour plus d'informations sur les <emphasis>ponts réseau</emphasis>, voyez la "
#~ "page de manuel <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man8/brctl.8.html\">brctl"
#~ "</ulink> et la page <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/Net:Bridge\">Net:Bridge</ulink> (en "
#~ "anglais) de la Fondation Linux."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "There should now be a <emphasis>dn: "
#~ "cn={4}misc,cn=schema,cn=config</emphasis> entry in the cn=config tree."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il doit maintenant y avoir une entrée <emphasis>dn: "
#~ "cn={4}misc,cn=schema,cn=config</emphasis> dans l'arborescence de cn=config."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The following is an example of a <emphasis>Multi-Master</emphasis> "
#~ "configuration. In this configuration each OpenLDAP server is configured for "
#~ "both <emphasis>push</emphasis> and <emphasis>pull</emphasis> replication."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'exemple suivant est une configuration <emphasis>multi-maître</emphasis>. "
#~ "Dans cette configuration, chaque serveur OpenLDAP est configuré à la fois "
#~ "pour la réplication <emphasis>centralisée</emphasis> et "
#~ "<emphasis>distribuée</emphasis>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "First, configure the server to sync the <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> "
#~ "database. Copy the following to a file named <filename>syncrepl_cn-"
#~ "config.ldif</filename>:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Tout d'abord, configurez le serveur pour qu'il se synchronise avec la base "
#~ "de données <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis>. Copiez le code suivant dans un "
#~ "fichier nommé <filename>syncrepl_cn-config.ldif</filename> :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<emphasis>ldap://ldap01.example.com</emphasis> and "
#~ "<emphasis>ldap://ldap02.example.com</emphasis> to the hostnames of your LDAP "
#~ "servers."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<emphasis>ldap://ldap01.example.com</emphasis> et "
#~ "<emphasis>ldap://ldap02.example.com</emphasis> par les noms d'hôtes de vos "
#~ "serveurs LDAP."

#~ msgid "Edit the file changing:"
#~ msgstr "Remplacez dans le fichier :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Also, see the <application>screen-profiles</application><ulink "
#~ "url=\"https://launchpad.net/screen-profiles\">project page</ulink> for more "
#~ "information."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Consultez aussi la <ulink url=\"https://launchpad.net/screen-profiles\">page "
#~ "du projet</ulink> (en anglais) de <application>screen-profiles</application> "
#~ "pour plus d'informations."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "LDAP directories can be populated with LDIF (LDAP Directory Interchange "
#~ "Format) files. Copy the following example LDIF file, naming it "
#~ "<filename>example.com.ldif</filename>, somewhere on your system:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les annuaires LDAP peuvent être peuplés par des fichiers LDIF (LDAP "
#~ "Directory Interchange Format). Copiez l'exemple de fichier LDIF suivant, en "
#~ "le nommant<filename>example.com.ldif</filename>, quelque part sur votre "
#~ "système :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "To add the entries to the LDAP directory use the "
#~ "<application>ldapadd</application> utility:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour ajouter des entrées à l'annuaire LDAP, utilisez "
#~ "<application>ldapadd</application> :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "sudo ln -s /usr/local/bin/local-weather /etc/update-motd.d/60-local-weather"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "sudo ln -s /usr/local/bin/local-weather /etc/update-motd.d/60-local-weather"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "You should now be greeted with some useful information, and some information "
#~ "about the local weather that may not be quite so useful. Hopefully the "
#~ "<application>local-weather</application> example demonstrates the "
#~ "flexibility of <application>update-motd</application>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vous devriez avoir des informations de la météo locale dans le MOTD. Ceci "
#~ "n'est qu'un exemple vous montrant la flexibilité de <application>update-"
#~ "motd</application>."

#~ msgid "sudo update-motd"
#~ msgstr "sudo update-motd"

#~ msgid "select-screen-profile -s ubuntu-light"
#~ msgstr "select-screen-profile -s ubuntu-light"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enter LDAP Password: \n"
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcDatabaseConfig\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcHdbConfig\n"
#~ "olcDatabase: {1}hdb\n"
#~ "olcDbDirectory: /var/lib/ldap\n"
#~ "olcSuffix: dc=example,dc=com\n"
#~ "olcAccess: {0}to attrs=userPassword,shadowLastChange by "
#~ "dn=\"cn=admin,dc=exampl\n"
#~ " e,dc=com\" write by anonymous auth by self write by * none\n"
#~ "olcAccess: {1}to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
#~ "olcAccess: {2}to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by * read\n"
#~ "olcLastMod: TRUE\n"
#~ "olcDbCheckpoint: 512 30\n"
#~ "olcDbConfig: {0}set_cachesize 0 2097152 0\n"
#~ "olcDbConfig: {1}set_lk_max_objects 1500\n"
#~ "olcDbConfig: {2}set_lk_max_locks 1500\n"
#~ "olcDbConfig: {3}set_lk_max_lockers 1500\n"
#~ "olcDbIndex: objectClass eq\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Enter LDAP Password: \n"
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcDatabaseConfig\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcHdbConfig\n"
#~ "olcDatabase: {1}hdb\n"
#~ "olcDbDirectory: /var/lib/ldap\n"
#~ "olcSuffix: dc=example,dc=com\n"
#~ "olcAccess: {0}to attrs=userPassword,shadowLastChange by "
#~ "dn=\"cn=admin,dc=exampl\n"
#~ " e,dc=com\" write by anonymous auth by self write by * none\n"
#~ "olcAccess: {1}to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
#~ "olcAccess: {2}to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by * read\n"
#~ "olcLastMod: TRUE\n"
#~ "olcDbCheckpoint: 512 30\n"
#~ "olcDbConfig: {0}set_cachesize 0 2097152 0\n"
#~ "olcDbConfig: {1}set_lk_max_objects 1500\n"
#~ "olcDbConfig: {2}set_lk_max_locks 1500\n"
#~ "olcDbConfig: {3}set_lk_max_lockers 1500\n"
#~ "olcDbIndex: objectClass eq\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "ldapsearch -xLLL -b cn=config -D cn=admin,cn=config -W olcDatabase={1}hdb"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "ldapsearch -xLLL -b cn=config -D cn=admin,cn=config -W olcDatabase={1}hdb"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enter LDAP Password: \n"
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
#~ "olcDbIndex: objectClass eq\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Enter LDAP Password: \n"
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
#~ "olcDbIndex: objectClass eq\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "ldapsearch -xLLL -b cn=config -D cn=admin,cn=config -W olcDatabase={1}hdb "
#~ "olcDbIndex"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "ldapsearch -xLLL -b cn=config -D cn=admin,cn=config -W olcDatabase={1}hdb "
#~ "olcDbIndex"

#~ msgid "ldapmodify -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f uid_index.ldif"
#~ msgstr "ldapmodify -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f uid_index.ldif"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enter LDAP Password: \n"
#~ "modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Enter LDAP Password: \n"
#~ "modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enter LDAP Password:<placeholder-1/>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Enter LDAP Password:<placeholder-1/>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"

#~ msgid "ldapmodify -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f syncrepl_backend.ldif"
#~ msgstr "ldapmodify -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f syncrepl_backend.ldif"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\n"
#~ "replace: olcSyncrepl\n"
#~ "olcSyncrepl: {0}rid=001 provider=ldap://ldap01.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,cn\n"
#~ " =config\" bindmethod=simple credentials=secret searchbase=\"cn=config\" "
#~ "type=refre\n"
#~ " shAndPersist retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1 starttls=yes\n"
#~ "olcSyncrepl: {1}rid=002 provider=ldap://ldap02.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,cn\n"
#~ " =config\" bindmethod=simple credentials=secret searchbase=\"cn=config\" "
#~ "type=refre\n"
#~ " shAndPersist retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1 starttls=yes"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\n"
#~ "replace: olcSyncrepl\n"
#~ "olcSyncrepl: {0}rid=001 provider=ldap://ldap01.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,cn\n"
#~ " =config\" bindmethod=simple credentials=secret searchbase=\"cn=config\" "
#~ "type=refre\n"
#~ " shAndPersist retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1 starttls=yes\n"
#~ "olcSyncrepl: {1}rid=002 provider=ldap://ldap02.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,cn\n"
#~ " =config\" bindmethod=simple credentials=secret searchbase=\"cn=config\" "
#~ "type=refre\n"
#~ " shAndPersist retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1 starttls=yes"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
#~ "replace: olcSyncrepl\n"
#~ "olcSyncrepl: {0}rid=003 provider=ldap://ldap01.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=\n"
#~ " com\" bindmethod=simple credentials=secret searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\" "
#~ "type=r\n"
#~ " efreshOnly interval=00:00:00:10 retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1 starttls=yes\n"
#~ "olcSyncrepl: {1}rid=004 provider=ldap://ldap02.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=\n"
#~ " com\" bindmethod=simple credentials=secret searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\" "
#~ "type=r\n"
#~ " efreshOnly interval=00:00:00:10 retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1 starttls=yes"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
#~ "replace: olcSyncrepl\n"
#~ "olcSyncrepl: {0}rid=003 provider=ldap://ldap01.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=\n"
#~ " com\" bindmethod=simple credentials=secret searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\" "
#~ "type=r\n"
#~ " efreshOnly interval=00:00:00:10 retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1 starttls=yes\n"
#~ "olcSyncrepl: {1}rid=004 provider=ldap://ldap02.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=\n"
#~ " com\" bindmethod=simple credentials=secret searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\" "
#~ "type=r\n"
#~ " efreshOnly interval=00:00:00:10 retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1 starttls=yes"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "TLS_CERT /etc/ssl/certs/server.crt\n"
#~ "TLS_KEY /etc/ssl/private/server.key\n"
#~ "TLS_CACERT /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "TLS_CERT /etc/ssl/certs/server.crt\n"
#~ "TLS_KEY /etc/ssl/private/server.key\n"
#~ "TLS_CACERT /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<emphasis>searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\"</emphasis> to your directory's "
#~ "searchbase."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<emphasis>searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\"</emphasis> par la base de "
#~ "recherche de votre annuaire."

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
#~ "changetype: modify\n"
#~ "add: olcRootDN\n"
#~ "olcRootDN: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
#~ "-\n"
#~ "add: olcSyncRepl\n"
#~ "olcSyncRepl: rid=003 provider=ldap://ldap01.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" \n"
#~ " bindmethod=simple credentials=secret searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\" "
#~ "type=refreshOnly \n"
#~ " interval=00:00:00:10 retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1\n"
#~ "olcSyncRepl: rid=004 provider=ldap://ldap02.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" \n"
#~ " bindmethod=simple credentials=secret searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\" "
#~ "type=refreshOnly \n"
#~ " interval=00:00:00:10 retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1\n"
#~ "-\n"
#~ "add: olcMirrorMode\n"
#~ "olcMirrorMode: TRUE\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: olcOverlay=syncprov,olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
#~ "changetype: add\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcSyncProvConfig\n"
#~ "olcOverlay: syncprov\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
#~ "changetype: modify\n"
#~ "add: olcRootDN\n"
#~ "olcRootDN: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
#~ "-\n"
#~ "add: olcSyncRepl\n"
#~ "olcSyncRepl: rid=003 provider=ldap://ldap01.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" \n"
#~ " bindmethod=simple credentials=secret searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\" "
#~ "type=refreshOnly \n"
#~ " interval=00:00:00:10 retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1\n"
#~ "olcSyncRepl: rid=004 provider=ldap://ldap02.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" \n"
#~ " bindmethod=simple credentials=secret searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\" "
#~ "type=refreshOnly \n"
#~ " interval=00:00:00:10 retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1\n"
#~ "-\n"
#~ "add: olcMirrorMode\n"
#~ "olcMirrorMode: TRUE\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: olcOverlay=syncprov,olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
#~ "changetype: add\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcSyncProvConfig\n"
#~ "olcOverlay: syncprov\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Copy the <filename>syncrepl_cn-config.ldif</filename> file to the next LDAP "
#~ "server and repeat the <application>ldapmodify</application> command above."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Copiez le fichier <filename>syncrepl_cn-config.ldif</filename> sur l'autre "
#~ "serveur et répétez la commande <application>ldapmodify</application> ci-"
#~ "dessus."

#~ msgid "ldapmodify -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f syncrepl_cn-config.ldif"
#~ msgstr "ldapmodify -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f syncrepl_cn-config.ldif"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Because the servers' configuration is already synced there is no need to "
#~ "copy this LDIF file to the other servers."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Comme la configuration des serveurs est déjà synchronisée, il n'est pas "
#~ "nécessaire de copier ce fichier LDIF sur les autres serveurs."

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "dn: cn=config\n"
#~ "add: olcTLSCACertificateFile\n"
#~ "olcTLSCACertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
#~ "-\n"
#~ "add: olcTLSCertificateFile\n"
#~ "olcTLSCertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/server.crt\n"
#~ "-\n"
#~ "add: olcTLSCertificateKeyFile\n"
#~ "olcTLSCertificateKeyFile: /etc/ssl/private/server.key"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "dn: cn=config\n"
#~ "add: olcTLSCACertificateFile\n"
#~ "olcTLSCACertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
#~ "-\n"
#~ "add: olcTLSCertificateFile\n"
#~ "olcTLSCertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/server.crt\n"
#~ "-\n"
#~ "add: olcTLSCertificateKeyFile\n"
#~ "olcTLSCertificateKeyFile: /etc/ssl/private/server.key"

#~ msgid "sudo chgrp ssl-cert /etc/ssl/private/server.key"
#~ msgstr "sudo chgrp ssl-cert /etc/ssl/private/server.key"

#~ msgid "127.0.0.0/8 [::ffff:127.0.0.0]/104 [::1]/128 192.168.0/24"
#~ msgstr "127.0.0.0/8 [::ffff:127.0.0.0]/104 [::1]/128 192.168.0/24"

#~ msgid "Once part of the domain, install the following packages:"
#~ msgstr "Installez les paquets suivants une fois le domaine intégré :"

#~ msgid "Finally, update the MOTD:"
#~ msgstr "Pour finir, mettez à jour MOTD :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "One difference when using screen is the <emphasis>scrollback</emphasis> "
#~ "mode. If you are using one of the Ubuntu profiles press the "
#~ "<emphasis>F7</emphasis>, or <emphasis>Ctrl+a+[</emphasis> if not, to enter "
#~ "scrollback mode. Scrollback mode allows you to navigate past output using "
#~ "<emphasis>vi</emphasis> like commands. Here is a quick list of movement "
#~ "commands:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le <emphasis>mode de défilement</emphasis> de screen est particulier. Si "
#~ "vous utilisez un des profils Ubuntu, appuyez sur <emphasis>F7</emphasis> ou "
#~ "<emphasis>Ctrl+a+[</emphasis> pour entrer en mode de défilement. Le "
#~ "défilement vous permet de revenir en arrière en utilisant des commandes "
#~ "similaires à <emphasis>vi</emphasis>. Voici un aperçu de ces commandes :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When executing <application>screen</application> for the first time you will "
#~ "be presented with the <application>screen-profiles-helper</application> "
#~ "menu. This menu will allow you to:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Lorsque vous lancez <application>screen</application> pour la première fois, "
#~ "un menu <application>screen-profiles-helper</application> vous sera "
#~ "présenté. Ce menu vous permet de :"

#~ msgid "Add the LDIF file:"
#~ msgstr "Injectez le fichier LDIF :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Next, add the LDIF file using the <application>ldapmodify</application> "
#~ "utility:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Injectez ensuite le fichier LDIF grâce à l'utilitaire  "
#~ "<application>ldapmodify</application> :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "So on each replicated server: install a certificate, edit "
#~ "<filename>/etc/default/slapd</filename>, and restart "
#~ "<application>slapd</application>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Donc sur chaque serveur répliqué : installez un certificat, modifiez "
#~ "<filename>/etc/default/slapd</filename> et redémarrez "
#~ "<application>slapd</application>."

#~ msgid "Select the <emphasis>RAID1 device #0</emphasis> partition."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Sélectionnez la partition du <emphasis>périphérique RAID1 n° 0</emphasis>."

#~ msgid "Next, select the <emphasis>RAID1 device #1</emphasis> partition."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Sélectionnez la partition du <emphasis>périphérique RAID1 n° 1</emphasis>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Choose <emphasis>\"Use as:\"</emphasis>. Then select <emphasis>\"Ext3 "
#~ "journaling file system\"</emphasis>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Choisissez <emphasis>Utiliser comme :</emphasis> suivi de <emphasis>système "
#~ "de fichiers journalisé ext3</emphasis>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For more <application>dpkg</application> details see the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man1/dpkg.1.html\">dpkg "
#~ "man page</ulink>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour de plus amples informations concernant <application>dpkg</application>, "
#~ "consultez <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man1/dpkg.1.html\">la "
#~ "page de manuel dpkg</ulink>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The <application>update-motd</application> utility has several options to "
#~ "further customize the MOTD:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'utilitaire <application>update-motd</application> possède plusieurs "
#~ "options pour personnaliser MOTD :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<emphasis>update-motd:</emphasis> is used to automatically update the MOTD "
#~ "via <application>cron</application>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<emphasis>update-motd :</emphasis> permet de mettre à jour MOTD "
#~ "automatiquement grâce à <application>cron</application>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "See the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/man8/aptitude.8.html\">aptit"
#~ "ude man page</ulink> for more <application>aptitude</application> options."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Consultez <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/man8/aptitude.8.html\">la "
#~ "page de manuel aptitude</ulink> pour connaitre les autres options "
#~ "d'<application>aptitude</application>."

#~ msgid "Update MOTD"
#~ msgstr "Mettre à jour MOTD (message du jour)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<application>update-motd</application> executes the scripts in "
#~ "<filename>/etc/update-motd.d</filename> in order based on the number "
#~ "prepended to the script. Separate <application>cron</application> scripts "
#~ "execute every ten minutes, hourly, weekly, and monthly running the "
#~ "corresponding scripts in <filename>/etc/update-motd.d</filename>. The output "
#~ "of the scripts is written to <filename>/var/run/update-motd/</filename>, "
#~ "keeping the numerical order, then concatenated with "
#~ "<filename>/etc/motd.tail</filename> and written to "
#~ "<filename>/etc/motd</filename>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<application>update-motd</application> exécute les scripts présents dans "
#~ "<filename>/etc/update-motd.d</filename> dans l'ordre défini par le nombre "
#~ "qui préfixe le nom du script. Les scripts individuels "
#~ "<application>cron</application> lancent toutes les 10 minutes, toutes les "
#~ "heures, les semaines ou les mois, les scripts correspondants dans "
#~ "<filename>/etc/update-motd.d</filename>. Les messages de sortie de ces "
#~ "scripts sont écrits dans <filename>/var/run/update-motd/</filename>, dans "
#~ "l'ordre numérique, puis concaténés avec <filename>/etc/motd.tail</filename> "
#~ "et écrits dans <filename>/etc/motd</filename>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<emphasis>--enable:</emphasis> enables the automatic MOTD updates. If "
#~ "<filename>/var/lib/update-motd</filename> is present it will be removed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<emphasis>--enable :</emphasis> active les mises à jour automatiques de "
#~ "MOTD. Si le fichier <filename>/var/lib/update-motd</filename> existe, il "
#~ "sera supprimé."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<emphasis>--disable:</emphasis> prevents automatic updates of the MOTD. "
#~ "Using this option creates the <filename>/var/lib/update-"
#~ "motd/disabled</filename> file, which if present stops <application>update-"
#~ "motd</application> from modifying <filename>/etc/motd</filename>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<emphasis>--disable :</emphasis> empêche les mises à jour automatiques de "
#~ "MOTD. L'utilisation de cette option crée le fichier "
#~ "<filename>/var/lib/update-motd/disabled</filename>. Si ce fichier existe "
#~ "<application>update-motd</application> ne peut plus modifier "
#~ "<filename>/etc/motd</filename>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<emphasis>d, hourly, weekly, monthly:</emphasis> option will run the scripts "
#~ "in <filename>/etc/update-motd.d/</filename> (default), <filename>/etc/update-"
#~ "motd.d/hourly</filename>, <filename>/etc/update-motd.d/weekly</filename>, or "
#~ "<filename>/etc/update-motd.d/monthly</filename> respectively."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<emphasis>d, hourly, weekly, monthly :</emphasis> exécute les scripts "
#~ "présents dans <filename>/etc/update-motd.d/</filename> (par défault), "
#~ "<filename>/etc/update-motd.d/hourly</filename>, <filename>/etc/update-"
#~ "motd.d/weekly</filename>, ou <filename>/etc/update-motd.d/monthly</filename> "
#~ "respectively."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<emphasis>--force:</emphasis> does a one time update of "
#~ "<filename>/etc/motd</filename>, overriding <application>update-"
#~ "motd</application> if it has been disabled."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<emphasis>--force :</emphasis> met à jour une seule fois "
#~ "<filename>/etc/motd</filename>,  en prenant le pas sur <application>update-"
#~ "motd</application> si il a été désactivé."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Next, create a symlink to <filename>/etc/update-motd.d/60-local-"
#~ "weather</filename>:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ensuite, créez un lien symbolique vers <filename>/etc/update-motd.d/60-local-"
#~ "weather</filename> :"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "#!/bin/sh\n"
#~ "##########################################################################\n"
#~ "#\n"
#~ "# Prints the local weather to /var/run/update-motd/60-local-weather  \n"
#~ "# for update-motd.\n"
#~ "#\n"
#~ "##########################################################################\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "# Replace KINT with your local weather station.\n"
#~ "# Local stations can be found here: http://www.weather.gov/tg/siteloc.shtml\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "echo \"\" &gt; /var/run/update-motd/60-local-weather\n"
#~ "weather -i KINT &gt;&gt; /var/run/update-motd/60-local-weather\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "#!/bin/sh\n"
#~ "##########################################################################\n"
#~ "#\n"
#~ "# Inscrit la météo locale dans /var/run/update-motd/60-local-weather  \n"
#~ "# pour mettre à jour MOTD.\n"
#~ "#\n"
#~ "##########################################################################\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "# Remplacez KINT avec votre indicateur.\n"
#~ "# Chercher votre station sur : http://www.weather.gov/tg/siteloc.shtml\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "echo \"\" &gt; /var/run/update-motd/60-local-weather\n"
#~ "weather -i KINT &gt;&gt; /var/run/update-motd/60-local-weather\n"
#~ "\n"

#~ msgid "Install screen by default at login"
#~ msgstr "Lancer Screen par défaut lors de votre ouverture de session"

#~ msgid "Create new screen windows"
#~ msgstr "Créer une nouvelle fenêtre Screen"

#~ msgid "Screen Profiles"
#~ msgstr "Profils pour Screen"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "One of the most useful applications for any system administrator is "
#~ "<application>screen</application>. It allows the execution of multiple "
#~ "shells in one terminal. To make some of the advanced "
#~ "<application>screen</application> features more user friendly, and provide "
#~ "some useful information about the system, the <application>screen-"
#~ "profiles</application> package was created."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Un des programmes les plus utiles à tout administrateur système est "
#~ "<application>screen</application>. Il permet de lancer de multiples "
#~ "interpréteurs de commandes (shell) dans un seul terminal. Le paquet "
#~ "<application>screen-profiles</application> a été crée pour rendre quelques "
#~ "options avancées de <application>screen</application> plus ergonomiques et "
#~ "pour donner des informations utiles à propos du système."

#~ msgid "Change screen profiles"
#~ msgstr "Changer les profils de Screen"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The <emphasis>key bindings</emphasis> determine such things as the escape "
#~ "sequence, new window, change window, etc. There are two key binding sets to "
#~ "choose from <emphasis>common</emphasis> and <emphasis>none</emphasis>. If "
#~ "you wish to use the original key bindings choose the "
#~ "<emphasis>none</emphasis> set."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les <emphasis>raccourcis clavier</emphasis> déterminent entre autres la "
#~ "séquence d'échappement, le lancement d'une nouvelle fenêtre, le changement "
#~ "de fenêtre, etc. Vous pouvez choisir entre deux groupes de raccourcis "
#~ "claviers : <emphasis>common (courants)</emphasis> et <emphasis>none "
#~ "(aucun)</emphasis>. Si vous souhaitez utiliser le groupe originel, "
#~ "choisissez <emphasis>none (aucun)</emphasis>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The <emphasis>plain</emphasis> profile will change "
#~ "<application>screen</application> back to the defaults, which does not "
#~ "include the information menu at the bottom."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le profil <emphasis>plain (complet)</emphasis> remettra le profil par défaut "
#~ "de <application>screen</application> (qui ne comporte pas le menu "
#~ "d'information au bas de la fenêtre)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Using the <emphasis>\"Install screen by default at login\"</emphasis> option "
#~ "will cause screen to be executed any time a terminal is opened. Changes made "
#~ "to <application>screen</application> are on a per user basis, and will not "
#~ "affect other users on the system."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Choisir l'option <emphasis>« Install screen by default at login » (lancer "
#~ "screen à l'ouverture de session)</emphasis> vous permettra d'avoir un "
#~ "lancement automatique de screen chaque fois qu'un terminal est ouvert. Les "
#~ "réglages effectués sur <application>screen</application> sont personnels à "
#~ "chaque utilisateur et n'affecteront donc pas les autres."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The Ubuntu <application>screen-profiles</application> provide a menu which "
#~ "displays the Ubuntu release, processor information, memory information, and "
#~ "the time and date. The effect is similar to a desktop menu. When a profile "
#~ "is selected it will be symlinked to <filename>~/.screenrc</filename>. The "
#~ "<application>select-screen-profile</application> utility can also be used to "
#~ "change profiles, in a terminal enter:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le paquet Ubuntu <application>screen-profiles</application> fournit un menu "
#~ "qui affiche la version de Ubuntu, des informations à propos du processeur, "
#~ "l'heure et la date. L'effet rendu est similaire à un menu d'un bureau avec "
#~ "une interface graphique. Lorsqu'un profil est sélectionné, il sera lié à "
#~ "<filename>~/.screenrc</filename>. L'application <application>select-screen-"
#~ "profile</application> peut être aussi utilisée pour changer de profils.  :"

#~ msgid "<emphasis>C-f</emphasis> - Scrolls the full page down"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis>C-f</emphasis> - défile d'une page entière vers le bas"

#~ msgid "<emphasis>C-d</emphasis> - Scrolls a half page down"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis>C-d</emphasis> - défile d'une demi page vers le bas"

#~ msgid "<emphasis>C-b</emphasis> - Scrolls a full page up"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis>C-b</emphasis> - défile d'une page entière vers le haut"

#~ msgid "<emphasis>C-u</emphasis> - Scrolls a half page up"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis>C-u</emphasis> - défile d'une demi page vers le haut"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "See the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man1/update-"
#~ "motd.1.html\">update-motd man page</ulink> for more options available to "
#~ "<application>update-motd</application>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour plus d'options <application>update-motd</application>, consultez la "
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man1/update-"
#~ "motd.1.html\">page de manuel update-motd</ulink>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The <application>mount.cifs</application><ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man8/mount.cifs.8.html\">"
#~ "man page</ulink> is also useful for more detailed information."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour de plus amples informations vous pouvez aussi vous référez à la <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man8/mount.cifs.8.html\">"
#~ "page du manuel</ulink> de <application>mount.cifs</application>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For more <application>smbclient</application> options see the man page: "
#~ "<command>man smbclient</command>, also available <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man1/smbclient.1.html\">o"
#~ "nline</ulink>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour plus d'options <application>smbclient</application>, référez-vous à la "
#~ "page du manuel : <command>man smbclient</command> qui est aussi disponible "
#~ "en ligne : <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man1/smbclient.1.html\">o"
#~ "nline</ulink>."

#~ msgid "Click Add or remove a role"
#~ msgstr "Cliquez sur « Ajouter ou supprimer un rôle »"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When joining an Ubuntu Desktop workstation to a domain, you may need to edit "
#~ "<filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename> if your AD domain uses the <emphasis "
#~ "role=\"italic\">.local</emphasis> syntax. In order to join the domain the "
#~ "<emphasis>\"mdns4\"</emphasis> entry from the <emphasis>hosts</emphasis> "
#~ "option. For example:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Lors de l'intégration d'une machine Ubuntu à un domaine, il sera peut être "
#~ "nécessaire de modifier <filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename> si votre "
#~ "domaine AD utilise la syntaxe <emphasis role=\"italic\">.local</emphasis>. "
#~ "Pour intégrer le domaine supprimez l'entrée <emphasis>\"mdns4\"</emphasis> "
#~ "de l'option <emphasis>hosts</emphasis>. par exemple :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Apache2 is configured by placing <emphasis>directives</emphasis> in plain "
#~ "text configuration files. The configuration files are separated between the "
#~ "following files and directories:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Apache2 est paramétré en plaçant des <emphasis>directives</emphasis> dans "
#~ "les fichiers textes de configuration. Ces fichiers sont répartis entre les "
#~ "fichiers et répertoires suivants :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<emphasis>conf.d:</emphasis> contains configuration files which apply "
#~ "<emphasis>globally</emphasis> to Apache. Other packages that use Apache2 to "
#~ "serve content may add files, or symlinks, to this directory."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<emphasis>conf.d :</emphasis> contient les fichiers de configuration qui "
#~ "sont appliqués <emphasis>globalement</emphasis> à Apache. Les autres paquets "
#~ "qui utilisent Apache2 pour servir du contenu peuvent ajouter des fichiers ou "
#~ "des liens symboliques dans ce répertoire."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<emphasis>sites-available:</emphasis> this directory has configuration files "
#~ "for Apache <emphasis>Virtual Hosts</emphasis>. Virtual Hosts allow Apache2 "
#~ "to be configured for multiple sites that have separate configurations."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<emphasis>sites-available :</emphasis> ce répertoire contient les fichiers "
#~ "de configuration des <emphasis>hôtes virtuels (Virtual Hosts)</emphasis>. "
#~ "Les hôtes virtuels permettent de paramétrer Apache2 pour qu'il héberge "
#~ "plusieurs sites ayant des configurations différentes."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<emphasis>sites-enabled:</emphasis> like mods-enabled, <filename "
#~ "role=\"directory\">sites-enabled</filename> contains symlinks to the "
#~ "<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available</filename> directory. Similarly when "
#~ "a configuration file in sites-available is symlinked it will be active once "
#~ "Apache is restarted."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<emphasis>sites-enabled :</emphasis> contient <emphasis>les liens "
#~ "symboliques (symlinks)</emphasis> vers les fichiers de "
#~ "<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available</filename>. Lorsqu'un lien symbolique "
#~ "vers un fichier de sites-available est créé dans sites-enabled , il sera "
#~ "actif au prochain redémarrage d'<application>Apache2</application>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enable the new <emphasis>VirtualHost</emphasis> using the "
#~ "<application>a2ensite</application> utility and restart Apache:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Mettez en service le nouvel <emphasis>hôte virtuel (VirtualHost)</emphasis> "
#~ "grâce à l'utilitaire <application>a2ensite</application> puis redémarrez "
#~ "Apache :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The <emphasis>ErrorDocument</emphasis> directive allows you to specify a "
#~ "file for Apache to use for specific error events. For example, if a user "
#~ "requests a resource that does not exist, a 404 error will occur, and per "
#~ "Apache2's default configuration, the file "
#~ "<filename>/usr/share/apache2/error/HTTP_NOT_FOUND.html.var </filename> will "
#~ "be displayed. That file is not in the server's DocumentRoot, but there is an "
#~ "Alias directive in <filename>/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename> that "
#~ "redirects requests to the /error directory to "
#~ "<filename>/usr/share/apache2/error/</filename>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La directive <emphasis>ErrorDocument</emphasis> vous permet de spécifier le "
#~ "fichier à utiliser pour des erreurs spécifiques. Par exemple, si un visiteur "
#~ "demande une ressource inexistante, cela déclenchera une erreur 404 et donc, "
#~ "selon le paramétrage par défaut d'Apache2, le fichier "
#~ "<filename>/usr/share/apache2/error/HTTP_NOT_FOUND.html.var</filename> sera "
#~ "affiché. Ce fichier ne se trouve pas dans le dossier racine du serveur, mais "
#~ "une directive Alias dans <filename>/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename> "
#~ "redirige la requête du répertoire /error vers "
#~ "<filename>/usr/share/apache2/error/</filename>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Apache is a modular server. This implies that only the most basic "
#~ "functionality is included in the core server. Extended features are "
#~ "available through modules which can be loaded into Apache. By default, a "
#~ "base set of modules is included in the server at compile-time. If the server "
#~ "is compiled to use dynamically loaded modules, then modules can be compiled "
#~ "separately, and added at any time using the LoadModule directive. Otherwise, "
#~ "Apache must be recompiled to add or remove modules."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Apache est un serveur modulaire. Cela implique que seules les "
#~ "fonctionnalités les plus basiques sont incluses dans le cœur du serveur. Les "
#~ "fonctionnalités étendues sont disponibles à travers des modules qui peuvent "
#~ "être chargées dans Apache. Par défaut, un ensemble de base de modules est "
#~ "inclus dans le serveur lors de sa compilation. Si le serveur est compilé "
#~ "pour utiliser des modules chargés dynamiquement, les modules peuvent être "
#~ "compilés séparément, et ajoutés à tout moment en utilisant la directive "
#~ "LoadModule. Dans le cas contraire, Apache doit être recompilé pour ajouter "
#~ "ou supprimer des modules."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man5/drbd.conf.5.html\">d"
#~ "rbd.conf man page</ulink> contains details on the options not covered in "
#~ "this guide."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La page de manuel de <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man5/drbd.conf.5.html\">d"
#~ "rbd.conf</ulink> contient des détails sur les options non couvertes par ce "
#~ "guide."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "There is a default HTTPS configuration file in <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
#~ "available/default-ssl</filename>. In order for "
#~ "<application>Apache</application> to provide HTTPS, a "
#~ "<emphasis>certificate</emphasis> and <emphasis>key</emphasis> file are also "
#~ "needed. The default HTTPS configuration will use a certificate and key "
#~ "generated by the <application>ssl-cert</application> package. They are good "
#~ "for testing, but the auto-generated certificate and key should be replaced "
#~ "by a certificate specific to the site or server. For information on "
#~ "generating a key and obtaining a certificate see <xref "
#~ "linkend=\"certificates-and-security\"/>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Un fichier de configuration par défaut de HTTPS se trouve dans "
#~ "<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/default-ssl</filename>. Un fichier de "
#~ "<emphasis>certificat</emphasis> et un fichier de <emphasis>clé</emphasis> "
#~ "sont également nécessaires. La configuration par défaut de HTTPS utilise un "
#~ "certificat et une clé générés par le paquet <application>ssl-"
#~ "cert</application>. Ils sont utiles pour des tests mai ils devront être "
#~ "remplacés par une clé et un certificat spécifiques au site ou au serveur. "
#~ "Consultez <xref linkend=\"certificates-and-security\"/> pour de plus amples "
#~ "informations sur la génération de clés et l'obtention de certificats."

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "--part PATH\n"
#~ "  Allows to specify a partition table in partfile each  line  of  partfile  "
#~ "should  specify\n"
#~ "  (root first):\n"
#~ "      mountpoint size\n"
#~ "  where  size  is  in megabytes. You can have up to 4 virtual disks, a new "
#~ "disk starts on a\n"
#~ "  line with ’---’.  ie :\n"
#~ "      root 1000\n"
#~ "      /opt 1000\n"
#~ "      swap 256\n"
#~ "      ---\n"
#~ "      /var 2000\n"
#~ "      /log 1500\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "--part PATH\n"
#~ "  Allows to specify a partition table in partfile each  line  of  partfile  "
#~ "should  specify\n"
#~ "  (root first):\n"
#~ "      mountpoint size\n"
#~ "  where  size  is  in megabytes. You can have up to 4 virtual disks, a new "
#~ "disk starts on a\n"
#~ "  line with ’---’.  ie :\n"
#~ "      root 1000\n"
#~ "      /opt 1000\n"
#~ "      swap 256\n"
#~ "      ---\n"
#~ "      /var 2000\n"
#~ "      /log 1500\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can prevent these actions by adding a password to GRUB's configuration "
#~ "file of <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename>, which will be required to "
#~ "unlock GRUB's more advanced features prior to use."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vous pouvez empêcher ces actions en ajoutant un mot de passe au fichier de "
#~ "configuration de GRUB <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename>. Ainsi les "
#~ "options avancées de GRUB ne seront accessibles qu'avec ce mot de passe."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Add the resulting hash value to the file "
#~ "<filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename> in the following format:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ajoutez la valeur codée résultante au fichier "
#~ "<filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename> en utilisant le format suivant :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Also, for more <application>ecryptfs</application> options see the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man7/ecryptfs.7.html\">ec"
#~ "ryptfs man page</ulink>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour connaitre toutes les options, référez-vous à la page du manuel d'<ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man7/ecryptfs.7.html\">ec"
#~ "ryptfs</ulink>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For more information on eCryptfs see the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"https://launchpad.net/ecryptfs\">Launch Pad project page</ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Consultez la <ulink url=\"https://launchpad.net/ecryptfs\">page du projet "
#~ "LaunchPad</ulink> pour de plus amples informations sur eCryptfs."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Most Ethernet configuration is centralized in a single file, "
#~ "<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. If you have no Ethernet "
#~ "devices, only the loopback interface will appear in this file, and it will "
#~ "look something like this:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La plupart des configurations Ethernet sont centralisées dans un un seul "
#~ "fichier, <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. Si vous n'avez pas de "
#~ "carte Ethernet, seule l'interface loopback (de bouclage) apparaîtra dans ce "
#~ "fichier et il ressemblera à quelque chose comme :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Another useful package is <application>apticron</application>. "
#~ "<application>apticron</application> will configure a "
#~ "<application>cron</application> job to email an administrator information "
#~ "about any packages on the system that need updated as well as a summary of "
#~ "changes in each package."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Un autre paquet utile est <application>apticron</application>. "
#~ "<application>apticron</application> paramétrera une tâche "
#~ "<application>cron</application> pour envoyer des informations à propos de "
#~ "n'importe quel paquet du système pouvant être mis à jour ainsi qu'un résumé "
#~ "des changements à l'intérieur de chaque paquet."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For more <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dchpd.conf</filename> options see the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man5/dhcpd.conf.5.html\">"
#~ "dhcpd.conf man page</ulink>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour plus d'options <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dchpd.conf</filename>, consultez la "
#~ "<ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man5/dhcpd.conf.5.html\">"
#~ "page de manuel dhcpd.conf </ulink>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "There are man pages for <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man7/tcp.7.html\">TCP</ul"
#~ "ink> and <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/man7/ip.7.html\">IP</ulink> "
#~ "that contain more useful information."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les pages de manuel <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man7/tcp.7.html\">TCP</ul"
#~ "ink> et <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/man7/ip.7.html\">IP</ulink> "
#~ "contiennent des informations utiles."

#~ msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure mysql-server-5.0"
#~ msgstr "sudo dpkg-reconfigure mysql-server-5.0"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "By default the directory suffix will match the domain name of the server. "
#~ "For example, if the machine's Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) is "
#~ "ldap.example.com, the default suffix will be "
#~ "<emphasis>dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>. If you require a different suffix, "
#~ "the directory can be reconfigured using <application>dpkg-"
#~ "reconfigure</application>. Enter the following in a terminal prompt:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Par défaut le suffixe d'annuaire correspondra au nom de domaine du serveur. "
#~ "Par exemple, si le FQDN est ldap.example.com, le suffixe par défaut sera "
#~ "<emphasis>dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>. Si vous préférez un suffixe "
#~ "différent, l'annuaire peut être paramétré à nouveau en utilisant "
#~ "<application>dpkg-reconfigure</application>. Saisissez dans un terminal :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<application>OpenLDAP</application> uses a separate database which contains "
#~ "the <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> Directory Information Tree (DIT). The "
#~ "<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> DIT is used to dynamically configure the "
#~ "<application>slapd</application> daemon, allowing the modification of schema "
#~ "definitions, indexes, ACLs, etc without stopping the service."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<application>OpenLDAP</application> utilise une base de données contenant "
#~ "l'arborescence de l'annuaire (Directory Information Tree - DIT) "
#~ "<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis>. Le DIT <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> est "
#~ "utilisé pour paramétrer le démon <application>slapd</application>, "
#~ "permettant ainsi la modification des schémas, index, ACL etc., sans pour "
#~ "autant arrêter le service."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "You will then be taken through a menu based configuration dialog, allowing "
#~ "you to configure various <application>slapd</application> options."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Une interface de dialogue à base de menus, vous permettra ensuite de "
#~ "paramétrer diverses options <application>slapd</application>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Refine the search by supplying a <emphasis "
#~ "role=\"italic\">filter</emphasis>, in this case only show which attributes "
#~ "are indexed:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Affinez la recherche en fournissant un <emphasis "
#~ "role=\"italic\">filtre</emphasis>, dans le cas présent, n'afficher que les "
#~ "attributs indexés :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The output above is the current configuration options for the "
#~ "<emphasis>hdb</emphasis> backend database. Which in this case containes the "
#~ "<emphasis>dc=example,dc=com</emphasis> suffix."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La sortie de la commande ci-dessus est la configuration actuelle de la base "
#~ "de données <emphasis>hdb</emphasis>. Dans le cas présent, les options "
#~ "contiennent le suffixe <emphasis>dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can have more than two LDAP servers, and when a change is made to one of "
#~ "them it will by synced to the rest. Be sure to increment the "
#~ "<emphasis>olcServerID</emphasis> for each server, and the "
#~ "<emphasis>rid</emphasis> for each <emphasis>olcSyncRepl</emphasis> entry."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vous pouvez avoir plus de deux serveurs LDAP. Une synchronisation se "
#~ "chargera de mettre à jour les autres serveurs. Assurez-vous d'incrémenter le "
#~ "paramètre <emphasis>olcServerID</emphasis> de chaque serveur et le "
#~ "<emphasis>rid</emphasis> de chaque entrée <emphasis>olcSyncRepl</emphasis>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "And adjust <emphasis>credentials=secret</emphasis> to match your admin "
#~ "password."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Puis remplacez « secret » par votre mot de passe administrateur dans "
#~ "<emphasis>credentials=secret</emphasis>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Because a new module has been added, the <application>slapd</application> "
#~ "daemon, on all replicated servers, needs to be restarted:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Comme un nouveau module a été ajouté, il est nécessaire de redémarrer le "
#~ "démon <application>slapd</application> pour tous les serveurs :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Adding additional <emphasis>schemas</emphasis> to "
#~ "<application>slapd</application> requires the schema to be converted to LDIF "
#~ "format. Fortunately, the <application>slapd</application> program can be "
#~ "used to automate the conversion. The following example will add the "
#~ "<emphasis>misc.schema</emphasis>:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ajouter des <emphasis>schémas</emphasis> supplémentaires à "
#~ "<application>slapd</application> nécessite la conversion du schéma au format "
#~ "LDIF. Heureusement le programme <application>slapd</application> peut être "
#~ "utilisé pour automatiser la transformation. L'exemple suivant ajoutera le "
#~ "schéma <emphasis>misc.schema</emphasis> :"

#~ msgid "Like the previous LDIF file, edit this one changing:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Comme pour le fichier LDIF précédent, il est nécessaire de modifier celui-ci "
#~ "en remplaçant :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you use a different admin user, change "
#~ "<emphasis>binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"</emphasis>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si votre administrateur n'est pas « admin » faites le changement adéquat "
#~ "dans <emphasis>binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"</emphasis>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The configuration and backend databases should now sycnc to the other "
#~ "servers. You can add additional servers using the "
#~ "<application>ldapmodify</application> utility as the need arises. See <xref "
#~ "linkend=\"openldap-configuration\"/> for details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les bases de données de configuration et principale (backend) devraient "
#~ "maintenant se synchroniser entre tous les serveurs. Vous pouvez ajouter des "
#~ "serveurs supplémentaires grâce à <application>ldapmodify</application> si "
#~ "nécessaire. Consultez <xref linkend=\"openldap-configuration\"/> pour de "
#~ "plus amples informations."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Also, replace <emphasis>credentials=secret</emphasis> with your admin "
#~ "password."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pensez également à mettre à jour le mot de passe administrateur dans "
#~ "<emphasis>credentials=secret</emphasis>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Now that the configuration database is synced between servers, the "
#~ "<emphasis>backend</emphasis> database needs to be synced as well. Copy and "
#~ "paste the following into another LDIF file named "
#~ "<filename>syncrepl_backend.ldif</filename>:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Maintenant que la base de données de configuration est synchronisée entre "
#~ "tous les serveurs, la base de données <emphasis>principale</emphasis> "
#~ "(backend) doit être aussi synchronisée. Copiez et collez ce qui suit dans un "
#~ "autre fichier LDIF nommé <filename>syncrepl_backend.ldif</filename> :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The first step in the process is to obtain or create a "
#~ "<emphasis>certificate</emphasis>. See <xref linkend=\"certificates-and-"
#~ "security\"/> and <xref linkend=\"certificate-authority\"/> for details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La première étape est d'obtenir ou de créer un "
#~ "<emphasis>certificat</emphasis>. Consultez <xref linkend=\"certificates-and-"
#~ "security\"/> et <xref linkend=\"certificate-authority\"/> pour de plus "
#~ "amples informations."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Once <emphasis>TLS</emphasis> has been setup on each server, modify the "
#~ "<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> replication by entering the following in a "
#~ "terminal:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Une fois que <emphasis>TLS</emphasis> a été configuré sur chaque serveur, "
#~ "modifiez la réplication de <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> en saisissant la "
#~ "commande suivante dans un terminal :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "After setting up replication, and following the instructions in <xref "
#~ "linkend=\"openldap-tls\"/>, there are a couple of consequences that should "
#~ "be kept in mind:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Après avoir mis en place de la réplication ainsi que les instructions de "
#~ "<xref linkend=\"openldap-tls\"/>, il est important de bien prendre en compte "
#~ "certaines conséquences :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The configuration only needs to be modified on <emphasis>one</emphasis> "
#~ "server."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La configuration n'a besoin d'être modifiée que sur <emphasis>un "
#~ "seul</emphasis> serveur."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The path names for the <emphasis>certificate</emphasis> and "
#~ "<emphasis>key</emphasis> must be the same on all servers."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les noms d'emplacements pour le <emphasis>certificat</emphasis> et la "
#~ "<emphasis>clé</emphasis> doivent être identiques sur tous les serveurs."

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enter LDAP Password: \n"
#~ "<placeholder-1/>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "modifying entry \"olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\"\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Saisissez le mot de passe LDAP : \n"
#~ "<placeholder-1/>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "modifying entry \"olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\"\n"

#~ msgid "Now adjust the <emphasis>backend</emphasis> database replication:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Adaptez maintenant la réplication de la base de données "
#~ "<emphasis>principale</emphasis> (backend) :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Another useful link is the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man5/krb5.conf.5.html\">k"
#~ "rb5.conf man page</ulink>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Un autre lien utile est la <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/fr/man5/krb5.conf.5.html\">p"
#~ "age de manuel de krb5.conf</ulink>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "With vmbuilder, there is no need to download a JeOS ISO anymore. vmbuilder "
#~ "will fetch the various package and build a virtual machine tailored for our "
#~ "need in about a minute for us. Vmbuilder is a Script that automates the "
#~ "process of creating a ready to use Linux based VM. The currently supported "
#~ "hypervisors are KVM and Xen."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Avec vmbuilder, il n'y a plus besoin de télécharger une image ISO de JeOS. "
#~ "vmbuilder récupère désormais un ensemble de paquets et construit une machine "
#~ "virtuelle sur mesure selon vos besoins, en une minute environ. Vmbuilder est "
#~ "un script qui automatise le processus de création d'une machine virtuelle "
#~ "Linux prête à l'emploi. Les hyperviseurs actuellement pris en charge sont "
#~ "KVM et Xen."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "First introduced as a shell script in Ubuntu 8.04LTS, <application>ubuntu-vm-"
#~ "builder</application> started with little emphasis as a hack to help "
#~ "developers test their new code in a virtual machine without having to "
#~ "restart from scratch each time. As a few Ubuntu administrators started to "
#~ "notice this script, a few of them went on improving it and adapting it for "
#~ "so many use case that Soren Hansen (the author of the script and Ubuntu "
#~ "virtualization specialist, not the golf player) decided to rewrite it from "
#~ "scratch for Intrepid as a python script with a few new design goals:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Conçu au départ comme un script shell pour Ubuntu 8.04 TLS, "
#~ "<application>ubuntu-vm-builder</application> a commencé discrètement à aider "
#~ "les développeurs à tester leur code dans une machine virtuelle sans avoir à "
#~ "recommencer depuis le début à chaque fois. Certains administrateurs Ubuntu "
#~ "ont remarqué ce script et ont commencé à l'améliorer et l'adapter, à tel "
#~ "point que Soren Hansen (l'auteur du script spécialiste de la virtualisation, "
#~ "pas le joueur de golf) a décidé de le reprendre à zéro pour Intrepid. Il l'a "
#~ "réécrit en Python avec de nouveaux objectifs :"

#~ msgid "sudo apt-get install likewise-open5"
#~ msgstr "sudo apt-get install likewise-open5"

#~ msgid "Eucalyptus"
#~ msgstr "Eucalyptus"

#~ msgid "sudo euca_conf -addnode hostname_of_node"
#~ msgstr "sudo euca_conf -addnode hostname_of_node"

#~ msgid "sudo apt-get install eucalyptus-cloud eucalyptus-cc"
#~ msgstr "sudo apt-get install eucalyptus-cloud eucalyptus-cc"

#~ msgid "sudo apt-get install eucalyptus-nc"
#~ msgstr "sudo apt-get install eucalyptus-nc"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "VNET_INTERFACE=\"br0\"\n"
#~ "...\n"
#~ "VNET_BRIDGE=\"br0\"\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "VNET_INTERFACE=\"br0\"\n"
#~ "...\n"
#~ "VNET_BRIDGE=\"br0\"\n"

#~ msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/eucalyptus-nc restart"
#~ msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/eucalyptus-nc restart"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
#~ "add: olcDbIndex\n"
#~ "olcDbIndex: entryUUID eq"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
#~ "add: olcDbIndex\n"
#~ "olcDbIndex: entryUUID eq"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can edit the <filename>/etc/mysql/my.cnf</filename> file to configure "
#~ "the basic settings -- log file, port number, etc. For example, to configure "
#~ "<application>MySQL</application> to listen for connections from network "
#~ "hosts, change the <emphasis>bind_address</emphasis> directive to the "
#~ "server's IP address:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vous pouvez modifier le fichier <filename>/etc/mysql/my.cnf</filename> pour "
#~ "configurer les paramètres de base : fichier journal, numéro de port, etc. "
#~ "Par exemple, pour configurer <application>MySQL</application> afin d'écouter "
#~ "les connexions d'hôtes sur le réseau, modifiez la valeur de la directive "
#~ "<emphasis>bind_address</emphasis> par l'adresse IP de votre serveur :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Installing likewise-open5 over an existing likewise-open (4.1) installation "
#~ "will replace it. You will have to rejoin the domain after install."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'installation de likewise-open5 remplacera un version likewise-open (4.1) "
#~ "si elle existait. Vous devrez rejoindre le domaine après installation."

#~ msgid "To install <application>Likewise Open 5.0</application> enter:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour installer <application>Likewise Open 5.0</application> saisissez :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This is done using vmbuilder by specifying the --addpkg command multiple "
#~ "times:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ceci s'effectue en utilisant le paramètre --addpkg de vmbuilder plusieurs "
#~ "fois :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "There a couple of different ways that Ubuntu Server Edition is supported, "
#~ "commercial support and community support. The main commercial support (and "
#~ "development funding) is available from Canonical Ltd. They supply reasonably "
#~ "priced support contracts on a per desktop or per server basis. For more "
#~ "information see the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://www.canonical.com/services/support\">Canonical Services</ulink> "
#~ "page."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'assistance de l'édition serveur d'Ubuntu est disponible sous forme "
#~ "commerciale et communautaire. L'assistance commerciale principale (ainsi que "
#~ "le financement du développement) est disponible auprès de  Canonical Ltd. "
#~ "Ils fournissent une assistance par machine ou par serveur à des prix "
#~ "raisonnables. Voir <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://www.canonical.com/services/support\">Canonical Services</ulink> "
#~ "pour de plus amples informations."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Also, see the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man8/drbdadm.8.html\">drb"
#~ "dadm man page</ulink>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Consultez également la page de manuel de <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man8/drbdadm.8.html\">drb"
#~ "dadm</ulink>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For more information on <application>fdisk</application> see the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man8/fdisk.8.html\">fdisk"
#~ " man page</ulink>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour plus d'informations sur <application> fdisk</application>, consultez la "
#~ "<ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/fr/man8/fdisk.8.html\">page "
#~ "de manuel (ou man page) de fdisk</ulink >."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "With Ubuntu 9.04 <application>Likewise Open 5.0</application> is available "
#~ "in the <emphasis>Universe</emphasis> repository. However, since upgrading "
#~ "from <application>Likewise Open 4.1</application> currently requires the "
#~ "system to leave the domain and re-join, a separate package for version five "
#~ "was created."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Avec Ubuntu 9.04, <application>Likewise Open 5.0</application> est "
#~ "disponible dans le dépôt <emphasis>Universe</emphasis>. Cependant, comme la "
#~ "mise à jour à partir de la version actuelle <application>Likewise Open "
#~ "4.1</application> nécessite pour le moment que le système quitte le domaine "
#~ "pour le rejoindre ensuite, un paquet séparé pour la version 5 a été créé."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The mirror address specified here will also be used in the "
#~ "<filename>/etc/apt/source.list</filename> of the newly created guest, so it "
#~ "is usefull to specify here an address that can be resolved by the guest or "
#~ "to plan on reseting this address later on, such as in a <emphasis>--"
#~ "firstboot</emphasis> script."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'adresse miroir spécifiée ici sera aussi utilisé dans "
#~ "<filename>/etc/apt/source.list</filename> de l'invité nouvellement créé, il "
#~ "est donc utile de spécifier ici une adresse qui pourra être résolue par "
#~ "l'invité ou planifier une remise à l'état initial de cette adresse plus "
#~ "tard, comme dans un script <emphasis>--firstboot</emphasis> par exemple."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For more information on <application>kdb5_ldap_util</application> see <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/krb5-1.6/krb5-1.6.3/doc/krb5-"
#~ "admin.html#Global-Operations-on-the-Kerberos-LDAP-Database\"> Section "
#~ "5.6</ulink> and the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man8/kdb5_ldap_util.8.htm"
#~ "l\">kdb5_ldap_util man page</ulink>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour plus d'informations sur <application>kdb5_ldap_util</application>, voir "
#~ "la <ulink url=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/krb5-1.6/krb5-1.6.3/doc/krb5-"
#~ "admin.html#Global-Operations-on-the-Kerberos-LDAP-Database\"> Rubrique 5.6 "
#~ "</ulink> et la <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/fr/man8/kdb5_ldap_util.8.htm"
#~ "l\">page de manuel kdb5_ldap_util</ulink>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The Cloud Computing environment will consist of three components, typically "
#~ "installed on at least two separate machines (termed the 'front-end' and "
#~ "'node(s)' for the rest of this document):"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'environnement informatique en nuages sera constitué de trois composants, "
#~ "généralement installés sur au moins deux machines différentes (appelées le "
#~ "« frontal » et le(s) « nœud(s) » dans le reste de ce document) :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This section will cover setting up a Cloud Computing environment using "
#~ "<application>Eucalyptus</application> with <application>KVM</application>. "
#~ "For more information on KVM see <xref linkend=\"libvirt\"/>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette section couvrira la mise en place d'un environnement informatique en "
#~ "nuages en utilisant <application>Eucalyptus</application> avec "
#~ "<application>KVM</application>. Pour plus d'informations sur KVM, consultez "
#~ "<xref linkend=\"libvirt\"/>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<emphasis>Eucalyptus</emphasis> is an open-source software infrastructure "
#~ "for implementing \"cloud computing\" on your own clusters. "
#~ "<emphasis>Eucalyptus</emphasis> allows you to create your own cloud "
#~ "computing environment in order to maximize computing resources and provide a "
#~ "cloud computing environment to your users."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<emphasis>Eucalyptus</emphasis> est une infrastructure logicielle libre pour "
#~ "implémenter l'informatique en nuages (« cloud computing ») sur vos propres "
#~ "grappes de serveurs. <emphasis>Eucalyptus</emphasis> vous permet de créer "
#~ "votre propre environnement informatique en nuages afin de maximiser les "
#~ "ressources de calcul et fournir un tel environnement à vos utilisateurs."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<emphasis>One Front-End:</emphasis> hosts one Cloud Controller, a Java based "
#~ "Web configuration interface, and a Cluster Controller, which determines "
#~ "where virtual machines (VMs) will be housed and manages cluster level VM "
#~ "networking."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<emphasis>un frontal :</emphasis> accueille un contrôleur de nuage (ou "
#~ "« Cloud Controller ), une interface web de configuration basée sur Java, et "
#~ "un contrôleur de grappe, qui détermine où les machines virtuelles (VM) "
#~ "seront logées et gère le réseau des VMs au niveau de la grappe."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Now, back on the <emphasis>Front-End</emphasis>, add the nodes to the "
#~ "cluster:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "À présent, de nouveau sur le <emphasis>frontal</emphasis>, ajoutez les nœuds "
#~ "à votre grappe :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "First, on the <emphasis>Front-End</emphasis> install the appropriate "
#~ "packages. In a terminal prompt on the Front-End enter:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Tout d'abord, sur le <emphasis>frontal</emphasis>, installez les paquets "
#~ "appropriés. Dans une invite de terminal sur le frontal, saisissez :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<emphasis>One or more Compute Nodes:</emphasis> runs the Node Controller "
#~ "component of Eucalyptus, which allows the machine to be part of the cloud as "
#~ "a host for VMs."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<emphasis>un ou plusieurs nœuds de calcul </emphasis> exécutant le composant "
#~ "contrôleur de nœud d'Eucalyptus, qui permet à la machine de faire partie du "
#~ "nuage comme hôte de VM."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<application>Eucalyptus</application> is now ready to host images on the "
#~ "cloud."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<application>Eucalyptus</application> est maintenant prêt à héberger des "
#~ "images sur le nuage."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The simple <emphasis>System</emphasis> networking option will be used by "
#~ "default. This network method allows virtual machine instances, to obtain IP "
#~ "addresses from the local LAN, assuming that a DHCP server is properly "
#~ "configured on the LAN to hand out IPs dynamically to VMs that request them. "
#~ "Each node will be configured for bridge networking. For more details see "
#~ "<xref linkend=\"bridging\"/>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'option simple de réseau <emphasis>System</emphasis> sera utilisée par "
#~ "défaut. Cette méthode de réseau permet aux instances de machines virtuelles "
#~ "d'obtenir des adresses IP depuis le LAN local, en supposant qu'un serveur "
#~ "DHCP soit configuré correctement sur le LAN pour fournir des IP "
#~ "dynamiquement aux VM qui en demandent. Chaque nœud sera configuré pour "
#~ "fonctionner en pont réseau (« bridge networking »). Pour plus de détails, "
#~ "consultez <xref linkend=\"bridging\"/>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "You will then be prompted to log into your Node, install the "
#~ "<application>eucalyptus-nc</application> package, and add the "
#~ "<emphasis>eucalyptus</emphasis> user's ssh key to the node's "
#~ "<filename>authorized_keys</filename> file, and confirm authenticity of the "
#~ "host's OpenSSH RSA key fingerprint. Finally, the command will complete by "
#~ "synchronizing the eucalyptus component keys and node registration is "
#~ "complete."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il vous sera alors demandé de vous connecter à votre nœud, d'installer le "
#~ "paquet <application>eucalyptus-nc</application>, d'ajouter la clé SSH de "
#~ "l'utilisateur <emphasis>eucalyptus</emphasis> au fichier "
#~ "<filename>authorized_keys</filename> du nœud, et de confirmer l'authenticité "
#~ "de l'empreinte de la clé OpenSSH RSA de l'hôte. Enfin, la commande se "
#~ "terminera par la synchronisation des clés du composant Eucalyptus et "
#~ "l'enregistrement du nœud sera fini."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Once the installation is complete, and it may take a while, in a browser go "
#~ "to <emphasis>https://front-end:8443</emphasis> and login to the "
#~ "administration interface using the default username and password of "
#~ "<emphasis>admin</emphasis>. You will then be prompted to change the "
#~ "password, configure an email address for the admin user, and set the storage "
#~ "URL."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Une fois l'installation complétée, et cela peut prendre du temps, allez à "
#~ "l'adresse <emphasis>https://front-end:8443</emphasis> dans un navigateur, et "
#~ "connectez-vous sur l'interface d'administration en utilisant le nom "
#~ "d'utilisateur et le mot de passe par défaut de <emphasis>admin</emphasis>. "
#~ "Vous serez alors invité à changer le mot de passe, configurer une adresse "
#~ "électronique pour le compte administrateur, et à définir un URL de stockage."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "In the web interface's <emphasis>\"Configuration\"</emphasis> tab, add a "
#~ "cluster under the <emphasis>\"Clusters\"</emphasis> heading (in this "
#~ "configuration, the cluster controller is on the same system as the cloud "
#~ "controller, so entering 'localhost' as the cluster hostname is correct). "
#~ "Once the form is filled out click the <emphasis>\"Add Cluster\"</emphasis> "
#~ "button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Dans l'onglet <emphasis>« Configuration »</emphasis> de l'interface Web, "
#~ "ajoutez une grappe sous le titre <emphasis>« Clusters »</emphasis> (dans "
#~ "cette configuration, le contrôleur de grappe est sur le même système que le "
#~ "contrôleur de nuage, il est donc correct de saisir « localhost » pour nom "
#~ "d'hôte de la grappe). Une fois le formulaire rempli, cliquez sur le bouton "
#~ "<emphasis>« Add Cluster »</emphasis>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Next, on the each <emphasis>Compute Node</emphasis> install the node "
#~ "controller package. In a terminal prompt on each Compute Node enter:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ensuite, sur chaque <emphasis>nœud de calcul</emphasis>, installez le paquet "
#~ "contôleur de nœud. Sur chaque nœud de calcul, saisissez dans une invite de "
#~ "terminal :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "See the <ulink url=\"http://eucalyptus.cs.ucsb.edu/\">Eucalyptus "
#~ "website</ulink> for more information."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Consultez le <ulink url=\"http://eucalyptus.cs.ucsb.edu/\">site internet "
#~ "d'Eucalyptus</ulink> pour plus d'informations."

#~ msgid "Finally, restart <application>eucalyptus-nc</application>:"
#~ msgstr "Enfin, redémarrez <application>eucalyptus-nc</application> :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Be sure to replace <emphasis>nodecontroller</emphasis>, "
#~ "<emphasis>node01</emphasis>, and <emphasis>node02</emphasis> with actual "
#~ "hostnames."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Assurez-vous d'avoir remplacé <emphasis>nodecontroller</emphasis>, "
#~ "<emphasis>node01</emphasis>, et <emphasis>node02</emphasis> par les "
#~ "véritables noms d'hôtes."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "On the Node, the <filename>/etc/eucalyptus/eucalyptus.conf</filename> "
#~ "configuration file will need editing to use your node's bridge interface "
#~ "(assuming here that the interface is named <emphasis>'br0'</emphasis>):"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Sur le nœud, vous devrez modifier le fichier de configuration "
#~ "<filename>/etc/eucalyptus/eucalyptus.conf</filename> pour utiliser "
#~ "l'interface en mode pont de votre nœud (appelée <emphasis>« br0 »</emphasis> "
#~ "ici) :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The above configuration snippet assumes that Subversion repositories are "
#~ "created under <filename>/home/svn/</filename> directory using "
#~ "<command>svnadmin</command> command. They can be accessible using "
#~ "<command>htpp://hostname/svn/repos_name</command> url."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le fragment de code de configuration ci-dessus suppose que les dépots de "
#~ "Subversion sont créés dans le répertoire <filename>/home/svn/</filename> en "
#~ "utilisant la commande <command>svnadmin</command>. Ils sont accessibles à "
#~ "l'URL <command>http://hostname/svn/repos_name</command>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For detailed <filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename> options see the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man5/vsftpd.conf.5.html\""
#~ ">vsftpd.conf man page</ulink>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Voir <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man5/vsftpd.conf.5.html\""
#~ ">la page de manuel de vsftpd.conf</ulink> pour de plus amples informations "
#~ "concernant les options de <filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "sudo cp -r /usr/share/doc/openvpn/examples/easy-rsa/2.0/ /etc/openvpn/"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "sudo cp -r /usr/share/doc/openvpn/examples/easy-rsa/2.0/ /etc/openvpn/"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "First, copy the <filename>easy-rsa</filename> directory to "
#~ "<filename>/etc/openvpn</filename>. This will ensure that any changes to the "
#~ "scripts will not be lost when the package is updated. From a terminal enter:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Premièrement, copiez le dossier <filename>easy-rsa</filename> vers "
#~ "<filename>/etc/openvpn</filename>. Ceci permettra aux modifications "
#~ "apportées aux scripts de ne pas être perdues lorsque le paquet est mis à "
#~ "jour. Dans un terminal, tapez :"

#~ msgid "cd /etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/easy-rsa"
#~ msgstr "cd /etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/easy-rsa"

#~ msgid "/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/hostname.crt"
#~ msgstr "/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/hostname.crt"

#~ msgid "/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/hostname.key"
#~ msgstr "/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/hostname.key"

#~ msgid "/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/ta.key"
#~ msgstr "/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/ta.key"

#~ msgid "/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/hostname.ovpn"
#~ msgstr "/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/hostname.ovpn"

#~ msgid "/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/ca.crt"
#~ msgstr "/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/ca.crt"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Edit <filename>etc/openvpn/server.conf</filename> changing the following "
#~ "options to:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Modifiez <filename>etc/openvpn/server.conf</filename> en changeant les "
#~ "options suivantes :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "With the server configured and the client certificates copied over, create a "
#~ "client configuration file by copying the example. In a terminal on the "
#~ "client machine enter:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Avec le serveur configuré et les certificats client copiés, créez un fichier "
#~ "de configuration du client en copiant l'exemple. Dans un terminal sur la "
#~ "machine client, tapez :"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "deb  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic main restricted universe "
#~ "multiverse \n"
#~ "/deb-i386  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic main restricted universe "
#~ "multiverse\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "deb  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic-updates main restricted "
#~ "universe multiverse \n"
#~ "/deb-i386  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic-updates main restricted "
#~ "universe multiverse \n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ karmic-backports main restricted "
#~ "universe multiverse \n"
#~ "/deb-i386  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic-backports main restricted "
#~ "universe multiverse \n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic-security main restricted "
#~ "universe multiverse \n"
#~ "/deb-i386  http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic-security main restricted "
#~ "universe multiverse \n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic main/debian-installer "
#~ "restricted/debian-installer universe/debian-installer multiverse/debian-"
#~ "installer \n"
#~ "/deb-i386 http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic main/debian-installer "
#~ "restricted/debian-installer universe/debian-installer multiverse/debian-"
#~ "installer \n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "deb  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic main restricted universe "
#~ "multiverse \n"
#~ "/deb-i386  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic main restricted universe "
#~ "multiverse\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "deb  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic-updates main restricted "
#~ "universe multiverse \n"
#~ "/deb-i386  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic-updates main restricted "
#~ "universe multiverse \n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ karmic-backports main restricted "
#~ "universe multiverse \n"
#~ "/deb-i386  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic-backports main restricted "
#~ "universe multiverse \n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic-security main restricted "
#~ "universe multiverse \n"
#~ "/deb-i386  http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic-security main restricted "
#~ "universe multiverse \n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic main/debian-installer "
#~ "restricted/debian-installer universe/debian-installer multiverse/debian-"
#~ "installer \n"
#~ "/deb-i386 http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic main/debian-installer "
#~ "restricted/debian-installer universe/debian-installer multiverse/debian-"
#~ "installer \n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite karmic --flavour virtual --arch i386 \\ -o "
#~ "--libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite karmic --flavour virtual --arch i386 \\ -o "
#~ "--libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite karmic --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o --"
#~ "libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite karmic --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o --"
#~ "libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite karmic --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o --"
#~ "libvirt qemu:///system"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite karmic --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o --"
#~ "libvirt qemu:///system"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic universe multiverse\n"
#~ "deb-src http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic universe multiverse\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ karmic universe\n"
#~ "deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ karmic universe\n"
#~ "deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ karmic-updates universe\n"
#~ "deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ karmic-updates universe\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ karmic multiverse\n"
#~ "deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ karmic multiverse\n"
#~ "deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ karmic-updates multiverse\n"
#~ "deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ karmic-updates multiverse\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic-security universe\n"
#~ "deb-src http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic-security universe\n"
#~ "deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic-security multiverse\n"
#~ "deb-src http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic-security multiverse\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic universe multiverse\n"
#~ "deb-src http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic universe multiverse\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ karmic universe\n"
#~ "deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ karmic universe\n"
#~ "deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ karmic-updates universe\n"
#~ "deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ karmic-updates universe\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ karmic multiverse\n"
#~ "deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ karmic multiverse\n"
#~ "deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ karmic-updates multiverse\n"
#~ "deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ karmic-updates multiverse\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic-security universe\n"
#~ "deb-src http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic-security universe\n"
#~ "deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic-security multiverse\n"
#~ "deb-src http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu karmic-security multiverse\n"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "# no more prompting for CD-ROM please\n"
#~ "# deb cdrom:[Ubuntu 9.10_Karmic_Koala - Release i386 (20070419.1)]/ karmic "
#~ "main restricted\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "# no more prompting for CD-ROM please\n"
#~ "# deb cdrom:[Ubuntu 9.10_Karmic_Koala - Release i386 (20070419.1)]/ karmic "
#~ "main restricted\n"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "Unattended-Upgrade::Allowed-Origins {\n"
#~ "        \"Ubuntu karmic-security\";\n"
#~ "//      \"Ubuntu karmic-updates\";\n"
#~ "};\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "Unattended-Upgrade::Allowed-Origins {\n"
#~ "        \"Ubuntu karmic-security\";\n"
#~ "//      \"Ubuntu karmic-updates\";\n"
#~ "};\n"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "local 172.18.100.101\n"
#~ "dev tap0\n"
#~ "server-bridge 172.18.100.101 255.255.255.0 172.18.100.105 172.18.100.200\n"
#~ "push \"route 172.18.100.1 255.255.255.0\"\n"
#~ "push \"dhcp-option DNS 172.18.100.20\"\n"
#~ "push \"dhcp-option DOMAIN example.com\"\n"
#~ "tls-auth ta.key 0 # This file is secret\n"
#~ "user nobody\n"
#~ "group nogroup\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "local 172.18.100.101\n"
#~ "dev tap0\n"
#~ "server-bridge 172.18.100.101 255.255.255.0 172.18.100.105 172.18.100.200\n"
#~ "push \"route 172.18.100.1 255.255.255.0\"\n"
#~ "push \"dhcp-option DNS 172.18.100.20\"\n"
#~ "push \"dhcp-option DOMAIN example.com\"\n"
#~ "tls-auth ta.key 0 # Ce fichier est secret\n"
#~ "user nobody\n"
#~ "group nogroup\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "There are several ways to automate the Ubuntu installation process, for "
#~ "example using preseeds, kickstart, etc. Refer to the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/9.10/installation-guide/\">Ubuntu Installation "
#~ "Guide</ulink> for details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Il y a plusieurs moyens d'automatiser le processus d'installation d'Ubuntu, "
#~ "en utilisant par exemple preseeds, kickstart, etc. Référez-vous au site "
#~ "<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/9.10/installation-guide/\">Ubuntu "
#~ "Installation Guide</ulink> (en anglais) pour plus de renseignements."

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ " &lt;Location /svn&gt;\n"
#~ "  DAV svn\n"
#~ "  SVNParentPath /home/svn\n"
#~ "  AuthType Basic\n"
#~ "  AuthName \"Your repository name\"\n"
#~ "  AuthUserFile /etc/subversion/passwd\n"
#~ "  Require valid-user\n"
#~ " &lt;/Location&gt; \n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ " &lt;Location /svn&gt;\n"
#~ "  DAV svn\n"
#~ "  SVNParentPath /home/svn\n"
#~ "  AuthType Basic\n"
#~ "  AuthName \"Your repository name\"\n"
#~ "  AuthUserFile /etc/subversion/passwd\n"
#~ "  Require valid-user\n"
#~ " &lt;/Location&gt; \n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "As this example is based on <application>KVM</application> and Ubuntu 9.10 "
#~ "(Karmic Koala), and we are likely to rebuild the same virtual machine "
#~ "multiple time, we'll invoke vmbuilder with the following first parameters:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Comme cet exemple est basé sur <application>KVM</application> et Ubuntu 9.10 "
#~ "(Karmic Koala) et que nous comptons reconstruire la même machine virtuelle "
#~ "plusieurs fois, nous allons invoquer vmbuilder avec en premier les "
#~ "paramètres suivants :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This chapter provides an overview of security related topics as they pertain "
#~ "to Ubuntu 9.10 Server Edition, and outlines simple measures you may use to "
#~ "protect your server and network from any number of potential security "
#~ "threats."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ce chapitre présente une vue d'ensemble des points relatifs à la sécurité "
#~ "pour Ubuntu 9.10 édition serveur. Il propose des mesures simples que vous "
#~ "pouvez utiliser pour protéger votre serveur et votre réseau de bon nombre de "
#~ "menaces de sécurité."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When vmbuilder creates builds your system, it has to go fetch each one of "
#~ "the packages that composes it over the network to one of the official "
#~ "repositories, which, depending on your internet connection speed and the "
#~ "load of the mirror, can have a big impact on the actual build time. In order "
#~ "to reduce this, it is recommended to either have a local repository (which "
#~ "can be created using <application>apt-mirror</application>) or using a "
#~ "caching proxy such as <application>apt-cache</application>. The later option "
#~ "being much simpler to implement and requiring less disk space, it is the one "
#~ "we will pick in this tutorial. To install it, simply type:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Lorsque vmbuilder construit votre système, il doit obtenir, via le réseau et "
#~ "dans un des dépôts officiels, chacun des paquets qui le composent. Ceci, en "
#~ "fonction de la vitesse de votre connexion et de la charge du miroir, peut "
#~ "avoir un impact important sur le temps de construction. Afin de réduire ce "
#~ "temps, il est recommandé d'avoir soit un dépôt local (pouvant être créé par "
#~ "<application>apt-mirror</application>), soit d'utiliser un cache tel que "
#~ "<application>apt-cache</application>. Cette dernière option étant la plus "
#~ "simple et nécessitant moins d'espace disque, il s'agit de celle choisie dans "
#~ "ce tutoriel. Pour l'installer, tapez simplement :"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F /tmp/ldif_output -n0 -s "
#~ "\"cn={8}misc,cn=schema,cn=config\" &gt; /tmp/cn=misc.ldif"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F /tmp/ldif_output -n0 -s "
#~ "\"cn={8}misc,cn=schema,cn=config\" &gt; /tmp/cn=misc.ldif"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/karmic/en/man5/interfaces.5.html\">"
#~ "interfaces man page</ulink> has details on more options for "
#~ "<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La page de manuel sur les <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/karmic/en/man5/interfaces.5.html\">"
#~ "interfaces</ulink> donne des renseignements sur toutes les options du "
#~ "fichier <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>."

#~ msgid "ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f /tmp/cn\\=misc.ldif"
#~ msgstr "ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f /tmp/cn\\=misc.ldif"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Edit the <filename>/tmp/cn\\=misc.ldif</filename> file, changing the "
#~ "following attributes:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ouvrez le fichier <filename>/tmp/cn\\=misc.ldif</filename> pour modifier les "
#~ "options suivantes :"
